FN ISI Export Format VR 1.0 MG HistCite 9.8.24 MD Thu Apr 21 17:36:02 2011 MO 21 abril 2011 ER PT J AU Tappolet, C TI To the rescue of moral Platonism SO DIALOGUE-CANADIAN PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 DIALOGUE-CAN PHIL REV LA French DT Article C1 Univ Montreal, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada. RP Tappolet, C, Univ Montreal, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada. ID REALISM AB Moral platonism, the claim that moral entities are both objective and prescriptive, is generally thought to be a dead end. In an attempt to defend a moderate form of moral platonism or more precisely platonism about values. I first argue that several of the many versions of this doctrine are not committed to ontological extravagances. I then discuss an important objection due to John McDowell and developed by Michael Sith, according to which moral platonism is incoherent. I argue that objectivism is compatible with the claim that certain ways of being aware of vales, namely those involving emotions, are motivating. CR ANDERSON E, 1993, VALUES ETHICS EC ARMSTRONG DM, 1989, UNIVERSALS OPINIONAT BLACKBURN S, 1971, ESSAYS QUASI-REALISM, P111 BLACKBURN S, 1984, SPREADING WORD BLACKBURN S, 1985, ESSAYS QUASI-REALISM, P130 BOYD R, 1988, ESSAYS MORAL REALISM, P181 BROAD CD, 1930, 5 TYPES ETHICAL THEO BRUNK DO, 1989, MORAL REALISM FDN ET CANTOSPERBER M, 1996, DICT ETHIQUE PHILOS, P417 CASTANEDA HN, 1957, THINKING DOING COOPER AA, 1699, INQUIRY VIRTUE MERIT DANCY J, 1993, MORAL REASONS DESOUSA R, 1978, RATIONALITY EMOTIONS EWING AC, 1947, DEFINITION GOOD FOTO P, 1972, VIRTUES VICES, P157 FRANKENA WK, 1976, PERSPECTIVES MORALIT, P49 GEACH P, 1991, LOGIC ETHICS GIBBARD A, 1990, WISE CHOICES APT FEE HACKER PMS, 1987, APPEARANCE REALITY HALL EW, 1961, OUR KNOWLEDGE FACT V HARE RM, 1952, LANGUAGE MORALS HARMAN G, 1984, MORALITY REASON TURT, P27 HARMAN GH, 1975, PHILOS REV, V48, P3 HUME D, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR HUME D, 1757, STANDARD TASTE OTHER HURLEY S, 1989, NATURAL REASONS HUSSERL E, 1913, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME HUSSERL E, 1988, VORLESUNG ETHIK WERT HUTCHESON F, 1725, INQUIRY ORIGINAL OUR JACKSON F, 1992, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V70, P475 JACKSON F, 1995, PHILOS Q, V45, P20 JOHNSTON M, 1989, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V63, P139 LEMOS NM, 1994, INTRINSIC VALUE CONC LEWIS D, 1983, PHILOS PAPERS LOCKE J, 1690, ESSAY HUMAN UNDERSTA MACKIE JL, 1977, ETHICS INVENTING RIG MCDOWELL J, 1978, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V52, P13 MCDOWELL J, 1985, MORALITY OBJECTIVITY, P110 MCGINN C, 1996, J PHILOS, V93, P537 MCNAUGHTON D, 1988, MORAL VISION MEINONG A, 1917, KAISERLICHE AKAD WIS, V183, P1 MORRE GE, 1922, PHILOS STUD, P253 MULLIGAN K, 1989, UNPUB WIE VERHALTEN MULLIGAN K, 1995, COULEUR PENSEES RAIS, V6, P65 MULLIGAN K, 1998, MONIST, V81, P161 NAGEL T, 1970, POSSIBILITY ALTRUISM NOWELLSMITH P, 1957, ETHICS OGIEN R, 1969, DICT ETHIQUE PHILOS, P1052 OGIEN R, 1999, REALISME PETTIT P, 1991, MIND, V100, P587 PETTIT P, 1993, COMMON MIND PETTIT P, 1998, EUROPEAN REV PHILOS, V3, P55 PLATTS M, 1981, REFERENCE TRUTH RELA, P69 RAILTON P, 1986, PHILOS REV, V95, P163 SCANLON TM, 1982, UTILITARIANISM, P103 SCHELER M, 1916, FORMALISMUS ETHIK MA SIDGWICK H, 1907, METHODS ETHICS SMITH M, 1994, MORAL PROBLEM SMITH M, 1995, RATIO, V8, P277 STEVENSON CL, 1937, MIND, V46, P14 STURGEON N, 1984, ESSAYS MORAL REALISM, P229 TAPPOLET C, IN PRESS EMOTIONS VA TAPPOLET C, 1995, RAISONS PRATIQUES, V6, P237 TAPPOLET C, 1999, REALISME MORAL, P272 THOMSON JJ, 1996, MORAL REALISM MORAL, P67 TOLHURST W, 1990, SO J PHILOS, V29, P67 TOLHURST W, 1995, AM PHILOS Q, V32, P187 VONWRIGHT GH, 1951, MIND, V60, P1 WEDGWOOD R, 1995, EUR J PHILOS, V3, P273 WIGGINS D, 1987, NEEDS VALUES TRUTH WINCH P, 1965, MONIST, V49, P196 NR 71 TC 0 BP 531 EP 556 PY 2000 PD SUM VL 39 IS 3 GA 367TF UT ISI:000090077000006 ER PT J AU HALLER, R TI PROBLEMS OF KNOWLEDGE IN SCHLICK,MORITZ SO SYNTHESE J9 SYNTHESE LA English DT Article RP HALLER, R, GRAZ UNIV,INST PHILOSOPHIE,A-8010 GRAZ,AUSTRIA. CR BLACK M, 1982, SCHLICK NEURATH SYMP CHISHOLM RM, 1982, SCLICK NEURATH SYMPO DAVIDSON D, 1982, SCHLICK NEURATH SYMP ENRIQUES F, 1910, PROBLEME WISSENSCHAF FEIGL H, 1978, PHILOS PAPERS, V1 FEYERABEND PK, 1978, WISSENSCHAFTSTHEORET HALLER R, 1962, ARCH BEGRIFFSGESCHIC, V7, P102 HALLER R, 1974, RATIO, V16 HALLER R, 1979, STUDIEN OSTERREICHIS, V1, P178 HALLER R, 1981, SCI PHILOS TODAY, P71 HEMPEL CG, 1982, SCLICK NEURATH SYMPO HILPINEN R, 1982, SCLICK NEURATH SYMPO HINTIKKA J, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P205 HUNG T, 1982, SCLICK NEURATH SYMPO LAUENER H, 1982, SCLICK NEURATH SYMPO MACH E, 1924, GRUNDGEDANKEN MACHSC MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 POPPER K, LOGIC SCI DISCOVERY POPPER K, OBJECTIVE KNOWLEDGE PUTNAM H, 1975, MIND LANGUAGE REALIT, V2 RUSSELL B, MYSTICISM LOGIC RUSSELL B, 1912, PROBLEMS PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1940, INQUIRY MEANING TRUT RUTTE H, 1979, WITTGENSTEIN WIENER, P248 SCHLICK M, 1921, EPISTEMOLOGICAL WRIT, P335 SCHLICK M, 1974, GENERAL THEORY KNOWL SCHLICK M, 1974, PHILOS PAPERS, V1 SCHLICK M, 1979, PHILOS PAPERS, V2 SCHULTE J, 1982, SCHLICK NEURATH SYMP SUPPES P, 1968, J PHILOS, V65 WAISMANN F, WITTGENSTEIN VIENNA WAISMANN F, 1979, PHILOS PAPERS, V2, R21 NR 32 TC 2 BP 283 EP 296 PY 1985 VL 64 IS 3 GA AQE07 UT ISI:A1985AQE0700002 ER PT J AU Barz, W AF Barz, Wolfgang TI Beside itself of a true item - Point of contact between opinion and Quine SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHILOSOPHISCHE FORSCHUNG J9 Z PHIL FORSCH LA German DT Article C1 Free Univ Berlin, Inst Philosophy, D-14156 Berlin, Germany. RP Barz, W, Free Univ Berlin, Inst Philosophy, Habelschwerdter Allee 30, D-14156 Berlin, Germany. CR CASTANEDA HN, 1972, CRITICA, V6, P43 CHISHOLM RN, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P25 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2001, DIALECTICA, V55, P119 CHURCH A, 1943, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V8, P45 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V100, P25 GROSSMANN R, 1974, NOUS, V8, P67 KRIPKE S, 1972, SEMANTICS NATURAL LA, P253 LINSKY L, 1968, REFERRING MARCUS RB, 1961, SYNTHESE, V13, P302 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUGNEN GEGEN, P1 MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS QUINE WV, 1943, J PHILOS, V40, P113 QUINE WV, 1948, REV METAPHYS, V2, P21 QUINE WV, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P139 QUINE WVO, 1960, WORD OBJECT RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 REICHER M, 2001, BAUSTEINE GESCHICHTE, P173 REICHER M, 2001, BAUSTEINE GESCHICHTE, P219 REICHER M, 2006, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J ROUTLEY R, 1982, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V43, P151 RUSSELL B, 1918, MONIST, V28, P495 RUSSELL B, 1919, MONIST, V28, P190 RUSSELL B, 1919, MONIST, V29, P32 ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTR OBJ ZALTA E, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 28 TC 0 BP 358 EP 384 PY 2008 PD JUL-SEP VL 62 IS 3 GA 341JY UT ISI:000258711700003 ER PT J AU GRIFFIN, N TI RUSSELL ON THE NATURE OF LOGIC (1903-1913) SO SYNTHESE J9 SYNTHESE LA English DT Article RP GRIFFIN, N, MCMASTER UNIV,HAMILTON L8S 4L8,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR BLACKWELL K, 1976, P WITTGENSTEIN C BOLZANO B, 1851, PARADOXIEN UNENDLICH BRADLEY FH, 1893, APPEARANCE REALITY EAMES ER, COLLECTED PAPERS BR, V7 EAMES ER, 1979, RUSSELL J B RUSSELL, V35, P41 GEACH P, 1957, MENTAL ACTS GRATTANGUINNESS I, 1977, DEAR RUSSELL DEAR JO GRIFFIN JP, 1964, WITTGENSTEINS LOGICA GRIFFIN N, UNPUBLISHED HINTIKKA J, 1969, SEMANTICS PROPOSITIO HOCHBERG H, 1978, THOUGHT FACT REFEREN KENNY A, 1973, WITTGENSTEIN LINSKY L, 1971, REFERENCE MODALITY MACCOLL H, 1897, P LONDON MATH SOC, V28, P156 MCGUINNESS B, 1972, REV INT PHILOS, V26, P444 MEINONG A, 1902, ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MOORE GE, 1899, MIND, P176 MOORE GE, 1900, MIND, V9, P289 PERKINS RK, 1979, RUSSELL J B RUSSELL, V35, P37 PURTILL RL, 1970, AJATUS, V32, P18 QUINE WVO, 1956, QUANTIFIERS PROPOSIT QUINE WVO, 1963, SET THEORY ITS LOGIC QUINE WVO, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI QUINE WVO, 1970, PHILOSOPHY LOGIC RESCHER N, 1974, STUDIES MODALITY RUSSELL B, TRACTATUS LOGICO PHI, R9 RUSSELL B, UNPUBLISHED RUSSELL B, 1900, CRITICAL EXPOSITION RUSSELL B, 1901, MATH METAPHYSICIANS RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1904, AXIOM INFINITY, P256 RUSSELL B, 1904, MEINONGS THEORY COMP RUSSELL B, 1908, MATH LOGIC BASED THE RUSSELL B, 1910, PRINCIPIA MATH RUSSELL B, 1913, PROBLEMS PHILOSOPHY RUSSELL B, 1914, KNOWLEDGE EXTERNAL W RUSSELL B, 1914, MONIST, V24, P1 RUSSELL B, 1914, MONIST, V24, P161 RUSSELL B, 1914, MONIST, V24, P435 RUSSELL B, 1914, MONIST, V24, P582 RUSSELL B, 1915, MONIST, V25, P212 RUSSELL B, 1915, MONIST, V25, P28 RUSSELL B, 1917, MYSTICISM LOGIC RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE RUSSELL B, 1973, ESSAYS ANAL RUSSELL, 1906, COMMUNICATION 0509 RUSSELL, 1913, COMMUNICATION 0521 RUSSELL, 1913, COMMUNICATION 0528 SOMMERVILLE S, 1979, 4TH INT WITTG S WITTGENSTEIN L, 1913, NOTES LOGIC SEP WITTGENSTEIN L, 1921, TRACTATUS LOGICO PHI WITTGENSTEIN L, 1957, J PHILOSOPHY, V54, P230 NR 53 TC 13 BP 117 EP 188 PY 1980 VL 45 IS 1 GA KS104 UT ISI:A1980KS10400005 ER PT J AU Frechette, G AF Frechette, Guillaume TI Current news of Carl Stumpf SO DIALOGUE-CANADIAN PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 DIALOGUE-CAN PHIL REV LA French DT Article C1 Univ Quebec, Montreal, PQ H3C 3P8, Canada. RP Frechette, G, Univ Quebec, Montreal, PQ H3C 3P8, Canada. CR ASH M, 1998, GESTALT PSYCHOL GERM BAUMGARTNER W, 2001, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V9 BAUMGARTNER W, 2009, PHILOS A MARTYS, V12 BERGMANN H, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN PROBL BESOLI S, 2001, CARL STUMPF FENOMENO BINSWANGER L, 1922, EINFUHRUNG PROBLEME BONACCHI S, 2009, STUMPF, V31 BORING EG, 1929, HIST EXPT PSYCHOL BRENTANO F, 1867, MOHLERS KIRCHENGE 11, V3, P103 BRENTANO F, 1869, CHILIANEUM BALLTTER, V2, P15 BRENTANO F, 1926, VIER PHASEN PHILOS A BRENTANO F, 1929, ZUKUNFT PHILOS BRENTANO F, 1987, GESCH PHILOS NEUZEIT BUHLER K, 1908, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V11, P1 ENOCH W, 1893, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V29, P433 EWEN W, 2008, C STUMPF G FREGE HALLER R, 1997, AUSTRIAN PHILOS PAST HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V1 KAISERELSAFTI M, 2003, MUSIK SPRACHE PHANOM KRAUS O, 1925, OFFENE BRIEFE A EINS KULPE O, 1919, EINLEITUNG PHILOS MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND, V1 MARTY A, 1909, KANTSTUDIEN, V14, P477 MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN, V2 MULLIGAN K, 1990, MIND MEANING METAPHY MUNCH D, 2002, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V10, P11 POPPER K, 2006, FRUHE SCHRIFTEN PREYER W, 1877, ELEMENTE REINEN EMPF REINACH A, 1989, SAMTLICHE WERKE SCHLICK M, 1918, ALLGEMEINE ERKENNTNI SCHMIDT R, 1924, PHILOS GEGENWART SEL SELZ O, 1913, GESETZE GEORDNETEN D SPIEGELBERG H, 1959, PHENOMENOLOGICAL MOV SPRUNG H, 2006, C STUMPF BIOGRAPHIE STUMPF C, 1873, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU STUMPF C, 1883, TONPSYCHOLOGIE E BAN STUMPF C, 1890, TONPSYCHOLOGIE ZWEIT STUMPF C, 1910, PHILOS REDEN VORTRGE, P197 STUMPF C, 1939, ERKENNTNISLEHRE STUMPF C, 1992, PSICOLOGIA METAFI SI STUMPF C, 1997, SCHRIFTEN PSYCHOL STUMPF C, 2008, GRUNDSTZE MATH STUMPF C, 2009, RINASCITA FILOSOFI S NR 43 TC 0 BP 267 EP 285 PY 2010 PD JUN VL 49 IS 2 GA 663OA UT ISI:000282896000005 ER PT J AU Urban, WM AF Urban, Wilbur M. TI VALUES SO PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN J9 PSYCHOL BULL LA English DT Article CR FONSEGRIVE G, 1910, REV PHIL, P44 FONSEGRIVE G, 1910, REV PHIL, P553 LANDMANNKALISCH.E, 1910, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V1, P1 LEIGHTON JA, 1910, INT J ETHICS, V21, P23 MEINONG A, 1910, UEBER ANNAHMEN MOORE JS, 1910, J PHILOS, V7, P282 SCHLESINGER A, 1909, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V15, P137 SCHLESINGER A, 1910, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V17, P186 NR 8 TC 0 BP 372 EP 375 PY 1910 PD NOV 15 VL 7 IS 11 GA V86WN UT ISI:000205872100003 ER PT J AU NATHAN, NML TI BRENTANOS NECESSITARIANISM SO RATIO-ENGLAND J9 RATIO-ENGLAND LA English DT Article C1 UNIV READING,READING,ENGLAND. CR HOBBES, 1840, ENGLISH WORKS, P276 KASTIL A, 1925, VERSUCH ERKENNTNIS 4, P154 KASTIL A, 1929, DASEIN GOTTES, P451 KENNY A, 1966, BRIT ANALYTICAL PHIL, P131 KNEALE W, 1929, DASEIN GOTTES, P453 KNEALE W, 1949, PROBABILITY INDUCTIO, P30 KNEALE W, 1962, DEVELOPMENT LOGIC, P628 MACKIE JL, 1962, ANAL PHILOS, P66 MAYERHILLEBRAND F, 1952, GRUNDLEGUNG AUFBAU E, P281 MAYERHILLEBRAND F, 1956, LEHRE RICHTIGEN URTE, P299 MAYERHILLEBRAND F, 1956, RELIGION PHILOSOPHIE, P120 MEINONG A, 1919, SITZUNGSBERICHTE PH, V189 NR 12 TC 0 BP 44 EP 55 PY 1971 VL 13 IS 1 GA Y2521 UT ISI:A1971Y252100004 ER PT B AU Quesada, RM TI Does metaphysics need a non-classical logic? SO ALTERNATIVE LOGICS: DO SCIENCES NEED THEM? LA English DT Proceedings Paper CR ARISTOTLE, 1928, POSTERIOR ANAL ARISTOTLE, 1928, PRIOR ANAL ARMSTRONG DM, 1961, PERCEPTION PHYS WORL AUGSTIN, 1845, CITE DIEU BATENS D, 1989, PARACONSISTENT LOGIC BERGSON H, 1981, EVOLUTION CREATRICE BERGSON H, 1982, 2 SOURCES MORALE REL BUNGE M, 1967, FDN PHYS BUNGE M, 1977, TREATISE BASIC PHILO BUNGE M, 1980, EPISTEMOLOGIA DACOSTA NCA, 1963, THESIS U FEDERAL PAR DACOSTA NCA, 1974, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V15, P497 ENGELS F, 1959, DIALEKTIK NATUR ENGLEWOOD C, 1973, ROOTS REFERENCE GASSET JOY, 1933, TORNO GALILEO HEGEL GWF, 1931, PHENOMENOLOGY MIND HEGEL GWF, 1951, WISSENSCHAFT LOGIK HEMPEL CG, 1966, PHILOS NATURAL SCI KANT I, 1924, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN KOSKO B, 1997, 2 FUZZY PENSIERO KRUSE R, 1994, FDN FUZZY SYSTEMS MARITAIN J, 1994, ORDEN CONCEPTOS MARX K, 1985, IDEOLOGIA ALEMANA CO MARX K, 1995, HEILIGE FAMILIE MEINONG A, 1988, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE MILL S, 1981, SYSTEM LOGIC RATIOCI NGUYEN HT, 1997, 1 COURSE FUZZY LOGIC PLATO, PARMENIDES PLATO, 1966, REPUBLIQUE PLOTINUS, 1956, PLOTINS SCHRIFTEN PRIEST G, PARACONSISTENT LOGIC QUESADA FM, 1980, LOGICA I FILOSOFIA M QUESADA FM, 1989, PARACONSISTENT LOGIC QUESADA FM, 1997, PHILOS MATH TODAY QUINE WV, 1961, LOGICAL POINT VIEW QUINE WV, 1966, WAYS PARADOX QUINE WV, 1970, PHILOS LOGIC ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J ROUTLEY R, 1982, RELEVANT LOGICS THEI ROUTLEY R, 1989, PARACONSISTENT LOGIC SARTRE JP, 1943, ETRE NEANT SCHELLING FWJ, 1988, SISTEMA IDEALISMO TR TOMAS, 1967, SUMA GENTILES WHITEHEAD AN, 1936, PROCESS REALITY ZADEH L, 1980, INFERENCE FUZZY LOGI ZADEH LA, 1965, INFORM CONTR, V8, P338, DOI 10.1016/S0019-9958(65)90241-X NR 46 TC 0 BP 27 EP 39 PY 2004 GA BY69L UT ISI:000189440700002 ER PT J AU PARSONS, T TI METHODOLOGY OF NONEXISTENCE SO JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 J PHIL LA English DT Article RP PARSONS, T, UNIV MASSACHUSETTS,AMHERST,MA 01003. CR CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CASTANEDA HN, 1977, SYNTHESE, V35, P285 CASTANEDA, 1978, NOUS, V12, P189 CHURCH A, 1974, NOUS, V8, P135 CHURCH, 1956, INTRO MATH LOGIC FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE, CH1 HATCHER WS, 1972, J PHILOSOPHICAL LOGI, V1, P349 LAMBERT K, 1974, INQUIRY, V17, P303 LEWIS D, 1978, AM PHILOS Q, V15, P37 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P MEINONG, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS MISHALANI JK, 1962, PHILOSOPHICAL REV, V71, P185 PARSONS T, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PARSONS T, UNPUBLISHED PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P561 PARSONS T, 1975, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V1, P73 PARSONS T, 1978, NOUS, V12, P137 QUINE, 1975, LOGICAL ENTERPRISE RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 ROUTLEY, 1976, INQUIRY, V19, P247 RYLE G, 1933, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, P18 SMITH DW, 1975, GRAZER PHILOSOPHISCH, V1, P43 STINE G, 1976, J PHILOS LOGIC, V5, P491 VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 WOLTERSTORFF N, 1976, J AESTHETICS ART CRI, V35, P121 WOODS J, 1974, LOGIC FICTION NR 26 TC 7 BP 649 EP 662 PY 1979 VL 76 IS 11 GA HX211 UT ISI:A1979HX21100007 ER PT J AU GARDNER, RW LONG, RI TI SELECTIVE ATTENTION AND MUELLER-LYER ILLUSION SO PSYCHOLOGICAL RECORD J9 PSYCHOL REC LA English DT Article CR BENUSSI V, 1904, UNTERSUCHURGEN GEGEN, P303 BENUSSI V, 1912, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V24, P31 GARDNER RW, J ABN SOC PSYCHOL KOEHLER W, 1944, P AM PHILOS SOC, V88, P269 KOEHLER W, 1950, J EXP PSYCHOL, V40, P267 KOEHLER W, 1950, J EXP PSYCHOL, V40, P398 KOEHLER W, 1958, AM J PSYCHOL, V71, P489 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GE ED, P303 MOTOKAWA K, 1950, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V13, P413 NAKAGAWA D, 1958, PSYCHOLOGIA, V1, P167 PIAGET J, 1950, ARCH PSYCHOL, V33, P1 PIAGET J, 1954, ARCH PSYCHOL, V34, P155 PIAGET J, 1961, LES MECANISMES PERCE SPITZ HH, 1958, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V8, P219 WOODWORTH RS, 1954, EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOL NR 15 TC 14 BP 317 EP & PY 1961 VL 11 IS 4 GA 04284 UT ISI:A19610428400005 ER PT J AU Guernsey, M TI The role of consonance and dissonance in music SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 AMER J PSYCHOL LA English DT Article C1 Univ Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI USA. CR 1900, PHIL STUD, V15, P240 BARTON EH, 1922, TXB SOUND, P472 BENEDETTO, 1922, AESTHETIC T, P104 DEWITT, 1920, PRINCIPLES AESTHETIC, P161 EMERSON LE, 1906, HARVARD PSYCHOL STUD, P269 EULER L, TENTAMEN NOVAE THERO, P1739 FAIST A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P189 GURNEY E, 1880, POWER SOUND, V2 HULL AE, 1915, MODERN HARMONY, P72 HULL AE, 1916, SCRIABIN, P255 KRUEGER F, 1906, PSYCHOL STUD, V1, P305 KULPE O, 1901, OUTLINES PSYCHOL, P306 LEIBNITZ GW, LEIBNITIS EPIXTOLOE, P154 MALMBERG CF, 1918, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V25, P133 MALMBERG CF, 1918, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V25, P93 MEINONG A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P189 MEYER M, 1901, U MISSOURI STUDIES, V1, P1 MEYER M, 1925, MUSICAN ARITHMETIC, P1 MILLER DDC, 1926, SCI MUSICAL SOUNDS, P23 MOORE HT, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V17, P1 OGDEN L, 1909, PSYCHOL BULL, V6, P303 OGDEN RM, 1909, PSYCHOL BULL, V6, P297 OGDEN RM, 1909, PSYCHOL BULL, V6, P303 PEAR TH, 1911, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V4, P56 PETERSON J, 1925, PSYCHOL REV, V3, P17 PETERSON J, 1925, PSYCHOL REV, V3, P33 PFEIFFER I, 1861, FIRST VOYAGE, P119 PILLSBURY WB, 1922, FUNDAMENTALS PSYCHOL, P147 PRATT WS, 1911, HIST MUSIC, CH1 PRESCOTT WH, 1878, HIST CONQUEST MEXICO, P105 PRESCOTT WH, 1878, HIST CONQUEST MEXICO, P92 RICHTER EG, 1912, MANUAL HARMONY, P4 SANFORD EC, 1908, EXPT PSYCHOL, P78 SCHOPENHAUER A, METAPHYS MUSIC, P235 SEASHORE CE, 1918, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V25, P83 SEASHORE CE, 1919, PSYCHOL MUSICAL TALE, P144 SHEPARD FH, 1912, HARMONY SIMPIFLED, P35 STUMPF K, 1898, BEITRAGE AK MUSIKWIS, V1, P91 STUMPF, 1883, TONPSYCHOL, V2, P127 TARTINI, TRATTO MUSICA, P1754 TITCHENER EB, 1907, QUALITATIVE INSTRUCT, P329 VONHELMHOLTZ HL, 1912, ELLIS TRANAL, P179 WALLASCHEK R, PRIMITIVE MUSIC, CH9 WALLASCHEK R, 1893, PRIMITIVE MUSIC, P139 WASHBURN MF, 1916, N E A PUB, P600 WATT HJ, 1919, FDN MUSIC, P20 WILHELM, 1899, AKUNISCHE UNTERSUCHU, P44 WOOD J, 1922, FDN AESTHETICS NR 48 TC 20 BP 173 EP 204 PY 1928 VL 40 GA V01YH UT ISI:000200130700015 ER PT J AU Eaton, HO AF Eaton, Howard O. TI THE UNITY OF AXIOLOGICAL ETHICS SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ETHICS J9 INT J ETHICS LA English DT Article CR 1932, INT J ETHICS, V42, P132 EATON, 1930, AUSTR PHILOS VALUES, P223 HARTMANN N, 1926, ETHIK HOLT EB, 1931, ANIMAL DRIVE LEARNIN, P249 HOOK S, 1930, INT J ETHICS, V40, P179 KRAUS O, 1914, JAHRBILCHER PHILOS, V2, P17 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOLOGISCHETHISCH, P25 MEINONG A, 1912, LOGOS, V3, P10 MEINONG A, 1917, SITZB AKAD WIS PHIL, V183 PERRY RB, 1931, INT J ETHICS, V41, P430 PERRY RB, 1931, J PHILOS, V28, P458 SCHELER M, 1927, FORMALISMUS ETHIK MA, P373 NR 12 TC 0 BP 20 EP 36 PY 1932 PD OCT VL 43 IS 1 GA V82RX UT ISI:000205589700002 ER PT J AU Heffernan, G TI A study in the sedimented origins of evidence: Husserl and his contemporaries engaged in a collective essay in the phenomenology and psychology of epistemic justification SO HUSSERL STUDIES J9 HUSSERL STUD LA English DT Review C1 Merrimack Coll, Dept Philos, N Andover, MA 01845 USA. RP Heffernan, G, Merrimack Coll, Dept Philos, N Andover, MA 01845 USA. CR 1992, AM HERITAGE DICT ENG, P603 AVENARIUS R, KRITIK REINEN ERFAHR BAUCH B, 1926, WAHRHEIT WERT WIRKLI BENEKE FE, LEHRBUCH LOGIK KUNST BENEKE FE, SYSTEM LOGIK KUNSTLE BERGMANN H, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN PROBL BOLZANO B, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE V BRENTANO F, LEHRE RICHTIGEN URTE BRENTANO F, URSPRUNG SITTLICHER BRENTANO F, 1903, VERSUCH ERKENNTNIS BRENTANO F, 1928, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN CARNAP R, 1928, LOGISCHE AUFBAU WELT CARNAP R, 1928, SCHEINPROBLEME PHILO CASSIRER E, ERKENNTNISPROBLEM PH COHEN H, 1902, LOGIK REINEN ERKENNT CRAMER K, 1972, HIST WB PHILOS, V2, P702 DILTHEY W, ABGRENZUNG GEISTESWI DILTHEY W, AUFBAU GESCH WELT GE DILTHEY W, PLAN FORTSETZUNG AUF DILTHEY W, ZUSATZE AUFBAU GESCH DILTHEY W, 1957, ERLEBNIS DICHTUNG DORING A, 1912, GRUNDLINIEN LOGIK EISLER R, 1910, WORTERBUCH PHILOS BE ELSENHANS T, 1896, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V109, P195 ELSENHANS T, 1906, FRIES KANT BEITRAG G, V2 ELSENHANS T, 1912, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL ERDMANN B, 1907, LOGIK, V1 FREGE G, 1894, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V103, P313 FRIES JF, GRUNDRISS LOGIK FRIES JF, HDB PSYCHISCHEN ANTH FRIES JF, NEUE ANTHR KRITIK VE FRIES JF, SCHRIFTEN REINEN PHI FRIES JF, SYSTEM LOGIK FRIES JF, WISSEN GLAUBE AHNDUN GAMADER HG, 1986, WAHRHEIT METHODE GRU GEYSER J, 1909, GRUNDLAGEN LOGIK ERK GEYSER J, 1909, JB VEREINS CHRISTLIC, V2, P4 GEYSER J, 1916, NEUE ALTE WEGE PHILO GEYSER J, 1916, THEOLOGISCHE REV, P49 GEYSER J, 1918, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ GEYSER J, 1926, KAMPFFELDE LOGIK LOG HARTMANN N, 1921, GRUNDZUGE METAPHYSIK HEFFERNAN G, 1998, HUSSERL STUD, V15, P1 HEIDEGGER M, BESTIMMUNG PHILOS HEIDEGGER M, EINFUHRUNG PHANOMENO HEIDEGGER M, FRAGE DING KANT LEHR HEIDEGGER M, HOLZWEGE HEIDEGGER M, KANT PROBLEM METAPHY HEIDEGGER M, LEHRE URTEIL PSYCHOL HEIDEGGER M, NEUERE FORSCHUNGEN L HEIDEGGER M, PROLEGOMENA GESCH ZE HEIDEGGER M, SEIN ZEIT HEIDEGGER M, WESEN WAHRHEIT HEIDEGGER M, 1954, VORTRAGE AUFSATZE HEIDEGGER M, 1957, SATZ GRUND HEIDEGGER M, 1967, WAHRHEITSBEGRIFF HUS HEIM K, 1902, PSYCHOL ANTIPSYCHOL HOFLER A, LOGIK PHILOS PROPADE HOFLER A, 1904, GRUNDLEHREN LOGIK HOFLER A, 1907, GRUNDLEHREN LOGIK HOFLER A, 1922, LOGIK LOGIK ERKENNTN HUME D, ENQUIRIES HUMAN UNDE HUME D, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR HUSSERL E, CARTESIANISCHE MEDIT HUSSERL E, EINLEITUNG LOGIK ERK HUSSERL E, ERFAHRUNG URTEIL UNT HUSSERL E, FORMALE TRANSZENDENT HUSSERL E, IDEE PHANOMENOLOGIE HUSSERL E, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME HUSSERL E, KRISIS EUROPAISCHEN HUSSERL E, LOGIK ALLGEMEINE WIS HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, PHILOS ARITHMETIK PS HUSSERL E, PHILOS STRENGE WISSE HUSSERL E, PROLEGOMENA REINEN L HUSSERL E, 1903, ARCH SYSTEMATISCHE P, V9, P398 HUSSERL E, 1987, AUFSATZE VORTRAGE 19 ISENKRAHE C, 1915, GRUNDLEGUNG BUNDIGEN ISENKRAHE C, 1917, PROBLEM EVIDENZ WAS KARLUHRING, LOGIK WISSENSCHAFTST KRAUS O, 1915, BRENTANO WAHRHEIT EV, R11 KREIBIG C, 1909, INTELLEKTUELLEN FUNK LASK E, 1911, LOGIK PHILOS KATEGOR LASK E, 1912, LEHRE URTEIL LIPPS T, GRUNDZUGE LOGIK LIPPS T, 1902, FUHLEN WOLLEN DENKEN LOTZE H, MIKROKOSMOS IDEEN NA MACH E, BEITRAGE ANALYSE EMP MACH E, 1905, ERKENNTNIS IRRTUM SK MAIER H, 1908, PSYCHOL EMOTIONALEN MEINONG A, ABHANDLUNGEN ERKENNT MEINONG A, ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MILL JS, W HAMILTON PHILOS PR NATORP P, 1910, LOGISCHEN GRUNDLAGEN NATORP P, 1911, PHILOS IHR PROBLEM I NELSON L, GESCH KRITIK ERKENNT NELSON L, SOGENANNTE ERKENNTNI PALAGYI M, 1902, STREIT PSYCHOLOGISTE RICHTER R, 1904, SKEPTIZISMUS PHILOS, V1 RICKERT H, GEGENSTAND ERKENNTNI RICKERT H, 1904, GEGENSTAND ERKENNTNI SCHLICK M, 1918, ALLGEMEINE ERKENNTNI, V1 SCHMIDKUNZ H, 1912, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V146, P1 SIGWART C, LOGIK STEGMULLER W, 1969, METAPHYSIK SKEPSIS W STEGMULLER W, 1978, HAUPTSTROMUNGEN GEGE, V1 STUMPF C, 1939, ERKENNTNISLEHRE, V2 TRENDELENBURG FA, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN VOLKELT J, ERFAHRUNG DENKEN KRI VOLKELT J, GEFUHLSGEWISSHEIT ER VOLKELT J, 1918, GEWISSHEIT WAHRHEIT WITASEK S, 1908, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL WUNDT W, GRUNDZUGE PHYSIOLOGI WUNDT W, LOGIK UNTERSUCHUNG P WUNDT W, 1906, ALLGEMEINE LOGIK ERK, V1 WUNDT W, 1906, LOGIK, V1 WUNDT W, 1910, KLEINE SCHRIFTEN, V1, P602 ZIEGLER T, GEFUHL PSYCHOL UNTER ZIEHEN T, PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGISCHE ZIEHEN T, 1913, ERKENNTNISTHEORIE PS ZIEHEN T, 1920, LEHRBUCH LOGIK POSIT NR 122 TC 1 BP 83 EP 181 PY 1999 VL 16 IS 2 GA 279JJ UT ISI:000085040400001 ER PT J AU Huemer, W Landerer, C AF Huemer, Wolfgang Landerer, Christoph TI Mathematics, experience and laboratories: Herbart's and Brentano's role in the rise of scientific psychology SO HISTORY OF THE HUMAN SCIENCES J9 HIST HUM SCI LA English DT Article C1 [Huemer, Wolfgang] Univ Parma, Dipartimento Filosofia, I-43125 Parma, Italy. [Landerer, Christoph] Salzburg Univ, Dept Philosophy, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria. RP Huemer, W, Univ Parma, Dipartimento Filosofia, Via DAzeglio 85-A, I-43125 Parma, Italy. EM wolfgang.huemer@unipr.it christoph.landerer@sbg.ac.at DE empirical psychology; Franz Brentano; history of psychology; Johann Friedrich Herbart; phenomenology AB In this article we present and compare two early attempts to establish psychology as an independent scientific discipline that had considerable influence in central Europe: the theories of Johann Friedrich Herbart (1776-1841) and Franz Brentano (1838-1917). While both of them emphasize that psychology ought to be conceived as an empirical science, their conceptions show revealing differences. Herbart starts with metaphysical principles and aims at mathematizing psychology, whereas Brentano rejects all metaphysics and bases his method on a conception of inner perception (as opposed to inner observation) as a secondary consciousness, by means of which one gets to be aware of all of one's own conscious phenomena. Brentano's focus on inner perception brings him to deny the claim that there could be unconscious mental phenomena - a view that stands in sharp contrast to Herbart's emphasis on unconscious, 'repressed' presentations as a core element of his mechanics of mind. Herbart, on the other hand, denies any role for psychological experiments, while Brentano encouraged laboratory work, thus paving the road for the more experimental work of his students like Stumpf and Meinong. By briefly tracing the fate of the schools of Herbart and Brentano, respectively, we aim to illustrate their impact on the development of psychological research, mainly in central Europe. CR ALLESCH CG, 2001, HERBARTS KULTURSYSTE, P51 BRENTANO F, 1895, MEINE LETZTEN WUNSCH BRENTANO F, 1929, ZUKUNFT PHILOS BRENTANO F, 1977, GRUNDZUGE ASHETIK BRENTANO F, 1995, DESCRIPTIVE PSYCHOL BRENTANO F, 1995, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST BRENTANO F, 1998, 4 PHASES PHILOS, P81 DOLLING E, 1999, ALEXIUS MEINONG SKIZ HALLER R, 1979, STUDIEN OSTERREICHIS, P5 HALLER R, 1991, REDISCOVERING FORGOT, P41 HEMECKER W, 1991, FREUD PHILOSOPHIEGES HERBART JF, 1965, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL HERBART JF, 1968, PSYCHOL WISSENSCHAFT HERBART JF, 1993, LEHRBUCH EINLEITUNG HOFLER A, 1884, PROPADEUTIKFRAGE HUEMER W, 2004, PHENOMENOLOGY ANAL E, P199 HUEMER W, 2007, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS HUSSERL E, 2001, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO JACQUETTE D, 1996, SCH FRANZ BRENTANO, P131 JAGER G, 1982, OSTERREICHISCHE LIT, P195 JOHNSTON W, 1972, AUSTRIAN MIND INTELL KONKE KC, 1986, ENTSTEHUNG AUFSTIEG LANDERER C, 2009, FORMALISMES ESTHETIQ, P73 LANGE FA, 1974, GESCH MAT MEINONG A, 1988, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE S, P53 PETITOT J, 1999, NATURALIZING PHENOME SMITH B, 1994, AUSTRIAN PHILOS STUMPF C, 1939, ERKENNTNISLEHRE, V1 TITCHENER EB, 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P108 WITASEK S, 1908, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL ZELLER E, 1873, GESCH DTSCH PHILOS S NR 31 TC 0 BP 72 EP 94 PY 2010 PD JUL VL 23 IS 3 DI 10.1177/0952695110363639 GA 631LG UT ISI:000280347900005 ER PT J AU Gurwitsch, A AF Gurwitsch, A. TI Phenomenology of Subject matter and pure Ego SO PSYCHOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG J9 PSYCHOL FORSCH LA German DT Article CR EBENSO TONPSYCHOLOGI, V2, P9 PSYCHOL, V21, P52 PSYCHOLOGIE, P539 TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V1, P71 TRANSZENDENTALE SYST, P89 VJSCHR WISS PHILOS, V14, P262 BENUSSI V, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V32, P399 BENUSSI, GESETZE INADAQUATEN BENUSSI, GESETZE INADAQUATEN, P400 BENUSSI, PSYCHOL GESTALTERFAS BENUSSI, PSYCHOL GESTALTERFAS, P382 BERGSON H, 1903, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V11, P5 BERGSON, ESSAY DONNEES IMMEDI, CH2 BERGSON, INTRO METAPHYSIQUE, P4 CORNELIUS, PSYCHOL ERFAHRUNGSWI, P128 CORNELIUS, TRANSZENDENTALE SYST, P116 CORNELIUS, TRANSZENDENTALE SYST, P205 EHRENFELS, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P262 EHRENFELS, GESTALTSQUALITATEN, P258 FROBES I, LEHRBUCH EXPT PSYCHO, V2, P72 FUCHS W, PSYCHOL FORSCHUNG, V6, P191 GELB A, Z PSYCHOL, V58 HUSSERL, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P376 HUSSERL, PHILOS ARITHMETIK, P227 HUSSERL, PHILOS ARITHMETIK, CH11 HUSSERL, PSYCHOL STUDIEN ELEM, P163 HUSSERL, PSYCHOL STUDIEN ELEM, V30 JAMES W, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL, V1, P425 JAMES, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL, V1, P405 KANT, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN, P108 KANT, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN, P132 KANT, PROLEGOMENA KANT, SYNTHESIS APPREHENSI, P77 KOFFKA K, PSYCHOLOGIE, P558 KOFFKA, ANAL VORSTELLUNGEN I, P9 KOFFKA, PSYCHOLOGIE, P531 KOFFKA, PSYCHOLOGIE, P533 KOFFKA, PSYCHOLOGIE, P548 KOFFKA, PSYCHOLOGIE, P551 KOFFKA, PSYCHOLOGIE, P558 KOFFKA, PSYCHOLOGIE, P576 KOFFKA, PSYCHOLOGIE, V3, P3 KOFFKA, PSYCHOLOGIE, V3, P8 KOFFKAS, PSYCHOLOGIE, P552 KOHLER W, INTELLIGENZPRUFUNGEN, V1, P43 KOHLER W, 1913, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V66, P51 KOHLER, INTELLIGENZPRUFUNGEN, V1, P173 LIPPS, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL, P59 LIPPS, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL, P60 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V21 NATORP P, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOL K, P27 NATORP, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOL N PFANDER A, EINFUHRUNG PSYCHOL, V2, P3 PFANDER, EINFUHRUNG PSYCHOL, P362 PFANDERS, EINFUHRUNG PSYCHOL, V2, P2 RIBOT T, PSYCHOL ATTENTION, P6 RIBOT, PSYCHOL ATTENTION, P6 RUBIN, VISUELL WAHRGENOMMEN, P36 SCHUMANN F, Z PSYCHOL, V17, P107 STUMPF, EINTEILUNG WISSENSCH, P28 STUMPF, ERSCHEINUNGEN PSYCHI, P15 STUMPF, ERSCHEINUNGEN PSYCHI, P17 STUMPF, ERSCHEINUNGEN PSYCHI, P29 STUMPF, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU STUMPF, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU, P109 STUMPF, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU, P112 STUMPF, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V1, P106 STUMPF, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V2, P278 STUMPF, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V2, P64 STUMPF, Z PSYCHOL, V44, P4 STUMPFS, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU, P109 TWARDOWSKI K, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST VONEHRENFELS C, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14, P252 WERTHEIMER M, PSYCHOL FORSCHG, V1, P48 WERTHEIMER M, SCHLUSSPROZESSE PROD WERTHEIMER M, UNTERSUCHUNGEN LEHRE, V1, P52 WERTHEIMER, GESTALTTHEORIE, V1, P43 WERTHEIMER, GESTALTTHEORIE, V1, P44 WERTHEIMER, UNTERS LEHRE GESTALT, V2, P315 WERTHEIMER, UNTERS LEHRE GESTALT, V2, P324 WERTHEIMER, UNTERSUCHUNGEN LEHRE, V1, P52 WERTHEIMER, UNTERSUCHUNGEN LEHRE, V2, P308 WERTHEIMER, UNTERSUCHUNGEN LEHRE, V2, P331 WERTHEIMER, UNTERSUCHUNGEN LEHRE, V2, P350 WERTHEIMER, UNTERSUCHUNGEN LEHRE, V4, P329 NR 85 TC 7 BP 279 EP 381 PY 1929 VL 12 GA V98YV UT ISI:000206689300007 ER PT J AU Benussi, V AF Benussi, V. TI Experiments on Inadequacy of Imagination SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR ARCH GES PSYCH ARCH GES PSYCH, V7, P155 1906, ATT 5 C INT PSIC ROM, P267 KATZ, 1906, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V42, P304 MEINONG A, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN WATT, ARCH GES PSYCH, V11, P1 WATT, ARCH GES PSYCH, V7, P29 NR 7 TC 0 BP 188 EP 230 PY 1907 VL 45 GA V96JT UT ISI:000206514900013 ER PT J AU RAPAPORT, WJ TI MEINONGIAN THEORIES AND A RUSSELLIAN PARADOX SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Article C1 SUNY COLL FREDONIA,FREDONIA,NY 14063. CR 1971, OXFORD ENGLISH DICTI BERGMANN G, 1959, MEANING EXISTENCE CASTANEDA HN, UNPUBLISHED CASTANEDA HN, 1974, NOUS, V8, P381 CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CASTANEDA HN, 1975, AM PHILOS Q, V12, P131 CASTANEDA HN, 1975, APR AM PHIL ASS WEST CASTANEDA HN, 1975, PHILOSOPHIA, V5, P121 CASTANEDA HN, 1975, THINKING DOING PHILO CASTANEDA HN, 1976, CRITICA, V8, P109 CASTANEDA HN, 1978, NOUS, V12, P189 CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P3 CHISOLM RM, 1973, PHILOS STUD, V24, P245 CLARK RL, 1978, NOUS, V12 COCCHIARELLA N, 1972, NOUS, V6, P165 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GRANDY R, 1972, J PHILOS LOGIC, V1, P137 GREGORY RL, 1970, INTELLIGENT EYE GROSSMANN R, 1969, AM PHILOSOPHICAL Q, V6, P17 GROSSMANN R, 1972, NOUS, V6, P153 GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG GROSSMANN R, 1974, NOUS, V8, P67 JERRISON HJ, 1976, SCI AM, V234, P90 LAMBERT K, 1973, INQUIRY, V16, P221 LAMBERT K, 1974, INQUIRY, V17, P303 LANDESMAN C, 1975, APR AM PHIL ASS WEST MEINONG A, 1904, ALEXIUS MEINONG GESA, V2, P481 MEINONG A, 1907, A MEINONG GESAMTAUSG, V5, P197 MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1915, A MEINONG GESAMTAUSG, V6 MEINONG A, 1917, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI ORAYEN R, 1970, CUADERNOS FILOSOFIA, V10, P327 PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P561 PARSONS T, 1976, MAY AM PHIL ASS WEST PARSONS T, 1978, NOUS, V12, P137 QUINE WV, 1969, WORDS OBJECTIONS, P292 RAPAPORT WJ, 1976, THESIS INDIANA U RAPAPORT WJ, 1977, DEC EAST DIV M AM PH ROUTLEY R, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27, P224 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P204 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P336 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P509 STRAWSON PF, 1974, SUBJECT PREDICATE LO NR 43 TC 35 BP 153 EP 180 PY 1978 VL 12 IS 2 GA FQ774 UT ISI:A1978FQ77400004 ER PT J AU Koyre, A Zambelli, P TI Insolubilia, a logical study of the bases of set theory (edition of a previously unpublished dissertation) SO GIORNALE CRITICO DELLA FILOSOFIA ITALIANA J9 G CRIT FILOS ITAL LA German DT Article CR FRIES JF, 1811, SYSTEM LOGIK, P245 GIANNANTONI G, 1997, SCUOLE SOCRATICHE MI, P46 HESSENBERG, GRUNDBEGRIFFE MENGEN HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P544 MOLINE J, 1969, MIND, V78, P393 RABELAIS F, GARGANTUA RABELAIS F, 1955, OEUVRES COMPLETES, P75 REINACH, THEORIE NEGATIVEN UR RUSTOW A, 1910, LUGNER SAVONAROLA G, 1982, OPERE FILOSOFICHE, V1, P152 URBACH B, 1910, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V140, P81 NR 12 TC 0 BP 323 EP 354 PY 1999 PD SEP-DEC VL 19 IS 3 GA 279XJ UT ISI:000085070100002 ER PT J AU HAGG, C TI JUST PRICE AND EQUAL-OPPORTUNITY SO JOURNAL OF BUSINESS ETHICS J9 J BUS ETHICS LA English DT Article RP HAGG, C, UNIV STOCKHOLM,DEPT BUSINESS ADM,S-10691 STOCKHOLM,SWEDEN. CR ACTON HB, 1971, MORALS MARKETS ARISTOTLE, 1976, NICOMACHEAN ETHICS ARTZ FB, 1958, MIND MIDDLE AGES BANERJEE KS, 1975, COST LIVING INDEX NU CRAMER H, 1946, MATH METHODS STATIST DETARDE A, 1907, IDEE JUSTE PRIX HAGG C, 1978, FUZZY SETS SYSTEMS, V1, P81 MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE VALDEYRON D, 1942, RECHERCHE JUSTE PRIX VONMISES R, 1928, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT S ZADEH LA, 1978, FUZZY SETS SYSTEMS, V1, P3 NR 11 TC 1 BP 269 EP 272 PY 1983 VL 2 IS 4 GA RQ929 UT ISI:A1983RQ92900004 ER PT J AU SERRAVEZZA, A TI HELMHOLTZ, STUMPF, RIEMANN - AN ITINERARY SO RIVISTA ITALIANA DI MUSICOLOGIA J9 RIV ITAL MUSIC LA Italian DT Article CR BESSELER H, 1959, MUSIKALISCHE HORER N CONRAT F, 1904, HV HELMHOLTZ PSYCHOL DAHLHAUS C, 1970, MUSIKTHEORIE, P51 DAHLHAUS C, 1984, MUSIKTHEORIE 18 19 J EHRENFELS CV, 1890, VEIRTELJAHRESSCHRIFT, V14, P253 ERMEN R, 1986, NEUE Z MUSIK, P14 GURLITT W, 1951, H RIEMANN 1849-1919 HELMHOLTZ HV, 1865, POPULARE WISSENSCHAF, V1, P90 HELMHOLTZ HV, 1876, POPULARE WISSENSCHAF, V3, P59 HELMHOLTZ HV, 1884, VORTRAGE REDEN, V2, P213 HELMHOLTZ HV, 1896, LEHRE TONEMPFINDUNGE HELMHOLTZ HV, 1911, HDB PHYSIOLOGISCHEN, V3 HELMHOLTZ HV, 1966, OPERE, P49 HELMHOLTZ HV, 1971, PHILOS VORTRAGE AUFS, P10 HUSSERL E, 1968, RICERCHE LOGICHE, V1 HUSSERL E, 1980, FENOMENOLOGIA CONSCI KOENIGSBERGER L, 1902, HV HELMHOLTZ, V2 KOHNKE KC, 1986, ENTSTEHUNG AUFSTIEG KRUEGER F, 1903, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V1, P237 KUMMEL WF, 1973, BIOLOGISMUS 19 JAHRH, P138 LIPPS, 1892, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V28, P547 MACH E, 1896, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN MACH, 1900, LETT SCI POPOLARI MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P189 MUNNICH R, 1909, RIEMANN FESTSCHRIFT POGGI S, 1977, SISTEMI ESPERIENZA P RIEHL A, PHILOS KRITICISMUS S, V2 RIEHL A, 1904, HV HELMHOLTZ SEINEM RIEMANN H, MUSIKLEXIKON RIEMANN H, 1877, MUSIKALISCHE SYNTAXI RIEMANN H, 1882, NATUR HARMONIK RIEMANN H, 1884, MUSIKALISCHE LOGIK RIEMANN H, 1898, GESCH MUSIKTHEORIE 1 RIEMANN H, 1901, PRALUDIEN STUDIEN GE, V3, P34 RIEMANN H, 1905, NEUE Z MUSIK, V72, P25 RIEMANN H, 1910, 1090 JB MUSIKBIBLIOT, V16, P46 RIEMANN H, 1911, Z INT MUSIKGESELLSCH, V13, P96 RIEMANN H, 1916, FOLKLORISTISCHE TONA RIEMANN H, 1917, 1916 JB MUSIKBIBLIOT, P2 RIEMANN H, 1918, Z MUSIKWISSENSCHAFT, V1, P26 RIEMANN H, 1921, GRUNDLINIEN MUSIKAST RIEMANN H, 1921, HDB AKUSTIK MUSIKWIS RYNNEBGIKKER O, 1967, MUSIKTHEORETISCHES D SCHUHMACHER G, 1980, BERICHTE INT MUSIKWI, P491 SEIDEL E, 1966, BEITRAGE MUSIKTHEORI SMITH FJ, 1979, EXPERIENCING MUSICAL, P91 SPIEGELBERG H, 1960, PHENOMENOLOGICAL MOV, V1 STECKER C, 1890, VIETELJAHRSSCHRIFT M, V6, P437 STUMPF C, 1883, TONPSYCHOL, V1 STUMPF C, 1890, TONPSYCHOL, V2 STUMPF C, 1895, ARCH GESCH PHILOS, V8, P310 STUMPF C, 1897, GESCH KONSONANZSBEGR STUMPF C, 1898, BEITR AKUST MUSIKWIS, V1, P1 STUMPF C, 1898, BEITRAGE AKUSTIK MUS, V2, P8 STUMPF C, 1910, FESTSCHRIFT RV LILIE, P331 STUMPF C, 1911, ANFANGE MUSIK STUMPF C, 1939, ERKENNTNISLEHRE, V1 WIENKE G, 1952, THESIS U FREIBURG NR 58 TC 0 BP 347 EP 422 PY 1989 VL 24 IS 2 GA FF550 UT ISI:A1989FF55000004 ER PT J AU TICHY, P TI INDIVIDUAL OBJECTS AS OBJECTS OF REFERENCE - THE REFLECTIONS OF BRENTANO, MEINONG, FREGE AND RUSSELL ON A TRANSPARENT INTENTIONAL SEMANTICS SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR SEMIOTIK J9 Z SEMIOTIK LA German DT Article RP TICHY, P, UNIV OTAGO,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,DUNEDIN,NEW ZEALAND. CR BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1930, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ ERK FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V100, P25 MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RYLE G, 1951, LOGIC LANGUAGE, P11 NR 7 TC 2 BP 13 EP 50 PY 1987 VL 9 IS 1-2 GA H4634 UT ISI:A1987H463400003 ER PT J AU Straub, W AF Straub, Werner TI Sound Quality and Pitch SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR ABRAHAM O, 1926, Z PSYCHOL, V98 BRENTANO F, 1907, UNTERSUCHUNGEN SINNE DUNLAP K, 1905, PSYCH REV, V12 GARTEN S, 1921, ABH SACHS AKAD WI MP, V38 HUBER K, VOKALMISCHU IN PRESS HUBER K, 1928, Z PSYCHOL, V106 JAENSCH ER, 1925, Z PSYCHOL, V97 KNUDSEN VO, 1923, PHYS REV, V21 KOHLER W, 1909, Z PSYCH, V54 KOHLER W, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V72 MACH E, 1922, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN MEINONG A, 1903, Z PSYCHOL, V33 MEYER E, 1927, HDB PHYS MEYER M, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V16 OGDEN RM, 1918, PSYCH REV, V25 PAULI R, 1925, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V51 REVESZ G, 1913, GRUNDLEGUNG TONPSYCH REVESZ G, 1926, Z PSYCHOL, V99 RICH GI, 1919, AM J PSYCH, V30 STBALEY, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V70 STERN W, 1902, Z PSYCHOL, V30 STUCKER N, 1907, SITZ BER K AK W MN 2, V116 STUCKER N, 1908, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V42 STUMPF G, 1883, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V1 STUMPF G, 1890, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V2 STUMPF G, 1901, BEITR Z AKUSTIK MUSI STUMPF G, 1914, 6 K EXP PSYCH STUMPF G, 1916, Z PSYCHOL, V75 STUMPF G, 1924, Z PSYCHOL, V94 STUMPF G, 1926, SPRACHLAUTE STUMPF, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V18 TITTEL M, 1921, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V41 VONHELMHOLTZ H, 1913, LEHRE TONEMPFINDUNGE VONHORNBOSTEL, 1908, Z PSYCHOL, V48 VONLIEBERMANN P, 1914, Z PSYCHOL, V69 VONMALTZEW C, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V64 WATT HJ, 1917, PSYCHOL SOUND WERNER H, 1926, Z PSYCHOL, V98 WERNER H, 1927, Z PSYCHOL, V101 WINKELMANNS, 1909, HDB PHYS, V2 WIRTH W, 1912, PSYCHOPHYSIK NR 41 TC 0 BP 289 EP 395 PY 1929 PD MAY VL 69 IS 3-4 GA V01VU UT ISI:000206883900001 ER PT J AU DEWAR, RE TI STIMULUS DETERMINANTS OF PRACTICE DECREMENT OF MULLER-LYER ILLUSION SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 CAN J PSYCHOL LA English DT Article C1 UNIV CALGARY,CALGARY,ALBERTA,CANADA. CR BENUSSI V, 1904, UNTERSUCHURGEN GEGEN, P303 BINET A, 1895, REV PHILOS, V40, P11 DAY RH, 1962, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V76 DEWAR RE, 1967, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V24, P708 GARDNER RW, 1961, J ABNORMAL SOCIAL PS, V62, P120 GARDNER RW, 1961, PSYCHOL REC, V11, P317 GIBSON JJ, 1955, PSYCHOL REV, V62, P32 GIBSON JJ, 1955, PSYCHOL REV, V62, P447 GIBSON JJ, 1959, PSYCHOL STUDY SCI, V1, P456 GIBSON JJ, 1963, AM PSYCHOL, V18, P1 HEYMANS G, 1896, Z PSYCHOL, V9, P221 JUDD CH, 1902, PSYCHOL REV, V9, P27 JUDD CH, 1905, PSYCHOL REV-MONOGR S, V7, P55 KOCH S, 1959, PSYCHOLOGY STUDY ED, V1, P456 KOHLER W, 1944, P AM PHILOS SOC, V88, P269 KOHLER W, 1950, J EXP PSYCHOL, V40, P267 LADD GT, 1911, ELEMENTS PHYSIOLOGIC LEWIS EO, 1908, BRIT J PSYCHOL 3, V2, P294 LEWIS EO, 1909, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1-2, V3, P21 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GE ED, P303 MOUNTJOY PT, 1958, J EXP PSYCHOL, V56, P97 MOUNTJOY PT, 1958, J SCI LABS DU, V44, P229 MOUNTJOY PT, 1960, PSYCHOL REC, V10, P219 MOUNTJOY PT, 1961, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V13, P51 MOUNTJOY PT, 1962, J SCI LAB DENISON U, V45, P207 MOUNTJOY PT, 1963, PSYCHOL REC, V13, P471 MULLERLYER FC, 1898, ARCH PHYSIOL S, P263 NOELTING G, 1960, ARCH PSYCHOL, V37, P311 PARKER NI, 1963, CAN J PSYCHOL, V17, P134 PIERON H, 1911, REV PHIL, V71, P245 SANTOS JF, 1963, B MENNINGER CLIN, V27, P3 SCRIPTURE EW, 1905, NEW PSYCHOLOGY SEASHORE CE, 1908, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V9, P103 VANBIERVLIET JJ, 1896, REV PHILOS, V41, P169 VERNON MD, 1962, PSYCHOLOGY PERCEPTIO WOHLWILL JF, 1958, PSYCHOL REV, V65, P283 NR 36 TC 15 BP 504 EP 504 PY 1967 VL 21 IS 6 GA A3248 UT ISI:A1967A324800005 ER PT J AU KROON, FW TI WAS MEINONG ONLY PRETENDING SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article RP KROON, FW, UNIV AUCKLAND,AUCKLAND,NEW ZEALAND. ID FICTIONAL OBJECTS CR BACH K, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P359 BENCIVENGA E, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P461 CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CASTANEDA HN, 1979, POETICS, V8, P31 CASTANEDA HN, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P3 CASTANEDA HN, 1989, THINKING LANGUAGE EX CHISHOLM R, 1972, J VONSEIN NICHTEIN CHISHOLM R, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27, P207 CURRIE G, 1990, NATURE FICTION EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FINE K, 1984, PHILOS STUD, V45, P95 GROSSMAN R, 1974, MEINONG ARGUMENTS PH GROSSMANN R, 1974, NOUS, V8, P67 HOWELL R, 1979, POETICS, V8, P129 KAPLAN D, 1973, APPROACHES NATURAL L, P490 LAMBER K, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P439 LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN MALLY E, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGER GEGEN MALLY E, 1912, GEGENSTANDSTHEORETIS MEINONG A, 1904, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MEINONG A, 1983, ASSUMPTIONS PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P561 PARSONS T, 1975, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V1, P73 PARSONS T, 1979, J PHILOS, V76, P649 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PARSONS T, 1982, POETICS, V11, P311 RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 RAPAPORT WJ, 1981, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V14, P1 RAPAPORT WJ, 1982, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V18, P17 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P61 ROUTLEY R, 1979, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V9, P1 ROUTLEY R, 1980, DEP MONOGRAPH AUSTRA, V3 SEARLE J, 1979, CONT PERSPECTIVES PH SOSA E, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P485 VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 WALTON K, 1973, PHILOS REV, V82, P283 WALTON K, 1978, J PHILOS, V75, P5 WALTON K, 1990, MIMESIS MAKE BELIEVE WETTSTEIN H, 1984, SYNTHESE, V60, P439 ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS INT ZALTA E, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 42 TC 3 BP 499 EP 527 PY 1992 PD SEP VL 52 IS 3 GA JL848 UT ISI:A1992JL84800001 ER PT J AU NEMOIANU, V TI SOCIETAL MODELS AS SUBSTITUTE REALITY IN LITERATURE SO POETICS TODAY J9 POETICS TODAY LA English DT Article RP NEMOIANU, V, CATHOLIC UNIV AMER,WASHINGTON,DC 20064. CR ABRAMS MH, 1973, NATURAL SUPERNATURAL BARRELL J, 1972, IDEA LANDSCAPE SENSE BYRD M, 1978, LONDON TRANSFORMED I DUTU A, 1972, ESEU TEORIA MODELELO DYSON AE, 1957, ESSAYS CRITICISM, V7 ELLIS FH, 1951, PMLA, V66 EMPSON W, 1935, SOME VERSIONS PASTOR GOLDMANN L, 1952, SCI HUMAINES PHILOS GRAY T, 1935, CORRESPONDENCE GRAY T, 1966, COMPLETE POEMS GRUBER H, 1978, AESTHETICS SCI HARTMANN N, 1933, PROBLEM GEISTIGEN SE HARTMANN N, 1962, ETHIK HAZARD P, 1935, CRISE CONSCIENCE EUR ISER W, 1981, ACT READING THEORY A JAMESON F, 1971, MARXISM FORM 20TH CE JONES WP, 1965, T GRAY SCHOLAR KETTONCREMER PW, 1955, T GRAY KNAUTH A, 1979, ARCADIA, V14, P3 LEWIS CS, 1964, DISCARDED IMAGE INTR LOBSIEN E, 1975, THEORIE LIT ILLUSION LOWES JL, 1930, ROAD XANADU STUDY WA MEINONG AV, 1963, UEBER GEGENSTANDSTHE NEMOIANU V, 1977, MICROHARMONY GROWTH NEMOIANU V, 1984, CLIO NEMOIANU V, 1984, TAMING ROMANTICISM E PAPU E, 1967, DESCOPERIRILE GEOGRA PECKHAM M, 1956, MODERN LANGUAGE NOTE, V71 ROBERTS SC, 1952, T GRAY PEMBROKE STARR HW, 1968, 20TH CENTURY INTERPR STARR HW, 1968, GRAY ELEGY IN COUNTR SUTHERLAND JH, 1957, MODERN PHILOLOGY, V55 TILLYARD EW, 1943, ELIZABETHAN WORLD PI TUZET H, 1965, COSMOS IMAGINATION VIANU T, 1946, TRANSFORMARILE IDEII VIANU T, 1963, STUDII LIT UNIVERSAL WALPOLE H, 1937, CORRESPONDENCE WAUGH E, SWORD OF HONOUR WILLIAMS R, 1977, MARXISM LIT WITTGENSTEIN L, 1973, TRACTATUS LOGICO-PHI NR 40 TC 2 BP 275 EP 297 PY 1984 VL 5 IS 2 GA TU710 UT ISI:A1984TU71000003 ER PT J AU Darrigol, O TI Number and measure: Hermann von Helmholtz at the crossroads of mathematics, physics, and psychology SO STUDIES IN HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE J9 STUD HIST PHIL SCI LA English DT Review C1 CNRS, Rehseis, F-75013 Paris, France. RP Darrigol, O, CNRS, Rehseis, 83 Rue Broca, F-75013 Paris, France. DE Helmholtz; measurement; arithmetic; P. Du Bois-Reymond; H. and R. Grassmann; J. von Kries ID HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION; HELMHOLTZ AB In 1887 Helmholtz discussed the foundations of measurement in science as a last contribution to his philosophy of knowledge. This essay borrowed from earlier debates on the foundations of mathematics (Grassmann / Du Bois), on the possibility of quantitative psychology (Fechner / Kries, Wundt / Zeller), and on the meaning of temperature measurement (Maxwell, Mach). Late nineteenth-century scrutinisers of the foundations of mathematics (Dedekind, Cantor, Frege, Russell) made little of Helmholtz's essay. Yet it inspired two mathematicians with an eye on physics (Poincare and Holder), and a few philosopher-physicists (Mach, Duhem, Campbell). The aim of the present paper is to situate Helmholtz's contribution in this complex array of nineteenth-century philosophies of number, quantity, and measurement. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier Ltd. CR BELNA JP, 1996, NOTION NOMBRE DEDEKI CAHAN D, 1989, H VONHELMHOLTZ FDN 1 CAHAN D, 2002, INT ENCY SOCIAL BEHA CAMPBELL N, 1920, PHYISCS ELEMENTS CAMPBELL N, 1928, ACCOUNT PRINCIPLES M CANTOR G, 1887, GESAMMELTE ABH, P378 CHANG H, 1995, PERSPECTIVES SCI, V3, P153 CHANG HS, 2001, HIST STUD PHYS BIO 2, V31, P249 CHATELET G, 1993, ENJEUX MOBILE MATH P CROWE M, 1987, HIST VECTOR ANAL DARRIGOL O, 1995, STUD HIST PHILOS M P, V26, P1 DECOURTENAY N, 1999, SCI PHILOS L BOLTZMA DEDEKIND R, 1872, ESSAYS THEORY NUMBER, P1 DEDEKIND R, 1988, ESSAYS THEORY NUMBER, P31 DIEZ JA, 1997, STUD HIST PHILOS SCI, V28, P167 DIEZ JA, 1997, STUD HIST PHILOS SCI, V28, P237 DISALLE R, 1993, H VONHELMHOLTZ FDN 1, P498 DUBOISREYMOND P, 1882, ALLGEMEINE FUNCTIONE DUGAC P, 1976, R DEDEKIND FONDEMENT DUHEM P, 1892, J MATH PURE APPL, V10, P207 DUHEM P, 1892, J MATH PURE APPL, V8, P269 DUHEM P, 1892, J MATH PURE APPL, V9, P293 DUHEM P, 1912, REV PHILOS, V21, P531 DUHEM P, 1914, THEORIE PHYSIQUE SON ELSAS A, 1886, PSYCHOPHYSIK FECHNER G, 1959, ELEMENTE PSYCHOPHYSI FISCHER G, 1981, ARCH HIST EXACT SCI, V24, P101 FLAMENT D, 1994, SCI GRANDEUR EXTENSI, P7 FREGE G, 1884, GRUNDAGEN ARITHMETIK FREGE G, 1975, FUNKTION BEGRIFF BED GRASSMANN H, 1844, LINEALE AUSDEHNUNGSL GRASSMANN H, 1894, GESAMMELTE MATH PHYS GRASSMANN H, 1961, LEHRBUCH ARITHMETIK GRASSMANN R, 1872, DIE GROSENLEHRE GRASSMANN R, 1890, DENKLEHRE GRASSMANN R, 1890, GEBAUDE WISSENS GRASSMANN R, 1890, SPRACHLEHRE GRASSMANN R, 1891, ZAHLENLEHRE ARITHMET HARDY GH, 1910, ORDERS INFINITY INFI HARMAN P, 1998, NATURAL PHILOS JC MA HEIDELBERGER M, 1986, HIST METROLOGIE WISS, P159 HEIDELBERGER M, 1993, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V16, P146 HEINE E, 1872, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V74, P172 HELMHOLTZ H, 1866, WISSENSCHAFTLICHE AB, V2, P610 HELMHOLTZ H, 1868, WISSENSCHAFTLICHE AB, V2, P618 HELMHOLTZ H, 1876, VORTRAGE REDEN, V2, P1 HELMHOLTZ H, 1878, VORTRAGE REDEN, V2, P215 HELMHOLTZ H, 1878, WISSENSCHAFTLICHE AB, V2, P640 HELMHOLTZ H, 1882, WISSENSCHAFTLICHE AH HELMHOLTZ H, 1887, PHILOS AUFSATZE E ZE HELMHOLTZ H, 1903, EINLEITUNG VORLESUNG HELMHOLTZ H, 1908, VORLESUNGEN THEORIE HELMHOLTZ H, 1956, HDB PHYSL OPTIK HERTZ P, 1921, NOTES H HELMHOLTZ SC HILBERT D, 1899, GRUNDLAGEN GEOMETRIE HOLDER O, 1900, ANSCHAUUNG DENKEN GE HOLDER O, 1901, BERICHTE VERHANDL MP, V53, P1 HOLMES FL, 1994, UNIVERSALGENIE HELMH, P3 HYDER DJ, 2001, SCI CONTEXT, V14, P419 JURKOWITZ E, 2002, HIST STUD PHYS BIO 2, V32, P291 KANT I, 1787, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN KARAGOZOWSKI S, THESIS U PARIS 7 KLEIN F, 1890, MATH ANN, V37, P544 KLEIN F, 1902, ELEMENTARMATHEMATIK KOENIGSBERGER L, 1902, H VONHELMHOLTZ KRANTZ DH, 1971, FDN MEASUREMENT, V1 KRONECKER L, 1887, PHILOS AUFSATZE E ZE, P263 LUCE RD, 1981, MACROPAEDIA, V11, P739 MACH E, 1872, GESCH W DESSATZES ER MACH E, 1883, MECH IHRER ENTWICKLU MACH E, 1896, PRINCIPIEN WARMELEHR MACH E, 1905, ERKENNTNIS IRRTUM MAXWELL JC, 1871, THEORY HEAT MAXWELL JC, 1873, TREATISE ELECT MAGNE MEINONG A, 1896, GESAMMELTE ABH, V2, P215 MICHELL J, 1993, STUD HIST PHILOS SCI, V24, P185 MICHELL J, 1999, MEASUREMENT PSYCHOL NAGEL E, 1931, ERKENNTNIS, V2, P313 NEWTON I, 1707, ARITHMETICA U OLESKO KM, 1994, UNIVERSALGENIE HELNH, P22 POINCARE H, 1892, REV GEN SCI PURES AP, V3, P74 POINCARE H, 1892, THERMODYNAMIQUE POINCARE H, 1893, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V1, P26 POINCARE H, 1898, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V6, P371 POINCARE H, 1902, SCI HYPOTHESE POINCARE H, 1908, REV GEN SCI PURES AP, V19, P386 PRINGSHEIM A, 1898, ENCY MATH WISSENSCHA, V1, P47 PRINGSHEIM A, 1904, ENCY SCI MATH PURES, V1, P133 RUNGE C, 1916, ENCY SCI MATH PURES, V5, P1 RUNGE C, 1980, ENCY MATH WISSENSCHA, V5, P3 RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1913, PRINCIPIA MATH, V3 SAVAGE GW, 1992, PHILOS FDN ISSUES ME, P1 SCHAFFER S, 1995, VALUES PRECISION, P135 SCHRODER E, 1873, LEHRBUCH ARITHMETIK SCHRODER E, 1877, OPERATIONSKREIS LOGI SCHRODER E, 1890, VORLESUNGEN ALGEBRA SCHUBERT H, 1898, ENCY MATH WISSENSCHA, V1, P1 STEVENS SS, 1946, SCIENCE, V103, P667 SUPPES P, 1951, PORTUGALIA MATH, V10, P163 TURNER S, 1982, PROBLEMATIC SCI PSYC, P147 VISCHER F, 1987, PHILOS AUFSATZE E ZE VITRAC B, 1994, INTRO EUCLIDE ELEMEN, V2 VONKRIES J, 1882, VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT, V6, P257 WUNDT W, 1883, PHILOS STUDIEN, V1, P251 WUNDT W, 1883, PHILOS STUDIEN, V1, P461 WUNDT W, 1920, ERLEBTES ERKANNTES ZELLER E, 1881, KONIGLICHE AKAD WISS, V3, P1 ZELLER E, 1982, KONIGLICHE PREUSSISC, P295 NR 109 TC 4 BP 515 EP 573 PY 2003 PD SEP VL 34A IS 3 DI 10.1016/S0039-3681(03)00043-8 GA 725FK UT ISI:000185533000004 ER PT J AU Ramul, K AF Ramul, Konstantin TI Not About Empirical Psychology. SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Review CR ALLGEM PSYCHOPATHOLO, P117 1905, SITZUNGS BERICHTE H, P626 1906, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V129 1907, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V130 1910, LOGOS, V1 1911, Z PSYCHOL 1 S, V5, P2 1913, ABHANDLUNGEN ERKENNT 1913, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V1 1917, Z PSICHOLOGISCHESKOJ, V1, P1 1918, Z PSICHOLOGISCHESKOJ, V1, P3 1927, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V58, P292 BECHER E, 1921, GEISTESWISSENSCHAFTE, P20 BECHER SE, 1921, GEISTESWISSENSCHAFTE, P26 BRENTANO, PSYCHOLOGIE, V1, P261 BRENTANO, PSYCHOLOGIE, V1, R17 BRENTANO, PSYCHOLOGIE, V1, R18 BRENTANO, PSYCHOLOGIE, V1, R62 BRENTANO, PSYCHOLOGIE, V1, R90 BRENTANO, 1895, MEME LETZTEN WUNSCHE, P34 BRENTANO, 1922, URSPRUNGE SITTLICHER, P76 BRENTANO, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1, P10 DILTHEY W, 1924, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V5 DILTHEY, IDEEN BESCHREIBENDE, P153 EBBINGHAUS, 1919, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V1, P370 ELSENHANS ST, 1915, PHANOMENOLOGIE PSYCH, V20, P242 GEIGER M, BEITRAGE PHANOMENOLO, V1 HUME D, ENQUIRY CONCERNING 1 HUSSERL, ABHANDLUNGEN KONIGLI, P12 HUSSERL, ENQUIRY CONCERNING 1, P118 HUSSERL, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN, P16 HUSSERL, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN, R10 HUSSERL, F BRENTANO, P39 HUSSERL, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE A, P118 HUSSERL, LOGOS, V1, P302 HUSSERL, LOGOS, V1, P303 HUSSERL, LOGOS, V1, P316 HUSSERL, PSICHOL OBOZR, P133 HUSSERL, PSICHOL OBOZR, P181 HUSSERL, PSYCHOLOGIE, P140 HUSSERL, UMRISS 1, P13 HUSSERL, UMRISS 1, P132 HUSSERL, UMRISS 1, P17 HUSSERL, UMRISS 1, P43 HUSSERL, 1915, PHANOMENOLOGIE PSYCH, V20, P38 HUSSERL, 1917, RECHT PHANOMENOLOGIE, V21, P81 HUSSERL, 1921, GEISTESWISSENSCHAFTE, P4 HUSSERLS E, VORLESUNGEN PHANOMEN, V9 JASPERS H, 1912, Z GES NEUROL PSYCHIA, V9 JASPERS H, 1923, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOPAT JASPERS, 1923, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOPAT, P18 KANTS, 1870, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V4, P471 KRAUS O, PSYCHOLOGIE, R17 KRAUS O, PSYCHOLOGIE, V1, R91 KRAUS O, 1919, F BRENTANO, P59 KRAUS, F BRENTANO, P58 KRAUS, F BRENTANO, P60 KRAUS, PSYCHOLOGIE, V1, R59 LINDWORSKY J, 1922, EXPT PSYCHOL, P53 LINKE P, PHANOMENOLOGIE EXPT, V2 LINKE P, 1918, GRUNDFRAGEN WAHRNEHM LINKE PF, 1918, GRUNDFRAGEN WAHRNEHM, R5 LINKE, GRUNDFRAGEN WAHRNEHM, R16 LINKE, 1917, RECHT PHANOMENOLOGIE, V21, P202 LINKE, 1917, RECHT PHANOMENOLOGIE, V21, P219 LIPPS T, 1905, SITZUNGSBER PHILO H LIPPS, INHALT GEGENSTAND SI, P649 LIPPS, INHALT GEGENSTAND SI, P650 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEINONG, ABHANDLUNGEN, P485 MEINONG, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN, P5 MEINONG, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN, P7 MEINONG, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN, R9 MEINONG, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE A, P510 MEINONG, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V129, P73 MEINONG, ZEITSCHRIFT, V129, P77 MEINONG, 1906, Z PHYSIKALISCHEN CHE, P5 MESSER A, 1912, ARCH GES PSYCH, V22, P121 PFANDER A, JB, V1 PFANDER A, JB, V3 SCHAPP W, 1910, BEITRAGE PHANOMENOLO SCHELER M, FORMALISMUS ETHIK MA, V1 SCHELER M, FORMALISMUS ETHIK MA, V2 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, PSYCHOL OBOZR, V1, P14 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P12 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P150 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P154 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P24 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P25 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P34 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P46 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P63 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P71 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P80 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P87 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS 1, P9 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS, P133 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS, P192 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS, P6 SCHMIEDKOWARZIK, UMRISS, P76 SCHUMANN F, 1914, 6 K EXP PSYCH GOTT 1, P145 STORRING G, 1927, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V58, P441 STUMPF C, 1906, ABHANDLUNGEN PREUSS STUMPF, 1906, ABHANDLUNGEN KONIGLI, P31 TSCHELPANOW, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN, R11 TSCHELPANOW, PSICHOL OBOZR, P13 TSCHELPANOW, PSICHOL OBOZR, V1, P11 TSCHELPANOW, PSICHOL OBOZR, V1, P4 TSCHELPANOW, PSICHOL OBOZR, V1, P468 TSCHELPANOW, PSICHOLOGITSCHESKOPE, V1, P3 TSCHELPANOW, PSYCHOL OBOZR, V1, P14 TSCHELPANOW, PSYCHOLOGIE, P9 TSCHELPANOW, UMRISS 1, P11 TSCHELPANOW, UMRISS 1, P13 TSCHELPANOW, UMRISS 1, P16 TSCHELPANOW, UMRISS 1, P8 TSCHOLPANOW, PSICHOL OBOZR, V1, P14 UTITZ E, 1918, F BRENTANO KANTSTUDI, V22, P223 VONDERPFORDTEN O, 1913, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V28, P309 VORSTELLUNGEN, F BRENTANO, P60 WINDELBAND W, 1909, PHILOS DTSCH GEISTES, P92 NR 120 TC 1 BP 369 EP 406 PY 1929 PD DEC VL 73 IS 3-4 GA V01WC UT ISI:000206884700002 ER PT J AU ROLLINGER, RD TI HUSSERL AND CORNELIUS SO HUSSERL STUDIES J9 HUSSERL STUD LA English DT Article CR AVENARIUS R, 1876, PHILOS ALS DENKEN WE, R3 CORNELIUS H, 1892, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V16, P404 CORNELIUS H, 1893, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V17, P30 CORNELIUS H, 1897, ARCH SYSTEMATISCHE P, V3, P216 CORNELIUS H, 1903, EINLEITUNG PHILOS, P284 CORNELIUS H, 1906, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V42, P401 CORNELIUS H, 1906, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V43, P18 CORNELIUS H, 1916, TRANSCENDENTALE SYST CORNELIUS H, 1921, DTSCH PHILOS GEGENWA, V2, P81 CORNELIUS H, 1926, KOMMENTAR KANTS KRIT CORNELIUS H, 1931, ERKENNTNIS, V2, P191 CORNELIUS, MISTAKES ARE TYPICAL CORNELIUS, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V22, P101 CORNELIUS, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V24, P101 GEIGER, 1909, COMMUNICATION 1228 HOLENSTEIN E, 1972, PHANOMENOLOGIE ASS S, P250 HUSSERL E, 1894, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V30, P159 HUSSERL E, 1903, ARCH SYSTEMATISCHE P, V9, P393 HUSSERL, 1897, COMMUNICATION 0116 HUSSERL, 1901, COMMUNICATION 0618 JAY M, 1973, DIALECTICAL IMAGINAT, P44 KUNNE W, 1986, GRUNDPROBLEME GROSSE, V4, P180 LIPPS, 1899, Z PADAGOGISCHE PSYCH, V1, P209 LIPPS, 1899, Z PADAGOGISCHE PSYCH, V1, P372 LIPPS, 1900, Z PADAGOGISCHE PSYCH, V2, P312 LIPPS, 1901, Z PADAGOGISCHE PSYCH, V3, P407 MEINONG A, 1877, SITZUNGSBERICHTE KAI, V87, P185 MEINONG, 1894, PSYCHOL PHYSL SINNES, V6, P417 MEINONG, 1894, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V6, P340 MEINONG, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V24, P34 RIEGER M, 1894, VERSUCH THEORIE EXIS SMID RN, 1982, PFANDER STUDIEN, P114 SOMMER M, 1985, HUSSERL FRUHE POSITI TEUBNER BG, 1897, PSYCHOL ERFAHRUNGSWI THIELE J, 1965, Z PHILOS FORSCH, V19, P136 NR 35 TC 1 BP 33 EP 56 PY 1991 VL 8 IS 1 GA GL237 UT ISI:A1991GL23700003 ER PT J AU SWEET, D TI THE GESTALT CONTROVERSY - THE DEVELOPMENT OF OBJECTS OF HIGHER-ORDER IN MEINONG ONTOLOGY SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article RP SWEET, D, FORDHAM UNIV,BRONX,NY 10458. CR BARBER K, 1971, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V31, P564 BARBER KF, 1970, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V30, P550 BERGMANN G, 1967, REALISM CRITIQUE BRE BERGMANN G, 1979, CLASSICS ANAL METAPH, P127 BERKELEY G, 1993, PHILOS WORKS INCLUDI BLACKMAN LL, 1984, CLASSICS ANAL METAPH BOLZANO B, 1929, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE BOLZANO B, 1972, B BOLZANO THEORY SCI BRADLEY FH, 1911, CLASSICS ANAL METAPH, P79 BRADLEY FH, 1978, APPEARANCE REALITY BRENTANO F, 1959, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST CORNELIUS H, 1892, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V16, P404 EHRENFELS C, 1988, F GESTALT THEORY, P82 EHRENFELS CV, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14, P249 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GROSSMAN R, 1960, THEORIA, V26, P17 GROSSMAN R, 1965, STRUCTURE MIND GROSSMAN R, 1973, ONTOLOGICAL REDUCTIO GROSSMAN R, 1974, MEINONG GROSSMAN R, 1974, ONTOLOGICAL TURN, P89 GROSSMAN R, 1977, CRITICA, V9, P3 GROSSMAN R, 1983, CATEGORIAL STRUCTURE KALSI MLS, 1978, A MEINONG OBJECTS HI KERRY B, 1886, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V10, P419 KNEALE W, 1949, PROBABILITY INDUCTIO MACH E, 1900, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN MACH E, 1914, ANAL SENSATIONS MALLY E, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEINONG A, A MEINONG OBJECTS HI, P55 MEINONG A, 1877, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1, P1 MEINONG A, 1882, GA, V2, P1 MEINONG A, 1891, GA, V1, P279 MEINONG A, 1894, GA, V1, P305 MEINONG A, 1899, GA, V2, P377 MEINONG A, 1902, GA, V4 MEINONG A, 1904, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P481 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MEINONG A, 1968, GESAMTAUSGABE GA MEINONG A, 1983, ASSUMPTIONS MOORE GE, 1903, CLASSICS ANAL METAPH, P419 MOORE GE, 1909, ARISTOTELIAN SOC P, P36 MOORE GE, 1953, SOME MAIN PROBLEMS P RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P204 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P336 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P509 RUSSELL B, 1984, CLASSICS ANAL METAPH, P73 RYLE G, 1933, OXFORD MAGAZINE 1026 SMITH B, 1988, F GESTALT THEORY TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE NR 52 TC 1 BP 553 EP 575 PY 1993 PD SEP VL 53 IS 3 GA LV234 UT ISI:A1993LV23400003 ER PT J AU CHISHOLM, RM SOSA, E TI INTRINSIC PREFERABILITY AND THE PROBLEM OF SUPEREROGATION SO SYNTHESE J9 SYNTHESE LA English DT Article C1 BROWN UNIV,PROVIDENCE,RI. UNIV WESTERN ONTARIO,LONDON,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR ANDERSON AR, 1956, FORMAL ANAL NORMATIV AQVIST L, 1963, ACTA PHILOSOPHICA FE, V16, P285 CHISHOLM R, 1964, J PHILOS, V61, P613 CHISHOLM RM, 1963, RATIO, V5, P1 CHISHOLM RM, 1966, AM PHILOSOPHICAL Q, V3, P244 FEINBERG J, 1961, ETHICS, V71, P276 HALLDEN S, 1957, LOGIC BETTER, V2 LADD J, 1957, STRUCTURE MORAL CODE, P125 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOLOGISCHETHISCH, P88 PRIOR AN, 1955, FORMAL LOGIC, P221 RESCHER N, 1967, LOGIC DECISION ACTIO SCHWARZ E, 1934, UBER WERT SOLL RICHT, P49 URMSON JO, 1958, ESSAYS MORAL PHILOSO WRIGHT GH, 1951, MIND, V60, P1 WRIGHT GHV, 1951, ESSAY MODAL LOGIC, CH5 WRIGHT GHV, 1963, LOGIC PREFERENCE NR 16 TC 13 BP 321 EP 331 PY 1966 VL 16 IS 3-4 GA ZP142 UT ISI:A1966ZP14200005 ER PT J AU SCHUBERTKALSI, ML TI ON EVIDENCE ACCORDING TO MEINONG AND CHISHOLM SO PHILOSOPHICAL TOPICS J9 PHIL TOPICS LA English DT Article RP SCHUBERTKALSI, ML, TEXAS A&M UNIV,COLLEGE STN,TX 77843. CR BRENTANO F, 1930, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ BRENTANO F, 1966, TRUE EVIDENT FOGELIN RF, 1967, EVIDENCE MEANING MEINONG A, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI MEINONG A, 1972, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1 ORNSTEIN JH, 1972, MIND BRAIN POPPER KR, SELF ITS BRAIN RODERICK M, 1974, PERCEIVING PHILOS ST ROSEN K, 1977, EVIDENZ HUSSERLS DES SCHUBERTKALSI ML, 1978, A MEINONG OBJECTS HI NR 10 TC 0 BP 77 EP 85 PY 1985 VL 13 IS 2 GA ALX10 UT ISI:A1985ALX1000009 ER PT J AU Mursell, JL AF Mursell, James L. TI PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSIC SO PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN J9 PSYCHOL BULL LA English DT Review CR 1926, COMPTE RENU LIER C R ABRAHAM O, 1901, SAMMELBANDE INT MUSI, V3, P1 ADLER M, 1930, ARCH PSYCHOL AGNEW M, 1922, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V31, P268 AGNEW M, 1922, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V31, P279 ANDERSON DA, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V17, P150 ANDREWS BR, 1915, AM J PSYCHOL, V16, P302 BAIRD JW, 1917, STUDIES PSYCHOL TITC, P43 BEAUNIS H, 1887, AM J PSYCHOL, V1, P205 BEAUNIS H, 1918, REV PHILOS, V86, P353 BELAIEWEXEMPLAR.S, 1924, PSYCHOL MUSIKWAHRNEH BELAIEWEXEMPLAR.S, 1926, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V57, P489 BELAIEWEXEMPLAR.S, 1926, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V27, P177 BELAIEWEXEMPLAR.S, 1928, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V3, P107 BERLAGE F, 1910, PSYCHOL STUD, P39 BERNFELD S, 1915, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V34, P235 BINGHAM WV, 1910, PSYCHOL MONOG, V12 BINGHAM WV, 1914, PSYCHOL BULL, V11, P421 BOGGS LP, 1907, AM J PSYCHOL, V18, P194 BRENNAN FM, 1926, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V36, P249 BRIES AM, 1927, AM J PSYCHOL, V38, P624 BROWN AW, 1928, J APPL PSYCHOL, V12, P468 BROWN RW, 1928, J EXP PSYCHOL, V11, P235 BUECHER K, 1919, ARBEIT RHYTHMUS CAMERON EH, 1907, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V8, P227 CAMERON EH, 1917, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V23, P159 CASPARI H, 1906, Z INT MUSIKGESELLSCH, V8, P216 COPP EF, 1916, J HERED, V7, P297 COURTIER J, 1897, DRITTER INTERNAT K, P238 COWELL H, 1926, AM J PSYCHOL, V37, P233 DAUBRESSE M, 1903, ARCH PSYCHOL, V3, P200 DAURIAC L, 1893, REV PHIL, V35, P149 DAURIAC L, 1893, REV PHIL, V35, P595 DEGRAFF LH, 1924, THESIS U IOWA LIB DISERENS C, 1926, INFLUENCE MUSIC BEHA DISERENS CM, 1923, PSYCHOL BULL, V20, P173 DIXON JM, 1905, METH REV, V21, P858 DOWNEY JE, 1897, AM J PSYCHOL, V9, P63 DUNLAP K, 1911, PSYCHOL BULL, V8, P239 DUNLAP K, 1916, J EXP PSYCHOL, V1, P183 EDMONDS EM, 1923, AM J PSYCHOL, V35, P287 EMERSON LE, 1906, HARVARD PSYCHOL STUD, V2, P269 ERICKSON CI, 1926, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V36, P82 FARNSWORTH PR, 1924, B J PSYCHOL-GEN SE 1, V15, P82 FARNSWORTH PR, 1925, AM J PSYCHOL, V36, P394 FARNSWORTH PR, 1926, AM J PSYCHOL, V37, P116 FARNSWORTH PR, 1926, AM J PSYCHOL, V37, P237 FARNSWORTH PR, 1926, J EXP PSYCHOL, V9, P253 FARNSWORTH PR, 1928, J APPL PSYCHOL, V12, P148 FARNSWORTH PR, 1928, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V19, P586 FARNSWORTH PR, 1928, J GEN PSYCHOL, V1, P377 FARNSWORTH PR, 1929, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V20, P693 FEIS O, 1910, STUDIEN GENEALOGIE P FELDKELLER P, 1925, Z AESTH, V10, P161 FELDKELLER P, 1925, Z AESTH, V10, P267 FRACKER GC, 1928, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V39, P157 GATEWOOD EL, 1921, J APPL PSYCHOL, V5, P350 GAW EA, 1918, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V25, P134 GAW EA, 1922, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V31, P128 GAW EA, 1928, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V39, P145 GILLILAND AR, 1922, J EXP PSYCHOL, V7, P214 GILLILAND AR, 1924, J APPL PSYCHOL, V8, P309 GILMAN B, 1893, AM J PSYCHOL, V5, P42 GILMAN B, 1909, SCIENCE, V30, P33 GILMAN BI, 1892, AM J PSYCHOL, V4, P558 GORDON K, 1917, J EXP PSYCHOL, V2, P93 GOUGH E, 1922, ARCH PSYCHOL, P47 GRAY CT, 1929, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V20, P501 GUERNSEY M, 1928, AM J PSYCHOL, V40, P173 GUTHRIE ER, 1928, AM J PSYCHOL, V40, P624 HAECKER V, 1921, Z PSYCHOL, V88, P265 HAECKER V, 1922, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V89, P273 HALLOCK M, 1903, POP SCI MONTHLY, V63, P425 HANCOCK C, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V17, P161 HEINITZ W, 1915, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, P34 HEINLEIN CP, 1925, J EXP PSYCHOL, V8, P408 HEINLEIN CP, 1928, J COMP PSYCHOL, V8, P101 HEINLEIN CP, 1928, P SEM J GEN PSYCHOL, V35, P45 HEINLEIN CP, 1929, PSYCHOL REV, V35, P524 HOHENEMSER R, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V72, P373 HOLLINGWORTH LS, 1926, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V17, P95 HOWES F, 1926, BORDERLAND MUSIC PSY HUMPHREY G, 1927, J ABNORM SOC PSYCH, V22, P194 JACKSON GP, 1915, MOD PHILOLOGY, V13, P561 JACKSON GP, 1916, MOD PHILOLOGY, V14, P357 JACKSON GP, 1916, MOD PHILOLOGY, V14, P65 JACKSON GP, 1917, MOD PHILOLOGY, V15, P79 JANCKE H, 1928, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V62, P273 JANCKE H, 1928, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V66, P437 JAQUESDALCROZE E, 1921, RHYTHM MUSIC ED JUHASZ A, 1924, Z PSYCHOL, V95, P142 KAESTNER G, 1909, PSYCHOL STUDIEN, V4, P473 KATZ D, 1926, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V99, P289 KECHMANN R, 1924, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V23, P329 KEMP W, 1913, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V29, P139 KERPOLA W, 1915, SKAND ARCH PHYSL, V33, P1 KLAUER NJ, 1924, THESIS U IOWA LIB KLUNDER A, 1879, ARCH ANAT PHYSL, P119 KNOCK CJ, 1922, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V31, P102 KOCH H, 1926, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V99, P16 KOHLER W, 1910, Z PSYCHOL, V54, P241 KOHLER W, 1910, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P59 KOHLER W, 1913, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V64, P92 KOHLER W, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V72, P1 KONIG H, 1928, Z PSYCHOL, V109, P398 KOVACS S, 1916, Z ANG PSYCH, V11, P113 KOVACZ S, 1917, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V37, P283 KRUEGER F, 1903, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V1, P205 KRUEGER F, 1906, PSYCHOL STUD, V1, P305 KRUEGER F, 1907, PSYCHOL STUD, V2, P205 KRUEGER F, 1909, PSYCHOL STUD, V42, P201 KRUEGER F, 1910, PSYCHOL STUD, V5, P294 KRUEGER F, 1913, J PHILOS, V10, P158 KRYZHANOWSKY II, 1928, BIOL BASES EVOLUTION KUHN W, 1919, BEITRAGE NAT UNSW OH, V13, P254 KWALWASSER J, 1926, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V36, P84 KWALWASSER J, 1927, TESTS MEASUREMENTS M LAHY JM, 1904, REV MUSICALE ITALIAN, V11, P77 LANDRY L, 1927, J PSYCHOL, V24, P928 LANIER LH, 1927, J EXP PSYCHOL, V10, P89 LANIER LH, 1929, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V20, P691 LARSON DL, 1928, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V38, P49 LARSON WS, 1930, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V40, P33 LENOIRE Z, 1925, THESIS U IOWA LIB LIPPS T, 1905, PSYCHOL STUDIEN LOWERY H, 1928, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V19, P397 MACDOUGAL R, 1898, PSY REV, V5, P463 MACDOUGALL R, 1902, PSYCHOL REV, V9, P460 MALMBERG, 1918, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V25, P92 MCGINNIS E, 1928, AM J PSYCHOL, V40, P620 MEINONG A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P189 METFESSEL M, 1926, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V36, P1 METFESSEL M, 1928, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V39, P126 MEYER M, U MISS STUDIES, V1, P1 MEYER M, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V16, P352 MEYER M, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V17, P404 MEYER M, 1899, PSYCHOL REV, V6, P514 MEYER M, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P241 MEYER M, 1903, AM J PSYCHOL, V14, P456 MEYER M, 1904, J PHILOS, V1, P707 MEYER M, 1904, PSYCHOL REV, V11, P83 MILES WR, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V17, P13 MILLER R, 1925, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V97, P191 MJOEN JA, 1926, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V27, P217 MOORE HT, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOG, V17 MORAN H, 1926, J EXP PSYCHOL, V9, P492 MORTON WB, 1919, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V10, P194 MOSHER RM, 1925, CONTRIBUTIONS ED COL, V194 MULL HK, 1925, AM J PSYCHOL, V36, P469 MYERS CS, 1904, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V1, P315 MYERS CS, 1904, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V1, P397 MYERS CS, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V7, P68 NIELSEN JT, 1930, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V40, P74 OGDEN RM, 1909, PSYCHOL BULL, V6, P297 OGDEN RM, 1920, PSYCHOL REV, V27, P136 OGDEN RM, 1924, HEARING ORTMANN O, 1922, J COMP PSYCHOL, V2, P227 ORTMANN O, 1926, PSYCHOL MONOG, V35 PANNENBORG HJ, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V73, P91 PEAR TH, 1911, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V4, P56 PETERSON J, 1925, PSYCHOL REV, V32, P17 PRATT CC, 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P490 PRATT CC, 1923, J EXP PSYCHOL, V6, P211 PRATT CC, 1928, J EXP PSYCHOL, V11, P17 PRATT CC, 1928, J EXP PSYCHOL, V11, P77 PRATT CC, 1928, PED SEM J GENETIC PS, V35, P286 PUFFER EF, 1905, PSYCHOL BEAUTY REVECZ G, 1913, GRUNDLEGUNG TONPSYCH REVECZ G, 1919, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V15, P341 REVECZ G, 1925, PSYCHOL MUSICAL PROD REVESZ G, 1920, Z PSYCHOL, V85, P163 RICH GJ, 1916, J EXP PSYCHOL, V1, P13 RICH GJ, 1919, AM J PSYCHOL, V30, P121 RICH GJ, 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P446 ROBERTS HH, 1927, PSYCHOL REV, V34, P463 ROSS FB, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V17, P166 RUCKMICH CA, 1918, AM J PSYCHOL, V29, P214 RUCKMICK CA, 1913, AM J PSYCHOL, V24, P303 RUCKMICK CA, 1913, AM J PSYCHOL, V24, P508 RUCKMICK CA, 1915, AM J PSYCHOL, V26, P457 RUCKMICK CA, 1917, STUDIES PSYCHOL TITC RUCKMICK CA, 1924, AM J PSYCHOL, V25, P407 RUCKMICK CA, 1924, P MUS TEACHNATL ASS, V19, P53 RUCKMICK CA, 1924, PSYCHOL BULL, V21, P606 RUCKMICK CA, 1927, AM J PSYCHOL, V39, P356 RUCKMICK CA, 1927, PSYCHOL BULL, V24, P81 RUCKMICK CA, 1928, PSYCHOL BULL, V25, P229 RUCKMICK CA, 1929, PSYCHOL REV, V36, P172 RUCKMICK CA, 1930, PSYCHOL BULL, V27, P271 RUPP H, 1915, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V9, P1 SABANEEV L, 1928, PSYCHO, V33, P37 SCHOEN M, 1921, PSYCHOL BULL, V18, P483 SCHOEN M, 1922, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V31, P230 SCHOEN M, 1923, J COMP PSYCHOL, V3, P101 SCHOEN M, 1925, J COMP PSYCHOL, V5, P31 SCHOEN M, 1927, EFFECTS MUSIC SCHOEN M, 1928, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V39, P162 SCHUSSLER H, 1916, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V11, P136 SEARS CH, 1922, AM J PSYCHOL, V13, P28 SEASHORE CE, MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS SEASHORE CE, 1910, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V13, P21 SEASHORE CE, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V17, P1 SEASHORE CE, 1918, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V21, P47 SEASHORE CE, 1919, PSYCHOL MUSICAL TALE SEASHORE CE, 1923, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, P323 SEASHORE CE, 1927, AM J PSYCHOL, V39, P141 SEASHORE CE, 1927, SCI MON, V24, P463 SEASHORE CE, 1930, PSYCHOL REV, V27, P178 SEASHORE CF, 1910, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V1, P311 SEASHORE RH, 1926, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V36, P142 SHERMAN M, 1928, J EXP PSYCHOL, V11, P495 SIKES ML, 1923, PED SEM, V30, P156 SMITH FO, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V17, P67 SOKOLOWSKY R, 1911, BEITR ANAT PHYSL PAT, V5 STANTON HM, 1922, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V31, P157 STANTON HM, 1928, PERS J, V7, P286 STANTON HM, 1928, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V39, P135 STANTON HM, 1929, PROGNOSIS MUSICAL AC STARKEW K, 1928, PSYCHOTECHN Z, V3, P110 STERN W, 1926, PSYCHOL EARLY CHILDH STERZINGER O, 1916, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V35, P75 STERZINGER O, 1917, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V36, P1 STETSON RH, 1903, PSYCHOL REV-MONOGR S, V4, P413 STETSON RH, 1905, PSYCHOL REV, V12, P250 STETSON RH, 1905, PSYCHOL REV, V12, P293 STETSON RH, 1923, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V32, P41 STEVENS FA, 1928, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V39, P200 STEWART RM, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V17, P157 STUMPF C, 1890, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V2 STUMPF C, 1897, ABHANDL KL AK WISS, P1 STUMPF C, 1898, BEITR AKUST MUSIKWIS, V1, P1 STUMPF C, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V18, P321 STUMPF C, 1905, Z PSYCHOL, V39, P269 STUMPF C, 1909, Z PSYCHOL, V2 STUMPF C, 1910, Z PSYCHOL, V55, P1 STUMPF C, 1911, ANFANGE MUSIK STUMPF C, 1911, BERICHT 4 K EXPT PSY, P256 STUMPF C, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P321 STUMPF C, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V59, P161 STUMPF C, 1915, BEITRAGE AKUSTIK MUS STUMPF C, 1917, ABH PREUSS AK WISS STUMPF C, 1924, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V94, P1 THURSTONE LL, 1920, MUS Q, V6, P426 TRAVIS AB, 1925, THESIS OBERLIN COLL VALENTINE CW, 1913, BRIT J PSYCHOL 2, V6, P190 VALENTINE CW, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V7, P188 VANCE TF, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V17, P104 VANCE TF, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V17, P115 VONHORNBOSTEL E, 1910, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V3, P465 VONKRIES J, 1892, Z PSYCHOL, V3, P257 VONMALTZOW C, 1928, PSYCHOTECHN Z, V3, P102 VONMALTZOW C, 1928, PSYCHOTECHN Z, V3, P111 WAGNER AH, 1930, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V40, P160 WAIBLINGER E, 1912, ARRCH GESAMTE PSYC B, V24, P7 WAIBLINGER E, 1913, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V29, P258 WASHBURN MF, 1916, N E A PUB, P600 WATT HJ, 1919, FDN MUSIC WATT HJ, 1923, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V14, P370 WEAD CK, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P400 WEINMANN F, 1904, Z PSYCHOL, V35, P340 WEINMANN F, 1904, Z PSYCHOL, V35, P401 WEINMANN F, 1905, Z PSYCHOL, V38, P234 WELD HP, 1912, AM J PSYCHOL, V23, P245 WERNER H, 1925, Z PSYCHOL, V98, P74 WHIPPLE GM, 1928, J APPL PSYCHOL, V12, P200 WOODROW H, 1911, PSYCHOL REV, V18, P54 WOODROW H, 1918, PSYCHOL BULL, V15, P111 WRIGHT FA, 1928, J EDUC RES, V17, P50 NR 268 TC 4 BP 218 EP 241 PY 1932 PD MAR VL 29 IS 3 GA V93DZ UT ISI:000206297100003 ER PT J AU WEINBERGER, O TI FREEDOM, RANGE FOR ACTION, AND THE ONTOLOGY OF NORMS SO SYNTHESE J9 SYNTHESE LA English DT Article RP WEINBERGER, O, GRAZ UNIV,INST RECHTSPHILOS,A-8010 GRAZ,AUSTRIA. CR ALCHOURRON CE, 1981, NEW STUDIES DEONTIC, P95 ANSCOMBE GEM, 1958, ANALYSIS, V18 ENGLIS K, 1964, ARSP, V50, P315 HARTMANN N, 1933, PROBLEM GEISTIGEN SE HARTMANN N, 1940, AUFBAU REALEN WELT JORGENSEN J, 1937, ERKENNTNIS, V7 KANT I, GRUNDLEGUNG METAPHYS KELSEN H, 1960, REINE RECHTSLEHRE MACCORMICK DN, 1985, GRUNDLAGEN I RECHTSP MEINONG A, PHILOS SELBSTDARSTEL, V1, P1 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MORSCHER E, 1972, Z PHILOS FORSCHUNG, V26, P282 POPPER KR, 1973, OBJECTIVE KNOWLEDGE SEARLE JR, 1969, SPEECH ACTS, CH2 VONWRIGHT GH, 1963, NORM ACTION VONWRIGHT GH, 1977, HANDLUNG NORM INTENT, P87 WEINBERGER C, 1976, LOGIK ANNAHMEN WEINBERGER C, 1979, LOGIK SEMANTIK HERME WEINBERGER O, 1958, SOLLSATZPROBLEMATIK WEINBERGER O, 1977, RECHTSTHEORIE, V1, P19 WEINBERGER O, 1980, Z PHILOS FORSCHUNG, V34, P607 WEINBERGER O, 1982, 1982 WORLD C PHILOS WEINBERGER O, 1983, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V20, P219 NR 23 TC 0 BP 307 EP 324 PY 1985 VL 65 IS 2 GA ATZ96 UT ISI:A1985ATZ9600009 ER PT J AU Raspa, V TI Signs, shadow-like expression and fictional objects: Meinong's observations of a semiotics of fiction SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR SEMIOTIK J9 Z SEMIOTIK LA German DT Article C1 Univ Urbino, I-61029 Urbino, Italy. RP Raspa, V, Univ Urbino, I-61029 Urbino, Italy. EM v.raspa@uniurb.it AB The aim of this contribution is to apply Meinong's theory of signs to an analysis of literature. The focus lies on words and sentences which, according to Meinong, express fantasy experiences when they occur in literature. He distinguishes between "serious" and "shadow-like" fantasy experiences. The serious ones can be detached from their fictional context, i.e., they are also understandable in other contexts. The shadow-like fantasies, however, are dependent on their fictional contexts. This implies that shadow-like experiences are less specific than serious ones. The objects presented by these experiences or expressions are identical with the meanings of the signs involved. The specificity of the experience is related to the completeness of its object; consequently, objects involved in shadow-like experiences are incomplete. In addition to being incomplete, fictional objects can be defined as non-existent objects of a higher-order, produced by human fantasy. They come into the world through linguistic expression and are tied to the context(s) in which the fantasy has placed them. CR BOLZANO B, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE V BRENTANO F, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN CHISHOLM RM, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27 DOLEZEL L, 1998, HETEROCOSMICA FICTIO DOLLING E, 1998, BRENTANO PUZZLE, P199 DOLLING E, 1998, KODIKAS, V21, P1 DOLLING E, 1999, WAHRHEIT SUCHEN WAHR DYCHE RE, 1982, PHENOMENOLOGY DIALOG, P229 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GAETSCHENBERGER R, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL ZE GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG GUNTHER A, 1987, Z SEMIOTIK, V9, P1 HALLER R, FACTA FICTA HALLER R, 1983, ERKENNTNIS, V19, P153 HALLER R, 1989, TOPOI, V8, P63 HOFLER A, PHILOS PROPADEUTIK HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN LAMBERT K, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN LINDENFELD DF, TRANSFORMATION POSIT LOTZE RH, SYSTEM PHILOS MARTINAK E, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG MARTINAK E, 1898, Z OSTERREICHSCHEN GY, V49, P1 MEINONG A, ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, DTSCH PHILOS GEGENWA MEINONG A, EMOTIONALE PRASENTAT MEINONG A, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN MEINONG A, KOLLEGHEFTE FRAGMENT MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEINONG A, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS MEINONG A, 1877, SITZUNGSBERICHTE KAI, V87, P185 MEINONG A, 1889, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V95, P161 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUGNEN GEGEN, P1 MEINONG A, 1968, GESAMTAUSGABE MORSCHER E, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27 PARSONS T, 1975, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V1, P73 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS RASPA V, 1995, STUDI URBINATI B, V67, P115 RASPA V, 1999, IMAGO PHANTASIA DEPI, P339 RASPA V, 1999, IN-CONTRADDIZIONE PR RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 SIGWART C, LOGIK STENDHAL, CHARTREUSE DE PARME STENDHAL, KARTAUSE VON PARMA TWARDOWSKI K, LEHRE INHALT GESCH L VASALLI S, CUORI PIETRA ZIMMERMANN R, PHILOS PROPAEDEUTIK NR 47 TC 0 BP 57 EP 77 PY 2001 VL 23 IS 1 GA 627YR UT ISI:000179964900005 ER PT J AU PARSONS, T TI NOMINALISTIC THEORIES OF FICTIONAL OBJECTS SO POETICS J9 POETICS LA English DT Article RP PARSONS, T, UNIV CALIF IRVINE,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,IRVINE,CA 92717. CR BERKELEY G, 1954, 3 DIALOGUES HYLAS PH CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4 EBERLE R, 1970, NOMINALISTIC SYSTEMS FINE K, TOPOI, V1 GOODMAN N, 1956, PROBLEM UNIVERSALS LEONARD H, 1940, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V5 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P PARSONS T, TOPOI, V1 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, 1918, MYSTICISM LOGIC RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS RYLE G, 1931, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC RYLE G, 1933, S IMAGINARY OBJECTS VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14 WALTON K, 1978, J PHILOS, V75 WHITEHEAD AN, 1919, ENQUIRY PRINCIPLES N WOODS J, 1969, SO J PHILOS NR 18 TC 3 BP 311 EP 329 PY 1982 VL 11 IS 4-6 GA QH740 UT ISI:A1982QH74000004 ER PT J AU PARSONS, T TI NUCLEAR AND EXTRA-NUCLEAR PROPERTIES, MEINONG, AND LEIBNITZ SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Article C1 UNIV MASSACHUSETTS,AMHERST,MA 01002. CR CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 FINDLAY J, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG MATES B, LEIBNIZ MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P PARSONS T, UNPUBLISHED PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P561 ROUTLEY R, UNPUBLISHED NR 8 TC 8 BP 137 EP 151 PY 1978 VL 12 IS 2 GA FQ774 UT ISI:A1978FQ77400003 ER PT J AU HART, SL TI AXIOLOGY - THEORY OF VALUES SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article C1 FAIRLEIGH DICKINSON UNIV,RUTHERFORD,NJ. CR AYER AA, 1936, LANGUAGE TRUTH LOGIC DEWEY J, 1926, EXPERIENCE NATURE DEWEY J, 1929, QUEST CERTAINTY DEWEY J, 1932, HUMAN NATURE CONDUCT DEWEY J, 1939, INT ENCYCLOPEDIA UNI, V2 EATON HO, 1930, AUSTRIAN PHILOSOPHY EHRENFELS C, 1897, SYSTEM WERTLEHRE HART SL, 1949, TREATISE VALUES HART SL, 1963, ETHICS QUEST GOOD LI HARTMANN N, 1926, ETHIK LEPLEY R, 1949, VALUE COOPERATIVE IN LEWIS CI, 1946, ANALYSIS KNOWLEDGE V MEINONG A, 1923, GRUNDLEGUNG ALLGEMEI MOORE GE, 1903, PRINCIPIA ETHICA PEPPER SC, 1958, SOURCES VALUE PERRY RB, 1926, GENERAL THEORY VALUE PRALL DW, 1821, STUDY THEORY VALUE PRALL DW, 1929, AESTHETIC JUDGMENT RUSSELL B, 1935, RELIGION SCIENCE RUSSELL B, 1954, HUMAN SOC ETHICS POL SCHELER M, 1913, JB PHILOSOPHIE PHENO STEVENSON CI, 1944, ETHICS LANGUAGE URBAN WM, 1909, VALUATION ITS NATURE NR 23 TC 2 BP 29 EP 41 PY 1971 VL 32 IS 1 GA Y0360 UT ISI:A1971Y036000003 ER PT J AU GRIFFITHS, DA TI RUSSELL ON EXISTENCE AND DESCRIPTIONS SO PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 PHIL QUART LA English DT Discussion C1 UNIV HONG KONG,HONG KONG,HONG KONG. CR AYER AJ, RUSSELL MOORE ANAL H MEINONG A, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN PEARS DF, B RUSSELL BRIT TRADI RUSSELL BAW, DENOTING RUSSELL BAW, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE, P251 RUSSELL BAW, PHILOSOPHY LOGICAL A RUSSELL BAW, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL BAW, 1905, MIND JUL RUSSELL BAW, 1910, PRINCIPIA MATH, V1 RUSSELL BAW, 1911, KNOWLEDGE ACQUAINTAN RUSSELL BAW, 1912, PROBLEMS PHILOSOPHY NR 11 TC 2 BP 157 EP 162 PY 1976 VL 26 IS 103 GA GY191 UT ISI:A1976GY19100005 ER PT J AU Babovic, V Abbott, MB TI The evolution of equations from hydraulic data .2. Applications SO JOURNAL OF HYDRAULIC RESEARCH J9 J HYDRAUL RES LA English DT Article C1 INT CTR COMPUTAT HYDRODYNAM,DK-2970 HORSHOLM,DENMARK. INT INST INFRASTRUCT HYDRAUL & ENVIRONM ENGN,NL-2601 DA DELFT,NETHERLANDS. RP Babovic, V, DANISH HYDRAUL INST,AGERN ALLE 5,DK-2970 HORSHOLM,DENMARK. ID NETWORKS AB This second part of the paper is given over to describing four representative applications and to some of the most immediate lessons that may be drawn from these. The first of the applications is derived from a hydrologic model but provides equations with purely hydraulic interpretations. The second, taken from sediment transport studies, raises the question of ambiguity in the identification of ''thresholds'' in physical processes. It also provides a means for analyzing the significance of variables and indicates the need, or otherwise, for introducing further variables. A third example, based upon physical observations of salt water intrusion in estuaries, introduces the application of the present methods to accelerating prediction processes, while the fourth example extends this kind of application to cover numerically-generate data, in this case appertaining to the case of flow resistance in the presence of vegetation. CR ABBOTT MB, 1983, CIV ENG SYS, V1, P69 ABBOTT MB, 1989, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID ABBOTT MB, 1991, HYDROINFORMATICS INF ABBOTT MB, 1992, ADV THEORETICAL HYDR, P237 ABBOTT MB, 1993, ADV WATER RESOUR, V16, P21 ABBOTT MB, 1994, P 1 INT C HYDR BALK, V1 ABBOTT MB, 1997, COMPUTATIONAL HYDRAU AMDISEN LK, 1991, THESIS DANISH ACAD T AMDISEN LK, 1994, J HYDRAUL RES, V32, P183 BABOVIC V, 1993, SCI PRES AIO M 93 DE, P21 BABOVIC V, 1994, P 1 INT C HYDR BALK, P193 BABOVIC V, 1994, P 1 INT C HYDR BALK, V1, P201 BABOVIC V, 1995, P 26 C INT ASS HYDR BABOVIC V, 1996, EMERGENCE EVOLUTION BABOVIC V, 1996, P 26 INT WASS S IAWA BIRKHOFF G, 1950, HYDROINFORMATICS STU BIRKHOFF G, 1970, MODERN APPL ALGEBRA BLOM T, 1989, WHY AUTOPOIESIS WHY, P353 BOX GEP, 1957, APPLIED STATISTICS, V6, P81 BREMERMANN RM, 1958, IBM J RES DEV, P2 COOKE DJ, 1984, COMPUTER MATH CRAMER NL, 1985, P INT C GEN ALG THEI, P183 CROW J, 1986, BASIC CONCEPTS POPUL DEJONG K, 1975, THESIS U MICHIGAN ECO U, 1976, THEORY SEMIOTICS ESCHELMAN LJ, 1991, P 4 INT C GEN ALG, V2, P115 FALCONER R, 1990, FRACTAL GEMOETRY MAT FAYYAD UM, 1995, P 1 INT C KNOWL DISC FAYYAD UM, 1996, ADV KNOWLEDGE DISCOV FINDLEY JN, 1933, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FOGEL DB, 1990, BIOL CYBERN, V63, P487 FOGEL DB, 1992, THESIS U CALIFORNIA FOGEL DB, 1993, EVOLUTIONARY COMPUTA, V1, P77 FOGEL LJ, 1966, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE FRIEDBERG RM, 1958, IBM J RES DEV, P2 GOLDBERG DE, 1987, GENETIC ALGORITHMS T, P41 GOLDBERG DE, 1989, GENETIC ALGORITHMS S GRANGER GG, 1994, FORMES OPERATIONS OB, P157 HARVEY I, 1993, THESIS U SUSSEX UK HEDBERG SR, 1995, BYTE OCT, P83 HEIDEGGER M, 1927, BEING AND TIME HEYLIGHEN F, 1989, SELF STEERING COGNIT HILLIS D, 1992, ARTIF LIFE, V2, P313 HOLLAND JH, 1975, ADAPTATION NATURAL A HOLLAND JH, 1986, MACHINE LEARNING ART, V2 HUSSERL E, 1901, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO KOZA J, 1992, GENETIC PROGRAMMING KUTIJA V, 1995, J HYDRAUL RES, V33, P535 KUTIJA V, 1995, J HYDRAUL RES, V34, P99 MANDRIOLI D, 1987, THEORETICAL FDN COMP MANIN YJ, 1977, COURSE MATH LOGIC MARGALEF R, 1968, PERSPECTIVES ECOLOGI MARTINGARCIA H, 1996, COMBINED LOGICAL ENH MAYNARDSMITH J, 1975, THEORY EVOLUTION MEIN RG, 1974, J HYDR-ASCE, V100, P1507 MEINONG A, 1913, GESAMMELTEN ABHANDLU MICHALEWICZ A, 1992, GENETIC ALGORITHS PL MINNS AW, 1995, P 26 IAHR C LOND, V1, P218 MINNS AW, 1996, HYDROLOGICAL SCI J, V41 MINSKY, 1963, COMPUTER THOUGHT, P379 MITROPOLSKY YA, 1988, GROUP THEORY APPROAC NEWELL A, 1980, COGNITIVE SCI, V4, P135 PAPADIMITRIOU C, 1993, COMPUTATIONAL COMPLE PEIRCE CS, 1888, SELECTED WRITINGS VA PRESTON B, 1993, PHILOS PHENOMENOLIGI, V1, P43 RADCLIFFE NJ, 1994, GENETIC ALGORITHMS O, P65 RUMELHART D, 1987, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED SAVENIJE HHG, 1993, J HYDROL, V148, P203 SCHWEFEL HP, 1981, NUMERICAL OPTIMISATI SMITH JM, 1986, PROBLEMS BIOL SMOLENSKY P, 1988, BEHAVIORAL BRAIN SCI, V11, P1 VISUALINGAM M, 1989, J CARTOGRAPHY, V26, P26 WALKER R, 1993, 6857 ESPRIT WASCHELDER J, 1989, SELF REFERENCING SOC, P403 WATOSN JD, 1970, MOL BIOL GENE WATTERSON K, 1995, BYTE OCT, P91 WILSON G, 1996, IN PRESS 2 INT C HYD WILSON SW, 1994, EVOLUTIONARY COMPUTA, V2, P1 WOODCOCK J, 1988, SOFTWARE ENG MATH ZYSERMAN JA, 1994, J HYDRAUL ENG-ASCE, V120, P1021 NR 80 TC 12 BP 411 EP 430 PY 1997 VL 35 IS 3 GA XE518 UT ISI:A1997XE51800008 ER PT J AU MULLIGAN, K SIMONS, P SMITH, B TI TRUTH-MAKERS + MOMENTS AND THE 'TRACTATUS' SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article C1 SALZBURG UNIV,A-5020 SALZBURG,AUSTRIA. UNIV MANCHESTER,MANCHESTER M13 9PL,LANCS,ENGLAND. RP MULLIGAN, K, UNIV HAMBURG,W-2000 HAMBURG 13,GERMANY. CR ALEXANDER HG, 1956, LEIBNIZ CLARKE CORRE ANDERSON AR, 1975, ENTAILMENT LOGIC REL, V1 ANGELELLI I, 1967, STUDIES GOTTLOB FREG ANSCOMBE GEM, 1961, 3 PHILOS BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1933, KATEGORIENLEHRE CAMPBELL K, 1976, METAPHYSICS INTRO CHISHOLM RM, 1978, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V5, P197 CHISHOLM RM, 1981, 1ST PERSON ESSAY REF CLARK R, 1970, NOUS, V4, P311 DAVIDSON D, 1980, ESSAYS ACTIONS EVENT DIETRICH RA, 1974, SPRACHE WIRKLICHKEIT DUMMETT M, 1973, FREGE PHILOS LANGUAG FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FREGE G, 1969, NACHGELASSENE SCHRIF GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG HORGAN T, 1978, PHILOS REV, V87, P28 HUSSERL E, 1894, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V30, P159 HUSSERL E, 1913, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1929, FORMALE TRANSZENDENT HUSSERL E, 1939, ERFAHRUNG URTEIL INGARDEN R, 1964, STREIT EXISTENZ WELT KENNY A, 1980, AQUINAS KUNG G, 1967, ONTOLOGY LOGISTIC AN LONG DC, 1968, PARTICULARS THEIR QU MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MULLIGAN K, 1983, UNPUB RIV FILOSOFIA PARSONS T, 1972, SEMANTICS NATURAL LA, P127 PRIOR AN, 1971, OBJECTS THOUGHT PUTNAM H, 1978, MEANING MORAL SCI QUINE WVO, 1976, WAYS OF PARADOX RAMSEY FP, 1978, FOUNDATIONS REINACH A, 1911, MUNCHENER PHILOS ABH, P196 RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1972, LOGICAL ATOMISM SHARVY R, 1980, PHILOS REV, V89, P607 SIMONS P, 1981, GRAZER PHILOS, V14, P73 SIMONS P, 1981, LOGIQUE ANAL, V24, P415 SIMONS P, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE, P160 SIMONS P, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE, P199 SIMONS P, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS, P113 SIMONS PM, 1981, ETHICS F PROBLEMS AP, P464 SIMONS PM, 1983, UNPUB RIV FILOSOFIA SIMONS PM, 1983, UNPUB TOPOI SMITH B, 1978, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V6, P39 SMITH B, 1981, P AR SOC S, V55, P47 SMITH B, 1982, LANGUAGE ONTOLOGY, P186 SMITH B, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE, P15 SMITH B, 1983, UNPUB TOPOI STENIUS E, 1964, WITTGENSTEINS TRACTA STOUT GF, 1923, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V3, P95 STRAWSON PF, 1959, INDIVIDUALS ESSAY DE STRAWSON PF, 1974, SUBJECT PREDICATE LO STUMPF C, 1873, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU TARSKI A, 1944, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V4, P341 WEYL H, 1918, KONTINUUM WILLIAMS DC, 1953, REV METAPHYS, V6, P1 WILLIAMS DC, 1953, REV METAPHYSICS, V6, P172 WILSON JC, 1926, STATEMENT INFERENCE WOLTERSTORFF N, 1970, UNIVERSALS PARTICULA NR 60 TC 69 BP 287 EP 321 PY 1984 VL 44 IS 3 GA SE257 UT ISI:A1984SE25700001 ER PT J AU Gamble, EAM Calkins, MW AF Gamble, Eleanor A. McC Calkins, Mary Whiton TI The reproduced presentation the recognition and the comparison SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Book Review CR ABIFS PSYCHOL, P261 GRUNDRIFS, P178 PHILOS STUD, V7, P169 PHILOS STUD, V7, P361 PRINCIPLES, V1, P674 VERGLEICHE NOTIZ MAT, P1 1889, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V13, P425 1899, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P46 1902, AM J PSYCHOL, V13, P261 CORNELIUS H, VIERTEJAHRSSCHR WISS, V16 CORNELIUS H, VIERTEJAHRSSCHR WISS, V17 EBBINGHAUS H, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V1, P410 EHRENFELS C, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V14, P283 GAMBLE EA, REPRODUZIERTE VORSTE HOFFDING, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, P438 HOFFDINGS, 1889, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V13, P427 JAMES W, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL, V1, P252 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V21, P182 MUNSTERBERG H, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V1, P221 WUNDT, 1892, PHILOS STUD, V7, P344 NR 20 TC 5 BP 177 EP 199 PY 1903 VL 32 GA V96JG UT ISI:000206513600019 ER PT J AU Fisher, SC AF Fisher, Sara Carolyn TI I. INTRODUCTION SO PSYCHOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS J9 PSYCHOL MONOGRAPHS LA English DT Article CR AQUINAS T, 1225, SUMMA THEOLOGICA, V2 ARISTOTLE, 1907, ANIMA ARNAULD A, 1662, PORT ROYAL LOGIC AVELING F, 1912, CONSCIOUSNESS UNIVER BAGLEY WC, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V12, P80 BAIN A, 1884, MENTAL SCI BAIN A, 1894, SENSES INTELLECT BALDWIN JM, 1890, HDB PSYCHOOL BALDWIN JM, 1906, THOUGHT THINGS GENET BERGSON H, 1912, MATTER MEMORY BERKELEY G, 1901, PRINCIPLES HUMAN KNO, V1 BETZ W, 1911, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V20, P186 BINET A, 1903, ETUDE EXPT INTELLIGE, P309 BROWN T, 1846, LECT PHILOS HUMAN MI BUHLER K, 1907, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V9, P298 CAMPBELL G, 1873, PHILOS RHETORIC CORNELIUS H, 1897, PSYCHOL ERFAHRUNGSWI CORNELIUS H, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V22, P101 CORNELIUS H, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P117 DEWEY J, 1902, BALDWINS DICT PHIL P, V2, P421 DEWEY J, 1910, WE THINK DURR E, 1910, ERKENNTNISTHEORIE EBBINGHAUS H, 1908, ABRISS PSYCHOL EBBINGHAUS H, 1911, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL EISLER R, 1910, WORTERBUCH PHILOS BE ELSENHANS T, 1912, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL ERDMANN B, 1907, LOGIK FRANCIS G, 1883, INQUIRIES HUMAN FACU GALTON F, 1879, P ROYAL I GREAT BRIT, P161 GORE WC, 1903, U CHICAGO DECENN PUB, V11, P184 GRUNBAUM AA, 1908, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V12, P340 HAMILTON W, 1874, LECT LOGIC METAPHYSI HAMILTON W, 1877, LECT LOGIC METAPHYSI HENDERSON AA, 1903, PSYCHOL REV MON S, V5 HERBART JF, 1834, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL HOBBES T, 1640, WORKS HOBBES T, 1651, WORKS HOBHOUSE LT, 1901, MIND EVOLUTION HOFFDING H, 1893, OUTLINES PSYCHOL HUME D, 1896, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR HUXLEY TH, 1895, D HUME, P208 JACOBSON E, 1911, AM J PSYCHOL, V22, P553 JAMES W, 1890, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL JAMES W, 1911, SOME PROBLEMS PHILOS JONES EE, 1892, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V2, P108 KAKISE H, 1911, AM J PSYCHOL, V22, P14 KOSTYLEFF N, 1906, SUBSTITUTES AME PSYC KOSTYLEFF N, 1914, MECANISME CEREBRAL P, P313 KULPE O, 1904, 1 K EXP PSYCH, P56 LAROMIGUIERE, 1756, LECONS PHILOS, P340 LIPPS T, 1903, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL LOCKE J, 1690, ESSAY CONCERNING HUM LOCKE J, 1894, ESSAY CONCERNING HUM MACH E, 1903, ANAL EMPFINDUNG MALLY E, 1900, ARCH SYST PHIL, V6, P291 MEINONG A, 1877, 1 BER WIEN AKAD PH, P193 MEINONG A, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P34 MESSER A, 1906, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V8, P1 MILL J, 1896, ANAL PHENOMENA HUMAN MILL JS, 1878, EXAMINATION W HAMILT MILLER DS, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P535 MITTENZWEI K, 1907, PSYCHOL STUD, V2, P358 MOORE TV, 1910, U CALIFORNIA PUBS PS, V1, P124 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1913, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V27, P381 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V64, P386 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1914, Z PSYCHOL, V68, P237 NARZISS A, 1905, UEBER WILLENSTATIGKE PAULHAN F, 1889, REV PHIL, V27, P171 PAULHAN F, 1889, REV PHIL, V27, P26 PAULHAN F, 1889, REV PHIL, V27, P545 PAULHAN F, 1889, REV PHIL, V28, P69 PILLSBURY WB, 1910, PSYCHOL REASONING RAHN C, 1914, PSYCHOL REV MON S, V16 RIBOT T, 1891, REV PHILOS, V32, P376 RIBOT T, 1899, EVOLUTION GEN IDEAS RIBOT T, 1906, ESSAY CREATIVE IMAGI ROYCE J, 1902, PSYCHOL REV, V9, P105 ROYCE J, 1903, OUTLINES PSYCHOL SCHUMANN F, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V17, P106 SCHWIETE F, 1910, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V19, P475 STEWART D, 1792, ELEMENTS PHILOS HUMA, V2 STORRING G, 1902, PHILOS STUD, V20, P323 SULLY J, 1896, HUMAN MIND SUTHERLAND A, 1913, CRITIQUE WORD ASS RE TAINE H, 1889, INTELLIGENCE TAYLOR CO, 1906, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V40, P225 TITCHENER EB, 1909, LECT ELEMENTARY PSYC VOLKMANN W, 1884, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL WATT HJ, 1905, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V4, P289 WUNDT W, 1894, LECT HUMAN ANIMAL PS WUNDT W, 1906, LOGIK WUNDT W, 1910, GRUNDZUGE PHYSL PSYC WUNDT W, 1911, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL ZIEHEN T, 1892, INTRO PHYSL PSYCHOL NR 94 TC 6 BP 1 EP 213 PY 1916 PD APR VL 21 IS 2 GA V95PH UT ISI:000206461700001 ER PT J AU SMITH, Q TI SCHELER,MAX AND THE CLASSIFICATION OF FEELINGS SO JOURNAL OF PHENOMENOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY J9 J PHENOMENOL PSYCHOL LA English DT Article RP SMITH, Q, UNIV KENTUCKY,LEXINGTON,KY 40506. CR BRENTANO F, F CONSTRUCTION ETHIC FRINGS M, 1974, M SCHELER CENTENNIAL, P123 HARTMANN N, ETHICS HILDEBRAND DV, 1953, ETHICS, P351 HUSSERL E, IDEAS MEINONG A, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI SCHELER M, FORMALISM ETHICS NON SCHELER M, MEANING SUFFERING SCHELER M, NATURE SYMPATHY SCHELER M, ORDO AMORIS SMITH Q, 1977, PHILOSOPHICAL STUDIE, V25 NR 11 TC 1 BP 114 EP 138 PY 1978 VL 9 IS 1-2 GA HE139 UT ISI:A1978HE13900004 ER PT J AU Jacobsohn, S AF Jacobsohn, Siegfried TI Subjective Centers of Colors due to their Coherence SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR DEFINITION MISCHUNGS, P70 PHILOS STUDIEN, V16, P143 PHILOS STUDIEN, V7, P447 WUNDTS PHILOS STUDIE, V3, P517 Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V14, P177 Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V36, P356 Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V36, P372 1903, PFLUGERS ARCH, V98 HELMHOLTZ, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V2, P3 JODL, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL, V2, P76 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN TSCHERMAK, ERGEBNISSE PHYSL, P748 VONKRIES, NAGELS HDB PHYSL MEN, V3, P259 NR 13 TC 3 BP 40 EP 95 PY 1906 VL 43 GA V96JR UT ISI:000206514700003 ER PT J AU Chrudzimski, A TI From Brentano to Ingarden. Phenomenological theory of meaning SO HUSSERL STUDIES J9 HUSSERL STUD LA German DT Article C1 Salzburg Univ, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria. RP Chrudzimski, A, Salzburg Univ, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria. CR BRENTANO F, LOGIK BRENTANO F, PSYCHOL ARISTOTELES BRENTANO F, 1862, MANNIGFACHEN BEDEUTU BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1877, ALTE NEUE LOGIK BRENTANO F, 1889, ABSTRAKTION BRENTANO F, 1982, DESKRIPTIVE PSYCHOL CHRUDZIMSKI A, 1998, EDUKACJA FILOSZOFICZ, V25, P249 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 1999, CONCEPTUS, V32, P99 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 1999, ERKENNTNISTHEORIE R CHRUDZIMSKI A, 1999, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V57, P45 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2001, DIALECTICA, V55, P119 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2001, INTENTIONALITATSTHEO FOLLESDAL D, 1957, HUSSERL FREGE FOLLESDAL D, 1969, J PHILOS, V66, P680 FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KIRI, V1002, P5 FREGE G, 1967, KLEINE SCHRIFTEN GROSSMAN R, 1947, MEINONG HOFLER A, 1890, LOGIK HUSSERL E, EINLEITUNG LOGIK ERK HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSCHUNG HUSSERL E, PHANOMENOLOGIE INTER HUSSERL E, VORLESUNGEN BEDEUTUN HUSSERL E, 1913, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME HUSSERL E, 1950, CARTESIANISCHE MEDIT HUSSERL E, 1979, AUFSATZE REZENSIONEN INGARDEN R, 1931, LIT KUNSTWERK INGARDEN R, 1965, STREIT EXISTENZ WELT INGARDEN R, 1992, EINFUHRUNG E HUSSERL INGARDEN R, 1998, SCHRIFTEN PHANOMENOL KRIPKE S, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY KUNG G, 1973, REV METAPHYS, V23, P670 MARTY A, 1884, VJS WISSENSCH PHILOS, V8, P56 MEINONG A, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDTHEORIE MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MELLE U, 1984, HUSSERL EINLEITUNG L MOHANTY JN, 1974, RES PHENOMENOL, V4, P51 PUTNAM H, 1975, MIND LANGUAGE REALIT ROMPP G, 1992, HUSSERLS PHANOMENOLO RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 SMITH B, 1994, AUSTRIAN PHILOS LEGA TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST NR 44 TC 0 BP 185 EP 208 PY 2002 VL 18 IS 3 GA 610MK UT ISI:000178963700002 ER PT J AU Komatsu, K AF Komatsu, Koji TI Emergence of Young Children's Presentational Self in Daily Conversation and Its Semiotic Foundation SO HUMAN DEVELOPMENT J9 HUM DEVELOP LA English DT Article C1 Osaka Kyoiku Univ, Fac Educ, Osaka 5430054, Japan. RP Komatsu, K, Osaka Kyoiku Univ, Fac Educ, 4 88 Minami Kawahoricho, Osaka 5430054, Japan. EM komatsu@cc.osaka-kyoiku.ac.jp DE Conversation; Gestalt quality; Self; Semiotic mediation; Young children ID EXPERIENCES AB In this article, I take a relational and discursive perspective on young children's self observed in daily natural conversations, and consider the process of semiotic mediation in the observer's recognition. Based on the ideas of co-construction of relationships and identities in conversation, and using excerpts of dialogues between a young child and her mother that deal with the child's experiences at daycare center (hoikuen in Japan) recorded during their car rides, I present how the self of young children in relation to others appears to observers. I regard this genre of self - 'presentational self' - as a kind of Gestalt quality appearing in the act of positioning and in the configuration of the child and others presented through the conversation. As a basis of this process, I will discuss the semiotically mediated process of differentiation in 2 aspects of the conversation: first, in the process of conversation when the children and the partners make further extensions of what is shared, and second, in the array of self and others as exposed in the conversation. Copyright (C) 2010 S. Karger AG, Basel CR AUKRUST V, 2002, TALKING ADULTS CONTR, P55 AUKRUST VG, 2001, HUM DEV, V44, P235 BAKHTIN MM, 1981, DIALOGIC IMAGINATION, P259 BLUMKULKA S, 1997, DINNER TALK CULTURAL DAMON W, 1988, SELF UNDERSTANDING C DUBOIS S, 2001, HDB DISCOURSE ANAL, P282 EISENBERG AR, 1985, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V8, P177 FIVUSH R, 1993, MINN SYM CHILD PSYCH, V26, P39 FIVUSH R, 1995, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V60, P32 FIVUSH R, 2003, AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL MEM, P149 GOFFMAN E, 1959, PRESENTATION SELF EV HARRE R, 1999, POSITIONING THEORY, P1 HARRE R, 2003, SELF OTHERS POSITION, P1 HARTER S, 1999, CONSTRUCTION SELF DE HARTER S, 2003, HDB SELF IDENTITY, P610 HEATH SB, 1983, WAYS WORDS LANGUAGE HERMANS HJM, 1998, AM PSYCHOL, V53, P1111 HUDSON JA, 1990, KNOWING REMEMBERING, P166 JOSEPHS IE, 1999, ACTION SELF DEV, P257 KOMATSU K, CROSSING BO IN PRESS KOMATSU K, 2000, JPN J EDUC PSYCHOL, V48, P481 KOMATSU K, 2003, JAPANESE J DEV PSYCH, V14, P294 KOMATSU K, 2006, JAPANESE J DEV PSYCH, V17, P115 KOMATSU K, 2008, 20 BIENN M INT SOC S KUSENBACH M, 2003, ETHNOGRAPHY, V4, P455 LEVINE P, 2007, FAMILY TALK DISCOURS, P263 MARKUS HR, 1991, PSYCHOL REV, V98, P224 MARKUS HR, 1997, CONCEPTUAL SELF CONT MEINONG A, 1983, ASSUMPTIONS MIDDLETON D, 2005, STUDIES REMEMBERING MILLER PJ, 1992, MERRILL PALMER QUART, V38, P45 NELSON K, 2003, AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL MEM, P3 NELSON KD, 2004, PSYCHOL REV, V111, P486, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.111.2.486 NORRICK NR, 2000, CONVERSATIONAL NARRA PREECE A, 1987, J CHILD LANG, V14, P353 ROMMETVEIT R, 1992, DIALOGICAL ALTERNATI, P19 TANNEN D, 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET TANNEN D, 2007, FAMILY TALK DISCOURS TRACY K, 2002, EVERYDAY TALK BUILDI TURNER VW, 1969, RITUAL PROCESS STRUC VALSINER J, 2001, HUM DEV, V44, P84 VALSINER J, 2007, C CULT SELF CHEMN VALSINER J, 2007, CULTURE MINDS SOC FD VANLANGENHOVE L, 1999, POSITIONING THEORY M, P14 VONEHRENFELS C, 1988, FDN GESTALT THEORY, P121 VONEHRENFELS C, 1988, FDN GESTALT THEORY, P82 WILEY AR, 1998, CHILD DEV, V69, P833 NR 47 TC 1 BP 208 EP 228 PY 2010 VL 53 IS 4 DI 10.1159/000320047 GA 661IN UT ISI:000282719600004 ER PT J AU Saxinger, R AF Saxinger, Robert TI Emotional Suggestion and Sense of Imagination SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR ANMERKUNG, V1, P413 ANNAHMEN, P254 GOTT GELEHRTE ANZ, P63 GOTT GELEHRTE ANZ, P64 GOTT GELEHRTE ANZ, P65 GOTT GELEHRTE ANZ, P66 GOTT GELEHRTE ANZ, P67 GOTT GELEHRTE ANZ, P68 GOTTINGISCHE GELEHRT, P63 NATUR PHANTASIEGEFUH, P413 NATUR PHANTASIEGEFUH, P582 NATUR PHANTASIEGEFUH, P585 NATUR PHANTASIEGEFUH, P587 NATUR PHANTASIEGEFUH, P588 NATUR PHANTASIEGEFUH, P590 NATUR PHANTASIEGEFUH, P592 NATUR PHANTASIEGEFUH, P595 NATUR PHANTSSIEGEFUB, P587 OBEN ANMERKUNG, V1, P413 Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V27, P26 Z PSYCHOL, V27, P24 Z PSYCHOL, V27, P25 ZEITSCHR, V30, P393 1906, GOTTINGISCHE GELEHRT, V1, P14 FOREL, HYPNOTISMUS, P38 HOFLER, PSYCHOL, P413 LEHMANN, HAMPTGESETZE MENSCHL, P192 LEWY, NATURLICHE WILLENSBI LOWENFELD, HYPNOTISMUS, P334 LOWENFELD, HYPNOTISMUS, P89 MEINONG A, 1904, HERAUSGEG MEINONG, ANNAHMEN MEINONG, ANNAHMEN, P151 MEINONG, ANNAHMEN, P209 MEINONG, ANNAHMEN, P233 MEINONG, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V6, P35 MEINONG, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN, P76 MEINONG, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P579 MEINONG, 1906, PHILOS NATURWISSENSC, V1, P75 SCHWARZ, ARCH SYST PHIL, V12, P96 SOHWARZ, ARCH SYST PHILOS, V11 SOHWARZ, ARCH SYST PHILOS, V12 VONEHRENFELS, SYSTEM WERTTHEORIE, V1, P120 VONEHRENFELS, SYSTEM WERTTHEORIE, V1, P122 VONEHRENFELS, SYSTEM WERTTHEORIE, V1, P126 WITASEK, GRUNDZUGE ALLG ASTHE, P114 WITASEK, Z PSYCHOL, V40, P146 NR 47 TC 1 BP 401 EP 428 PY 1908 VL 46 GA V96JU UT ISI:000206515000049 ER PT J AU RAPAPORT, WJ TI LOGICAL-FOUNDATIONS FOR BELIEF REPRESENTATION SO COGNITIVE SCIENCE J9 COGNITIVE SCI LA English DT Article C1 SUNY BUFFALO,GRAD GRP COGNIT SCI,BUFFALO,NY 14260. RP RAPAPORT, WJ, SUNY BUFFALO,DEPT COMP SCI,BUFFALO,NY 14260. CR ADAMS RM, 1983, AGENT LANGUAGE STRUC BAKER LR, 1981, AM PHILOS Q, V18, P157 BARNDEN JA, 1983, 8TH P INT JOINT C AR, P280 BOER SE, 1976, PHILOS STUDIES, V28, P299 BOER SE, 1980, PHILOS REV, V89, P427 BOER SE, 1986, KNOWING WHO BRACHMAN R, 1977, INT J MAN MACH STUD, V9, P127 BRAND M, 1984, INTENDING ACTING BRENTANO F, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P BRODY BA, 1967, ENCY PHILOS, V5 CARBERRY MS, 1984, P INT C COMPUTATIONA, P200 CARNAP R, 1956, MEANING NECESSITY CASTANEDA HN, 1966, RATIO, V8, P130 CASTANEDA HN, 1967, AM PHILOS Q, V4, P85 CASTANEDA HN, 1967, NOUS, V1, P9 CASTANEDA HN, 1968, 14TH P INT C PHIL CASTANEDA HN, 1968, J PHILOS, V54, P439 CASTANEDA HN, 1970, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V2, P165 CASTANEDA HN, 1975, AM PHILOS Q, V12, P131 CASTANEDA HN, 1975, PHILOSOPHIA, V5, P121 CASTANEDA HN, 1975, THINKING DOING CASTANEDA HN, 1977, SYNTHESE, V35, P285 CASTANEDA HN, 1979, POETICS, V8, P31 CASTANEDA HN, 1980, P ADDRESSES AM PHILO, V53, P763 CASTANEDA HN, 1983, AGENT LANGUAGE STRUC CASTANNEDA HN, 1972, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CHISHOLM R, 1976, PHILOS STUD, V29, P1 CHISHOLM RM, 1967, ENCY PHILOS, V4 CHISHOLM RM, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P167 CHURCH A, 1951, STRUCTURE METHOD MEA CHURCH A, 1971, REFERENCE MODALITY CHURCH A, 1973, NOUS, V7, P24 CHURCH A, 1974, NOUS, V8, P135 CLARK HH, 1981, ELEMENTS DISCOURSE U COHEN PR, 1981, READINGS ARTIFICIAL CREARY LG, 1979, 6TH P INT JOINT C AR, V1, P176 CREARY LG, 1985, P ASS COMPUTATIONAL, V23, P172 CRESSWELL MJ, 1980, J PHILOS LOGIC, V9, P17 DENNETT DC, 1978, BRAINSTORMS PHILOS E DENNETT DC, 1983, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V6, P343 DOYLE J, 1979, ARTIF INTELL, V12, P231 DUMMETT M, 1967, ENCY PHILOS, V3 FELDMAN R, 1977, PHILOS STUD, V32, P349 FILLMORE C, 1975, SANTA CRUZ LECTURES FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FREGE G, 1970, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS HARDWIG J, 1985, J PHILOS, V82, P335 HENDRIX GG, 1979, ASS NETWORKS HINTIKKA J, 1962, KNOWLEDGE BELIEF HINTIKKA J, 1967, NOUS, V1, P33 JOSHI A, 1984, 10TH P INT C COMP LI, P134 KANT I, 1929, CRITIQUE PURE REASON KONOLIGE K, 1985, FORMAL THEORIES COMM LEWIS D, 1979, PHILOS REV, V88, P513 MAIDA AS, 1982, COGNITIVE SCI, V6, P291 MAIDA AS, 1985, INT J MAN MACH STUD, V22, P151 MARBURGER H, 1984, JUN LECT CSLI MARTINS J, 1983, 203 STAT U NEW YORK MCCARN G, 1983, COMPUTER, V16, P12 MCCARTHY J, 1979, MACHINE INTELLIGENCE, V9 MEINONG A, 1971, A MEINONG GESAMTAUSG, V2 MINSKY ML, 1968, SEMANTIC INFORMATION MONTAGUE R, 1974, FORMAL PHILOS MOORE RC, 1977, 5TH P INT JOINT C AR, P223 MOORE RC, 1980, 191 SRI INT ART INT NILSSON NJ, 1983, AI MAG, V4, P7 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PERRY J, 1979, NOUS, V13, P3 PERRY J, 1983, AGENT LANGUAGE STRUC PERRY J, 1985, PHILOS GROUNDS RATIO RAPAPORT W, 1979, ANALYSIS, V39, P75 RAPAPORT WJ, IN PRESS ENCY ARTIFI RAPAPORT WJ, 1976, PHILOS STUDIES, V29, P63 RAPAPORT WJ, 1976, THESIS INDIANA U RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 RAPAPORT WJ, 1979, NOUS, V13, P125 RAPAPORT WJ, 1981, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V14, P1 RAPAPORT WJ, 1982, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V18, P17 RAPAPORT WJ, 1984, 10TH P INT C COMP LI, P65 RAPAPORT WJ, 1984, 215 STAT U NEW YORK RAPAPORT WJ, 1984, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V44, P539 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, NOUS, V19, P255 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, P ASS COMPUTATIONAL, V23, P43 RICH E, 1979, COGNITIVE SCI, V3, P329 ROUTLEY R, 1979, EXPLORING MEINONGS J SCHANK RC, 1981, INSIDE COMPUTER UNDE SHAPIRO SC, IN PRESS KNOWLEDGE R, V1, P278 SHAPIRO SC, 1979, ASS NETWORKS SHAPIRO SC, 1981, JUL C F THREADS NAT SHAPIRO SC, 1982, AM J COMPUTATIONAL L, V8, P12 STALNAKER R, 1981, SYNTHESE, V49, P129 WAHLSTER W, 1984, 10TH INT C COMP LING WIEBE JM, 1986, P I ELECTRONIC ELECT WILENSKY R, 1984, COMMUN ACM, V27, P574 WILKS Y, 1983, COGNITIVE SCI, V7, P95 WOODS WA, 1975, REPRESENTATION UNDER NR 96 TC 27 BP 371 EP 422 PY 1986 PD OCT-DEC VL 10 IS 4 GA G1122 UT ISI:A1986G112200001 ER PT J AU SIMONS, PM TI ON THAT WHICH IS NOT + LOGIC AND NONEXISTENT OBJECTS - THE MEINONG RUSSELL CONTROVERSY SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR SEMIOTIK J9 Z SEMIOTIK LA German DT Article RP SIMONS, PM, SALZBURG UNIV,A-5020 SALZBURG,AUSTRIA. CR AYER AJ, 1971, RUSSELL MOORE ANAL H BLACKBURN S, 1978, ANALYSIS, V38, P65 CHISHOLM R, 1955, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V56, P125 FINDLAY JN, 1962, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FINE K, 1982, TOPOI-INT REV PHILOS, V1, P97 FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V100, P25 FREGE G, 1976, FUNKTION BEGRIFF BED FREGE G, 1976, WISSENSCHAFTLICHER B GRIFFIN N, 1980, SYNTHESE, V45, P117 HOCHBERG H, 1976, PHILOSOPHIA, V18, P9 HOCHBERG H, 1978, THOUGHT FACT REFEREN HOFLER A, 1890, PHILOS PROPADEUTIK L INGARDEN R, 1960, LIT KUNSTWERK LAMBERT K, 1974, INQUIRY, V17, P303 LAMBERT K, 1977, CONCEPTUS, V11, P92 MCMICHAEL A, 1980, J PHILOS LOGIC, V9, P297 MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P377 MEINONG A, 1896, BEDEUTUNG WEBERSCHEN MEINONG A, 1902, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEINONG A, 1907, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS MEINONG A, 1913, EMOTIONALE PRASENTAT MEINONG A, 1916, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEINONG A, 1965, PHILOSOPHENBRIEFE MOORE GE, 1899, MIND, V8, P176 MOORE GE, 1959, PHILOS PAPERS MULLIGAN K, 1984, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V44, P287 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PEANO G, 1896, ATTI ACCADEMIA SCI T, V32, P565 RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P204 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P336 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P509 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P398 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P530 RUSSELL B, 1907, MIND, V16 RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1944, PHILOS B RUSSELL, P1 RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE RUSSELL B, 1959, MY PHILOS DEV RUSSELL B, 1973, ESSAYS ANAL RUSSELL B, 1984, THEORY KNOWLEDGE 191 RYLE G, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P7 SMITH JF, 1985, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V45, P305 STRAWSON PF, 1950, MIND, V59, P320 TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, INHALT GEGENSTAND VO ZALTA EN, 1983, ABSTR OBJ INTR AX ME ZALTA EN, 1987, Z SEMIOTIK, V9, P85 NR 52 TC 2 BP 399 EP 426 PY 1988 VL 10 IS 4 GA AC375 UT ISI:A1988AC37500004 ER PT J AU Benussi, V AF Benussi, V. TI Approach to the Analysis of Tactile Awakened Apparent Movements SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR ARCH GES PSYCH, V2, P427 ARCH GES PSYCH, V29, P385 ARCH GES PSYCH, V32, P42 ARCH GES PSYCH, V9, P408 ARCH GES PSYCH, V9, P419 KONGRESSBERICHT, P36 PSYCH ZEITAUFFASSUNG, P129 Z PSYCHOL, V73, P11 1912, ARCH GES PSYCH, V24, P31 1913, PSYCHOL ZEITAUFFASSU, P50 1913, PSYCHOL ZEITAUFFASSU, P99 1914, 6 K EXP PSYCH GOTT O 1914, 6 K EXP PSYCH LEIPZ, P30 1914, 6 K LEIPZ, P30 1914, ARCH GES PSYCH, V32, P401 GELB A, 1914, 6 K D GES EXP PSYCH GELB A, 1914, 6 K GES EXP PSYCH GO GEMELLI LA, 1914, METODO EQUIVALENTI, P83 KOFFKA K, GEISTESWISSENSCHAFTE, V1, P711 KOFFKA K, Z PSYCH, V69, P97 KOFFKA, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V67, P353 MEINONG A, 1904, BEITRAGE PSYCH GEGEN WERTHEIMER M, 1912, Z PSYCHOL, V61, P162 WERTHEIMER W, 1912, Z PSYCHOL, V61, P162 NR 24 TC 4 BP 59 EP 135 PY 1916 PD JUL 4 VL 36 IS 1 GA V98HQ UT ISI:000206644600002 ER PT J AU Watt, HJ AF Watt, H. J. TI Subject Studies and Psycology Theory SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN NR 1 TC 0 BP A259 EP A265 PY 1906 PD JUN 26 VL 7 IS 3-4 GA V98CA UT ISI:000206630000054 ER PT J AU Jago, M AF Jago, Mark TI Setting the Facts Straight SO JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHICAL LOGIC J9 J PHIL LOGIC LA English DT Article C1 Macquarie Univ, Dept Philosophy, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia. RP Jago, M, Macquarie Univ, Dept Philosophy, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia. EM mark.jago@gmail.com DE Facts; States of affairs; Ontology; Negative facts; Properties; Truthmaking; lambda-calculus; Reduction ID NEGATIVE TRUTHS; TRUTHMAKERS AB Substantial facts (or states of affairs) are not well-understood entities. Many philosophers object to their existence on this basis. Yet facts, if they can be understood, promise to do a lot of philosophical work: they can be used to construct theories of property possession and truthmaking, for example. Here, I give a formal theory of facts, including negative and logically complex facts. I provide a theory of reduction similar to that of the typed lambda-calculus and use it to provide identity conditions for facts. This theory validates truthmaker maximalism: it provides truthmakers for all truths. I then show how the usual truth-in-a-model relation can be replaced by two relations: one between models and facts, saying that a given fact obtains relative to the model, and the other between facts and propositions: the truthmaking relation. CR ARMSTRONG D, 1989, COMBINATORIAL THEORY ARMSTRONG D, 1997, WORLD STATES AFFAIRS ARMSTRONG D, 2004, TRUTH TRUTHMAKERS BARENDREGT H, 1984, LAMBDA CALCULUS ITS BEALL JC, 2000, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V78, P264 CAMERON R, 2007, NOUS, V42, P410 CAMERON RP, 2008, SYNTHESE, V161, P27, DOI 10.1007/s11229-006-9152-7 FINE K, 1982, SYNTHESE, V53, P43 HORWICH P, 1990, TRUTH JAGO M, 2010, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI LEWIS D, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P25 LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS MARTINLOF P, 1984, INTUITIONISTIC TYPE MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MOLNAR G, 2000, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V78, P72 MUMFORD S, 2007, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V107, P45 PARSONS J, 2006, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V84, P591, DOI 10.1080/00048400601079144 PRIEST G, 2005, NONBEING RESTALL G, 2004, PHILOS QUART, V54, P420 RUSSELL B, 1985, PHILOS LOGICAL ATOMI, P35 SIDER T, 2005, NOUS, V39, P679 TAIT W, 1967, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V32, P198 VANFRAASSEN B, 1969, J PHILOS, V66, P477 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1922, TRACTATUS LOGICO PHI WRIGHT C, 1992, TRUTH OBJECTIVITY ZALTA E, 1993, J PHILOS LOGIC, V22, P385 NR 26 TC 0 BP 33 EP 54 PY 2011 PD FEB VL 40 IS 1 DI 10.1007/s10992-010-9141-7 GA 708AK UT ISI:000286332500003 ER PT J AU FRASER, IH PARKER, DM TI VISUAL PARSING AND PRIORITY EFFECTS IN TEMPORAL-ORDER JUDGEMENTS OF LINE DRAWN PATTERNS SO PERCEPTION J9 PERCEPTION LA English DT Article RP FRASER, IH, UNIV ABERDEEN,DEPT PSYCHOL,KINGS COLL,ABERDEEN AB9 2UB,SCOTLAND. CR BIEDERMAN I, 1981, PERCEPTUAL ORG, P213 BREITMEYER BG, 1975, VISION RES, V15, P1411 BREITMEYER BG, 1976, PSYCHOL REV, V83, P1 BREITMEYER BG, 1984, VISUAL MASKING INTEG BROADBENT DE, 1977, AM PSYCHOL, V32, P109 BRUCE V, 1985, VISUAL PERCEPTION PH EARHARD B, 1985, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V38, P249 ENDO M, 1986, ASPECTS FACE PROCESS, P53 FLAVELL JH, 1957, PSYCHOL BULL, V54, P197 FRASER IH, 1986, ASPECTS FACE PROCESS, P45 FRASER IH, 1987, BEHAV RES METH INSTR, V19, P315 INTRAUB H, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V11, P431 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL, V11, P180 NAVON D, 1977, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V9, P353 NAVON D, 1983, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V9, P955 NEISSER U, 1967, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL NEISSER U, 1976, COGNITION REALITY OATLEY K, 1988, IN PRESS J INTELLIGE PALMER SE, 1975, MEM COGNITION, V3, P519 PARKER DM, 1980, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V28, P365 PARKER DM, 1982, VISION RES, V22, P205 PARKER DM, 1987, VISION RES, V27, P1279 SHULMAN GL, 1986, PERCEPTION, V15, P259 TAYLOR SP, 1983, VISION RES, V23, P745 UTTAL WR, 1981, TAXONOMY VISUAL PROC WALTZ D, 1975, PSYCHOL COMPUTER VIS, P19 WATT RJ, 1986, SPATIAL VISION, V1, P243 WHITE MJ, 1976, CAN J PSYCHOL, V30, P140 WILLIAMS A, 1978, MEM COGNITION, V6, P85 YIN RK, 1969, J EXP PSYCHOL, V81, P141 NR 30 TC 4 BP 437 EP 459 PY 1988 VL 17 IS 4 GA T4241 UT ISI:A1988T424100003 ER PT J AU McDaniel, K AF McDaniel, Kris TI A Return to the Analogy of Being SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article C1 Syracuse Univ, Syracuse, NY 13244 USA. RP McDaniel, K, Syracuse Univ, Syracuse, NY 13244 USA. CR AQUINAS T, 1948, SUMMA THEOLOGICA, V1 AQUINAS T, 1961, COMMENTARY METAPHYSI, V1 AQUINAS T, 1993, SELECTED PHILOS WRIT ARISTOTLE, 1984, METAPHYSICS COMPLETE, V2 ARMSTRONG DM, 1997, WORLD STATES AFFAIRS BARNES J, 1972, ONTOLOGICAL ARGUMENT BRUECKNER, 1998, PACIFIC PHILOS Q, V79, P295 CROSS R, 1999, D SCOTUS FINDLAY JN, 1933, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FREDE M, 1987, ESSAYS ANCIENT PHILO FREGE G, 1884, FDN ARITHMETIC FREGE G, 1980, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS GEACH PT, 1980, LOGIC MATTERS GILMORE C, 2007, OXFORD STUDIES METAP, V3, P177 HAACK S, 1978, PHILOS LOGICS HASLANGER, 1989, ANALYSIS, V49, P119 HAWTHORNE J, 2002, PHILOS TOPICS, V30, P53 HEIDEGGER M, BEING TIME HIRSCH E, 2002, PHILOS ISSUES, V12, P51 HIRSCH E, 2002, PHILOS TOPICS, V30, P103 HIRSCH E, 2005, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V70, P67 HIRSCH E, 2005, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V70, P67 HUDSON H, 2005, METAPHYSICS HYPERSPA HUGHES C, 1989, COMPLEX THEORY SIMPL HUSSERL E, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V1 HUSSERL E, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V2 KANT I, CRITIQUE PURE REASON KENNY A, 1969, AQUINAS COLLECTION C KLEINSCHMIDT, 2007, PHILOS STUD, V135, P407 LAYCOCK H, 2006, WORDS OBJECTS LEWIS D, 1983, PHILOSOPHY, V61, P343 LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS LEWIS D, 1991, PARTS CLASSES LYCAN W, 1994, MODALITY MEANING MARKOSIAN N, 2004, MONIST, V87, P405 MARKOSIAN, 2004, MONIST, V87, P405 MCDANIEL K, AUSTRALASIA IN PRESS MCDANIEL K, METAMETAPHY IN PRESS MCDANIEL K, 2006, PHILO, P47 MCDANIEL K, 2007, PHILOS STUD, P131 MCKAY T, 2006, PLURAL PREDICATION MEINONG A, ASSUMPTIONS MELLOR DH, 1995, FACTS CAUSATION MILLER B, 2002, FULLNESS BEING MULHALL S, 1996, HEIDEGGER BEING TIME PLATO, 1997, TIMAEUS PRIEST G, 1989, PARACONSISTENT LOGIC PRIEST G, 2004, LAW NONCONTRADICTION PRIEST G, 2004, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS QUINE WVO, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI QUINE WVO, 1976, WORD OBJECT RUSSELL B, 1912, PROBLEMS PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE RUSSELL B, 1973, ESSAYS ANAL SIDER T, METAMETAPHY IN PRESS SIDER T, 2001, 4 DIMENSIONALISM ONT SIDER T, 2004, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V68, P674 SIMONS P, 1987, PARTS ESSAY ONTOLOGY SMITH B, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS SOSA E, 1993, PHILOSOPHY, V90, P605 STUMP E, 1999, COMPANION PHILOS REL VANINWAGEN P, 1998, METAPHYSICS BIG QUES VANINWAGEN P, 2001, ONTOLOGY IDENTITY MO WASSERMAN, 2003, PHILOSOPHY, V81, P413 ZIMMERMAN, 1997, ANALYSIS, V57, P19 NR 65 TC 0 BP 688 EP 717 PY 2010 PD NOV VL 81 IS 3 DI 10.1111/j.1933-1592.2010.00378.x GA 685GN UT ISI:000284617300008 ER PT J AU VOLTOLINI, A TI BELIEF AND INTENTIONALITY SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article RP VOLTOLINI, A, SCUOLA NORMALE SUPER,I-56100 PISA,ITALY. CR BACH K, 1981, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V59, P371 BACH K, 1982, THOUGHT OBJECT ESSAY, P121 BENCIVENGA E, 1974, LINGUA STILE, V9, P147 BENCIVENGA E, 1983, J PHILOS, V80, P785 BIRO JI, 1984, LOGIQUE ANAL, V107, P267 BONOMI A, 1974, VIE RIFERIMENTO BONOMI A, 1979, OGGETTI DISCORSO BONOMI A, 1983, EVENTI MENTALI BONOMI A, 1987, IMMAGINI NOMI CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CASTANEDA HN, 1975, PHILOSOPHIA, V5, P120 CASTANEDA HN, 1977, SYNTHESE, V35, P285 CHISHOLM RM, 1981, 1ST PERSON ESSAY REF CHISHOLM RM, 1985, PHILOS MIND PHILOS P DONNELLAN K, 1966, PHILOS REV, V75, P281 DONNELLAN K, 1970, SYNTHESE, V21, P335 DUMMETT M, 1981, FREGE PHILOS LANGUAG DUMMETT M, 1981, INTERPRETATION FREGE DUMMETT M, 1982, FILOSOFIA LINGUAGGIO EVANS G, 1973, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V47, P187 FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V100, P25 FRENCH PA, 1979, CONT PERSPECTIVES PH GEACH PT, 1982, LOGIC MATTERS, P139 HARRISON B, 1982, MIND, V91, P321 HINTIKKA KJI, 1973, APPROACHES NATURAL L HUSSERL E, 1950, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME HUSSERL E, 1959, KRISIS EUROPAISCHEN KAPLAN D, 1973, APPROACHES NATURAL L, P490 KRIPKE S, 1979, CONT PERSPECTIVES PH, P6 KRIPKE S, 1979, MEANING USE, P239 KRIPKE SA, 1971, IDENTITY INDIVIDUATI KUNG G, 1985, PHILOS MIND PHILOS P, P31 LAURIER D, 1986, PHILOS QUART, V36, P37 LEWIS D, 1981, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V59, P283 LINSKI L, 1980, OBLIQUE CONTEXTS LUMSDEN D, 1984, PACIFIC PHILOS Q, P189 MARCUS RB, 1983, J PHILOS, V80, P321 MARGALIT A, 1979, MEANING USE MCGINN C, 1982, THOUGHT OBJECT, P207 MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE MUNITZ MK, 1971, IDENTITY INDIVIDUATI NOONAN H, 1980, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V81, P93 OVER DE, MIND, V92, P253 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PUTNAM H, 1979, MEANING USE, P284 QUINE WV, 1956, J PHILOS, V53, P177 SEARLE JR, 1985, INTENZIONALITA WITTGENSTEIN L, ON CERTAINTY WITTGENSTEIN L, TRACTATUS LOGICO-PHI WOODFIELD A, 1982, THOUGHT OBJECT NR 50 TC 0 BP 121 EP 131 PY 1987 PD SEP VL 6 IS 2 GA K7339 UT ISI:A1987K733900007 ER PT J AU PANNIER, R SULLIVAN, TD TI AQUINAS ON EXISTS + DISTINGUISHING THE 2 SENSES OR USES OF THE NOUN ENS (BEING) SO AMERICAN CATHOLIC PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 AMER CATH PHIL QUART LA English DT Article RP PANNIER, R, WILLIAM MITCHELL COLL LAW,UNIV ST THOMAS,ST PAUL,MN. CR ANSCOMBE GEM, 1961, 3 PHILOSOPHERS AQUINAS T, DE ENTE ET ESSENTIA AQUINAS T, EXP IN METAPHYS AQUINAS T, OPUSCULA PHILOSOPHIC AQUINAS T, SUMMA THEOLOGICA FREGE G, 1978, FOUNDATIONS ARITHMET MARTIN C, 1988, PHILOS T AQUINAS INT MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P83 OWENS J, 1985, ELEMEMTARY CHRISTIAN WEIDEMANN H, 1986, LOGIC T AQUINAS LOGI, P181 NR 10 TC 1 BP 157 EP 166 PY 1993 PD SPR VL 67 IS 2 GA LF100 UT ISI:A1993LF10000001 ER PT J AU Spinicci, P TI Phenomenological objectivity and language pragmatics. The fundamental concepts of Anton Marty's view of language SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR SEMIOTIK J9 Z SEMIOTIK LA German DT Article C1 Univ Milan, I-20122 Milan, Italy. RP Spinicci, P, Univ Milan, I-20122 Milan, Italy. EM Paolo.Spinicci@unimi.it AB According to Marty, linguistic form depends both on the psychological nature of meaning and on the real conditions for human communication. Marty believed that a universal and general grammar has to fulfill two different tasks: firstly, it has to bring to light the phenomenological basic structures of our inner (and outer) experience which are expressed by every human language. Secondly, it has to attempt to explain some of the universal language structures resulting from the basic properties of speaking as communicative action. This paper elaborates the latter topic in particular, giving an account of Marty's pragmatic foundation of language. CR AARSLEFF H, 1982, LOCKE SAUSSURE ESSAY BENFEY T, GESCH SPRACHWISSENSC BOLZANO B, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE BREAL M, ESSAI SEMANTIQUE SCI BRENTANO F, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BUHLER K, SPRACHTHEORIE BUHLER K, 1909, GOTTINGISCHE GELEHRT, V171, P947 EGIDI R, 1992, INT BIBLIO OSTERREIC, P23 GABELENTZ GVD, 1901, SPRACHWISSENSCHAFT A GARDINER AH, 1932, THEORY SPEECH LANGUA GEIGER L, URSPRUNG SPRACHE GRICE P, 1971, SEMANTICS GRIMM J, URSPRUNG SPRACHE HEYSE KL, 1856, SYSTEM WISSENSCHAFT HUMBOLDT WV, VERSCHIEDENHEIT MENS HUSSERL E, AUFSATZE REZENSIONEN HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, PHILOS ARITHMETIK KURODA SY, 1973, FDN LANGUAGE, V10, P169 LANDGREBE L, NENNFUNKTION WORTBED MADVIG JN, KLEINE PHILOLOGISCHE MARTINAK E, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG MARTY A, DEDUCTIVE INDUCTIVE MARTY A, FRAGE GESCH ENTWICKE MARTY A, PSYCHE SPRACHSTRUKTU MARTY A, SATZ WORT MARTY A, SPRACHPHILOS LOGISCH MARTY A, SPRACHREFLEX NATIVIS MARTY A, UNTERSUCHUGNEN GRUND MARTY A, URSPRUNG SPRACHE MARTY A, VERHALTNIS GRAMMATIK MARTY A, WERT METHODE ALLGEME MEINONG AV, ANNAHMEN MISTELI F, CHARAKTERISTIK HAUPT MULLER FM, LECTURES SCI LANGUAG MULLIGAN K, MIND MEANING METAPHY MUNCH D, INTENTION ZEICHEN UN PARRET H, 1976, HIST LINGUISTIC THOU, P732 PAUL H, PRINZIPIEN SPRACHGES RAYNAUD S, A MARTY FILOSOFO LIN SAUSSURE FD, COURS LINGUISTIQUE G SCHLEICHER A, DARWINSCHE THEORIE S SPINICCI P, 1988, RIV STOR FILOS, V2, P307 SPINICCI P, 1991, DISCIPLINE FILOSOFIC, V2, P229 SPINICCI P, 1991, SIGNIFICATO FORMA LI SPINICCI P, 1992, HIST EPISTEMOLOGIE L, V14, P203 STEINTHAL H, ABRISS SPRACHWISSENS STEINTHAL H, URSPRUNG SPRACHE TWARDOWSKY K, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST WEGENER P, GRUNDFRAGEN SPRACHLE WHITNEY WD, LANGUAGE STUDY LANGU WHITNEY WD, ORIENTAL LINGUISTIC WUNDT W, VOLKERPSYCHOL SPRACH NR 53 TC 0 BP 39 EP 56 PY 2001 VL 23 IS 1 GA 627YR UT ISI:000179964900004 ER PT J AU Hansson, SO TI Situationist deontic logic SO JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHICAL LOGIC J9 J PHIL LOGIC LA English DT Article RP Hansson, SO, UNIV UPPSALA,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,S-75236 UPPSALA,SWEDEN. ID OBLIGATION; PREFERENCE CR ALCHOURRON CE, 1993, DEONTIC LOGIC COMPUT, P43 AQVIST L, 1967, NOUS, V1, P361 BRANDT RB, 1965, MIND, V73, P374 CASTANEDA HN, 1968, PHILOS STUD, V19, P13 CASTANEDA HN, 1977, J PHILOS, V74, P775 CASTANEDA HN, 1977, J PHILOS, V74, P782 CASTANEDA HN, 1981, NEW STUDIES DEONTIC, P76 CASTANEDA HN, 1989, PHILOS STUD, V57, P1 CHISHOLM RM, 1963, RATIO, V5, P1 CHISHOLM RM, 1966, SYNTHESE, V16, P321 FOLLESDAL D, 1970, DEONTIC LOGIC INTRO, P1 FORRESTER M, 1975, ETHICS, V85, P219 GARCIA JLA, 1986, MIND, V95, P242 GARCIA JLA, 1989, MIND, V98, P277 GIBBARD A, 1978, F APPLICATIONS DECIS, V1, P125 GREENSPAN PS, 1975, J PHILOS, V72, P260 GUENDLING JE, 1974, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V51, P117 GUPTA RK, 1959, METHODOS, V11, P161 HANSSON SO, 1986, THEORIA, V52, P87 HANSSON SO, 1988, LOGIQUE ANAL, V31, P337 HANSSON SO, 1989, ERKENNTNIS, V31, P1 HANSSON SO, 1990, J PHILOS LOGIC, V19, P75 HANSSON SO, 1990, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V31, P136 HANSSON SO, 1991, CRITICA, V23, P3 HANSSON SO, 1992, ERKENNTNIS, V37, P401 HANSSON SO, 1996, ARCH RECHTS SOZIALPH, V82, P266 HANSSON SO, 1996, J PHILOS LOGIC, V25, P307 HARMAN G, 1977, NATURE MORALITY HILPINEN R, 1985, MAN LAW MODERN FORMS, P191 HOURANI GF, 1985, REASON TRADITION ISL JACKSON F, 1985, MIND, V94, P177 JONES AJI, 1985, SYNTHESE, V65, P275 KANGER S, 1972, THEORIA-SPAIN, V38, P105 LADD J, 1957, STRUCTURE MORAL CODE LENK H, 1978, THEOR DECIS, V9, P17 MCARTHUR RP, 1981, NOTRE DAME J SYMBOLI, V22, P145 MCLAUGHLIN RN, 1955, MIND, V64, P400 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT MEYER JJC, 1987, LOGIQUE ANAL, V117, P81 MISHALANAI J, 1969, ANALYSIS, V30, P33 MOORE GE, 1903, PRINCIPIA ETHICA MOORE GE, 1912, ETHICS PORN I, 1970, LOGIC POWER POWERS L, 1967, NOUS, V1, P381 PRIOR AN, 1954, MIND, V63, P64 PRIOR AN, 1958, ESSAYS MORAL PHILOS, P135 RAZ J, 1975, AM PHILOS Q, V12, P161 ROBINSON R, 1971, PHILOSOPHY, V46, P193 ROSS A, 1941, THEORIA-SPAIN, V7, P53 ROUTLEY R, 1984, DISCUSSION PAPERS EN, V6, P4 SCHOTCH PK, 1981, NEW STUDIES DEONTIC, P149 SLOMAN A, 1970, MIND, V79, P385 SLOMAN A, 1970, MIND, V79, P391 STEVENSON CL, 1944, ETHICS LANGUAGE STOCKER M, 1987, PACIFIC PHILOS Q, V68, P104 VERMAZEN B, 1977, PHILOS STUD, V32, P1 VONKUTSCHERA F, 1975, ERKENNTNIS, V9, P195 VONWRIGHT GH, 1951, MIND, V60, P1 VONWRIGHT GH, 1973, RECHTSTHEORIE, V4, P37 WILLIAMS B, 1965, ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V39, P103 ZIMMERMAN MJ, 1986, PHILOS STUD, V50, P66 ZIMMERMAN MJ, 1987, AM PHIOS Q, V24, P199 NR 62 TC 5 BP 423 EP 448 PY 1997 PD AUG VL 26 IS 4 GA XN932 UT ISI:A1997XN93200005 ER PT J AU SINN, HW TI PSYCHOPHYSICAL LAWS IN RISK THEORY SO JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC PSYCHOLOGY J9 J ECON PSYCH LA English DT Article RP SINN, HW, LUDWIG MAXIMILIANS UNIV,VERSICHERUNGSWISSENSCH,LUDWIGSTR 33,D-8000 MUNCHEN,FED REP GER. CR ACZEL J, 1966, LECTURES FUNCTIONAL ALLAIS M, 1952, C INT CNRS, V40, P257 ALLAIS M, 1953, C INT CNRS PARIS, V40, P127 ALLAIS M, 1953, ECONOMETRICA, V21, P503 ARROW KJ, 1965, ASPECTS THEORY RISK ARROW KJ, 1970, ESSAYS THEORY RISK B ARROW KJ, 1970, PUBLIC INVESTMENT RA ATTNEAVE F, 1962, PSYCHOL STUDY SCI, V4, P619 BARROIS MT, 1834, MEMOIRES SOC ROYALE, P85 BAUMOL WJ, 1958, ECON J, V68, P665 BERNOULLI D, 1938, PETROPOLITANAE, V5, P175 BORING EG, 1942, SENSATION PERCEPTION DELBOEF JRM, 1873, MEMOIRES COURONNES A EISLER H, 1962, SCANDINAVIAN J PSYCH, V70, P243 EKMAN G, 1964, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V19, P730 EKMAN G, 1965, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V16, P451 FECHNER GT, 1860, ELEMENTE PSYCHOPHYSI FECHNER GT, 1877, SACHEN PSYCHOPHYSIK FECHNER GT, 1888, PHILOS STUDIEN, V4, P161 FISHER I, 1906, NATURE CAPITAL INCOM FREUND RJ, 1956, ECONOMETRICA, V24, P253 FRIEDMAN M, 1948, J POLIT ECON, V56, P279 FROHLICH FW, 1921, GRUNDZUGE EINER LEHR FUORTES MGF, 1959, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V148, P14 FUORTES MGF, 1963, J GEN PHYSIOL, V46, P435 GALAMBOS R, 1943, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V6, P39 GALANTER E, 1961, PSYCHOL REV, V68, P363 GARNER WR, 1956, PSYCHOL REV, V63, P149 GROTENFELT A, 1888, WEBERSCHE GESETZ PSY GUILFORD JP, 1954, PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS HARTLINE HK, 1932, J CELL COMPAR PHYSL, V1, P277 HARTLINE HK, 1938, AM J PHYSIOL, V121, P400 HICKS JR, 1962, ECON J, V72, P787 HICKS JR, 1967, CRITICAL ESSAYS MONE KATZ B, 1950, J PHYSL, V3, P261 KOOPMANS TC, 1960, ECONOMETRICA, V28, P287 KRANTZ DH, 1972, J MATH PSYCHOL, V9, P168, DOI 10.1016/0022-2496(72)90025-9 KRELLE W, 1968, PRAFERENZ ENTSCHEIDU LATANE HA, 1960, REV ECON STAT, V42, P445 LIPPS T, 1902, SITZUNGSBERICHTE PHI, P3 LIPPS T, 1905, PSYCHOL STUDIEN MARKOWITZ H, 1952, J POLIT ECON, V60, P151 MEINONG A, 1896, Z PSYCHOL PHILOS, V11, P353 MELTZER AH, 1963, J POLITICAL EC, V71, P219 MODIGLIANI F, 1955, POSTKEYNESIAN EC, P388 PFANZAGL J, 1959, AXIOMATISCHEN GRUNDL PFANZAGL J, 1959, NAV RES LOG, V6, P283 PLATEAU J, 1872, B ACADEMIE ROYALE SC, V23, P376 POLLAK RA, 1970, INT EC REV, V11, P117 PRATT JW, 1964, ECONOMETRICA, V32, P122 PYE G, 1972, MATH METHODS INVESTM, P49 SAMUELSON P, 1969, REV ECON STAT, V51, P239, DOI 10.2307/1926559 SHELL K, 1972, MATH METHODS INVESTM, P65 SINN HW, 1983, EC DECISIONS UNCERTA STEVENS SS, 1951, HDB EXPT PSYCHOL, P1 STEVENS SS, 1957, J EXP PSYCHOL, V54, P377 STEVENS SS, 1961, SENS COMMUN, P1 STEVENS SS, 1966, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V1, P5 STEVENS SS, 1975, PSYCHOPHYSICS INTRO STIGLITZ JE, 1969, ECONOMETRICA, V37, N742 TASAKI I, 1954, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V17, P97 TORNQVIST L, 1945, SKAND AKTUARIETIDSK, V28, P228 VONNEUMANN J, 1947, THEORY GAMES EC BEHA WEBER EH, 1834, PULSU RESORPTIONE AU WEBER EH, 1851, LEHRE VOM TASTSINNE WUNDT W, 1911, VORLESUNGEN MENSCHEN NR 66 TC 9 BP 185 EP 206 PY 1985 VL 6 IS 2 GA ALQ22 UT ISI:A1985ALQ2200005 ER PT J AU Rapaport, WJ AF Rapaport, William J. TI How Helen Keller used syntactic semantics to escape from a Chinese Room SO MINDS AND MACHINES J9 MIND MACH LA English DT Review C1 SUNY Buffalo, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Buffalo, NY 14260 USA. SUNY Buffalo, Dept Philosophy, Buffalo, NY 14260 USA. SUNY Buffalo, Dept Linguist, Buffalo, NY 14260 USA. SUNY Buffalo, Ctr Cognit Sci, Buffalo, NY 14260 USA. RP Rapaport, WJ, SUNY Buffalo, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Buffalo, NY 14260 USA. EM rapaport@cse.buffalo.edu DE animal communication; Chinese Room Argument; Helen Keller; Herbert Terrace; knowledge representation; names; natural-language understanding; SNePS; syntactic semantics ID ARTIFICIAL-INTELLIGENCE; IMPLEMENTATION; COGNITION; MACHINE; SCIENCE; HOLISM; MINDS AB A computer can come to understand natural language the same way Helen Keller did: by using "syntactic semantics"-a theory of how syntax can suffice for semantics, i.e., how semantics for natural language can be provided by means of computational symbol manipulation. This essay considers real-life approximations of Chinese Rooms, focusing on Helen Keller's experiences growing up deaf and blind, locked in a sort of Chinese Room yet learning how to communicate with the outside world. Using the SNePS computational knowledge-representation system, the essay analyzes Keller's belief that learning that "everything has a name" was the key to her success, enabling her to "partition" her mental concepts into mental representations of: words, objects, and the naming relations between them. It next looks at Herbert Terrace's theory of naming, which is akin to Keller's, and which only humans are supposed to be capable of. The essay suggests that computers at least, and perhaps non-human primates, are also capable of this kind of naming. CR ALLAIRE EB, 1963, PHILOS STUD, V14, P235 ALLAIRE EB, 1970, PHILOS STUD, V16, P250 ALLEN JF, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V15, P143 ANDERSON ML, 2003, ARTIF INTELL, V149, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0004-3702(03)00054-7 ARAHI K, 1990, IPSJ SIG REPORTS, V90 ARRIGHI C, 2005, COMPUTING PHILOS COG, P295 BAKER R, 1967, NOUS, V1, P211 BERNERSLEE T, 1999, WEAVING WEB BERNERSLEE T, 2001, SCI AM 0517 BROWN R, 1973, 1 LANGUAGE BRUCE BC, 1975, THEORETICAL ISSUES N, V1, P64 BRUDER GA, 1986, 8620 SUNY BUFF DEP C BRUNER J, CHILDS TALK, P83 CASTANEDA HN, 1980, PHILOS METHOD CASTANEDA HN, 1984, PRINCIPLES PHILOS RE, P227 CEUSTERS W, 2005, ONTOLOGY NEED INT CO CHAPPELL VC, 1970, PHILOS STUD, V15, P245 CHRISLEY R, 2003, ARTIF INTELL, V149, P131, DOI 10.1016/S0004-3702(03)00055-9 CHUN SA, 1987, 19 SNERG SUNY BUFF D CLARK A, 1998, ANALYSIS, V58, P10 COHEN PR, 1979, COGNITIVE SCI, V3, P177 COHEN PR, 1985, P 23 ANN M ASS COMP, P49 COHEN PR, 1990, INTENTIONS COMMUNICA, P221 DAMASIO AR, 1989, MIND LANG, V4, P24 DAVIDSON D, 1967, LOGIC DECISION ACTIO DEHAENE S, 1992, COGNITION, V44, P1 DRESNER E, 2002, LINGUIST PHILOS, V25, P419 DUCHAN JF, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE EHRLICH K, 1995, 9509 SUNY BUFF DEP C EHRLICH K, 1997, P 19 ANN C COGN SCI, P205 EHRLICH K, 2004, P 15 MIDW ART INT CO, P4 EHRLICH K, 2004, P 26 ANN C COG SCI S, P1555 ELGIN SH, 1984, NATIVE TONGUE FITCH WT, 2006, AM SCI JUL, P369 GALBRAITH M, 1995, MIND MACH, V5, P513 GEACH PT, 1967, J PHILOS, V64, P627 GIERE RN, 2002, PHILOS SCI, V69, P637 GOLDFAIN A, 2004, USING SNEPS MATH COG GOLDFAIN A, 2006, COMPUTATIONAL THEORY GREENFIELD PM, 1990, GRAMMATICAL COMBINAT, P540 GROSZ B, 1986, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V12, P175 HALLER SM, 1994, 9440 SUNY BUFF DEP C HALLER SM, 1995, INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS, P61 HAREL G, 1998, AM MATH MON, V105, P497 HARMAN G, 1987, NEW DIRECTIONS SEMAN, P55 HARNAD S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V42, P335 HOFSTADTER DR, 2001, ANALOGICAL MIND PERS, P499 HUTCHINS E, 1995, COGNITION WILD HUTCHINS E, 1995, COGNITIVE SCI, V19, P265 ISMAIL HO, 2000, PRINCIPLES KNOWLEDGE, P355 IWANSKA LM, 2000, NATURAL LANGUAGE PRO JACKENDOFF R, 2002, FDN LANGUAGE JONES KS, 1967, TM3304 SYST DEV CORP KALDERON ME, 2001, PHILOS STUD, V105, P129 KAMP H, 1993, DISCOURSE LOGIC KELLER H, 1903, OPTIMISM KELLER H, 1905, STORY MY LIFE KIBBY MW, MULTISENSORY LEARNIN LAMMENS J, 1994, 9426 SUNY BUFF DEP C LEIBER J, 1996, PHILOS PSYCHOL, V9, P419 LOUX MJ, 1970, UNIVERSALS PARTICULA MAIDA AS, 1982, COGNITIVE SCI, V6, P291 MALONEY JC, 1987, SYNTHESE, V70, P349 MALONEY JC, 1989, MUNDANE MATTER MENTA MARTINS JP, 1988, ARTIF INTELL, V35, P25 MAYES AR, 1991, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V2, P109 MCDERMOTT D, 1981, MIND DESIGN, P143 MEINONG A, 1904, ALEXIUS MEINONG GESA, V2, P481 MILES HL, 1990, COMP EV PERSPECTIVES, P511 MORRIS C, 1938, FDN THEORY SIGNS NAGEL T, 1986, VIEW NOWHERE NEAL JG, 1987, NATURAL LANGUAGE PAR, P49 PAPINEAU D, 1998, NEW YORK TIMES 0719, P9 PARKER ST, 1990, LANGUAGE INTELLECT M PARNAS DL, 1972, COMMUN ACM, V15, P330 PRESTON J, 2002, VIEWS CHINESE ROOM PUTNAM H, 1975, MIND LANGUAGE REALIT, P215 QUINE WVO, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, CH1 QUINE WVO, 1960, WORD OBJECT QUINE WVO, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI, P26 RAPAPORT WJ, 1976, THEISS INDIANA U RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 RAPAPORT WJ, 1981, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V14, P1 RAPAPORT WJ, 1982, AM PHILOS Q, V19, P289 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P61 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, P 7 ANN C COGN SCI S, P341 RAPAPORT WJ, 1986, COGNITIVE SCI, V10, P371 RAPAPORT WJ, 1986, PHILOS SCI, V53, P271 RAPAPORT WJ, 1988, ASPECTS ARTIFICIAL I, P1 RAPAPORT WJ, 1988, NOUS, V22, P585 RAPAPORT WJ, 1989, 8901 SUNY BUFF DEP C RAPAPORT WJ, 1989, 8907 SUNY BUFF DEP C RAPAPORT WJ, 1990, 9013 SUNY BUFF DEP C RAPAPORT WJ, 1991, HDB METAPHYSICS ONTO, P516 RAPAPORT WJ, 1991, TOPOI-INT REV PHILOS, V10, P79 RAPAPORT WJ, 1993, MIND MACH, V3, P11 RAPAPORT WJ, 1995, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V9, P49 RAPAPORT WJ, 1996, 9626 SUNY BUFF DEP C RAPAPORT WJ, 1997, 8615 SUNY BUFF DEP C RAPAPORT WJ, 1997, COGNITIVE SCI, V21, P63 RAPAPORT WJ, 1998, J EXP THEOR ARTIF IN, V10, P403 RAPAPORT WJ, 1999, MONIST, V82, P109 RAPAPORT WJ, 2000, J LOGIC LANGUAGE INF, V9, P467 RAPAPORT WJ, 2002, MIND MACH, V12, P3 RAPAPORT WJ, 2002, P 6 WORLD MULT SYST, V2, P261 RAPAPORT WJ, 2003, MIND MACH, V13, P397 RAPAPORT WJ, 2003, P ICCS ASCS 2003, V2, P547 RAPAPORT WJ, 2005, COMPUT LINGUIST, V31, P407 RAPAPORT WJ, 2005, ENCY LANG LING, V13, P151 RAPAPORT WJ, 2005, J EXP THEOR ARTIF IN, V17, P385, DOI 10.1080/09528130500283998 RAPAPORT WJ, 2005, SPRINGER VERLAG LECT, V3554, P396 RAPAPORT WJ, 2006, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V84, P129 ROGERS H, 1959, J SOC IND APPL MATH, V7, P114 SANTORE JF, 2004, ANCHORING SYMBOLS SE, P1 SEARLE JR, 1973, THINK, V2, P68 SEARLE JR, 1980, BEHAVIORAL BRAIN SCI, V3, P417 SELLARS W, 1963, SCI PERCEPTION REALI SEVERO R, 1999, NY TIMES 0621, B5 SHAPIRO SC, 1979, ASS NETWORKS REPRESE, P179 SHAPIRO SC, 1981, 173 SUNY BUFF DEP CO SHAPIRO SC, 1982, AM J COMPUTATIONAL L, V8, P12 SHAPIRO SC, 1986, P IEEE, V74, P1354 SHAPIRO SC, 1987, KNOWLEDGE FRONTIER E, P262 SHAPIRO SC, 1989, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V390, P362 SHAPIRO SC, 1991, PHILOS AI ESSAYS INT, P215 SHAPIRO SC, 1992, COMPUT MATH APPL, V23, P243 SHAPIRO SC, 1992, ENCY ARTIFICIAL INTE, P54 SHAPIRO SC, 1996, DICT SNEPS CASE FRAM SHAPIRO SC, 1998, COGNITIVE ROBOTICS, P136 SHAPIRO SC, 2000, AAAI 2000 SPRING S N, P57 SHAPIRO SC, 2003, 35 SNERG SUNY BUFF D SHAPIRO SC, 2003, ROBOT AUTON SYST, V43, P97 SHAPIRO SC, 2006, SNEPS WIKIPEDIA SHECKLEY R, 1954, UNTOUCHED HUMAN HAND, P155 SHIEBER SM, 2004, TURING TEST SMITH BC, 1982, P 20 ANN M ASS COMP, P9 SRIHARI RK, 1989, P 11 ANN C COG SCI S, P364 SRIHARI RK, 1990, SPRINGER VERLAG LECT, V437, P5 SRIHARI RK, 1991, 9117 SUNY BUFF DEP C SRIHARI RK, 1991, P 9 NAT C ART INT AA, P80 SRIHARI RK, 1993, P INT C DOC AN REC, P664 SRIHARI RK, 1994, P C APPL IM PATT REC, P186 SWAN J, 1994, CONSTRUCTION AUTHORS, P57 TARSKI A, 1969, SCI AM, V220, P63 TERRACE HS, 1985, AM PSYCHOL, V40, P1011 TERRACE HS, 1991, NEW YORK REV BOOKS, V3, P53 THOMASON RH, 2003, CONTEXT 2003, P328 TURING AM, 1950, MIND, V59, P433 VONGLASERSFELD E, 1977, LANGUAGE LEARNING CH, P55 WEIZENBAUM J, 1966, COMMUN ACM, V9, P36 WILSON FR, 1998, HAND WINSTON PH, 1975, READINGS KNOWLEDGE R, P141 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1958, PHILOS INVESTIGATION WOODS WA, 1975, REPRESENTATION UNDER, P35 ZUCKERMANN LS, 1991, NEW YORK REV BOOKS, V3, P53 NR 155 TC 0 BP 381 EP 436 PY 2006 PD DEC VL 16 IS 4 DI 10.1007/s11023-007-9054-6 GA 151NV UT ISI:000245298300001 ER PT J AU GROSSMANN, R TI STRUCTURES VERSUS SETS - PHILOSOPHICAL BACKGROUND OF GESTALT PSYCHOLOGY SO CRITICA-REVISTA HISPANOAMERICANA DE FILOSOFIA J9 CRITICA LA English DT Article C1 INDIANA UNIV,BLOOMINGTON,IN 47401. CR BERGMANN G, 1944, PHILOS SCI, V11, P209 BERGMANN G, 1948, PSYCHOLOGICAL B, V45, P351 BERGMANN G, 1952, PHILOS Q, V2, P140 BERGMANN G, 1957, PHILOSOPHY SCI, P157 BERKELEY G, TREATISE CONCERNIN 1 CANTOR G, 1962, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN EHRENFEL, 1965, PHILOSOPHENBRIEFE, P74 EHRENFELS CV, 1890, VIERTEL JAHRSSCHRIFT, V3, P249 GELLNER E, 1968, READINGS PHILOSOPHY GRELLING K, 1937, ERKENNTNIS, V7, P211 GRELLING K, 1938, ERKENNTNIS, V7, P357 GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG GROSSMANN R, 1975, ACTION KNOWLEDGE REA, P129 HOCHBERG H, 1966, AM PHILOSOPHICAL Q, V3, P1 HUSSERL E, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V2, P440 HUSSERL, 1894, PHILOSOPHISCHE MONAT, V30 HUSSERL, 1970, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO MEINONG A, 1913, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN, V2, P379 MEINONG A, 1914, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN, V1, P280 STUMPF C, 1873, PSYCHOLOGISCHEN URSP, P113 VOLKELT H, 1967, GANZHEITS PSYCHOLOGI, P31 WATSON RA, 1966, DOWNFALL CARTESIANIS WERTHEIMER M, 1967, SOURCE BOOK GESTALT, P1 NR 23 TC 1 BP 3 EP 21 PY 1977 VL 9 IS 27 GA FG513 UT ISI:A1977FG51300001 ER PT J AU Hala, V TI On Patocka's interpretation of B. Bolzano SO FILOSOFICKY CASOPIS J9 FILOS CASOPIS LA Czech DT Article C1 Acad Sci Czech Republ, Filosof Ustav, Praha, Czech Republic. RP Hala, V, Acad Sci Czech Republ, Filosof Ustav, Praha, Czech Republic. AB J. Patocka's interpretation of Bolzano's work followed in this article is concerned with two main issues. In the first part of this study the author focusses on Patocka's approach to B. Bolzano's key concept of ideas, statements and thruths "in themselves" and also to his estimation of Bolzano's entire scheme of Theory of Science. The author points out that there are also disputable questions in Patocka's interpretation especially his overestimation of the influence of Bolzano's logical-philosophical concept on Brentano's concept of intentionality. In the second part the author reflects on Patocka's well-known idea of "dilemma" in the Czech (Bohemian) national programme, the representatives of whitch were B. Bolzano and J. Jungmann. The author emphasizes a layered character of Patocka's interpretation and assesses Patocka's focus on the social context of the Vormarz. In this context the author comments on P. Pithart's reflections influenced by Patocka. In conclusion the author of the study contrasts the synthetic character of Patocka's approach to Bolzano's work and the analytically precise nature of M. Bayerova's approach. CR BEDNAR M, 1996, CESKE MYSLENI BERGMAN SH, 1966, SONDERABDRUCK ARCH G, V48, P308 BERKA K, 1981, B BOLZANO BERKA K, 1994, B BOLZANO EVROPSKY R BOLZANO B, ANTOLOGIE DEJIN CESK, V1, P366 BOLZANO B, ANTOLOGIE DEJIN CESK, V1, P367 BOLZANO B, 1978, B BOLZANO, P64 BOLZANO B, 1981, VEDOSLOVI, P68 BOLZANO HB, ANTOLOGIE DEJIN CESK, V1, P373 BOLZANOVE K, 1990, FILOS CAS, V38, P507 CERNY J, 1981, VYBOR FILOZOFICKYCH DOLANSKY J, 1948, JUNGMANNUV ODKAZ EMLER J, 1881, LISTY JOSEFA JUNGMAN GADAMER HG, 1994, IDEA DOBRE MEZI PLAT HALA V, 1994, IMPULSY KANTOVY ETIK HAVELKA M, 1995, SPOR SMYSL CESKYCH D HIKL VK, 1918, JOSEFA JUNGMANNA VYB, P67 HUSSERL E, 1913, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V1, P59 HUSSERL E, 1950, HUSSERLIANA, V3, P235 JUNGMANN J, 1907, ZAPISKY JUNGMANN J, 1947, KRATKA HIST NARODU O KALIVODA R, 1963, ANTOLOGIE DEJIN CESK, P365 KREISER L, 1981, FILOS CAS, V29, P94 MACALISTER LL, 1976, PHILOS F BRENTANO MEINONG A, 1976, LOGIK ANNAHMEN, P28 MORSCHER E, 1973, SALZBURGER STUDIEN P, V11 NOVOTNY PJ, 1936, PARMENIDES, P14 PATOCKA J, SMYSL DNESKA, P105 PATOCKA J, 1958, FILOSOFIE DEJINACH C, P111 PATOCKA J, 1969, UVOD HUSSERLOVY FENO PATOCKA J, 1987, SMYSL DNESKA DEVET K, P87 PITHART P, 1990, DEJINY POLITIKA ESEJ PODIVEN, 1991, CESI DEJINACH NOVE D SCHOLZ H, 1969, MATHESIS U ABHANDLUN VRTATKO AJ, 1880, DOPISY JOSEFA JUNGMA WINTER E, 1935, SPISY B BOLZANA, P9 WINTER KTV, 1945, JOSEFINISMUS JEHO DE ZELENY J, 1981, HEGEL BOLZAO LOGIKER NR 38 TC 2 BP 879 EP 898 PY 1997 VL 45 IS 5 GA ZN923 UT ISI:000073697100012 ER PT J AU Benussi, V AF Benussi, Vittorio TI Respiratorial Symptoms of a Lie SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR 1911, PSYCH STUD, V7, P234 1912, ARCH GES PSYCH, V25, P78 DROZYNSKI L, 1911, PSYCH STUD, V8, P83 MEINONG A, ANNAHMEN, P116 SALOW P, 1907, PSYCH STUD, V4 WUNDT W, 1912, PSYCHOL STUDIEN, V8, P1 NR 6 TC 35 BP 244 EP 273 PY 1914 PD JAN 27 VL 31 IS 1-2 GA V98HF UT ISI:000206643500006 ER PT J AU Fioretti, G TI Von Kries and the other 'German logicians: Non-numerical probabilities before Keynes SO ECONOMICS AND PHILOSOPHY J9 ECON PHIL LA English DT Article C1 Univ Florence, I-50121 Florence, Italy. RP Fioretti, G, Univ Florence, I-50121 Florence, Italy. CR BATEMAN B, 1996, KEYNES UNCERTAN REVO COTTRELL A, 1993, ECON PHILOS, V9, P25 CZUBER E, 1903, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEITSR, V1 FIORETTI G, 1998, HIST EC IDEAS, V6, P51 KEYNES JM, 1907, THESIS KINGS COLL CA KEYNES JM, 1908, THESIS KINGS COLL CA KEYNES JM, 1921, TREATISE PROBABILITY KEYNES JM, 1926, ECON J, V36, P140 KEYNES JM, 1931, NEW STATESMAN NA OCT KEYNES JM, 1936, GEN THEORY EMPLOYMEN LANGE FA, 1877, LOGISCHE STUDIEN LEXIS W, 1877, THEORIE MASSENERSCHE LOTZE RH, 1874, LOGIK MEINONG A, 1890, GOTTINGISCHE GELEHRT, V1, P56 MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE NITSCHE A, 1892, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFT W, V16, P20 RUNDE J, 1990, ECON PHILOS, V6, P275 SIGWART C, 1873, LOGIK VONKRIES J, 1888, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFT W, V12, P179 VONKRIES J, 1888, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFT W, V12, P287 VONKRIES J, 1888, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFT W, V12, P393 VONKRIES J, 1892, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFT W, V16, P253 VONKRIES J, 1899, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFT W, V23, P1 VONKRIES J, 1901, MAT GRUNDLAGEN BEWUS VONKRIES J, 1916, LOGIK VONKRIES J, 1923, ALLGEMEINE SINNESPHY VONKRIES J, 1925, MED GEGENWART VONKRIES J, 1927, PRINCIPIEN WAHRSCHEI NR 28 TC 3 BP 245 EP 273 PY 2001 PD OCT VL 17 IS 2 GA 498RZ UT ISI:000172525400006 ER PT J AU Owens, D TI The authority of memory (Belief, epistemology, reason) SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 EUR J PHILOS LA English DT Article C1 Univ Sheffield, Dept Philosophy, Sheffield S10 2TN, S Yorkshire, England. RP Owens, D, Univ Sheffield, Dept Philosophy, Sheffield S10 2TN, S Yorkshire, England. CR ADLER J, 1996, ANALYSIS, V56, P80 BACH K, 1985, MONIST, V68, P246 BRATMAN M, 1987, INTENTIONS PLANS PRA BURGE T, 1993, PHILOS REV, V102, P457 BURGE T, 1997, PHILOS STUD, V86, P21 CHISHOLM R, 1977, THEORY KNOWLEDGE CHRISTENSEN D, 1997, PHILOS STUD, V86, P1 DENNETT D, 1991, FUTURE FOLK PSYCHOL DESCARTES R, PHILOS WRITINGS DUMMETT M, 1992, SEAS LANGUAGE FIRTH R, 1981, P ADDRESSES AM PHILO, V55, P5 FOLEY R, 1993, WORKING WITHOUT NET FOSTER J, 1985, AJ AYER GOLDMAN A, 1988, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V2 HARMAN G, 1973, THOUGHT HARMAN G, 1986, CHANGE VIEW LOCKE J, 1975, ESSAY HUMAN UNDERSTA MALCOLM N, 1963, KNOWLEDGE CERTAINTY MCDOWELL J, 1998, MEANING KNOWLEDGE RE MEINONG A, 1973, EMPIRICAL KNOLWEDGE MORAN R, 1997, EUR J PHILOS, V5, P141 OWENS D, 1996, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V54, P319 OWENS D, 2000, REASON WITHOUT FREED PEACOCKE C, 1986, THOUGHTS ESSAY CONTE PINK T, 1996, PSYCHOL FREEDOM PLANTINGA A, 1993, WARRANT PROPER FUNCT POLLOCK J, 1974, KNOWLEDGE JSUTIFICAT POLLOCK J, 1986, CONT THEORIES KNOWLE RAZ J, 1975, PRACTICAL REASON NOR VANFRAASSEN BC, 1984, J PHILOS, V81, P235 VELLEMAN J, 1989, PRACTICAL REFLECTION NR 31 TC 0 BP 312 EP 329 PY 1999 PD DEC VL 7 IS 3 GA 261ZR UT ISI:000084041700002 ER PT J AU Plourde, J TI Alexius Meinong, 'Theory of the Object' (1904) and 'Self-Representation' (1921) - Translated from German with introduction SO DIALOGUE-CANADIAN PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 DIALOGUE-CAN PHIL REV LA French DT Book Review C1 Univ Quebec, Montreal, PQ H3C 3P8, Canada. RP Plourde, J, Univ Quebec, Montreal, PQ H3C 3P8, Canada. CR COURTINE JF, 1999, MEINONG THEORIE OBJE MEINONG A, 1904, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE MEINONG A, 1921, SELBSTDARSTELLUNG MEINONG A, 1999, THEORIE OBJET 1904 P NR 4 TC 0 BP 164 EP 168 PY 2003 PD WIN VL 42 IS 1 GA 661PN UT ISI:000181899100015 ER PT J AU CHISHOLM, RM TI THE OBJECTS OF SENSATION, A BRENTANO STUDY SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article RP CHISHOLM, RM, BROWN UNIV,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,PROVIDENCE,RI 02912. CR BERGMANN H, 1909, PHILOS WERK B BOLZAN BOLZANO B, 1838, ATHANASIA GRUNDE UNS BOLZANO B, 1979, THEORY SCI BRENTANO F, 1982, DESKRIPTIVE PSYCHOL EHRENFELS CV, 1916, KOSMOGONIE JOHNSON WE, 1921, LOGIC MEINONG A, 1907, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS MEINONG A, 1975, MEINONG GESAMT AUSGA, V5 NR 8 TC 1 BP 3 EP 8 PY 1989 PD MAR VL 8 IS 1 GA AA032 UT ISI:A1989AA03200001 ER PT J AU CHARPA, U TI PARTS AND MOMENTS - STUDIES IN LOGIC AND FORMAL ONTOLOGY - SMITH,B SO PHILOSOPHISCHE RUNDSCHAU J9 PHIL RUNDSCH LA German DT Book Review CR BLACK M, 1971, REV METAPHYS, V24, P614 CHISHOLM RM, 1979, ERKENNTNISTHEORIE FREGE SG, 1895, KRITISCHE BELEUCHTUN GOODMAN N, 1972, PROBLEMS PROJECTS HALLER R, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST HOLENSTEIN E, 1973, TIJDSCHRIFT FILOSOFI, V35, P560 HUSSERL E, 1972, ERFAHRUNG URTEIL HUSSERL E, 1975, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1979, AUFSATZE REZENSIONEN LAUENER H, 1982, WV QUINE MEINONG A, PSYCHOL KOMPLEXIONEN PANZER U, UNTERSUCHUNGEN PHANO QUINE WVO, 1953, 3 GRADES MODAL INVOL ROSADOHADDOCK GE, 1973, THESIS BONN RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH SCHMITT R, 1981, HUSSERLS PHILOS MATH SEEBOHM TM, 1972, KRITIK HERMENEUTISCH SMITH B, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE SOKOLOWSKI R, 1974, HUSSERLIAN MEDITATIO NR 19 TC 1 BP 52 EP 59 PY 1984 VL 31 IS 1-2 GA SY955 UT ISI:A1984SY95500014 ER PT J AU POLI, R TI ABSTRACTION AND IDEALIZATION SO VERIFICHE J9 VERIFICHE LA Italian DT Article CR ARISTOTLE, ANALITICI SECONDI ARISTOTLE, TOPICI ARNAULD A, 1978, LOGIQUE ART PENSER BARTH EM, 1974, LOGIC ARTICLES TRADI BERTALANFFY LV, 1968, GENERAL SYSTEM THEOR BETH E, 1956, KANT-STUD, P461 BETH E, 1957, CRISE RAISON LOGIQUE BETH E, 1970, ASPECTS MODERN LOGIC CASSIRER E, 1910, SUBSTANCE FUNCTION E CASTANEDA HN, 1980, PHILOS METHOD, V1 CONIGLIONE F, 1987, NOWACK OLTRE MARX MA FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FINE K, 1985, REASONING ARBITARY O GEHLEN A, 1978, MENSCH NATUR STELLUN GRIMLEYKUNTZ P, 1971, SANTAYANA LOTZES SYS HARTMANN N, 1933, PROBLEM GEISTIGEN SE HARTMANN N, 1942, NEUE WEGE ONTOLOGIE HARTMANN N, 1948, GRUNDLEGUNG ONTOLOGI HARTMANN N, 1949, AUFBAU REALEN WELT HARTMANN N, 1949, MOGLICHKEIT WIRKLICH HENRY DP, 1983, ATTI CONVEGNO INT ST, P59 LALANDE A, 1926, VUCABULAIRE TECHNIQU LEWIN K, 1926, SYMPOSIUM, V1, P61 LEWIN K, 1931, ERKENNTNIS, V1, P421 LOTZE RH, 1843, LOGIK LOTZE RH, 1874, MIKROKOSMUS IDEEN NA LOTZE RH, 1880, LOGIK 3 BUCHER VOM D LOTZE RH, 1883, GRUNZUGE LOGIK ENCY LUHMAN N, 1980, GESELLSCHAFTSSTRUKTU LUHMANN N, 1970, SOZIOLOGISCHE AUFKLA LUSCHEI EC, 1962, LOGICAL SYSTEMS LESN MATTEUZZI M, 1981, FORMA TEORIA STUDIO MEINONG A, 1902, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEINONG A, 1968, GESAMTAUSGABE MELANDRI E, 1964, RIV FILOSOFIA, V58, P31 MOHANTY JN, 1957, N HARTMANN AN WHITEH NOWAK L, 1977, SCI COME IDEALIZZAZI NOWAK L, 1980, STRUCTURE IDEALIZATI NOWAK L, 1987, OLTRE MARX UN MATERI ORTH EW, 1986, GRUNDPROBLEME GROSSE, V4, P8 PASCAL B, ESPRIT GEOMETRIQUE POLI R, 1988, IN PRESS IDEE SHARVY R, 1983, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, P227 SIMONS P, 1987, PARTS SRZEDNICKI J, 1984, LESNIEWSKIS SYSTEMS WHITEHEAD AN, 1926, SCI MODERN WORLD NR 47 TC 0 BP 189 EP 207 PY 1988 PD JUL-SEP VL 17 IS 3 GA R2015 UT ISI:A1988R201500001 ER PT J AU Malmberg, CF AF Malmberg, Constantine Frithiof TI THE PERCEPTION OF CONSONANCE AND DISSONANCE SO PSYCHOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS J9 PSYCHOL MONOGRAPHS LA English DT Article CR BUCH E, 1900, PHILOS STUD, V15, P240 EULER L, 1739, TENTAMEN NOVAE THEOR, CH2 FAIST A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V15, P102 HELMHOLZ HLF, SENSATION TONE HOHENEMSER R, 1906, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V41, P164 KRUEGER F, 1903, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V1, P205 KRUEGER F, 1905, BEWUSSTSEIN KONSONAN KRUEGER F, 1909, PSYCHOL STUD, V5, P294 KRUEGER F, 1913, J PHILOS, V10, P158 LEIBNITZ GW, PRINCIPS NATURE GRAC, P240 LIPPS T, PSYCHOL STUD, V92 LIPPS T, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V19, P1 MEINONG A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P189 MEYER M, 1897, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V15 MEYER M, 1897, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V16, P1 MEYER M, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V16 MEYER M, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V17, P401 MEYERS CS, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V7, P68 OGDEN RM, 1909, PSYCHOL BULL, V6, P297 PEAR TH, 1911, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V4, P56 PETERSON J, 1908, PSYCHOL REV MONOG S, V9, P1 PREYER W, 1879, AKUSTISCHE UNTERSUCH, P44 SCHAEFER K, 1909, ERGEB PHYSL, V8, P1 SCHOPENHAUER A, METAPHYSICS MUSIC, V3, P235 SCHULZE R, 1898, PHILOS STUD, V14, P471 SEASHORE CE, PSYCHOL MONOG, V69 SEASHORE CE, 1910, PSYCHOL MONOG, V13 SEASHORE CE, 1914, U IOWA STUD PSYCHOL, V6, P1 STUMPF C, BEITRAGE Z AK MUSIKW, V2, P168 STUMPF C, BEITRAGE Z AK MUSIKW, V5, P3 STUMPF C, 1883, TONPSYCHOLOGIE STUMPF C, 1897, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V15, P280 STUMPF C, 1898, BEITRAGE MUSIKVISS, V1, P91 STUMPF C, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V17, P422 STUMPF C, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V18 STUMPF C, 1902, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V27, P148 STUMPF C, 1905, Z PSYCHOL, V39, P269 STUMPF C, 1911, ANFANGE MUSIK SYLVESTER RH, IOWA ACAD SC PROCEED, V17, P195 TITCHENER EB, 1902, PHILOS STUD, V20, P382 VALENTINE CW, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V7, P118 WATT HJ, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V7, P1 WUNDT W, 1902, PHYSL PSYCHOL, V2 NR 43 TC 39 BP 93 EP 133 PY 1918 VL 25 IS 2 GA V97HI UT ISI:000206576200004 ER PT J AU TALLON, A TI THE CONCEPT OF THE HEART IN STRASSER 'PHENOMENOLOGY OF FEELING' SO AMERICAN CATHOLIC PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 AMER CATH PHIL QUART LA English DT Article RP TALLON, A, MARQUETTE UNIV,MILWAUKEE,WI 53233. CR ALQUIE F, 1979, CONSCIENCE AFFECTIVE AQUINAS T, SUMMA THEOLOGICA ARISTOTLE, DE ANIMA BOLLNOW OF, 1943, WESEN STIMMUNGEN CHERNIAK S, 1974, GENESIS STRUCTURE HE, R23 DAVIS C, 1976, BODY SPIRIT NATURE R DHORME E, 1963, EMPLOI METAPHORIQUE EGAN HD, 1976, SPIRITUAL EXERCISES FINANCE JD, 1973, AFFRONTEMENT AUTRE E FRINGS MS, 1965, MAX SCHELER CONCISE FRINGS MS, 1972, FACETS EROS, P40 HEIDEGGER M, BEING AND TIME HEIDEGGER M, GELASSENHEIT HEIDEGGER M, 1962, KANT PROBLEM METAPHY HEIDEGGER M, 1968, WHAT IS CALLED THINK HEIDEGGER M, 1969, IDENTITY DIFFERENCE HEIDEGGER M, 1971, POETRY LANGUAGE THOU HEIDEGGER M, 1977, QUESTION TECHNOLOGY HENRY M, PHILOS PHENOMENOL BO HENRY M, 1969, PHILOS TODAY, V13, P94 HENRY M, 1973, ESSENCE MANIFESTATIO HILDEBRAND DV, 1960, PHILOS JB GORRESGESE, V68, P180 HILDEBRAND DV, 1977, ETHICS HILDEBRAND DV, 1977, HEART ANAL HUMAN DIV JOHNSON RA, 1973, WE UNDERSTANDING PSY LEVINAS E, 1973, THEORY INTUITION HUS LONERGAN BJF, 1957, INSIGHT LONERGAN BJF, 1971, GRACE FREEDOM OPERAT LONERGAN BJF, 1972, METHOD THEOLOGY MEINONG A, 1972, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI MERLEAUPONTY M, PHENOMENOL PERCEPTIO MERLEAUPONTY M, 1963, STRUCTURE BEHAVIOR PEGHAIRE J, 1935, INTELLECTUS RATIO TH PRADINES M, 1946, TRAITE PSYCHOL GENER RACETTE J, 1969, PHILOS TODAY, V13, P83 RAHNER K, DYNAMIC ELEMENT CHUR RAHNER K, HEARERS WORD RAHNER K, SPIRIT WORLD RICOEUR P, FALLIBLE MAN RICOEUR P, 1977, PHENOMENOL FEELING, R11 ROUSSELOT P, 1935, INTELLECTUALISM ST T SARTRE JP, BEING AND NOTHINGNES SARTRE JP, EMOTIONS SCHELER M, FORMALISM ETHICS SCHELER M, NATURAL SYMPATHY SCHELER M, 1973, SELECTED PHILOS ESSA, P98 SHEED FJ, 1979, INSTRUCTED HEART SHEEHAN T, 1987, KARL RAHNER PHILOS F SPOHN WC, 1983, THEOL STUDIES MAR, V44, P30 STRASSER S, 1956, GEMUT STRASSER S, 1977, PHENOMENOL FEELING TALLON A, 1982, PERSONAL BECOMING K TALLON A, 1986, LIFE RELIGION PHILOS, P17 VELDMAN F, 1989, HAPTONOMIE SCI AFFEC, P170 NR 54 TC 1 BP 341 EP 360 PY 1992 PD SUM VL 66 IS 3 GA KD747 UT ISI:A1992KD74700005 ER PT J AU Granit, AR AF Granit, Arthur Ragnar TI A STUDY ON THE PERCEPTION OF FORM SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY-GENERAL SECTION J9 BR J PSYCHOL-GEN SECT LA English DT Article CR BENUSSI V, 1914, Z PSYCHOL, V69 BUHLER K, 1913, GESTALTWAHRNEHMUNGEN GELB A, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V58 GOLDSTEIN, 1918, Z NEUROL PSYCHIAT, V41 HOFLER A, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V60 JODL F, 1917, ASTHETIK BILDENDEN K KAILA E, 1917, IDEATORISCHE KOORDIN KATZ D, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V65 KOLLNER, 1920, VORLESUNGEN PHYSL, P363 KULPE O, 1920, VORLESUNGEN PSYCHOL LUNDHOLM H, 1919, OBJEKTIVA FAKTORER K MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL, V21 MESSMER O, 1904, ARCH PSYCHOL, V2 MEUMANN E, 1907, EXPT PADAGOGIK MEUMANN E, 1907, EXPT PADAGOGIK, P365 POPPELREUTER W, 1917, PSYCH SCHADIGUNGEN D, V1 POPPELREUTER W, 1917, PSYCHISCHEN SCHADING, V1 RUBIN E, 1915, SYNSOPLEVEDE FIGUERE SEIFERT F, 1917, Z PSYCHOL, V78 SMITH MK, 1900, PHILOS STUD, V16 THORNDIKE EL, 1915, ED PSYCHOL TITCHENER EB, 1912, TXB PSYCHOL, P371 WERTHEIMER M, 1912, Z PSYCHOL, V61 NR 23 TC 13 BP 223 EP 247 PY 1921 PD DEC VL 12 GA V67CN UT ISI:000204535700002 ER PT J AU FRASER, CO TI MEASUREMENT IN PSYCHOLOGY SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 BRIT J PSYCHOL LA English DT Article RP FRASER, CO, GIPPSLAND INST ADV EDUC,SWITCHBACK RD,CHURCHILL 3842,VICTORIA,AUSTRALIA. CR 1940, ADV SCI, P331 ANDERSON NH, 1961, PSYCHOL BULL, V58, P305 BRIDGEMANN PW, 1927, LOGIC MODERN PHYSICS BURKE CJ, 1953, PSYCHOL REV, V60, P73 CAMPBELL NR, 1920, PHYSICS ELEMENTS CAMPBELL NR, 1921, WHAT IS SCI CAMPBELL NR, 1928, ACCOUNT PRINCIPLES M CAMPBELL NR, 1938, S MEASUREMENT ITS S, V17 CLIFF N, 1973, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V24, P473 COOMBS CM, 1964, THEORY DATA CURTIS DW, 1968, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V3, P25 CURTIS DW, 1969, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V5, P89 CURTIS DW, 1970, J EXP PSYCHOL, V83, P201 DAWES RM, 1972, FUNDAMENTALS ATTITUD ELLIS B, 1960, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V38, P37 ELLIS BD, 1966, BASIC CONCEPTS MEASU HAYS WL, 1963, STATISTICS PSYCHOLOG HOLDER O, 1901, BERICHTE VERHANDL MP, V53, P1 KRANTZ DH, 1968, LECTURES APPLIED MAT, V12 KRANTZ DH, 1971, F MEASUREMENT, V1 KRANTZ DH, 1972, J MATH PSYCHOL, V9, P168, DOI 10.1016/0022-2496(72)90025-9 LORD FM, 1953, AM PSYCHOL, V8, P750 MEINONG A, 1914, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN, V2 NAGEL E, 1931, ERKENNTNIS, V2, P313 NUNNALLY JC, 1967, PSYCHOMETRIC THEORY PRYTULAK LS, 1975, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V41, P3 RULE SJ, 1970, J EXP PSYCHOL, V86, P343 RUSSELL B, 1937, PRINCIPLES MATH SIEGEL S, 1956, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS STEVENS SS, 1939, J UNIFIED SCI, V9, P94 STEVENS SS, 1946, SCIENCE, V103, P677, DOI 10.1126/SCIENCE.103.2684.677 STEVENS SS, 1951, HDB EXPT PSYCHOL, P1 STEVENS SS, 1957, PSYCHOL REV, V64, P153 STEVENS SS, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P849 SUPPES P, 1963, HDB MATH PSYCHOL, V1, P1 WAGENAAR WA, 1975, ACTA PSYCHOL, V39, P225 NR 36 TC 9 BP 23 EP 34 PY 1980 VL 71 IS FEB GA JG968 UT ISI:A1980JG96800003 ER PT J AU Sheldon, WH AF Sheldon, W. H. TI MEMORY, THOUGHT, JUDGMENT, LOGIC (THEORY) SO PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN J9 PSYCHOL BULL LA English DT Review CR CALKINS MW, 1910, PSYCHOL BULL, V7, P293 CLAPAREDE E, 1911, ARCH PSYCHOL, V10, P361 CREIGHTON JE, 1910, PHILOS REV, V19, P53 GELB A, 1910, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P1 GROOS K, 1910, Z PSYCHOL, V55, P177 KERLER DH, 1910, UEBER ANNAHMEN, P36 LINDSAY J, 1910, ARCH SYST PHIL, V16, P293 MCGILVARY EB, 1911, PHILOS REV, V20, P137 MEAD GH, 1911, PSYCHOL BULL, V7, P397 MEINONG A, 1910, UEBER ANNAHMEN PIAT C, 1910, REV NEO SCOLAST, V17, P165 PILLSBURY WB, 1910, PSYCHOL REASONING, P306 NR 12 TC 0 BP 303 EP 306 PY 1911 PD SEP 15 VL 8 IS 9 GA V86ZH UT ISI:000205879300001 ER PT J AU Dodd, J TI Reading Husserl's time-diagrams from 1917/18 SO HUSSERL STUDIES J9 HUSSERL STUD LA English DT Proceedings Paper C1 New Sch Univ, New York, NY 10011 USA. RP Dodd, J, New Sch Univ, New York, NY 10011 USA. CR DEWARREN N, 2001, PROMISE TIME TIME CO, CH2 LOHMAR D, 2002, PHILOS TODAY, V46, P154 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P248 MERLEAUPONTY, 1962, PHENOMENOLOGY PERCEP, P415 SCHNELL A, 2002, HUSSERL STUDIES, V18 SOKOLOWSKI R, 1974, HUSSERLIAN MEDITATIO STERN W, 1897, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V13, P330 STUMPF C, 1919, F BRENTANO ERKENNTNI, P136 ZAHAVI D, 2000, SELF AWARNESS ALTERI, CH5 ZAHAVI D, 2004, HUSSERL STUD, V20, P99 NR 10 TC 4 BP 111 EP 137 PY 2005 VL 21 IS 2 DI 10.1007/s10743-005-6403-2 GA 987OQ UT ISI:000233527600002 ER PT J AU PARSONS, T TI REFERRING TO NONEXISTENT OBJECTS SO THEORY AND DECISION J9 THEOR DECIS LA English DT Article RP PARSONS, T, UNIV MASSACHUSETTS,AMHERST,MA 01003. CR DONNELLAN K, 1974, PHILOSOPHICAL REV FINDLAY J, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE LINSKY L, 1967, REFERRING MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P PARSONS T, UNPUBLISHED PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOSOPHY, V71 PARSONS T, 1975, GRAZER PHILOSOPHISCH, V1 QUINE WV, 1961, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P4 SCALES R, 1969, THESIS U CALIFORNIA NR 9 TC 7 BP 95 EP 110 PY 1979 VL 11 IS 1 GA GU982 UT ISI:A1979GU98200008 ER PT J AU SCHUHMANN, K TI THE HUSSERL IDEA OF PHILOSOPHY SO HUSSERL STUDIES J9 HUSSERL STUD LA German DT Article RP SCHUHMANN, K, STATE UNIV UTRECHT,UTRECHT,NETHERLANDS. CR 1907, ABHANDLUNGEN KGL PRE, P26 1954, FORMALISMUS ETHIK MA, P102 1973, PHILOS PHANOMENOLOGI, P32 CHALYBAUS HM, 1861, FUNDAMENTALPHILOSOPH, P51 FICHTE JG, 1962, AUSGEWAHLTE WERKE, V1, P173 GEBHARDT, SPINOZAS BRIEF HALLENSER, 1977, HUSSERL CHRONIK, P22 HANDELNS, 1883, GRUNDZUGE LOGIK ENCY, P91 HEGEL A, 1952, PHANOMENOLOGIE GEIST, P12 HUSSERL E, HUA, V24, P217 HUSSERL E, HUA, V7, P376 HUSSERL E, HUA, V8, P338 HUSSERL E, HUA, V9, P298 HUSSERL E, METAPHYSIK KERN I, 1964, HUSSERL KANT UNTERSU, P179 LEMBECK KH, 1987, HUSSERL STUD, V3, P209 MALINGREY AM, 1961, PHILOS ETUDE UN GROU, P49 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P38 RICKERT H, 1915, GEGENSTAND ERKENNTNI, P21 ROSENKRANZ K, 1858, METAPHYSIK, P102 SCHUHMANN K, 1828, NEUE ODER ANTHR KRIT, P32 SCHUHMANN K, 1971, FUNDAMENTALBETRACHTU, P44 SCHUHMANN K, 1984, HUSSERL STUD, V1, P38 STROKER E, 1987, SELBSTBEGRUNDUNG PHI, P108 VONHARTMANN E, 1908, SYSTEMS PHILOS GRUND NR 25 TC 0 BP 235 EP 256 PY 1988 PD DEC VL 5 IS 3 GA R4101 UT ISI:A1988R410100003 ER PT J AU Fernandez, J AF Fernandez, Jordi TI Memory, past and self SO SYNTHESE J9 SYNTHESE LA English DT Article C1 Macquarie Univ, Dept Philosophy, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia. RP Fernandez, J, Macquarie Univ, Dept Philosophy, W6A Bldg,Floor 7, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia. EM jfernandez@scmp.mq.edu.au DE intentionality; phenomenology; memory; time; self AB The purpose of this essay is to determine how we should construe the content of memories. First, I distinguish two features of memory that a construal of mnemic content should respect. These are the 'attribution of pastness' feature (a subject is inclined to believe of those events that she remembers that they happened in the past) and the 'attribution of existence' feature (a subject is inclined to believe that she existed at the time that those events that she remembers took place). Next, I distinguish two kinds of theories of memory, which I call 'perceptual' and 'self-based' theories. I argue that those theories that belong to the first kind but not the second one have trouble accommodating the attribution of existence. And theories that belong to the second kind but not the first one leave the attribution of pastness unexplained. I then discuss two different theories that are both perceptual and self-based, which I eventually reject. Finally, I propose a perceptual, self-based theory that can account for both the attribution of pastness and the attribution of past existence. CR ANISFELD M, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V77, P171 BADDELEY AD, 1982, PSYCHOL REV, V89, P708 BROWN NR, 1985, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V17, P139 GIBSON JJ, 1979, ECOLOGICAL APPROACH GLENBERG AM, 1980, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V6, P355 GLENBERG AM, 1983, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V9, P231 GODDEN DR, 1975, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V66, P325 HINRICHS JV, 1970, J EXPT PSYCHOL GEN, V108, P356 HUME D, 1978, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR HUSSERL E, 1964, PHENOMENOLOGY INTERN JACOBY LL, 1981, J EXPT PSYCHOL GENER, V110, P306 MARTIN MGF, 2001, TIME MEMORY ISSUES MEINONG A, 1973, EMPIRICAL KNOWLEDGE MORTON J, 1968, PSYCHON SCI, V10, P219 REID T, 1994, INQUIRY ESSAYS RUSSELL B, 1921, ANAL MIND TULVING E, 1972, ORG MEMORY NR 17 TC 1 BP 103 EP 121 PY 2008 PD JAN VL 160 IS 1 DI 10.1007/s11229-006-9104-2 GA 244OK UT ISI:000251875000010 ER PT J AU RESCHER, N TI BELIEF-CONTRAVENING SUPPOSITIONS SO PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 PHIL REV LA English DT Article CR 1954, F STATISTICS, P59 BRADLEY FH, 1883, LOGIC, V1, P85 CHISHOLM RM, 1955, ANALYSIS, V15, P102 MEINONG A, 1910, UEBER ANNAHMEN, P109 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P343 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P522 NR 6 TC 12 BP 176 EP 196 PY 1961 VL 70 IS 2 GA CCQ49 UT ISI:A1961CCQ4900002 ER PT J AU Moore, MS TI The plain truth about legal truth SO HARVARD JOURNAL OF LAW AND PUBLIC POLICY J9 HARVARD J LAW PUBLIC POLICY LA English DT Proceedings Paper C1 Univ Illinois, Program Law & Philosophy, Chicago, IL 60680 USA. RP Moore, MS, Univ Illinois, Program Law & Philosophy, Chicago, IL 60680 USA. ID REALISM CR 1970, LOVE STORY ALSTON WP, 1996, REALIST CONCEPTION T, P9 AQUINAS T, SUMMA THEOLOGIAE, P90 AUSTIN JL, 1956, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V57, P1 AYER AJ, 1936, LANGUAGE TRUTH LOGIC BLACKBURN S, 1984, SPREADING WORD BLACKBURN S, 1993, ESSAYS QUASI REALISM BLANSHARD B, 1939, NATURE THOUGHT CASH J, 1970, WHAT TRUTH COHEN FS, 1935, COLUMBIA LAW REV, V35, P809 DEVITT M, 1984, REALISM TRUTH, P34 DUMMETT M, 1978, TRUTH OTHER ENIGMAS, P1 DWORKIN R, 1985, MATTER PRINCIPLE FISH S, 1987, YALE LAW J, V96, P1773 FRANK J, 1930, LAW MODERN MIND FULLER LL, 1958, HARVARD LAW REV, V71, P630 FULLER LL, 1958, HARVARD LAW REV, V71, P665 FULLER LL, 1964, MORALITY LAW, P33 GIBBARD A, 1990, WISE CHOICES APT FEE HAMPSHIRE S, 1958, MIND, V67, P1 HARE RM, 1952, LANGUAGE MORALS HARMAN G, 1973, THOUGHT, P24 HART HLA, 1949, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V49, P171 HART HLA, 1954, LAW QUART REV, V70, P37 HART HLA, 1961, CONCEPT LAW HERZOG D, 1987, CALIF LAW REV, V75, P609 KELMAN M, 1987, GUIDE CRITICAL LEGAL, V3, P258 LEITER B, 2001, ETHICS, V111, P278 LYCAN W, 1988, JUDGEMENT JUSTIFICAT, P204 MACCORMICK N, 1978, LEGAL REASONING LEGA, P18 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MOOR M, 2001, NATURAL LAW MODERN M, P115 MOORE M, 1982, WISC LAW REV, P1061 MOORE M, 1987, PRECEDENT LAW MOORE M, 1992, NATURAL LAW THEORY MOORE M, 2000, ED ONESELF PUBLIC CR, P342 MOORE M, 2003, IN PRESS LAW PHIL, V21 MOORE MS, 1981, SOUTH CALIF LAW REV, V54, P151 MOORE MS, 1984, LAW PSYCHIAT RETHINK, P249 MOORE MS, 1985, SOUTH CALIF LAW REV, V58, P277 MOORE MS, 1987, SOUTH CALIF LAW REV, V60, P453 MOORE MS, 1989, SOUTH CALIF LAW REV, V63, P107 MOORE MS, 1989, STANFORD LAW REV, V41, P871 MOORE MS, 1992, MICH LAW REV, V90, P2424 OLIPHANT H, 1928, ABA J, V14, P71 PURCELL EA, 1973, CRISIS DEMOCRATIC TH PUTNAM H, 1981, REASON TRUTH HIST RAZ J, 1979, AUTHORITY LAW, P73 RAZ J, 1986, MORALITY FREEDOM SANDEL MJ, 1989, CALIF LAW REV, V77, P521 SMITH MBE, 1980, SOCIAL THEORY PRACTI, P409 STEVENSON CL, 1944, ETHICS LANGUAGE STURGEON N, 1986, SOUTHERN J PHILOS, V24, P115 TEMIN MK, 1980, U CIN L REV, V49, P341 VIDAL G, 1973, BURR NOVEL WITTGENSTEIN L, 1964, PHILOS INVESTIGATION NR 56 TC 3 BP 23 EP 47 PY 2003 PD WIN VL 26 IS 1 GA 684XU UT ISI:000183232400005 ER PT J AU ROUTLEY, R TI ANOTHER FATAL OBJECTION TO MEINONGIAN OBJECTS SO PHILOSOPHICAL STUDIES J9 PHIL STUD LA English DT Article C1 AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV,CANBERRA 2600,ACT,AUSTRALIA. CR CHURCH A, 1956, INTRO MATHEMATICAL L MARGOLIS J, 1969, FACT EXISTENCE MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE RYLE G, 1971, COLLECTED PAPERS, V2 NR 4 TC 0 BP 131 EP 135 PY 1974 VL 25 IS 2 GA AC915 UT ISI:A1974AC91500005 ER PT J AU SMITH, B TI ONTOLOGICAL ASPECT OF HUSSERLIAN PHENOMENOLOGY SO HUSSERL STUDIES J9 HUSSERL STUD LA German DT Article RP SMITH, B, UNIV MANCHESTER,MANCHESTER M13 9PL,LANCS,ENGLAND. CR ASH MG, 1982, THESIS HARVARD U BORING EG, 1950, HIST EXPT PSYCHOL BRENTANO F, 1976, PHILOS UNTERSUCHUNGE BRENTANO F, 1982, DESKRIPTIVE PSYCHOL DELIUS H, 1963, UNTERSUCHUNGEN PROBL FINE K, 1985, THESIS UNIV EDINBURG GRASSL W, 1986, AUSTRIAN EC HIST PHI HARRISON BB, 1973, FORM CONTENT HOLENSTEIN E, 1975, R JAKOBSONS PHANOMEN HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, PHANOMENOLOGIE INNER INGARDEN BR, 1931, LIT KUNSTWERK UNTERS KERN I, 1964, HUSSERL KANT KRAUS O, 1919, F BRENTANO KENNTNIS MEINONG A, 1903, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V33, P1 MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1 MULLIGAN K, IN PRESS MULLIGAN K, 1980, THESIS UNIV MANCHEST PASTORE BN, 1974, J HIST BEHAVIORAL SC, V10, P375 REINACH A, 1911, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V141, P176 REINACH A, 1913, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V1, P685 REINACH A, 1914, PHANOMENOLOGIE REINACH A, 1921, GESAMMELTEN SCHRIFTE SCHUHMANN K, 1985, REV METAPHYS, V39, P763 SIMONS PM, 1984, PHILOS WISSENSCHAFT, P67 SMITH B, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS SMITH B, 1983, TOPOI, V3, P73 SMITH B, 1984, DIALECTICA, V38, P157 SMITH B, 1984, THEORETICAL LINGUIST, V11, P311 SOKOLOWSKI R, 1967, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V28, P537 SOKOLOWSKI R, 1971, INQUIRY, V14, P318 SOKOLOWSKI R, 1974, HUSSERLIAN MEDITATIO STUMPF C, 1926, SPRACHLAUTE STUMPFS C, 1883, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V1 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1929, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V9, P162 NR 35 TC 1 BP 115 EP 130 PY 1986 VL 3 IS 2 GA E4587 UT ISI:A1986E458700001 ER PT J AU ORILIA, F TI BELIEF REPRESENTATION IN A DEDUCTIVIST TYPE-FREE DOXASTIC LOGIC SO MINDS AND MACHINES J9 MIND MACH LA English DT Article C1 OLIVETTI MULTIMEDIA LAB,I-56100 PISA,ITALY. DE ARTIFICIAL AGENT; BELIEF; DOXASTIC LOGIC; INTENSIONAL LOGIC; LOGICAL OMNISCIENCE; MULTIAGENT DOMAIN; SEMANTIC REPRESENTATION; TYPE-FREE PROPERTY THEORY AB Konolige's technical notion of belief based on deduction structures is briefly reviewed and its usefulness for the design of artificial agents with limited representational and deductive capacities is pointed out. The design of artificial agents with more sophisticated representational and deductive capacities is then taken into account. Extended representational capacities require in the first place a solution to the intensional context problems. As an alternative to Konolige's modal first-order language, an approach based on type-free property theory is proposed. It considers often neglected issues, such as the need for a more general account of the de dicto-de re distinction, and quasi-indicators. Extended deductive capacities require a subdivision of Konolige's notion of belief into two distinct technical notions, potential and dispositional belief. The former has to do with what an artificial agent could in principle come to actively believe, given enough time and its specific logical competence; the latter with what an agent can be assumed to believe with respect to a specific goal to be fulfilled. CR BARNDEN JA, 1986, COGNITIVE SCI, V10, P319 BEALER G, 1982, QUALITY CONCEPT BELNAP N, IN PRESS REVISION TH BODEN M, 1980, J PIAGET BOER SE, 1986, KNOWING WHO CASTANEDA HN, 1967, AM PHILOS Q, V4, P85 CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CASTANEDA HN, 1975, THINKING DOING CASTANEDA HN, 1977, SYNTHESE, V35, P285 CASTANEDA HN, 1977, THEORIA, V42, P44 CASTANEDA HN, 1979, CONT PERSPECTIVES PH, P125 CASTANEDA HN, 1980, MIDW STUDIES PHILOS, V5, P193 CASTANEDA HN, 1980, P ADDRESSES AM PHILO, V53, P763 CASTANEDA HN, 1980, PHILOS METHOD CASTANEDA HN, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P3 CASTANEDA HN, 1990, THINKING STRUCTURE W, P11 CHIERCHIA G, 1988, LINGUIST PHILOS, V11, P261 CHURCH A, 1951, STRUCTURE METHOD MEA CLARK A, 1989, MICROCOGNITION COCCHIARELLA N, 1986, FREGE SYNTHESIZED COCCHIARELLA NB, 1982, J PHILOS LOGIC, V11, P183 COCCHIARELLA NB, 1989, TOPOI-INT REV PHILOS, V8, P15 CRESWELL H, 1985, STRUCTURED MEANINGS FAGIN R, 1988, ARTIF INTELL, V34, P39 FREGE G, 1980, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS FRENCH PA, 1979, CONT PERSPECTIVES PH GEACH PT, 1967, J PHILOS, V20, P627 GUPTA A, 1987, NEW DIRECTIONS SEMAN HAAS AR, 1990, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V16, P213 HADLEY RF, 1991, MINDS MACH, V1, P279 HADLEY RF, 1991, MINDS MACHINES, V1, P55 HERZBERGER H, 1982, J PHILOS LOGIC, V11, P61 HEWITT C, 1972, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE HINTIKKA J, 1962, KNOWLEDGE BELIEF HOBBS JR, 1985, 23RD P ANN M ASS COM, P61 JUBIEN M, 1988, PHILOS ANAL, P299 KONOLOGE K, 1986, DEDUCTION MODEL BELI KRIPKE SA, 1963, ACTA PHILOS FENN, V16, P83 KRIPKE SA, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY LANDINI G, 1990, GRAZER PHILSOPHISCHE, V37, P93 LEVESQUE HJ, 1984, P AAAI 84, P198 LEWIS D, 1970, SYNTHESE, V22, P18 LYCAN W, 1979, POSSIBLE ACTUAL READ, P274 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P MENZEL C, 1986, CSLI8640 STANF U CTR MONTAGUE R, 1974, FORMAL PHILOS ORILIA F, 1986, NATURAL LANGUAGE SEM ORILIA F, 1989, TOPOI, V4, P85 ORILIA F, 1991, HDB METAPHYSICS ONTO, P338 ORILIA F, 1991, J FORMAL LOGIC, V32, P442 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PARTEE B, 1979, CONT PERSPECTIVES PH, P195 POWERS LH, 1978, PHILOS REV, V87, P337 RAPAPORT W, 1976, THESIS INDIANA U BLO RAPAPORT WJ, 1986, COGNITIVE SCI, V10, P371 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 SHAPIRO SC, 1987, KNOWLEDGE FRONTIER E, P262 STAWSON PF, 1950, MIND, V59, P320 THOMASON R, 1980, SYNTHESE, V44, P391 TURNER R, 1987, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V52, P455 ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS NR 61 TC 5 BP 163 EP 203 PY 1994 PD MAY VL 4 IS 2 GA NK420 UT ISI:A1994NK42000002 ER PT J AU von Tschermak, A TI The simultaneous contrast of various sensory areas (eyes, movement, taste,touch and temperature) SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PHYSIOLOGIE DES MENSCHEN UND DER TIERE J9 ARCH GESAMTE PHYSIOL MENSCHEN LA German DT Review CR SKAND ARCH PHYSL, V2, P1 THEORIEN KONTRASTES, P779 1810, ZUR FARBENIEHRE, V1 1859, JAHRESB FRANKFURTER, P54 1860, NATURWISSENSCH, V17, P258 1865, PHYSL NETZHAUT SPEZI, P387 1865, SITZUNGSBER WIENER A, V52, P303 1866, SITZUNGSBER WIENER A, V54, P131 1866, SITZUNGSBER WIENER A, V54, P393 1868, SITZUNGSBER WIENER A, V57, P11 1872, SITZUNGSBER WIENER 3, V66 1872, SITZUNGSBER WIENER 3, V68 1872, SITZUNGSBER WIENER 3, V69 1872, SITZUNGSBER WIENER 3, V70 1877, SITZUNGSBER WIENER A, V75, P127 1881, ARCH AUGENBEILKUNDE, V11, P241 1881, PFLUGERS ARCH, V25, P31 1885, PHYSL OPTIK, P763 1886, PFLUGERS ARCH, V39, P159 1887, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V40, P459 1887, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V41, P46 1887, PFLUGERS ARCH, V40, P1 1887, PFLUGERS ARCH, V40, P172 1887, PFLUGERS ARCH, V41, P1 1887, PFLUGERS ARCH, V41, P29 1887, PFLUGERS ARCH, V41, P358 1887, PFLUGERS ARCH, V41, P91 1888, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V42, P154 1888, PFLUGERS ARCH, V42, P119 1888, PFLUGERS ARCH, V43, P1 1890, PFLUGERS ARCH, V47, P236 1890, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V1, P18 1895, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V60, P509 1895, PHYSL GERUCHES, P169 1896, J PHYSL, V20, R18 1896, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V9, P1 1896, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V9, P221 1897, J PHYSL, V21, P33 1897, Z OHRENHEILKUNDE, V31, P234 1898, J PHYSL, V22, P449 1898, VORSCHULE ASTHETIK, V2, P231 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V14, P101 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V16, P298 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V18, P49 1900, PFLUGERS ARCH PHYSL, V82, P559 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V24, P1 1901, DTSCH AUSGABE, P154 1901, DTSCH AUSGABE, P377 1901, DTSCH AUSGABE, P391 1901, DTSCH AUSGABE, P399 1901, DTSCH AUSGABE, P435 1902, ERGEBN PHYSL JAHRG 1, P905 1902, ERGEBN PHYSL JAHRG 1, V1, P896 1902, PHYSL PSYCHOL, V2, P207 1902, PHYSL PSYCHOL, V3, CH19 1903, ERGEBN PHYSL JAHRG 2, V2, P726 1903, ERGEBN PHYSL JAHRG 2, V2, P758 1903, P ROYAL SOC, V71, P71 1903, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V94, P347 1903, PFLUGERS ARCH, V94, P533 1904, BER K EXP PSYCHOL, P45 1905, ERGEBN PHYSL JAHRG, V4, P517 1905, ERGEBN PHYSL JAHRG, V4, P553 1905, ERGEBN PHYSL, V4, P797 1905, PFLUGERS ARCH PHYSL, V110, P465 1905, PFLUGERS ARCH, V106, P93 1905, PFLUGERS ARCH, V110, P437 1905, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V38, P135 1905, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V38, P81 1905, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V41, P28 1905, ZENTRALBL PHYSL, V19, P453 1906, ZENTRALBL PHYSL, V20, P553 1907, FALSCHE LICHT NETZHA, P141 1907, GRUND RISS PSYCHOL 1907, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL 1907, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V119, P165 1907, PFLUGERS ARCH, V117, P473 1907, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V42, P109 BALDWIN JM, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P244 BARTH JA, 1905, POPULARE SCHRIFTEN, P411 BIEHL C, 1908, OBERSTEINER NEURO, V15 BOLTZMANN L, MAN VERGLEICHE ALS G BONNIER B, PERCEPTION VISUELLE, P308 CORDS R, 1907, PFLUGERS ARCH, V119, P54 DEUTICKE F, 1907, SUBJEKTIVE HORERSCHE DEUTICKE F, 1908, SUBJEKTIVE HORERSCHE DOVE HW, 1865, MONATSBER BERL AKAD, P129 DUBOIS, 1865, ARCH PHYSL, P629 DUBOIS, 1868, VIERTELIJAHRSSCHR PS, P38 DUBOIS, 1882, ARCH PHYSL DUBOIS, 1886, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN, P92 DUBOIS, 1887, ARCH PHYSL S, P113 DUBOIS, 1906, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN, P176 DUBOIS, 1906, SITZUNGSBER WIENER A, V115, P633 DUVAL M, 1887, COMPT REND SOC BIOL, P763 EXNER S, 1875, SITZUNGSBERICHTE AKA, V72, P156 EXNER S, 1886, PFLUGERS ARCH, V38, P217 FERE C, 1887, COMPT REND SOC BIOL, P747 GRAEFESAEMISCH, HDB GES AUGENHEIKUND, V3, CH12 GRAEFESAEMISCH, TONFREIEN WECHSCLWIR, P115 HEKMA E, 1907, FOLIA NEUROBIOLOGICA, P30 HERING E, AUSFUBRUNGEN, P114 HERING E, 1877, STIZUNGSBER WIENER A, V75, P101 HERMANN, ADAPTATION TEMPERATU, P417 HERMANN, 1880, HDB PHYSL, V3, P414 HERMANN, 1880, HDB PHYSL, V3, P424 HERMANN, 1880, HDB PHYSL, V3, P425 HERMANN, 1880, HDB PHYSL, V3, P439 HEYMANS G, 1896, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V2, P221 HEYMANS G, 1896, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V2, P420 HEYMANS G, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V14, P101 HOEFER P, 1906, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V115, P483 HOEFER P, 1906, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V115, P506 HOFLER A, 1896, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V10, P99 HOLTZ W, 1893, UNMITTELBAREN GROSSE, P159 HOPPE J, 1879, SCHEINBEWEGUNGEN HOPPE J, 1894, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V7, P29 LEEGAARD, 1894, DTSCH ARCH KLIN MED, V48, P207 LIPPS T, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V15, P132 MACH E, 1875, BEZIEHUNG ZWISCHEN S MACH E, 1904, ANAL EMPFINGUNGEN, P98 MULLER J, HDB PHYSL, V2, P371 MULLERLYER, 1889, ARCH PHYSL Z, P263 NAGEL, HDB PHYSL, V3, P647 NAGEL, HDB PHYSL, V3, P671 NAGEL, 1906, HDB PHYSL, V4, P1 OPPEL JJ, 1856, POGG ANN PHYS CHEM, V99, P540 PAULHAN F, 1888, REC SCI 3, V16, P263 PAWLOW JP, 1904, ARCH SCI BIOL, P81 PLATEAU, 1849, B ACAD ROY BRUXELLES, V16, P30 PLATEAU, 1849, POGGENDORFS ANN, V80, P150 RAGGI A, 1887, REND R I LOMB 2, V20, P269 REICHEL C, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V18, P49 REICHEL C, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V18, P59 SANTEDESANCTIS, 1895, FENOMENI CONTRASTO P SCHUMANN F, 1889, NACHR GESELLSCH WISS, P536 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 STERN LW, 1894, Z PSYCHOL, V7, P321 THUNBERG T, 1894, ADAPTATIONSERSCHEINU, V30 URBANTSCHITSCH V, 1887, ANZ GESELLSCH ARZTE, P171 URBANTSCHITSCH V, 1897, Z OHRENHEILKD, V31, P234 VIERORDT K, 1877, GRUNDRISS PHYSL, P355 VONGOLDSCHEIDER, ARCH OHRENHEILKUNDE, V25, P280 VONHELMHOLTZ H, PHYSL OPTIK, P571 VONHELMHOLTZ H, PHYSL OPTIK, P714 VONHELMHOLTZ H, 1856, PHYSL OPTIK, P619 VONHELMHOLTZ H, 1885, PHYSL OPTIK, P714 VONNAGEL W, 1905, HDB PHYSL HERAUSG, V3, P237 VORSTETLUNGS, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V18, P49 WAGNER R, 1846, HANDWORTERBUCH PHYSL, V3, P553 WEBER EH, TASTSINN GEMEINGEFUH WUNDT, 1894, PHILOS STUDIEN, V10, P532 NR 152 TC 2 BP 98 EP 118 PY 1908 PD MAR VL 122 IS 1/3 GA V04CE UT ISI:000200276000003 ER PT J AU Krauss, S AF Krauss, Stephan TI Facts and Problems concerning a psychological Lighting Theory based on Phenomenology SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR BERINGER K, 1927, SPRINGERS MONOGRAPHI, V49 BOCKSCH H, 1927, Z PS, V102 BUHLER K, 1922, HDB PSYCHOL, V1, P1 BUHLER K, 1927, KRISE PSYCHOL CRAMER T, 1923, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V54 FUCHS W, 1923, Z PS, V91 FUCHS W, 1923, Z PS, V92 GELB A, 1923, Z PS, V93 GRANIT R, 1926, SKAND ARCH PHYSL, V48 HARTMANN H, 1924, MONATSSCHR PSYCHIAT, V56 HERING E, GRAFE SAEMISCHS HB G, V1, P12 HUSSERL E, 1913, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V1 JAENSCH ER, 1911, Z PS S, V6 JAENSCH ER, 1921, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V52 JAENSCH ER, 1927, AUFBAU WAHRNEHMUNGSW KAILA E, 1923, PSYCH FORSCHUNG, V3 KATZ D, 1911, Z PS S, V7 KATZ D, 1924, Z PS, V95 KIRSCHMANN A, 1927, ABDERHALDENS HB BIOL, V225 KLUVER H, 1926, AM J PSYCHOL KROH O, 1921, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V52 KRUGER H, 1925, Z PS, V96 LINKE PF, 1918, GRUNDFRAGEN WAHRNEHM MARZYNSKI G, 1921, Z PS, V87 MAYERGROSS W, 1926, Z GES NEUR PSYCHIAT, V101 MEINONG A, 1913, ABHANDLUNGEN ERKENNT MULLER GE, 1923, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V54 SCHNEIDER L, 1924, LICHT LAMPE, V14 SCHUMANN F, 1921, Z PS, V86 STKRAUSS, 1926, Z PS, V100 STKRAUSS, 1926, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V57 STKRAUSS, 1927, 10 K BER EXP PS STKRAUSS, 1927, Z PS, V102 TEICHMULLER J, 1924, LICHT LAMPE, V19 TEICHMULLER J, 1925, IND PSYCHOTECHNIK, V2 TEICHMULLER J, 1925, LICHTTECHNIK, V21 TEICHMULLER J, 1927, LICHT LAMPE, V13 VONHELMHOLTZ H, PHYSL OPTIK, V1 VONKRIES J, 1904, NAGELS HB PHYSL, V3 VONKRIES J, 1923, ALLGEMEINE SINNESPHY WIRTH W, 1900, WUNDTS PHILOS STUD, V16 WIRTH W, 1900, WUNDTS PHILOS STUD, V17 WIRTH W, 1900, WUNDTS PHILOS STUD, V18 WIRTH W, 1924, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V46 NR 44 TC 4 BP 179 EP 224 PY 1928 PD FEB VL 62 IS 1-2 GA V01IQ UT ISI:000206849700003 ER PT J AU Schubert, G TI Studies on the listing motion law of the eye. I. Announcement. I. Concerning the general kinematics of Listing's motion law. SO PFLUGERS ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PHYSIOLOGIE DES MENSCHEN UND DER TIERE J9 PFL ARCH GESAM PHYS MEN TIERE LA German DT Article CR BURMESTER L, 1898, SITZUNGSBER KGL AKAD DONDERS FC, 1870, ARCH OPHTHALMOL-CHIC, V16, P154 FISCHER O, 1909, ABHANDL MATHEM PHYS, V31, P1 LECONTE J, 1883, LEHRE SEHEN, P162 MEINONG A, 1898, Z PSYCH SINNESORG, V16, P168 MEINONG A, 1898, Z PSYCHOL SINNESORG, V16, P161 SCHON W, 1875, ARCH OPHTHALMOL-CHIC, V21, P205 TSCHERNING, 1887, THESIS PARIS VONGRAEFES, 1922, ARCH OPHTH, V108, P251 VONHELMHOLTZ H, 1896, HDB PHYSL OPTIK, P619 VONHELMHOLTZ H, 1906, PHYSL OPTIK, P651 VONKRIES J, 1910, ZUSATZE HELMHOLTZ PH, V3, P115 NR 12 TC 9 BP 637 EP 668 PY 1924 VL 205 GA V17UN UT ISI:000201202500063 ER PT J AU Corazza, E Whitsey, M TI Indexicals, fictions, and ficta SO DIALECTICA J9 DIALECTICA LA English DT Article C1 Univ Nottingham, Dept Philosophy, Nottingham NG7 2RD, England. RP Corazza, E, Univ Nottingham, Dept Philosophy, Nottingham NG7 2RD, England. EM eros.corazza@nottingham.ac.uk mtw@cs.nott.ac.uk AB We defend the view that an indexical uttered by an actor works on the model of deferred reference. If it defers to a character which does not exist, it is an empty term, just as 'Hamlet' and 'Ophelia' are. The utterance in which it appears does not express a proposition and thus lacks a truth value. We advocate an ontologically parsimonious, anti-realist, position. We show how the notion of truth in our use and understanding of indexicals (and fictional name) as they appear within a fiction is not a central issue. We claim that our use and understanding of indexicals (and names) rests on the fact that their cognitive contribution is not exhausted by their semantic contribution. CR BRAUN D, 1993, NOUS, V27, P449 CORAZZA E, 2002, PHILOS STUD, V107, P1 CORAZZA E, 2003, ERKENNTNIS, V59, P263 CORAZZA E, 2004, SYNTHESE, V138 CULY C, 1994, LINGUISTICS, V32, P1055 CULY C, 1997, LINGUISTICS, V35, P845 CURRIE G, 1990, NATURE FICTION DONNELLAN K, 1974, PHILOS REV, V83, P3 GORDON RM, 1995, MENTAL SIMULATION EV, P53 HAGEGE GN, 1974, B SOC LINGUISTIQUE P, V69, P287 KAPLAN D, 1977, THEMES KAPLAN KING J, 2001, COMPLEX DEMONSTRATIV KRIPKE S, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY LEWIS D, 1978, PHILOS PAPERS MAY R, 1985, LOGICAL FORM ITS STR MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN NUNBERG G, 1993, LINGUIST PHILOS, V16, P1 PERRY J, 2001, REFERENCE REFLEXIVIT PREDELLI S, 2002, DIALECTICA, V56, P3 RUSSELL B, 1918, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 VOLTOLINI A, 1994, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V48, P75 WALTON K, 1978, J PHILOS, V75, P5 WALTON K, 1990, MIMESIS MAKE-BELIEVE WHITSEY M, 2003, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V2680, P356 ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS INT NR 27 TC 0 BP 121 EP 136 PY 2003 VL 57 IS 2 GA 766FD UT ISI:000188355300003 ER PT J AU Schwartz, DA Howe, CQ Purves, D TI The statistical structure of human speech sounds predicts musical universals SO JOURNAL OF NEUROSCIENCE J9 J NEUROSCI LA English DT Article C1 Duke Univ, Med Ctr, Dept Neurobiol, Durham, NC 27710 USA. Duke Univ, Med Ctr, Ctr Cognit Neurosci, Durham, NC 27710 USA. RP Purves, D, Duke Univ, Med Ctr, Dept Neurobiol, Durham, NC 27710 USA. EM purves@neuro.duke.edu DE audition; auditory system; perception; music; scales; consonance; tones; probability ID COMPLEX TONES; CRITICAL BANDWIDTH; AUDITORY MIDBRAIN; TONAL CONSONANCE; MERE EXPOSURE; PITCH; RECOGNITION; SCALES AB The similarity of musical scales and consonance judgments across human populations has no generally accepted explanation. Here we present evidence that these aspects of auditory perception arise from the statistical structure of naturally occurring periodic sound stimuli. An analysis of speech sounds, the principal source of periodic sound stimuli in the human acoustical environment, shows that the probability distribution of amplitude-frequency combinations in human utterances predicts both the structure of the chromatic scale and consonance ordering. These observations suggest that what we hear is determined by the statistical relationship between acoustical stimuli and their naturally occurring sources, rather than by the physical parameters of the stimulus per se. CR *IAMBL, PYTH LIF *MATHW, 1996, MATL VERS 5 BALZANO GJ, 1980, COMPUT MUSIC J, V4, P66 BOERSMA P, 2001, PRAAT 4 0 7 DOING PH BRAUN M, 1999, HEARING RES, V129, P71 BUCH E, 1900, PHILOS STUD, V15, P240 BUDGE H, 1943, STUDY CHORD FREQUENC BURNS EM, 1999, PSYCHOL MUSIC, P215 BUTLER JW, 1968, J GEN PSYCHOL, V79, P129 CARTERETTE EC, 1999, PSYCHOL MUSIC, P725 DEUTSCH D, 1973, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V13, P271 DRISCOLL TA, 1997, SIAM REV, V39, P1 FAIST A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V15, P102 FISHER WM, 1986, P DARPA SPEECH REC W FLETCHER NH, 1992, ACOUSTIC SYSTEMS BIO GAROFOLO JS, 1990, DARPA TIMIT ACOUSTIC GOLDSTEIN JL, 1973, J ACOUST SOC AM, V54, P1496 GORDON C, 1992, B AM MATH SOC, V27, P134 GORMAN P, 1979, PYTHAGORAS LIFE HELMHOLTZ H, 1877, SENSATIONS TONE HILLENBRAND J, 1995, J ACOUST SOC AM, V97, P3099 HOGDEN J, 1996, J ACOUST SOC AM, V100, P1819 HOUTSMA AJM, 1972, J ACOUST SOC AM, V51, P520 HURON D, 1994, MUSIC PERCEPT, V11, P289 HUTCHINSON W, 1978, INTERFACE, V7, P1 JANATA P, 2002, SCIENCE, V298, P2167 KALLMAN HJ, 1979, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V26, P32 KAMEOKA A, 1969, J ACOUST SOC AM, V45, P1460 KNILL DC, 1996, PERCEPTION BAYESIAN KNOPOFF L, 1983, J MUSIC THEORY, V27, P75 KREUGER F, 1913, J PHIL PSYCHOL SCI M, V10, P158 KRUMHANSL CL, 1979, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V5, P579 KRUMHANSL CL, 1990, COGNITIVE FDN MUSICA LADEFOGED P, 1962, ELEMENTS ACOUSTIC PH LAMEL LF, 1986, P DARPA SPEECH REC W LIEBERMAN P, 1988, SPEECH PHYSL SPEECH MALMBERG CF, 1918, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V25, P93 MEINONG A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P189 MOORE BCJ, 1995, HEARING MUTHUSAMY YK, 1992, P 1992 INT C SPOK LA NETTL B, 1956, MUSIC PRIMITIVE CULT PEAR TH, 1911, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V4, P56 PERETZ I, 2001, BRAIN 5, V124, P928 PEYER W, 1879, AKUSTISCHE SUCHUNGEN, P44 PIERCE JR, 1966, J ACOUST SOC AM, V40, P249 PIERCE JR, 1983, SCI MUSICAL SOUND PLOMP R, 1965, J ACOUST SOC AM, V38, P548 PURVES D, 2001, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V356, P285 PURVES D, 2003, WE SEE WHAT WE DO EV RAO RPN, 2002, PROBABILISTIC MODELS SCHREINER CE, 1997, NATURE, V388, P383 SETHARES WA, 1998, TIMBRE TUNING SPECTR STEVENS KE, 1999, ACOUSTIC PHONETICS STUMPF C, 1898, BEITRAGE MUSIKVISS, V1, P91 TERHARDT E, 1974, J ACOUST SOC AM, V55, P1061 TRAMO MJ, 2001, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V930, P92 VONBEKESY G, 1962, J ACOUST SOC AM, V35, P602 YOUNGBLOOD JE, 1958, J MUSIC THEORY, V2, P24 ZAJONC RB, 1968, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V9, P1 ZAJONC RB, 2001, CURR DIR PSYCHOL SCI, V10, P224 NR 60 TC 20 BP 7160 EP 7168 PY 2003 PD AUG 6 VL 23 IS 18 GA 708UD UT ISI:000184587100020 ER PT J AU Hilpinen, R AF Hilpinen, Risto TI Peirce's theory of signs SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE CHARLES S PEIRCE SOCIETY J9 TRANS C S PEIRCE SOC LA English DT Book Review C1 [Hilpinen, Risto] Miami Univ, Oxford, OH 45056 USA. RP Hilpinen, R, Miami Univ, Oxford, OH 45056 USA. EM hilpinen@miami.edu DE TL Short; Alexius Meinong; sign; icon; index; dynamic object; immediate object; proposition AB This paper is a commentary on some topics discussed by Thomas Short in his recent book Peirce's Theory of Signs: Peirce's distinction between iconic and indexical signs, the objects of propositions, and different ways of interpreting the distinction between the immediate and dynamic objects of signs. Peirce's distinction between immediate and dynamic objects is in certain respects analogous to Alexius Meinong's distinction between the "auxiliary objects" and the 11 ultimate objects" ("target objects") of mental representations. It is suggested that the models of a theory can be regarded as its immediate objects, and the real systems represented by the models are the dynamic objects of the theory. CR AUSTIN J, 1950, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V24, P85 BACK A, 1996, REDUPLICATION LOGICA COPELAND BJ, 2002, J PHILOS LOGIC, V31, P99 DORDRECHT D, 1973, SYNTHESE, V25, P372 FINE K, 1982, LANGUAGE ONTOLOGY, P97 FREGE G, 1893, BASIC LAWS ARITHMETI GIERE R, 1988, EXPLAINING SCI COGNI HILPINEN R, 2004, HDB HIST LOGIC, V1, P611 HINTIKKA J, 1973, INTENTIONS INTENTION, P76 HUSSERL E, 1913, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V1 JACQUETTE D, 1995, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V50, P233 KORTE T, 2001, FREGE EPIGONES HIST, V7 MATES B, 1953, STOCI LOGIC MEINONG A, 1915, A MEINONG GESAMTAUSG, V6 PARTEE BH, 1989, POSSIBLE WORLDS HUMA, P93 PEIRCE CS, 1893, ESSENTIAL PEIRCE SEL, V2 PEIRCE CS, 1931, COLLECTED PAPERS C S, V1 PEIRCE CS, 1958, COLLECTED PAPERS C S, V7 PEIRCE CS, 1976, NEW ELEMENTS MATH, V1 ROGERS Y, 1992, MODELS MIND THEORY P SAJAMA S, 1987, HIST INTRO PHENOMENO SHORT H, 2007, PEIRCES THEORY SIGNS SHORT T, 2007, PIERCES THEORY SIGNS SHORT TL, 2004, CAMBRIDGE COMPANION, P214 VANFRAASSEN BC, 1980, SCI IMAGE NR 25 TC 0 BP 610 EP 618 PY 2007 PD FAL VL 43 IS 4 GA 247KP UT ISI:000252078100002 ER PT S AU Ter Hark, M AF Ter Hark, Michel TI Popper's Theory of the Searchlight: A Historical Assessment of Its Significance SO RETHINKING POPPER J9 BOSTON STUD PHILOS SCI LA English DT Proceedings Paper C1 [Ter Hark, Michel] Univ Groningen, Fac Philosophy, NL-9712 GL Groningen, Netherlands. AB On the basis of a correspondence between Karl Popper and the Dutch psychologist Adriaan de Groot, it is argued that the former's epistemology of the searchlight is historically rooted in early cognitive psychology of Otto Selz. It is furthermore argued that Popper's later critique of information processing psychology is the fruit of his assimilation of Selz's evolutionarily inspired program. In light of the current interest in evolutionary approaches to the mind, it is argued that this Popper-Selz program is as actual as ever. In my recent book Popper, Otto Selz and the Rise of Evolutionary Epistemology (ter Hark 2004), I have attempted both to trace the origins of Popper's epistemology of the searchlight back to early German psychology, in particular the work of Otto Selz, and to point out the way the work of the latter diverges from the mainstream psychology at the time including the programme of the closely related Wurzburger School of psychology. As I also pointed out in my book, and as has been mentioned by others as well, Otto Selz played a formative role in the rise of cognitive science in the early 1950s of the last century in the USA, notably the work of later Nobel laureates Allen Newell and Herbert A. Simon. A mediating role here has been played by the Dutch psychologist and methodologist Adriaan de Groot, who was the first to apply Selz's ideas to the thinking processes of chess masters, and whose book Het Denken van den Schaker (de Groot 1946) was studied by Newell and Simon, in the original language, in 1954, a year before the revolution started. In 1965, an English translation of de Groot's book, On Thought and Chess appeared. As some of the new footnotes make clear, de Groot in his turn has been influenced by the American reception of Selz's ideas. For now, in the computational era, he claims that thought processes, as analyzed by Selz in the pre-computational era, might be simulated by a machine-program. As the further development of cognitive science has shown, the idea of so-called strong artificial intelligence, vigorously defended by Simon by means of his notion of a physical symbol system having the necessary and sufficient means for general intelligent action, has come increasingly under attack (Simon 1996). More and more, the idea of physical symbol systems has made place for an evolutionary or biological approach to the study of intelligence. As was pointed out in the final chapter of my book, the evolutionary approach to intelligence has been a pervasive feature of Selz's work, even neglected by de Groot. But not by young Popper. In his work on epistemology and the mind-body problem from the 1960s onwards, the evolutionary approach is again a dominating feature. From this perspective Popper's correspondence with de Groot is particularly interesting. My point of departure in this chapter is a particular letter in which they discuss the significance of Selz both for methodology and psychology, as well as the approach taken by Newell and Simon. What is illustrated by this letter is not only that there has been a typical European approach to the study of cognition, different from the American approach, but also that young Popper showed precocious awareness of the lasting significance of one of the most important contributors to this European tradition. CR DEGROOT A, 1946, HET DENKEN SCHAKER DEGROOT A, 1965, THOUGHT CHOICE CHESS FRIJDA N, 1980, O SELZ HIS CONTRIBUT JENNINGS H, 1905, BEHAV LOWER ORGANISM JENNINGS H, 1927, SCIENCE, V45, P19 MANDLER G, 2007, HIST MODERN EXPT PSY MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN ODGEN R, 1951, AM J PSYCHOL, V61, P4 PIAGET J, 1947, PSYCHOL INTELLIGENCE POPPER K, 1931, QUELLE, V81, P607 POPPER KR, 1928, THESIS U VIENNA POPPER KR, 1949, GESETZ WIRKLICHKEIT, P43 POPPER KR, 1972, OBJECTIVE KNOWLEDGE POPPER KR, 1974, UNENDED QUEST POPPER KR, 1977, SELF ITS BRAIN POPPER KR, 1979, BEIDEN GRUNDPROBLEME SCHLICK M, 1918, ALLGEMEINE ERKENNTNI SELZ O, 1913, GESETZE GEORDNETEN D SELZ O, 1924, O SELZ HIS CONTRIBUT SIMON H, 1980, O SELX HIS CONTRIBUT SIMON HA, 1996, PHILOS PSYCHOL, P160 TERHARK M, 2004, POPPER O SELZ RISE E VOLKELT H, 1914, VORSTELLUNGEN TIERE NR 23 TC 0 BP 175 EP 184 PY 2009 VL 272 GA BKP08 UT ISI:000268846300015 ER PT J AU GARDNER, RW TI COGNITIVE CONTROLS OF ATTENTION DEPLOYMENT AS DETERMINANTS OF VISUAL ILLUSIONS SO JOURNAL OF ABNORMAL AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY J9 J ABN SOC PSYCH LA English DT Article CR BENUSSI V, 1904, UNTERSUCHURGEN GEGEN, P303 BENUSSI V, 1912, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V24, P31 BONAPARTE M, 1954, ORIGINS PSYCHOANALYS, P355 EYSENCK HJ, 1958, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V49, P246 FREUD S, 1954, ORIGINS PSYCHOANALYS, P355 GARDNER RW, PI GARDNER RW, 1959, B MENNINGER CLIN, V23, P241 GARDNER RW, 1960, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V10, P107 GARDNER RW, 1960, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V10, P47 HARTMANN H, 1939, EPPA HEYMANS G, 1896, Z PSYCHOL, V9, P221 HOLZMAN PS, 1956, B MENNINGER CLIN, V20, P181 JONES M, 1954, NEBRASKA S MOTIVA ED, P224 JUDD CH, 1905, PSYCHOL MONOGR 29 KAISER HF, 1958, PSYCHOMETRIKA, V23, P187, DOI 10.1007/BF02289233 KLEIN GS, 1954, NEBRASKA S MOTIVATIO, P224 KLEIN GS, 1958, ASSESSMENT HUMAN MOT, P87 KOEHLER W, 1944, P AM PHILOS SOC, V88, P269 KOEHLER W, 1947, MISCELLANEA PSYCHOL, P196 KOEHLER W, 1950, J EXP PSYCHOL, V40, P267 LINDZEY G, 1958, ASSESSMENT HUMAN MOT, P87 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GE ED, P303 NEUHAUS JO, 1954, BRIT J STATIST PSY 2, V7, P81 PIAGET J, 1947, PSYCHOLOGY INTELLIGE PIAGET J, 1950, ARCH PSYCHOL, V33, P1 PIAGET J, 1958, AM J PSYCHOL, V71, P277 RAPAPORT D, 1957, CONT APPROACHES COGN, P157 SCHILLER L, 1942, Z PSYCHOLOGIE, V153, P43 SELKIN J, 1957, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V7, P265 SPITZ HH, 1958, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V8, P219 SZEWEZUK W, 1938, TRAV LAB SPYCHOL EXP, V2, P89 THURSTONE LL, 1944, FACTORIAL STUDY PERC WERTHEIMER M, 1955, J PERS, V24, P56 WITKIN HA, 1950, J PERS, V19, P1 WITKIN HA, 1954, PERSONALITY THROUGH WITKIN HA, 1959, Q J STUD ALCOHOL, V20, P493 WITKIN HA, 1959, SCI AM, V200, P50 WUERSTEN H, 1947, ARCH PSYCHOL, V32, P1 NR 38 TC 70 BP 120 EP & PY 1961 VL 62 IS 1 GA 03922 UT ISI:A19610392200013 ER PT J AU Herman, D TI Limits of order: Toward a theory of polychronic narration SO NARRATIVE J9 NARRATIVE LA English DT Article RP Herman, D, N Carolina State Univ, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA. ID LOOSE CR BARTHES R, 1977, IMAGE MUSIC TEXT BENJAMIN W, ILLUMINATIONS BRENTANO F, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST CAIRNS D, 1973, GUIDE TRANSLATING HU CHATMAN S, STORY DISCOURSE CHATMAN S, 1990, COMING TERMS RHETORI CHATMAN S, 1995, NARRATIVE, V3, P303 DERRIDA J, E HUSSERLS ORIGIN GE FRANK J, 1988, ESSENTIALS THEORY FI FREGE G, ON SENSE AND REFEREN FREGE G, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS FUSSELL P, GREAT WAR MODERN MEM GENETTE G, NARRATIVE DISCOURSE GROSSMAN W, 1962, SINN FORM, V14, P120 HAMBURGER K, LOGIC LIT HAYES PM, 1973, FASCISM HERMAN D, UNPUB SOCIONARRATOLO HERMAN D, 1994, NARRATIVE, V2, P230 HERMAN D, 1994, STYLE, V28, P378 HERMAN D, 1995, UNIVERSAL GRAMMAR NA HORKHEIMER M, DIALECTIC ENLIGHTENM HUSSERL E, CARTESIAN MEDITATION HUSSERL E, ERFAHRUNG URTEIL HUSSERL E, EXPERIENCE JUDGMENT HUSSERL E, FORMAL TRANSCENDENTA HUSSERL E, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO HUSSERL E, PHENOMENOLOGY INTERN KAFALENOS E, 1995, NARRATIVE, V3, P117 KERN I, 1964, HUSSERL KANT UNTERSU LABAHN KJ, 1986, A SEGHERS EXILE LIT LANCHESTER J, 1996, DEBT TO PLEASURE LAQUEUR W, 1996, FASCISM PAST PRESENT MARGOLIN U, UNPUB WHAT IS PAST I MEINONG A, OBJECTS HIGHER ORDER MINK L, 1978, WRITING HIST LIT FOR MODIANO P, 1968, PLACE ETOILE NATANSON M, 1973, E HUSSERL PHILOS INF PHELAN J, IN PRESS NARRATIVE P PHILP M, 1997, THESIS N CAROLINA ST PRINCE G, DICT NARRATOLOGY PRINCE G, NARRATOLOGY FORM FUN PRINCE G, NARRATOLOGY PRINCE G, 1988, STYLE, V22, P1 PROPP V, MORPHOLOGY FOLKTALE RIMONKENAN S, 1989, NARRATIVE FICTION CO RYAN ML, 1991, POSSIBLE WORLDS ARTI SEGAL E, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG SEGHERS A, 1980, ERZAHLUNGEN 1926-194 SHAW HE, 1995, NARRATIVE, V3, P307 SHAW HE, 1995, NARRATIVE, V3, P95 SHKLOVSKY V, 1990, THEORY PROSE SMITH BH, NARRATIVE SOKOLOWSKI R, 1964, FORMATION HUSSERLS C SPARK M, PRIME OF MISS JEAN B TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE NR 55 TC 4 BP 72 EP 95 PY 1998 PD JAN VL 6 IS 1 GA YR226 UT ISI:000071473600005 ER PT J AU ROLLINGER, RD TI HUSSERL AND BRENTANO ON IMAGINATION SO ARCHIV FUR GESCHICHTE DER PHILOSOPHIE J9 ARCH GESCH PHIL LA English DT Article CR BELL D, 1990, HUSSERL BRENTANO F, PSYCHOLOGIE EMPIRISC BRENTATNO F, LEHRE VOM RICHTIGEN BRUCK M, 1933, VERHALTNIS E HUSSERL DROST MP, 1990, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V50, P569 HUSSERL E, CARTESIANISCHE MEDIT HUSSERL E, HAUPTSTUCKE DESKRIPT HUSSERL E, KRISIS EUROPAISCHEN HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, PSYCHOL STUDIEN ELEM HUSSERL E, 1894, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V30, P159 KRAUS O, 1919, F BRENTANO KENNTNIS MAYERHILLEBRAND F, 1959, GRUNDZUGE ASTHETIK MEINONG A, 1888, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V12, P497 MEINONG A, 1889, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V13, P1 MEINONG A, 1889, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V95, P161 SARAIVA M, 1970, IMAGINATION SELON HU SCHUHMANN K, 1977, HUSSERL CHRONIK DENK SCHUMANN K, POLISH SCI PHILOS LV TWARDOWSKI K, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST TYE M, 1988, PHILOS REV, V97, P497 NR 21 TC 0 BP 195 EP 210 PY 1993 VL 75 IS 2 GA MN249 UT ISI:A1993MN24900004 ER PT J AU Kreibig AF Kreibig TI Essays regarding Epistemology and Theory of Objects SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1913, ABHANDLUNGEN ERKENNT NR 1 TC 0 BP 405 EP 407 PY 1913 VL 65 GA V96KR UT ISI:000206517300044 ER PT J AU Modenato, F TI The objective of factuality according to Alexius Meinong SO RIVISTA DI STORIA DELLA FILOSOFIA J9 RIV STOR FILOS LA Italian DT Article CR BRENTANO F, 1971, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V2, P48 BRENTANO F, 1974, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ, P26 BRENTANO F, 1976, PHILOS UNTERSUCHUNGE, P126 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONG THEORY OBJEC, P337 GROSSMANN R, 1965, STRUCTURE MIND, P169 GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG, P118 HUSSERL E, 1922, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P402 HUSSERL E, 1968, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P450 JACKSON R, 1934, MIND, P380 LENOCI M, TEORIA CONOSCENZA A, P165 LENOCI M, 1972, TEORIA CONOSCENZA AL, P158 MAREK JC, 1995, GEGENSTANDE INHALT I, P341 MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND, P314 MEINONG A, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDE HOHERER MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEINONG A, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, UBER ERFAHRUNGSGRUND MEINONG A, UBER GEGENSTANDSTHEO MEINONG A, UBER STELLUNG GEGENS MEINONG A, UBER URTEILSGEFUHLE MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1, P590 MODENATO F, 1979, COSCIENZA ESSERE F B, P283 MODENATO F, 1993, METAFISICA MODERNITA, P221 MODENATO F, 1994, A MEINONG FENOMENO N, P361 MODENATO F, 1995, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, P91 MODENATO F, 1996, AXIOMATES, P43 MODENATO F, 1996, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V6, P245 MODENATO F, 1996, RIV STOR FILOS, P35 MODENATO F, 1997, AXIOMATES, P150 RADAKOVIC M, 1952, MEINONG-GEDENKSCHRIF, P106 RUSSELL B, NATURE TRUTH FALSEHO RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, P523 RUSSELL B, 1910, PHILOS ESSAYS, P176 SPINICCI P, 1985, PENSIERI ESPERIENZA, P70 NR 36 TC 0 BP 437 EP 464 PY 1999 VL 54 IS 3 GA 279DN UT ISI:000085029100003 ER PT J AU AQUILA, RE TI BRENTANO, DESCARTES, AND HUME ON AWARENESS SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article C1 UNIV TENNESSEE,KNOXVILLE,TN. CR BERGMANN G, 1954, METAPHYSICS LOGICAL, P277 BERGMANN G, 1960, MEANING EXISTENCE, P9 BRENTANO F, 1929, PSYCHOLOGIE EMPIRISC, V1 BRENTANO F, 1966, TRUE EVIDENT, P78 BRENTAO F, 1955, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, P124 CARLO WE, 1966, QUEST ABSOLUTE, P47 CRONIN TJ, 1966, OBJECTIVE BEING DESC, V154, P100 DESCARTES, 1970, PHILOSOPHICAL WORKS, V2, P10 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE, P7 HUME D, 1964, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR, P191 KENNY A, 1968, DESCARTES STUDY HIS, P114 MEINONG A, 1929, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN, V2, P323 ONEIL BE, 1972, J HISTORY PHILOSOPHY, V10, P177 REID T, 1969, ESSAYS INTELLECTUAL, P197 TERRELL DB, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P50 NR 15 TC 1 BP 223 EP 239 PY 1974 VL 35 IS 2 GA V0611 UT ISI:A1974V061100006 ER PT J AU PIETERSMA, H TI VALUE OF MAN AS A KNOWER SO HUMANITAS J9 HUMANITAS LA English DT Article RP PIETERSMA, H, UNIV TORONTO,TORONTO M5S 1A1,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR CARNAP R, EMPIRICISM SEMANTICS DESCARTES, PHILOSOPHICAL WRITIN KOERNER S, 1974, CATEGORIAL FRAMEWORK MARCEL, 1965, BEING HAVING, P109 MEINONG AV, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI NIETZSCHE, WILL POWER PASCAL, PENSEES TAYLOR R, 1974, METAPHYSICS, P118 NR 8 TC 0 BP 177 EP 190 PY 1979 VL 15 IS 2 GA GV836 UT ISI:A1979GV83600005 ER PT J AU BERGER, G TI PARTS AND MOMENTS - STUDIES IN LOGIC AND FORMAL ONTOLOGY - SMITH,B SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Book Review RP BERGER, G, ERASMUS UNIV,3000 DR ROTTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. CR BERGMANN G, 1964, LOGIC REALITY BOLZANO B, 1972, THEORY SCI CHISHOLM RM, 1976, PERSON OBJECT METAPH EBERLE R, 1970, NOMINALISTIC SYSTEMS GOODMAN N, 1966, STRUCTURE APPEARANCE HUSSERL E, 1970, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V1 LEJEWSKI C, 1967, NOTRE DAME J FORMAL, V8, P279 LUSCHEI EC, 1962, LOGICAL SYSTEMS LESN MEINONG A, 1978, A MEINONG OBJECTS HI SMITH B, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE TARSKI A, 1956, LOGIC SEMANTICS META TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE NR 12 TC 0 BP 115 EP 121 PY 1985 VL 19 IS 1 GA AFF56 UT ISI:A1985AFF5600079 ER PT J AU MATTEY, GJ TI KANT THEORY OF PROPOSITIONAL ATTITUDES SO KANT-STUDIEN J9 KANT-STUD LA English DT Article RP MATTEY, GJ, UNIV CALIF DAVIS,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,DAVIS,CA 95616. CR BARBER RL, 1967, 2 LOGICS MODALITY GEACH PT, 1970, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS KANT I, CRITIQUE PURE REASON KANT I, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V16 KANT I, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V24 KANT I, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V28 KANT I, GROUNDWORK METAPHYSI KANT I, LOGIC KANT I, PROLEGOMENA FUTURE M KANT I, 1910, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN LOVEJOY AO, 1907, PHILOS REV, V16, P588 MEINONG A, 1910, UBER ANNAHMEN REICH K, 1948, VOLLSTANDIGKEIT KANT SWING TK, 1969, KANTS TRANSCENDENTAL WILSON KD, 1978, KANT STUDIEN, V69, P252 ZWEIG A, 1967, KANT PHILOS CORRES 1 NR 16 TC 3 BP 423 EP 440 PY 1986 VL 77 IS 4 GA F5566 UT ISI:A1986F556600003 ER PT J AU MODENATO, F TI ACT, CONTENT AND OBJECT FROM BRENTANO,FRANZ TO TWARDOWSKI,KASIMIERZ SO VERIFICHE J9 VERIFICHE LA Italian DT Article CR BOLZANO B, 1837, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE BONFANTINI MA, 1969, MEINONG SVOLTA VERSO BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCH EMPIRISCHEN ST BRENTANO F, 1889, VOM URSPRUNG SITTLIC BRENTANO F, 1899, BEGRIFF WAHRHEIT BRENTANO F, 1906, VON OBJEKT BRENTANO F, 1911, ARISTOTELES SEINE WE BRENTANO F, 1911, KLASSIFIKATION PSYCH BRENTANO F, 1930, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ, P76 BRENTANO F, 1933, KATEGORIENLEHRE BRENTANO F, 1956, LEHRE VOM RICHTIGEN BUCZYNSKAGAREWI.H, 1980, DIALECTICS HUMANISM, P155 BUCZYNSKAGAREWI.H, 1981, PHENOMENOLOGY INFORM, P11 CHISHOLM RN, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P25 CZEZOWSKI T, 1939, STUDIA PHILOS, P13 CZEZOWSKI T, 1960, J PHILOS, P212 DESCARTES R, MEDITATIONES FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GILSON L, 1955, PSYCHOL DESCRIPTIVE HOFLER A, 1890, LOGIK HUSSERL E, 1950, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME INGARDEN R, 1939, STUDIA PHILOS, P26 KANT I, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN KUNG G, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P55 MALLY E, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P127 MARTY A, 1884, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFT W, V8, P293 MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEINONG A, 1910, ANNEHMEN MODENATO F, 1979, COSCIENZA ED ESSERE PACI E, 1974, FILOSOFIA CONT PELC J, 1979, SEMIOTICS POLAND RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 SKOLIMOWSKI H, 1967, POLISH ANAL PHILOS TWARDOWSKI F, 1894, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE TWARDOWSKI K, 1979, SEMIOTICS POLAND 189, P28 TWARDOWSKY K, 1912, CZYNNOSCHIACH WYTWOR ZIMMERMANN R, 1867, PHILOS PROPADEUTIK NR 39 TC 0 BP 55 EP 78 PY 1984 VL 13 IS 1 GA SU650 UT ISI:A1984SU65000003 ER PT J AU [Anon] TI Additional Experiments in a larger Number of Persons SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR ABELSDORFF G, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V22, P81 ABNEY WD, 1889, PHILOS MAGAZIN 5, V27, P62 BRUCKNER A, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V98, P90 CORNELIUS H, 1897, PSYCHOL ERFAHRUNGSWI EBBINGHAUS H, 1905, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL FRAUENHOFER J, 1815, DENKSCHRIFTEN BAYR A, P193 FROBES SJJ, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V36, P241 FROBES SJJ, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V36, P344 GORHAM J, 1884, P ROY SOC LONDON, V37, P425 HAYCRAFT JB, J PHYSL, V21, P126 HERING E, 1905, GRUNDZUGE LEHRE LICH HILLEBRAND F, SITZUNGSBERICHT KA 3, V98, P70 JACOBSOHN S, Z PSYCHOL, V43, P204 JACOBSOHN S, Z PSYCHOL, V43, P40 KIRSCHMANN, 1891, WUNDTS PHILOS STUDIE, V6, P424 KOFFKA K, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V43, P123 KONIG A, BEITRAGE PSYCHOL PHY, P309 KULPE O, 1893, GRUNDRIFS PSYCHOL MARTIUS G, 1905, BEITRAGE PSYCHOL PHY, V1, P95 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V11, P81 MULLER GE, 1904, GESICHTSPUNKTE TATSA POLIMANTI O, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V19, P263 RIVERS WHR, 1897, J PHYSL, V22, P137 ROOD ON, 1878, AM J SCI, V15, P81 ROOD ON, 1893, AM J SCI, V46, P173 SACHS M, 1892, PFLUG ARCH GES PHYSL, V52, P79 SCHENCK F, 1896, PFLUGERS ARCH, V64, P607 SIEBECK R, Z PHYSL, V41, P89 STUMPF C, 1890, TONPSYCHOLOGIE STUMPF C, 1906, ABHANDLUNGEN KONIGL VIERORDT C, POGGENDORFS ANN, V137, P200 VONHELMHOLTZ H, PHYSL OPTIK VONKRIES J, HDB PHYSL MENSCHEN, V3 VONKRIES J, PSYCHOL SINNE, P16 VONKRIES J, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V15, P247 VONSZILAGYI E, 1884, ZENTRALBL MED WISSEN, P289 NR 36 TC 0 BP 171 EP 178 PY 1909 VL 53 GA V96KB UT ISI:000206515700007 ER PT J AU WEINGARTNER, P TI ON THE DEMARCATION BETWEEN LOGIC AND MATHEMATICS SO MONIST J9 MONIST LA English DT Article RP WEINGARTNER, P, SALZBURG UNIV,A-5020 SALZBURG,AUSTRIA. CR ACKERMANN W, 1956, MATH ANN, V131, P336 ACKERMANN W, 1957, RATIO, V1, P1 ANDERSON AR, 1975, ENTAILMENT LOGIC REL BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN EINSTEIN A, 1905, ANN PHYSIK, V17 FRAENKEL A, 1961, AXIOMATIK SET THEORY FRAENKEL A, 1973, F SET THEORY GODEL K, 1940, CONSISTENCY AXIOM CH LESNIEWSKI S, 1930, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V23, P111 MALLY E, 1912, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V148 MEINONG A, 1923, PHILOS GEGENWART SEL MEYER RK, 1973, STUDIA LOGICA, V32, P51 QUINE WVO, 1969, MATH LOGIC QUINE WVO, 1970, PHILOS LOGIC REINHARDT WN, 1970, ANN MATH LOGIC, V2, P189 RESCHER N, 1969, MANY VALUED LOGIC RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS TARSKI A, 1938, FUND MATH, V30, P68 TARSKI A, 1939, FUND MATH, V32, P176 WEINGARTNER P, 1976, WISSENSCHAFTSTHEOR 1, V2 WEINGARTNER P, 1980, RATIONALITY SCI, P209 NR 21 TC 0 BP 38 EP 51 PY 1982 VL 65 IS 1 GA NH543 UT ISI:A1982NH54300004 ER PT J AU Caplan, B AF Caplan, Ben TI A new defence of the modal existence requirement SO SYNTHESE J9 SYNTHESE LA English DT Article C1 Univ Manitoba, Dept Philosophy, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2M8, Canada. RP Caplan, B, Univ Manitoba, Dept Philosophy, 468 Univ Coll, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2M8, Canada. EM ben_caplan@umanitoba.ca AB In this paper, I defend the claim that an object can have a property only if it exists from two arguments, both of which turn on how to understand Plantinga's notion of the alpha-transform of a property. CR ADAMS RM, 1974, NOUS, V8, P211 CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P FINE K, 1985, A PLANTINGA, P145 KAPLAN D, 1973, SYNTHESE LIB, V49, P490 KAPLAN D, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN, P481 KRIPKE SA, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUGNEN GEGEN, P1 PLANTINGA A, 1978, AM PHILOS Q, V15, P129 PLANTINGA A, 2003, ESSAYS METAPHYSICS M SALMON N, 1981, REFERENCE ESSENCE YAGISAWA T, 2005, ANALYSIS, V65, P39 NR 11 TC 0 BP 335 EP 343 PY 2007 PD JAN VL 154 IS 2 DI 10.1007/s11229-005-3491-7 GA 121XL UT ISI:000243190200008 ER PT J AU Cantor, RM AF Cantor, Robert M. TI The effects of Roentgen signs on the mind of the interpreter SO SEMIOTICA J9 SEMIOTICA LA English DT Article C1 Univ Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45221 USA. RP Cantor, RM, Univ Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45221 USA. EM cantorrm@healthall.com DE Roentgen semiotics; Peircean categories; markedness ID DIAGNOSIS; SEMIOTICS AB On the basis of clinical experience, we find that Roentgen signs may induce feelings, provoke judgments, or impart knowledge in the mind of the interpreter. In this study, we develop a triadic typology of mental effects of Roentgen signs that is based on the Peircean categories of thought. In the process, we provide a categorical basis for the valuations used in diagnostic appraisal. Hence, this study is a contribution to a fully categorical phenomenology of Roentgen diagnosis. CR BRENTANO F, 1902, ORIGIN KNOWLEDGE RIG BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST CANTOR RM, 2000, SEMIOTICA, V131, P1 CANTOR RM, 2002, SEMIOTICA, V141, P29 CANTOR RM, 2005, SEMIOTICA, V154, P1 CANTOR RM, 2006, SEMIOTICA, V158, P297 CAVANAGH P, 2004, COGNITIVE NEUROSCIEN, P13 CLORE GL, 2000, COGNITIVE NEUROSCIEN, P24 DAMASIO AR, 1999, FEELING WHAT HAPPENS DESCARTES R, 1984, PHILOSOPHICAL WRITIN, V2 FRONDIZI R, 1971, WHAT VALUE INTRO AXI HOLENSTEIN E, 1974, ROMAN JAKOBSONS APPR HUME D, 2000, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR JAKOBSON R, 1971, SELECTED WRITINGS, V2, P130 KALSI MLS, 1996, A MEINONGS ELEMENTS LISZKA JJ, 1996, GEN INTRO SEMEIOTIC MEINONG A, 1996, A MEINONGS ELEMENTS PANKSEPP J, 1998, AFFECTIVE NEUROSCIEN PEIRCE CS, 1992, ESSENTIAL PEIRCE SEL, V1, P1 PEIRCE CS, 1992, ESSENTIAL PEIRCE SEL, V1, P245 POSNER MI, 1995, COGNITIVE NEUROSCIEN, P615 POSNER MI, 1997, CONVERSATIONS COGNIT, P37 SEARLE JR, 2004, MIND BRIEF INTRO NR 23 TC 2 BP 309 EP 321 PY 2006 VL 162 IS 1-4 DI 10.1515/SEM.2006.082 GA 109VI UT ISI:000242336700011 ER PT J AU Juhasz, A AF Juhasz, Andor TI For the analysis of musical recognition SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR ARCH GES PSYCH, V37, P283 NAHERES RELATIVE TON, P168 TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V1, P141 TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V1, P251 Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V11, P113 1870, LEHRE TONEMPFINDUNGE, P486 1883, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V1, P339 1886, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN, P128 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, P279 1892, Z PSYCHOL, V3, P263 1903, GESICHTSPUNKTE TATSA, P289 1907, WUNDTS PYSHCOL STUD, V2, P228 1908, WUNDTS PYSHCOL STUD, V4, P224 1913, GRUNDLEGUNG TONPSYCH, P142 1916, ARCH GES PSYCH, V36, P42 1917, ABH PREUFS AKAD W PM, P15 FISCHER A, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V72, P365 KOHLER W, 1920, PHYSISCHEN GESTALTEN, P37 MEINONG A, 1891, Z PSYCHOL, V2, P245 MEYER HW, 1914, Z PSYCHOL, V70, P204 MULLER GE, 1919, Z PSYCHOL, V82, P109 MULLER GE, 1923, KOMPLEXTHEORIE GESTA, P84 MULLERS S, KOMPLEXTHEORIE, P83 REVESZ, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, P143 REVESZ, 1916, ERWIN NYIREGYHAZI, P54 STUMPF, 1901, BEITR AKUSTIK MUSIKW, P92 VONMALTZEW C, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V64, P194 NR 27 TC 3 BP 142 EP 180 PY 1924 VL 95 GA V96MI UT ISI:000206521600017 ER PT J AU TOIT, AD TI THE CRITIQUE OF PSYCHOLOGISM IN ITS HISTORICAL AND PHILOSOPHICAL SETTING SO SOUTH AFRICAN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY-SUID-AFRIKAANSE TYDSKRIF VIR WYSBEGEERTE J9 S AFR J PHIL LA English DT Article RP TOIT, AD, UNIV STELLENBOSCH,DEPT POLIT PHILOS,STELLENBOSCH,SOUTH AFRICA. CR ABBAGNANO N, 1968, ENCY PHILOS, V6, P520 ADAMSON R, 1911, SHORT HIST LOGIC, P244 BALDWIN JM, 1902, DICT PHILOS PSYCHOL BERGMANN H, 1945, PHILOS PHENOMENOL RE, P281 BETH EW, 1960, BESCHOUWINGEN LOGISC BOWNE GD, 1966, PHILOS LOGIC 1880 19 BRADLEY FH, 1883, PRINCIPLES BRADLEY FH, 1893, APPEARANCE REALITY BRADLEY FH, 1963, PRINCIPLES LOGIC BRENTANO F, 1889, URSPRUNG SITTLICHER BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1929, ZUKUNFT PHILOS CARRE MH, 1949, PHASES THOUGHT ENGLA CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P COPLESTON F, 1963, HIST PHILOS DEBOER T, 1966, ONTWIKKELINGSGANG DE DELIUS HU, 1963, UNTERSUCHUNGEN PROBL DEWEY J, 1909, STUDIES LOGICAL THEO DUMMETT M, 1968, ENCY PHILOS, V3, P225 EDWARDS P, 1968, ENCY PHILOS ERDMANN B, 1907, LOGIK FARBER M, 1940, PHILOS ESSAYS MEMORY FARBER M, 1964, F PHENOMENOLOGY FREGE G, 1884, GRUNDLAGEN ARITHMETI FREGE G, 1893, GRUNDGESETZE ARITHME FREGE G, 1894, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V103, P313 GILSON L, 1955, METHODE METAPHYSIQUE GOLDEL RW, 1935, LEHRE IDENTITAT DTSC HEIDEGGER M, 1912, LITERARISCHE RUNDSCH, V38 HEIDEGGER M, 1914, LEHRE URTEIL PSYCHOL HEIM K, 1902, PSYCHOL ANTIPSYCHOL HOCHE HU, 1964, NICHTEMPIRISCHE ERKE HUME D, 1748, INQUIRY HUMAN UNDERS HUSSERL E, PHILOS ARITHMETIK HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1903, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V31 HUSSERL E, 1910, LOGOS, V1, P289 HUSSERL E, 1939, TIJDSCHR FILOS, V1, P331 HUSSERL E, 1950, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME JERUSALEM W, 1897, VJSCHR WISS PHILOS, V21, P157 KANT I, 1781, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN KERN I, 1964, HUSSERL KANT KINDINGER R, 1965, PHILOS BRIEFE WISSEN KNEALE WC, 1962, DEV LOGIC LANDGREBE L, 1967, WEG PHANOMENOLOGIE, P11 LIPPS T, 1905, INHALT GEGENSTAND PS MAIER H, 1914, FESTSCHRIFT A RIEHL, P313 MARBE K, 1901, EXPERIMENTALL PSYCHO MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MERZ JT, 1912, HIST EUROPEAN THOUGH MILL JS, 1843, SYSTEM LOGIC MOOG W, 1918, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V37 MOORE GE, 1899, MIND, V8 MOORE GE, 1903, INT J ETHICS, V14, P115 MOORE GE, 1903, PRINCIPIA ETHICA MUIRHEAD JH, 1924, CONT BRIT PHILOS NATORP P, 1887, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V23 NATORP P, 1888, EINLEITUNG PSYCHOL NATORP P, 1891, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V27, P1 NATORP P, 1901, KANTSTUDIEN, V6, P270 NATORP P, 1912, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOL NELSON JO, 1968, ENCY PHILOS, V5, P372 NELSON L, 1908, SOGENANNTE ERKENNTNI PALAGYI M, STREIT PSYCHOL FORMA PAP A, 1958, SEMANTICS NECESSARY PASSMORE JA, 1966, 100 YEARS PHILOS PEARS DF, 1967, B RUSSELL BRIT TRADI QUINE WVO, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW RICKERT H, 1909, KANTSTUDIEN, V14 ROYCE J, 1902, RECENT LOGICAL INQUI RUSSELL B, 1897, ESSAY F GEOMETRY RUSSELL B, 1924, LOGICAL ATOMISM RUSSELL B, 1928, SCEPTICAL ESSAYS RUSSELL B, 1944, MY MENTAL DEV RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE RUSSELL B, 1959, MY PHILOS DEV RYLE G, 1963, REVOLUTION PHILOS SCHILPP PA, 1944, PHILOS B RUSSELL SCHOLZ H, 1931, GESCH LOGIK SIGWART C, 1911, LOGIK SPIEGELBERG H, 1965, PHENOMENOLOGICAL MOV STUMPF C, 1891, ABHANDLUNGEN KONIGLI, V19, P467 TATARKIEWICZ M, 1959, HUSSERL URMSON JO, 1956, PHILOS ANAL VANPEURSEN CA, 1967, FENOMENOLOGIE WERKEL WARNOCK GJ, ENGLISH PHILOS 1900 WILD J, 1940, PHILOS ESSAYS MEMORY WINDELBAND W, 1909, PHILOS DTSCH GEISTES WINDELBAND W, 1950, LEHRBUCH GESCH PHILO WOLLHEIM R, 1959, FH BRADLEY WUNDT W, 1910, PSYCHOLOGISMUS LOGIS ZIEHEN T, 1920, LEHRBUCH LOGIK NR 93 TC 0 BP 72 EP 84 PY 1983 VL 2 IS 2 GA QT780 UT ISI:A1983QT78000006 ER PT J AU Cronan, T AF Cronan, Todd TI Georg Simmel's Timeless Impressionism SO NEW GERMAN CRITIQUE J9 NEW GER CRIT LA English DT Proceedings Paper C1 Virginia Commonwealth Univ, Dept Art Hist, Richmond, VA 23284 USA. RP Cronan, T, Virginia Commonwealth Univ, Dept Art Hist, Richmond, VA 23284 USA. CR 1923, SCEPTICISM ANIMAL FA, P11 1974, MODERN ARCHITECTURE, P11 1999, SUSPENSIONS PERCEPTI 2001, SCHOPENHAUER NIETZSC ADORNO TW, 1974, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V11, P556 ADORNO TW, 1992, NOTES LIT, V2, P214 BAUDELAIRE C, 1863, FIGARO 1126 BAUDELAIRE C, 1972, SELECTED WRITINGS AR, P392 BENJAMIN W, 1928, URSPRUNG DTSCH TRAUE BENJAMIN W, 1998, ORIGIN GERMAN TRAGIC FRISBY D, 1986, FRAGMENTS MODERNITY, P107 HOLT EB, 1912, NEW REALISM COOPERAT HUBERFUNK S, 1984, G SIMMEL MODERNE NEU, P183 HUSSERL E, 1901, PROLEGOMENA REINEN 1 KAHN G, 1900, PLUME, P316 KRACAUER S, 1963, ORNAMENT MASSE ESSAY, P209 KRACAUER S, 1995, MASS ORNAMENT WEIMAR, P251 LASH S, 2005, THEOR CULT SOC, V22, P1, DOI 10.1177/0263276405053717 LUKACS G, 1991, THEOR CULT SOC, V8, P147 MEINONG A, 1902, ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1983, ASSUMPTIONS NIETZSCHE F, 1888, FALL WAGNER MUSIKANT NIETZSCHE F, 1967, BIRTH TRAGEDY CASE W, P192 PANOFSKY E, 1924, IDEA BEITRAG BEGRIFF PANOFSKY E, 1968, IDEA CONCEPT ART THE RIEGL A, 1923, ENTSTEHUNG BAROCKKUN RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P530 RUSSELL B, 1959, PROBLEMS PHILOS, P22 SANTAYANA G, 1918, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V15, P421 SANTAYANA G, 1930, REALM MATTER, P165 SIMMEL G, 1911, PHILOS KULTUR GESAMM, P168 STEINBERG L, 1972, OTHER CRITERIA CONFR, P338 SZONDI P, 1961, VERSUCH TRAGISCHE, P49 SZONDI P, 2002, ESSAY TRAGIC, P45 YOLTONS JW, 1967, METAPHYSICAL ANAL, P3 ZEIDLER S, 2004, NEGERPLASTIK, V107, P31 NR 36 TC 0 BP 83 EP 101 PY 2009 PD WIN IS 106 DI 10.1215/0094033X-2008-022 GA 419SH UT ISI:000264239500005 ER PT J AU SMITH, B TI 10 CONDITIONS ON A THEORY OF SPEECH-ACTS SO THEORETICAL LINGUISTICS J9 THEOR LINGUIST LA English DT Article CR BUHLER K, 1909, GOTTINGISCHE GELEHRT, V171, P947 BUHLER K, 1934, SPRACHTHEORIE DARSTE DAUBERT J, MSA12 FRAG DEMPE H, 1928, THESIS JENA GARDINER AH, 1932, THEORY SPEECH LANGUA GOLDMAN AI, 1970, THEORY HUMAN ACTION HERINGER HJ, 1970, THEORIE DTSCH SYNTAX HOLENSTEIN E, 1974, R JAKOBSONS APPROACH HUSSERI E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN KASTIL A, 1951, PHILOS FRANZ BRENTAN KOSCHMIEDER E, 1945, BESTIMMUNG FUNKTIONE MARTINAK E, 1901, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND, V1 MARTY A, 1984, SUBJEKTLOSE SATZE VE MEINONG AV, 1917, EMOTIONALE PRASENTAT MELCUK IA, 1979, STUDIES DEPENDENCY S MULLIGAN K, MIND MEANING METAPHY MULLIGAN K, SPEECH ACT SACHVERHA MULLIGAN K, 1984, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V44, P287 NEHRING A, 1963, SPRACHZEICHEN SPRECH PAUL H, 1909, PRINZIPIEN SPRACHGES PFANDER A, 1909, IMPERATIVENLEHRE PFANDER A, 1921, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V4, P139 REINACH A, 1913, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V1, P685 REINACH A, 1921, HERAUSGEGEBEN SEINEN REINACHA, 1983, APRIORI FOUNDATIONS SCHUHMANN K, A REINACH 1883 1917 SCHUHMANN K, 1985, THESIS U UTRECHT SCHWARZ H, 1908, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V132, P152 SEARLE JR, 1983, ESSAY PHILOS MIND SEARLE JR, 1984, INFORMATION PHIL JAN, P24 SIMONS P, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS, P113 SIMONS PM, 1982, FORMALISATION HUSSER, P113 SMITH B, COGNITION STATES AFF SMITH B, 1982, STUDIES LOGIC FORMAL SMITH B, 1985, UNPUB K BUHLERS THEO SPRAGUE RK, 1972, OLDER SOPHISTS TUMLIRZ O, 1919, BEITRAGE PSYCHOL GEG NR 38 TC 1 BP 311 EP 330 PY 1984 VL 11 IS 3 GA AWL59 UT ISI:A1984AWL5900005 ER PT J AU Bennussi, V AF Bennussi, Von Vittorio TI Italian Psychology SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Review CR Z PSYCH, V41 Z PSYCHOL, V41 Z PSYCHOL, V42, P23 BENNSSI, 1905, ATT 5 C INT PSIC ROM CHIABRA G, 1904, AM J PSYCHOL OKT, P615 DESARLO, 1905, GIORNALE ITALIA FERRARI GC, 1905, AM J PSYCHOL APR, P225 GIERING, Z PSYCHOL, V39, P42 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V21, P182 MEINONGS, Z PSYCH, V21 PFLAUM CD, 1902, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V125, P186 SAXINGERS R, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, V11, P579 SERGI G, 1905, NUOVA ANTALOGIA, V116, P228 WITASEK S, 1904, GRUNDZUGE ALLGEMEINE, P195 NR 14 TC 0 BP A141 EP A180 PY 1906 PD JUN 26 VL 7 IS 3-4 GA V98CA UT ISI:000206630000005 ER PT J AU Schonpflug, W AF Schoenpflug, Wolfgang TI Fritz Heider - My academic teacher and his academic teachers - Heider's "seminar in interpersonal relations" and comments on his European background SO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY J9 SOC PSYCHOL LA English DT Article C1 Free Univ Berlin, Arbeitsbereich Allgemeine Psychol, Inst Psychol, D-14195 Berlin, Germany. RP Schonpflug, W, Free Univ Berlin, Arbeitsbereich Allgemeine Psychol, Inst Psychol, Habelschwerdter Allee 45, D-14195 Berlin, Germany. EM wolfgang.schoenpflug@fu-berlin.de DE causality; epistemology; Gestalt psychology; Heider; interpersonal relations; ordinary language concepts; phenomenology; social cognitions AB In the summer of 1958 at the University of Kansas, Heider offered a seminar based on the galley proofs of his forthcoming book The Psychology of Interpersonal Relations. Personal memories of the seminar are reported, and an attempt is made to reconstruct the European background of Heider's work. It is argued that the warm reception of Heider's book was partly the result of his revival of philosophical ideas that had served as starting points for psychology, but had since been abandoned. Especially with respect to the analysis of naive concepts, complex structures, and causal attributions, Heider owes an intellectual debt to his mentor Alexius Meinong at the University of Graz, and to Ernst Cassirer at the University of Hamburg. Commemorating the publication of Heider's book can, therefore, also be regarded as an implicit tribute to the European philosophy of the late 19th and early 20th century. CR *AM PSYCH ASS, 1965, AM PSYCHOL, V20, P1079 ARISTOTLE, 1993, METAPHYSICS CASSIRER E, 2000, GESAMMELTE WERKE, V6 CASSIRER E, 2002, GESAMMELTE WERKE, V11 CASSIRER E, 2002, GESAMMELTE WERKE, V13 EHRENFELS CV, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14, P249 HEIDER F, 1944, AM J PSYCHOL, V57, P243 HEIDER F, 1944, PSYCHOL REV, V51, P358 HEIDER F, 1958, PSYCHOL INTERPERSONA HEIDER F, 1959, PSYCHOL ISSUES, V1, P1 HEIDER F, 1983, LIFE PSYCHOL HUSSERL E, 1962, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME KOHLER W, 1920, PHYS GESTALTEN RUHE MEINONG A, 1968, GESAMTAUSGABE, V3, P285 MEINONG A, 1968, GESAMTAUSGABE, V3, P3 MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE, V5, P369 MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P481 MEINONG A, 1972, GESAMTAUSGABE, V6 MEINONG A, 1973, GESAMTAUSGABE, V5 MEINONG A, 1975, GESAMTAUSGABE, P485 MEINONG A, 1977, GESAMTAUSGABE, V4 MEINONG A, 1978, GESAMTAUSGABE, V7, P3 ORTH EW, 1999, NEUKANTIANISMUS PERS SCHEERER M, 1931, LEHRE GESTALT SCHONPFLUG W, 2007, K LEWIN PERSON WERK, P45 SMITH B, 1994, AUSTR PHILOS LEGACY NR 26 TC 3 BP 134 EP 140 PY 2008 VL 39 IS 3 DI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.134 GA 337QG UT ISI:000258450000003 ER PT J AU Everett, A AF Everett, Anthony TI Pretense, existence, and fictional objects SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Bristol, Bristol BS8 1TH, Avon, England. RP Everett, A, Univ Bristol, Bristol BS8 1TH, Avon, England. ID NEGATIVE EXISTENTIALS; EMPTY NAMES; STANLEY; SZABO AB There has recently been considerable interest in accounts of fiction which treat fictional characters as abstract objects. In this paper I argue against this view. More precisely I argue that such accounts are unable to accommodate our intuitions that fictional negative existentials such as "Raskolnikov doesn't exist" are true. I offer a general argument to this effect and then consider, but reject, some of the accounts of fictional negative existentials offered by abstract object theorists. I then note that some of the sort of data invoked by the abstract object theorist in fact cuts against her position. I conclude that we should not regard fictional characters as abstract objects but rather should adopt a make-believe theoretic account of fictional characters along the lines of those developed by Ken Walton and others. CR BACH K, 2000, MIND LANG, V15, P262 BRAUN D, 2005, NOUS, V39, P596 COHEN A, 2003, LINGUIST PHILOS, V27, P137 COHEN J, 1971, PRAGMATICS NATURAL L CRITTENDEN C, 1991, UNREALITY METAPHYSIC DONNELLAN K, 1974, PHILOS REV, V83, P3 EVERETT A, 2003, PHILOS STUD, V116, P1 GOODMAN A, 2004, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V67, P131 HOWELL R, 1979, POETICS, V8, P129 KING J, 2005, SEMANTICS VERSUS PRA, P111 KRIFKA M, 1995, GENERIC BOOK, P1 KRIPKE S, 1973, J LOCKE LECT KROON FW, 1994, PHILOS STUD, V75, P201 LARSON R, 1995, KNOWLEDGE MEANING LEVINSON S, 1983, PRAGMATICS LEVINSON S, 2000, PRESUMPTIVE MEANINGS MAY R, 1985, LOGICAL FORM MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P NEALE S, 2000, MIND LANG, V15, P284 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PELLETIER FJ, 1997, HDB LOGIC LANGUAGE, P1125 RECANATI F, 2003, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V17, P299 ROUTLEY R, 1980, DEP MONOGRAPHY, V3 SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 STANLEY J, 2000, MIND LANG, V15, P219 STANLEY J, 2002, MIND LANG, V17, P149 THOMASSON A, 1998, FICTION METAPHYSICS THOMASSON A, 2004, DIALECTICA, V57, P205 THOMASSON AL, 2003, BRIT J AESTHET, V43, P138 TOMIOKA S, 1996, P 14 W COAST C FORM TOMIOKA S, 1999, NATURAL LANGUAGE SEM, V7, P217 VANINWAGEN P, 1983, PHILOS LITERATURE, V7, P67 VANINWAGEN P, 2000, EMPTY NAMES FICTION, P235 VANINWAGEN P, 2001, ONTOLOGY IDENTITY MO, P37 VANINWAGEN P, 2003, OXFORD HDB METAPHYSI, P131 WALTON K, 1990, MIMESIS MAKE BELIEVE WALTON KL, 2003, DIALECTICA, V57, P239 YAGISAWA T, 2001, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V15, P153 ZALTA E, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 39 TC 3 BP 56 EP 80 PY 2007 PD JAN VL 74 IS 1 GA 173IF UT ISI:000246866000003 ER PT J AU Mousavian, SN AF Mousavian, Seyed N. TI NEO-MEINONGIAN NEO-RUSSELLIANS SO PACIFIC PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 PAC PHIL QUART LA English DT Article C1 [Mousavian, Seyed N.] Univ Alberta, Dept Philosophy, Edmonton, AB T6G 2M7, Canada. RP Mousavian, SN, Univ Alberta, Dept Philosophy, Edmonton, AB T6G 2M7, Canada. ID EMPTY NAMES; PROPOSITIONS; FICTION AB Neo-Russellianism, which incorporates both Millianism (with regard to proper names) and the thesis of singular Russellian propositions, has widely been defended after the publication of Kripke's Naming and Necessity. The view, however, encounters various problems regarding empty names, names that do not have semantic referents. Nathan Salmon and Scott Soames have defended neo-Russellianism against such problems in a novel way; to account for various intuitions of competent and rational speakers regarding utterances of sentences containing empty names, Salmon and Soames appeal neither to entities similar to Fregean senses, e.g. propositional guises or modes of presentation, nor to Gricean implicatures. In this paper, however, I argue that their view slips into neo-Meinongianism; it is committed to nonexistent objects, assigns various properties to them, and allows quantifiers range over such entities. This, I conclude, makes Salmon and Soames' view less appealing, if not implausible. CR ADAMS F, 1994, MIND LANG, V9, P387 ADAMS F, 1997, PAC PHILOS QUART, V78, P128 ADAMS F, 2004, PAC PHILOS QUART, V85, P125 ADAMS F, 2007, CAN J PHILOS, V37, P449 BRAUN D, 1993, NOUS, V27, P449 BRAUN D, 1998, PHILOS REV, V107, P555 BRAUN D, 2002, PHILOS STUD, V108, P65 BRAUN D, 2005, NOUS, V39, P449 CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CHISHOLM RM, 1967, ENCY PHILOS CHISHOLM RM, 1972, PHILOS STUD, V24, P245 EVERETT A, 2003, PHILOS STUD, V116, P1 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FINE K, 1984, PHILOS STUD, V45, P95 GREEN MS, 2007, CAN J PHILOS, V37, P419 JACQUETTE D, 1988, INT STUD PHILOS, V20, P92 JACQUETTE D, 1991, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V51, P439 JACQUETTE D, 1996, MEINONGIAN LOGIC KAPLAN D, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN, P481 KRIPKE S, REFERENCE EXIS UNPUB KRIPKE S, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN MALLY E, 1912, GEGENSTANDSTHEORETIS MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P MOUSAVIAN SN, 2008, THESIS U ALBERTA NELSON M, 2009, PHILOS STUD, V142, P277, DOI 10.1007/s11098-007-9186-9 PARSONS T, 1978, NOUS, V12, P137 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PASNICZEK J, 1998, LOGIC INTENTIONAL OB PERRY J, 1979, NOUS, V13, P3 PRIEST G, 2005, NONBEING LOGIC METAP QUINE WVO, 1940, MATH LOGIC RAPAPORT W, 1979, ANALYSIS, V39, P75 RAPAPORT W, 1982, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V19, P17 RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 RAPAPORT WJ, 1984, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V44, P539 REICHER M, 2005, DENOTING 1905 2005, P167 REICHER M, 2006, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS REIMER M, 2001, AM PHILOS QUART, V38, P233 ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V56, P480 SALMON N, 1987, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V1, P49 SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 SALMON N, 2002, MEANING TRUTH INVEST, P105 SALMON N, 2005, METAPHYSICS MATH MEA SALMON N, 2005, REFERENCE ESSENCE SAUL J, 2007, SIMPLE SENTENCES SUB SOAMES S, 2002, RIGIDITY UNFINISHED SOAMES S, 2005, REFERENCE DESCRIPTIO TAYLOR KA, 2000, EMPTY NAMES FICTION, P17 VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 VANINWAGEN P, 1983, PHILOS LITERATURE, V7, P67 VANINWAGEN P, 2003, OXFORD HDB METAPHYSI, P131 VOLTOLINI A, 2006, FICTA FOLLOW FICTION ZALTA EN, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS INT ZALTA EN, 1986, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P447 ZALTA EN, 1988, INTENTIONAL LOGIC ME ZALTA EN, 1992, HIST PHILOS LOGIC, V13, P59 NR 58 TC 0 BP 229 EP 259 PY 2010 PD JUN VL 91 IS 2 GA 604YI UT ISI:000278314000005 ER PT J AU Boukema, H AF Boukema, Harm TI Russell, Meinong and the origin of the theory of descriptions (Bertrand Russell, A Meinong) SO RUSSELL-THE JOURNAL OF THE BERTRAND RUSSELL STUDIES J9 RUSSELL-J B RUSSELL STUD LA English DT Proceedings Paper C1 Radboud Univ Nijmegen, NL-6500 HD Nijmegen, Netherlands. RP Boukema, H, Radboud Univ Nijmegen, NL-6500 HD Nijmegen, Netherlands. EM HBOUKEMA@PHIL.RU.NL AB According to his own account, Russell was "led to" the Theory of Descriptions by "the desire to avoid Meinong's unduly populous realm of being". This "official view" has been subjected to severe criticism. However stimulating this criticism may be, it is too extreme and therefore not critical enough. It fails to fully acknowledge both the way it is itself opposed to Russell and the way Russell and Meinong were opposed to their opponents. In order to avoid these failures, a more "dialectical" kind of analysis will be applied. It leads to unravelling two confusions shared by the official and the unofficial views: the confusion between conception and adoption of the theory of descriptions and the confusion between three varieties of Meinongianism. By means of these distinctions both a significant kernel of truth contained in Russell's account and the underlying motive for his distortion of the historical facts can be laid bare. CR AYER AJ, 1971, RUSSELL MOORE ANAL H BOUKEMA HP, 2005, TEOREMA, V24, P133 CARTWRIGHT R, 1987, PHILOS ESSAYS, P95 COFFA JA, 1980, SYNTHESE, V45, P43 FREGE G, 1879, BEGRIFFSSCHRIFT FREGE G, 1884, GRUNDLAGEN ARITHMETI FREGE G, 1892, KLEINE SCHRIFTEN, P143 FREGE G, 1893, GRUNDGESETZE ARITHME, V1 GRIFFIN N, 1996, B RUSSELL ORIGIN ANA, P23 HYLTON P, 1990, RUSSELL IDEALISM EME, P237 HYLTON P, 2004, CAMBRIDGE COMPANION, P202 LACKEY D, 1973, RUSSELL, P15 MEINONG A, 1904, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE S, P1 QUINE WVO, 1948, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P1 QUINE WVO, 1967, B RUSSELL PHILOS CEN RUSSELL B, PAPERS, V4, P315 RUSSELL B, PAPERS, V4, P360 RUSSELL B, PAPERS, V4, P415 RUSSELL B, PAPERS, V4, P596 RUSSELL B, 1897, ESSAY FDN GEOMETRY RUSSELL B, 1899, PAPERS, V2, P138 RUSSELL B, 1900, CRITICAL EXPOSITION RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1904, PAPERS, V4, P432 RUSSELL B, 1905, PAPERS, V4, P486 RUSSELL B, 1906, PHILOS ESSAYS, P139 RUSSELL B, 1909, PHILOS ESSAYS, P147 RUSSELL B, 1911, MYSTICISM LOGIC OTHE, P152 RUSSELL B, 1913, PAPERS, V7 RUSSELL B, 1918, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE, P177 RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1944, PHILOS B RUSSELL, P5 WHITEHEAD AN, 1910, PRINCIPIA MATH, V1 NR 33 TC 0 BP 41 EP 72 PY 2007 PD SUM VL 27 IS 1 GA 176CD UT ISI:000247059500004 ER PT J AU GRIFFIN, N TI ON ASSUMPTIONS - MEINONG,A SO DIALOGUE-CANADIAN PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 DIALOGUE-CAN PHIL REV LA English DT Book Review RP GRIFFIN, N, MCMASTER UNIV,HAMILTON L8S 4L8,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR MEINONG A, 1983, ASSUMPTIONS NR 1 TC 0 BP 726 EP 728 PY 1985 PD WIN VL 24 IS 4 GA C2117 UT ISI:A1985C211700017 ER PT J AU Douglas, AG AF Douglas, Anna Gertrude TI A TACHISTOSCOPIC STUDY OF THE ORDER OF EMERGENCE IN THE PROCESS OF PERCEPTION SO PSYCHOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS J9 PSYCHOL MONOGRAPHS LA English DT Review CR 1930, ARTS METIERS GRAPHIQ BARTLETT FC, 1916, BRIT J PSYCHOL 2, V8, P222 BARTLETT FC, 1932, REMEMBERING BENARY W, 1924, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V5, P131 BORING EG, 1942, SENSATION PERCEPTION BRIDGEN RF, 1933, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V44, P153 BURY A, 1937, WATER COLOUR PAINTIN CARL H, 1933, Z PSYCHOL, V129, P1 CATTELL RB, 1930, BRIT J PSYCHOL S, V5, P1 CHILD CM, 1940, PHYSL ZOOL, V13 CHILD CM, 1941, PATTERNS PROBLEMS DE DEWEY J, 1896, PSYCHOL REV, V3, P357, DOI 10.1037/H0070405 DICKINSON CA, 1926, AM J PSYCHOL, V37, P330 DICKINSON CA, 1927, AM J PSYCHOL, V38, P266 DODGE R, 1907, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V8, P1 DODGE R, 1933, SCIENCE, V78, P197 EHRENSTEIN W, 1930, Z PSYCHOL, V117, P339 ELLIS WD, 1938, SOURCE BOOK GESTALT FEHRER EV, 1935, AM J PSYCHOL, V47, P187 FOLEY JP, 1935, ARCH PSYCHOL, P5 FREEMAN GL, 1929, J EXP PSYCHOL, V12, P341 GALLI A, 1931, ARCH ITAL PSICOL, V9, P31 GALLI A, 1931, Z PSYCHOL, V123, P308 GELB A, 1923, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V93, P83 GEMELLI A, 1928, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V65, P207 GEMELLI A, 1928, J PSYCHOL, V25, P97 GESELL A, 1945, EMBRYOLOGY BEHAV GIBSON JJ, 1929, J EXP PSYCHOL, V12, P1 GILBERT GM, 1939, ARCH PSYCHOL, P1 GOTTSCHALDT K, 1926, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V8, P261 GOTTSCHALDT K, 1929, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V12, P1 GUPTILL AL, 1935, COLOR SKETCHING REND HARTMANN GW, 1935, GESTALT PSYCHOL HARVEY EB, 1932, BIOL BULL-US, V62, P155 HARVEY EB, 1936, BIOL BULL-US, V71, P101 HELSON H, 1925, AM J PSYCHOL, V36, P342 HELSON H, 1925, AM J PSYCHOL, V36, P494 HELSON H, 1926, AM J PSYCHOL, V37, P189 HELSON H, 1926, AM J PSYCHOL, V37, P25 HELSON H, 1932, AM J PSYCHOL, V44, P79 HELSON H, 1933, PSYCHOL REV, V40, P13 HERTZ MR, RORSCHACH WORK UNPUB HERTZ MR, 1942, PSYCHOL BULL, V39, P529 HERTZ MR, 1943, J CONSULT PSYCHOL, V7, P67 HOLT EB, 1931, ANIMAL DRIVE LEARNIN HOLTFRETER J, 1933, ARCH ENTW MECH, V128, P584 HOLTFRETER J, 1934, ARCH ENTWMECH, V132, P225 HUGHLINGSJACKSO.J, 1866, MED T GAZ, V1, P659 HUGHLINGSJACKSO.J, 1880, BRAIN, V2, P203 HUGHLINGSJACKSO.J, 1880, BRAIN, V2, P323 HUXLEY JS, 1935, T DYNAM DEV, V10 JENKINS JG, 1930, J EXP PSYCHOL, V13, P24 JUDD CH, 1905, PSYCHOL REV-MONOGR S, V7, P199 JUDD CH, 1907, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V8, P349 JUDD CH, 1909, J PHIL PSYCHOL SCI M, V6 KATONA G, 1940, ORG MEMORIZING KOFFKA K, 1922, PSYCHOL BULL, V19, P531 KOFFKA K, 1931, ENCY SOCIAL SCI, V6, P642 KOFFKA K, 1935, PRINCIPLES GESTALT P KOHLER W, 1920, PHYS GESTALTEN RUHE KOHLER W, 1922, JB GES PHYSL, V3, P512 KOHLER W, 1928, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V11, P188 KOHLER W, 1929, GESTALT PSYCHOL KOHLER W, 1940, DYNAMICS PSYCHOL KOHLER W, 1944, P AM PHILOS SOC, V88, P269 KOLLIGS M, 1942, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V111, P39 LEVIT SG, 1935, CHARACT PERSON, V3, P188 LINE W, 1931, BRIT J PSYCHOL MON S, V5, P1 LURIA AR, 1928, J GENET PSYCHOL, V35, P493 LURIA AR, 1936, CHARACT PERSON, V5, P35 MCGEOCH JA, 1942, PSYCHOL HUMAN LEARNI MILLER NE, 1934, J GENET PSYCHOL, V44, P321 MUNROE RL, 1945, RORSCHACH RES EXCH, V9, P30 NEEDHAM J, 1936, ORDER LIFE NEEDHAM J, 1942, BIOCH MORPHOGENESIS NETSCHAJEFF A, 1929, PSYCHOL STUD, P114 PARSONS JH, 1927, INTRO THEORY PERCEPT PETERMAN B, 1932, GESTALT THEORY PROBL PURDY DM, 1935, PSYCHOL REV, V42, P399 PURDY DM, 1935, PSYCHOL REV, V42, P528 PURDY DM, 1936, PSYCHOL REV, V43, P59 RAPAPORT D, 1946, DIAGNOSTIC PSYCHOL T RENSHAW S, 1939, PSYCHOL VISION, V1 RENSHAW S, 1940, PSYCHOL VISION, V2 RENSHAW S, 1941, PSYCHOL VISION, V3 RENSHAW S, 1943, PSYCHOL VISION, V4 RENSHAW S, 1944, PSYCHOL VISION, V5 RENSHAW S, 1945, J PSYCHOL, V20, P217 RENSHAW S, 1945, PSYCHOL VISION, V6 RIBOT T, 1898, PSYCHOL ATTENTION RIBOT T, 1914, VIE INCONSCIENTE MOU ROGERS AS, 1917, AM J PSYCHOL, V28, P519 ROGERS CR, 1942, COUNSELING PSYCHOTHE ROSS L, 1934, J GENET PSYCHOL, V10, P152 ROWLAND EH, 1907, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V8, P1 RUBIN E, 1921, VISUELLWAHRGENOMMEN SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V23, P1 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 SCHUMANN F, 1902, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V30, P241 SCHUMANN F, 1902, Z PSYCHOL, V30, P321 SCHUMANN F, 1903, Z PSYCHOL, V36, P161 SMITH F, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL 3-4, V6, P321 SPEMANN H, 1938, EMBRYONIC DEV INDUCT VERNON MD, 1937, VISUAL PERCEPTION VONHORNBOSTEL EM, 1921, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1 VYGOTSKI LS, 1929, J GENET PSYCHOL, V36, P415 WADDINGTON CH, 1940, ORGANISERS GENES WASHBURN MF, 1916, MOVEMENT MENTAL IMAG WASHBURN MF, 1925, AM J PSYCHOL, V37, P516 WATSON EW, 1942, COLOR METHOD PAINTIN WEISS, 1939, PRINCIPLES DEV WERNER H, 1937, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V49 WERTHEIMER M, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P47 WERTHEIMER M, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P301 WERTHEIMER M, 1925, GESTALTTHEORIE WEVER EG, 1927, AM J PSYCHOL, V38, P194 WILCOX WW, 1932, AM J PSYCHOL, V44, P578 WULF F, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P333 NR 118 TC 3 BP 1 EP 133 PY 1947 VL 61 IS 6 GA V00QF UT ISI:000206801800001 ER PT J AU Posadzki, P AF Posadzki, Paul TI The sociology of Qi Gong: A qualitative study SO COMPLEMENTARY THERAPIES IN MEDICINE J9 COMPLEMENT THER MED LA English DT Article C1 Univ E Anglia, Sch Med Hlth Policy & Practice, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. RP Posadzki, P, Univ E Anglia, Sch Med Hlth Policy & Practice, Norwich NR4 7TJ, Norfolk, England. EM P.Posadzki@uea.ac.uk DE Qi Gong; Sociology; Interpersonal relationships; Health ID ESSENTIAL-HYPERTENSION; QIGONG EXERCISE; HEALTH; DISORDERS; IMPACT; TRIAL AB This paper presents an in-depth, idiographic study of how individuals experience others during Qi Gong practice. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with three Qi Gong groups to collect research data. These data were transcribed verbatim and subjected to content and thematic analysis across and within groups. The analysis indicates extraordinary experiences of Qi Gong practitioners at various levels of their social functioning. Qi Gong influences their social health in complex and \dimensional ways. The author compares and contrasts his results with those of recent research. Implications for practice are briefly outlined and possible strategies for future research are presented. (C) 2010 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR ARGYLE M, 1981, SOCIAL SKILLS HLTH, V1 AUERBACH SM, 2002, J BEHAV MED, V25, P17 BLAKE H, 2009, CLIN REHABIL, P23 BRENNAN T, 2004, TRANSMISSION AFFECT BURNS N, 2005, PRACTICE NURSING RES CHEUNG BMY, 2005, J HUM HYPERTENS, V19, P697, DOI 10.1038/sj.jhh.1001884 CHOW YWY, 2007, J ALTERN COMPLEM MED, V13, P831, DOI 10.1089/acm.2007.7166 CHRISMAN JA, 2009, J HUMANIST PSYCHOL, V49, P236, DOI 10.1177/0022167808327750 CRASKE NJ, 2008, EVID BASED COMPLEMEN DEANGELIS T, 2007, MONITOR PSYCHOL, V38, P50 FISHER L, 2000, J FAM PRACTICE, V49, P561 GIDDENS A, 2006, SOCIOLOGY GLASER B, 1978, THEORETICAL SENSITIV GRIFFITH JM, 2008, J ALTERN COMPLEM MED, V14, P939, DOI 10.1089/acm.2007.0814 GUBA EG, 1998, LANDSCAPE QUALITATIV HEIDEGGER M, 2003, BEING TIME HESSEBIBER SN, 2006, PRACTICE QUALITATIVE JANOWSKY DS, 2003, CURR PSYCHIAT REP, V5, P451 JONES B, 2001, IMECHE SEM, V2001, P1 KENNEDY S, 1988, BRIT J MED PSYCHOL, V61, P77 KRIPPENDORFF K, 2004, CONTENT ANAL INTRO LEE MS, 2004, J ALTERN COMPLEM MED, V10, P675 LEE MS, 2007, J HYPERTENS, V25, P1525 LITSCHER G, 2001, NEUROL RES, V23, P501 LOUW DA, 2002, HUMAN DEV LUSKIN FM, 2000, ALTERN THER HEALTH M, V6, P46 MANNERKORPI K, 2005, CURR OPIN RHEUMATOL, V17, P190 MCCAFFREY R, 2003, HOLISTIC NURSING PRA, V17, P110 MEINONG A, 1978, OBJECTS HIGHER ORDER MERLEAUPONTY M, 1992, TEXTS DIALOGUES MORSE JM, 2000, QUAL HEALTH RES, V10, P3 MOSSHOLDER KW, 1982, ACAD MANAGE J, V25, P575 PATTON MQ, 2002, QUALITATIVE EVALUATI POSADZKI P, CHIN J INTE IN PRESS POSADZKI P, INTEGR MED IN PRESS POSADZKI P, J BODYWORK IN PRESS POSADZKI P, 2009, EUR J INTEGR MED, V1, P139 POSADZKI P, 2010, J BODYWORK MOVEMENT, V14, P73 POSADZKI RQI, 2009, EUR J INTEGR MED, V1, P87 ROBSON C, 2002, REAL WORLD RES ROECKELEIN JE, 2007, NEW RES SOCIAL PERCE SANDER KM, 1999, J ALTERN COMPLEM MED, V5, P383 SANDER KM, 2003, J ALTERN COMPLEM MED, V9, P235 SARTRE JP, 1992, TRUTH EXISTENCE SHEFFIELD M, 1995, PSYCHOL REP, V76, P947 SILVERMAN D, 2005, DOING QUALITATIVE RE SILVERMAN D, 2006, INTERPRETING QUALITA SIU JYM, 2007, J CLIN NURS, V16, P769, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2702.2006.01695.x TSANG HWH, 2003, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V18, P441, DOI 10.1002/gps.861 TSANG HWH, 2006, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V21, P890, DOI 10.1002/gps.1582 WITT C, 2005, J ALTERN COMPLEM MED, V11, P41 XIN L, 2007, J ALTERN COMPLEM MED, V13, P427, DOI 10.1089/acm.2006.6052 YIN RK, 2009, CASE STUDY RES DESIG NR 53 TC 0 BP 87 EP 94 PY 2010 PD APR VL 18 IS 2 DI 10.1016/j.ctim.2009.12.002 GA 602TD UT ISI:000278160800004 ER PT J AU RAPAPORT, WJ TI TO-BE AND NOT-TO-BE + CRITICAL AND COMPARATIVE-STUDY OF PARSONS,TERENCE MEINONGIAN THEORY SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Article RP RAPAPORT, WJ, SUNY BUFFALO,BUFFALO,NY 14260. CR CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CASTANEDA HN, 1978, NOUS, V12, P189 CASTANEDA HN, 1979, POETICS, V8, P31 CHISHOLM RM, 1982, J PHILOS, V79, P537 CLARK R, 1978, NOUS, V12, P181 FINE K, 1984, PHILOS STUD, V45, P95 MAIDA AS, 1982, COGNITIVE SCI, V6, P291 MARTINS J, REASONING MULTIPLE B MARTINS J, 1983, 1983 P C ART INT ROC MARTINS J, 1983, P INT JOINT C ARTIFI MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE NUTTER JT, DEFAULT REASONING AI NUTTER JT, 1983, 5TH P ANN C COGN SCI PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P561 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PARSONS T, 1982, AM PHILOS Q, V19, P365 RAPAPORT W, 1979, ANALYSIS, V39, P75 RAPAPORT WJ, 1976, THESIS INDIANA U RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 RAPAPORT WJ, 1979, NOUS, V13, P125 RAPAPORT WJ, 1981, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V14, P1 RAPAPORT WJ, 1982, AM PHILOS Q, V19, P289 RAPAPORT WJ, 1982, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V18, P17 RAPAPORT WJ, 1984, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V44 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, P ASS COMPUTATIONAL, V23 ROUTLEY R, 1979, EXPLORING MEINONGS J SCHANK RC, 1977, SCRIPTS PLANS GOALS SCHANK RC, 1981, INSIDE COMPUTER UNDE SCHOLES RE, 1968, ELEMENTS FICTION SCOTT D, 1970, PHILOS PROBLEMS LOGI, P143 SHAPIRO SC, 1981, 7 SUNY BUFF DEP COMP WOODS WA, 1975, REPRESENTATION UNDER, P35 NR 32 TC 3 BP 255 EP 271 PY 1985 VL 19 IS 2 GA ASV27 UT ISI:A1985ASV2700006 ER PT J AU KERZ, JP TI RECOVERY OF THE ID - ON NITZSCHKE,BERND ARTICLE ON THE ORIGIN OF THE ID SO PSYCHE-ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOANALYSE UND IHRE ANWENDUNGEN J9 PSYCHE-Z PSYCHOANAL ANWEND LA German DT Article CR BARCLAY JR, 1964, F BRENTANO S FREUD J, V5, P1 BECK EHF, 1922, IMPERSONALIEN SPRACH BERGMANN G, 1967, REALISM CRITIQUE BRE BOLLNOW OF, 1958, LEBENSPHILOSOPHIE BRENTANO F, 1883, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V2, P183 BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1956, LEHRE RICHTIGEN URTE FREUD S, 1923, GW, V13, P235 FREUD S, 1925, GW, V14, P9 FREUD S, 1926, GW, V14, P207 FREUD S, 1938, GW, V17, P63 GRODDECK G, 1909, HIN GOTTNATUR GRODDECK G, 1923, BUCH VOM ES MUNCHEN HILLEBRAND F, 1891, NEUEN THEORIEN KATEG HUSSERL E, 1968, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V1 JONES E, 1960, LEBEN WERK S FREUD, V1 KANT I, 1787, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN KLAGES L, 1929, GEIST WIDERSACHER SE, V1 KNUTH W, 1948, PHILOS LEBENS IHRE P LEESE K, 1941, KRISIS WENDE CHRISTL LEHMANN G, 1943, DTSCH PHILOS GEGENWA LOTZE H, 1912, LOGIK LUKACS G, 1960, ZERSTORUNG VERNUNFT MARTY A, 1918, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V2 MEINONG A, 1978, GESAMTAUSGABE, V7, P197 MERLAN P, 1945, BRANTANO FREUD J HIS, V6, P375 MERLAN P, 1949, SEQUEL J HIST IDEES, V10, P451 MIKLOSICH X, 1883, SUBJEKTLOSE SATZE NIETZSCHE F, 1969, ALLZUMENSCHLICHES, V1 NIETZSCHE F, 1969, JENSEITS GUT BOSE, V2 NIETZSCHE F, 1969, NACHLASS ACHTZIGER J, V3 NITZSCHKE B, 1983, PSYCHE, V37, P769 NUNBERG H, 1979, PROTOKOLLE WIENER PS, V3 OEHLER R, 1945, NIETZSCHE REGISTER ROSENKOTTER L, 1980, PSYCHE, V34, P385 RUSSELL B, 1971, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE SCHLECHTA K, 1969, NIETZSCHE INDEX SCHNADELBACH H, 1983, PHILOS DEUTSCHLAND 1 SIGWART C, 1888, IMPERSONALIEN SIGWART C, 1904, LOGIK STRAWSON PF, 1972, EINZELDING LOGISCHES STUMPF C, 1919, F BRENTANO KENNTNIS TRENDELENBURG A, 1870, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN VONDIERSBURG ER, 1961, Z PHILOS FORSCHUNG, V15, P131 VONHARTMANN E, 1923, PHILOS UNBEWUSSTEN VONHARTMANN E, 1925, PROBLEM LEBENS WITTGENSTEIN L, 1982, BEMERKUNGEN PHILOS P, V8 NR 47 TC 5 BP 125 EP 143 PY 1985 VL 39 IS 2 GA ABX76 UT ISI:A1985ABX7600003 ER PT J AU MIGNOLO, WD TI SEMANTIZATION OF LITERARY FICTION SO DISPOSITIO-REVISTA HISPANICA DE SEMIOTICA LITERARIA J9 DISPOSITIO-REV HISPAN SEM LIT LA Spanish DT Article RP MIGNOLO, WD, UNIV MICHIGAN,ANN ARBOR,MI 48109. CR ADAM JM, 1976, LINGUISTIQUE DISCOUR ADAMS RM, 1974, NOUS, V8, P211 ANDREU JL, 1976, SEMINARIO YO EL SUPR, P61 ASCASUBI H, 1955, POESIA GAUCHESCA, V3 BANFIELD A, 1973, F LANGUAGE, V10, P1 BARRENECHEA AM, 1972, REV IBEROAMERICANA, V38, P80 BARTHES R, 1966, COMMUNICATIONS, V8 BARTHES R, 1970, INTRO STRUCTURALISM BENSO S, 1975, THESAURUS, V30, P271 BENVENISTE E, 1956, R JAKOBSON, P251 BENVENISTE E, 1966, PROBLEMES LINGUISTIQ BENVENISTE E, 1970, LANGAGES, V17, P12 BINNS AL, 1966, ESSAYS STYLE LANGUAG BLESTGANA A, 1971, M RIVAS BUHLER K, 1934, TEORIA LENGUAJE BUTOR M, 1960, ESSAIS ROMAN CAMBACERES E, SIN RUMBO SANGRE DOLEZEL L, 1976, PTL J DESCRIPTIVE PO, V1, P129 DOLEZEL L, 1980, POETICS TODAY, V1, P7 DOLEZHEL L, 1976, SOUND SIGN MEANING, P543 DUCROT O, 1972, DICT ENCY SCI LANGAG DURLING RM, 1965, FIGURE POET RENAISSA ELIZONDO S, 1962, FARABEUF ELIZONDO S, 1972, GRAFOGRAFO FANTO JA, 1978, SIGN SEMIOTICS WORLD, P280 FERNANDEZ S, 1968, LOS PECES FERNANDEZDELIZA.J, 1968, PERIQUILLO SARNIENTO FORCIONE A, 1970, CERVANTES ARISTOTELE FOUCAULT M, 1971, ORDRE DISCOURS FUENTES C, 1972, AURA GALE R, 1971, PHILOSOPHY, V46, P324 GENETTE G, 1969, FIGURES, V2 GENETTE G, 1972, FIGURES, V3 GOIC C, 1968, NOVELA CHILENA GOIC C, 1972, HIST NOVELA HISPANOA GUIRALDES R, 1973, DS SOMBRA HALLIDAY MAK, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH HAMBURGER K, 1957, LOGIC FICTION HASAN R, 1977, CURRENT TRENDS TEXT, P228 HEREDIAYCAMPUZA.JM, 1970, POESIAS COMPLETAS HERNANDEZ J, MARTIN FIERRO HERRESTEINSMITH B, 1978, MARGIN DISCOURSE HOLMBERG L, CUENTOS FANTASTICOS JITRIK N, 1962, PROCEDIMIENTO MENSAJ KAYSER W, 1955, CULTURA U CARACAS, P5 KURODA SY, 1976, PRAGMATICS LANGUAGE LEJEUNE P, 1975, POETIQUE, V14, P137 LEWIS D, 1970, NOUS, V4, P175 LEWIS D, 1978, AM PHILOS Q, V15, P37 LEWIS DK, 1969, CONVENTION PHILOS ST LEWIS DK, 1973, COUNTERFACTUALS LINSKY L, 1967, REFERRING LOTMAN YM, 1977, STRUCTURE ARTISTIC T LUDMER J, 1977, ONETTI PROCESOS CONS LUGONES L, 1967, CUENTOS FATALES LYONS J, 1977, SEMANTICS MARTINEZBONATI F, 1960, ESTRUCTURA OBRA LITE MARTINEZBONATI F, 1978, DISPOSITIO, V3, P137 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P MIGNOLO WD, 1978, ELEMENTOS PARA TEORI MIGNOLO WD, 1980, 3ER C INT SEM POET M MIGNOLO WD, 1981, MODERN LANGUAGES NOT, V96 MOUNIN G, 1966, COMMUNICATION POETIQ, P255 OHMANN R, 1971, PHILOS RHETORIC, V4, P1 ONETTI JC, 1971, VIDA BREVE PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P561 PARSONS T, 1975, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V1, P561 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PAZ O, 1973, SIGNO Y EL GARABATO PRATT ML, 1977, SPEECH ACTO THEORY L PRIETO L, 1966, MENSAJES SENALES REIZDERIVAROLA S, 1979, LEXIS, V3, P2 RESCHER N, 1968, TOPICS PHILOS LOGIC RESCHER N, 1975, THEORY POSSIBILITY C RICOEUR P, 1971, SOC RES, V38, P529 RILEY EC, 1962, CERVANTES THEORY NOV RIVERA J, 1969, VORAGINE ROMBERG B, 1962, STUDIES NARRATIVE TE ROSSUMGUYON FV, 1970, CRITIQUE ROMAN ROSSUMGUYON FV, 1970, POETIQUE, V4, P476 SARDUY S, 1969, ESCRITO SOBRE CUERPO SEARLE JR, 1975, NEW LITERARY HIST, V6, P319 SEARLE JR, 1976, LANGUAGE SOCIAL CONT, V5, P1 SIMONINGRUMBACH J, 1973, LANGUE DISCOURS SOC, P85 STRAWSON PF, 1950, PROBLEMS PHILOS LANG TAMIR N, 1976, PTL, V1, P403 TODOROV T, 1970, INTRO LIT FANTASTIQU TSUGAWA A, 1978, CATEGORIES C, P209 VONWRIGHT GH, 1970, ENSAYO LOGICA MODAL WOLTERSTORFF N, 1976, J AESTHETICS ART CRI, V35, P121 WOODS J, 1974, LOGIC FICTION NR 91 TC 1 BP 85 EP 127 PY 1981 VL 5-6 IS 15-1 GA LM620 UT ISI:A1981LM62000004 ER PT J AU DOYLE, JP TI SUAREZ ON BEINGS OF REASON AND TRUTH SO VIVARIUM-AN INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR THE PHILOSOPHY AND INTELLECTUAL LIFE OF THE MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE J9 VIVARIUM LA English DT Article RP DOYLE, JP, ST LOUIS UNIV,ST LOUIS,MO 63103. CR DE SCIENTIA DEI ARISTOTLE, DE ANIMA ARISTOTLE, METAPHYSICA ARISTOTLE, PERI HERMENEIAS ASHWORTH E, CHIMERAS IMAGINARY O DELGADO VM, 1964, LOGICA NOMINALISTA U DOYLE JP, 1967, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V45, P29 FONSECA P, I DIALECT MEINONG A, 1960, THEORY OBJECTS SCORRAILLE RD, 1913, F SUAREZ COMPAGNIE J, V2 SOTO D, SUMMULAE SUAREZ, DE EUCHARISTIA NR 12 TC 3 BP 51 EP 72 PY 1988 PD MAY VL 26 IS 1 GA Q6829 UT ISI:A1988Q682900004 ER PT J AU SMITH, B TI THE PRIMACY OF PLACE, AN INVESTIGATION IN BRENTANIAN ONTOLOGY SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article RP SMITH, B, UNIV MANCHESTER,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,MANCHESTER M13 9PL,LANCS,ENGLAND. CR AJUDKIEWICZ K, 1935, STUDIA PHILOS, V1, P1 BRENTANO F, 1862, MANNIGFACHEN BEDEUTU BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1930, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ BRENTANO F, 1933, KATEGORIENLEHRE BRENTANO F, 1976, PHILOS UNTERSUCHUNGE BRENTANO F, 1982, DESKRIPTIVE PSYCHOL CHISHOLM RM, 1978, PHILOS BRENTANOS, P197 CHISHOLM RM, 1982, BRENTANO MEINONG STU CHISHOLM RM, 1986, BRENTANO INTRINSIC V FINE K, 1985, REASONING ARBITRARY GOODMAN N, 1951, STRUCTURE APPEARANCE GROSSMNN R, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN INGARDEN R, 1938, NAUCZYCIEL UCZONY OB, P13 INGARDEN R, 1964, STREIT EXISTENZ WELT KOTARBINSKI T, 1966, GNOSIOLOGY SCI APPRO LEJEWSKI C, 1979, ONTOLOGY LOGIC, P197 LEONARD HS, 1940, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V5, P45 MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND, V1 MCCALL S, 1967, POLISH LOGIC 1920 39 MEINONG A, 1906, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN MUNCH D, 1986, BOLZANO WITTGENSTEIN, P119 REINACH A, 1911, MUNCHENER PHILOS ABH, P196 SIMONS P, 1983, TOPOI-INT REV PHILOS, V2, P99 SMITH B, 1981, P AR SOC S, V55, P47 SMITH B, 1987, HIST WORTERBUCH PHIL, V7 SMITH B, 1987, TOPOI, V6, P37 SMITH B, 1988, IN PRESS MIND MEANIN SMITH B, 1988, KOTARBINSKI LOGIC SE STUMPF C, 1873, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE VOM INHALT GEG VONEHRENFELS CF, 1990, VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT, V14, P242 NR 33 TC 0 BP 43 EP 51 PY 1989 PD MAR VL 8 IS 1 GA AA032 UT ISI:A1989AA03200005 ER PT J AU Berto, F AF Berto, Francesco TI Modal Meinongianism and fiction: the best of three worlds SO PHILOSOPHICAL STUDIES J9 PHIL STUD LA English DT Article C1 [Berto, Francesco] Univ Aberdeen, Dept Philosophy, Aberdeen AB24 3UB, Scotland. [Berto, Francesco] Univ Aberdeen, No Inst Philosophy Metaphys Log & Philosophy Math, Aberdeen AB24 3UB, Scotland. RP Berto, F, Univ Aberdeen, Dept Philosophy, High St,Old Brewery OBG12, Aberdeen AB24 3UB, Scotland. EM f.berto@abdn.ac.uk DE Meinongianism; Impossible worlds; Fictional entities ID NEGATIVE EXISTENTIALS; NONEXISTENCE AB We outline a neo-Meinongian framework labeled as Modal Meinongian Metaphysics (MMM) to account for the ontology and semantics of fictional discourse. Several competing accounts of fictional objects are originated by the fact that our talking of them mirrors incoherent intuitions: mainstream theories of fiction privilege some such intuitions, but are forced to account for others via complicated paraphrases of the relevant sentences. An ideal theory should resort to as few paraphrases as possible. In Sect. 1, we make this explicit via two methodological principles, called the Minimal Revision and the Acceptability Constraint. In Sect. 2, we introduce the standard distinction between internal and external fictional discourse. In Sects. 3-5, we discuss the approaches of (traditional) Meinongianism, Fictionalism, and Realism-and their main troubles. In Sect. 6 we propose our MMM approach. This is based upon (1) a modal semantics including impossible worlds (Subsect. 6.1); (2) a qualified Comprehension Principle for objects (Subsect. 6.2); (3) a notion of existence-entailment for properties (Subsect. 6.3). In Sect. 7 we present a formal semantics for MMM based upon a representation operator. And in Sect. 8 we have a look at how MMM solves the problems of the three aforementioned theories. CR BARWISE J, 1997, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V38, P488 BERTO F, 2009, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS BERTO F, 2010, PHILOS Q IN PRESS CURRIE G, 1990, NATURE FICTION FINE K, 1982, TOPOI-INT REV PHILOS, V1, P97 FINE K, 1984, PHILOS STUD, V45, P94 GRIFFIN N, 1998, COMMUNICATION JACQUETTE D, 1996, MEINONGIAN LOGIC SEM LEWIS D, 1978, AM PHILOS Q, V15, P37 LINSKY B, 1994, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V8, P431 LYCAN W, 1994, MODALITY MEANING MEINONG A, 1969, ALEXIUS MEINONG GESA NOLAN D, 1998, COMMUNICATION PARSONS T, 1979, J PHILOS, V76, P649 PARSONS T, 1979, THEOR DECIS, V11, P95 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PRIEST G, 1992, LOGIQUE ANAL, V35, P291 PRIEST G, 1997, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V38, P481 PRIEST G, 2005, NONBEING LOGIC METAP RANTALA V, 1982, ACTA PHILOS FENN, V35, P106 RESTALL G, 1997, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V38, P583 ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J ROUTLEY R, 1982, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V43, P151 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P530 SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 THOMASSON A, 1999, FICTION METAPHYSICS THOMASSON AL, 2001, AM PHILOS QUART, V38, P319 THOMASSON AL, 2003, DIALECTICA, V57, P205 VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 VANINWAGEN P, 2003, OXFORD HDB METAPHYSI WALTON K, 1990, MIMESIS MAKE BELIEVE WALTON K, 1991, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V51, P379 WALTON KL, 2003, DIALECTICA, V57, P239 WOLSTERTORFF N, 1961, PHILOS Q, V11, P335 WOLTERSTORFF N, 1980, WORKS WORLDS ART ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS INT NR 37 TC 0 BP 313 EP 334 PY 2011 PD FEB VL 152 IS 3 DI 10.1007/s11098-009-9479-2 GA 706GG UT ISI:000286205400001 ER PT J AU ROUTLEY, R TI ON WHAT THERE IS NOT + NONEISM SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article RP ROUTLEY, R, AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV,RES SCH SOCIAL SCI,CANBERRA,ACT 2600,AUSTRALIA. CR AUSTIN JL, 1962, SENSE SENSIBILIA BUNGE M, 1977, ONTOLOGY, V1 CARGILE J, 1979, PARADOXES STUDY FORM CARTWRIGHT R, 1954, PHILOS SCI, V21, P316 CHIHARA CS, 1973, ONTOLOGY VICIOUS CIR FREGE G, 1950, F ARITHMETIC GEACH P, 1951, ARIST SOC S, V25, P125 GOCHET P, 1981, ASCENT TRUTH EXPOSIT GODDARD L, 1973, LOGIC SIGNIFICANCE C KENNY A, 1968, DESCARTES STUDY HIS LAMBERT K, 1976, INQUIRY, V19, P251 LINSKY L, 1977, NAMES DESCRIPTIONS MEINONG A, 1972, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P561 QUINE WV, 1979, ESSAYS PHILOS WV QUI, P155 QUINE WVO, 1959, METHODS LOGIC QUINE WVO, 1960, WORD OBJECT QUINE WVO, 1961, LOGICAL POINT VIEW QUINE WVO, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI RESCHER N, 1968, TOPICS PHILOS LOGIC ROUTLEY R, 1966, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V7, P251 ROUTLEY R, 1969, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V10, P113 ROUTLEY R, 1979, EXPLORING MEINONGS J ROUTLEY R, 1979, STUDIA LOGICA, V39, P76 SCHEFFLER I, 1958, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V59, P71 NR 25 TC 6 BP 151 EP 177 PY 1982 VL 43 IS 2 GA QL399 UT ISI:A1982QL39900002 ER PT J AU POLAKOVA, J TI REAL POSSIBILITIES OF THE THEORY OF VALUE SO FILOSOFICKY CASOPIS J9 FILOS CASOPIS LA Czech DT Article RP POLAKOVA, J, CZECHOSLOVAK ACAD SCI,USTAV FILOSOFICKY,CS-11142 PRAGUE 1,CZECHOSLOVAKIA. AB The article aims at a new clarification of the real specifics of axiology and of its place and role in the overall context of philosophical thought. The central question of what is value is discussed in the light of the historical development of the concept of the fundamental status of value from classical philosophy up to the present. After a comparative analysis of the approaches the author attempts a synthesis. The development of the problematics of value is seen as a gradual exchange of three paradigms: ontocentric, anthropocentric and - in the axiology of the 20th century - agathocentric. The article systematically demonstrates why only the last of these conceptions realizes the true possibilities of the theory of value. It shows the deeper spiritual context of this conception and its implications for the overall self-interpretation of philosophy in present times. CR ENS BONUM CONVERTUNT BRENTANO F, 1889, VOM URSPRUNG SITTLIC EDEL A, 1963, METHOD ETHICAL THEOR, P191 HARTMANN N, 1926, ETHIK HUME D, ENQUIRY PRINCIPLES M MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT MEINONG A, 1917, EMOTIONALE PRASENTAT MEINONG A, 1923, GRUNDLEGUNG ALLGEMEI PERRY RB, 1929, GENERAL THEORY VALUE PLATON, POLITEIA POLIN R, 1945, CREATION VALEURS REINER H, 1951, PFLICHT NEIGUNG REINER H, 1974, GRUNDLAGEN SITTLICHK RICKERT H, 1896, GRENZEN NATURWISSENS RICKERT H, 1899, KULTURWISSENSCHAFT N RICKERT H, 1912, VOM SYSTEM WERTE, V3 ROTH A, 1960, E HUSSERLS ETHISCHE SCHELER M, 1913, FORMALISMUS ETHIK MA SPINOZA B, 1977, ETIKA, P190 SPINOZA B, 1977, ETIKA, P264 URBANEM WM, 1909, VALUATION ITS NATURE WINDELBAND W, 1894, PRALUDIEN, V1 NR 22 TC 0 BP 289 EP 299 PY 1993 VL 41 IS 2 GA LM195 UT ISI:A1993LM19500008 ER PT J AU Hofler, A AF Hofler, A. TI Studies on the Subject of Theory and Psychology SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Book Review CR 5 C INT PSIC, P322 1906, G G A, P14 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN UBERWEGHEINZE, GRUNDRISS GESCH PH 4 NR 4 TC 0 BP 192 EP 207 PY 1906 VL 42 GA V96JQ UT ISI:000206514600014 ER PT J AU Seuren, PAM TI The cognitive dimension in language study SO FOLIA LINGUISTICA J9 FOLIA LINGUIST LA English DT Article C1 Max Planck Inst Psycholinguist, NL-6500 AH Nijmegen, Netherlands. RP Seuren, PAM, Max Planck Inst Psycholinguist, Wundtlaan 1, NL-6500 AH Nijmegen, Netherlands. ID LOGIC AB The main argument of this paper is that language, like cognition, is basically intensional, i.e. expression of thoughts. The philosophical and logical consequences of this view are discussed and partly elaborated. The paper implies a fundamental critique of the study of language during the 20th century, which failed to recognize the essential cognitive (intensional) nature of language. A plea is made for a re-appraisal of late 19th century approaches in philosophy (e.g. Meinong, Stout), which are said to have been on the right track though lacking in formal precision. The 20th century extensional view of logic and language, which goes back to the early 1900s, is subjected to a fundamental critique. The intensional nature of language is shown to have far-reaching consequences for the theory of grammar and meaning. The formal grammatical and semantic theories developed during the 20th century from an extensional point of view are best seen as a prelude to more adequate intensional formal theories. CR BARWISE J, 1983, SITUATIONS ATTITUDES BECH G, 1983, STUDIEN DTSCH VERBUM BLOOMFIELD L, LANGUAGE BUHLER K, SPRACHTHEORIE CHOMSKY N, MINIMALIST PROGRAM DELBRUCK B, 1901, GRUNDFRAGEN SPRACHFO DONNELLAN K, 1966, PHILOS REV, V75, P281 DOWTY DR, 1981, INTRO MONTAGUE SEMAN EVERS A, 1975, THESIS UTRECHT U FREGE G, 1918, BEITRAGE PHILOS DTSC, V1, P58 GAZDAR G, 1985, GENERALIZED PHRASE S GROENENDIJK J, 1991, LINGUIST PHILOS, V14, P39 HARRIS M, 1987, HIST DEV AUXILIARIES HARRIS RA, 1993, LINGUISTICS WARS HARRIS ZS, 1951, METHODS STRUCTURAL L HINRICHS EW, 1998, COMPLEX PREDICATES N HUCK GJ, 1995, IDEOLOGY LINGUISTIC JOHNSON D, 1997, LINGUIST PHILOS, V20, P273 JOSHI AK, 1987, MATH LANGUAGE KAMP H, 1981, FORMAL METHODS STUDY, P277 KAMP H, 1993, DISCOURSE LOGIC INTR KATZ JJ, 1963, LANGUAGE, V39, P170 KATZ JJ, 1964, INTEGRATED THEORY LI KUTEVA T, 2001, AUXILIATION ENQUIRY LANDMAN F, 1986, THESIS AMSTERDAM U LANGACKER RW, 1973, PAPERS HONOR H KAHAN, P468 LANGACKER RW, 1987, FOUNDATIONS COGNITIV, V1 LANGACKER RW, 1991, FOUNDATIONS COGNITIV, V2 LEWIS D, 1979, SEMANTICS DIFFERENT, P172 LINSKY L, 1967, REFERRING MATHESIUS V, 1964, ACTES 1ER C INT LING, P59 MCCAWLEY JD, 1980, LINGUISTICS, V18, P911 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MONTAGUE R, 1973, APPROACHES NATURAL L, P221 NEWMEYER FJ, 1980, LINGUISTIC THEORY AM OGDEN CK, 1923, MEANING MEANING STUD POLLARD C, 1994, HEAD-DRIVEN PHASE ST QUINE WV, LOGICAL POINT VIEW QUINE WV, WORD OBJECT RAMBOW O, 1994, THESIS U PENN RUSSELL B, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P530 RUSSELL B, 1957, MIND, V66, P385 SEUREN PAM, UNPUB INTENSIONAL QU SEUREN PAM, 1972, PREDICATE RAISING DA SEUREN PAM, 1975, TUSSEN TAAL DENKEN B SEUREN PAM, 1985, DISCOURSE SEMANTICS SEUREN PAM, 1998, W LINGUISTICS HIST I SEUREN PAM, 2000, J LINGUIST, V36, P261 SEUREN PAM, 2001, LINGUIST PHILOS, V24, P531 SEUREN PAM, 2001, VIEW LANGUAGE SKINNER VF, 1957, VERBAL BEHAV STAROSTA S, 1971, LEXICAL VARIATION CA STOUT GF, 1896, ANAL PSYCHOL STRAWSON PF, 1997, ENTITY IDENTITY VELTMAN F, 1985, THESIS AMSTERDAM U WUNDT W, 1901, SPRACHGESCH SPRACHPS YNGVE VH, 1962, P 1961 INT C MECHANI, V1, P65 NR 58 TC 0 BP 209 EP 242 PY 2001 VL 35 IS 3-4 GA 558AL UT ISI:000175942000001 ER PT J AU Gaskin, R AF Gaskin, Richard TI Bradley's Regress and the Unity of the Proposition SO DEUTSCHE ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHILOSOPHIE J9 DEUT Z PHIL LA German DT Article C1 Univ Liverpool, Dept Philosophy, Liverpool L69 7WY, Merseyside, England. RP Gaskin, R, Univ Liverpool, Dept Philosophy, 7 Abercromby Sq, Liverpool L69 7WY, Merseyside, England. CR BENTHAM J, 1843, WORKS J BENTHAM, V6, P1 CHOMSKY N, 1965, ASPECTS THEORY SYNTA, P8 FREGE G, 1980, FUNKTION BEGRIFF, P80 FREGE G, 1983, NACHGELASSENE SCHRIF, P193 FREGE G, 1988, GRUNDLAGEN ARITHMETI, P62 MEINONG A, 1971, GEGENSTANDE HOHERER, P390 QUINE WVO, 1984, INQUIRIES TRUTH INTE, P222 WIGGINS D, 1980, SAMENESS SUBSTANCE, V159, P13 WITTGENSTEIN L, PHILOS UNTERSUCHGEN, P1 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1922, TRACTATUS LOGICOPHIL WITTGENSTEIN L, 1977, PHILOS UNTERSUCHUNGE, V1, P49 NR 11 TC 0 BP 575 EP 582 PY 2009 VL 57 IS 4 GA 502CH UT ISI:000270431300004 ER PT J AU PIETERSMA, H TI THE PROBLEM OF KNOWLEDGE AND PHENOMENOLOGY SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article RP PIETERSMA, H, UNIV TORONTO,VICTORIA COLL,TORONTO M5S 1A1,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR GRICE HP, CAUSAL THEORY PERCEP HEIDEGGER M, BEING AND TIME HUSSERL E, IDEA PHENOMENOLOGY MEINONG A, 1917, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI MERLEAUPONTY M, VISIBLE INVISIBLE MOHANTY JN, IN PRESS HUSSERLS PH MOORE GE, PHILOS GE MOORE PIETERSMA H, HUSSERL EXPOSITIONS PIETERSMA H, 1987, CRITICAL DIALECTICAL, P176 RORTY R, PHILOS MIRROR NATURE NR 10 TC 0 BP 27 EP 47 PY 1989 PD SEP VL 50 IS 1 GA AV718 UT ISI:A1989AV71800002 ER PT J AU LEMOS, NM TI WARRANT, EMOTION, AND VALUE SO PHILOSOPHICAL STUDIES J9 PHIL STUD LA English DT Article RP LEMOS, NM, DEPAUW UNIV,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,GREENCASTLE,IN 46135. CR ACHINSTEIN P, 1978, MIND, V87, P34 BRENTANO F, 1969, ORIGIN OUR KNOWLEDGE BRENTANO F, 1973, F CONSTRUCTION ETHIC CHISHOLM R, 1986, BRENTANO INTRINSIC V CHISHOLM RM, 1977, THEORY KNOWLEDGE CHISHOLM RM, 1982, F KNOWING FINDLAY JN, 1970, AXIOLOGICAL ETHICS FIRTH R, 1964, J PHILOS, V61, P553 HALL E, 1964, CATEGORIAL ANAL, P210 LYCAN WG, 1986, SO J PHILOS, V24, P89 MANDLEBAUM M, 1955, PHENOMENOLOGY MORAL MCDOWELL J, 1985, MORALITY OBJECTIVITY, P110 MEINONG A, 1972, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI MILL JS, UTILITARIANISM POLLOCK J, 1986, CONT THEORIES KNOWLE POLLOCK JL, 1986, ETHICS, V96, P512 QUINN W, 1986, ETHICS, V96, P524 SCHELER M, 1973, FORMALISM ETHICS NON NR 18 TC 3 BP 175 EP 192 PY 1989 PD OCT VL 57 IS 2 GA CC095 UT ISI:A1989CC09500004 ER PT J AU Doyle, JP TI On the pure intentionality of pure intentionality (Lossada, Suarez and the disputed Scholastic doctrine of intellectual intentionality) SO MODERN SCHOOLMAN J9 MOD SCHOOLMAN LA English DT Article C1 St Louis Univ, St Louis, MO 63103 USA. RP Doyle, JP, St Louis Univ, St Louis, MO 63103 USA. CR AQUINAS T, DE ENTE ET ESSENTIA AQUINAS T, DE NATURA GENERIS AQUINAS T, DE VERITATE AQUINAS T, IN 12 LIBROS METAPHY AQUINAS T, SCRIPTUM LIBROS SENT AQUINAS T, SUMMA CONTRA GENTILE ARISTOTLE, ANALYTICA POSTERIORA ARISTOTLE, METAPHYSICS ARISTOTLE, PHYSICS AVERROES, IN METAPHYSICORUM VI BABENSTUBER L, PHILOS METAPHYSICA CARLETON TC, 1649, PHILOSOPHIA UNIVERSA CHISHOLM R, 1967, ENCYCL PHILOS, V4, P201 CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P CONIMBRICENSES, 1607, IN UNIVERSAM DIALECT DOYLE JP, 1987, VIVARIUM, V25, P47 DOYLE JP, 1995, REV METAPHYS, V48, P771 ELORDUY E, 1948, PENSAMIENTO, P335 ENGELHARDT P, 1971, HIST WORTERBUCH PHIL, V4, P466 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONG THEORY OBJEC GODART P, 1675, LEXICON PHILOSOPHICU, V1 HALLER R, 1971, A MEINONG GESAMTAUSG, P481 KANT I, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN KOBUSCH T, 1987, SEIN SPRACHE HIST GR, P139 LOSSADA LD, LOGICA LOSSADA LD, METAPHYSICA LOSSADA LF, 1883, CURSUS PHILOSOPHICI, V1, P204 MANDONNET RP, 1929, S THOMAE AQUINATAE S, V1, P63 MAURO S, 1885, ARISTOTELIS OPERA OM, V1 MAURO S, 1987, QUAESTIONES PHILOSOP MCKEON R, 1941, BASIC WORKS ARISTOTL, P737 MEINONG A, SELBSTDARSTELLUNG MEINONG A, 1910, UBER ANNAHMEN MENDOZA P, 1617, DISPUTATIONES METAPH MILLANPUELLES A, 1990, TEORIA OBJETO PURO NATALIS H, DE INTENTIONIBUS PALLAVICINO S, 1628, DE UNIVERSA PHILOSOP POINSOT J, 1930, CURSUS PHILOSSOPHICU REEB G, 1871, THESAURUS PHILOSOPHO, P76 RENAN E, 1852, AVERROES AVERROISME, P297 RONCAGLIA G, 1995, VIVARIUM, V33, P27 RUBIO A, 1620, LOGICA MEXICANA RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P533 SCHEIBLER C, 1617, OPUS METAPHYSICORUM SMIGLECKI M, 1658, LOGICA, V1 SPIAZZI R, 1953, AQUINAS DE VERITATE, P380 SUAREZ F, DE ENTIBUS RATIONIS SUAREZ F, DISPUTATIONES MYSTIC SUAREZ F, ON BEINGS REASON SUAREZ F, 1866, OPERA OMNIA VELARDEMAYOL V, 1980, PENSMIENTO, V45, P466 WIETROWSKI M, 1697, PHILOSOPHIA DISPUTAT ZIMARA MA, 1562, ARISTOTELIS OPERA CU NR 53 TC 1 BP 57 EP 78 PY 2001 PD NOV VL 79 IS 1 GA 528WL UT ISI:000174267400004 ER PT J AU Benoist, J TI Is there something beyond psychology? SO REVUE PHILOSOPHIQUE DE LA FRANCE ET DE L ETRANGER J9 REV PHIL FRAN ETRANG LA French DT Article C1 Univ Paris 01, F-75231 Paris 05, France. RP Benoist, J, Univ Paris 01, F-75231 Paris 05, France. CR BENOIST J, 1997, PHENOMENOLOGIE SEMAN BIEMEL W, 1976, CRISE SCI EUROPEENNE BOLZANO B, 1873, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE BOUVERESSE J, 1987, MYTHE INTERIORITE CAVELL S, 1976, MUST WE MEAN WHAT WE COFFA A, 1991, SEMANTIC TRADITION K DEUMMETT M, 1991, FREGE OTHER PHILOS DIAMOND C, 1991, REALISTIC SPIRIT ENGEL P, 1996, PHILOS PSYCHOLOGIE ENGLISH J, 1975, ARTICLES LOGIQUE FISETTE D, 1994, LECTURE FREGEENNE PH FRANCK D, 1989, CRITIQUE MAR, V502 HOLZHEY H, 1986, COHEN NATORP HUSSERL E, BRIEFWECHSEL HUSSERL E, EINLEITUNG LOGIK ERK HUSSERL E, LOGIQUE FORMELLE LOG HUSSERL E, PROLEGOMENES HUSSERL E, RECHERCHES LOGIQUES HUSSERL E, 1979, AUFSATZE REZENSIONEN JOUMIER L, 1998, HUSSERL INTRO LOGIQU KUSCH M, 1995, PSYCHOLOGISM CASE ST LAUGIER S, 1992, ANTHR LOGIQUE QUINE LAX J, 1993, BOLZANO CRITIQUE KAN LESSING HU, 1985, DILTHEY JB, V3, P228 MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE MELLE U, 1995, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V6, P103 NATORP P, 1910, KANTSTUDIEN, V6 PEIRCE CS, 1906, PHANEROSCOPY PICARDI E, 1996, FREGE IMPORTANCE LEG, P307 PICARDI E, 1997, EUR J PHILOS, V5, P162 QUINE WVO, 1977, RELATIVITE ONTOLOGIE NR 31 TC 0 BP 345 EP 361 PY 1999 PD JUL-SEP VL 124 IS 3 GA 247QA UT ISI:000083230400005 ER PT J AU Macey, D AF Macey, David TI Res, Ens LATIN - Eng. thing, something SO RADICAL PHILOSOPHY J9 RADICAL PHILOS LA English DT Article CR ANSELM, 1986, OEUVRE SAINT ANSELME AUGUSTINE, 1941, BIBLIO AUGUSTINIENNE, V6 AUGUSTINE, 1949, MAGISTERE CHRETIEN AUGUSTINE, 1997, CHRISTIAN TEACHING AVICENNA, 1978, METAPHYSIUQE SHIF BONAVENTURE, 1882, OPERA OMINA CICERO, 1965, NATURA DEORUM CLAUBERG J, 1691, OPERA OMNIA PHILOS DAURIOLE P, 1956, P AUREOLI SCVRIPTUM DELIBERA A, 1996, QUERELLE U PLATON FI DELIBERA A, 1999, ART GEN THEORIES ABS DERIJK LM, 1987, LOGOS PRAGMA ESSAYS DOYLE JP, 1998, MEDIOEVO RIVISTA STO, V24 DUNS S, 1950, OPERA OMINA STUDIO C ERNOUT A, 1994, DICT ETYMOLOGIQUE LA FATTORI M, 1982, 3 C INT LESS INT EUR FONSECA P, 1964, I DIALECTARIUM LIBRI GOCLENIUS R, 1613, LEXICON PHILOS TANQU GOICHON AM, 1937, DISTINCTION ESSENCE HADOT P, 1999, ETUDES PHILOS ANCIEN HENRY GHENT, 1961, QUODL HENRY GHENT, 1979, OPERA OMNIA JAVELLI C, 1563, TOTIUS PHILOS COMPEN JOLIVET J, 1984, ETUDES AVICENNE JOLIVET J, 1987, ASPECTS PENSEE MEDIE KOBUSCH T, 1996, J DUNS SCOTUS METAPH LATINUS A, 1977, LIBER PHILOS PRIMA S LOHMANN J, 1951, LEXIS STUDIEN SPRACH, V2 LONG AA, 1986, PRINCIPAL SOURCES PH, V2 MEINONG A, 1999, THEORIE OBJET PRESEN MOINGT J, 1966, THEOLOGIE TRINITAIRE PAULUS J, 1938, H GAND ESSAI TENDANC PLATO, 1932, LETT LUCILIUS POLENZ M, 1959, STOA GESCHICHTE EINE SINA, 1960, AL SHIFA SUAREZ F, 1856, DISUPTATIONES METAPH, V25 VALLA L, 1540, OPERA OMNIA VONARNIM J, 1964, STOICORUM VETERMUN F VONARNIM J, 1998, STOICI ANTICHI TUTTI WIELAND W, 1970, ARISTOTELISCHE PHYS NR 40 TC 0 BP 36 EP 50 PY 2006 PD SEP-OCT IS 139 GA 080NE UT ISI:000240253800006 ER PT J AU PARSONS, C TI OBJECTS AND LOGIC SO MONIST J9 MONIST LA English DT Article RP PARSONS, C, COLUMBIA UNIV,NEW YORK,NY 10027. CR CHURCH A, 1940, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V5, P56 CHURCH A, 1951, STRUCTURE METHOD MEA DONNELLAN K, 1966, PHILOS REV, V75, P281 FREGE G, FUNKTION BEGRIFF BED FREGE G, GRUNDGESETZE ARITHME FREGE G, KLEINE SCHRIFTEN FREGE G, NACHGELASSENE SCHRIF FREGE G, WISSENSCHAFTLICHER B GODEL K, 1940, CONSISTENCY CONTINUU GODEL K, 1964, PHILOS MATH SELECTED, P264 GROSSMANN R, 1974, NOUS, V8, P67 HINTIKKA J, 1972, INQUIRY, V15, P341 KANT I, CRITIQUE JUDGEMENT KANT I, 1788, COMMUNICATION 1125 MEINONG A, 1907, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS MOORE G, 1980, HIST PHILOS LOGIC, V1, P95 PARSONS C, 1964, PHILOS REV, V73, P182 PARSONS C, 1969, PHILOSOPHY SCIENCE M, P568 PARSONS C, 1971, J PHILOS, V68, P231 PARSONS C, 1971, PHILOS REV, V80, P151 PARSONS C, 1974, J PHILOS LOGIC, V3, P381 PARSONS C, 1974, NOUS, V8, P1 PARSONS C, 1979, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V80, P142 PARSONS CL, PHILOS WV QUINE PARSONS CL, 1977, LOGIC F MATH COMPUTA, P345 PARSONS T, 1979, J PHILOS, V76, P639 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PLAASS, 1965, KANTS THEORIE NATURW PUTNAM H, 1967, J PHILOS, V64, P5 QUINE WVO, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI QUINE WVO, 1970, PHILOS LOGIC QUINE WVO, 1972, METHODS LOGIC RESNIK MD, 1980, FREGE PHILOS MATH ROUTLEY R, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27, P224 RUSSELL B, 1912, PROBLEMS PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE RUSSELL B, 1973, ESSAYS ANAL TAIT WW, 1981, J PHILOS, V78, P524 TAYLOR RG, THESIS COLUMBIA THOMASON RH, 1969, LOGICAL WAY DOING TH WHITEHEAD AN, PRINCIPIA MATHEMATIC ZERMELO E, 1908, MATH ANN, V65, P261 ZERMELO E, 1929, FUND MATH, V14, P339 NR 43 TC 13 BP 491 EP 516 PY 1982 VL 65 IS 4 GA PS624 UT ISI:A1982PS62400008 ER PT J AU SMITH, B TI MODIFICATION OF SENSITIVITY, THE AESTHETIC OF THE GRAZ-SCHOOL + WITASEK,STEPHAN AND MEINOG,ALEXIUS SO REVUE D ESTHETIQUE J9 REV ESTHET LA French DT Article RP SMITH, B, UNIV MANCHESTER,MANCHESTER M13 9PL,LANCS,ENGLAND. CR BENUSSI V, 1914, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V32, P396 BRENTANO F, 1925, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1982, DESKRIPTIVE PSYCHOL DUNCKER K, 1941, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V1, P391 EHRENFELS CV, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14, P249 EHRENFELS CV, 1960, GESTALTHAFTES SEHEN, P11 EHRENFELS CV, 1982, PHILOS SCHRIFTEN, V1 EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES EXPERIENCE FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE HELLER E, 1928, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V10, P485 HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN INGARDEN R, 1931, LOGIK LITERATURWISSE INGARDEN R, 1960, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V21, P289 INGARDEN R, 1983, MAN VALUE KOFFKA K, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V73, P11 LANGE K, 1895, BEWUSSTE SELBSTTAUSC LANGE K, 1907, WESEN KUNST GRUNDZUG MACH E, 1886, BEITRAGE ANAL EMPFIN MACH E, 1903, ANAL EMPFINUNGEN VER MEINONG A, 1891, Z PSYCHOL, V2, P245 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 MEINONG A, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V6, P22 MEINONG A, 1910, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG H, 1889, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V95, P161 MEINONG H, 1968, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1 MOLLER A, 1903, MONATSBERICHTE KUNST, V3, P230 MULLIGAN K, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI MULLIGAN K, 1984, PHILOS CHRISTIAN EHR ODEBRECHT R, 1927, GRUNDLEGUNG EINER AS, V1 RUSSELL B, 1910, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V11, P108 SAXINGER R, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P579 SAXINGER R, 1906, Z PSYCHOL, V40, P145 SAXINGER R, 1908, Z PSYCHOL, V46, P401 SCHULZKI E, 1980, MENSCH ALS ELEMENTEN SMITH B, 1984, AESTHETICS SMITH B, 1984, DIALECTICA, V38, P157 SMITH B, 1985, F GESTALT THEORY WALTON K, 1973, PHILOS REV, V82, P283 WALTON K, 1978, J PHILOS, V75, P5 WITASEK S, 1896, Z PSYCHOL, V12, P185 WITASEK S, 1897, ARCH SYSTEMAT PHILOS, V3, P273 WITASEK S, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V14, P401 WITASEK S, 1898, NATUR GEOMETRISCHOPT WITASEK S, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V19, P81 WITASEK S, 1901, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V25, P1 WITASEK S, 1902, ARCH SYSTEMATISCHE P, V8, P164 WITASEK S, 1904, GRUNDZUGE ALLGEMEINE WITASEK S, 1908, GRUNDINIEN PSYCHOL WITASEK S, 1915, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V157, P87 NR 50 TC 0 BP 19 EP 37 PY 1985 IS 9 GA AMQ27 UT ISI:A1985AMQ2700003 ER PT J AU BARON, L TI DISCIPLESHIP AND DISSENT - LESSING,THEODOR AND HUSSERL,EDMUND SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY J9 PROC AMER PHIL SOC LA English DT Article RP BARON, L, ST LAWRENCE UNIV,CANTON,NY 13617. CR BARON L, 1981, L BAECK I YB, V26, P323 BARON L, 1982, J CONTEMP HIST, V17, P165 BORING EG, 1950, HIST EXPT PSYCHOL, P280 BRENTANO F, 1902, ORIGIN OUR KNOWLEDGE CAMPO M, 1967, ENCY PHILOS, V7, P194 DEBOER T, 1978, DEV HUSSERLS THOUGHT FARBER M, 1966, AIMS PHENOMENOLOGY M GOETZE W, 1930, GEGENSATZLICHKEIT GE GRUNFELD FV, 1979, PROPHETS HONOR BACKG HIERONIMUS E, 1964, T LESSING O MEYERHOF HIERONIMUS E, 1972, T LESSING LEBENSSKIZ HILLER K, 1950, KOEPFE TROEPFE PROFI HUESGEN HD, 1961, THESIS MAINZ HUSSERL E, 1962, IDEAS GENERAL INTRO, P204 HUSSERL E, 1962, KRISIS EUROPAISCHEN HUSSERL E, 1964, IDEA PHENOMENOLOGY, P43 HUSSERL E, 1969, FORMAL TRANSCENDENTA, P137 HUSSERL, LIT PHANOMENOLOGIE, P2 KALTENBRUNNER GK, 1969, TRIBUNE Z ZUM VERSTA, V8, P3126 KOCKELMANS JL, 1967, E HUSSERLS PHENOMENO KUCHLER M, 1976, LIT PHILOS ENTWICKLU LANDRY H, 1959, JUDEN DTSCH KULTURBE, P271 LESSING T, 1900, AFRICAN SPIRS ERKENN LESSING T, 1901, KANT STUDIEN, V6, P102 LESSING T, 1906, SCHOPENHAUER WAGNER LESSING T, 1907, UEBER HYPNOSE SUGGES LESSING T, 1908, ARCH SYSTEMATISCHE P, V14, P58 LESSING T, 1908, BRUCH ETHIK KANTS WE LESSING T, 1908, COMMUNICATION 0412 LESSING T, 1914, PHILOS ALS TAT LESSING T, 1914, STUDIEN WERTAXIOMATI LESSING T, 1917, AKTION, V7, P540 LESSING T, 1922, ARCH SYSTEMATISCHE P, V26, P87 LESSING T, 1923, EUROPA ASIEN ODER ME LESSING T, 1923, JB SCHOPENHAUER GESE, V12, P3 LESSING T, 1925, NIETZSCHE LESSING T, 1926, PRINZIPIEN CHARAKTER LESSING T, 1927, GESCH SINNGEBUNG SIN LESSING T, 1962, GESCH SINNGEBUNG SIN, P316 LESSING T, 1969, EINMAL NIE WIEDER LESSING, CITED INDIRECTLY LINDENFELD D, 1980, TRANSFORMATION POSIT, P244 LIPPS T, 1926, PSYCHOL STUDIES, P266 LIPPS, CITED INDIRECTLY LIPTZIN S, 1944, GERMANYS STEPCHILDRE LUKACS G, 1960, ZERSTORUNG VERNUNFT MAYER H, 1971, REPRASENTANT MARTYRE MEINONG A, 1968, ABHANDLUNGEN WERTTHE MESSER A, 1926, FALL LESSING MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1935, EVOLUTION MODERN PSY NATANSON M, 1973, E HUSSERL PHILOS INF POETZL H, 1978, THESIS U MASSACHUSET REINTJES H, 1958, GEIST ZEIT, V1, P153 RINGER FK, 1969, DECLINE GERMAN MANDA, P309 ROMAN C, 1966, VYSTRELY VE VILE EDE ROTH A, 1960, E HUSSERLS ETHISCHE SCHOPENHAUER A, 1979, PREISSCHRIFT GRUNDLA SCHRODER HE, 1970, T LESSINGS AUTOBIOGR STEINBERG MS, 1971, THESIS J HOPKINS U TITCHENER EB, 1972, SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOL P ZWEIG A, 1967, ENCY PHILOS, V4, P485 NR 61 TC 0 BP 32 EP 49 PY 1983 VL 127 IS 1 GA QH340 UT ISI:A1983QH34000003 ER PT J AU ter Hark, M AF ter Hark, Michel TI THE PSYCHOLOGY OF THINKING BEFORE THE COGNITIVE REVOLUTION: Otto Selz on Problems, Schemas, and Creativity SO HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 HIST PSYCHOL LA English DT Article C1 Univ Groningen, Fac Philosophy, NL-9712 GL Groningen, Netherlands. RP ter Hark, M, Univ Groningen, Fac Philosophy, Oude Boteringestr 52, NL-9712 GL Groningen, Netherlands. EM michel.ter.hark@rug.nl DE Selz; problem solving; schema; creative thinking ID POPPER,KARL; SELZ,OTTO; FACTS AB Otto Selz has been hailed as one of the most important precursors of the cognitive revolution, yet surprisingly few studies of his work exist. He is often mentioned in the context of the Wurzburg School of the psychology of thinking and sometimes in the context of Gestalt psychology. In this paper, it is argued that Selz's emphasis on the role of problems and schemas in the direction of thought processes and creativity sets him apart from the program of the Wurzburg School. On the other hand, by developing a theory of thinking that is exclusively at the intentional level, Selz also differs from psychologists that take physics as a model for psychology, such as the Gestalt psychology of Wolfgang Kohler. Special emphasis is given in this paper to Selz's use of the concept of problem or task and the concept of the schema. It is further argued that the concept of the schema is the result of Selz's adaptation of the theory of relations as developed by the philosopher Meinong. The paper begins with a sketch of Selz's life that ended so tragically. CR ACH N, 1905, WILLENSTATIGKEIT DEN ACH N, 1910, WILLENSAKT TEMPERAME ACH N, 2011, WILLENSAKT ASH M, 1998, GESTALT PSYCHOL GERM BAHLE J, 1930, PSYCHOL MUSIKALISCHE BECKER A, 2001, ADV GLOB CHANGE RES, V9, P3 BENARY W, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V3, P417 BORING EG, 1950, HIST EXPT PSYCHOL BRETT GS, 1953, HIST PSYCHOL BUHLER K, 1907, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V9, P297 BUHLER K, 1908, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V12, P1 BUHLER K, 1926, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V99, P145 DEGROOT A, 1946, DENKEN SCHAKER DEGROOT A, 1965, THOUGHT CHOICE CHESS DEGROOT A, 1981, O SELZ HIS CONTRIBUT, P192 DUNCKER K, 1935, PSYCHOL PRODUKTIVEN FRIJDA N, 1981, OTTO SELZ HIS CONTRI GRUNBAUM AA, 1908, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V12, P340 HUMPHREY G, 1951, THINKING HUSSERL E, 1901, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN JANKE WS, 1999, HUNDERT JAHRE I PSYC KOFFKA K, 1912, ANAL VORSTELLUNGEN I KOFFKA K, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V73, P11 KOFFKA K, 1925, GRUNDLAGEN PSYCHISCH KOFFKA K, 1925, LEHRBUCH PHILOS, V2, P495 KOFFKA K, 1927, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V9, P163 KOHLER W, 1917, ABHANDLUNG PREUSI PM, V1 KOHLER W, 1918, NACHWEIS EINFACHER S KOHLER W, 1919, PHYS GESTALTEN RUHE KOHLER W, 1925, MENTALITY APES KULPE O, 1912, INT MONATSCHRIFT WIS, P1069 KUSCH M, 1999, PSYCHOL KNOWLEDGE SO MANDLER JM, 1964, THINKING ASS GESTALT MARBE K, 1901, EXPT PSYCHOL UNTERSU MAYER A, 1901, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V26, P1 MEINONG A, 1877, SITZUNGSBERICHTE KAI, V78, P185 MEINONG A, 1882, SITZUNGSBERICHTE PH, V101, P573 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN METRAUX A, 1991, O SELZ WAHRNEHMUNGSA MULLER GE, 1894, Z PSYCHOL, V6, P81 MULLER GE, 1913, Z PSYCHOL S, V8, P567 NEWELL A, 1958, PSYCHOL REV, V65, P151 ODGEN R, 1951, AM J PSYCHOL, V61, P4 PIAGET J, 1947, PSYCHOL INTELLIGENCE POPPER KR, 1972, OBJECTIVE KNOWLEDGE POPPER KR, 2006, K POPPER FRUHE SCHRI PRINS FW, 1951, EXPT DIDACTISCHE BIJ SEEBOHM H, 1970, O SELZ BEITRAG GESCH SEEBOHM H, 1981, O SELZ HIS CONTRIBUT, P1 SELZ O, 1910, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V16, P1 SELZ O, 1910, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V57, P241 SELZ O, 1912, BER 5 K EXP PSYCH, P229 SELZ O, 1913, GESETZE GEORDNETEN D SELZ O, 1920, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V83, P211 SELZ O, 1922, PSYCHOL PRODUKTIVEN SELZ O, 1924, GESETZE PRODUKTIVEN SELZ O, 1926, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V99, P160 SELZ O, 1927, KANTSTUDIEN, V32, P273 SELZ O, 1935, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V134, P236 SELZ O, 1941, ACTA PSYCHOL, V5, P7 SMITH B, 1989, MONIST, V72, P52 STUMPF C, 1907, ABHANDLUNGEN KONIGLI, V2, P465 TERHARK M, 1993, STUD HIST PHILOS M P, V24, P585 TERHARK M, 2004, J HIST BEHAV SCI, V40, P375, DOI 10.1002/jhbs.20024 TERHARK M, 2007, ARCH GESCH PHILOS, V89, P60, DOI 10.1515/AGPH.2007.004 TERHARK MRM, 2004, POPPER O SELZ RISE E TITCHENER EB, 1909, LECT EXPT PSYCHOL TH VONEHRENFELS C, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14, P249 WATSON RI, 1963, GREAT PSYCHOL ARISTO WOODWORTH RS, 1938, EXPT PSYCHOL NR 70 TC 0 BP 2 EP 24 PY 2010 PD FEB VL 13 IS 1 DI 10.1037/a0017442 GA 578LD UT ISI:000276294200002 ER PT J AU SAJAMA, S TI SUPEREROGATION AND HIGH VALUES SO THEORIA J9 THEORIA LA English DT Article RP SAJAMA, S, UNIV TURKU,SF-20500 TURKU 50,FINLAND. CR BOSWELL J, 1952, LIFE S JOHNSON, V44 CHISHOLM RM, 1963, RATIO, V5 CHISHOLM RM, 1982, BRENTANO MEINONG STU HARTMANN N, 1962, ETHIK KANT I, 1785, GRUNDLEGUNG METAPHYS MEINONG A, 1968, ETHISCHE BAUSTEINE, V3 MEINONG A, 1968, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT, V3 URMSON JO, 1958, ESSAYS MORAL PHILOS NR 8 TC 0 BP 77 EP 88 PY 1985 VL 51 GA E4548 UT ISI:A1985E454800002 ER PT J AU STOCK, WG TI A DATA-BASE ON THE GRAZER-SCHULE - A SPECIAL DATA-BASE IN THE AREA OF THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY AND PSYCHOLOGY SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHILOSOPHISCHE FORSCHUNG J9 Z PHIL FORSCH LA German DT Article CR DIENER A, 1967, Z PHILOS FORSCH, V21, P437 HENRICHS N, 1969, FORSCHUNG, V23, P122 HENRICHS N, 1970, NACHR DOK, V21, P20 HENRICHS N, 1980, DATENBASENDATENBANKE, V3, P157 KUHN TS, 1979, STRUKTUR WISSENSCHAF MAYERL L, 1988, INFORMATION PHILOS, V16, P50 MEINONG A, 1910, UBER ANNAHMEN STOCK WG, 1984, INT CLASSIF, V11, P151 STOCK WG, 1985, ALLGEMEINE Z PHILOS, P43 STOCK WG, 1985, Z PHILOS FORSCH, V39, P431 NR 10 TC 0 BP 347 EP 364 PY 1989 PD APR-JUN VL 43 IS 2 GA AM488 UT ISI:A1989AM48800007 ER PT J AU SMITH, JF TI THE RUSSELL-MEINONG DEBATE SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article RP SMITH, JF, UNIV MASSACHUSETTS,BOSTON,MA 02125. CR ARISTOTLE, CATEGORIES ARISTOTLE, METAPHYSICS, V4 CASTANEDA HN, 1978, NOUS, V12 CHIHARA C, 1972, ONTOLOGY VICIOUS CIR CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P CHISHOLM RM, 1981, 1ST PERSON ESSAY REF CHISHOLM RM, 1982, BRENTANO MEINONG STU FINDLAY JN, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FREGE G, GRUNDGESETZE ARITHME FREGE G, 1902, COMMUNICATION GODEL K, 1944, PHILOS B RUSSELL, P133 GOLDFARB W, 1979, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V44 GRIFFIN N, 1980, SYNTHESE, V45, P127 HAACK S, 1974, DEVIANT LOGIC LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN LUKASIEWICZ J, 1979, ARTICLES ARISTOTLE, V3, P61 MALLY E, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P128 MEINONG A, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDE HOHERER MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEINONG A, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1910, ASSUMPTIONS MEINONG A, 1917, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI MEINONG A, 1921, PHILOS GEGENWART SEL PARSONS C, 1982, MONIST, V65, P507 PARSONS C, 1983, MATH PHILOS, P293 PARSONS T, 1970, J PHILOS, V76, P658 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PUTNAM H, 1983, REALISM REASON PHILO, V3 QUINE WVO, 1941, PHILOS AN WHITEHEAD QUINE WVO, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW QUINE WVO, 1970, PHILOS LOGIC QUINE WVO, 1972, B RUSSELL COLLECTION, P294 QUINE WVO, 1981, J PHILOS, V78 RAPAPORT W, 1978, NOUS, V12 ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, COMMUNICATIONS RUSSELL B, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1899, MIND RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND RUSSELL B, 1905, DENOTING RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND RUSSELL B, 1906, MIND RUSSELL B, 1906, SOME DIFFICULTIES TH RUSSELL B, 1907, MIND RUSSELL B, 1908, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE RUSSELL B, 1910, NATURE TRUTH FALSEHO RUSSELL B, 1913, THEORY KNOWLEDGE RUSSELL B, 1914, NATURE ACQUAINTANCE RUSSELL B, 1918, PHILOS LOGICAL ATOMI RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1921, ANALYSIS MIND RUSSELL B, 1936, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, P145 RUSSELL B, 1944, MY MENTAL DEV RUSSELL B, 1951, AUTOBIOGRAPHY, V1 RUSSELL B, 1959, MY PHILOS DEV SMITH JF, 1982, PHENOMENOLOGY DIALOG THOMPSON M, 1981, J PHILOS, V78, P468 VANHEIJENOORT J, 1967, SYNTHESE, V32 WOODS J, 1977, CANADIAN J PHILOS, V7 NR 62 TC 6 BP 305 EP 350 PY 1985 VL 45 IS 3 GA ACN82 UT ISI:A1985ACN8200001 ER PT J AU WEST, C TI NIETZSCHE PREFIGURATION OF POSTMODERN AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY SO BOUNDARY 2-AN INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF LITERATURE AND CULTURE J9 BOUND TWO-INT J LIT CULT LA English DT Article RP WEST, C, UNION THEOL SEMINARY,NEW YORK,NY 10027. CR AYER AJ, 1958, F EMPIRICAL KNOWLEDG BENNETT J, 1971, LOCKE BERKELEY HUME BLANCHOT M, 1977, NEW NIETZSCHE CONT S, P122 BRINTON C, 1941, NIETZSCHE CAVELL S, 1979, CLAIM REASON CHISHOLM RM, 1977, THEORY KNOWLEDGE DELEUZE G, 1977, NEW NIETZSCHE, P149 DONTO A, 1965, NIETZSCHE PHILOS FREGE G, 1952, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS GLYMOUR C, 1980, THEORY EVIDENCE GOODMAN N, 1972, PROBLEMS PROJECTS GOODMAN N, 1978, WAYS WORLDMAKING HOLLINGDALE RJ, 1973, NIETZSCHE KAUFMAN W, 1975, NIETZSCHE PHILOS PSY KUHN T, 1970, CRITICISM GROWTH KNO, P266 KUHN TS, 1970, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU LEWIS CI, 1952, PHILOS REV, V61, P168 LEWIS CI, 1956, MIND WORLD ORDER MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P MOORE GE, 1922, PHILOS STUDIES NIETZSCHE F, TWILIGHT OF IDOLS NIETZSCHE F, WILL TO POWER PASSMORE JA, 1970, 100 YEARS PHILOS POLLACK JL, 1975, KNOWLEDGE JUSTIFICAT PRICE HH, 1964, PERCEPTION PUTNAM H, 1978, MEANING MORAL SCI QUINE WVO, 1960, WORD OBJECT QUINE WVO, 1963, LOGICAL POINT VIEW QUINE WVO, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI RORTY R, 1967, LINGUISTIC TURN RECE RORTY R, 1972, J PHILOS, V69, P661 RORTY R, 1979, PHILOS MIRROR NATURE ROSS JJ, 1970, APPEAL GIVEN RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P204 RUSSELL B, 1912, PROBLEMS PHILOS SELLARS RW, 1916, CRITICAL REALISM SELLARS RW, 1938, REV INT PHILOS, V1, P472 SELLARS WS, 1956, MINNESOTA STUDIES PH, V1 STERN JP, 1979, F NIETZSCHE WEST C, 1979, UNION SEMINARY Q REV, V34, P71 WILLIAM M, 1977, GROUNDLESS BELIEF ES NR 42 TC 3 BP 241 EP 269 PY 1981 VL 9 IS 3 GA NS775 UT ISI:A1981NS77500011 ER PT J AU Weberman, D TI Heidegger and the disclosive character of the emotions SO SOUTHERN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 SOUTHERN J PHIL LA English DT Article RP Weberman, D, UNIV WISCONSIN,MADISON,WI 53706. CR ARMSTRONG DM, 1968, MATERIALIST THEORY M BLUM L, 1980, EXPLAINING EMOTIONS, P516 BROAD CD, EMOTION SENTIMENT CALHOUN C, 1977, PERCEPTION EMOTION A, P327 CALHOUN C, 1989, PHILOS FORUM, V20, P195 DAMASIO A, 1994, DESCRATES ERROR EMOT DEIGH J, 1994, ETHICS, V104, P824 DEWEY J, WHAT ARE STATES MIND GIOGNON C, 1907, PERCEPTION EMOTION A, P230 GORDON R, 1987, STRUCTURE EMOTIONS I GORDON RM, 1991, PHILOS REV, V100, P284 GREEN OH, 1992, EMOTIONS GREENSPAN P, 1988, EMOTIONS REASONS INQ HAMLYN DW, 1978, PHILOSOPHY, V53, P5 HEIDEGGER M, GRUNDBEGRIFFE METAPH HEIDEGGER M, HIST CONCEPT TIME HEIDEGGER M, NIETZSCHE HEIDEGGER M, PROLEGOMENA GESCH ZE HEIDEGGER M, SEIN UND ZEIT HEIDEGGER M, URSPRUNG KUNSTWERKES HEIDEGGER M, WAS IST METAPHYSIK HUSSERL E, 1950, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME JAGGAR AM, 1989, INQUIRY, V32, P151 KENNY A, 1963, ACTION EMOTION WILL LAMB R, 1987, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V48, P107 LAZARUS RS, 1980, EMOTION THEORY RES E, P189 LORMAND E, 1985, PHILOS STUD, V47, P385 LYONS W, 1980, EMOTIONS MARKS J, 1995, EMOTIONS ASIAN THOUG, P1 MEINONG A, EMOTIONALE PRASENTAT MEINONG A, GRUNDLEGUNG ALLGEMEI MORAVCSIK JM, 1982, DIALECTICA, V36 MORAVCSIK JME, 1982, DIALECTICA, V36, P207 MORREALL J, 1993, J PHILOS, V90, P359 NEU J, 1977, EMOTION THOUGHT THER NUSSBAUM M, 1990, LOVES KNOWLEDGE ESSA OAKLEY J, 1992, MORALITY EMOTIONS OATLEY K, 1992, BEST LAID SCHEMES PS ROBINSON J, 1983, J PHILOS, V80, P733 ROBINSON J, 1988, PHILOS REV, V97, P200 RORTY A, 1980, EXPLAINING EMOTIONS, V1 RYLE G, 1949, CONCEPT OF MIND SARTRE JP, 1948, EMOTIONS SARTRE JP, 1956, BEING AND NOTHINGNES SHANE M, 1992, TECHNIQUE PRACTICE P, V2, P302 SHKLAR JN, 1990, FACES INJUSTICE SOLOMON R, 1980, EXPLAINING EMOTIONS, P261 SOLOMON RC, 1976, PASSIONS MYTH NATURE SOUSA RD, 1991, RATIONALITY EMOTION STOCKER M, 1994, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V19, P143 THALBERG I, 1978, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V56, P143 THALBERG I, 1984, WHAT EMOTION CLASSIC TUGENDHAT E, 1979, SELBSTBEWUSSTSEIN SE VETLESEN AJ, 1994, PERCEPTION EMPATHY J WIGGINS D, 1976, P BRIT ACAD, V62, P331 WILSON JRS, 1972, EMOTION OBJECT NR 56 TC 2 BP 379 EP 410 PY 1996 PD FAL VL 34 IS 3 GA VJ858 UT ISI:A1996VJ85800007 ER PT J AU Lund, FH TI The psychology of belief - A study of its emotional and volitional determinants SO JOURNAL OF ABNORMAL AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY J9 J ABN SOC PSYCH LA English DT Article CR BAGEHOT W, LITERARY STUDIES, V1, P412 BAIN A, EMOTIONS WILL, V11 BAIN A, MENTAL MORAL SCI, V8 BALFOUR AJ, 1895, FDN BELIEF BRENTANO F, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, P7 BRIDGES JW, 1914, PSYCH MONOG, P17 COOLEY CH, 1922, HUMAN NATURE SOC ORD FULLERTON, 1892, PUBLICATION U PENNSY, P2 HERMON VAC, 1911, PSYCHOL REV, V18, P186 HOLLINGWORTH HL, 1913, ARCH PSYCHO, P29 HOLLINGWORTH HL, 1916, J PHIL PSYCH MAR JAMES W, PSYCHOLOGY, V2, CH21 JANET P, OBSESSIONS PSYCHASTH JASTROW J, 1918, PSYCHOL CONVICTION LINDSAY J, 1910, ARCH SYST PHIL, V16, P293 MARTIN AH, 1922, ARCH PSYCHOL, P51 MCDOUGALL W, 1921, PSYCHOL REV, V28, P315 MCDOUGALL W, 1923, SCRIBNERS MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN, P403 METCALF JT, 1917, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V23, P181 MILL JS, ANAL PHENOMENA HUMAN, CH11 MOORE HT, 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P16 OKABE T, 1910, AM J PSYCHOL, V21, P563 PERRY RB, 1921, J PHILOS, V18, P170 PILLSBURY WB, 1910, PSYCHOLOGY REASONING POFFENBERGER AT, 1923, J APPL PSYCHOL, V8, P1 ROBACK AA, 1920, PSYCHOL BULL, V17, P53 ROGERS AK, 1923, WHAT TRUTH, P1 RUGER HA, ARCH PSYCHOL RUSSELL B, ANALY MIND STERN W, 1910, AM J PSYCHOL, V21, P270 STOUT GF, ANAL PSYCHOL, P97 SUMNER FB, 1898, PSYCHOL REV, V5, P616 TITCHENER EB, 1909, EXPT PSYCHOL HIGHER, P250 TROW WC, 1923, ARCH PSYCH, V67 WALLAS G, BELIEF POLITICS WATSON JB, 1920, B J PSYCHOL-GEN SE 1, V11, P87, UNSP X336095 WELLS WR, 1921, BIOL FDN BELIEF WILLIAMSON GF, 1915, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V12, P127 NR 39 TC 33 BP 174 EP 196 PY 1925 VL 20 GA V15XJ UT ISI:000201074700017 ER PT J AU HEIDSIECK, A TI KAFKA FICTIONAL ONTOLOGY AND NARRATIVE PERSPECTIVE - THEIR RELATION TO FIN-DE-SIECLE AUSTRIAN PHILOSOPHY SO POETICA-ZEITSCHRIFT FUR SPRACH-UND LITERATURWISSENSCHAFT J9 POETICA-Z SPRACH LIT LA German DT Article CR BINDER H, 1976, KAFKA NEUER SICHT BINDER H, 1983, KAFKA SCHAFFENSPROZE COHN D, 1978, TRANSPARENT MINDS NA DESCARTES R, 1912, MEDITATIONES DESCARTES R, 1915, MEDITATIONEN GRUNDLA EHRENFELS CV, PHILOS SCHRIFTEN, V3 HALLER R, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS HEIDSIECK A, 1986, GER REV, V61, P11 HEIDSIECK A, 1987, PHILOS LITERATURE, V11, P242 HEIDSIECK A, 1989, GERMAN Q, V62 KAFKA F, PROZESS KAFKA F, SCHLOSS KAFKA F, 1953, HOCHZEITSVORBEREITUN KAFKA F, 1970, SAMTLICHE ERZAHLUNGE KAFKA F, 1973, TAGEBUCHER 1910 1923 KASTIL A, 1909, STUDIEN NEUEREN ERKE, V1, P26 LEA HC, 1888, HIST INQUISITION MID LINSKY L, 1977, NAMES DESCRIPTIONS MARTY A, 1916, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN MARTY A, 1940, PSYCHE SPRACHSTRUKTU MEINONG A, 1971, ABHANDLUNGEN ERKENNT MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PARSONS T, 1982, POETICS, V11, P311 SHISHOLM RM, 1978, PHILOS F BRENTANOS SMMITH B, 1981, STRUCTURE GESTALT PH, P113 SOKEL WH, 1984, JUNGE KAFKA, P133 SOKEL WH, 1985, GER REV, V60, P69 NR 28 TC 0 BP 389 EP 402 PY 1989 VL 21 IS 3-4 GA CM427 UT ISI:A1989CM42700007 ER PT J AU SCHUHMANN, K SMITH, B TI QUESTIONS, AN ESSAY IN DAUBERTIAN PHENOMENOLOGY SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article C1 UNIV MANCHESTER,MANCHESTER M13 9PL,LANCS,ENGLAND. RP SCHUHMANN, K, STATE UNIV UTRECHT,UTRECHT,NETHERLANDS. CR AQVIST L, 1965, NEW APPROACH LOGICAL AVELALLEMANT E, 1975, NACHLASSE MUNCHENER BELNAP N, 1976, LOGIC QUESTIONS ANSW BERGLER R, 1961, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V113, P49 BOLZANO B, 1837, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE V BOUDIER CEM, 1979, TIJDSCHRIFT FILOSOFI, V41, P447 BRENTANO F, 1889, VOM URSPRUNG SITTLIC, CH1 BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BURKHARDT A, 1986, SOZIALE AKET SPRECHA CORETH E, 1973, HDB PHILOS GRUNDBEGR, V1, P485 DELIUS H, 1982, SELF AWARENESS SEMAN DETRACY D, 1803, ELEMENS IDEOLOGIE 2 ERDMANN B, 1907, LOGIK LOGISCHE ELEME FALES W, 1943, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V4, P60 GEIGER M, 1911, MUNCHENER PHILOS ABH, P125 GEIGER M, 1933, NEUE MUNCHENER PHILO, P1 HARRAH D, 1961, PHILOS SCI, V28, P40 HARRAH D, 1969, LOGICAL WAY DOING TH, P3 HOPPER P, 1979, DISCOURSE SYNTAX SYN, V12, P213 HUSSERL E, BRIEFE R INGARDEN HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1913, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME INGARDEN R, 1925, JB PHILOS PHANOMELOG, V7, P125 INGARDEN R, 1931, LIT KUNSTWERK INGARDEN R, 1964, STREIT EXISTENZ WELT KARTTUNEN L, 1977, LINGUIST PHILOS, V1, P3 KREIBIG JK, 1914, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V33, P152 LIPPS T, 1905, 5 ATT C INT PSIC, P57 LONGACRE R, 1978, CURR TRENDS LINGUIST, P103 LOTZE H, 1912, LOGIC DREI BUCHER VO LOW F, 1928, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V66, P357 LYONS J, 1977, SEMANTICS, V2 MARTY A, 1976, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND MEINONG A, 1910, UBER ANNAHMEN MULLIGAN K, 1986, TOPOI, V5, P115 MULLIGAN K, 1987, SPEECH ACT SACHVERHA NEHRING A, 1963, SPRACHZEICHEN SPRECH PAUL H, 1920, PRINZIPIEN SPRACHGES PFANDER A, 1909, IMPERATIVENLEHRE PFANDER A, 1963, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V4, P139 POLTNER G, 1972, EINER PHANOMENOLOGIE RAUSCH E, 1977, ARCH PSYCHOL, V123, P235 REINACH A, IN PRESS REINACH A, 1911, MUNCHENER PHILOS ABH, P196 REINACH A, 1912, Z PHILOS PHILOS KR 1, V148, P181 REINACH A, 1912, Z PHILOS PHILOS KR 2, V149, P30 REINACH A, 1913, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V1, P685 REINACH A, 1921, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN RICKERT H, 1904, GEGENSTAND ERKENNTNI ROMBACH H, 1952, S JB PHILOS, V3, P135 RUBIN E, 1921, VISUELL WAHRGENOMMEN SCHUHMANN K, 1977, HUSSERL CHRONIK DENK SCHUHMANN K, 1985, PHENOMENOLOGY THEORY SCHUHMANN K, 1985, REV METAPHYS, V38, P763 SCHUHMANN K, 1987, SPEECH ACT SACHVERAL SEARLE JR, 1969, SPEECH ACTS SELZ O, 1913, GESETZE GEORDNETEN D, V1 SIGWART C, 1904, LOGIK, V1 SMID RN, 1985, HUSSERL STUD, V2, P267 SMITH B, 1978, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V6, P39 SMITH B, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE SMITH B, 1985, IN PRESS K BUHLERS T SMITH B, 1985, THEORETICAL LINGUIST, V2, P311 SMITH B, 1986, UNIVERSAL GRAMMAR SP, P143 SMITH B, 1987, SPEECH ACT SACHVERHA SPIEGELBERG H, 1982, PFANDER STUDIEN SPIEGELBERG H, 1982, PHENOMENOLOGICAL MOV STAHL G, 1969, NOUS, V3, P211 STERN G, 1924, THESIS FREIBURG I BR TUMLIRZ O, 1919, WESEN FRAGE BEITRAGE WALLACE S, 1982, TENSE ASPECT SEMANTI, P200 WUNDERLICH D, 1976, STUDIEN SPRECHAKTTHE NR 72 TC 2 BP 353 EP 384 PY 1987 PD MAR VL 47 IS 3 GA G2362 UT ISI:A1987G236200001 ER PT J AU Romer, H TI Substance, ordinance and complementarity SO PHILOSOPHISCHES JAHRBUCH J9 PHIL JAHRB LA German DT Article ID WEAK QUANTUM-THEORY; ENTANGLEMENT; HOMEOPATHY AB Process Philosophy endeavours to replace the classical ontology of substances by a process ontology centered on notions of changes and transitions. We argue, that the substantial and processual approach are mutually complementary. Here, comptementarity is to be understood in the sense of a Generalized Quantum Theory", which is not restricted to physical phenomena. From this point of view, restricting oneself to either substance or process ontology would be as ill-advised as exclusively relying on position or momentum observables in physics. A new view on Zeno's paradox lends itself. The meaning of an ,,Internal energy observable", complementary to inner time, and its relationship to ,,akaterorial states" of the human mind will also be discussed. CR ATMANSPACHER H, 1995, PAULIJUNG DIALOG SEI ATMANSPACHER H, 2002, FOUND PHYS, V32, P379 ATMANSPACHER H, 2004, BIOL CYBERN, V90, P33, DOI 10.1007/s00422-003-0436-4 ATMANSPACHER H, 2006, J MIND BEHAV, V26, P161 ATMANSPACHER H, 2006, QUANTUM THEORY RECON, V3 BORGES JL, 2003, WERKE 20 BANDEN BROWNING D, 1965, PHILOS PROCESS GEMMER J, 2001, EUR PHYS J D, V17, P385 JAMES W, 1950, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL KIEFER C, 1999, CONCEPTUAL ISSUES QU MAHLER G, 2004, MIND MATTER, V2, P67 MCTAGGART JE, 1908, MIND, V17, P456 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN PRIMAS H, 2003, MIND MATTER, V1, P81 RESCHER N, 1996, PROCESS METAPHYSICS RESCHER N, 2000, PROCESS PHILOS SURVE ROMER H, 2002, PHILOS JAHRB, V109, P354 ROMER H, 2004, MIND MATTER, V2, P105 WALACH H, 2003, FORSCH KOMP KLAS NAT, V10, P192 WALACH H, 2005, J ALTERN COMPLEM MED, V11, P813 WHITEHEAD AN, 1919, ENQUIRY CONCERNING P WHITEHEAD AN, 1920, CONCEPT NATURE NR 22 TC 1 BP 118 EP 136 PY 2006 VL 113 IS 1 GA 055EA UT ISI:000238431600007 ER PT J AU RAPAPORT, WJ TI ADVERBIAL MEINONGIAN THEORY SO ANALYSIS J9 ANALYSIS LA English DT Article RP RAPAPORT, WJ, SUNY COLL FREDONIA,FREDONIA,NY 14063. CR BRENTANO F, 1874, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P39 CASTANNEDA HN, 1972, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CHISHOLM R, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27, P207 CHISHOLM RM, 1957, PERCEIVING CHISHOLM RM, 1966, THEORY KNOWLEDGE GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG JACKSON F, 1975, METAPHILOSOPHY, V6, P127 MEINONG A, 1971, ALEXIUS MEINONG GESA, V2, P481 RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12 SELLARS W, 1969, LOGICAL WAY DOING TH, P219 NR 10 TC 5 BP 75 EP 81 PY 1979 VL 39 IS 2 GA GR516 UT ISI:A1979GR51600005 ER PT J AU Watt, HJ AF Watt, Henry J. TI Collective Report on recent Research in Memory and Association Psychology from the Years 1903/4 SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Review CR ARCH GES PSYCH, V1, P417 PSYCHOL GESALLEFASSO, P303 VORSUCHUNG SCHACHBRE, P449 Z PSYCH, V26, P168 Z PSYCH, V28, P179 Z PSYCH, V31, P110 ACH N, 1904, 1 K EXP PSYCH GIESS, P80 ALEXANDER HB, 1904, PSYCH REV, V40, P319 ALEXANDER HB, 1904, PSYCH REV, V40, P338 ALLING ME, 1903, PSYCHOL REV, V10, P178 AMESEDER R, AUFFALLIGKUTT BARBEN, P509 AMESEDER R, VORSTELLUNGSPRODUKTI, P481 ATKINSON WW, GEDACHTNISAUSHILDUNG BINET A, 1903, ETUDE EXPT INTELLIGE BISCHOFF E, 1904, THESIS TUBINGEN BLEULER, J PSYCH NEUROLOGIE, V3, P49 BORST M, ARCH PSYCH, V3, P234 BORST M, ARCH PSYCH, V3, P314 CLAPAREDE E, ARCH PSYCH, V3, P201 CLAPAREDE E, 1903, ASS IDEES DESBAUCELS L, ARCH PSYCH, V3, P145 DUGAS L, 1904, REV PHIL, V58, P638 EBERT E, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCH, V4, P1 ENGLE JE, 1904, ANAL INTEREST PSYCHO, V26 EPHRUSSI P, 1905, Z PSYCHOL, V37, P161 EPHRUSSI P, 1905, Z PSYCHOL, V37, P56 GAMBLE E, Z PSYCH, V32, P177 GAMBLE E, Z PSYCH, V33, P161 GEORGE A, 1904, GEDACHTNIS SEINE PFL GORDON K, ARCH GES PSYCH, V4, P437 HENDERSON EN, PSYCH REV MONOGR S, V23 JAFFA S, STERNS BEITRAGE PSYC, P79 JANET P, 1904, J PSYCHOL, V1, P417 JUNG CG, J PSYCH NEUROLOGIE, V3, P145 JUNG CG, J PSYCH NEUROLOGIE, V3, P193 JUNG CG, J PSYCH NEUROLOGIE, V3, P283 JUNG CG, J PSYCH NEUROLOGIE, V3, P55 JUNG CG, J PSYCH NEUROLOGIE, V4, P24 KULPE O, ARCH GES PSYCH, V4, P459 KULPE O, 1904, 1 K EXP PSYCH, P56 LAY W, PSYCH REV, V10, P422 LIPMANN O, Z PSYCH, V35, P195 LOBSIEN M, STERNS BEITRAGE PSYC, P26 MCDOUGALL W, BRIT J PSYCH, V1, P317 MEAKIN F, PSYCH REV MONOGR S, V4, P235 MEINONG A, 1901, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEUMANN E, 1903, DTSCH SCHULE, V7 MEYER S, GRENZFR NERVEN SEELE MOORE CS, 1903, PSYCH REV MONOGR S, V17, P277 MOORE TV, 1904, PSYCH REV MONOGR S, V24 MULLER GE, Z PSYCH, V39, P111 NETSCHAJEFF A, SAMMLUNG ABHANDL GEB, V7, P1 OGDEN RM, ARCH GES PSYCH, V2, P93 ORTH J, 1903, SAMMLUNG ABHANDL GEB PAULHAN F, J PSYCH NORM PATHOL, V1, P321 PHILIPPE J, 1903, IMAGE MENTALE PIERON H, REV PHIL, V56, P142 PIERON H, REV PHIL, V57, P193 REUTHER F, 1903, WUNDTS PSYCH STUDIEN, V1, P4 SCHAFER W, 1904, THESIS GIESSEN SCHLICHTING C, 1904, PFLEGE GEDACHTNISSES SEMON R, 1904, WECHSEL ORGANISCHEN SIEGEL C, PSYCHOL THEORIE ERKE SPEARMANN C, AM J PSYCH, P72 SPEARMANN C, AM J PSYCH, V15, P201 SWIFT EJ, AM J PSYCH, V14, P201 TITCHENER EB, SCIENCE, V20, P786 VANBIERVLIET JJ, REV PHIL, P479 WATT HJ, ARCH GES PSYCH, V4, P289 WATT HJ, Z PSYCH, V36, P417 WEHRLIN K, J PSYCH NEUROL, V4, P109 WEHRLIN K, J PSYCH NEUROL, V4, P129 WHIPPLE GM, AM J PSYCH, V15, P489 WINCH WH, BRIT J PSYCH, V1, P127 WINCH WH, BRIT J PSYCH, V1, P134 WIRTH W, 1903, PHILOS STUD, V18, P701 NR 76 TC 0 BP A1 EP A48 PY 1906 PD MAR 6 VL 7 IS 1-2 GA V98BX UT ISI:000206629700005 ER PT J AU SYLVAN, R TI LANGUAGE, THOUGHT AND REPRESENTATION OF THE WORLD SO REVUE INTERNATIONALE DE PHILOSOPHIE J9 REV INT PHIL LA English DT Article CR CRESSWELL MJ, 1973, LOGICS LANGUAGES DERRIDA J, 1986, MARGINS PHILOS DEVITT M, 1984, REALISM TRUTH EDWARDS JC, 1982, ETHICS PHILOS GODDARD L, 1983, LOGIC SIGNIFICANCE C GRAVE SA, 1984, HIST PHILOS AUSTR HAACK S, 1978, PHILOS LOGICS IHDE D, 1983, EXISTENTIAL TECHNICS JUDGE B, 1985, THINKING THINGS MACNABB DGC, 1967, ENCYCL PHILOS, V4, P74 MEINONG A, 1983, ASSUMPTION MEYER RK, 1975, EXTENSIONAL REDUCTIO PASSMORE J, 1985, RECENT PHILOS PLUMWOOD V, 1982, LANGUAGE ONTOLOGY PUTNAM H, 1980, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V45, P464 RENNIE MK, 1974, SOME USES TYPE THEOR RESCHER N, 1969, MANY VALUED LOGIC RORTY R, 1980, PHILOS MIRROR NATURE ROUTLEY R, 1976, AUSTR J PHILOS, V54, P187 ROUTLEY R, 1979, EXPLORING MEINONGS J ROUTLEY R, 1984, 10 AUSTR NAT U DISC RYLE G, 1949, CONCEPT MIND SMART JJC, 1977, AUSTR ASS LOGIC C ME SYLVAN R, 1986, REASONING, V1 SYLVAN R, 1987, REALISM RELATIVISM TAYLOR C, 1980, MAN WORLD, V13, P281 WISDOM J, 1952, OTHER MINDS WITTGENSTEIN L, ON CERTAINTY WITTGENSTEIN L, TRACTATUS LOGICO-PHI NR 29 TC 1 BP 64 EP 96 PY 1987 VL 41 IS 160 GA H5119 UT ISI:A1987H511900004 ER PT B AU Schlemmer, MJ Prankl, J Vincze, M AF Schlemmer, Matthias J. Prankl, Johann Vincze, Markus TI Vision for Situated Robot Companions - Fusing Top-Down Knowledge and Bottom-Up Data SO 2009 AFRICON, VOLS 1 AND 2 LA English DT Proceedings Paper C1 [Schlemmer, Matthias J.; Prankl, Johann; Vincze, Markus] Vienna Univ Technol, Automat & Control Inst, Vienna, Austria. RP Schlemmer, MJ, Vienna Univ Technol, Automat & Control Inst, Vienna, Austria. EM ms@acin.tuwien.ac.at jp@acin.tuwien.ac.at vm@acin.tuwien.ac.at ID OBJECT DETECTION; SEGMENTATION AB In this paper we try to countersteer the observed dissociation of computer vision research from robotics and artificial intelligence. We propose a theoretical framework of cognitive functions with which the overall agent's knowledge (serving as top-down information repository) and bottom-up vision data can be glued together. It is argued that vision is always intentionally directed, working in a concrete situation for a concrete task. We call this paradigm situated vision-and argue for a variety of different vision techniques working with and on the same ontology of the agent. We present three distinct methods and show how they may support a robot in a concrete showcase example. CR AGARWAL S, 2004, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V26, P1475 ANTENREITER M, 2009, 33 WORKSH AUSTR ASS DALAL N, 2005, CVPR, V1, P886 DICKINSON SJ, 1997, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V15, P277 FELZENSZWALB PF, 2004, INT J COMPUT VISION, V59, P167 GRUBER TR, 1993, KNOWL ACQUIS, V5, P199 HAARSLEV V, 2003, RACER CORE INFERENCE, P27 HAWKINS J, 2004, INTELLIGENCE KANADE T, 1978, P 4 INT JOINT C PATT, P95 LEIBE B, 2008, INT J COMPUT VISION, V77, P259, DOI 10.1007/s11263-007-0095-3 LOWE DG, 2004, INT J COMPUT VISION, V60, P91 MAILLOT N, 2004, MACH VISION APPL, V16, P33, DOI 10.1007/s00138-004-0142-9 MEINONG A, 1913, MEINONGS GESAMMELTE, V2 NEUMANN B, 1996, P ECCV WORKSH CONC D, P58 NEUMANN B, 2003, P 3 INT C COMP VIS S, P212 PAUL A, 2006, ACM SE 44, P748 PYLYSHYN ZW, 2001, COGNITION, V80, P127 RICHTSFELD A, 2009, GERM WORKSH IN PRESS SARKAR S, 1994, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V24, P246 SCHLAGBAUER M, 2007, RADIAT PROT DOSIM, V125, P149, DOI 10.1093/rpd/ncm206 SCHLEMMER M, 2008, SIMULATING MIND TECH, P302 SCHLEMMER M, 2009, THESIS VIENNA U TECH SCHNEIDERMAN H, 2004, INT J COMPUT VISION, V56, P151 SLOMAN A, 2002, GETTING MEANING OFF SLOMAN A, 2006, P 21 AAAI C ART INT SOLMS M, 2008, SIMULATING MIND TECH, P115 VERNON D, 2007, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V11, P151, DOI 10.1109/TEVC.2006.890274 VIOLA P, 2004, INT J COMPUT VISION, V57, P137 WINSTON P, 1970, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE ZILLICH M, 2007, 31 WORKSH AUSTR ASS, P25 NR 30 TC 0 BP 322 EP 327 PY 2009 GA BNP02 UT ISI:000275165500058 ER PT J AU ZALTA, EN TI 25 BASIC THEOREMS IN SITUATION AND WORLD THEORY SO JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHICAL LOGIC J9 J PHIL LOGIC LA English DT Article RP ZALTA, EN, STANFORD UNIV,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,STANFORD,CA 94305. ID MODAL LOGIC; ACTUALISM CR ACZEL P, 1988, CSLI LECTURE NOTES, V14 ADAMS RM, 1974, NOUS, V8, P211 ADAMS RM, 1981, SYNTHESE, V49, P3 ANDERSON CA, 1984, HDB PHILOS LOGIC, V2, P355 BARWISE J, 1980, STANFORD WORKING PAP BARWISE J, 1981, J PHILOS, V78, P668 BARWISE J, 1981, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V6, P387 BARWISE J, 1983, SITUATIONS ATTITUDES BARWISE J, 1985, CSLI8526 CTR STUD LA BARWISE J, 1985, LINGUIST PHILOS, V8, P105 BARWISE J, 1989, CSLI LECTURE NOTES, V17, P264 CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CHISHOLM RM, 1976, PERSON OBJECT METAPH CHURCH A, 1951, STRUCTURE METHOD MEA CRESSWELL M, 1973, LOGICS LANGUAGES DEUTSCH H, 1990, PHILOS STUD, V60, P89 FINE K, 1977, WORLDS TIMES SELVES FINE K, 1985, ALVIN PLANTINGA, P163 FREGE G, 1970, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS, P56 KAPLAN D, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN, P481 KRIPKE SA, 1959, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V24, P1 KRIPKE SA, 1963, ACTA PHILOS FENN, V16, P83 LEWIS D, 1973, COUNTERFACTUALS, P84 LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS, P2 LYCAN W, 1988, J PHILOS, V85, P42 MALLY E, 1912, GEGENSTANDSTHEORETIS MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MENZEL C, 1991, J PHILOS LOGIC, V20, P331 MONTAGUE R, 1974, FORMAL PHILOS MYHILL J, 1963, PHILOS R CARNAP, P299 PERRY J, 1986, J PHILOS LOGIC, V15, P83 PLANTINGA A, 1974, NATURE NECESSITY PLANTINGA A, 1976, THEORIA-SPAIN, V42, P139 POLLOCK J, 1984, F PHILOS SEMANTICS QUINE WVO, 1960, VARIABLES EXPLAINED, P227 RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 SOSA E, 1986, GRAZER PHILOSOPHISCH, V25, P485 STALNAKER R, 1976, NOUS, V10, P65 STALNAKER R, 1986, J PHILOS LOGIC, V15, P109 STALNAKER R, 1986, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V11, P121 STLNAKER R, 1985, INQUIRY VANINWAGEN P, 1986, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V11, P185 ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS INT, P158 ZALTA E, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME, P27 ZALTA E, 1991, SITUATION THEORY ITS, V2 ZALTA EN, 1987, PHILOS STUD, V51, P213 NR 46 TC 9 BP 385 EP 428 PY 1993 PD AUG VL 22 IS 4 GA LG336 UT ISI:A1993LG33600002 ER PT J AU DOYLE, JP TI EXTRINSIC COGNOSCIBILITY, A 17TH-CENTURY SUPERTRANSCENDENTAL NOTION SO MODERN SCHOOLMAN J9 MOD SCHOOLMAN LA English DT Article RP DOYLE, JP, ST LOUIS UNIV,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,ST LOUIS,MO 63103. CR ALEXANDER APHRO., TOP ALSTEDII JH, 1630, ENCY SEPTEM TOMIS DI AQUINAS T, SUMA THEOLOGIAE ARISTOTLE, METAPHYSICS BERNALDODEQUIRO.A, 1666, OPUS PHILOS COMPLECT BURGERSDIJK F, INSTITUTIONUM METAPH CARLETON TC, 1849, PHILOS U CARRERAS T, 1943, HIST FILOSOFIA ESPAN CENAL R, 1942, REV FILOSOFIA, V1 CHISHOLM RM, 1853, ENCYCL PHILOS, P263 CLAUBERG JB, ONTOSOPHIA DEARRIAGA R, 1669, DISPUTATIONES METAPH DEBACKER A, 1890, BIBLIOTHEQUE COMPAGN DELOSSADA L, 1720, CURSUS PHILOSOPHICI DEONA P, 1588, SUPER UNIVERSAM LOGI DIBON P, 1954, PHILOS NEERLANDAISE DOYLE JP, 1969, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V46, P224 DOYLE JP, 1988, MOD SCHOOLMAN, V66, P1 DUNS SCOTUS, QUODLIBETA ESCHWEILER K, 1928, PHILOS SPANISCHEN SP FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FONSECAE SJ, 1615, METAPHYSICORUM ARIST, V2 GILSON E, 1952, BEING SOME PHILOS GOCIENIUS R, 1613, LEXICON PHILOS GOCLENIUS R, 1598, ISAGOGE PERIPATETICO GREGORY RIMINI, SUPER PRIMUM ET SECU GRUA G, 1953, JURISPRUDENCE UNIVER HEEREBOORD A, 1665, MELETEMATA PHILOS HERREROS JLF, 1981, CUADERNOS SALMANTINO, V8, P175 HURTADO P, 1617, DISPUTATIONES METAPH IRRIARTE J, 1948, RAZON FE, P229 IZQUIERDO CS, 1659, PHARUS SCIENTIARUM JACK G, 1616, PRIMAE PHILOS SIVE I KANT I, CRITIQUE PURE REASON KECKERMANN B, PRAECOGNITA PHILOS KECKERMANN DB, SYSTEMA SS THEOLOGIA LEWALTER E, 1935, SPANISCHEJESUITISCHE LOSSADA LJ, METAPHYSICA MEINONG A, STELUNG GEGENSTANDST MEINONG A, 1904, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE MOODY E, 1953, MEDIAEVAL LOGIC OWENS J, 1978, DOCTRINE BEING ARIST PAULUS J, 1938, HENRI GAND ESSAI TEN PEYANDO I, 1671, DISPUTATIONES UNIVER PEYBNAPEYNADO J, LOGICA PLOTINUS, ENNEADS POHLENZ M, 1970, STOA POINSOT L, TRACTATUS DE SIGNIS REALE G, 1980, CONCEPT FIRST PHILOS REEB G, 1629, THESAURUS PHILOS DIS RISSE W, 1964, LOGIK NEUZEIT RITTER H, 1913, HIST PHILOS GRAECAE RUSSELL B, 1904, CRITICAL NOTICE UNTE RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P204 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 SCHEIBLER C, 1617, OPUS METAPHYSICUM SEXTUS EMPIRICU., ADVERSUS MATHEMATICO SIMON JJY, 1955, MATERIAL LOGIC J STT STAHL D, 1672, REGULAE PHILOS SUB T STIER J, 1647, PRAECEPTA METAPHYSIC STRANGE SK, 1987, AUFSTIEG NIEDERGANG, V36, P959 SUAREZ F, DE DIVINA SUBSTANTIA SUAREZ F, DISPUTATIONES METAPH SUAREZ F, 1983, ESSENCE FINITE BEING TIMPLER C, METAPHYSICAE SYSTEMA TONELLI G, 1972, ENCYCL PHILOS, P121 ULLOA JB, 1711, LOGICA MINOR ULLOA JD, 1712, LOGICA MAJOR WELLS NJ, 1981, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V63, P104 WIETROWSKI M, 1669, CURSUS PHILOS WIETROWSKI M, 1697, PHILOS DISPUTATA QUA WUNDT M, 1939, DTSCH SCHULMETRAPHYS ZIMMERMANN A, 1965, ONTOLOGIE METAPHYSIK NR 73 TC 12 BP 57 EP 80 PY 1990 PD NOV VL 68 IS 1 GA EN507 UT ISI:A1990EN50700004 ER PT J AU JACQUETTE, D TI MEINONGIAN LOGIC AND ANSELM ONTOLOGICAL PROOF FOR THE EXISTENCE OF GOD SO PHILOSOPHICAL FORUM J9 PHIL FOR LA English DT Article RP JACQUETTE, D, PENN STATE UNIV,UNIV PK,PA 16802. CR ANSELM, PROSLOGIUMPLANTINGA BRECHER R, 1985, ANSELMS ARGUMENT LOG CHISHOLM R, 1986, BRETANO INTRINSIC VA DESCARTES R, 1641, MEDITATIONS FIRST PH FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GASSENDI P, 1644, DISQUISITIO METAPHYS HARTSHORNE C, 1965, ANSELMS DISCOVERY HENRY DP, 1967, LOGIC ST ANSELM JACQUETTE D, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P423 KANT I, CRITIQUE PURE REASON LEIBNIZ GWV, 1714, MONADOLOGY MALCOLM N, 1960, PHILOS REV, V69, P41 MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WARSCHEI PLANTINGA A, SELF PROFILE PLANTINGA A, 1967, GOD OTHER MINDS PLANTINGA A, 1974, GOD FREEDOM EVIL PLANTINGA A, 1974, NATURE NECESSITY ROUTLEY R, 1981, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14 SCHUFREIDER G, 1978, INTRO ANSELMS ARGUME SMITH JF, 1985, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V45, P305 TOMBERLIN JE, 1985, A PLANTINGA VOLTAIRE, 1769, PHILOS DICT NR 23 TC 1 BP 231 EP 240 PY 1994 PD SPR VL 25 IS 3 GA NG764 UT ISI:A1994NG76400003 ER PT J AU LAMBERT, K TI A LOGICAL INTERPRETATION OF MEINONG PRINCIPLE OF INDEPENDENCE SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article RP LAMBERT, K, UNIV CALIF IRVINE,IRVINE,CA 92717. CR BELNAP N, 1969, LOGICAL WAY DOING TH BURGE T, 1975, NOUS, V8, P309 CHISHOLM RN, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P25 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE LAMBERT K, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P37 LAMBERT K, 1974, INQUIRY, V17, P303 LAMBERT K, 1976, INQUIRY, V19 LEONARD HS, 1967, PRINCIPLES REASONING MARGARIS A, 1967, 1ST ORDER MATH LOGIC MEINONG A, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDSTHEORETIS MEINONG A, SELBSTDARSTELLUNG MEINONG A, THEORY OBJECTS MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, WAHRHEIT WAHRSCHEINL MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P10 PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P561 PARSONS T, 1978, NOUS, V12, P137 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS QUINE WVO, 1950, METHODS LOGIC RAPPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12 ROUTLEY R, 1976, INQUIRY, V19, P247 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, P537 RYLE G, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P7 SCOTT DS, 1967, B RUSSELL PHILOS CEN, P181 SCOTT DS, 1970, PHILOS PROBLEMS LOGI SKYRMS B, 1968, J PHILOS, V16, P477 TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE VANFRAASSEN BC, 1969, LOGICAL WAY DOING TH NR 29 TC 2 BP 87 EP 96 PY 1982 VL 1 IS 1-2 GA QG133 UT ISI:A1982QG13300012 ER PT J AU Betzendahl, W AF Betzendahl, Walter TI The verdict and the appearances at the time comparison. Experimental investigations of fiber time sense SO MONATSSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHIATRIE UND NEUROLOGIE J9 MON PSYCHIATR NEUROL LA German DT Article CR BETHE A, PFLUGERS ARCH, V121, P4 FECHNER GT, 1851, ZEND AVESTA FECHNER GT, 1860, PSYCHOPHYSIK GROOS K, Z PSYCH, V9, P321 HAGEN FW, 1870, STUDIEN GEBIETE ARZT HERING E, 1878, LEHRE LICHTSINNE HERING E, 1899, THEORIE NERVENTATIGK LIPPS T, 1903, LTFADEN PSYCHOL LOTZE H, 1852, MED PSYCHOL MEINONG A, Z PSYCH, P181 MEUMANN E, PHILOS STUDIEN, V8, P431 NATORP P, 1911, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOL N RIEHL A, 1876, PHILISOPHISCHE KRITI RIEHL A, 1879, PHILISOPHISCHE KRITI RIEHL A, 1887, PHILISOPHISCHE KRITI STERN W, Z PSYCHOL, V13, P325 STUMPF C, 1890, TONPSYCHOLOGIE VIERORDT, 1868, ZEITSINN VONBAER KE, 1864, REDEN V WELCHE AUFFA VONBAER KE, 1886, REDEN V WELCHE AUFFA, P254 VONKRIES J, DTSCH Z NERV, P352 VONKRIES J, Z PSYCH, V8 VONKRIES J, 1901, MATERIELLEN GRUNDLAG VONKRIES J, 1923, ALLGEMEINE SINNESPHY WUNDT W, 1906, VORLESUNGEN MENSCHEN, V4 NR 25 TC 1 BP 151 EP 172 PY 1934 PD MAR VL 88 IS 3 GA V92SL UT ISI:000206267100002 ER PT J AU Frank, M AF Frank, Manfred TI Non-objectal subjectivity SO JOURNAL OF CONSCIOUSNESS STUDIES J9 J CONSCIOUS STUD LA English DT Article C1 Univ Tubingen, D-72074 Tubingen, Germany. RP Frank, M, Univ Tubingen, D-72074 Tubingen, Germany. EM manfred.frank@uni-tuebingen.de ID NEUROPHENOMENOLOGICAL CRITIQUE; NEUROCOGNITIVE MODELS; SCHIZOPHRENIA AB The immediate successors of Kant in classical German philosophy considered a subjectivity irreducible to owbjecthood as the core of personhood. The thesis of an irreducible subjectivity has, after the German idealists, been advocated by the phenomenological movement, as well as by analytical philosophers of self-consciousness such as Hector-Neri Castaneda and Sydney Shoemaker Their arguments together show that self-consciousness cannot be reduced to a relation whereby a subject grasps itself as an object, but that there must be a core of subjectivity always already familiar with itself before reflection. A number of contemporary accounts of self-consciousness are unaware of these old and new arguments, and flawed in that they do not account for the core 'non-objectal subjectivity' necessary for self-consciousness and personhood. CR ARMSTRONG D, 1968, MAT THEORY MIND ARMSTRONG DM, 1984, CONSCIOUSNESS CAUSAL, P108 BAKER LR, 1998, AM PHILOS QUART, V35, P327 BERNECKER S, 1996, NOUS, V30, P262 BLOCK N, 1995, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V18, P227 BLOCK N, 2003, REFLECTIONS REPLIES BOGHOSSIAN P, 1989, PHILOS TOPICS, V17, P5 BURGE T, 1979, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V4, P73 CAMPBELL J, 2004, MONIST, V84, P475 CASTANEDA HN, 1966, RATIO, V8, P130 CASTANEDA HN, 1999, PHENOMENO LOGIC 1 ES CHALMERS DJ, 1996, CONSCIOUS MIND SEARC CHISHOLM R, 1981, 1 PERSON ESSAY REFER FICHTE JGF, 1992, FDN TRANSCENDENTAL P FRANK M, 2002, SELBSTGEFUHL HIST SY FRANK M, 2004, J SOCIAL CRITICAL TH, V5, P53 FRITH C, 2004, PSYCHOPATHOLOGY, V37, P20, DOI 10.1159/000077015 FRITH CD, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH GALLAGHER S, 2004, PSYCHOPATHOLOGY, V37, P8, DOI 10.1159/000077014 GALLANT P, 2000, EMERG THER TARGETS, V4, P1 GEACH P, 1957, ANALYSIS, V18, P23 GOLDIE P, 2000, EMOTIONS PHILOS EXPL HARMAN G, 1990, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V4, P31 HENRICH D, 1982, CONT GERMAN PHILOS, V1, P15 HORGAN T, 2002, PHILOS MIND CLASSICA, P520 HUSSERL E, 1973, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO KANT I, 1900, KANTS GESAMMELTE SCH KANT I, 1996, CRITIQUE PURE REASON KAPLAN D, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN, P481 KRIPKE S, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY LEWIS D, 1983, PHILOS PAPERS, V1, P133 MACH E, 1886, BEITRAGE ANAL EMPFIN MEINONG A, 1975, GESAMTAUSGABE, V4, P1 MELLOR DH, 1977, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V88, P87 MORAN R, 2001, AUTHORITY ESTRANGEME NOZICK R, 1981, PHILOS EXPLANATIONS, P27 PUTNAM H, 1975, MIND LANGUAGE REALIT, V2, P215 REICHENBACH H, 1947, ELEMENTS SYMBOLIC LO, P284 ROSENTHAL DM, 1991, NATURE MIND, P462 SARTRE JP, 1940, IMAGINARY PHENOMENOL SARTRE JP, 1991, LECT FRENCH PHILOS S, P379 SCHELLING FWJ, 1856, SAMMTLICHE SCHELLING FWJ, 1992, URFASSUNG PHILOS OFF SCHLEIERMACHER F, 1960, CHRISTLICHE GLAUBE N SCHLEIERMACHER F, 2001, DIALEKTIK, V2 SHOEMAKER S, 1984, IDENTITY CAUSE MIND SHOEMAKER S, 1984, PERSONEL IDENTITY SHOEMAKER S, 1996, 1 PERSON PERSPECTIVE SIEWERT CP, 1998, SIGNIFICANCE CONSCIO SIEWERT CP, 2003, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS SPERRY RW, 1950, J COMP PHYSIOL PSYCH, V43, P482 THIEL U, 1996, J HIST PHILOS, V23, P213 TUGENDHAT E, 1979, SELF CONSCIOUSNESS S TYE M, 2002, NOUS, V36, P137 VONHOLST E, 1950, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V37, P464 NR 55 TC 2 BP 152 EP 173 PY 2007 PD MAY-JUN VL 14 IS 5-6 GA 174LU UT ISI:000246944500008 ER PT J AU DOLLING, E TI EMPTY TERMS AND EXISTENTIAL PROPOSITIONS SO DEUTSCHE ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHILOSOPHIE J9 DEUT Z PHIL LA German DT Editorial Material RP DOLLING, E, AKAD WISSENSCH DDR,ZENT INST PHILOSOPHIE,OTTO NUSCHKE STR 10-11,DDR-1080 BERLIN,GER DEM REP. CR BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN CARNAP R, 1971, SCHEINPROBLEME PHILO DOLLING E, 1980, DZFPH FREGE G, 1973, SCHRIFTEN LOGIK FREGE JG, SCHRIFTEN LOGIK, P23 GOODMAN N, 1955, FACT FICTION FORECAS HUME D, 1790, ABHANDLUNG MENSCHLIC, P142 KANT I, 1876, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN, P480 LEDNIKOW EE, 1973, KRITITSCHESKI ANAL N LESNIEWSKI S, 1931, COMPTES RENDUS SEANC MEINONG A, 1907, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS QUINE WVO, 1936, J PHILOS, P708 QUINE WVO, 1960, WORD OBJECT RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND RUSSELL B, 1932, EINFUHRUNG MATH LOGI, P96 SCHENK G, 1973, GESCH LOGISCHEN FORM SMIRNOWA ED, 1972, QUANTOREN MODALITATE STEGMULLER W, 1956, ARCH PHILOS STEGMULLER W, 1957, ARCH PHILOS STMILL J, 1862, SYSTEM DEDUCTIVEN IN VONSAVIGNY E, 1969, PHILOS NORMALEN SPRA WESSEL H, UNPUBLISHED WESSEL H, 1976, LOGIK PHILOS, P93 WESSEL H, 1978, DZFPH ZELISCHTSCHEW WW, 1976, LOGIKA SUSCHTSCHESTW NR 25 TC 0 BP 1515 EP 1522 PY 1980 VL 28 IS 12 GA LC059 UT ISI:A1980LC05900009 ER PT J AU Rapaport, WJ TI Holism, conceptual-role semantics, and syntactic semantics SO MINDS AND MACHINES J9 MIND MACH LA English DT Review C1 SUNY Buffalo, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Buffalo, NY 14260 USA. SUNY Buffalo, Dept Philosophy, Buffalo, NY 14260 USA. SUNY Buffalo, Ctr Cognit Sci, Buffalo, NY 14260 USA. EM rapaport@cse.buffalo.edu ID KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION; BELIEF REVISION; SCIENCE; FICTION; FAMILY AB This essay continues my investigation of 'syntactic semantics': the theory that, pace Searle's Chinese-Room Argument, syntax does suffice for semantics (in particular, for the semantics needed for a computational cognitive theory of natural-language understanding). Here, I argue that syntactic semantics (which is internal and first-person) is what has been called a conceptual-role semantics: The meaning of any expression is the role that it plays in the complete system of expressions. Such a 'narrow', conceptual-role semantics is the appropriate sort of semantics to account (from an 'internal', or first-person perspective) for how a cognitive agent understands language. Some have argued for the primacy of external, or 'wide', semantics, while others have argued for a two-factor analysis. But, although two factors can be specified--one internal and first-person, the other only specifiable in an external, third-person way--only the internal, first-person one is needed for understanding how someone understands. A truth-conditional semantics can still be provided, but only from a third-person perspective. CR ALLAIRE EB, 1963, PHILOS STUD, V14, P235 ALLAIRE EB, 1965, PHILOS STUD, V16, P250 ALLEN JF, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V15, P143 APOSTEL L, 1961, CONCEPT ROLE MODEL M, P1 BAKER R, 1967, NOUS, V1, P211 BRACHMAN RJ, 1985, COGNITIVE SCI, V9, P171 BRUCE BC, 1975, THEORETICAL ISSUES N, V1, P64 BRUNER J, 1983, CHILDS TALK LEARNING BURKHOLDER L, 1992, PHILOS COMPUTER, P75 CARNAP R, 1928, LOGICAL STRUCTURE WO CARROLL L, 1895, MIND, V4, P278 CASTANEDA HN, 1979, POETICS, V8, P31 CASTANEDA HN, 1989, THINKING LANGUAGE EX CHO KK, 1992, TASHANO GENSHOGAKU COHEN PR, 1979, COGNITIVE SCI, V3, P177 COHEN PR, 1985, P 23 ANN M ASS COMP, P49 COHEN PR, 1990, INTENTIONS COMMUNICA, P221 DENNETT D, 1982, THOUGHT OBJECT ESSAY, R16 EHRLICH K, 1995, 9509 SUNY BUFF DEP C EHRLICH K, 1997, P 19 ANN C COGN SCI, P205 FODOR J, 1991, MIND LANG, V6, P328 FODOR J, 1992, HOLISM SHOPPERS GUID GALBRAITH M, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG, P19 GROSZ B, 1986, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V12, P175 HALLER S, 1993, P WORKSH INT STRUCT, P23 HALLER SM, 1994, 9440 SUNY BUFF DEP C HALLER SM, 1995, INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS, P61 HARDT SL, 1992, ENCY ARTIFICIAL INTE, P259 HARMAN G, 1974, SEMANTICS PHILOS, P1 HARMAN G, 1975, MINNESOTA STUDIES PH, V7, P270 HARMAN G, 1982, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V23, P242 HARMAN G, 1987, NEW DIRECTIONS SEMAN, P55 HARMAN G, 1988, COGNITION REPRESENTA, P11 HARNAD S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V42, P335 HILL RK, 1994, 9411 SUNY BUFF DEP C HILL RK, 1995, INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS, P375 JENNINGS RC, 1985, P ADDRESSES AM PHILO, V59, P345 KAMP H, 1984, TRUTH INTERPRETATION, P1 KAMP H, 1993, DISCOURSE LOGIC INTR KNIGHT K, 1989, ACM COMPUT SURV, V21, P93 KUMAR D, 1993, J EXP THEOR ARTIF IN, V5, P167 KUMAR D, 1993, P 1993 AAAI SPRING S, P127 KUMAR D, 1993, P 1993 AAAI SPRING S, P78 KUMAR D, 1993, P 26 HAW INT C SYST, V3 KUMAR D, 1994, 9404 SUNY BUFF DEP C KUMAR D, 1995, INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS, P307 KUMAR D, 1996, DECIS SUPPORT SYST, V16, P3 LAKOFF G, 1987, WOMEN FIRE DANGEROUS LANDMAN F, 1986, THEORETICAL ASPECTS, P45 LENAT DB, 1991, ARTIF INTELL, V47, P185 LEPORE E, 1981, SYNTHESE, V48, P121 LEWIS D, 1972, SEMANTICS NATURAL LA, P169 LEWIS D, 1975, MINNESOTA STUDIES PH, V7, P3 LOAR B, 1982, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V23, P272 LOEWER B, 1982, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V23, P305 LOURIE R, 1992, NY TIMES 0426, P24 LYCAN WG, 1984, LOGICAL FORM NATURAL LYTINEN SL, 1992, COMPUT MATH APPL, V23, P51 MAIDA AS, 1982, COGNITIVE SCI, V6, P291 MARTINS JP, 1988, ARTIF INTELL, V35, P25 MARTINS JP, 1991, NOUS, V25, P537 MEINONG A, 1971, ALEXIUS MEINONG GESA, V2, P481 MOORE GE, 1939, PHILOS PAPERS, P126 MORRIS C, 1938, FDN THEORY SIGNS PARSONS T, 1975, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V1, P73 PAVEL TG, 1986, FICTIONAL WORLDS PELLETIER FJ, 1994, TOPOI, V13, P11 PELLETIER J, 1994, LOGIC PHILOS SCI UPP, P599 PELLETIER J, 1994, PHILOS COGNITIVE SCI, P311 PERLIS D, 1991, NOUS, V25, P435 PERLIS D, 1994, THINKING COMPUTERS V, P197 POTTS TC, 1975, FORMAL SEMANTICS NAT, P241 QUILLIAN MR, 1967, BEHAV SCI, V12, P410 QUILLIAN MR, 1968, SEMANTIC INFORMATION, P227 QUINE WV, 1951, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P20 RAM A, 1999, UNDERSTANDING LANGUA, P11 RAPAPORT WJ, 1976, THESIS INDIANA U BLO RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 RAPAPORT WJ, 1981, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V14, P1 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V2526, P61 RAPAPORT WJ, 1986, PHILOS SCI, V53, P271 RAPAPORT WJ, 1988, ASPECTS ARTIFICIAL I, P81 RAPAPORT WJ, 1991, HDB METAPHYSICS ONTO, P516 RAPAPORT WJ, 1991, TOPOI-INT REV PHILOS, V10, P79 RAPAPORT WJ, 1993, ENCY COMPUTER SCI, P185 RAPAPORT WJ, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG RAPAPORT WJ, 1995, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V9, P49 RAPAPORT WJ, 1996, 9626 SUNY DEP COMP S RAPAPORT WJ, 1997, COGNITIVE SCI, V21, P63 RAPAPORT WJ, 1999, MONIST, V82, P109 RAPAPORT WJ, 2000, J LOGIC LANGUAGE INF, V9, P467 RAPAPORT WJ, 2000, NATURAL LANGUAGE PRO, P347 RECANATI F, 1995, COGNITIVE SCI, V19, P207 RENFREW C, 1990, UNPUB WORKSH EXPL SC ROBERTS LD, 1988, 8816 SUNY DEP COMP S RUSSELL B, 1918, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE, P177 RYLE G, 1949, CONCEPT MIND SCHANK RC, 1974, ARTIF INTELL, V5, P373 SCHANK RC, 1981, INSIDE COMPUTER UNDE SEARLE JR, 1979, EXPRESSION MEANING, P58 SEARLE JR, 1980, BEHAVIORAL BRAIN SCI, V3, P417 SEGAL EM, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG, P3 SELLARS W, 1963, SCI PERCEPTION REALI SHAPIRO SC, 1979, ASS NETWORKS REPRESE, P179 SHAPIRO SC, 1985, P 5 NAT C ART INT AA, P278 SHAPIRO SC, 1987, KNOWLEDGE FRONTIER E, P262 SHAPIRO SC, 1991, PHILOS AI ESSAYS INT, P215 SHAPIRO SC, 1992, COMPUT MATH APPL, V23, P243 SHAPIRO SC, 1993, J EXP THEOR ARTIF IN, V5, P225 SHAPIRO SC, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG, P79 SHAPIRO SC, 1996, DICT SNEPS CASE FRAM SMITH BC, 1985, COMPUTERIZATION CONT, P632 SMITH BC, 1987, CSLI8771 SMITH BC, 1991, ARTIF INTELL, V47, P251 SOWA JF, 1984, CONCEPTUAL STRUCTURE SOWA JF, 1992, COMPUT MATH APPL, V23, P75 STICH S, 1983, FOLK PSYCHOL CONGNIT WEIZENBAUM J, 1976, COMPUTER POWER HUMAN WILLS G, 1991, NEW YORK REV BO 1121, V12, P14 WOLTERSTORFF N, 1970, NOUS, V4, P109 WOODS WA, 1985, REPRESENTATION UNDER, P35 WOODS WA, 1992, COMPUT MATH APPL, V23, P133 WYATT R, 1989, 8913 SUNY DEP COMP S WYATT R, 1990, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V437, P123 WYATT R, 1993, J EXP THEOR ARTIF IN, V5, P263 ZADROZNY W, 1994, LINGUIST PHILOS, V17, P329 NR 126 TC 10 BP 3 EP 59 PY 2002 PD FEB VL 12 IS 1 GA 510LT UT ISI:000173210100001 ER PT J AU GARRETT, R TI THE LIMITS OF GENERALIZATION IN METAPHYSICS - THE CASE OF BUCHLER SO SOUTHERN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 SOUTHERN J PHIL LA English DT Article C1 MONTCLAIR STATE COLL,PHILOSOPHY,MONTCLAIR,NJ 07043. CR ALLEN RE, 1960, PHILOS REV, V69, P160 BUCHLER, 1939, C PEIRCES EMPIRICISM BUCHLER, 1951, GENERAL THEORY HUMAN BUCHLER, 1955, NATURE JUDGMENT BUCHLER, 1961, CONCEPT METHOD BUCHLER, 1966, METAPHYSICS NATURAL, P1 BUCHLER, 1969, J PHILOS, V66, P589 BUCHLER, 1974, MAIN LIGHT CONCEPT P BUCHLER, 1976, SO J PHILOS, V14, P103 BUCHLER, 1976, SO J PHILOS, V14, P121 BUCHLER, 1976, SO J PHILOS, V14, P139 BUCHLER, 1976, SO J PHILOS, V14, P47 BUCHLER, 1976, SO J PHILOS, V14, P63 BUCHLER, 1976, SO J PHILOS, V14, P85 BUCHLER, 1978, PROCESS STUD, V8, P157 BUCHLER, 1978, REV METAPHYS, V31, P555 BUCHLER, 1979, PHILOS MIRROR NATURE, P289 CHISHOLM RM, 1982, BRENTANO MEINONG STU CORRINGTON RS, 1985, INT PHILOS Q, V25, P292 GEACH PT, 1972, LOGIC MATTERS, P160 GELBER S, 1986, PROCESS STUD, V15, P112 HARE PH, 1980, PROCESS STUD, V10, P120 HARTSHORNE C, 1984, CREATIVITY AM PHILOS, P274 KNEALE W, 1986, DEV LOGIC, P656 LINSKY L, 1977, NAMES DESCRIPTIONS, P34 LINSKY, 1967, REFERRING MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P78 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS, P38 PUTNAM H, 1987, MANY FACES REALISM PUTNAM, 1975, PHILOS PAPERS, V1, P305 QUINE WV, 1976, WAYS PARADOX OTHER E, P1 QUINE WV, 1985, TIME MY LIFE AUTOBIO RECK, 1968, NEW AM PHILOS EXPLOR, P149 RESCHER N, 1979, LOGIC INCONSISTENCY RORTY, 1982, CONSEQUENCES PRAGMAT, R29 ROSS SD, 1980, TRANSITION ORDINAL M, P73 RUSSELL B, 1967, FREGE GODEL SOURCE B, P125 RUSSELL, CITED INDIRECTLY RUSSELL, 1971, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE ESSA, P253 SINGER BJ, 1983, ORDINAL NATURALISM I, P216 SINGER BJ, 1986, MAN WORLD, V19, P471 SOSA E, 1987, J PHILOS, V84, P707 WEISS P, 1980, INT PHILOS Q, V20, P199 ZALTA EN, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS INT, P93 NR 44 TC 1 BP 1 EP 28 PY 1989 PD SPR VL 27 IS 1 GA DJ893 UT ISI:A1989DJ89300001 ER PT S AU Smith, B TI On drawing lines on a map SO SPATIAL INFORMATION THEORY - A THEORETICAL BASIS FOR GIS J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI LA English DT Proceedings Paper C1 SUNY BUFFALO,CTR COGNIT SCI,BUFFALO,NY 14260. RP Smith, B, SUNY BUFFALO,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,BUFFALO,NY 14260. AB The paper is an exercise in descriptive ontology, with specific applications to problems in the geographical sphere. It presents a general typology of spatial boundaries, based in particular on an opposition between bonafide or physical boundaries on the one hand, and fiat or human-demarcation-induced boundaries on the other. Cross-cutting this opposition are further oppositions in the realm of boundaries, for example between: crisp and indeterminate, complete and incomplete, enduring and transient, symmetrical and asymmetrical. The resulting typology generates a corresponding categorization of the different sorts of objects which (complete) boundaries determine or demarcate. The theory is applied first of all in the areas of geography and of administrative and property law. Indications are then given as to how the typology may be applied also in other fields where physical and fiat boundaries are at work, including the field of cognitive linguistics and the related field of the ontology of truth. CR BRENTANO F, 1988, PHILOS INVESTIGATION CARTWRIGHT R, 1975, ANAL METAPHYSICS, P153 CASATI R, IN PRESS PHILOS STUD COHN AG, 1994, THEORY SPATIAL RELAT, P131 ESCHENBACH C, 1994, TOPOLOGICAL FDN COGN HERING E, 1964, OUTLINES THEORY LIGH HERRING JR, 1991, MATH MODELING SPATIA, P313 LAKOFF G, 1987, WOMEN FIRE DANGEROUS LANGACKER R, 1987, FDN COGNITIVE GRAMMA MARK DM, 1991, COGNITIVE LINGUISTIC MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 OJEDA A, 1993, LINGUISTIC INDIVIDUA PRESCOTT JRV, 1978, BOUNDARIES FRONTIERS SMITH B, IN PRESS PHILOS RODE SMITH B, 1987, SPEECH ACT SACHVERHA, P189 SMITH B, 1992, LANGUAGE TRUTH ONTOL, P50 SMITH B, 1993, P INT WORKSH FORM ON, P223 SMITH B, 1994, 11 EUR C ART INT AMS, P15 SMITH B, 1995, KOGNITIONSWISSENSCHA, V4, P177 TALMY L, IN PRESS ESSAYS SEMA TALMY L, 1995, IN PRESS LANGUAGE SP NR 21 TC 20 BP 475 EP 484 PY 1995 VL 988 GA BF24Q UT ISI:A1995BF24Q00031 ER PT J AU Brachtendorf, J TI Frege's discussion with Punjer on "existence" as a predicate ('Dialog mit Punjer') SO PHILOSOPHISCHES JAHRBUCH J9 PHIL JAHRB LA German DT Article AB Frege's "Dialog mit Punjer" is the earliest document of the analytical discussion on "existence" as a predicate. Frege develops a twofold thesis: singular existential propositions are redundant and, thus, senseless; general existential propositions are well-formed, but claim instantiation of concepts, not existence of objects. Punjer argues forcefully for the necessity of singular existential propositions. It is a considerable weakness of Frege's position that it compels him to declare fictive, non-denoting speech to be a "mere noise." In "Uber Sinn and Bedeutung" Frege distinguishes scientific and poetic speech, thereby correcting his early, over-restricted concept of speech. CR AYER AJ, 1970, SPRACHE WAHRHEIT LOG BARNES J, 1972, ONTOLOGICAL ARGUMENT BROAD CD, 1973, PHILOS RELIG SELECTE, P115 DALFERTH IU, 1984, EXISTENZ GOTTES CHRI FORGIE JW, 1972, NOUS, V6, P215 FREGE G, AUFZEICHNUNGEN L DAR FREGE G, BEGRIFF GEGENSTAND FREGE G, DIALOG MIT PUNJER UB FREGE G, FUNKTION BEGRIFF BED FREGE G, GRUNDLAGEN ARITHMETI FREGE G, GRUNDLANGE GEOMETRIE FREGE G, 1990, KLEINE SCHRIFTEN GABRIEL G, 1990, G FREGE SCHRIFTEN LO GEACH P, 1952, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS GOMBROCZ WL, 1983, UBER E HAAPARANTA L, 1985, FREGES DOCTRINE BEIN HAAPARANTA L, 1986, LOGIC BEING, P269 HINTIKKA J, 1986, LOGIC BEING, P259 KNEALE W, 1949, READINGS PHILOS ANAL, P29 KNUUTTILA S, 1986, LOGIC BEING LISKE MT, 1998, ALLGEMEINE Z PHILOS, V23, P107 MEINONG A, UBER GEGENSTANDSTHEO MILLER B, 1975, MIND, V84, P338 MOREWEDGE P, 1982, PHILOS EXISTENCE ANC OPPY G, 1995, ONTOLOGICAL ARGUMENT PEARS D, 1967, PHILOS LOGIC, P97 RESCHER N, 1969, ESSAYS PHILOS ANAL, P73 ROHLS J, 1987, THEOLOGIE METAPHYSIK RUSSELL B, ON DENOTING RUSSELL B, PHILOS LOGICAL ATOMI RUSSELL B, PHILOS POLITISCHE AU RUSSELL B, PRINCIPIA MATHEMATIC RUSSELL B, 1976, PHILOS LOGISCHEN ATO SHAFFER J, 1962, MIND, V71, P307 SIMONS P, 1986, GRUNDPROBLEME GROSSE, P113 STUHLMANNLAEISZ R, 1975, FREGE MODERNE GRUNDL, P119 WILLIAMS CJF, 1981, WHAT IS EXISTENCE NR 37 TC 0 BP 341 EP 357 PY 2000 VL 107 IS 2 GA 373NE UT ISI:000165294900005 ER PT J AU HUSSERL, EG TI PSYCHOLOGICAL STUDIES IN ELEMENTS OF LOGIC SO PERSONALIST J9 PERSONALIST LA English DT Article CR CAUCHY, COURS ANALYSE ALGEBR CAUCHY, EXERCISES ANALYSE PH EHRENFELS, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14 ERDMANN B, LOGIK, V1, P229 ERDMANN B, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V10, P343 HUSSERL EG, PHILOSOPHIE ARITHMET, V1, CH12 JAMES W, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOLOG, V1, P258 MEINONG A, 1889, Z PHILOSOPHIE PHILOS, V95, P202 MEINONG, Z PSYCHOLOGIE PHYSIO, V2, P253 MEINONG, 1877, SITZUNGSBERICHTEN PH, V87, P200 STUMPF C, UEBER PSYCHOLOGISCHE, P109 NR 11 TC 1 BP 297 EP 320 PY 1977 VL 58 IS 4 GA DX802 UT ISI:A1977DX80200002 ER PT J AU Calan, RD TI "Relations of ideas" - The basis of the phenomenological synthetic a-priori SO REVUE DE METAPHYSIQUE ET DE MORALE J9 REV METAPHYSIQUE MORALE LA French DT Article C1 ENSLSH, Lyon, France. RP Calan, RD, ENSLSH, Lyon, France. AB One suggests the possibility that Hume's relations of ideas must have constituted the bassi of the phenomenological synthetic a priori., in a specific sense: first considered as internal relations, they must have been partially snatched out of the representational context - a legacy of Franz Brentano - being then expressed in terms of ontological structures, relations of essences. CR BENOIST J, 1997, PHENOMENOLOGIE SEMAN, P51 CHURCH RW, D HUME CRIT ASSESSME, V1, P241 CHURCH RW, 1941, PHILSOPHICAL REV, V4 HUME D, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR, V1 HUSSERL E, RECH LOGIQUES, V5, P248 MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P3 REINACH, 1989, SAMTLICHE WERKE, P67 NR 7 TC 0 BP 145 EP 158 PY 2003 PD JUN IS 2 GA 701EM UT ISI:000184155300003 ER PT J AU Rojszczak, A TI Philosophical background and philosophical content of the semantic definition of truth SO ERKENNTNIS J9 ERKENNTNIS LA English DT Article AB The aim of this paper is to who that it is the explicative character of Tarski's semantic definition of truth given in his study of 1933 that allows for consideration of a philosophical background of this definition in the proper sense. Given the explicative character of this definition it is argued that the philosophical tradition that should be taken into account with regard to this philosophical background is the tradition of the Lvov-Warsaw School in its connections with the School of Brentano. As an example of the explanatory power of considering this tradition as far as Tarski's philosophical choices are concerned I use here the notion of sentence-inscription, i.e., the notion of that entity of which truth is predicated in the definition in question. one of the consequences of these statements is that philosophical discussions concerning the semantic definition of truth can be regarded from two points of view. On the one hand, they may take the perspective of its explicational function, i.e., the perspective of its philosophical background. On the other hand, they might consider the philosophical consequences of the definition with respect to the goal of the explication, i.e., they may consider its philosophical content independently of its historical background. CR AJDUKIEWICZ K, 1921, METODOLOGII NAUK DED, P9 AJDUKIEWICZ K, 1931, KSIEGO PAMIATKOWA PO, P1 AJDUKIEWICZ K, 1934, ERKENNTNIS, V4, P100 AJDUKIEWICZ K, 1934, PREGLAD FILOZOFICZNY, V37, P399 AJDUKIEWICZ K, 1935, ERKENNTNIS, V5, P151 AJDUKIEWICZ K, 1960, JEZYK POZNANIE AJDUKIEWICZ K, 1978, SCI WORLD-PERSPECTIV AJDUKIEWICZ K, 1988, EDUKACJA FILOS, V8, P447 AJDUKIEWICZ K, 1993, FILOZ NAUKI, V1, P163 AMRTY A, 1980, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUDN BOLZANO B, 1837, WISSENSCHFTSLEHRE BOLZANO B, 1959, THEORY SCI BRENTANO F, 1933, KATEGORIENLEHRE BRENTANO F, 1966, EVIDENZ BRENTANO F, 1966, TRUE EVIDENT BRENTANO F, 1981, THEORY CATEGORIES CARNAP R, 1950, LOGICAL FDN PROBABIL CZEZOWSKI T, 1918, GEORIA KLAS CZEZOWSKI T, 1927, KLASYCZNA NAUKA DAMBSKA I, 1978, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V5, P117 DAMBSKA I, 1979, RUCH FILOZ, V37, P1 DAMBSKA I, 1979, STUDIA FILOZ, V8, P19 FIELD H, 1972, J PHILOS, V49, P374 HOSIASSON J, 1937, ERKENNTNIS, V7, P335 HUSSERL E, 1901, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN KIJANIAPLACEK K, 1998, LVOV-WARSAW SCH CONT KOEHLER E, 1999, A TARSKI VIENNA CIRC KOKOSZYNSKA M, 1936, ERKENNTNIS, V5, P143 KOKOSZYNSKA M, 1936, KWARTALNIK FILOZ, V13, P151 KOKOSZYNSKA M, 1936, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V93, P424 KOKOSZYNSKA M, 1937, ERKENNTNIS, V7, P325 KOKOSZYNSKA M, 1938, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V39, P9 KOTARBINSKI T, 1921, KSIEGA PAMIATKOWA UC, P149 KOTARBINSKI T, 1922, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V24, P512 KOTARBINSKI T, 1926, ELEMENTY LOGIKI FORM KOTARBINSKI T, 1929, ELEMENTY TEORII POZN KOTARBINSKI T, 1930, RUCH FILOZ, V1, P1 KOTARBINSKI T, 1933, SLAVISCHE RUNDSCHAU, V4 KOTARBINSKI T, 1959, LOGIQUE POLOGNE ORIG KOTARBINSKI T, 1966, GNOSIOLOGY SCI APPRO LESNIEWSKI S, 1907, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V10, P489 LESNIEWSKI S, 1909, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V12 LESNIEWSKI S, 1910, ZASIADZIE SPRZECZNOS LESNIEWSKI S, 1911, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V14 LESNIEWSKI S, 1913, NOW TORY, V18, P493 LESNIEWSKI S, 1913, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V16, P315 LESNIEWSKI S, 1936, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V39, P113 LESNIEWSKI S, 1970, SELECTED WORKS LESNIEWSKI S, 1992, COLLECTED WORKS MCDOWELL J, 1978, ERKENNTNIS, V13, P131 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MULLIGAN K, 1984, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V44, P287 NEURATH O, 1931, ERKENNTNIS, V1, P371 NEURATH O, 1937, SCI MILANO DEC, P309 NEURATH O, 1981, GESAMMELTE PHILSO ME OSSOWSKA M, 1926, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V29, P29 OSSOWSKA M, 1928, PRZEGLAD FILOZOFICZN, V31, P145 OSSOWSKA M, 1931, PRZEGLAD FILOZOFICZN, V34, P203 PAWLOWSKI T, 1986, TWORZENIE POJECW NAU REINACH A, 1911, MUENCHENER PHILOS AB, P315 REINACH A, 1983, ALETHEIA, V3, P1 ROJSZCZAK A, 1993, PHILOS COGNITIVE SCI, P455 ROJSZCZAK A, 1994, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V4, P187 ROJSZCZAK A, 1994, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V5, P192 ROJSZCZAK A, 1997, FILOZ NAUKI, V2, P93 ROJSZCZAK A, 1998, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V8, P67 ROJSZCZAK A, 1998, SYNTH LIBR, V273, P73 ROJSZCZAK A, 1999, VIEN CIR INST YEARBK, V6, P115 ROJSZCZAK A, 2001, CAMBRIDGE HIST PHILO ROJSZCZAK A, 2001, PROPOSITION SACHVERH, P9 SIMONS P, 1989, VIENNA CIRCLE LVOVO-, P391 SIMONS P, 1992, PHILOS LOGIC CENTRAL SIMONS P, 1993, POLISH SCI PHILOS, P207 SMITH B, 1994, AUSTRIAN PHILSO STEJNBARG D, 1934, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V37, P91 SZANIAWSKI K, 1989, VIENNA CIRCLE LVOVO- TARSKI A, 1933, POJECIE PROWDY JEZYK TARSKI A, 1944, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V4, P341 TARSKI A, 1983, LOGIC SEMANTICS META TARSKI A, 1992, GRAZER PHILSO STUDIE, V42, P1 TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST TWARDOWSKI K, 1900, KSIEGA PAMIATKOWA UC, P1 TWARDOWSKI K, 1912, KSIEGA PAMIATKOWA UC, P1 TWARDOWSKI K, 1920, RUCH FILOZ, V5, P25 TWARDOWSKI K, 1927, PRZEGLAD FILOZ, V3, P292 TWARDOWSKI K, 1975, ARCHIWUM HIST FILOZ, V21 TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBEJCT PRESE TWARDOWSKI K, 1999, ACTIONS PRODUCTS OTH WOLENSKI J, 1985, FILOZ SZKOLA LWOWSKO WOLENSKI J, 1989, LOGIC PHILOS LVOV-WA WOLENSKI J, 1993, POLISH SCI PHILOS LV WOLENSKI J, 1994, FILOZ AUSTRIACKA, P69 WOLENSKI J, 1995, DEDEKIND GOEDEL ESSA, P331 WOLENSKI J, 1998, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V8, P15 WOLENSKI J, 1999, ESSAYS HIST LOGIC LO ZAWIRSKI Z, 1936, PRZEGLAD FILZO, V39, P347 ZAWIRSKI Z, 1938, ORGANON, V2, P1 NR 97 TC 3 BP 29 EP 62 PY 2002 VL 56 IS 1 GA 541GJ UT ISI:000174976600004 ER PT J AU WIEBE, JM TI REFERENCES IN NARRATIVE TEXT SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Article RP WIEBE, JM, UNIV TORONTO,DEPT COMP SCI,TORONTO M5S 1A1,ONTARIO,CANADA. ID BELIEF; REPRESENTATION; DISCOURSE CR ALLEN JF, 1987, NATURAL LANGUAGE UND ASHER N, 1986, J PHILOS LOGIC, V15, P127 BALLIM A, 1991, COGNITIVE SCI, V15, P133 BANFIELD A, 1982, UNSPEAKABLE SENTENCE BRIDGERS SE, ALL TOGETHER NOW BRINTON L, 1980, POETICS, V9, P363 CASTANEDA HN, 1977, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V2, P165 CHATMAN S, 1978, STORY DISCOURSE NARR CHERRYH CJ, EXILES GATE CLARK HH, 1981, ELEMENTS DISCOURSE U, P10 COHEN P, 1982, STRATEGIES NATURAL L, P245 COHEN PR, 1978, 118 U TOR DEP COMP S COHN D, 1978, TRANSPARENT MINDS NA DOLEZEL L, 1973, NARRATIVE MODES CZEC DONNELLAN KS, 1966, PHILOS REV, V60, P281 FAUCONNIER G, 1985, MENTAL SPACES ASPECT FILLMORE C, 1974, BERKELEY STUDIES SYN, V1, V1 FODOR JD, 1979, LINGUISTIC DESCRIPTI FRANCHERE R, HANNAH HERSELF GROSZ B, 1977, 5TH P INT JOINT C AR, P67 GROSZ B, 1986, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V12, P175 HAMBURGER K, 1973, LOGIC LIT HIRST G, 1981, ANAPHORA NATURAL LAN HOBBS JR, 1988, 26TH P ANN M ASS COM, P131 KAMP H, 1984, TRUTH INTERPRETATION, P1 KONOLIGE K, 1986, DEDUCTIVE MODEL BELI KURODA SY, 1973, FESTSCHRIFT M HALLE, P377 KURODA SY, 1973, PRAGMATICS LANGUAGE, P107 LENGLE M, MANY WATERS LINDE C, 1979, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V12 LUDLUM R, PARSIFAL MOSAIC MAIDA AS, IN PRESS ARTIFICIAL MAIDA AS, 1982, COGNITIVE SCI, V6, P291 MCCARTHY J, 1979, MACHINE INTELLIGENCE, V9 MCCULLERS C, JOCKEY MEINONG A, 1904, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MOORE RC, 1980, 191 SRI INT TECHN RE MURPHY GL, 1989, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V15, P572 NAKHIMOVSKY A, 1988, 12TH P INT C COMP LI, P465 NAKHIMOVSKY A, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V14, P29 ONEAL Z, WAR WORK PERRAULT CR, 1981, ELEMENTS DISCOURSE U, P217 PETERS SL, 1987, 10TH P INT JOINT C A, P140 PETERS SL, 1987, 9TH P ANN C COGN SCI, P379 PETERS SL, 1988, 10TH P ANN C COGN SC, P125 POLLACK ME, 1986, 403 SRI INT TECHN NO POSTAL PM, 1967, LINGUIST INQ, V5, P367 QUINE WV, 1976, WAYS PARADOX OTHER E, P185 QUIRK R, 1985, COMPREHENSIVE GRAMMA RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, 23RD P ANN M ASS COM, P43 RAPAPORT WJ, 1986, COGNITIVE SCI, V10, P371 RAPAPORT WJ, 1986, SUNY8615 DEP COMP SC RAPAPORT WJ, 1988, ASPECTS ARTIFICIAL I, P81 REICHMAN R, 1985, GETTING COMPUTERS TA ROSCH EH, 1978, COGNITION CATEGORIZA SHAPIRO SC, 1987, KNOWLEDGE FRONTIER E, P262 SIDNER CL, 1983, COMPUTATIONAL MODELS, P267 TOLKIEN JRR, TWO TOWERS USPENSKII BA, 1973, POETICS COMPOSITION WEBBER BL, 1983, COMPUTATIONAL MODELS WIEBE JM, 1986, P IEEE, V74, P1405 WIEBE JM, 1990, 13TH INT C COMP LING, P401 WIEBE JM, 1990, SUNY9003 DEP COMP SC WILKS Y, 1983, COGNITIVE SCI, V7, P95 WILKS Y, 1987, 10TH P INT JOINT C A, P118 NR 65 TC 3 BP 457 EP 486 PY 1991 PD SEP VL 25 IS 4 GA GC357 UT ISI:A1991GC35700004 ER PT J AU TALLON, A TI AFFECTION, COGNITION, VOLITION + A STUDY OF HILDEBRAND,DIETRICH,VON CONTRIBUTION TO A PHILOSOPHY OF THE ETHICAL AND MYSTICAL RELATIONS OF THE SOUL - THE TRIADIC MEANING OF HEART IN ETHICS SO AMERICAN CATHOLIC PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 AMER CATH PHIL QUART LA English DT Article RP TALLON, A, MARQUETTE UNIV,MILWAUKEE,WI 53233. CR BOLLNOW OF, 1943, WESEN STIMMUNGEN DAVIS C, 1976, BODY AS SPIRIT NATUR EISENBERG N, 1982, DEVELOPMENT PRO-SOCI FINANCE JD, 1973, AFFRONTEMENT AUTRE E GUERIN M, 1993, AFFECTIVITE PENSEE HILDEBRAND DV, 1953, ETHICS HILDEBRAND DV, 1960, PHILOS JB GORRESGESE, V68, P180 HILDEBRAND DV, 1966, CHRISTIAN PHILOS REL, P3 HILDEBRAND DV, 1966, MAN WOMAN HILDEBRAND DV, 1977, HEART ANALYSIS HUMAN LONERGAN BJF, 1971, GRACE FREEDOM OPERAT MARITAIN J, 1953, CREATIVE INTUITION A MEINONG A, 1972, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI NEWMAN JH, 1949, ESSAY DEV CHRISTIAN, V1 PEGHAIRE J, 1936, INTELLECTUS RATIO SE PFANDER A, 1967, PHENOMENOLOGY WILLIN PIAGET J, 1981, INTELLIGENCE AFFECTI RICOEUR P, 1960, FALLIBLE MAN ROUSSELOT P, 1935, INTELLECTUALISM ST T SALIERS DE, 1980, SOUL PARAPHRASE PRAY SARTRE JP, 1953, BEING AND NOTHINGNES SCHELER M, 1954, NATURE OF SYMPATHY SHEEHAN T, 1987, K RAHNER PHILOS FOUN SHELDON CM, 1990, MORALITY OF HEART STEIN E, 1989, ON PROBLEM OF EMPATH STRASSER S, 1977, PHENOMENOLOGY FEELIN STRAYER J, 1987, EMPATHY ITS DEVELOPM SWEENEY RD, 1972, PHENOMENOLOGICAL REA, P80 TALLON A, 1992, THEOL STUD, V53, P700 NR 29 TC 0 BP 211 EP 232 PY 1994 PD SPR VL 68 IS 2 GA PE140 UT ISI:A1994PE14000005 ER PT J AU BOURGEOIS, VW TI BEYOND RUSSELL AND MEINONG SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 CAN J PHIL LA English DT Article RP BOURGEOIS, VW, UNIV BRITISH COLUMBIA,VANCOUVER V6T 1W5,BC,CANADA. CR CASTANEDA HN, 1972, CRITICA, V6, P43 CHISHOLM RM, ENCY PHILOS CHISHOLM RM, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27, P206 CHURCH A, 1941, CALCULI LAMBDA CONVE FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE LAMBERT K, 1972, DERIVATION COUNTEREX LAMBERT K, 1974, INQUIRY, V17, P303 LEBLANC H, 1968, FUNDAMENTA MATH, V52, P125 LINSKY L, 1972, PHENOMENOLOGY EXISTE, P192 MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEINONG A, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS MEINONG A, THEORY OBJECTS MEINONG A, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P561 QUINE WVO, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW ROUTLEY R, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27, P224 RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, P530 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, P533 RUSSELL B, 1907, MIND, P439 RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE, P47 RYLE G, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27, P255 NR 22 TC 0 BP 653 EP 666 PY 1981 VL 11 IS 4 GA NE628 UT ISI:A1981NE62800006 ER PT J AU STAHL, G TI EXISTENTIAL PREDICATES IN FORMAL-LOGIC SO REVUE PHILOSOPHIQUE DE LA FRANCE ET DE L ETRANGER J9 REV PHIL FRAN ETRANG LA French DT Article RP STAHL, G, CNRS,F-75005 PARIS,FRANCE. CR 1977, ESTRUCTURA CONOCIMIE 1978, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, V2, P145 1979, PHILOS PHENOM RES PH, V39, P511 1979, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, V3, P273 1982, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, V3, P487 1984, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, V4, P443 BURIDAN J, 1977, SOPHISMATA KLEIBER G, 1983, NOTION SEMANTICO LOG MEINONG A, 1913, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN, V2 PRANTL C, 1957, GESCH LOGIK ABENDLAN PRIOR AN, 1967, PAST PRESENT FUTURE STAHL G, 1960, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, V1, P97 STAHL G, 1969, PHILOS PHENOM RES PH, V30, P252 STAHL G, 1981, LOGIQUE ANAL VUILLEMIN J, 1984, NECESSITE CONTINGENC NR 15 TC 0 BP 289 EP 295 PY 1985 VL 110 IS 3 GA ATT07 UT ISI:A1985ATT0700003 ER PT J AU VOLTOLINI, A TI CAN NEGATIVE EXISTENTIALS BE REFERENTIALLY VINDICATED + A LOOK AT SOLUTIONS PROPOSED BY KRIPKE,S, EVANS,G, DONNELLAN,K AND ALMOG,J SO LINGUA E STILE J9 LING STILE LA English DT Article CR ADAMS RM, 1981, SYNTHESE, V49, P3 ALMOG J, 1981, PHILOS STUD, V39, P347 ALMOG J, 1986, J PHILOS, V83, P210 ALMOG J, 1991, NOUS, V25, P591 ANDUSCHUS PM, 1993, PHILOS COGNITIVE SCI, P17 BACH K, 1986, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P359 BAKER L, 1991, MEANING MIND FODOR H, P17 BALDWIN T, 1982, ANALYSIS, V42, P133 BENCIVENGA E, 1988, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V48, P533 BONOMI A, 1979, UNIVERSI DISCORSO CASTANEDA HN, 1990, THINKING STRUCTURE W, P459 DIFRANCESCO M, 1991, REALISMO ANALITICO DONNELLAN K, 1974, PHILOS REV, V83, P3 DONNELLAN K, 1979, CONT PERSPECTIVES PH, P28 EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE FODOR JA, 1990, THEORY CONTENT OTHER GEACH PT, 1980, REFERENCE GENERALITY KAPLAN D, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN, P565 KRIPKE S, 1973, JOHN LOCKE LECTURES KRIPKE SA, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN LINSKY B, 1994, PHILOSOPHICAL PERSPE, V8, P1 MCLAUGHLIN BP, 1989, CAUSE MIND REALITY, P111 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MEINONG A, 1960, THEORY OBJECTS MULLIGAN K, 1986, TOPOI, V5, P115 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P473 RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE, P177 RYCKMAN TC, 1988, PHILOS ANAL DEFENSE, P241 SALMON N, 1987, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V1, P49 SIMONS P, 1990, PHILOS LOGIC CENTRAL, P159 SMITH B, 1984, AESTHETICS, P196 SMITH B, 1984, DIALECTICA, V38, P157 VOLTOLINI A, 1993, FICTA VERSUS POSSIBI VOLTOLINI A, 1993, NAMEABILITY POSSIBLE NR 36 TC 0 BP 349 EP 371 PY 1994 PD SEP VL 29 IS 3 GA PT069 UT ISI:A1994PT06900002 ER PT J AU Huber, K AF Huber, Kurt TI The Vocal Mix and the Quality System of Vowels SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR 1913, AKUST UNTERSUCHUNGEN, V3, P160 BECHER E, 1926, EINFUHRUNG PHILOS, P53 HELLWAG C, 1781, DISSERTATIO FORMATIO HUBER K, 1926, 9 K PSYCH MUNCH, P168 KOHLER W, AKUST UNTERSUCHUNGEN, V2, P88 KOHLER W, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P84 KOHLER W, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, P128 KOHLER W, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, P99 KOHLER W, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P78 KOHLER W, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V72, P32 LACHMUND H, 1922, Z PSYCHOL, V88, P28 MEINONG A, 1903, Z PSYCHOL, V33, P76 MULLER GE, 1896, Z PSYCHOL, V10, P14 MULLER GE, 1896, Z PSYCHOL, V16 SCHENK FX, 1912, THESIS MARB SIEVERS, 1901, GRUNDZUGE PHONETIK, P97 STIRLING, 1901, J PHYSL, V27, R23 STUMPF C, SPRACHLAUTE, P249 STUMPF C, 1926, SPRACHLAUTE EXPT PHO, P245 TRENDELENBURG W, 1914, Z SINNESPSYCHOL, V48 VONHORNBOSTEL EM, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P65 VONHORNBOSTEL, 1926, HDB NORM PATHOLOG PH, V11, P705 VONMEINONG A, GES ABHANDLUNGEN, V1, P497 VONMEINONG A, 1903, Z PSYCHOL, V23, P1 VONTSCHERMAK I, 1921, EXAKTE SUBJEKTIVISMU ZOTH O, 1914, NATUR MISCHFARBEN GR NR 26 TC 1 BP 153 EP 199 PY 1934 PD MAY VL 91 IS 1-2 GA V01SG UT ISI:000206874700004 ER PT J AU Benussi, V AF Benussi, Vittorio TI On the Motivation of the Phisicality of Apparently reversible Drawings SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR PSYCHOL STUDIEN, V2, P497 Z PSYCHOL, V36, P68 Z PSYCHOL, V52, P73 BECHER E, 1910, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V16, P397 DURR E, Z PSYCHOL, V49, P313 GELB A, 1910, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P1 MEINONG A, Z PSYCH, V42, P22 MEINONG A, Z PSYCH, V45, P188 VONASTER, Z PSYCHOL, V43, P175 VONASTER, Z PSYCHOL, V49, P56 WITASEK, PSYCHOL RAUMWAHRNEHM, P377 WUNDT W, 1878, PHILOS STUDIEN, V14, P31 WUNDT, GRUNDZUGE PHYS PSYCH, V2, P576 NR 13 TC 5 BP 363 EP 396 PY 1911 PD MAY 9 VL 20 IS 4 GA V98FX UT ISI:000206640100001 ER PT J AU Thompson, B AF Thompson, Brad TI Representationalism and the argument from hallucination SO PACIFIC PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 PAC PHIL QUART LA English DT Article C1 So Methodist Univ, Dept Philosophy, Dallas, TX 75275 USA. RP Thompson, B, So Methodist Univ, Dept Philosophy, Dallas, TX 75275 USA. ID DIRECT REALISM; PERCEPTION; REID AB Representationalism is sometimes advertised as providing a novel response to the argument from hallucination, one that accepts the presence of a 'common factor' between veridical and hallucinatory experience without positing sensory intermediaries between the mind and the world. I argue that much of the attractiveness of representationalism stems from a failure in the literature to distinguish between two distinct possible versions of representationalism, what I call 'content-based representationalism' and 'vehicle-based representationalism'. Generically, representationalism appears to have a response to the argument from hallucination that avoids a commitment to qualia or sense-data. But once the distinction between content-based representationalism and vehicle-based representationalism is recognized, this response to the argument from hallucination fails. CR ANSCOMBE GEM, 1965, ANAL PHILOS 2 SERIES AUSTIN J, 1962, SENSE SENSIBILIA BONJOUR L, 2004, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V69, P349 BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST BREWER B, 1999, PERCEPTION REASON BROAD CD, 1923, SCI THOUGHT BYRNE A, 2002, DONT PANIC TYES INTE CHALMERS D, 2004, FUTURE PHILOS COPENHAVER R, 2004, BRIT J HIST PHILOS, V12, P61 CRANE T, 1992, CONTENTS EXPERIENCE CRANE T, 2005, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS CUMMINS R, 1990, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V50, P755 DENNETT D, 1991, CONSCIOUSNESS EXPLAI DRETSKE F, 1995, NATURALIZING MIND DRETSKE F, 2003, PHILOS ISSUES, V13, P67 GUNTHER Y, 2003, ESSAYS NONCONCEPTUAL HARMAN G, 1990, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V4, P31 HEIL J, 1993, MENTAL CAUSATION HILBERT D, 2004, PHILOS STUD, V120, P185 HINTIKKA J, 1969, MODELS MODALITIES HINTON JM, 1967, MIND, V76, P217 HORGAN T, 2002, PHILOS MIND CLASSICA HUEMER M, 2001, SKEPTICISM VEIL PERC JACKSON F, 1977, PERCEPTION REPRESENT JOHNSTON M, 2004, PHILOS STUD, V120, P113 LOAR B, 2003, REFLECTIONS REPLIES LYCAN W, 1996, CONSCIOUSNESS EXPERI LYCAN W, 2001, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V15, P17 MARTIN MGF, 2004, PHILOS STUD, V120, P37 MCDOWELL J, 1982, P BRIT ACAD, V68, P455 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P MOORE GE, 1957, BRIT PHILOS MID CENT, P203 PAPPAS G, 1989, NOUS, V23, P155 PAPPAS G, 1990, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V50, P763 PITT D, 2004, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V69, P1 PRICE HH, 1932, PERCEPTION REID T, 1997, INQUIRY HUMAN MIND P REYNOLDS SL, 2000, NOUS, V34, P604 ROBINSON H, 1994, PERCEPTION RUSSELL B, 1927, ANAL MATTER SHOEMAKER S, 2003, PHILOS ISSUES, V13, P253 SIEGEL S, 2006, PERCEPTUAL EXPERIENC SIEWERT C, 1998, SIGNIFICANCE CONSCIO SMITH AD, 2002, PROBLEM PERCEPTION SNOWDON P, 1982, P BRIT ACAD, V68, P455 STICH S, 1994, MENTAL REPRESENTATIO TYE M, 1995, 10 PROBLEMS CONSCIOU TYE M, 2000, COLOR CONSCIOUSNESS TYE M, 2002, PANIC NOT PANIC VALBERG JJ, 1992, PUZZLE EXPERIENCE VANCLEVE J, 2004, CAMBRIDGE COMPANION NR 51 TC 1 BP 384 EP 412 PY 2008 PD SEP VL 89 IS 3 GA 339VZ UT ISI:000258606700007 ER PT J AU LAMBERT, K TI IMPOSSIBLE OBJECTS SO INQUIRY-AN INTERDISCIPLINARY JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 INQUIRY-INTERDISCIPL J PHILOS LA English DT Article C1 UNIV CALIF,IRVINE,CA 92664. CR CARNAP R, 1947, MEANING NECESSITY, P36 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE, P56 GRANDY R, 1972, J PHILOSOPHICAL LOGI, V1 HALLER R, 1970, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P7 LAMBERT K, 1970, PHILOSOPHICAL PROBLE LAMBERT K, 1972, DERIVATION COUNTEREX, P154 MARSH R, 1966, B RUSSELL LOGIC KNOW, P48 MEINONG A, 1905, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P537 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P86 RUSSELL B, 1907, MIND, P436 VANFRAASSEN B, 1966, J PHILOSOPHY, V63, P219 NR 11 TC 6 BP 303 EP 314 PY 1974 VL 17 IS 3 GA AG615 UT ISI:A1974AG61500002 ER PT J AU Brittain, HL TI A study in imagination. SO PEDAGOGICAL SEMINARY J9 PEDAGOG SEMIN LA English DT Article CR ADAMS C, 1890, REV PHILOS, V29, P156 ANGELL JR, 1897, PHILOS REV, V6, P646 ARMSTRONG AC, 1894, PSYCHOL REV, V1, P496 ARNOLD F, 1906, PSYCHOL REV, V13, P221 ARREAT L, 1895, MEMORIE IMAGINATION BAIN A, 1880, MIND, V5, P564 BAIN A, 1894, SENSES INTELLECT BALLET G, 1888, LANGAGE INTERIEUR DI BINET A, 1886, REV PHILOS, V21, P159 BINET A, 1887, REV PHILOS, V23, P473 BINET A, 1903, ETUDE EXPT INTELLIGE BINET A, 1903, REV PHILOS, V55, P138 BORST M, 1904, ARCH PSYCHOL, V3, P233 BURNHAM WH, 1893, PED SEM, V2, P204 CHALMERS LH, 1900, PED SEM, V7, P111 CHAMBERLAIN AF, 1903, CHILD STUDY EVOLUTIO, P498 CHASE RH, 1889, AM J INSANITY, V56, P285 DAVIDSON T, 1900, HIST ED DEARBORN GV, 1898, AM J PSYCHOL, V9, P183 DEBONALD M, 1826, RECHERCHES PHILOS PR, V2 DECARDAILLAC M, 1830, ETUDES ELEMENTAIRES, V2 DILTHEY W, 1886, DICHTERISCHE EINBILD DILTHEY W, 1887, PHILOS AUFSATZE, P303 DUGAS L, 1903, IMAGINATION EGGER ME, 1887, OBSERVATIONS REFLEXI EGGER V, 1881, PAROLE INTERIEURE FRENCH FC, 1902, PSYCHOL REV, V9, P40 FROHSCHAMMER J, 1877, PHANTASIE GRANDPRINC GALTON F, 1880, MIND, V5, P301 GALTON F, 1883, INQUIRIES HUMAN FACU GROOS K, 1901, PLAY MAN HALL GS, 1891, PEDAGOGICAL SEMINARY, V1, P211 HALL GS, 1902, PED SEM, V9, P460 HALL GS, 1903, PED SEM, V10, P159 HALL GS, 1903, PED SEM, V10, P315 HALL GS, 1905, ADOLESCENCE, V1 JAMES W, 1896, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL, V2, P44 JEWELL JR, 1905, AM J PSYCHOL, V16, P1 LAY W, 1898, PSY REV S, V7 LEMAITRE A, 1904, ARCH PSY, V4, P1 LINDLEY EH, 1897, AM J PSYCHOL, V8, P431 LOBSIEN M, 1905, PADAGOGISCHE MAGAZIN MACDOUGAL R, 1898, PSY REV, V5, P463 MALEBRANCHE N, 1885, RECHERCHE VERITE, V2 MEINONG A, 1889, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V95, P161 MEUMANN E, 1906, EXPT PADAGOGIK, V4 MEYER JB, 1878, Z VOLKERPSYCHOLOGIE, V10, P26 OELZELTNEWIN A, 1889, ULER PHANTASIE VORST PARTRIDGE GE, 1898, PED SEM, V5, P445 PAULHAN F, 1886, REV PHILOS, V21, P26 PHILLIPPE J, 1903, IMAGE MENTALE EVOLUT QUEYRAT F, 1893, IMAGE MENTALE EVOLUT RIBOT T, 1899, EVOLUTION GENERAL ID RIBOT T, 1902, REV PHILOS, V53, P598 RIBOT T, 1906, ESSAY CREATIVE IMAGI SMITH TL, 1904, AM J PSYCHOL, V15, P465 STERN LW, 1903, BEITRAGE PSYCHOL AUS STOUT GF, 1896, ANAL PSYCH, V1 STOUT GF, 1899, MANUAL PSYCHOLOGY STRICKER S, 1880, STUDIEN SPRACHVORSTE STRICKER S, 1882, STUDIEN BEWEGUNGSVOR SULLEY J, 1896, STUDIES CHILDHOOD, P25 TAINE H, 1889, INTELLIGENCE THOMAS WI, 1907, SEX SOC TYLOR EB, 1888, PRIMITIVE CULTURE, V1 VANBIERVLIET JJ, 1897, REV PHILOS, V44, P113 WALLASCHEK R, 1905, BEITRAGE GRUNDLEGUNG WEBER L, 1896, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V4, P34 WUNDT W, 1905, VOLKERPSYCHOLOGIE, V2, P1 ZAHLFLEISCH J, 1898, ARCH SYSTEMATISCHE P, V4, P160 NR 70 TC 0 BP 137 EP 207 PY 1907 PD JUN VL 14 IS 2 GA V4351 UT ISI:000187266700001 ER PT J AU Fernandez, J AF Fernandez, Jordi TI The intentionality of memory SO AUSTRALASIAN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 AUSTRALAS J PHIL LA English DT Article AB Memory differs from both introspection and perception in scope. One can only introspect one's own mental states and one can only perceive events in the external world. However, one can remember events in the world as well as one's own perceptual experiences of them. An interesting phenomenological fact about memory is that those two kinds of memories come together. You can't apparently remember a fact without apparently remember having perceived it. And you can't apparently remember what perceiving a certain fact was like without apparently remembering the fact in question. Why is that? The project in this essay is to try to explain this by appealing to the content that memory experiences have. CR ARISTOTLE, 1972, ARISTOTLE MEMORY, P47 GOLDMAN AI, 1994, NATURALIZING EPISTEM, P105 JAMES W, 1890, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL LOCKE J, 1975, ESSAY HUMAN UNDERSTA MARTIN MGF, 2001, TIME MEMORY ISSUES P, P257 MCDOWELL J, 1988, PERCEPTION KNOWLEDGE, P209 MEINONG A, 1973, EMPIRICAL KNOWLEDGE, P253 PERRY J, 1999, COMPANION PHILOS LAN, P586 POLLOCK J, 1986, CONT THEORIES KNOWLE REICHENBACH H, 1947, ELEMENTS SYMBOLIC LO SEARLE J, 1983, INTENTIONALITY ESSAY SNOWDON P, PERCEPTUAL KNOWLEDGE, V192, P88 TULVING E, 1972, ORG MEMORY, P381 VONLEYDEN W, 1961, REMEMBERING PHILOS P NR 14 TC 2 BP 39 EP 57 PY 2006 PD MAR VL 84 IS 1 DI 10.1080/00048400600571695 GA 149JZ UT ISI:000245144500003 ER PT J AU Pavel, T TI Fiction and imitation (Mimesis) SO POETICS TODAY J9 POETICS TODAY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Chicago, Chicago, IL USA. RP Pavel, T, Univ Chicago, Chicago, IL USA. AB This article begins with a discussion of the views on mimesis defended in recent works by Lubomir Dolezel, Dorrit Cohn, and Jean-Marie Schaeffer. It then argues that literary fiction typically represents human beings in their relationship with norms and values. But since norms and values cannot be uniformly reduced to a set of observable facts, they cannot be copied directly but only highlighted indirectly, through examples of human action. These examples, however, do not necessarily represent the norm or the value they are meant to typify. It follows that representation of norms and values cannot be reduced to imitation and that mere observation of nature cannot suffice for creating and understanding fiction. The poet and the reader must know how to distance themselves from the worlds of "is," the empirical realm, in order to explore its dependence on the world of "ought," the realm of norms, and the world of "praise," the realm of values. CR ARISTOTLE, POETICS AUERBACH E, 1957, MIMESIS REPRESENTATI BERNSTEIN MA, 1994, FOREGONE CONCLUSION BOOTH W, 1961, RHETORIC FICTION BOOTH W, 1988, COMPANY WE KEEP ETHI BRANDOM RB, 1994, MAKING IT EXPLICIT R COHN D, 1999, DISTINCTION FICTION DANTO A, 1981, TRANSFIGURATION COMM DOLEZEL L, 1998, HETEROCOSMICA FICTIO EHGEL GWF, 1975, AESTHETICS LECTURES EMERSON C, 1997, FIRST HUNDRED YEARS FLAHAUT F, 1998, MECHANCETE GENETTE G, 1991, FICTION DICTION GOODMAN N, 1968, LANGUAGES ART HAMBRUGER K, 1973, LOGIC LIT HARSAW B, 1984, POETICS TODAY, V5, P227 LARMORE C, IN PRESS PRATIQUES M LARMORE C, 1993, MODERNITE MORALE LUCAN, CIVIL WAR LYONS JD, 1989, RHETORIC EXAMPLE EAR MCDOWELL J, 1994, MIND WORLD MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MELTZER F, 1987, SALOME DANCE WRITING MORSON GS, 1994, NARRATIVE FREEDOM SH NEHAMAS A, 1999, VIRTUES AUTHENTICITY, P251 NUSSBAUM M, 1990, LOVES KNOWLEDGE ESSA OGDEN CK, 1923, MEANING MEANING PAVEL T, 1986, FICTIONAL WORLDS PAVEL T, 1994, RETURN THEAMTIC CRIT, P121 PAVEL T, 1998, NEW LITERARY HIST, V29, P579 PIPPIN RB, 2000, H JAMES MODERN MORAL PLATO, REPUBLIC ROCHLITZ R, 1998, ART BANE ESSAI ROTHFIELD L, 1992, VITAL SIGNS MED REAL RYAN ML, 1991, POSSIBLE WORLDS ARTI SCHAEFFER JM, 1991, ART AGE MODERNE ESTH SCHAEFFER JM, 1996, CELIBATAIRES ART POU SCHAEFFER JM, 1999, POURQUOI FICITION SCHELER M, 1973, FORMALISM ETHICS NON SEARLE JR, 1975, NEW LITERARY HIST, V6, P319 SMITH BH, 1978, MARGINS DISCOURSE RE SPACKS PM, 1986, GOSSIP STENREBRG M, 1983, LIT CRITICISM PHILOS, P145 THIBAUDET A, 1951, G FLAUBERT MADAME BO, P271 TOLSTOY L, DEATH OF IVAN ILYITC WALTON K, 1990, MIMESIS MAKE-BELIEVE WATT I, 1957, RISE NOEL STUDIES DE WEITZ M, 1978, PHILOS LOOKS ARTS, P121 NR 48 TC 4 BP 521 EP 541 PY 2000 PD FAL VL 21 IS 3 GA 394HP UT ISI:000166518200003 ER PT J AU WILSON, F TI HUMES SENTIMENTS - JONES,P SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Book Review RP WILSON, F, UNIV TORONTO,TORONTO M5S 1A1,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR ARDAL PS, 1976, HUME REVALUATION BEAUCHAMP TL, 1981, HUME PROBLEM CAUSATI BERGMANN G, 1952, METAPHYSICS LOGICAL CAPALDI N, 1975, D HUME NEWTONIAN PHI JONES P, HUMES SENTIMENTS LIVINGSTON DW, 1984, HUMES PHILOS COMMON MEINONG A, 1877, HUME STUDIES, V1 NORTON DF, 1982, D HUME COMMON SENSE NOXON J, 1973, HUMES PHILOS DEV SELLARS WS, 1967, PHILOSOPHICAL PERSPE SMITH NK, 1941, PHILOS D HUME CRITIC STOVE DC, 1979, MCGILL HUME STUDIES STROUD B, 1978, HUME WILSON F, 1975, PHILOS STUDIES, V28 WILSON F, 1982, J BUSINESS ETHICS, V1 WILSON F, 1982, MILL NEWS LETT, V17 WILSON F, 1983, DIALOGUE, V22 WILSON F, 1983, PHILOS RES ARCH, V9 WILSON F, 1983, PHILOS STUDIES, V44 WILSON F, 1985, HUME STUDIES, V2 WILSON F, 1986, EARLY MODERN PHILOS NR 21 TC 0 BP 274 EP 281 PY 1986 PD JUN VL 20 IS 2 GA D0125 UT ISI:A1986D012500012 ER PT J AU Goldstick, D TI On what there is SO PACIFIC PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 PAC PHIL QUART LA English DT Article C1 Univ Toronto, Dept Philosophy, Toronto, ON M5S 1A1, Canada. RP Goldstick, D, Univ Toronto, Dept Philosophy, Toronto, ON M5S 1A1, Canada. AB This paper programmatically outlines a case for "nominalism". If brown and colored are so related logically that being colored is nothing over and above being brown, then whatever "exists" other than concreta is nothing over and above concreta. Possibilities of rain and "universals" like the shape, circularity (= the logical possibility of being so shaped), lack "existence" in another sense. ("There are things that don't exist" shows that 'there are' is used even more broadly than 'there exist'.) The univocity of,exist' is disproved by "A prime number between 6 and 10 exists" being analytic despite the invalidity of ontological arguments. CR ANSELM, ANSELM CANTERBURY, V1 AUSTIN JL, 1961, PHILOS PAPERS, P126 GOLDSTICK D, 1972, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V32, P533 GOLDSTICK D, 1978, MIND, V87, P1 GOLDSTICK D, 1980, DIALECTICA, V34, P183 GOLDSTICK D, 1989, AM PHILOS Q, V26, P231 GOLDSTICK D, 1989, LOGIQUE ANAL, V32, P139 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P83 NORMAN M, 1960, PHILOS REV, V69, P52 QUINE WV, 1960, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P20 QUINE WV, 1960, WORD OBJECT, P26 QUINE WVO, 1961, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P1 WILLIAMS DC, 1953, REV METAPHYS, V7, P3 NR 13 TC 0 BP 313 EP 320 PY 2005 PD SEP VL 86 IS 3 GA 961BF UT ISI:000231636200002 ER PT J AU VICK, GR TI HEIDEGGERS LINGUISTIC REHABILITATION OF PARMENIDES BEING SO AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 AMER PHIL QUART LA English DT Article C1 CALIF STATE COLL,LOS ANGELES,CA. CR AYER AJ, 1934, MIND, V43, P335 CARNAP R, 1932, ERKENNTNIS, V2, P219 CARNAP R, 1964, BASIC PROBLEMS PHILO HEGEL GWF, 1929, SCIENCE LOGIC, V1, CH1 HEIDEGGER, SEIN ZEIT HEIDEGGER, 1931, WESEN GRUNDES, P5 HEIDEGGER, 1953, EINFUHRUNG METAPHYSI HEIDEGGER, 1962, BEING TIME HUME D, TREATISE HUMAN NAT 2 HUSSERL E, 1958, IDEAS, P51 HUSSERL, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN KIRK GS, 1960, MIND, P325 MANNHEIM R, 1959, INTRO METAPHYSICS MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MOORE GE, 1936, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V15, P175 NIETZCHE F, TWILIGHT IDOLS, P16 RUSSELL B, 1918, MONIST, V27, P495 RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATHEMATICAL P, CH16 SPIEGELBERG, 1965, PHENOMENOLOGICAL MOV, V1, P312 NR 19 TC 1 BP 139 EP 150 PY 1971 VL 8 IS 2 GA Y1858 UT ISI:A1971Y185800003 ER PT J AU SAYWARD, C TI MINDS, SUBSTANCES, AND CAPACITIES SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article RP SAYWARD, C, UNIV NEBRASKA,LINCOLN,NE 68588. CR ARMSTRONG DM, 1968, MATERIALIST THEORY M CHISHOLM RM, 1966, THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE DESCARTES R, MEDITATIONS MEINONG A, 1917, EMOTIONALE PRASENTAT RYLE G, 1949, CONCEPT OF MIND NR 5 TC 0 BP 213 EP 225 PY 1983 VL 44 IS 2 GA RT496 UT ISI:A1983RT49600004 ER PT J AU Connolly, N AF Connolly, Niall TI How the Dead Live SO PHILOSOPHIA J9 PHILOSOPHIA LA English DT Article C1 Trinity Coll Dublin, Dept Philosophy, Dublin, Ireland. RP Connolly, N, Trinity Coll Dublin, Dept Philosophy, Dublin, Ireland. EM niconnol@tcd.ie DE Metaphysics; Death; Presentism; Non-existence; Bare particulars ID OBJECTS AB This paper maintains (following Yougrau 1987; 2000 and Hinchliff 1996) that the dead and other former existents count as examples of non-existent objects. If the dead number among the things there are, a further question arises: what is it to be dead-how should the state of being dead be characterised? It is argued that this state should be characterised negatively: the dead are not persons, philosophers etc. They lack any of the (intrinsic) qualities they had while they lived. The only facts involving the dead are facts about the relations they stand in-including the relations they bear to the qualities they formerly instantiated, and the intentional relations they stand in to us. Given an appropriate conception of qualities the dead can be said to be quality-less objects: bare particulars. The 'Bare Particular Theory' of individuals, it is argued, is coherent if and only if it concedes that the bare particulars it allows for don't exist. The account of the dead and other former existents as bare particulars does justice to the misfortune of death, and points the way to a general theory of nonexistent objects. CR ADAMS RM, 1986, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V11, P315 BOURNE C, 2006, FUTURE PRESENTISM BRADLEY B, 2009, WELL BEING DEATH CAMERON RP, OXFORD STUD IN PRESS, V6 CAMERON RP, 2008, NOUS, V42, P410 CRANE T, 2001, ELEMENTS MIND INTRO CRANE T, 2001, RATIO, V14, P298 GROSSMAN R, 2001, SCH A MEINONG, P477 HAWTHORNE J, 1995, ANALYSIS, V55, P191 HINCHLIFF M, 2000, PHILOS SCI S, V67, S575 HOSSACK K, 2007, METAPHYSICS KNOWLEDG JOHANSSON I, 1989, ONTOLOGICAL INVESTIG LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS LEWIS D, 2002, MIND, V111, P1 LINSKY B, 1991, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V69, P438 LOUX MJ, 1998, CONT READINGS FDN ME, P233 MARKOSIAN N, 2004, OXFORD STUDIES METAP, V1, P82 MCMICHAEL A, 1980, J PHILOS LOGIC, V9, P297 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P MERRICKS T, 2007, TRUTH ONTOLOGY MONTON B, 2006, ONTOLOGY SPACETIME, P263 MORELAND JP, 1998, PAC PHILOS QUART, V79, P251 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PRIEST G, 2005, NONBEING LOGIC METAP PUTNAM H, 1967, J PHILOS, V64, P240 QUINE WVO, 1980, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P1 ROSENKRANTZ GS, 1993, HAECCEITY ONTOLOGICA SIDER T, 1996, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V74, P433 SIDER T, 2006, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V20, P387 SMITH B, 1999, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V77, P274 WIGGINS D, 2001, SAMENESS SUBSTANCE R WILLIAMSON T, 1998, ERKENNTNIS, V48, P257 WILLIAMSON T, 2002, ROY I PH S, V51, P233 YOURGRAU P, 1987, J PHILOS, V84, P84 YOURGRAU P, 2000, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V24, P46 ZALTA EN, 2006, NOUS, V40, P591 NR 36 TC 0 BP 83 EP 103 PY 2011 PD MAR VL 39 IS 1 DI 10.1007/s11406-010-9258-5 GA 716BD UT ISI:000286939000009 ER PT J AU Hutt, CM TI Husserl - Perception and the ideality of time SO PHILOSOPHY TODAY J9 PHIL TODAY LA English DT Article C1 Mercy Coll, Dobbs Ferry, NY 10522 USA. RP Hutt, CM, Mercy Coll, Dobbs Ferry, NY 10522 USA. CR AUGUSTINE, CONFESSIONS BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST BROAD CD, EXAMINATION MCTAGGAR BROAD CD, 1962, MIND ITS PLACE NATUR BROUGH J, 1972, MAN WORLD, V5, P303 BROUGH JB, 1991, PHENOMENOLOGY CONSCI CALLAHAN JF, 1958, HARVARD STUDIES CLAS, V62, P437 DUMMETT M, 1978, TRUTH OTHER ENIGMAS, P351 DUMMETT M, 1981, INTERPRETATION FREGE HUSSERL E, HUSSERLIANA HUSSERL E, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1928, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL HUSSERL E, 1964, PHENOMENOLOGY INTERN HUSSERL E, 1966, PHANOMENOLOGIE INNER JAMES W, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL KERSTEN F, 1982, IDEAS LEWY C, 1978, KANT INTRO MCTAGGART JE, 1908, MIND MEINONG A, 1893, SINNESORGANE, V6, P340 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 MILLER I, 1982, HUSSERL INTENTIONALI, P132 MILLER I, 1984, HUSSERL PERCEPTION T MOHANTY JN, 1989, HUSSERLS PHENOMENOLO RUSSELL B, 1972, HIST W PHILOS SMITH D, HUSSERL INTENTIONALI, P193 SOKOLOWSKI R, 1974, HUSSERLIAN MEDITATIO TAKIURA S, 1979, ANALECTA HUSSERLIANA, V8, P79 VANGELDER T, 1995, COMMUNICATION 1019 WHITEHEAD AN, PROCESS REALITY NR 30 TC 1 BP 370 EP 385 PY 1999 PD WIN VL 43 IS 4 GA 273VC UT ISI:000084727700005 ER PT J AU Perry, J AF Perry, John TI Hume and Frege on identity SO PHILOSOPHICAL STUDIES J9 PHIL STUD LA English DT Article C1 Stanford Univ, Dept Philosophy, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. RP Perry, J, Stanford Univ, Dept Philosophy, Bldg 90, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. EM johnperry43@gmail.com CR AUSTIN DF, 1990, WHATS MEANING THIS BAXTER DLM, 2008, HUMES DIFFICULTY DONNELLAN K, 1970, SYNTHESE, V21, P335 FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V100, P25 FREGE G, 1956, MIND, V65, P289 KAPLAN D, 1969, WORDS OBJECTIONS ESS, P206 KAPLAN D, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN, P481 KRIPKE S, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY MALLY E, 1912, Z PHILOS PHILOS KR S, P148 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS INT ZALTA E, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 13 TC 0 BP 413 EP 423 PY 2009 PD DEC VL 146 IS 3 DI 10.1007/s11098-009-9431-5 GA 522HE UT ISI:000271987700008 ER PT J AU Chrudzimski, A TI Meinong's theory of intentionality SO DIALECTICA J9 DIALECTICA LA German DT Article C1 Salzburg Univ, Inst Philosophy, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria. RP Chrudzimski, A, Salzburg Univ, Inst Philosophy, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria. AB The most striking feature of Meinong's theory of intentionality is his thesis that every mental act has its reference-object 'beyond being and non being'. This theory seems, at first, to be a clear example of the so called object-theory of intentionality, as it introduces special 'postulated' entities in the target-position of the mental act. Closer examination, however, reveals in Meinong's works important elements of the mediator-theory. Meinong speaks of auxiliary incomplete objects situated 'between' the subject and the object of reference and 'mediating' the intentional access to the (complete) reference-object. Moreover, even if the object of reference is of the simple nominal form, the mediating structure involves essentially propositional entities (objectives). In the paper we attempt to give a set-theoretical interpretation of Meinong's theory in the frame of which we could eventually do without the incomplete mediating objects. Yet, some general epistemological considerations suggest the indispensability of such incomplete mediating structures. CR BRENTANO F, UNPUB LOGIK BRENTANO F, UNPUB ONTOLOGIE BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1925, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1930, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ BRENTANO F, 1956, LEHRE RICHTIGEN URTE BRENTANO F, 1982, DESKRIPTIVE PSYCHOL CHISHOLM RM, 1982, BRENTANO MEINONG STU, P17 FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V100, P25 GROSSMAN R, 1974, MEINONG HOFLER A, 1890, LOGIK HUSSERL E, 1984, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN KRIPKE S, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY KUNG G, 1973, REV METAPHYS, V23, P670 LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS LYCAN WG, 1994, MODALITY MEANING MEINONG A, 1877, GESAMTAUSGABE MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE PUTNAM H, 1975, MIND LANGUAGE REALIT RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P530 SIMONS P, 1992, PHILOS LOGIC CENTRAL, P41 SMITH B, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE SMITH B, 1988, FDN GESTALT THEORY, P11 SMITH B, 1992, LANGUAGE TRUTH ONTOL, P48 SMITH B, 1994, AUSTRIAN PHILOS LEGA SMITH D, 1982, HUSSERL INTENTIONALI TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST NR 29 TC 4 BP 119 EP 143 PY 2001 VL 55 IS 2 GA 460BM UT ISI:000170286000003 ER PT J AU LOURENS, PJD TI CLASSIFICATION OF VALUES SO PSYCHOLOGIA AFRICANA J9 PSYCHOL AFR LA Flemish DT Article CR ADAMS J, 1953, PSYCHOL REV, V60, P50 ALLPORT GW, 1960, STUDY VALUES MANUAL ALLPORT GW, 1960, STUDY VALUES TEST ARISTOTLE, 1954, NICOMACHEAN ETHICS V ASTIN AW, 1964, J APPL PSYCHOL, V48, P50 BERG IA, 1961, CONFORMITY DEVIATION BERLEANT A, 1964, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V25, P239 BLISS AJ, 1966, DICTIONARY FOREIGN W BREHM JW, 1962, EXPLORATIONS COGNITI BROWN JS, 1961, MOTIVATION BEHAVIOUR CATTON WR, 1959, AM SOCIOL REV, V24, P310 CLAUSS W, 1943, DEUTSCHE LITERATUR CRONBACH LJ, 1965, 6 MENT MEAS YEARB, P387 DETOCQUEVILLE A, 1945, DEMOCRACY AM, V2 DILTHEY W, 1961, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V5, P139 DORSCH F, 1959, PSYCHOLOGISCHES WORT DUKES WF, 1955, PSYCHOL BULL, V52, P24 ENGLISH HB, 1958, DICTIONARY PSYCHOLOG FEIBLEMAN JK, 1956, I SOCIETY FEIFEL H, 1959, MEANING DEATH FESTINGER L, 1964, CONFLICT DECISION DI GAGE NL, 1959, 5 MENT MEAS YEARB, P200 GEIGER G, 1950, J SOCIAL ISSUES, V6, P8 GINSBERG M, 1963, PHILOSOPHY, V38, P99 GOODSTEIN LD, 1965, 6 MENTAL MEASUREMENT, P388 GORLOW L, 1965, J SOC PSYCHOL, V66, P271 GOULD J, 1964, DICTIONARY SOCIAL SC GOVE PB, 1961, 3 WEBST NEW INT DICT GUILFORD JP, 1959, PERSONALITY HARDING LW, 1944, J SOC PSYCHOL, V19, P53 HARRIMAN PL, 1961, DICTIONARY PSYCHOLOG HARTMANN N, 1932, ETHICS, V2 HEHLMANN W, 1959, WORTERBUCH PSYCHOLOG HORWITZ M, 1956, STATE SOCIAL SCI, P162 IYENGAR KRS, 1942, METAPHYSICS VALUE, V1 KEYSERLING H, 1923, REISETAGEBUCH PHILOS, V1 KIRK R, 1954, CONSERVATIVE MIND KLUCKHOHN C, 1962, PERSONALITY KLUCKHOHN FR, 1961, VARIATIONS VALUE ORI KOHLER W, 1938, PLACE VALUE WORLD FA KRECH D, 1962, INDIVIDUAL SOCIETY LAIRD J, 1929, IDEA VALUE LAMONT WD, 1955, VALUE JUDGEMENT LASSWELL HD, 1951, POLICY SCI RECENT DE, P3 LASSWELL HD, 1951, POLICY SCIENCES, P102 LERSCH P, 1956, AUFBAU PERSON LEWIS CI, 1946, ANALYSIS KNOWLEDGE V LINTON R, 1947, CULTURAL BACKGROUND LORING LM, 1966, 2 KINDS VALUES MACCURDY JT, 1950, B J PSYCHOL-GEN 1-2, V41, P1 MARTLAND TR, 1966, J PHIL, V63, P509 MASLOW AH, 1964, RELIGIONS VALUES PEA MCCURDY HG, 1965, PERSONALITY SCIENCE MEINONG A, 1923, GRUNDLEGUNG ALLGEMEI MEWCOMB TM, 1965, SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY MILL JS, 1931, ANTHOLOGY MODERN PHI, P731 MORRIS B, 1964, PHILOSOPHY PHENOM RE, V25, P1 MORRIS C, 1955, J ABNORMAL SOCIAL PS, V51, P523 MORRIS C, 1956, VARIETIES HUMAN VALU MURPHY G, 1947, PERSONALITY OSGOOD CE, 1961, J ABNORM SOC PSYCHOL, V62, P62 PARSONS T, 1961, CULTURE SOCIAL CHARA, P89 PARTRIDGE PH, 1963, PHILOSOPHY, V38, P117 PEPPER SC, 1958, SOURCES VALUE PERRY RB, 1926, GENERAL THEORY VALUE PLATO, 1953, DIALOGUES, V4 RAWLS J, 1963, PHILOS REV, V72, P281 RIESMAN D, 1950, LONELY CROWD ROHRACHER H, 1956, KLEINE CHARAKTERKUND ROSE AM, 1962, HUMAN BEHAVIOUR SOCI RUNES DD, 1944, DICTIONARY PHILOSOPH SCOTT WA, 1959, AM SOCIOL REV, V24, P299 SCOTT WA, 1960, DECISIONS VALUES GRO, V1, P154 SHERIF M, 1947, PSYCHOLOGY EGOINVOLV SPRANGER E, 1950, LEBENSFORMEN STEVENSON CL, 1963, FACTS VALUES STIRNER M, 1992, EINZIGE EIGENTUM SUPER DE, 1962, J APPL PSYCHOL, V46, P231 TAYLOR PW, 1961, NORMATIVE DISCOURSE THOMAE H, 1960, MENSCH ENTSCHEIDUNG THOMPSON SM, 1962, ETHICS, V73, P1 TILLICH P, 1960, ADVENTURES MIND, P47 URMSON JO, 1960, WESTERN PHILOSOPHY VIERECK P, 1956, CONSERVATISM JOHN AD VONMERING O, 1961, GRAMMAR HUMAN VALUES WALLACE AFC, 1961, STUDYING PERSONALITY, P129 WARD LR, 1930, PHILOSOPHY VALUE WEBER M, 1962, BASIC CONCEPTS SOCIO WHITE RK, 1944, J SOC PSYCHOL, V19, P351 WHITE RK, 1947, J ABNORM SOC PSYCH, V42, P440 YOUNG PT, 1961, MOTIVATION EMOTION ZADROZNY JT, 1959, DICTIONARY SOCIAL SC ZIMMERMAN RL, 1964, PHILOSOPHY PHENOM RE, V25, P169 NR 93 TC 0 BP 173 EP & PY 1970 VL 13 IS 2-3 GA H9049 UT ISI:A1970H904900011 ER PT J AU SULLIVAN, TD TI CONCEPTS + THINKING AND COGNITION SO NEW SCHOLASTICISM J9 NEW SCHOLAST LA English DT Article RP SULLIVAN, TD, COLL ST THOMAS,ST PAUL,MN. CR 1979, REV METAPHYS, V32, P639 ANSCOMBE E, 1965, ANAL PHILOS, P161 AQUINAS T, DE ENTE ET ESSENTIA AQUINAS T, DE POTENTIA DEI AQUINAS T, EXP IN DE TRINITATE AQUINAS T, EXP IN LIB I PERIHER AQUINAS T, SUMMA CONTRA GENTILE BOSWELL J, LIFE S JOHNSON CHISHOLM RM, 1973, PHILOS STUDIES, V24, P234 CHISHOLM RM, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27, P220 DONAGAN A, 1963, MONIST, V47, P228 HEATH P, 1978, MONIST, V61, P228 JAMES W, 1952, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL LOCKE J, ESSAY HUMAN UNDERSTA MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEINONG A, 1967, THEORY UNIVERSALS MOORE GE, 1953, SOME MAIN PROBLEMS P PRICE HH, THINKING EXPERIENCE PRICE HH, 1946, P BRIT ACADEMY, P4 PRICE HH, 1969, THINKING EXPERIENCE PRIOR AN, 1971, OBJECTS THOUGHT REID T, ESSAYS INTELLECTUAL SCHMIDT RW, 1966, DOMAIN LOGIC ACCORDI NR 23 TC 1 BP 146 EP 168 PY 1982 VL 56 IS 2 GA NY514 UT ISI:A1982NY51400002 ER PT J AU Linke, PF AF Linke, P. F. TI Regarding Assumptions, 2nd edition SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN NR 1 TC 0 BP 408 EP 411 PY 1913 VL 65 GA V96KR UT ISI:000206517300045 ER PT J AU DOLLING, E TI DUMMETT,MICHAEL AND THE ORIGINS OF ANALYTICAL PHILOSOPHY, OR - THE PHILOSOPHY OF THOUGHT VERSUS THE PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE SO DEUTSCHE ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHILOSOPHIE J9 DEUT Z PHIL LA German DT Article C1 ACAD SCI GDR,ZENT INST SPRACHWISSENSCH,O-1100 BERLIN,GERMANY. RP DOLLING, E, ACAD SCI GDR,ZENT INST PHILOSOPHIE,OTTO NUSCHKE STR 10-11,O-1086 BERLIN,GERMANY. CR APEL KO, 1ST INTENTIONALITAT DOLLING E, INTENTIONALIT VERSTE DOLLING E, 1989, DZFPH DUMMETT M, URSPRUNGE ANAL PHILO, P13 DUMMETT M, 1988, USPRUNGE ANAL PHILOS, P7 EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE FREGE G, 1973, SCHRIFTEN LOGIK NACH, P63 HEYE, 1987, LOGIK SEMANTIK SEMAN MARKE JC, 1977, OSTERREICHISCHE PHIL, V1, P77 MEINONG A, 1921, PHILOS GEGENWART SEL, V1, P143 SEARLE J, 1987, INTENTIONALITAT ABHA, P203 NR 11 TC 0 BP 751 EP 758 PY 1990 VL 38 IS 8 GA EN261 UT ISI:A1990EN26100006 ER PT J AU Pear, TH AF Pear, T. H. TI THE EXPERIMENTAL EXAMINATION OF SOME DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE MAJOR AND THE MINOR CHORD SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 BRIT J PSYCHOL LA English DT Article CR BENTLEY IM, 1903, AM J PSYCHOL, P60 BUCH E, 1900, PHILOS STUD, V15, P183 FAIST A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V15, P102 FAIST, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P129 JODL F, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL, V1, P362 KRUEGER F, 1903, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V2, P1 KRUEGER F, 1903, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V1, P205 KRUEGER F, 1906, PSYCHOL STUD, V1, P313 KRUEGER F, 1906, PSYCHOL STUD, V2, P206 KRUEGER F, 1906, PSYCHOL STUD, V4, P201 KRUEGER F, 1910, PSYCHOL STUD, V5, P294 KULPE O, OUTLINES, P286 KULPE O, 1895, OUTLINE PSYCHOL, P297 LIPPS T, 1883, GRUNDTATSACHEN SEELE, P238 LIPPS T, 1885, PSYCHOL STUD, P92 LIPPS T, 1901, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V27, P225 MEINONG A, OUTLINES, P289 MEYER M, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V17, P401 MEYER M, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V17, P421 NATORP, 1891, GOTTINGISCHE GELEHRT, P789 OGDEN RM, 1909, PSYCHOL BULL, V6, P297 OGDEN RM, 1911, PSYCHOL BULL, V8, P100 OGDEN RM, 1911, PSYCHOL BULL, V8, P60 OGDEN RM, 1911, PSYCHOL BULL, V8, P93 SCHULZE R, 1898, PHIL STUD, V14 STUMPF C, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V2, P135 STUMPF C, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V2, P142 STUMPF C, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V2, P176 STUMPF C, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P121 STUMPF C, Z PSYCHOL, V55, P1 STUMPF C, 1898, BEITR AKUSTIK MUSIKW, P34 STUMPF C, 1901, Z PSYCHOL, V27 STUMPF C, 1910, BEITR AKUSTIK MUSIKW, P34 STUMPF, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P288 STUMPF, Z PSYCHOL, V2, P137 STUMPF, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V17, P401 STUMPF, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V17, P424 STUMPF, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V18, P274 TANZI, 1887, RIV FILOSOFIA SCI, V6, P174 TITCHENER EB, 1901, EXPT PSYCHOL, P329 WUNDT W, GRUNDZUGE, V2, P111 WUNDT W, GRUNDZUGE, V2, P123 WUNDT W, GRUNDZUGE, V2, P421 WUNDT W, GRUNDZUGE, V2, P434 WUNDT W, 1910, PHYSL PSYCHOL, V2, P428 WUNDT, 1910, PHYSL PSYCHOL, V2, P91 NR 46 TC 8 BP 56 EP 88 PY 1911 PD MAY VL 4 GA V67ZQ UT ISI:000204595800004 ER PT J AU Kaye, SM AF Kaye, Sharon M. TI True friendship and the logic of lying SO JOURNAL OF VALUE INQUIRY J9 J VALUE INQUIRY LA English DT Article C1 John Carroll Univ, Dept Philosophy, University Hts, OH 44118 USA. RP Kaye, SM, John Carroll Univ, Dept Philosophy, 20700 N Pk Blvd, University Hts, OH 44118 USA. EM skaye@jcu.edu CR BOEHNER P, 1958, COLLECTED ARTICLES O, P254 BOK S, 1979, LYING CORAZZA E, 2003, DIALECTICA, V57 DEOCKHAM G, 1974, OPERA PHILOS, V1, P744 DEOCKHAM G, 1981, OPERA THEOLOGICA, V2, P561 DIAMOND C, 1976, WITTGENSTEINS LECT F, P207 HERZBERGER HG, 1975, CONT RES PHILOS LOGI, P72 KIERKEGAARD S, 1973, CONCLUDING UNSCIENCT, P213 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P OCKHAM W, 1983, PREDESTINATION GODS PAKALUK M, 1991, OTHER SELVES PHILOS, P137 PERLOFF M, 1996, WITTGENSTEINS LADDER, P18 REUTER M, 1998, VIVARIUM, V36, P112 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14 SIMMONS K, 1987, HIST PHILOS LOGIC, V8 SPADE P, 1974, NOTRE DAME J FORMAL, V15 SPADE P, 1981, VIVARIUM, V19 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1958, PHILOS INVEST, P160 NR 18 TC 0 BP 475 EP 485 PY 2005 PD DEC VL 39 IS 3-4 DI 10.1007/s10790-006-7527-0 GA 177RO UT ISI:000247170400012 ER PT J AU Kirschmann, A AF Kirschmann, A. TI Normal and Abnormal Colour Systems SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR K EXP PSYCH, P14 PHILOS STUDIEN, V8, P196 PHILOS STUDIEN, V8, P609 U TORONTO STUDIES PS, V1, P100 1895, AM J PSYCHOL, V7, P391 1907, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V3, P354 BAIRD JW, COLOR SENSITIVITY PE, P30 BENUSSI, K EXP PSYCH, P17 KIRSCHMANN, DIMENSIONEN RAUMES, P86 KIRSEHMANN, AM J PSYCHOL, V14, P294 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V33, P20 MULLER GE, K EXP PSYCH, P6 RAEHLMANN, FARHENSEHEN MALERCI VINTSCHGAN, PHILOS STUD, V8, P189 WUNDT, PHYSL PSYCH, V2, P187 WUNDT, PHYSL PSYCH, V2, P238 ZINDLER, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V20, P281 NR 17 TC 1 BP 397 EP 424 PY 1906 PD JAN 12 VL 6 IS 4 GA V98BS UT ISI:000206629200001 ER PT J AU Liebert, RS AF Liebert, Rana Saadi TI FACT AND FICTION IN PLATO'S ION SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHILOLOGY J9 AMER J PHILOL LA English DT Article C1 Univ Chicago, Chicago, IL 60637 USA. RP Liebert, RS, Univ Chicago, Chicago, IL 60637 USA. EM alsaadi@uchicago.edu ID POETIC INSPIRATION; 'ION'; CRITICISM AB Plato's Ion develops a concept of fiction distinct from the mimetic accounts of poetry found in the Republic and Aristotle's Poetics. The dialogue dramatically exposes the fictionality of poetry by (1) revealing a disparity between propositional and poetic semantics, (2) identifying the paradox of belief in imaginary worlds, and (3) showing that fictional constructions emerge from novel arrangements of real-world facts. Ultimately, the Ion examines the fraught relationship between literature and the real world, and the peculiar nature of literary knowledge, which takes both fact and fiction as its objects. CR ANNAS J, 1982, PLATO BEAUTY WISDOM, P1 AUSTIN JL, 1962, DO THINGS WORDS W JA BAKKER E, 2005, POINTING FORMULA PER BARTHES R, 1986, RUSTLE LANGUAGE BLOOM A, 1987, ROOTS POLITICAL PHIL, P371 BUSHNELL R, 1988, PROPHESYING TRAGEDY CAMPBELL PN, 1986, RES PUBLICA LITT STU, V9, P59 COLERIDGE ST, 1907, BIOGRAPHICA LITERARI COLLINS D, 2004, MASTER GAME COMPETIT DELCOURT M, 1937, BAGB, V55, P4 DOLEZEL L, 1998, HETEROCOSMICA FICTIO DORTER K, 1973, J AESTHETICS ART CRI, V32, P65 ELIAS J, 1984, PLATOS DEFENSE POETR FARNESS J, 1985, PQ, V64, P155 FEENEY DC, 1993, LIES FICTION ANCIENT, P230 FENDT G, 1997, ISP, V4, P23 FERRARI GRF, 1989, CAMBRIDGE HIST LIT C, V1, P92 FISH S, 1980, IS THERE TEXT THIS C FLASHAR H, 1958, DIALOG ION ALS ZEUGN FORD A, 2002, ORIGINS CRITICISM LI GENTILI B, 1988, POETRY ITS PUBLIC AN GILL C, 1993, LIES FICTION ANCIENT, P38 GUTHRIE WKC, 1975, HIST GREEK PHILOS, V4 HALLIWELL S, 2002, AESTHETICS MIMESIS A HARRIS J, 2004, DAIMONOPYLAI ESSAYS, P189 HAVELOCK E, 1963, PREFACE PLATO ISER WG, 1993, FICTIVE IMAGINARY CH JANAWAY C, 1992, OXFORD STUDIES ANCIE, V10, P1 KAHN CH, 1993, NOMODEIKTES GREEK ST, P369 KURKE L, 1991, TRAFFIC PRAISE PINDA LADRIERE C, 1951, J AESTHETICS ART CRI, V10, P26 LOWENSTAM S, 1993, RAMUS, V22, P19 MANETTI G, 1993, THEORIES SIGN CLASSI MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, V76 MOORE J, 1974, GREEK ROMAN BYZANTIN, V15, P421 MORAN R, 1994, PHILOS REV, V103, P75 MURRAY P, 1981, J HELLENIC STUD, V101, P87 MURRAY P, 1997, PLATO POETRY ION REP NEHAMAS A, 1988, MONIST, V71, P214 PAVEL T, 1986, FICTIONAL WORLDS PAYNE M, 2007, THEOCRIMS INVENTION PRATT L, 1993, LYING POETRY HOMER P PRESS G, 1993, PLATOS DIALOGUES NEW RANTA J, 1967, J AESTHETICS ART CRI, V26, P219 RICHTER D, 1998, CRITICAL TRADITION C RIJKSBARON A, 2007, AMSTERDAM STUDIES CL, V14 RONEN R, 1994, POSSIBLE WORLDS LIT RUSSO J, 1992, COMMENTARY HOMERS OD, V3 SPRAGUE RK, 1962, PLATOS USE FALLACY S STANFORD WB, 1948, HOMER ODYSSEY 12 24 TAYLOR AE, 1956, PLATO MAN HIS WORLD TIGERSTEDT EN, 1970, COMMENTATIONES HUMAN, V44, P18 TIGERSTEDT EN, 1970, JHI, V31, P163 WALSH G, 1984, VARIETIES ENCHANTMEN WEINECK SM, 1998, ARETHUSA, V31, P19 WILCOX JF, 1987, LIT PHILOS PHILOS LI, P155 WOOLF R, 1997, APEIRON, V30, P189 NR 57 TC 0 BP 179 EP 218 PY 2010 PD SUM VL 131 IS 2 GA 618OE UT ISI:000279364500001 ER PT J AU DEVINE, PE TI DOES STANSELM BEG QUESTION SO PHILOSOPHY J9 PHILOSOPHY LA English DT Article C1 N ADAMS STATE COLL,N ADAMS,MA. CR BRADLEY AC, 1929, SHAKESPEAREAN TRAGED FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FREGE G, 1968, F ARITHMETIC, P65 HODGES M, 1971, MIND, V80, P5 HUME D, 1896, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR, P67 KENNY A, 1969, FACT EXISTENCE LINSKY L, 1963, PHILOSOPHY ORDINARY, P85 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 NAKHNIKIAN G, 1957, PHILOSOPHICAL REV, V66, P541 PLANTINGA A, 1965, ONTOLOGICAL ARGUMENT, P46 RYLE G, 1933, P ARISTOTELIAN S S12, P27 RYLE G, 1965, LINGUISTIC TURN, CH5 NR 12 TC 0 BP 271 EP 281 PY 1975 VL 50 IS 193 GA AT076 UT ISI:A1975AT07600002 ER PT J AU [Anon] TI Effective Focuses are vivid, dependent Contents of Consciousness SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR KRUGER F, 1906, WUNDTS PSYCHOL STUD, V1 LIPPS, 1901, SELBSTBEWUSSTSEIN EM, P1 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V23 STORRING G, 1905, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V6, P319 VONEHRENFELS, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14 NR 6 TC 0 BP 339 EP 384 PY 1906 PD NOV 27 VL 8 IS 3-4 GA V98CJ UT ISI:000206630900003 ER PT J AU HALLER, R TI THOUGHTS ON PHILOSOPHICAL PROPEDEUTICS SO DEUTSCHE ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHILOSOPHIE J9 DEUT Z PHIL LA German DT Article RP HALLER, R, GRAZ UNIV,INST PHILOSOPHIE,HEINRICHSTR 26,A-8010 GRAZ,AUSTRIA. CR 1980, HDB WISSENSCHAFTSTHE, V8, P680 DESCARTES R, DISCOURS METHODE, V6, P3 MEINONG A, 1975, GESAMTAUSGABE, V5, P35 RORTY R, 1986, POSTANALYTIC PHILOS RORTY R, 1988, SOLIDARITAT OBJEKTIV, P15 WEINGARTNER P, 1965, RATIO, V7, P55 WEINGARTNRE P, 1964, SALZBURGER JB PHILOS, V8, P31 NR 7 TC 0 BP 1061 EP 1068 PY 1991 VL 39 IS 10 GA HL748 UT ISI:A1991HL74800001 ER PT J AU Yagisawa, T TI A somewhat Russellian theory of intensional contexts SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Article C1 Calif State Univ Northridge, Northridge, CA 91330 USA. RP Yagisawa, T, Calif State Univ Northridge, Northridge, CA 91330 USA. ID BELIEF CR ALMOG J, 1988, THEMES KAPLAN ARNAUD R, 1976, NOUS, V10, P69 AUSTIN D, WHATS MEANING THIS P BACH K, THOUGHT REFERENCE BENACERRAF P, 1965, PHILOS REV, V74, P47 BLACKBURN S, 1975, MEANING REFERENCE NE, P182 BOER S, KNOWING WHO CARGILE J, 1972, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V13, P105 CARNAP R, MEANING NECESSITY CASTANEDA HN, 1967, AM PHILOS Q, V4, P85 CASTANEDA HN, 1968, J PHILOS, V65, P439 CHANDLER H, 1976, ANAL, V36, P106 CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P CHURCH A, 1950, ANALYSIS, V10, P97 CHURCH A, 1954, PHILOS STUD, V5, P65 CRESSWELL MJ, STRUCTURED MEANINGS DAVIDSON D, 1968, SYNTHESE, V19, P130 DAVIDSON D, 1972, SEMANTICS NATURAL LA DAVIDSON D, 1991, PHILOS ISSUES, V1 DAVIES M, MEANING QUANTIFICATI KAPLAN D, DEMONSTRATIVES KRIPKE S, 1979, MEANING USE, P239 KRIPKE S, 1979, MEANING USE, P239 KRIPKE SA, NAMING NECESSITY LEWIS D, PLURALITY WORLDS LEWIS D, 1972, SEMANTICS NATURAL LA, P169 LEWIS D, 1974, SYNTHESE, V23, P331 LEWIS D, 1979, PHILOS REV, V88, P513 LINSKY L, 1952, SEMANTICS PHILOS LAN LOUX MJ, 1979, POSSIBLE ACTUAL READ LYCAN W, 1979, POSSIBLE ACTUAL READ, P274 LYCAN WG, 1972, ANAL, V33, P138 MARGALIT A, 1979, MEANING USE MATES B, 1950, U CALIF PUBL PHILOS, V25 MCDOWELL J, 1980, REFERENCE TRUTH REAL, P206 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P NEALE S, DESCRIPTIONS PARSONS T, NON-EXISTENT OBJECTS PERRY J, 1979, NOUS, V13, P3 PLATTS M, WAYS MEANING INTRO P PLATTS M, 1980, REFERENCE TRUTH REAL QUINE WV, MATHEMATICAL LOGIC RICHARD M, PROPOSITIONAL ATTITU RICHARD M, 1983, J PHILOS LOGIC, V12, P425 RICHARD M, 1992, PHILOS STUD, V65, P37 RICHARD M, 1993, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V7 RIEBER S, 1992, ANALYSIS, V52, P224 SALMON N, FREGES PUZZLE SALMON N, REFERENCE ESSENCE SALMON N, 1984, ANALYSIS, V44, P114 SALMON N, 1986, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V11, P75 SALMON N, 1989, PHILOS REV, V98, P3 SALMON N, 1994, VERY POSSIBILIT 0411 SALMON N, 1995, NOUS, V29, P1 SCHIFFER S, REMNANTS MEANING SELLARS W, 1954, PHILOS REV, V63, P197 SOAMES S, 1989, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V3, P575 STALNAKER R, INQUIRY TASCHEK WW, 1990, J PHILOS, P38 TOMBERLIN JE, 1989, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V3 TOMBERLIN JE, 1993, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V7 VILLANUEVA E, 1991, PHILOS ISSUES YAGISAWA T, 1988, ERKENNTNIS, V53, P175 ZALTA EN, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 64 TC 0 BP 43 EP 82 PY 1997 GA YT290 UT ISI:000071585900003 ER PT J AU Bullough, E AF Bullough, Edward TI RECENT WORK IN EXPERIMENTAL AESTHETICS SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY-GENERAL SECTION J9 BR J PSYCHOL-GEN SECT LA English DT Article CR PSYCHOL REV, V13, P82 1905, PSYCHOL REV, V12 BINET A, 1903, ETUDE EXPT INTELLIGE BROWN B, 1902, FINE ARTS, P212 BUHLER, 1913, GESTALTWAHRNEHMUNG, P176 CALKINS MW, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P586 DESSOIR M, 1904, ARCH SYST PHILOS, V10, P20 ETTLINGER M, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V22, P161 FINNBOGASON G, 1913, INTELLIGENCE SYMPATH GEIGER M, 1913, BER ERST K AESTH BER, P191 JUDD CH, PSYCHOL REV MONOGR S, V7, P1 JUDD CH, YALE PSYCHOL STUD, V1, P1 KATZ D, 1913, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V65, P161 KOFFKA K, Z PHYSL SINNESORG, V52, P1 KULPE O, 1903, AM J PSYCHOL, V14, P215 KULPE, 1893, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL LEE V, 1904, CONT REV LIPPS T, 1897, RAUMAESTHETIK GEOMET LIPPS T, 1903, AESTHETIK, V1, P10 MARTIN L, PSYCHOL REV, V13, P142 MCDOUGALL R, 1903, HARVARD PSYCHOL STUD, V1 MEINONG A, 1902, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V2 MEUMANN E, PHILOS STUD, V10, P249 MULLER F, 1912, AESTHETISCHES AUSSER SEGAL J, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V7, P53 STETSON RH, 1903, HARVARD PSYCHOL STUD, V1 STRATTON CM, PHILOS STUD, V20, P336 STRATTON, PSYCHOL REV, V13, P94 UTITZ, 1908, GRUNDZUGE AESTHETISC VONKARPINSKA L, Z PSYCHOL, V57, P1 WITASEK S, 1904, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V25 NR 31 TC 11 BP 76 EP 99 PY 1921 PD JUN VL 12 GA V67CL UT ISI:000204535500005 ER PT J AU McDaniel, K AF McDaniel, Kris TI STRUCTURE-MAKING SO AUSTRALASIAN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 AUSTRALAS J PHIL LA English DT Article C1 Syracuse Univ, Syracuse, NY 13244 USA. RP McDaniel, K, Syracuse Univ, Syracuse, NY 13244 USA. ID UNIVERSALS; IDENTITY; CONSTITUTION; PARTS AB Friends of states of affairs and structural universals appeal to a relation, structure-making, that is allegedly a kind of composition relation: structure-making 'builds' facts out of particulars and universals, and 'builds' structural universals out of unstructured universals. D. M. Armstrong, ail eminent champion of structures, endorses two interesting theses concerning composition. First, that structure-making is a composition relation. Second, that it is not the only (fundamental) composition relation: Armstrong also believes in a mode of composition that he calls mereological, and which he takes to be the only kind of composition recognized by his philosophical adversaries, such as David Lewis. Armstrong, accordingly, is a kind of pluralist about compositional relations: there is more than one way to make wholes from parts. In this paper, I critically evaluate Armstrong's compositional Pluralism. CR ARMSTRONG DM, 1978, THEORY UNIVERSALS UN, V2 ARMSTRONG DM, 1983, WHAT IS LAW NATURE ARMSTRONG DM, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P85 ARMSTRONG DM, 1989, COMBINATORRIAL THEOR ARMSTRONG DM, 1989, UNIVERSALS OPINIONAT ARMSTRONG DM, 1991, MIND, V100, P189 ARMSTRONG DM, 1997, WORLD STATES AFFAIRS ARMSTRONG DM, 2004, OXFORD STUDIES METAP, V1, P139 ARMSTRONG DM, 2004, TRUTH TRUTHMAKERS BAKER LR, 1997, J PHILOS, V94, P599 BAKER LR, 2000, PERSONS BODIES BAXTER DLM, 1988, PHILOS PAPERS, V17, P193 BENNETT K, 2004, PHILOS STUD, V118, P339 BIGELOW J, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P94 BOOLOS G, 1985, PHILOS REV, V94, P327 COX D, 1997, PAC PHILOS QUART, V78, P45 DALY C, 1997, PROPERTIES, P140 DAVID M, 1994, CORRES DISQUOTATION DORR C, 2004, OXFORD STUDIES METAP, V1, P155 FINE K, 1994, NOUS, V28, P137 FINE K, 1999, MIDW STUDIES PHILOS, V23, P61 FORREST P, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P15 FORREST P, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P89 FREGE G, 1980, PHILOS MATH CORRES GROSSMAN R, 1973, ONTOLOGICAL REDUCTIO HUSSERL E, 1901, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V2 LEWIS D, 1970, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V48, P206 LEWIS D, 1971, J PHILOS, V68, P203 LEWIS D, 1983, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V61, P343, DOI 10.1080/00048408312341131 LEWIS D, 1983, PHILOS PAPERS, V1 LEWIS D, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P25 LEWIS D, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P92 LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS LEWIS D, 1991, PARTS CLASSES MCDANIEL K, 2004, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V82, P137 MCDANIEL K, 2007, OXFORD STUDIES METAP, V3, P233 MCDANIEL K, 2008, ANALYSIS, V68, P128 MCTAGGART JME, 1924, CONT BRIT PHILOS PER MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P MELLOR DH, 1993, ONTOLOGY CAUSALITY M MELLOR DH, 1998, REAL TIME 2 MELLOR DH, 2003, REAL METAPHYSICS MERRICKS T, 1999, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V77, P192 NOLAN D, 2006, NOUS, V40, P716 OLIVER A, 1996, MIND, V105, P1 QUINE WVO, 1951, PHILOS STUD, V2, P11 RESCHER N, 1955, PHILOS STUD, V6, P8 ROSEN G, 1995, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V73, P612 RUSSELL B, 1973, ESSAYS ANAL RUSSELL B, 1985, PHILOS LOGICAL ATOMI SIDER T, 2001, 4 DIMENSIONALISM SIDER T, 2007, PHILOS REV, V116, P51, DOI 10.1215/00318108-2006-022 SIMONS P, 1987, PARTS STUDY ONTOLOGY THOMSON JJ, 1998, NOUS, V32, P149 VANINWAGEN P, 1981, PACIFIC PHILOS Q, V62, P123 VANINWAGEN P, 1986, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V11, P185 VANINWAGEN P, 1990, MAT BEINGS VANINWAGEN P, 1994, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V8, P207 VARZI A, 2006, APPL ONTOLOGY, V1, P141 WETZEL T, 2003, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS WIGGINS D, 2001, SAMENESS SUBSTANCE R ZIMMERMAN DW, 1995, PHILOS REV, V104, P53 NR 62 TC 0 BP 251 EP 274 PY 2009 PD JUN VL 87 IS 2 DI 10.1080/00048400802587374 GA 473HJ UT ISI:000268196600005 ER PT J AU [Anon] TI Regarding Assumptions, 2nd edition SO ARCHIVES DE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE LA French DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN NR 1 TC 0 BP 395 EP 395 PY 1912 PD DEC VL 12 IS 48 GA V93MD UT ISI:000206318300011 ER PT J AU BURKHARDT, H TI MODALITIES IN LANGUAGE, THOUGHT AND REALITY IN LEIBNIZ, DESCARTES AND CRUSIUS SO SYNTHESE J9 SYNTHESE LA English DT Article RP BURKHARDT, H, UNIV ERLANGEN NURNBERG,D-8520 ERLANGEN,FED REP GER. CR ABELARD P, 1970, DIALECTICA ANDERSON AR, 1958, MIND, V67, P100 AQUINAS T, IN DE COELO ARISTOTLE, DE INTERPRETATIONE ARISTOTLE, 1831, OPERA BAILHACHE P, 1979, ARCH RECHTS SOZIALPH, V65, P269 BAUDRY L, 1950, QUERELLE FUTURS CONT BECKER A, 1933, ARISTOTELISCHE THEOR BECKER O, 1952, UNTERSUCHUNGEN MODAL BURKHARDT H, 1980, LOGIK SEMIOTIK PHILO BURKHARDT H, 1980, STUDIA LEIBNITIA S18, V3, P83 BURKHARDT H, 1983, ANUARIO FILOSOFICO, V16, P273 BURKHARDT H, 1985, ANN DISCIPLINE FILOS, P273 BURKHARDT H, 1985, PHILOS GEISTES PHILO, P537 BURMS A, 1979, STUDIA LEIBNITIANA, V11, P124 CLAUBERGIUS J, 1652, DEFENSIO CARTESIANA COPP D, 1973, STUDIA LEIBNITIANA, V5, P26 COUTURAT L, 1901, LOGIQUE LEIBNIZ CRUSIUS CA, 1753, ENTWURF NOTWENDIGEN CURLEY EM, 1972, LEIBNITZ COLLECTION, P69 DEKU H, 1956, PHILOS JB, V64, P1 DESCARTES R, 1910, OEUVRES, V1 DICK SJ, 1982, PLURALITY WORLDS ORI DICKER G, 1982, STUD LEIBNITIANA, V14, P221 DUFOUR C, 1988, SINN REFERENZ THEORI FRANKEL L, 1984, STUD LEIBNITIANA, V16, P45 GOCHET P, 1986, ASCENT TRUTH CRITICA GOCLENIUS R, 1613, LEXICON PHILOS QUO T HACKING I, 1975, EMERGENCE PROBABILIT HINTIKKA J, 1972, LEIBNIZ COLLECTION C, P155 HOSTLER J, 1973, STUDIA LEIBNITIANA, V5, P281 HULSER KH, 1982, FRAGMENTE DIALEKTIK ISHIGURO H, 1972, LEIBNIZS PHILOS LOGI ISHIGURO H, 1978, STUDIA LEIBNITIA S18, V2, P33 JACOBI K, 1980, MODALBEGRIFFE LOGISC KALINOWSKI G, 1974, ARCH RECHTS SOZIALPH, V60, P79 KALINOWSKI G, 1985, SEMIOTIQUE PHILOS PA KAUPPI R, 1960, ACTA PHILOS FENNICA, V12 KNEALE W, 1962, DEV LOGIC KNUUTTILA S, 1981, REFORGING GREAT CHAI, P163 KRUGER L, 1981, ARCH GESCH PHILOS, V63, P47 LEIBNIZ GW, 1948, TEXTES INEDITS APRES LEIBNIZ GW, 1969, PHILOS PAPERS LETT S LEIBNIZ GWV, CONFESSIO PHILOS A, V6, P126 LEIBNIZ GWV, PHILOS PAPERS LETT, V6, P283 LEIBNIZ GWV, 1875, PHILOS SCHRIFTEN LEIBNIZ GWV, 1889, LEIBNIZ HANDSCHRIFTE LEIBNIZ GWV, 1903, OPUSCULES FRAGMENTS LEIBNIZ GWV, 1923, SAMTLICHE SCHRIFTEN LEIBNIZ GWV, 1960, FRAGMENTE LOGIK LEIBNIZ GWV, 1966, LOGICAL PAPERS LEIBNIZ GWV, 1985, THEODICY LENZEN W, 1984, STUD LEIBNITIANA, V16, P187 LOVEJOY AO, 1972, LEIBNIZ COLLECTION C, P281 MAHER P, 1980, STUDIA LEIBNITIANA, V12, P236 MATES B, 1972, LEIBNIZ COLLECTION C, P335 MATES B, 1972, STUDIA LEIBNITIANA, V4, P81 MATES B, 1986, PHILOS LEIBNIZ METAP MEIJERING T, 1978, STUDIA LEIBNITIANA, V10, P22 MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEYER A, 1900, THESIS BERN MONDADORI F, 1973, STUDIA LEIBNITIANA, V5, P74 POSER H, 1969, THEORIE MODALBEGRIFF QUINE WV, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW RESCHER N, 1967, PHILOS LEIBNIZ RESCHER N, 1968, STUDIA LEIBNITIANA S, V2, P253 RESCHER N, 1974, AM PHILOS Q MONOGRAP, V8, P57 RESCHER N, 1979, LEIBNIZ INTRO HIS PH RUSSELL B, 1937, CRITICAL EXPOSITION VERBURG PA, 1976, HIST LINGUISTIC THOU, P593 VUILLEMIN J, 1984, NECESSITE CONTINGENC WEINERT F, 1980, STUDIA LEIBNITIANA, V12, P125 WUNDT M, 1939, DTSCH SCHULMETAPHYSI NR 73 TC 0 BP 183 EP 215 PY 1988 PD MAY VL 75 IS 2 GA P1928 UT ISI:A1988P192800005 ER PT J AU DETORO, A TI BORGES AND THE GUIDED RHIZOMATIC SIMULATION, PERCEPTION AND OBJECTIVIZATION OF THE SIGNS SO REVISTA DE ESTUDIOS HISPANICOS J9 REV ESTUD HISPAN LA Spanish DT Article CR 1957, GNOSI GNOSTICISMO EN, V2 ANDREADE JV, 1957, CHYMISCHE HOCHZEIT C BARNSTONE W, 1982, BORGES 80 CONVERSATI BERKELEY G, 3 DIALOGUES HYLAS PH BERKELEY G, ALCIPHRON BERKELEY G, TREATISE PRINCIPLES BERKELEY G, 1979, WORKS BLUHER KA, 1992, JL BORGES PROCEDIMIE BORGES JL, TLON UQBAR ORBIS TER BORGES JL, 1988, OBRAS COMPLETAS, V1 BUTLER S, FAIR HAVEN CARLYLE T, SARTOR RESARTUS DELEUZE G, 1977, RHIZOM DEQUINCEY T, TALES PROSE PHANTASI DEQUINCEY T, 1890, COLLECTED WRITINGS, V13 DETORO A, 1987, FESTSCHRIFT KA BLUHE, P31 DETORO A, 1990, ACTA LIT, V15, P71 DETORO A, 1990, GESTOS, V9, P23 DETORO A, 1991, FORGA, V162 DETORO A, 1991, HACIA MODELO TEATRO DETORO A, 1991, IBEROAMERICANA, V15, P70 DETORO A, 1991, REV IBEROAMERICANA, V155, P441 DRIEULAROCHELLE P, GILLES EDWARDS P, 1967, ENCY PHILOS, V2 ENGFER HJ, KINDLERS NEUES LIT L FOUCAULT M, MOTS CHOSES ARCHEOLO FRANK M, 1984, GESPRACH GENETTE G, PALIMPSESTES HASLAM S, DIVINE ASPIRATION HOFNER E, 1980, LIT REALITAT ASPEKTE HORN JC, 1983, STRUKTUR GRUNDES HUME D, DIALOGUES NATURAL RE HUME D, ENQUIRIES HUMAN UNDE HUME D, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR JAUSS HR, 1987, THEORIE REZEPTION RU JENS W, 1992, KINDLERS NEUES LIT L KAMPEN AV, 1915, ATLAS ANTIGUOS ATLAS KAMPEN AV, 1926, ATLAS PORTATIL 28 MA KAMPEN AV, 1936, ATLAS PORTATIL ARREG LACHMANN R, 1982, DIALOGIZITAT THEORIE LACHMANN R, 1984, GESPRACH, P133 LACHMANN R, 1984, GESPRACH, P489 LEIBNIZ GW, VERNUNFTPRINZIPIEN N LOPEZBARRAL L, UNPUB VIVIO JL BORGE MEINONG ARV, ABHANDLUNG ERNENNTNI MEINONG ARV, BEITRAGE THEORY PSYC MEINONG ARV, PHANTASIE-VORSTELLUN MEINONG ARV, 1914, ABHANDLUNGEN PSYCHOL, V1 MOLINER M, 1975, DICCIONARIO USO ESPA PERTHES J, 1935, KLEINER HANDATLAS GA PFISTER M, 1985, INTERTEXTUALITAT FOR, P1 RITTER J, 1974, GNOSIS HIST WORTERBU, V3 RITTER JW, FRAGMENTE NACHLASSE RITTER K, ERDKUNDE ASIEN RITTER K, ERKUNDE VERHALTNIS N RITTER K, VERGLEICHENDE ERDKUN ROLOFF V, 1992, JL BORGES PROCEDIMIE RUF O, 1973, EINS EINHEIT LEIBNIZ RUSSELL B, AM I ATHEIST AGNOSTI RUSSELL B, ANALYSIS MATTER RUSSELL B, ANALYSIS MIND RUSSELL B, HUMAN KNOWLEDGE ITS RUSSELL B, INQUIRY MEANING TRUT RUSSELL B, PRINCIPLES MATHEMATI SCHICK U, 1984, POETICA, V16, P138 SCHMIDT W, 1983, DIALOG TEXTE HAMBURG SCHULZBUSCHHAUS U, 1983, IBEROAMERICA HIST SO, V2, P849 SCHULZBUSCHHAUS U, 1984, ROMAN FORSCH, V96, P90 SCHULZBUSCHHAUS U, 1991, CANTICUM IBERICUM NE, P382 STIERLE K, 1984, GESPRACH, P139 TODOROV T, 1970, INTRO LIT FANTASTIQU WORTON M, 1990, INTERTEXTUALITY THEO NR 72 TC 1 BP 235 EP 263 PY 1994 PD MAY VL 28 IS 2 GA NP018 UT ISI:A1994NP01800005 ER PT J AU ZALTA, EN TI ON MALLY ALLEGED HERESY - A REPLY SO HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF LOGIC J9 HIST PHILOS LOGIC LA English DT Article RP ZALTA, EN, STANFORD UNIV,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,STANFORD,CA 94305. AB In this paper, I respond to critics who claim that E. Mally's distinction between two modes of predication, as it is employed in my theory of abstract objects, is reducible to, or analyzable in terms of, a single mode of predication plus the distinction between nuclear and extranuclear properties. I argue against these claims by developing counterexamples to the reductions and analyses. I also offer reasons for thinking that no such reduction/analysis could be successful. CR CASTANEDA HN, 1947, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FINE K, 1984, PHILOS STUD, V45, P95 JACQUETTE D, 1989, HIST PHILOS LOGIC, V10, P1 MALLY E, 1912, GEGENSTANDSTHEORETIS MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE PARSONS T, 1980, NONXISTENT OBJECTS RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS INT ZALTA E, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 10 TC 1 BP 59 EP 68 PY 1992 VL 13 IS 1 GA GZ574 UT ISI:A1992GZ57400004 ER PT J AU von Smoluchowski, M AF von Smoluchowski, M. TI The concept of the chance and origin of the law of probability in physics. SO NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN J9 NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN LA German DT Article CR CZUBER, SAGT UNBEKANNTE WECH MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE POINCARE H, 1912, CALCUL PROBABILITIES TIMERDING HE, 1915, ANAL ZUFALLS, P162 NR 4 TC 5 BP 253 EP 263 PY 1918 PD JAN-DEC VL 6 IS 1-52 GA V42FW UT ISI:000202854400041 ER PT J AU HIRST, G TI EXISTENCE ASSUMPTIONS IN KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE J9 ARTIF INTELL LA English DT Article RP HIRST, G, UNIV TORONTO,DEPT COMP SCI,TORONTO M5S 1A4,ONTARIO,CANADA. AB If knowledge representation formalisms are to be suitable for semantic interpretation of natural language, they must be more adept with representations of existence and nonexistence than they presently are. Quantifiers must sometimes scope over nonexistent entities. I review the philosophical background, including Anselm and Kant, and exhibit some ontological problems that natural language sentences pose for knowledge representation. The paraphrase methods of Russell and Quine are unable to deal with many of the problems. Unfortunately, the shortcomings of the Russell-Quine ontology are reflected in most current knowledge representation formalisms in AI. Several alternatives are considered, including some intensional formalisms and the work of Hobbs, but all have problems. Free logics and possible worlds don't help either. But useful insights are found in the Meinongian theory of Parsons, in which a distinction between nuclear and extranuclear kinds of predicates is made and used to define a universe over which quantification scopes. If this is combined with a naive ontology, with about eight distinct kinds of existence, a better approach to the representation of nonexistence can be developed within Hobbs' basic formalism. CR ANSELM CANTERBU., 1965, PROSLOGION BACHMAN RJ, 1985, READINGS KNOWLEDGE R, P217 BARNES J, 1972, ONTOLOGICAL ARGUMENT BRACHMAN RJ, 1983, 16 FAIRCH LAB ART IN BRACHMAN RJ, 1985, READINGS KNOWLEDGE R BRACHMAN RJ, 1985, READINGS KNOWLEDGE R, P468 BRACHMAN RJ, 1985, READINGS KNOWLEDGE R, P523 BRACHMAN RJ, 1989, 1ST P INT C PRINC KN CHARNIAK E, 1983, CS8306 BROWN U DEP C CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 CHISHOLM RM, 1968, NOUS, V1, P1 CURRIE G, 1982, HARVESTER STUDIES PH, V11 DAVIDSON D, 1980, ESSAYS ACTIONS EVENT DESCARTES R, 1911, PHILOS WORKS DESCART, V1 FAUCONNIER G, 1985, MENTAL SPACES ASPECT FEIGL H, 1949, READINGS PHILOS ANAL FEIGL H, 1949, READINGS PHILOS ANAL, P85 FLEW AGN, 1953, LOGIC LANGUAGE, P82 FREGE G, 1884, GRUNDLAGEN ARITHMETI FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V100, P25 FREGE G, 1971, F GEOMETRY FORMAL TH GEACH PT, 1952, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS GEACH PT, 1952, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS, P56 HAYES PJ, 1985, FORMAL THEORIES COMM, P1 HIRST G, 1987, SEMANTIC INTERPRETAT HIRST G, 1988, ARTIF INTELL, V34, P131 HIRST G, 1988, INFORMATIK FACHBERIC, V176 HOBBS JR, 1985, 23RD P ANN M ASS COM, P61 HORTON DL, 1987, CSRI201 U TOR COMP S HORTON DL, 1988, P INT C COMPUTATIONA, P255 HUGHES GE, 1968, INTRO MODAL LOGIC HUME D, 1935, DIALOGUES NATURAL RE KANT I, 1933, CRITIQUE PURE REASON KENNICK WE, 1970, GE MOORE ESSAYS RETR, P160 KOUBARAKIS M, 1989, KRR891 U TOR DEP COM KOUBARAKIS M, 1989, KRR894 U TOR DEP COM KRIPKE SA, 1963, ACTA PHILOS FENN, V16, P83 KRIPKE SA, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN LEM S, 1976, CYBERIAD LEVINSON SC, 1983, PRAGMATICS LEWIS D, 1968, J PHILOS, V65, P113 LEWIS D, 1970, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V48, P206 LEWIS D, 1970, NOUS, V4, P175 LINSKY L, 1971, REFERENCE MODALITY MAIDA AS, 1982, COGNITIVE SCI, V6, P291 MARGOLIS J, 1968, INTRO PHILOS ENQUIRY MARGOLIS J, 1968, INTRO PHILOS ENQUIRY, P631 MARGOLIS J, 1968, INTRO PHILOS ENQUIRY, P668 MARTIN JN, 1987, ELEMENTS FORMAL SEMA MCCARTHY J, 1977, 5TH P INT JOINT C AR, P1038 MCCARTHY J, 1979, MACH INTELL, V9, P129 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P481 MONTAGUE R, 1973, APPROACHES NATURAL L, P221 MONTAGUE R, 1974, FORMAL PHILOS SELECT, P247 MOORE GE, 1936, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V15, P175 MOORE GE, 1959, PHILOS PAPERS, P115 NEALE S, 1990, DESCRIPTIONS PARSONS T, 1969, PHILOS REV, V78, P35 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PATELSCHNEIDER PF, 1986, P AAAI 86 5 C AM ASS, P344 PLANTINGA A, 1967, GOD OTHER MINDS PLANTINGA A, 1974, NATURE NECESSITY PRIOR AN, 1967, ENCYCL PHILOS, V3, P141 PURTILL RL, 1968, NOUS, V2, P87 QUINE WV, 1961, LOGICAL POINT VIEW QUINE WVO, 1948, REV METAPHYS, V1, P21 QUINE WVO, 1951, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V25, P216 QUINE WVO, 1961, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P1 QUINE WVO, 1961, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P139 RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 RAPAPORT WJ, 1980, DEP MONOGRAPH AUSTR, V3 RAPAPORT WJ, 1981, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V14, P1 RAPAPORT WJ, 1984, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V44, P539 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, 23RD P ANN M ASS COM, P43 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P61 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, NOUS, V19, P255 ROUTLEY R, 1980, DEP MONOGRAPH AUSTR, V3 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC ANAL ESSAYS 19 RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE, P175 RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE, P39 RYLE G, 1931, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V32, P139 SCHOCK R, 1968, LOGICS EXISTENCE ASS SHAPIRO SC, 1987, KNOWLEDGE FRONTIER E, P262 SLUGA HD, 1980, G FREGE SMULLYAN RM, 1978, WHAT IS NAME THIS BO SOWA JF, 1984, CONCEPTUAL STRUCTURE STRAWSON PF, 1950, MIND, V59, P320 WILLIAMS CJF, 1981, WHAT IS EXISTENCE WOODRUFF PW, 1970, PHILOS PROBLEMS LOGI, P121 WOODS J, 1974, DE PROPRIETATIBUS LI, V16 WOODS WA, 1975, REPRESENTATION UNDER, P35 ZALTA EN, 1983, SYNTHESE LIBRARY, V160 NR 95 TC 13 BP 199 EP 242 PY 1991 PD MAY VL 49 IS 1-3 GA FV154 UT ISI:A1991FV15400008 ER PT J AU Plourde, J TI Wittgenstein and the judgement theories of Russel and de Meinong SO DIALOGUE-CANADIAN PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 DIALOGUE-CAN PHIL REV LA French DT Article C1 Univ Quebec, Montreal, PQ H3C 3P8, Canada. RP Plourde, J, Univ Quebec, Montreal, PQ H3C 3P8, Canada. AB One of the main challenges faced by Russell's theory of judgement was to provide a satisfactory account of judgement that was not committed to the existence of true, false, or non-existent complex entities such as Meinongian objectives. In the study of the Russell-Wittgenstein debate on that theory, scholars never considered the idea that Wittgenstein might not have followed Russell on that issue. In this article, I address that question and hold, first, that problems raised by Russell's theory of judgement find their solution in the picture theory. Then, I show that Wittgenstein hesitated for a long period of time in the Notebooks between a version of his solution which is committed to the existence of possible (non-existing) complex entities and one which is not. Finally, I argue that he did, along with Meinong, go for a committing version in the Tractatus. CR ANSCOMBE GEM, 1959, INTRO WITTGENSTEINS BLACKWELL K, 1981, PERSPECTIVES PHILOS, P1 BOGEN J, 1972, WITTGENSTEINS PHILOS CANDLISH S, 1996, UNITY PROPOSITION RU, P103 FRASCOLLA P, 2000, TRACTATUS LOGICOPHIL GRIFFIN J, 1964, WITTGENSTEINS LOGICA GRIFFIN J, 1980, SYNTHESE, V45, P117 GRIFFIN J, 1985, RUSSELL, P132 GRIFFIN J, 1991, DIALOGUE, V30, P549 GRIFFIN N, 1985, PHILOS STUD, V47, P213 HOCHBERG H, 2000, THEORIA-SPAIN, V43, P3 HYDER D, 2002, MECH MEANING PROPOSI MAURY A, 1977, ACTA PHILOS FENNICA, V29 MEINONG A, 1977, ANNAHMEN GESAMTAUSGA, V4 MONK R, 1996, B RUSSELL ORIGINS AN MONK R, 1996, B RUSSELL SPIRIT SOL MULLIGAN K, 1986, TOPOI, V5, P115 MULLIGAN K, 1988, TOPOI S, V2, P117 PEARS D, 1977, PHILOS REV, V86, P177 PEARS D, 1979, P 3 INT WITTG S VIEN, P101 PEARS D, 1987, FALSE PRISON STUDY D, V1 PEARS D, 1989, REREADING RUSSELL ES, V12, P169 PLOURDE J, 2004, THESIS U GENEVE RAMSDENEAMES E, 1984, INTRO RUSSELL, R5 RUSSELL B, 1904, COLLECTED PAPERS B R, V4, P431 RUSSELL B, 1906, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V7, P28 RUSSELL B, 1991, AUTOBIOGRAPHY B RUSS, V2 RUSSELL B, 1994, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE, P177 RUSSELL B, 1994, PHILOS ESSAYS, P147 RUSSELL B, 1999, PROBLEMS PHILOS RUSSELL B, 2002, COLLECTED PAPERS B R, V7 RUSSELL BAW, 1992, COLLECTED PAPERS B R, V6, P54 SIMONS PM, 1992, PHILOS LOGIC CENTRAL, P319 SOMMERVILLE SS, 1980, LANGUAGE LOGIC PHILO, P182 STOCK G, 1972, UNDERSTANDING WITTGE, V7, P62 TULLY RE, 1988, DIALOGUE, V27, P299 VONWRIGHT GH, 1982, WITTGENSTEIN, P183 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1979, NOTEBOOKS 1914 1916 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1993, LOGISCHPHILOSOPHISCH NR 39 TC 0 BP 249 EP 283 PY 2005 PD SPR VL 44 IS 2 GA 951NH UT ISI:000230936900003 ER PT J AU Engelmann, A AF Engelmann, Arno TI From the terrible loneliness to the wonderful agreement of human beings SO INTEGRATIVE PSYCHOLOGICAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE J9 INTEGR PSYCHOL BEHAV SCI LA English DT Article C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Inst Philosophy, Sao Paulo, Brazil. RP Engelmann, A, Rua Consolacao,3617 Ap 42, BR-01416001 Sao Paulo, Brazil. EM arno.engelmann@gmail.com DE epistemology; consciousness; reality; probability; hypothesis ID SHORT-TERM; ISOMORPHISM; MODEL AB What would be the "terrible loneliness" and what would be the "wonderful agreement" in the present paper? The "terrible loneliness" is the only reality that a person perceives and/or thinks during the now going on. For the person, an enormous quantity of occurrences is in the present moment absent. A very small quantity of occurrences is present. The person is the only being in having this. And, this is only during a little moment. The person never thinks about his loneliness in this moment. On the contrary, he thinks he is plenty of people and full of occurrences. But, if he were thinking about reality, he would live in a terrible loneliness. How does he escape himself from this loneliness? He thinks that the probable occurrences are real occurrences. He may be right in a plenty of times. Going through what I call opening hypotheses-basic hypotheses and non-basic but important hypotheses-and going through what I call simply hypotheses he is able to sanction a wonderful agreement of human beings about the known parts of the Universe. However, they are hypotheses, not absolute realities. CR 1907, CONFESSIONS 1933, OXFORD ENLISH DICT ARNEHIM R, 1986, AM PSYCHOL, V41, P820 ARNHEIM R, 1949, PSYCHOL REV, V56, P156 AYER AJ, 1946, LANGUAGE TRUTH LOGIC AYER AJ, 1956, PROBLEM KNOWLEDGE BALASHOV Y, 2002, PHILOS SCI, P285 BERGSON H, 1888, ESSAI DONNEES IMMEDI BREHIER E, 1931, HIST PHILOS BRIDGMAN PW, 1940, PHILOS SCI, V7, P36 BRIDGMAN PW, 1959, WAY THINGS ARE BURNYEAT MF, 1983, SKEPTICAL TRADITION, P1 CHURCHLAND PS, 1982, NEUROSCIENCE, V7, P1041 CLAPAREDE E, 1925, ARCH PSYCHOL, V19, P172 COUISSIN P, 1983, SCEPTICAL TRADITION, P31 COURNOT AA, 1975, ESSAI FONDEMENTS CON DAMASIO A, 1999, FEELING WHAT HAPPENS DENNETT DC, 1991, CONSCIOUSNESS EXPLAI DESCARTES R, 1967, MEDITATIONS TOUCHANT EINSTEIN A, 1956, PHYS REALITY OUT MY ENGELMANN A, 1997, PSICOLOGIA USP, V8, P25 ENGELMANN A, 2006, GESTALT THEORY, V28, P223 ENGELMANN A, 2008, SPANISH J PSYCHOL ENGELMANN A, 2008, YB IDIOGRAPHIC SCI 2 FECHNER GT, 1889, ELEMENTE PSYCHOPHYSI FRAISSE P, 1967, PSYCHOL TEMPS GOUDGE TA, 1967, ENCYCL PHILOS, V2, P474 GUZELDERE G, 1997, NATURE CONSCIOUSNESS, P789 HAKEN H, 2005, GESTALT THEORY, V27, P8 HALMERS DJ, 1996, SCI CONSCIOUSNESS, P5 HAWKING SW, 1988, BRIEF HIST TIME HEMPEL CG, 1966, PHILOS NATURAL SCI HUME D, 1955, INQUIRY CONCERNING H JAMES W, 1950, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL JOHNS EE, 2003, MEM COGNITION, V31, P285 KANISZA G, 1980, GRAMMATICA VEDERE KANT I, 1956, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN KOFFKA K, 1931, ENCY SOCIAL SCI, V6, P642 KOFFKA K, 1935, PRINCIPLES GESTALT P KOHLER W, 1929, GESTALT PSYCHOL KOHLER W, 1938, PLACE VALUE WORLD FA KOHLER W, 1944, P AM PHILOS SOC, V88, P269 KOHLER W, 1969, TASK GESTALT PSYCHOL KOHLER W, 1971, SELECTED PAPERS W KO, P83 LEHAR S, 2003, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V26, P375 LEHAR S, 2003, WORLD YOUR HEAD MALLE BF, 2005, OTHER MINDS MCMULLIN E, 2002, PHILOS SCI CONT READ, P248 MEINONG A, 1972, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI MELZACK R, 1992, SCI AM, V266, P90 METZGER W, 1963, PSYCHOLOGIE METZGER W, 1974, PERCEPTION, P57 MONTEIRO JP, 1984, PHILOS ANAL LATIN AM, P339 MOORE GE, 2000, EPISTEMOLOGY, P33 MUSGRAVE A, 1993, COMMON SENSE SCI SCE NAGEL E, 1961, STRUCTURE SCI NAIRNE JS, 2002, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V53, P53 OHLE W, 1924, PHYS GESTALTEN RUHE OSGOOD CE, 1980, LECT LANGUAGE PERFOR POPPEL E, 1988, MINDWORKS POPPER KR, 1968, LOGIC SCI DISCOVERY RUSSELL B, 1948, HUMAN KNOWLEDGE SCHEERER E, 1994, PHILOS PSYCHOL, V7, P183 SHEPARD RN, 1998, SCI CONSCIOUSNESS, V2, P143 SKINNER BF, 1974, BEHAVIORISM SMITH SS, 1995, NEW INT WEBSTERS COM STADLER M, 1994, PHILOS PSYCHOL, V7, P211 STEVENS SS, 1951, HDB EXPT PSYCHOL, P1 TOLMAN EC, 1951, BEHAV PSYCHOL MAN, P94 TOLMAN EC, 1960, PURPOSIVE BEHAV ANIM TUNNEY RJ, 2003, MEM COGNITION, V31, P1060 VONBERTALANFFY L, 1968, GEN SYSTEM THEORY VONBERTALANFFY L, 1975, PERSPECTIVES GEN SYS, P149 WERTHEIMER M, 1938, SOURCE BOOK GESTALT, P1 WERTHEIMER M, 1938, SOURCE BOOK GESTALT, P12 WUNDT W, 1973, INTRO PSYCHOL NR 76 TC 0 BP 56 EP 75 PY 2008 PD MAR VL 42 IS 1 DI 10.1007/s12124-008-9053-z GA 267RD UT ISI:000253526000007 ER PT J AU Abbott, MB Vojinovic, Z AF Abbott, M. B. Vojinovic, Z. TI Realising social justice in the water sector: 1 SO JOURNAL OF HYDROINFORMATICS J9 J HYDROINFORM LA English DT Article C1 [Abbott, M. B.] European Inst Ind Leadership, Chateau Latour Freins, B-1180 Brussels, Belgium. [Vojinovic, Z.] UNESCO, IHE Inst Water Educ, NL-2601 DA Delft, Netherlands. RP Abbott, MB, European Inst Ind Leadership, Chateau Latour Freins, B-1180 Brussels, Belgium. EM knowledge.engineering@skynet.be DE numerical modelling; social justice; software as a service; stakeholder participation ID DEPTH-INTEGRATED FLOWS; MODELING CIRCULATIONS AB The present work is directed to the analysis, design and construction of web-based systems capable of catalysing processes of stakeholder participation in such ways as to realise changes that are judged by these stakeholders as positive in the water sectors of both the human and the natural economies. The thesis is advanced that the judgement that is so passed is a recognition on the part of the stakeholders of a realisation of social justice. This paper is thus given over in its first part to an analysis of the origins and the nature of social justice in this sector. it is emphasised that, although the resources of hydroinformatics in this endeavour are largely based upon quantitative assessments, the ways in which these translate through stakeholder participation into experiences of social justice are essentially qualitative. Thus, although we are currently concerned for the most part with a hydroinformatics of the quantities, this now has to be extended into a hydroinformatics of the qualities. CR ABBOTT MB, 1985, J HYDRAUL RES, V23, P309 ABBOTT MB, 1985, J HYDRAUL RES, V23, P397 ABBOTT MB, 1989, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID ABBOTT MB, 1991, HYDROINFORMATICS INF ABBOTT MB, 1998, COMPUTATIONAL HYDRAU ABBOTT MB, 1999, MEM S P FORCHH A SCH ABBOTT MB, 2002, J HYDROINFORM, V4, P1 ABBOTT MB, 2004, EUROPEAN IND LEADERS ABBOTT MB, 2007, NEW CIVIL ENG, V160, P26 BARTH K, 1938, KIRCHLICHE DOGMATIK CANTOR G, 1895, MATH ANN, V46, P481 CANTOR G, 1897, MATH ANN, V49, P207 CAREY J, 2007, TEMENOS ACAD REV, V10, P7 CORBIN H, 1958, BOLLIGNER SERIES, V91 DEPELSENAIRE Y, 2004, ANAL AVEC DIEU DILTHEY W, 1976, SELECTED WRITINGS DURNING D, 1999, J POLICY ANAL MANAG, V18, P389 EVERS M, 2008, DECISION SUPPORT SYS FINDLAY JN, 1977, PHENOMENOLOGY SPIRIT FLEW A, 1993, SOCIAL JUSTICE ISNT FOUCAULT M, 1972, POWER KNOWLEDGE SELE FRASER JT, 1978, STUDY TIME, V3 HARVEY H, 2009, P WORLD CIT WAT FOR HEGEL GW, 1807, PHANOMENOLGIE GEISTE HEGEL GWF, 1977, HEGELS PHENOMENOLOGY HEIDEGGER M, 1927, SEIN Z HEIDEGGER M, 1963, TECHNIK KEHRE HERMANS HJM, 1996, PSYCHOL BULL, V119, P31 HOPPE R, 1999, SCI PUBL POLICY, V26, P201 HUME D, 1748, ENQUIRY HUMAN UNDERS JAMES H, 1890, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL, V1 JAMES H, 1976, ESSAYS RADICAL EMPIR JONOSKI A, 2002, HYDROINFORMATICS SOC JUNG CG, 1944, PSYCHOL ALCHEMIE KANT I, 1787, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN KEEBLE B, 2004, TEMENOS ACAD REV, V7, P27 KELLY JS, 1976, ARROW IMPOSSIBILITY KIERKEGAARD SA, 1843, FRYGT BAEVEN KIERKEGAARD SA, 1844, BEGREBET ANGEST KIERKEGAARD SA, 1849, SYGDOMMEN DODEN KIERKEGAARD SA, 1965, SYGDOMMEN DODEN KIERKEGAARD SA, 1980, CONCEPT ANXIETY KIERKEGAARD SA, 1983, FEAR TREMBLING KIERKEGAARD SA, 1985, FEAR TREMBLING KIERKEGAARD SA, 1985, SICKNESS DEATH KIERKEGAARD SA, 1989, SICKNESS DEATH KLINKENBERG JM, 1996, PRECIS SEMIOTIQUE GE KOLMOGOROV AN, 1953, ELEMENTS THEORY FUNC, V1 KOLMOGOROV AN, 1961, METRIC NORMED SPACES, V2 LAGOUR B, 1991, NOUS NAVONS JAMAIS M LAGOUR B, 1993, WE HAVE NEVER BEEN M LEVINAS E, 1995, ALTERITE TRANSCENDEN LOCKE J, 1690, ESSAY CANCERNING HUM MACHIAVELLI N, 1516, TUTTE OPERE STORICHE MANIN YI, 1977, COURSE MATH LOGIC MEINONG A, 1913, ABHANDLUNGEN ERKENTN MILLER D, 1999, PRINCIPLES SOCIAL JU PASCAL B, 1670, PENSEES PAUL HHJ, 1994, CROSSING THRESHOLD H PAUL HHJ, 1998, FIDES RATIO RAWLS J, 1971, THEORY JUSTICE RHEES R, 1981, WITTGENSTEIN HIST TI, P69 ROY A, 1999, COST LIVING SARTRE JP, 1943, ETRE NEANT SARTRE JP, 1958, BEING NOTHINGNESS SIMONS P, 1996, MEINONG GEGENSTANDST, P171 THORKILSEN M, 2001, J HYDROINFORM, V3, P105 TROISFONTAINES R, 1953, EXISTANCE ETRE PHILO TUMWESIGYE E, 2009, WATER WEBFRAME MODEL VOJINOVIC Z, 2007, URBAN WATER J, V4, P211 WAHL J, 1959, PHILOS EXISTENCE WAHL J, 1969, PHILOS EXISTENCE WINCH P, 1967, ENCYCL PHILOS, V66, P44 NR 73 TC 0 BP 97 EP 117 PY 2010 PD JAN VL 12 IS 1 DI 10.2166/hydro.2010.065 GA 541CC UT ISI:000273389400007 ER PT J AU Reimer, M TI A 'Meinongian' solution to a Millian problem (Semantic value of proper names) SO AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 AMER PHIL QUART LA English DT Article C1 Univ Arizona, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. RP Reimer, M, Univ Arizona, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. CR ADAMS F, 1994, MIND LANG, V9, P387 BERTOLET R, 1984, SYNTHESE, V58, P201 BERTOLET R, 1984, SYNTHESE, V60, P413 BRAUN D, 1993, NOUS, V27, P449 DEVITT M, 1981, DESIGNATION DONNELLAN K, 1966, PHILOS REV, V75, P281 GRICE HP, 1975, LOGIC GRAMMAR KAPLAN D, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN, P481 KRIPKE S, 1977, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V2, P255 KRIPKE S, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY MARTINICH AP, 1996, PHILOS LANGUAGE MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MILL JS, 1843, SYSTEM LOGIC NEALE S, 1990, DESCRIPTIONS PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS QUINE WVO, 1961, LOGICAL POINT VIEW REIMER M, 2001, IN PRESS AUSTRALASIA REIMER M, 2001, IN PRESS ELLIPSIS NO REIMER M, 2001, IN PRESS LOGICLA FOR RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 SALMON N, 1986, FREGES PUZZLE SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 SOAMES S, 1987, PHILOS TOPICS, V15, P47 SOAMES S, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN, P393 STALNAKER R, 1973, J PHILOS LOGIC, V2, P447 STALNAKER R, 1974, SEMANTICS PHILOS NR 26 TC 5 BP 233 EP 248 PY 2001 PD JUL VL 38 IS 3 GA 452UD UT ISI:000169877300001 ER PT J AU KENT, OT TI BRENTANO AND THE RELATIONAL VIEW OF CONSCIOUSNESS SO MAN AND WORLD-AN INTERNATIONAL PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 MAN WORLD-INT PHIL REV LA English DT Article RP KENT, OT, ROSE HULMAN INST TECHNOL,TERRE HAUTE,IN. CR ADDIS L, 1982, NOUS SEP AQUILA RR, 1977, INTENTIONALITY STUDY AQUINAS T, DE ANIMA BRENTANO F, ORIGIN OUR KNOWLEDGE BRENTANO F, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BUTCHVAROV P, 1979, BEING QUA BEING STUD CHISHOLM RM, 1957, PERCEIVING PHILOS ST CHISHOLM RM, 1966, BRENTANO TRUE EVIDEN, R7 CHISHOLM RM, 1967, PHENOMENOLOGY EXISTE, P6 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GROSSMAN R, 1965, STRUCTURE MIND GROSSMANN R, 1960, ANALYSIS, V21, P1 HUSSERL E, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO MCALISTER L, 1976, PHILOS BRENTANO, P151 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P83 MOHANTY JN, 1972, CONCEPT INTENTIONALI SARTRE JP, BEING AND NOTHINGNES SARTRE JP, PSYCHOL IMAGINATION SPIEGELBERG H, 1965, PHENOMENOLOGICAL MOV TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE NR 20 TC 1 BP 19 EP 51 PY 1984 VL 17 IS 1 GA SH700 UT ISI:A1984SH70000002 ER PT J AU Hilzensauer, H AF Hilzensauer, Hans TI Our Perceptional System of Event Replay SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR ABRAHAM, 1926, Z PSYCHOL, V98, P233 BAHLE J, 1930, ARCH GES PSYCH, V74, P289 BETHE A, 1908, PFLUG ARCH GES PHYSL, V121 BRAUN L, 1928, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V106, P1 BREUKING, 1910, Z ANG PSYCHOL, V3 BURKAMP W, 1929, STRUKTUR GANZHEITEN BURKHARDT H, 1933, NEUE PSYCHOL STUD, V7 COBURN CH, 1914, J ANIM BEH, V14 CZOLBE H, GRUND URSPRUNG MENSC, P64 DYROFF A, 1930, PHIL PERENN EBBINGHAUS H, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V2 EISLER R, 1927, WORTERBUCH PHIL BEGR, V1 ENGEL P, 1928, Z PSYCHOL, V107, P273 FRISCHEISENKOHL.I, 1933, THESIS BERLIN FROBES J, 1923, LEHRB EXPER PSYCHOL, V1 FROBES J, 1929, LEHRB EXPER PSYCHOL, V2 HEMPELMANN F, 1926, TIERPSYCHOLOGIE STAN, P411 HOFLER A, 1897, PSYCHOLOGIE, P153 IPSEN G, 1926, NEUE PSYCHOL STUD, V1, P462 JOHANNSEN W, 1926, ELEMENTE EXAKTEN ERB, P372 KANT I, 1888, PROLEGOMENA KOCH K, 1931, Z PSYCHOL, V121, P104 KOFFKA C, PSYCH FORSCH, V2 KOFFKA C, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V67, P353 KOHLER W, 1920, PHYS GESTALT RUHE ST, P35 KRETSCHMER E, 1926, MED PSYCHOL LINDEMANN E, PSYCH FORSCH, V2, P13 MAIMON S, 1912, VERSUCH NEUEN LOGIK NADEL S, 1927, Z PSYCHOL, V101, P89 POPPELBEUTER W, 1917, PSYCHISCHEN SCHADIGU, V1 REE P, PHILOSOPHIE, P114 REICHENBACH H, 1932, ERKENNTNIS RIEHL A, PHILOS KRITIZISMUS, V2, P240 ROTERS W, 1930, ARCH GES PSYCH, V77, P358 RUBIN E, 1932, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V124, P193 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V28, P1 SOLTMANN, 1890, SCHRIFT SPIEGELSCHRI, P432 STERN W, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V13, P325 STERN W, 1909, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V2, P412 STERZINGER O, 1927, RECHTS LINKSHANDIGKE, P29 STRATTON GM, 1897, PSYCHOL REV, V4, P341 STRATTON GM, 1897, PSYCHOL REV, V4, P463 VAIHINGER H, 1911, PHILOS ALS OB, P43 VONEHRENFELS C, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCH WISS, V14, P269 VONEHRENFELS C, 1922, PRIMZAHLENGESETZ WEINHANDEL F, 1927, GESTALTANALYSE WERNER H, 1919, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V82, P198 WINDELBAND W, 1912, EINLEITUNG PHILOS, P141 NR 49 TC 1 BP 288 EP 347 PY 1935 PD JUL VL 135 IS 4-6 GA V96PT UT ISI:000206530500003 ER PT J AU Aikin, SF AF Aikin, Scott F. TI Pragmatism, naturalism, and phenomenology SO HUMAN STUDIES J9 HUM STUD LA English DT Article C1 Vanderbilt Univ, Dept Philosophy, Nashville, TN 37240 USA. RP Aikin, SF, Vanderbilt Univ, Dept Philosophy, 111 Furman Hall, Nashville, TN 37240 USA. EM scott.f.aikin@vanderbilt.edu DE naturalism; phenomenology; pragmatism; science ID DEWEY; SCIENCE AB Pragmatism's naturalism is inconsistent with the phenomenological tradition's anti-naturalism. This poses a problem for the methodological consistency of phenomenological work in the pragmatist tradition. Solutions such as phenomenologizing naturalism or naturalizing phenomenology have been proposed, but they fail. As a consequence, pragmatists and other naturalists must answer the phenomenological tradition's criticisms of naturalism. CR ALEXANDER T, 1992, T CS PEIRCE SOC, V28, P203 BAETEN EM, 1996, METAPHILOSOPHY, V27, P408 BONNER KM, 2001, HUM STUD, V24, P267 BOURGEOIS P, 1996, J SPECULATIVE PHILOS, V10, P120 BOURGEOIS PL, 1979, PHILOS TODAY, V4, P329 BOURGEOIS PL, 1996, AM CATH PHILOS QUART, V70, P381 BRANDOM R, 1994, MAKING IT EXPLICIT R BRANDOM R, 2000, ARTICULATING REASONS BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRICHEN S BUCHLER J, 1966, METAPHYSICS NATURAL BUSCH T, 1979, RES PHENOMENOL, V9, P127 CAPPS J, 1996, T C S PEIRCE SOC, V32, P634 CAPPS J, 2000, J SPECULATIVE PHILOS, V14, P161 COLAPIETRO VM, 1990, J PHILOS, V87, P644 DENNETT D, 1991, CONSCIOUSNESS EXPLAI DENNETT D, 1995, DARWINS DANGEROUS ID DEWEY J, 1907, MIDDLE WORKS, V4, P3 DEWEY J, 1925, LATE WORKS, V1 DOUGHERTY CJ, 1979, PHILOS TODAY, V23, P217 EDIE J, 1987, W JAMES PHENOMENOLOG FODOR J, 1975, LANGUAGE THOUGHT GOULD SJ, 1984, SCIENCE, V226, P994 GRUN M, 2003, HUMAN STUDIES, V28, P153 HARVEY C, 1989, HUSSERLS PHENOMENOLO HEELAN PA, 1983, MAN WORLD, V16, P207 HEIDEGGER M, 1927, BEING TIME T J STAMB HEIDEGGER M, 1953, INTRO METAPHYSICS T HOBBS C, 2003, STREAMS W JAMES, V5, P8 HOOK S, 1960, SIDNEY HOOK PRAGMATI HOOK S, 1961, QUEST BEING HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO HUSSERL E, 1910, PHENOMENOLOGY CRISIS HUSSERL E, 1936, PHENOMENOLOGY CRISIS IHDE D, 1986, EXPT PHENOMENOLOGY JAMES W, 1977, WRITINGS W JAMES COM JEANNOT T, 2001, J SPECULATIVE PHILOS, V15, P1 KESSLER GE, 1978, T CS PEIRCE SOC, V14, P101 KESTENBAUM V, 1977, PHENOMENOLOGICAL SEN KIESEL T, 1997, MAN WORLD, V30, P329 KIM J, 1993, SUPERVENIENCE MIND LANGER M, 1989, MERLEAU PONTYS PHENO LEVINAS E, 1981, OTHERWISE THAN BEING MARGOLIS J, 1999, J SPECULATIVE PHILOS, V13, P221 MARGOLIS J, 2002, REINVENTING PRAGMATI MARGOLIS J, 2002, T C S PEIRCE SOC, V38, P117 MCDERMOTT J, 1986, STREAMS EXPERIENCE MCDOWELL J, 1996, MIND WORLD MEINONG A, 2004, UBER GEGENSTANDSTHEO MERLEAUPONTY M, 1998, PHENOMENOLOGY PERCEP MILLIKAN RG, 1993, WHITE QUEEN PSYCHOL MURPHY A, 1993, T CS PEIRCE SOC, V29, P123 OVERGAARD M, 2004, PHENOMENOLOGY COGNIT, V3, P365 PHILSTROM S, 2002, PHILOS TODAY, V46, P102 PLOTKIN H, 1998, EVOLUTION MIND POST J, 1987, FACES EXISTENCE ESSA QUINE WV, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI, P69 RANDALL JH, 1944, NATURALISM HUMAN SPI RORTY R, 1998, TRUTH PROGR PHILOS P ROSENBAUM S, 2002, CONVERSATIONS PRAGMA, P63 ROSENTHAL S, 1990, J SPECULATIVE PHILOS, V4, P1 ROSENTHAL S, 1996, METAPHILOSOPHY, V27, P399 SARTRE JP, 1956, BEING NOTHINGNESS SELINGER E, 2004, HUM STUD, V27, P107 SELLARS W, 1963, SCI PERCEPTION REALI SHEETSJOHNSTONE M, 1999, PRIMACY MOVEMENT SIEGFRIED H, 1988, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V48, P505 SONTAG F, 2002, IDEALISTIC STUD, V32, P53 SPIEGELBERG H, 1965, PHENOMENOLOGICAL MOV, V2 STEINBOCK AJ, 1997, HUM STUD, V20, P127 STROKER E, 1997, HUM STUD, V20, P303 STURHR J, 1997, GENEALOGICAL PRAGMAT SULLIVAN S, 2002, HYPATIA, V17, P201 THOMPSON E, 1999, NATURALIZING PHENOME, P161 TOADVINE T, 1999, PHILOS TODAY S, V43, P124 VARELA F, 1991, EMBODIED MIND COGNTI WASON PC, 1972, PSYCHOL REASONING ST WILLSHIRE B, 2000, PRIMAL ROBOTS AM PHI WILSHIRE B, 1977, T CS PEIRCE SOC, V13, P45 WILSHIRE B, 1997, HUM STUD, V20, P95 WOOD D, 2001, RES PHENOMENOL, V30, P78 ZAHAVI D, 2004, PHENOMENOLOGY COGNIT, V3, P331 NR 81 TC 1 BP 317 EP 340 PY 2006 PD SEP VL 29 IS 3 DI 10.1007/s10746-006-9026-5 GA 139SY UT ISI:000244454100004 ER PT J AU JACQUETTE, D TI VIRTUAL RELATIONS SO IDEALISTIC STUDIES J9 IDEAL STUD LA English DT Article RP JACQUETTE, D, PENN STATE UNIV,UNIVERSITY PK,PA 16802. CR ARMSTRONG DM, 1978, THEORY UNIVERSALS BARBER KF, 1966, MEINONGS HUME STUDIE BARBER KF, 1970, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V30, P550 BERGMANN G, 1967, REALISM CRITIQUE BRE BERKELEY G, 3 DIALOGUES HYLAS PH CARRE MH, 1946, REALISTS NOMINALISTS CHISHOLM RM, 1972, PHILOS STUD, V24, P245 CHURCH A, 1941, CALCULI LAMBDA CONVE GRIFFIN N, 1979, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V9, P23 GRIFFIN N, 1986, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P375 GROSSMANN R, 1974, NOUS, V8, P67 HENNINGER MG, 1989, RELATIONS MEDIEVAL T HUME D, ENQUIRY HUMAN UNDERS HUME D, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR JACQUETTE D, IN PRESS MEINONGIAN JACQUETTE D, 1991, HDB METAPHYSICS ONTO, P201 JACQUETTE D, 1994, AXIOMATHES, V5, P345 JINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE LAMBERT K, 1982, TOPOI, V1, P87 LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN LOUX MJ, 1970, UNIVERSALS PARTICULA MALLY E, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P127 MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDE HOHERER MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN PARSONS CD, 1965, PHILOS IN AM, P182 PERSZYK KJ, 1993, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PLATO, THEAETETUS QUINE WV, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI ROSS WD, 1961, PLATOS THEORY IDEAS RUSSELL B, PRINCIPIA MATHEMATIC RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RUSSELL B, 1910, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V11, P108 RUSSELL B, 1911, P AR SOC, V12, P1 RUSSELL B, 1912, PROBLEMS PHILOS SMITH JF, 1985, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V45, P305 WOLTERSTORFF N, 1970, UNIVERSALS PARTICULA NR 37 TC 0 BP 141 EP 154 PY 1995 PD SPR-SUM VL 25 IS 2 GA TF012 UT ISI:A1995TF01200002 ER PT J AU ter Hark, M AF ter Hark, Michel TI Popper, Otto Selz and Meinong's 'Gegenstandstheorie' (Sir Karl Popper, A. Meinong) SO ARCHIV FUR GESCHICHTE DER PHILOSOPHIE J9 ARCH GESCH PHIL LA English DT Editorial Material AB In this article it is argued that Popper's well-known deductive and falsificationistic epistemology is historically rooted in German psychology, notably the work of Otto Selz. Drawing on Popper's early and still unpublished psychological manuscripts it is shown how Otto Selz's psychology of thinking with its emphasis on the guiding role of schematic anticipations gave the impetus to Popper's theory of problem solving, his theory of the Searchlight, and its attendant rejection of empiricism, the so-called Bucket theory of knowledge. In the second part of the article it is argued that Selz's theory of schematic anticipations is rooted in Meinong's Gegen-standstheorie. Because Meinong's theory was partly an attempt to do justice to the objectivity of thinking, this may explain why the anti-psychologist Popper felt nevertheless attracted to the psychology of Selz. CR ADLER A, 1927, UNDERSTANDING HUMAN BAHLE J, 1930, PSYCHOL MUSIKALISCHE BECKER A, 2001, ADV GLOB CHANGE RES, V9, P3 BERGMANN G, 1952, PHILOS Q, V2, P140 BERKSON W, 1984, LEARNING ERROR BOHLERK, 2007, TATSACHEN PROBLEM PS BUHLER K, 1927, KRISE PSYCHOL DEGROOT AD, 1965, THOUGHT CHOICE CHESS DUNCKER K, 1945, PROBLEM SOLVING FINDLAY JN, 1933, MEINONG THEORY OBJEC FRIJDA N, 1980, O SELZ HIS CONTRIBUT HACOHEN M, 2000, K POPPER FORMATIVE Y HUMPHREY G, 1951, THINKING LINDENFELD D, 1980, TRANSFORMATION POSIT MEINONG A, 1877, HUME STUDIEN, V1 MEINONG A, 1882, HUME STUDIEN, V2 MEINONG D, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P183 MEINONG D, 1910, ANNAHMEN, V1 MUNCH D, 1997, E HUSSERL WURZBURGER OGDEN RM, 1923, AM J PSYCHOL, V34, P223 POPPER K, 1927, GEWOHNHEIT GESETZERL POPPER K, 1928, THESIS U VIENNA POPPER K, 1931, QUELLE, V81, P607 POPPER K, 1935, LOGIC SCI DISCOVER POPPER K, 1935, LOGIC SCI DISCOVERY POPPER K, 1972, BUCKET SEARCHLIGHT 2, P341 POPPER K, 1972, OBJECTIVE KNOWLEDGE, P341 POPPER K, 1974, UNENDED QUEST INTELL POPPER K, 1979, BEIDEN GRUNDPROBLEME RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P204 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P336 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P509 RUSSELL B, 1973, ESSAYS ANAL, P17 SEEBOHM H, 1970, THESIS U HEIDELBERG SEEBOHM H, 1980, THESIS U HEIDELBERG SELZ O, 1910, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V16, P1 SELZ O, 1910, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V16, P1 SELZ O, 1913, GESETZE GEORDNETEN D SELZ O, 1922, PSYCHOL PRODUKTIVEN SELZ O, 1924, KURZGEFASSTE DARSTEL, P20 SIMON H, 1980, OTTO SELZ INFORMATIO, P256 TERHARK M, 2002, STUD HIST PHILOS S A, V33, P79 TERHARK M, 2004, POPPER OTTO SELZ RIS WITASEK S, ZEITSCHRIFT PSYCHOL, V14, P401 NR 44 TC 1 BP 60 EP 78 PY 2007 VL 89 IS 1 DI 10.1515/AGPH.2007.004 GA 155OC UT ISI:000245585700004 ER PT J AU Cocchiarella, NB AF Cocchiarella, Nino B. TI Reply to Andriy Vasylchenko's Review of Formal Ontology and Conceptual Realism SO AXIOMATHES J9 AXIOMATHES LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Indiana Univ, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. RP Cocchiarella, NB, Indiana Univ, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. EM cocchiar@indiana.edu CR BULLOUGH E, 1912, BRIT J PSYCHOL 2, V5, P87 COCCHIARELLA NB, 1969, THEORIA-SPAIN, V2, P81 COCCHIARELLA NB, 1982, J PHILOS LOGIC, V11, P183 COCCHIARELLA NB, 1986, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO COCCHIARELLA NB, 1987, LOGICAL STUDIES EARL COCCHIARELLA NB, 2008, SYNTHESE LIB SERIES, V339 COCCHIARELLA NB, 2009, J PHILOS LOGIC, V38, P343, DOI 10.1007/s10992-008-9096-0 LAMBERT K, 1991, PHILOS APPL FREE LOG LANDINI G, 1990, GRAZER PHILSOPHISCHE, V37, P93 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P THURBER J, 1939, NEW YORKER 1031 NR 11 TC 0 BP 167 EP 178 PY 2009 PD JUN VL 19 IS 2 DI 10.1007/s10516-009-9061-8 GA 495HY UT ISI:000269882900005 ER PT J AU BALDI, M TI EMPIRICISM AND NOMINALISM - STUDIES ON HUME - ITALIAN - MEINONG,A, BRIGATI,R, TRANSLATOR SO RIVISTA DI STORIA DELLA FILOSOFIA J9 RIV STOR FILOS LA Italian DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1991, EMPIRISMO NOMINALISM NR 1 TC 0 BP 847 EP 849 PY 1993 VL 48 IS 4 GA MZ980 UT ISI:A1993MZ98000027 ER PT J AU Piccinini, G Scott, S AF Piccinini, Gualtiero Scott, Sam TI Recovering What Is Said With Empty Names SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 CAN J PHIL LA English DT Article C1 [Piccinini, Gualtiero] Univ Missouri, St Louis, MO 63132 USA. RP Piccinini, G, Univ Missouri, St Louis, MO 63132 USA. ID PROPER-NAMES CR ADAMS F, 1992, PACIFIC PHILOS Q, V73, P375 ADAMS F, 1994, MIND LANG, V9, P387 ADAMS F, 2004, PAC PHILOS QUART, V85, P125 ADAMS F, 2007, CAN J PHILOS, V37, P449 BACH K, 1994, MIND LANG, V9, P124 BACH K, 1994, THOUGHT REFERENCE BACH K, 2001, SYNTHESE, V128, P15 BACH K, 2002, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V16, P73 BACH K, 2006, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V73, P435 BACH K, 2007, PHILOS REV, V116, P303, DOI 10.1215/00318108-2006-045 BORG E, 2004, MINIMAL SEMANTICS BRAUN D, 1993, NOUS, V27, P449 BRAUN D, 2005, NOUS, V39, P596 BURGESS JP, 1997, SUBJECT NO OBJECT ST CAPLAN B, 2002, THESIS U CALIFORNIA CAPLAN B, 2007, PHILOS STUD, V133, P181, DOI 10.1007/s11098-005-4544-y CAPPELEN H, 2005, INSENSITIVE SEMANTIC DONNELLAN K, 1970, SYNTHESE, V21, P335 DORR C, 2007, CONT DEBATES METAPHY EDWARDS K, MIND LANGUA IN PRESS ELUGARDO R, 2005, ELLIPSIS NONSENTENTI EVERETT A, 2003, PHILOS STUD, V116, P1 EVERETT A, 2005, J PHILOS, V102, P624 EVERETT A, 2007, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V74, P56 FIELD H, 1989, REALISM MATH MODALIT GREEN MS, ESSAYS EMPT IN PRESS GREEN MS, 2007, CAN J PHILOS, V37, P419 GRICE HP, 1989, STUDIES WAY WORDS JACKSON F, 1998, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V12, P201 KATZ J, 1994, PHILOS REV, V103, P1 KRIPKE SA, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY LARSON RK, 1995, KNOWLEDGE MEANING IN MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PERRY J, 2001, REFERENCE REFLEXIVIT PICCININI G, 2006, PHILOS SCI, V73, P390 PREDELLI S, 2002, DIALECTICA, V56, P261 PRIEST G, 2005, NONBEING LOGIC METAP RECANATI F, 1989, MIND LANG, V4, P295 RECANATI F, 2004, LITERAL MEANING REIMER M, 2001, AM PHILOS QUART, V38, P233 REIMER M, 2001, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V79, P491 RYCKMAN TC, 1988, PHILOS ANAL DEFENSE SAINSBURY M, 2005, REFERENCE REFERENTS SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 SEARLE JR, 1983, INTENTIONALITY ESSAY SEGAL G, 2001, MIND LANG, V16, P547 SOAMES S, 2002, RIGIDITY UNFINISHED STAINTON R, 2005, SEMANTIC PRAGMATICS STANLEY J, 2000, LINGUIST PHILOS, V23, P391 TAYLOR K, 2003, REFERENCE RATIONAL M TAYLOR KA, 2001, SYNTHESE, V128, P45 THAU M, 2002, CONSCIOUSNESS COGNIT WYATT N, 2007, DIALOGUE-CAN PHILOS, V46, P663 ZALTA EN, 2000, EMPTY NAMES FICTION NR 55 TC 0 BP 239 EP 273 PY 2010 PD JUN VL 40 IS 2 GA 647KR UT ISI:000281617900004 ER PT J AU Williams, G AF Williams, Gardner TI FEELING AS THE BASIS OF DUTY SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ETHICS J9 INT J ETHICS LA English DT Article CR REASON SCI, P249 BENTHAM, 1838, COLLECT WORKS, V1, P23 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT PEPPER SC, 1923, U CALIFORNIA PUBLICA, V4, P107 PERRY RB, 1926, GEN THEORY VALUE SANTAYANA G, REASON SCI, P223 URBAN WM, 1909, VALUATION ITS NATURE VONEHRENFELS C, 1897, SYSTEM WERTTHEORIE NR 8 TC 0 BP 525 EP 541 PY 1930 PD JUL VL 40 IS 4 GA V82RO UT ISI:000205588800006 ER PT J AU KALSI, MLS TI ON MEINONG PSEUDO-OBJECTS SO SOUTHWESTERN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 SOUTHWEST J PHIL LA English DT Article CR ACKERMANN D, SW J PHILOSOPHY, V9, P145 CHISHOLM RM, 1967, REALISM BACKGROUND P KALSI MLS, 1978, A MEINONG OBJECTS HI MEINONG A, UEBER ANNAHMEN, V2 MEINONG A, 1978, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, P12 NR 6 TC 0 BP 115 EP 123 PY 1980 VL 11 IS 1 GA KB917 UT ISI:A1980KB91700012 ER PT J AU Mozetic, G TI Edgar Zilsel's 'Soziologische Bermerkungen zur Philosophie der Gegenwart' from 1930 (Introduction) SO DEUTSCHE ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHILOSOPHIE J9 DEUT Z PHIL LA German DT Article C1 Graz Univ, Inst Soziol, A-8010 Graz, Austria. RP Mozetic, G, Graz Univ, Inst Soziol, A-8010 Graz, Austria. CR BAUER O, WELTBILD KAPITALISMU BAUER O, 1926, ENTSTEHUNG GENIEBEGR BOUTROUX E, CONTINGENCE LOI NATU CONRADMARTIUS H, 1924, REALONTOLOGIE DVORAK J, 1981, E ZILSEL EINHEIT ERK HAAS A, 1929, MATERIEWELLEN QUANTE MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE STAMMLER R, WIRTSCHAFT RECHT MAT ZILSEL E, SOZIOLOGISCHE BEMERK ZILSEL E, 1929, KAMPF, V22, P178 ZILSEL E, 1976, SOZIALEN URSPRUNGE N ZILSEL E, 1990, GENIERELIG KRITISCHE ZILSEL E, 1992, WISSENSCHAFT WELTANS ZILSEL E, 2000, SOCIAL ORIGINS MODER NR 14 TC 0 BP 439 EP + PY 2001 VL 49 IS 3 GA 461TX UT ISI:000170380500008 ER PT J AU Kroon, FW TI Parts and pretense SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Auckland, Auckland 1, New Zealand. RP Kroon, FW, Univ Auckland, Auckland 1, New Zealand. ID MODAL FICTIONALISM; POSSIBLE WORLDS CR ANSCOMBE E, 1981, COLLECTED PHILOS PAP, V2 BROCK S, 1993, MIND, V102, P147 BUTTERFIELD J, 1985, PHILOS Q, V35, P32 CARLSON GN, 1977, LINGUIST PHILOS, V1, P413 CRIMMINS M, 1998, PHILOS REV, V107, P1 EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE FORBES G, 1987, ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V61 GARRISON J, 1988, ON TRAIL OF ASSASSIN HALES B, 1995, ANALYSIS, V55, P63 KRIPKE S, 1973, REFERENCE EXISTENCE KROON F, 2001, PHILOS QUART, V51, P165 KROON FW, 1992, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V52, P499 KROON FW, 1994, PHILOS STUD, V75, P201 LEWIS D, 1955, J PHILOS, V67, P231 LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN MENZIES P, 1994, ANALYSIS, V54, P27 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PRIEST G, 1994, BEYOND LIMITS THOUGH QUINE WV, WORD OBJECT ROSEN G, 1965, ANALYSIS, V55, P67 ROSEN G, 1990, MIND, V99, P327 ROSEN G, 1993, ANALYSIS, V53, P71 VANINWAGEN P, 1990, MATERIAL BEINGS WALTON K, 1990, MIMESIS MAKE BELIEVE WALTON K, 1993, EUR J PHILOS, V1, P39 YABLO S, 1998, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V72, P229 ZALTA E, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 28 TC 0 BP 543 EP 560 PY 2001 PD NOV VL 63 IS 3 GA 511DR UT ISI:000173249800003 ER PT J AU Bouveresse, J TI Representations without objects SO ETUDES PHILOSOPHIQUES J9 ETUD PHIL LA French DT Article AB Jacques Bouveresse places Bolzano's work within the framework of the history of Austrian philosophy. He shows how the famous problem of "objectless presentations," which the Brentanian school has much dealt with, originates in the work of the Czech philosopher. He compares the Bolzanian treatment of the problem and the various ones which were attempted among members of the Brentanian school. Eventually, he sheds a light on the specificity of Wittgenstein's position on this question: like Bolzano (but against Brentano), Wittgenstein rejects a psychological interpretation of the problem, but he refuses too (as Brentano does) Bolzano's semantical objectivism. CR BOLZANO B, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE BRENTANO F, COMMUNICATIONS BRENTANO F, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ HUSSERL E, 1903, OBJETS INTENTIONELS KRAUS O, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN MEINONG A, 1899, GEGENSTANDE HOHERER SMITH B, 1994, AUSTRIAN PHILOS NR 7 TC 0 BP 419 EP 534 PY 2000 PD OCT-DEC IS 4 GA 386WP UT ISI:000166087300006 ER PT J AU Meumann, E AF Meumann, E. TI Assumptions SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN NR 1 TC 0 BP A9 EP A9 PY 1911 PD FEB 14 VL 20 IS 1 GA V98FT UT ISI:000206639700006 ER PT J AU Reisenzein, R Mchitarjan, I AF Reisenzein, Rainer Mchitarjan, Irina TI "The teacher who had the greatest influence on my thinking" - Tracing Meinong's influence on Heider SO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY J9 SOC PSYCHOL LA English DT Article C1 [Reisenzein, Rainer] Ernst Moritz Arndt Univ Greifswald, Inst Psychol, D-17489 Greifswald, Germany. RP Reisenzein, R, Ernst Moritz Arndt Univ Greifswald, Inst Psychol, Franz Mehring Str 47, D-17489 Greifswald, Germany. EM rainer.reisenzein@uni-greifswald.de DE attribution; common-sense psychology; Heider; history of psychology; Meinong ID RESPONSIBILITY; ATTRIBUTION AB According to Heider, some of his ideas about common-sense psychology presented in The Psychology of Interpersonal Relations (Heider, 1958) originally came from his academic teacher, Alexius Meinong. However, Heider makes no reference to Meinong, in his book. To clarify Meinong's influence oil Heider, we compare Heider's explication of common-sense psychology with Meinong's writings, in particular those on ethics. Our results confirm that Heider's common-sense psychology is informed by Meinong's psychological analyses in several respects: Heider adopts aspects of Meinong's theory of emotion, his theory of value, and his theory of responsibility attribution. In addition, Heider more or less continues Meinong's method of psychological inquiry. Thus, even without Meinong's name attached, many aspects of Meinong's psychology found their way into today's social psychology via Heider. Unknowingly, some of us have been Meinongians all along. CR BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2007, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE T EATON HO, 1930, AUSTRIAN PHILOSOPHV EHRENFELS C, 1897, SYSTEM WERTTHEORIE FABIAN R, 1986, AUSTRIAN EC HIST PHI, P37 FINCHAM FD, 1980, ADV EXPT SOCIAL PSYC, V13, P81 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GARRETT HE, 1939, PSYCHOL REV, V46, P517 HARVEY JH, 1976, NEW DIRECTIONS ATTRI, V1 HEIDER F, 1920, THESIS U GRAZ HEIDER F, 1926, SYMPOSION, V1, P109 HEIDER F, 1944, AM J PSYCHOL, V57, P234 HEIDER F, 1944, PSYCHOL REV, V51, P358 HEIDER F, 1946, J PSYCHOL, V21, P107 HEIDER F, 1958, PSYCHOL INTERPERSONA HEIDER F, 1970, J HIST BEHAV SCI, V6, P131 HEIDER F, 1983, LIFE PSYCHOL AUTOBIO HEIDER F, 1987, NOTEBOOKS, V1 HEIDER F, 1988, NOTEBOOKS, V5 HOFLER A, 1897, PSYCHOLOGIE KINDINGER R, 1968, A MEINONG GESAMTAUSG, V3, R7 LAMBERT K, 1995, PHILOS STUDIEN, V49, P129 LAUCKEN U, 1999, BERICHTE I ERFORSCHU, V31 LEWIN K, 1936, PRINCIPLES TOPOLOGIC MACKENZIE JS, 1895, MIND, V4, P425 MCGRAW KM, 1987, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V53, P247 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT MEINONG A, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V6, P22 MEINONG A, 1906, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN MEINONG A, 1912, LOGOS, V3, P1 MEINONG A, 1917, SITZUNGBERICHTE K PH, V183, P2 MEINONG A, 1919, BEITRAGE PADAGOGIK D, V60, P33 MEINONG A, 1923, GRUNDLEGUNG ALLGEMEI MEINONG A, 1977, A MEINONG GESAMTAUGA, V4 MEYER WJ, 1997, J OFFENDER REHABILIT, V25, P1 MULLIGAN K, 2003, PHILOS LOGIC SEARCH, P193 PERRY W, 1926, GEN THEORY VALUE PIAGET J, 1932, MORAL JUDGEMENT CHIL REICHER ME, 2005, MARKT WERT GEFUHLE P REISENZEIN R, 2003, EINFUHRUNG EMOTIONSP, V3 REISENZEIN R, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P125, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.125 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P204 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P336 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P509 SATRIS S, 1982, J HIST IDEAS, V43, P109 SCHONPFLUG W, 2007, K LEWIN PERSON WERK SCHONPFLUG W, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P134, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.134 SHAW ME, 1964, J ABNORMAL SOCIAL PS, V69, P39 SMITH M, 1989, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V63, P89 URBAN WM, 2009, VALUATION ITS NATURE WEINER B, 1985, PSYCHOL BULL, V97, P74 WEINER B, 1995, JUDGEMENTS RESPONSIB WEINER B, 2006, SOCIAL MOTIVATION JU WERNER MH, 2002, HDB ETHIK, P521 WITASEK S, 2008, GRUNDLINEN PSYCHOL NR 55 TC 1 BP 141 EP 150 PY 2008 VL 39 IS 3 DI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.141 GA 337QG UT ISI:000258450000004 ER PT J AU GROSSMANN, R TI UNIVERSALS AND SCIENTIFIC REALISM, VOL 1, NOMINALISM AND REALISM, VOL 2, A THEORY OF UNIVERSALS - ARMSTRONG,DM SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Book Review RP GROSSMANN, R, INDIANA UNIV,BLOOMINGTON,IN 47401. CR 1967, REALISM CRITIQUE BRE ARMSTRONG DM, 1978, UNIVERSALS SCI REALI, V1 ARMSTRONG DM, 1978, UNIVERSALS SCI REALI, V2 FREGE G, 1960, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS GROSSMANN R, 1973, ONTOLOGICAL REDUCTIO MCTAGGART JME, 1921, NATURE EXISTENCE, V1 MEINONG A, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN MOORE GE, 1953, SOME MAIN PROBLEMS P SELLARS WS, 1963, SCI PERCEPTION REALI WITTGENSTEIN L, TRACTATUS LOGICO PHI NR 10 TC 0 BP 133 EP 142 PY 1982 VL 16 IS 1 GA NG385 UT ISI:A1982NG38500020 ER PT J AU Crosland, HR AF Crosland, Harold R. TI A QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE PROCESS OF FORGETTING SO PSYCHOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS J9 PSYCHOL MONOGRAPHS LA English DT Review CR ABRAMOWSKI E, 1910, ARCH PSYCHOL, V9, P1 ABRAMOWSKI E, 1910, J PSYCHOL NORM PATH, V7, P301 ABRAMOWSKI E, 1911, J PSYCHOL NORM PATH, V8, P221 ABRAMOWSKI E, 1913, J PSYCHOL NORM PATH, V10, P375 ACH N, 1905, WILLENSTATIGKEIT DEN ADLER H, 1914, AM J PSYCHOL, V25, P293 ALLING ME, 1903, PSYCHOL REV, V10, P178 ANGELL EB, 1906, J ABNORM PSYCHOL, V1, P155 ANGELL F, 1899, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P67 ANGELL F, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V12, P58 ANGELL J, 1897, PHILOS REV, V6, P532 ANGELL JR, 1897, PHILOS REV, V6, P646 ANGELL JR, 1906, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V3, P637 ANGELL JR, 1910, PHIL REV 2, V19, P319 ANGELL JR, 1910, PSYCHOL REV MONOG S, V23, P61 ANGELL JR, 1911, PHILOS REV, V20, P545 ANGELL JR, 1913, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V10, P609 ARISTOTLE, 1902, PSYCHOLOGY ARNOLD F, 1907, AM J PSYCHOL, V18, P239 BAIRD JW, 1911, PSYCHOL BULL, V8, P243 BAIRD JW, 1912, PSYCHOL BULL, V9, P321 BAIRD JW, 1913, PSYCHOL BULL, V10, P333 BAIRD JW, 1914, PSYCHOL BULL, V11, P305 BAIRD JW, 1915, PSYCHOL BULL, V12, P333 BAIRD JW, 1916, PSYCHOL BULL, V13, P333 BAIRD JW, 1916, PSYCHOL BULL, V13, P373 BALDWIN JM, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P236 BALLARD PB, 1913, BRIT J PSYCHOL MON S, V2 BAWDEN, 1900, PSYCHOL REV MONOG S, V3, P1 BENTLEY IM, 1899, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P1 BENTLEY IM, 1905, PHILOS REV, V14, P253 BETTS GH, 1909, COLUMBIA U CONTRIBUT, V26 BETZ W, 1910, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V17, P266 BETZ W, 1911, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V20, P186 BINET A, 1903, ETUDE EXPT INTELLIGE BOOK WF, 1910, PSYCHOL REV, V17, P381 BOREL P, 1913, J PSYCHOL NORM PATH, V10, P522 BREESE BB, 1899, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V3, P1 BRENTANO FC, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1, P223 BUEHLER K, 1907, ARCH GESAAMTEN PSYCH, V9, P297 BUEHLER K, 1908, ARCH FUER GESAMTE PS, V12, P1 BUEHLER K, 1908, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V12, P24 BUEHLER K, 1908, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V12, P93 BURNHAM WH, 1889, AM J PSYCHOL, V2, P225 BURNHAM WH, 1889, AM J PSYCHOL, V2, P39 BURNHAM WH, 1889, AM J PSYCHOL, V2, P431 BURNHAM WH, 1889, AM J PSYCHOL, V2, P568 BURNHAM WH, 1892, SCRIBNERS MAG, V11, P185 BURNHAM WH, 1903, AM J PSYCHOL, V14, P382 BURTT HE, 1916, AM J PSYCHOL, V27, P87 CHAPIN MW, 1912, AM J PSYCHOL, V23, P109 CIONCI D, 1913, RIV PSICOL, V9, P271 CLAPAREDE E, 1915, ARCH PSYCHOL, V15, P306 CLARK H, 1916, AM J PSYCHOL, V27, P461 CLARKE HM, 1911, AM J PSYCHOL, V22, P214 COLEGROVE FW, 1900, MEMORY COLVIN SS, 1908, PSYCHOL REV, V15, P158 COLVIN SS, 1909, PSYCHOL BULL, V6, P223 COLVIN SS, 1910, PSYCHOL REV, V17, P260 DANIELS AH, 1895, AM J PSYCHOL, V6, P558 DAVIES AE, 1912, PSYCHOL REV, V19, P147 DEGARMO C, 1895, HERBART HERBARTIANS DELBOEUF J, 1880, REV PHILOSOPHIQUE, V9, P129 DURR E, 1908, Z PSYCHOL, V49, P313 EBBINGHAUS H, 1913, MEMORY FECHNER GT, 1889, ELEMENTE PSYCHOPHYSI, V2, P469 FERNALD MR, 1910, PSYCHOL BULL, V7, P88 FERNALD MR, 1912, PSYCHOL REV MONOG S, V14 FINKENBINDER EO, 1914, AM J PSYCHOL, V25, P32 FINZI J, 1901, PSYCHOL ARBEITEN, V3, P289 FISHER SC, 1916, PSYCHOL REV MONOG S, V21 FISHER SC, 1917, AM J PSYCHOL, V28, P57 FLETCHER JM, 1914, AM J PSYCHOL, V25, P201 FOSTER WS, 1914, AM J PSYCHOL, V25, P393 FREUD S, 1913, INTERPRETATION DREAM FREUD S, 1914, PSYCHO PATHOLOGY EVE FRINK HW, 1914, J ABNORM PSYCHOL, V8, P385 GALLINGER A, 1914, GRUNDLEGUNG LEHRE ER GALTON F, 1883, INQUIRIES HUMAN FACU GEISSLER LR, 1909, AM J PSYCHOL, V20, P473 GORDON K, 1903, PSYCHOL REV, V10, P267 GORDON K, 1905, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V4, P437 HALL GS, 1899, PEDAGOGICAL SEMINARY, V6, P485 HENDERSON EN, 1903, PSYCHOL REV MONOG S, V5 HENDERSON EN, 1911, J PHIL PSYCHOL SCI M, V8, P432 HENNIG R, 1913, Z PSYCHOTHER MED PSY, V5, P257 HERBART JF, 1894, TXB PSYCHOL HOLLINGWORTH HL, 1910, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V7, P709 HOLLINGWORTH HL, 1911, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V8, P688 HOLLINGWORTH HL, 1913, AM J PSYCHOL, V24, P532 HUGUENIN C, 1914, ARCH PSYCHOL, V14, P379 JACOBSON E, 1911, AM J PSYCHOL, V22, P553 JONES E, 1913, PAPERS PSYCHOANALYSI JONES E, 1915, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V8, P33 JOST A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V14, P436 JUDD CH, 1908, J PHIL PSYCHOL, V5, P676 KAKISE H, 1911, AM J PSYCHOL, V22, P14 KENNEDY F, 1898, PSYCHOL REV, V5, P477 KOFFKA K, 1912, ANAL VORSTELLUNGEN I KOWALEWSKI A, 1904, GRENZFRAGEN NERVEN S, V4 KUHLMANN F, 1905, AM J PSYCHOL, V16, P337 KUHLMANN F, 1905, AM J PSYCHOL, V16, P389 KUHLMANN F, 1906, PSYCHOL REV, V13, P316 KUHLMANN F, 1907, AM J PSYCHOL, V18, P389 KUHLMANN F, 1907, J PHIL PSYCHOL, V4, P5 KUHLMANN F, 1909, AM J PSYCHOL, V20, P194 KULPE O, 1902, MONIST, V13, P38 KULPE O, 1909, OUTLINES PSYCHOL, P412 LANGFELD HS, 1916, PSYCHOL REV, V23, P180 LAY W, 1898, PSYCHOL REV MONOGR S, V2, P1 LAY W, 1903, PSYCHOL REV, V10, P300 LEHMANN A, 1889, PHILOS STUD, V5, P96 LEHMANN A, 1892, PHILOS STUD, V7, P169 LEUBA JH, 1893, AM J PSYCHOL, V5, P370 LOTZE H, 1886, OUTLINES PSYCHOL LOTZE H, 1887, METAPHYSIC, P217 MACLENNEN SF, 1902, PSYCHOL REV, V9, P69 MARBE K, 1902, EXPT PSYCHOL UNTERSU MARBE K, 1914, FORTS PSYCHOL, V3, P1 MARTIN LJ, 1912, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V61, P321 MARTIN LJ, 1913, PSYCHOL BULL, V10, P61 MARTIN LJ, 1915, AM J PSYCHOL, V26, P251 MAYER A, 1901, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V26, P1 MEAKIN F, 1903, PSYCHOL REV-MONOGR S, V4, P235 MEINONG A, 1891, Z PSYCHOL, V2, P245 MERKEL J, 1888, PHILOS STUD, V4, P251 MESSER A, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8 METCALF JT, 1917, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V23, P181 MEUMANN E, 1913, PSYCHOL LEARNING MEYER P, 1913, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V64, P34 MICHOTTE A, 1912, ANN I SUPERIEUR PHIL, V1, P1 MICHOTTE A, 1913, ANN I SUP PHILOS, V2, P535 MICHOTTE A, 1914, ANN I SUPERIEUR PHIL, V3, P367 MILES GH, 1915, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V8, P93 MILLER DS, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P535 MOORE CS, 1903, PSYCHOL REV-MONOGR S, V4, P277 MOORE TV, 1915, PSYCHOL REV, V22, P177 MULLER GE, 1913, Z PSYCHOL S, V8 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1913, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V27, P381 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1913, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V7, P121 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V64, P386 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1914, VIERTELJ WISS PHIL, V38, P215 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1914, VIERTELJ WISS PHIL, V38, P335 MURRAY E, 1906, AM J PSYCHOL, V7, P227 MYERS GC, 1914, PSYCHOL REV, V21, P442 MYERS GC, 1915, J PHIL PSYCHOL SCI M, V12, P85 OGDEN RM, 1911, PSYCHOL BULL, V8, P183 OGDEN RM, 1913, PSYCHOL REV, V20, P378 OGDEN RM, 1914, INTRO GEN PSYCHOL OKABE T, 1910, AM J PSYCHOL, V21, P563 ORTH J, 1903, SAMML ABH GEBIETE PA, V6, P223 OWEN RB, 1915, PSYCHOL REV MONOG S, V20, P1 PEAR TH, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V8, P139 PEAR TH, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V8, P147 PEAR TH, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V8, P154 PEAR TH, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V8, P161 PERKY CW, 1910, AM J PSYCHOL, V21, P422 PERRIN FAC, 1914, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V16, P1 PETERS W, 1911, PSYCHOL ARBEIT, V6, P197 PETERSON HA, 1903, PSYCHOL REV-MONOGR S, V4, P207 PETERSON J, 1916, PSYCHOL REV, V23, P153 PHILIPPE J, 1897, REV PHILOS, V44, P508 PHILIPPE J, 1903, IMAGE MENTALE PHILLIPE J, 1895, REV PHIL FRANCE ETRA, V40, P672 PIERCE AH, 1915, PSYCHOL BULL, V12, P1 PIERON H, 1910, EVOLUTION MEMOIRE PIERON H, 1910, REV PHIL, V70, P409 PIERON H, 1913, ANN PSYCHOL, V19, P91 PILLSBURY WB, 1908, ATTENTION PILLSBURY WB, 1908, PSYCHOL REV, V15, P150 PYLE WH, 1909, AM J PSYCHOL, V20, P530 PYLE WH, 1913, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V4, P148 RANSCHBURG P, 1911, KRANKE GEDACHTNIS RAWITZ K, 1914, ARCH SYST PHIL, V20, P265 RENDA A, 1910, OBLIO SAGGIO SULL AT RIBOT T, 1882, DIS MEMORY ROBERTSON TB, 1914, FOLIA NEURO BIOL, V8, P485 ROSE G, 1914, Z PSYCHOL, V69, P161 RUSSELL SB, 1915, PSYCHOL REV, V22, P163 RYBNIKOFF N, 1914, PUBLICATIONS PSYCHOL, V1, P54 SCHAUB AD, 1911, AM J PSYCHOL, V22, P346 SCHUMANN F, 1902, Z PSYCHOL, V30, P321 SLAUGHTER JW, 1902, AM J PSYCHOL, V13, P526 SMITH F, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL 3-4, V6, P321 SMITH TL, 1896, AM J PSYCHOL, V7, P453 SMITH TL, 1913, AM J PSYCHOL, V24, P52 SMITH WG, 1895, MIND, V4, P47 SPAIER A, 1914, REV PHIL, V77, P283 STARKE P, 1886, PHILOS STUD, V3, P264 STOUT GF, 1896, ANAL PSYCHOL, V1 STOUT GF, 1898, PHILOS REV, V7, P72 STRATTON GM, 1914, EXPT PSYCHOL CULTURE STUMPF K, 1907, ABH PREUSS AK WISSEN SYLVESTER RH, 1913, PSYCHOL BULL, V10, P210 TAIT WD, 1913, J ABNORM PSYCHOL, V8, P10 THORNDIKE EL, 1907, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V4, P324 THORNDIKE EL, 1911, ANIMAL INTELLIGENCE THORNDIKE EL, 1913, PSYCHOL REV, V20, P91 THORNDIKE EL, 1914, ED PSYCHOL BRIEFER C TITCHENER EB, 1908, PSYCHOL FEELING ATTE TITCHENER EB, 1909, EXPT PSYCHOL THOUGHT TITCHENER EB, 1911, AM J PSYCHOL, V22, P540 TITCHENER EB, 1911, MIND, V20, P258 TITCHENER EB, 1911, TXB PSYCHOL, V1 TITCHENER EB, 1911, TXB PSYCHOL, V2 TITCHENER EB, 1912, PSYCHOL REV, V19, P158 TITCHENER EB, 1913, AM J PSYCHOL, V24, P124 TOLMAN EC, 1917, PSYCHOL REV, V24, P114 TOMOR E, 1910, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V17, P362 VONASTER E, 1908, Z PSYCHOL, V49, P56 VONSYBEL A, 1909, Z PSYCHOL, V53, P257 VONTSCHISCH W, 1897, DRITTER INT K PSYCHO, P95 WARREN HC, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P239 WASHBURN MF, 1914, PSYCHOL REV, V21, P376 WATKINS SH, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL 3, V7, P319 WATSON JB, 1913, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V10, P421 WATSON JB, 1914, ANIMAL BEHAV WATT HJ, 1905, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V4, P289 WATT HJ, 1910, MIND, V19, P570 WATT HJ, 1911, MIND, V20, P108 WATT HJ, 1911, MIND, V20, P402 WELLS FL, 1917, MENTAL ADJUSTMENTS WHIPPLE GM, 1901, AM J PSYCHOL, V12, P409 WHIPPLE GM, 1902, AM J PSYCHOL, V13, P219 WHIPPLE GM, 1915, MANUAL MENTAL PHYS T, V2 WINCH WH, 1908, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V5, P337 WOHLGEMUTH A, 1913, BRIT J PSYCHOL 4, V5, P447 WOHLGEMUTH A, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V7, P434 WOLFE HK, 1886, PHILOS STUD, V3, P534 WOLFE HK, 1898, AM J PSYCHOL, V9, P137 WOODS EL, 1915, AM J PSYCHOL, V26, P313 WOODWORTH RS, 1906, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V3, P701 WOODWORTH, 1908, CONSCIOUSNESS RELATI, P483 WUNDT W, 1891, PHILOS STUD, V6, P335 WUNDT W, 1894, PHILOS STUDIEN, V10, P1 XILLIEZ P, 1895, ANN PSYCHOL, V2, P193 ZIEHEN T, 1909, INTRO STUDY PHYSL PS NR 237 TC 1 BP 1 EP 159 PY 1921 VL 29 IS 1 GA V99CO UT ISI:000206699000001 ER PT J AU Salmon, N TI Nonexistence (Singular negative existentials) SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Article C1 Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. RP Salmon, N, Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. ID MILLIAN HEIR; FICTION CR ALMOG J, 1991, NOUS, V25, P591 BOCHVAR D, 1938, MAT SBORNIK, V46, P287 BRANDO M, PERF GODFATHER BRAUN D, 1993, NOUS, V27, P449 CARTWRIGHT RL, 1960, J PHILOS, V57, P629 CHISHOLM R, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P CHURCH A, INTRO MATH LOGIC CHURCH A, 1950, ANALYSIS, V10, P97 DAVIDSON D, 1969, WORDS OBJECTIONS ESS DONNELLAN K, 1974, PHILOS REV, V83, P3 DOYLE AC, ADVENTURES OF SHERLO, IMP DUMMETT M, 1960, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V25, P336 DUMMETT M, 1973, PHILOS LANGUAGE EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE FILLMORE C, 1971, STUDIES LINGUISTIC S FINE K, 1982, TOPOI-INT REV PHILOS, V1, P97 FREGE G, SINN BEDEUTUNG GABBAY D, 1989, HDB PHILOS LOGIC, V4 GEACH P, 1970, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS GEACH PT, 1967, J PHILOS, V74 HEINTZ J, 1979, POETICS, V8, P85 HERMES H, 1979, FREGE POSTHUMOUS WRI HINTIKKA J, 1962, PHILOS REV, V71, P3 HINTIKKA KJ, 1973, APPROACHES NATURAL L HOWELL R, 1979, POETICS, V8, P129 INAN I, COMMUNICATION KAPLAN D, 1969, WORDS OBJECTIONS ESS, P178 KAPLAN D, 1971, REFERENCE MODALITY, P112 KAPLAN D, 1971, REFERENCE MODALITY, P135 KAPLAN D, 1973, APPROACHES NATURAL L, P490 KAPLAN D, 1990, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V64, P93 KEENAN E, 1971, STUDIES LINGUISTIC S KIPARSKI P, 1971, SEMANTICS KRIPKE S, 1979, CONT PERSPECTIVES PH, P6 KRIPKE S, 1979, MEANING USE, P239 KRIPKE S, 1988, PROPOSITIONS ATTITUD, P102 KRIPKE SA, NAMING NECESSITY KRIPKE SA, UNPUB REFERENCE EXIS LEWIS D, PHILOS PAPERS LEWIS D, 1978, AM PHILOS Q, V15, P37 LINSKY L, 1971, REFERENCE MODALITY MARGALIS A, 1979, MEANING USE MCCORMICK P, 1985, REASONS ART MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MOORE GE, 1953, MAIN PROBLEMS PHILOS PARSONS T, 1975, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V1, P73 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PAVEL TG, 1986, FICTIONAL WORLDS PLANTINGA A, 1974, NATURE NECESSITY PLANTINGA A, 1979, ESSAYS PHILOS RM CHI, P101 PLANTINGA A, 1983, PHILOS STUD, V44, P1 QUINE WVO, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW QUINE WVO, 1960, WORD OBJECT ROSEVEARE NT, 1982, MERCURYS PERIHELION RUSSELL B, PRINCIPIA MATHEMATIC RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RUSSELL B, 1918, PHILOS LOGICAL ATOMI RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1959, MY PHILOS DEV SALMON N, IN PRESS FS K DONNEL SALMON N, 1981, REFERENCE ESSENCE SALMON N, 1987, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V1, P49 SALMON N, 1988, PROPOSITIONS ATTITUD SALMON N, 1989, NOUS, V23, P211 SALMON N, 1989, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V3, P243 SALMON N, 1990, ROLE CONTENT LOGIC L, P215 SALMON N, 1991, PHILOS STUD, V62, P165 SALMON N, 1992, LINGUIST PHILOS, V15, P53 SALMON N, 1993, NOUS, V27, P158 SALMON N, 1993, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V7, P125 SALMON N, 1993, PHILOS STUD, V69, P83, DOI 10.1007/BF00989625 SALMON N, 1994, BASIC TOPICS PHILOS, V27, P401 SALMON N, 1995, NOUS, V29, P1 SALMON NU, 1987, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V88, P193 SCHWARTZ S, 1977, NAMING NECESSITY NAT SOSA E, 1979, ESSAYS PHILOS RM CHI STALNAKER R, 1978, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V9, P315 STOKER B, DRACULA STOOKEY P, PUFF MAGIC DRAGON, IMP STRAWSON PF, ON REFERRING STRAWSON PF, 1950, MIND, V59, P320 THOMASSON A, 1996, PHILOS STUD, V74, P295 VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 VANINWAGEN P, 1983, PHILOS LITERATURE, V7, P67 WALTON K, 1978, J PHILOS, V75, P5 WALTON KL, 1990, MIMESIS MAKEBELIEVE WATSON WZ, 1969, THESIS WILLIAMS CJF, 1981, WHAT IS EXISTENCE WILSON D, 1975, PRESUPPOSITIONS NON- WOLTERSTORFF N, 1980, WORKS WORLDS ART NR 90 TC 61 BP 277 EP 319 PY 1998 PD SEP VL 32 IS 3 GA 117CE UT ISI:000075762200001 ER PT J AU MCINTYRE, R TI HUSSERL PHENOMENOLOGICAL CONCEPTION OF INTENTIONALITY AND ITS DIFFICULTIES SO PHILOSOPHIA J9 PHILOSOPHIA LA English DT Article RP MCINTYRE, R, CALIF STATE UNIV NORTHRIDGE,NORTHRIDGE,CA 91330. CR ANSCOMBE GEM, 1968, ANAL PHILOS, P158 BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST BROAD CD, 1965, PERCEIVING SENSING K, P85 DREYFUS HL, 1972, LIFE WORLD CONSCIOUS, P154 FOLLESDAL D, 1969, J PHILOS, V66, P680 FOLLESDAL D, 1972, CONT PHILOS SCANDINA, P417 FOLLESDAL D, 1982, HUSSERL INTENTIONALI HINTIKKA J, 1969, MODELS MODALITIES HINTIKKA J, 1975, INTENTIONS INTENTION, P192 HUSSERL E, 1931, IDEAS GENERAL INTRO HUSSERL E, 1950, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME, V1 HUSSERL E, 1960, CARTESIAN MEDITATION HUSSERL E, 1960, FORMAL TRANSCENDENTA HUSSERL E, 1968, LI LOGISCHE UNTERSUC HUSSERL E, 1970, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO HUSSERL E, 1973, EXPERIENCE JUDGMENT KRIPKE SA, 1972, SEMANTICS NATURAL LA, P255 KUNG G, 1973, REV METAPHYSICS, V26, P675 MCINTYRE R, 1975, MONIST, V59, P115 MCINTYRE R, 1982, HUSSERL INTENTIONALI MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 PUTNAM H, 1972, PHILOS PAPERS, V2, P215 PUTNAM H, 1973, J PHILOS, V70, P699 PUTNAM H, 1977, NAMING NECESSITY NAT SMITH DW, 1971, J PHILOS, V68, P550 SMITH DW, 1975, GRAZER PHILOSOPHISCH, V1, P43 SMITH DW, 1982, HUSSERL INTENTIONALI NR 27 TC 4 BP 223 EP 248 PY 1982 VL 11 IS 3-4 GA PG949 UT ISI:A1982PG94900001 ER PT J AU HALDANE, J TI INTENTIONALITY AND ONE-SIDED RELATIONS SO RATIO-NEW SERIES J9 RATIO LA English DT Article RP HALDANE, J, UNIV ST ANDREWS,DEPT MORAL PHILOSOPHY,ST ANDREWS KY16 9AL,FIFE,SCOTLAND. CR ARISTOTLE, CATEGORIES BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST CARTWRIGHT R, 1960, J PHILOSOPHY, V56 CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P DEELY J, 1972, NEW SCHOLASTICISM, V46 DEELY J, 1975, THOMIST, V39 DEELY J, 1982, INTRO SEMIOTIC ITS H EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE FINDLAY J, 1968, VALUES INTENTIONS GEACH P, 1968, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V62 GEACH P, 1969, SOPHIA, V8 GEACH P, 1970, REV METAPHYSICS, V23 GEACH PT, 1967, J PHILOS, V74 GORMAN M, 1993, PHILOS Q, V43 GROSSMANN R, 1969, AM PHILOS Q, V6 GROSSMANN R, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE GROSSMANN R, 1984, PHENOMENOLOGY EXISTE GROSSMANN R, 1992, EXISTENCE WORLD HAIGHT D, 1981, NEW SCHOLASTICISM, V55, P180 HALDANE J, PHILOS R CHISHOLM HALDANE J, 1989, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V35 HALDANE J, 1993, PACIFIC PHILOS Q, V74 HALDANE J, 1993, REALITY REPRESENTATI HALDANE J, 1994, PHILOS BOOKS, V35 HENNINGER M, 1989, RELATIONS MEDIEVAL T HUSSERL E, IDEAS KOTARBINSKI T, 1966, REV INT PHILOS, V20 MCDOWELL J, 1984, PHILOS Q, V34 MEINONG A, GEGENSTANSTHEORIE POINSOT J, ARS LOGICA PUTNAM H, 1993, MODERN THINKERS ANCI RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH WILLIAMS CJF, 1981, WHAT IS EXISTENCE NR 33 TC 3 BP 95 EP 114 PY 1996 PD SEP VL 9 IS 2 GA VF352 UT ISI:A1996VF35200001 ER PT J AU Langfeld, HS AF Langfeld, Herbert Sidney TI TEXT-BOOKS AND GENERAL TREATISES SO PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN J9 PSYCHOL BULL LA English DT Article CR BREITWIESER JV, 1914, PSYCHOL EXPT CALKINS MW, 1914, 1 BOOK PSYCHOL HOLLINGWORTH HL, 1914, OUTLINES EXPT PSYCHO, P109 KLEINPETER H, 1914, VORTRAGE EINFUHRUNG KOSTYLEFF N, 1914, MECANISME CEREBRAL P, P313 MAJOR DR, 1914, ELEMENTS PSYCHOL MEINONG A, 1914, ABHANDLUNGEN PSYCHOL MESSER A, 1914, PSYCHOL MUNSTERBERG H, 1914, PSYCHOL GEN APPL OGDEN RM, 1914, INTRO GEN PSYCHOL REY A, PSYCHOL PHILOS, P355 SCHUMANN F, 1914, BER 6 K EXP PSYCH GO TIGERSTEDT R, 1914, HDB PHYSL METHODIK, V3, P1 WATSON JB, 1914, BEHAV INTRO COMP PSY NR 14 TC 1 BP 30 EP 37 PY 1915 PD JAN 15 VL 12 IS 1 GA V87KY UT ISI:000205909600008 ER PT J AU Lenarda, A AF Lenarda, Antonio TI Drama theory of Giovane Lukacs and Nietzsche SO GIORNALE CRITICO DELLA FILOSOFIA ITALIANA J9 G CRIT FILOS ITAL LA Italian DT Article CR 1909, DRAMMA, P9 1957, MANIERA TUTTA PROPRI, V2, P899 1963, DIARIO, P67 1981, OSSERVAZIONI TEORIA, P91 2007, ARCH STORIA CULTURA, V20, P111 BIRAULT H, 1967, BEATITUDE CHEZ NIETZ DERRIDA J, 1986, PARTECIPATION SANS A, P251 DILTHEY P, 2005, IMMAGINAZIONE POETA, P218 LIPPS T, 1903, PANTRAGISMUS SYSTEM LIPPS T, 2002, DISCIPLINE FILOSOFIC, V12, P12 LUKACS G, 1964, SCRITTI SOCIOLOGIE L LUKACS G, 1976, DRAMMA MODERNO, P25 MAJ B, 2003, IDEA TRAGICO COSCIEN, P49 MEINONG A, 2002, TEORIA OGGETTO, P162 RICKERT H, 2002, FILOSOFIA MITOLOGIA, P187 SAMPAOLO G, 1999, STUDI GERMANICI, V37, P108 SCHELLING FW, 1990, FILOSOFIA MITOLOGIA, P39 SERPA F, 1972, POLEMICA ARTE TRAGIC, P43 SIMMEL G, 1996, PROBLEMI FONDAMENTAL, P32 SZONDI P, 1999, SAGGIO TRAGICO, P70 NR 20 TC 0 BP 478 EP 505 PY 2008 PD SEP-DEC VL 4 IS 3 GA 407OE UT ISI:000263373400005 ER PT J AU KERZ, JP TI FREUD INTRACLINICAL INDUCTIVISM SO FORUM DER PSYCHOANALYSE J9 FORUM PSYCHOANAL LA German DT Article CR APEK KO, 1984, RATIONALITAT BERGMANN G, 1967, REALISM CRITIQUE BRE FREUD S, 1962, BRIEFE WILHELM FLIES FREUD S, 1966, GESAMMELTE WERKE GRUNBAUM A, 1988, F PSYCHOANALYSIS PHI HABERMAS J, 1968, ERKENNTNIS INTERESSE JERUSALEM W, 1895, URTEILSFUNKTION PSYC JERUSALEM W, 1897, VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT, V26, P157 KERZ JP, 1985, PSYCHE-Z PSYCHOANAL, V39, P125 KEUTH H, 1988, Z ALLG WISSENSCHAFTS, V19, P378 KOHNKE KC, 1986, ENTSTEHUNG AUFSTIEG KRIECK E, 1936, VOLKISCH POLITISCHE KUHLMANN W, 1985, Z ALLG WISSENSCHAFTS, V16, P357 MEINONG A, 1882, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 MILL JS, 1843, SYSTEM LOGIC RATIONU, V1 MILL JS, 1865, EXAMINATION W HAMILT VAIHINGER H, 1911, PHILOS ALS OB SYSTEM VETTER A, 1942, PHILOS GRUNDLAGEN ME NR 18 TC 3 BP 277 EP 298 PY 1990 PD DEC VL 6 IS 4 GA EN186 UT ISI:A1990EN18600001 ER PT J AU Kroon, F AF Kroon, Frederick TI Much ado about nothing: Priest and the reinvention of noneism (Richard Sylvan, Graham Priest) SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Auckland, Auckland 1, New Zealand. RP Kroon, F, Univ Auckland, Auckland 1, New Zealand. ID PRETENSE; FREGE CR CRIMMINS M, 1998, PHILOS REV, V107, P1 INGARDEN R, 1973, LIT WORK ART KRIPKE S, 1973, UNPUB J LOCKE LECT KROON F, 2004, PHILOS REV, V113, P1 LEWIS D, 1990, MIND, V99, P23 MEINONG A, 1904, REALISM BACKGROUND P PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 THOMASSON A, 1999, FICTION METAPHYSICS VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 WALTON K, 1990, MIMESIS MAKE BELIEVE YABLO S, 2001, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V25, P72 ZALTA E, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 14 TC 0 BP 199 EP 207 PY 2008 PD JAN VL 76 IS 1 GA 254MM UT ISI:000252590700012 ER PT J AU [Anon] TI PERCEPTUAL CONSTRUCTION AND LOGICO-ARITHMETIC CONSTRUCTION OF THOUGHT SO ARCHIVES DE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE LA French DT Article CR ACH N, 1905, UEBER WILLENSTATIGKE BECHTEREV W, 1913, PSYCHOL OBJECTIVE BERGSON H, 1902, REV PHIL, V13 BORING EG, 1933, PHYS DIMENSIONS CONS BUEL J, 1938, PSYCHOL REV, V45, P395 BUHLER K, 1929, KRISE PSYCHOL CLAPAREDE E, 1903, ASS IDEES CLAPAREDE E, 1920, REV GENEVE CLAPAREDE E, 1931, ED FONCTIONNELLE CLAPAREDE E, 1934, GENESE HYPOTHESE CLAPAREDE E, 1939, INTELLIGENCE ANIMALE DELACROIX H, 1938, DUMAS NOUV T PSYCH, V5, P85 DEWEY J, 1909, WE THINK DUNCKER K, 1926, PED SEM, V33 DUNCKER K, 1935, PSYCHOL PRODUKTIVEN DUNCKER K, 1939, PSYCHOL REV, V46, P176 FREUD S, 1922, PSYCHOPATHOLOGIE VIE GUILLAUME P, 1927, PSYCHOL FORME GUTHRIE ER, 1935, PSYCHOL LEARNING GUTHRIE ER, 1937, PSYCHOL REV, V44, P525 HEGEL F, 1875, COURS ESTHETIQUE HULL C, 1935, PS REV, V41, P134 HULL C, 1939, PS MON, V28 HULL CL, 1935, PSYCHOL REV, V41, P35 HULL CL, 1937, PSYCHOL REV, V44, P1 HULL CL, 1938, PSYCHOL REV, V45, P271 HULL CL, 1939, PSYCHOL REV, V46, P9 HUME D, 1937, 9 SEM INT SYNTH PAR ISCHLONDSKY R, 1932, BEDINGTE REFLEX JAMES W, 1891, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL JANET P, 1928, EVOLUTION MEMOIRE NO JANET P, 1935, DEBUTS INTELLIGENCE JANET P, 1936, INTELLIGENCE AVANT L KOFFKA K, 1925, GRUNDLAGEN PSYCHISCH KOFFKA K, 1927, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V9, P163 KOHLER W, 1925, PS FOR, V6, P350 KOHLER W, 1926, PS FOR, V8, P236 KOHLER W, 1929, GESTALTPSYCHOLOGY KRECHEVSKY I, 1938, PSYCHOL REV, V45, P107 LASHLEY KS, 1932, STUDIES DYNAMICS BEH LEROY, 1905, REV MET LINDWORSKY J, 1916, SCHLUSSFOLGERNDE DEN LOCKE NM, 1938, PSYCHOL REV, V45, P335 MACH E, 1889, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN MACH E, 1913, CONNAISSANCE ERREUR MAIER NRF, 1930, J COMP PS, V10 MAIER NRF, 1931, J COMP PS, V12 MAIER NRF, 1933, BRIT J PS, V24 MAIER NRF, 1937, PSYCHOL REV, V44, P365 MEILI R, 1930, AR PS, V22 MEINONG A, 1914, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN MEYERSON E, 1933, CHEMINEMENT PENSEE MEYERSON I, 1928, J PSYCH MONTMASSON JM, 1928, ROLE INCONSCIENT INV MOORE TV, 1938, PSYCHOL REV, V45, P219 MULLER GE, 1911, ZNAL GEDACHTNISTATIG MULLER GE, 1923, KOMPLEXTHEORIE GESTA MULLER GE, 1924, ABRISS PSYCHOL MULLER GE, 1926, Z PS, V99 NICOLLE C, 1932, BIOL INVENTION PAULHAN, 1911, PSYCHOL INVENTION PAVLOV JP, 1927, CONDITIONED REFLEXES PIAGET J, 1924, JUGEMENT RAISONNEMEN PIAGET J, 1928, CAUSALITE PHYS CHEZ PIAGET J, 1937, CONSTRUCTION REEL CH PIERON H, 1926, PED SEM, V33 POINCARE H, 1908, B I GEN PSYCH, P182 REGINANO E, 1920, PSYCHOL RAISONNEMENT REY A, 1938, ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE, V27, P1 RIBOT T, 1908, ESSAI IMAGINATION CR ROYCE, 1898, PSYCH REV SELZ O, 1913, GESETZE GEORDNETEN D SELZ O, 1920, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V83, P211 SELZ O, 1922, PSYCHOL PRODUKTIVEN SELZ O, 1922, Z PS, V85, P160 SELZ O, 1924, GESETZE PRODUKTIVEN SOURIAU P, 1883, THEORIE INVENTION SPEARMAN C, 1923, NATURE INTELLIGENCE SPEARMAN C, 1930, CREATIVE MIND STUMPF C, 1898, ERSCHEINUNGEN PSYCHI THORNDIKE E, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P466 THORNDIKE EL, 1911, ANIMAL INTELLIGENCE THORNDIKE EL, 1913, ORIGINAL NATURE MAN THORNDIKE EL, 1913, PSYCHOL LEARNING THORNDIKE EL, 1914, MENTAL WORK FATIGUE THORNDIKE EL, 1926, MEASUREMENT INTELLIG THORNDIKE EL, 1926, PSYCHOL ARITHMETIC THORNDIKE EL, 1932, FUNDAMENTALS LEARNIN TITCHENER, 1909, EXPT PSYCHOL THOUGHT TOLMAN CE, 1913, PS REV, V40, P246 TOLMAN CE, 1926, PS REV, V33, P352 TOLMAN CE, 1930, U COL PUB, V4, P215 TOLMAN CE, 1932, PURPOSIVE BEHAV ANIM TOLMAN CE, 1935, PHIL SC, V2, P356 TOLMAN CE, 1935, PS REV, V40, P356 TOLMAN CE, 1938, PS REV, V45, P1 WALLON H, 1934, ORIGINES CARACTERE C WATSON JB, 1919, PSYCHOL STANDPOINT B WETHEIMER M, 1920, SCHLUSSPROZESSE PROD WUNDT W, 1886, ELEMENTS PSYCHOL PHY NR 100 TC 0 PY 1940 VL 28 IS 110 GA V65DA UT ISI:000204401800001 ER PT J AU Schutzwohl, A AF Schuetzwohl, Achim TI The intentional object of romantic jealousy SO EVOLUTION AND HUMAN BEHAVIOR J9 EVOL HUM BEHAV LA English DT Article C1 Brunel Univ, Dept Psychol, Uxbridge UB8 3PH, Middx, England. RP Schutzwohl, A, Brunel Univ, Dept Psychol, Uxbridge UB8 3PH, Middx, England. EM achim.schuetzwohl@brunel.ac.uk DE jealousy; sexual infidelity; emotional infidelity; evolutionary psychology; sex differences; intentional object ID SEX-DIFFERENCES; INFIDELITY; CUES AB Three studies tested the hypothesis derived from evolutionary psychological considerations of sex differences in the intentional object of romantic jealousy. In Studies I and 3, participants had to indicate in a forced choice whether their jealousy would be primarily directed towards the partner or the rival. In Study 2, participants rated separately the extent to which their jealousy would be primarily aimed at the partner and the rival. In Studies 1 and 2, the participants' answers referred to either a mate's actual emotional or sexual infidelity; in Study 3 they referred to suspected infidelity. As predicted, in each study, significantly more women than men reported that their jealousy would be primarily directed at the rival. Also, as predicted, these sex differences were especially pronounced when confronted with the adaptively primary infidelity type (i. e., male emotional and female sexual infidelity, respectively). Finally, Study 3 additionally showed that these sex differences are moderated by the participants' current relationship status and their own unfaithfulness. Limitations and implications of the findings are discussed. (c) 2008 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. CR BARRETT HC, 2005, MIND LANG, V20, P259 BARRETT HC, 2006, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V91, P513, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.91.3.513 BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1 BUSS DM, 1992, PSYCHOL SCI, V3, P251 BUSS DM, 1997, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V72, P346 BUSS DM, 2000, DANGEROUS PASSION WH DALY M, 1982, ETHOL SOCIOBIOL, V3, P11 DALY M, 1993, VIOLENCE VICTIMS, V8, P271 DESTENO D, 2006, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V91, P626, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.91.4.626 FREUD S, 1924, COLLECT PAPERS, V2, P232 GREEN OH, 1992, EMOTIONS PHILOS THEO HASSELBLAD V, 1995, PSYCHOL BULL, V117, P167 HEIDER F, 1958, PSYCHOL INTERPERSONA HUPKA RB, 1984, MOTIV EMOTION, V8, P141 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT ORTONY A, 1988, COGNITIVE STRUCTURE PAUL L, 1993, AGGRESSIVE BEHAV, V19, P401 PINES AM, 1998, J SOC PSYCHOL, V138, P54 PINKER S, 1997, MIND WORKS SCHUTZWOHL A, IN PRESS PERSONALITY SCHUTZWOHL A, 2004, EVOL HUM BEHAV, V25, P249, DOI 10.1016/j.evolhumbehav.2004.03.006 SCHUTZWOHL A, 2004, EVOLUTIONARY PSYCHOL, V2, P121 SCHUTZWOHL A, 2005, EVOL HUM BEHAV, V26, P288, DOI 10.1016/j.evolhumbehav.2004.09.003 SCHUTZWOHL A, 2006, PERS INDIV DIFFER, V40, P285, DOI 10.1016/j.paid.2005.06.024 SEARLE J, 1983, INTENTIONALITY ESSAY SIEMER M, 2005, EMOTION, V5, P296, DOI 10.1037/1528-3542.5.3.296 SOLOMON RC, 2000, HDB EMOTIONS, P3 SPINOZA B, 1948, ETHICS SYMONS D, 1979, EVOLUTION HUMAN SEXU TOOBY J, 1992, ADAPTED MIND EVOLUTI, P19 TRIVERS RL, 1972, SEXUAL SELECTION DES, P136 WHITE GL, 1989, JEALOUSY THEORY RES NR 32 TC 2 BP 92 EP 99 PY 2008 PD MAR VL 29 IS 2 DI 10.1016/j.evolhumbehav.2007.10.002 GA 268JA UT ISI:000253574900004 ER PT J AU HALLER, R TI INCOMPLETENESS AND FICTIONALITY IN MEINONG OBJECT THEORY SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article RP HALLER, R, GRAZ UNIV,INST PHILOSOPHY,A-8010 GRAZ,AUSTRIA. CR CASTANEDA HN, 1979, POETICS, V8 CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P FINDLAY J, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FINDLAY JN, 1986, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG HALLER R, 1981, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V12, P105 HALLER R, 1986, FACTA FICTA HALLER R, 1986, NONEXISTENCE PREDICA KANT I, CRITIQUE PURE REASON LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V5 MEINONG A, KOLLEGHEFTE FRAGMENT MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEINONG A, PHILOSOPHRENBRIEFE W MEINONG A, 1904, THEORY OBJECTS MEINONG A, 1907, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS MEINONG A, 1917, VIERTES KOLLEG ERKEN MEINONG A, 1976, ASSUMPTIONS MEINONG A, 1978, OBJECTS HIGHER ORDER PARSONS T, 1975, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V1, P73 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS QUINE WV, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVK ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, 1963, MYSTICISM LOGIC, P162 RYLE G, 1933, OXFORD MAGAZINE 1026 TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE WITTGENSTEIN L, PHILOS BEMERKUNGEN NR 27 TC 1 BP 63 EP 70 PY 1989 PD MAR VL 8 IS 1 GA AA032 UT ISI:A1989AA03200007 ER PT J AU HALA, V TI DIALOGUE AND CONTEXT SO FILOSOFICKY CASOPIS J9 FILOS CASOPIS LA Czech DT Article RP HALA, V, ACAD SCI CZECH REPUBL,FILOSOFICKY USTAV,PRAGUE,CZECH REPUBLIC. AB The author concentrates primarily on the problem of ''formalism'' in Habermas' conception of discursive ethics, since he considers this to be the key to its fundamental intent. On the basis of the historical reference to the concept of the ''material evaluation of ethics'' he seeks to show the changes through which the categories of ''material'' and ''formalism'' in ethics acquired their meaning. While M. Scheler and N. Hartmann sought to show the tensions between apriorism and formalism found in Kant with the concept of ''material a priori'' Habermas conceives the problem of ''content'' as one of contextual dependence. Differently from the ''contextual'' or ''communitarian'' concept, Habermas is convinced that it is possible in principle to distinguish ethical or evaluative questions from moral ones on the basis of an abstraction from the automatic validity of contextually dependent ideas and projects of ''the good life''. For him, this identification of value must be transformed into norms, ''candidates'' for inter-subjective acceptability, on the basis of a universally valid procedure of rational argumentation. The reason that Habermas' conception is attractive in more than purely philosophical terms is its stress on democratically open dialogue, the egalitarianism of its adherents and the emphasis on the principle of justice. Its greatest problem is that it overcomes contextual dependence purely on the basis of abstraction from the obvious validity of contexts and not from the contexts themselves. Here the author emphasises that Habermas' ''formalism'' shares Kant's almost too unambiguous trust in the structure and function of reality, primarily in the possibility of rational argumentation. CR 1978, UNTERSCHIED ZWISCHEN COHEN J, 1990, UNIVERSALISM COMMUNI, P84 FRAZER N, 1989, UNRULY PRACTICES POW, P111 HABERMAS J, 1968, ERKENNTNIS INTERESSE HABERMAS J, 1973, LEGITIMATIONSPROBLEM HABERMAS J, 1983, MORALBEWUSSTSEIN KOM, P114 HABERMAS J, 1991, ERLAUTERUNGEN DISLAU, P7 HALA V, 1994, IMPULSY KANTOVY ETIK, P49 KANT I, 1944, KRITIKA PRAKTICKEHO, P160 LYOTARD JF, 1993, POSTMODERNISMU LYOTARD JF, 1993, POSTMODERNISMU, P29 MACINTYRE A, 1984, VIRTUE STUDY MORAL T, V2, P56 MALIANDI RG, 1966, WERTOBJEKTVITAT REAL MEINONG A, 1968, GESAMMTAUSGABE, V3 PATZIG G, 1971, ETHIK OHNE METAPHYSI PESEK J, 1974, FILOS CAS, V22, P484 RASMUSSEN D, 1990, UNIVERSALISM COMMUNI RAWLS J, 1971, THEORY JUSTICE RAWLS J, 1987, OXFORD J LEGAL STUDI, V7, P1 REINER H, 1974, GRUNDLAGEN SITTLICHK RORTY R, 1987, VIRGINIA STATUE RELI SCHELER M, 1966, GESAMMELTE WERKE TUGENDHAT E, 1987, PROBLEME ETHIK VONEHRENFELS C, 1982, PHILOS SCRIFTEN, V1 WEINKE K, 1977, RATIONALITAT MORAL, P44 WUKETITS F, 1993, VERDAMNU UNMORAL NAT, P208 NR 26 TC 0 BP 272 EP 286 PY 1995 VL 43 IS 2 GA RL024 UT ISI:A1995RL02400008 ER PT J AU WIGGINS, D TI MEANING, TRUTH-CONDITIONS, PROPOSITION, FREGE DOCTRINE OF SENSE RETRIEVED, RESUMED AND REDEPLOYED IN THE LIGHT OF CERTAIN RECENT CRITICISMS SO DIALECTICA J9 DIALECTICA LA English DT Proceedings Paper RP WIGGINS, D, UNIV LONDON BIRKBECK COLL,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,LONDON WC1E 7HX,ENGLAND. CR AUSTIN JL, HOW TO DO THINGS WOR AUSTIN JL, WORDS DEEDS AYER AJ, 1953, REV INT PHILOS, V25 CARNAP R, INTRO SEMANTICS CARNAP R, LOGISCHER AUFBAU WEL CARTWRIGHT RL, 1954, PHILOS SCI OCT, V21 CHURCH A, INTRO LOGIC DAVIDSON D, INQUIRIES DAVIDSON D, 1967, SYNTHESE, V17 DAVIDSON D, 1973, DIALECTICA, V27 DAVIDSON D, 1976, TRUTH MEANING ESSAYS DAVIDSON D, 1984, INQUIRIES TRUTH INTE DAVIES M, MEANING QUANTIFICATI DAVIES M, 1981, MEANING QUANTIFICATI DENNETT D, 1987, INTENTIONAL STANCE DUMMETT M, FREGE PHILOS LANGUAG DUMMETT M, MERITES LIMITES METH DUMMETT M, 1958, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE FEIGL H, 1949, READINGS PHILOS ANAL FOSTER J, 1976, TRUTH MEANING ESSAYS FREGE G, BEGRIFFSSCHRIFT FREGE G, GRUNDGESETZE ARITHME FREGE G, GRUNDLAGEN ARITHMETI GEACH PT, 1951, PHILOS WRITINGS G FR GRANDY R, 1973, J PHILOS, V70 GRICE HP, 1957, PHILOS REV, V66 HORNSBY J, 1980, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC HORNSBY J, 1986, MIND JAN HORNSBY J, 1988, HUMAN AGENCY LANGUAG KOTARBINSKI T, GNOSEOLOGY KOTARBINSKI T, 1946, MIND KOTARBINSKY T, ELEMENTY TEORJI POZN LEWIS CI, 1974, SYNTHESE, V27 MCDOWELL J, 1976, TRUTH MEANING ESSAYS, P44 MCDOWELL J, 1977, MIND, V85 MCDOWELL J, 1978, MIND MCDOWELL J, 1984, PHILOS Q, V34 MCFETRIDGE I, 1975, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN PETTIT P, 1986, SUBJECT THOUGHT CONT PLATO, THEAETETUS RUSSELL B, PHILOS ESSAYS SCHIFFER S, REMNANTS MEANING SCHIFFER S, 1987, REMNANTS MEANING SCHWAYDER D, 1956, MIND SOAMES S, 1987, PHILOS TOPICS SPR, V15 STRAWSON PF, 1970, TRUTH MEANING TARSKI A, LOGIC SEMANTICS META WIGGINS D, 1971, SEMANTICS INTERDISCI, P18 WIGGINS D, 1980, PHILOS SUBJECTS WIGGINS D, 1980, SAMENESS SUBSTANCE WIGGINS D, 1984, PHILOS Q WIGGINS D, 1991, NEEDS VALUES TRUTH WITTGENSTEIN L, PHILOS BEMERKUNGEN WITTGENSTEIN L, TRACTATUS LOGICO-PHI WRIGHT C, 1983, FREGES CONCEPTION NU WRIGHT C, 1986, REALISM MEANING TRUT NR 58 TC 5 BP 61 EP 90 PY 1992 VL 46 IS 1 GA HX608 UT ISI:A1992HX60800004 ER PT J AU Ross, J AF Ross, Jacob TI The Irreducibility of Personal Obligation SO JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHICAL LOGIC J9 J PHIL LOGIC LA English DT Article C1 Univ So Calif, Sch Philosophy, Los Angeles, CA 90029 USA. RP Ross, J, Univ So Calif, Sch Philosophy, 3709 Trousdale Pkwy, Los Angeles, CA 90029 USA. EM jacobmro@usc.edu DE Personal obligation; Impersonal obligation; Meinong-Chisholm reduction; Ought; Deontic paradoxes AB It is argued that claims about personal obligation (of the form "s ought to I center dot") cannot be reduced to claims about impersonal obligation (of the form "it ought to be the case that p"). The most common attempts at such a reduction are shown to have unacceptable implications in cases involving a plurality of agents. It is then argued that similar problems will face any attempt to reduce personal obligation to impersonal obligation. CR ANDERSON A, 1962, RATIO, V4, P32 AQVIST L, 1967, NOUS, V1, P361 BELNAP N, 2001, FACING FUTURE AGENTS BROOME J, BROWN U U STOC UNPUB CASTENEDA H, 1981, PARADOXES DEONTIC LO, P37 CHISHOLM RM, 1964, AM PHILOS Q, V1, P147 DANIELSSON S, 2000, THEORIA-SPAIN, V66, P97 DANIELSSON S, 2005, THEORIA-SPAIN, V71, P20 FOLLESDAL D, 1971, DEONTIC LOGIC INTRO, P1 HANSSON B, 1969, NOUS, V3, P373 HORTY J, 2001, AGENCY DEONTIC LOGIC HORTY JF, 1996, SYNTHESE, V108, P269 JACKSON F, 1986, PHILOS REV, V95, P233 JONES AJI, 1996, J IGPL, V4, P429 KANGER S, 1957, NEW FDN ETHICAL THEO, P36 LEWIS D, 1973, COUNTERFACTUALS MEINONG A, 1917, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI PARFIT D, 1999, PHILOS TOPICS, V26, P217 PASKE G, 1990, J VALUE INQUIRY, V24, P315 ROSS A, 1941, THEORIA-SPAIN, V7, P53 ROSS J, 2009, CONDITIONAL ANAL PER SCHROEDER M, 2010, OUGHTS AGENTS ACTION WILLIAMS B, 1981, HIS MORAL LUCK, P114 WILLIAMS B, 1985, ETHICS LIMITS PHILOS ZIMMERMAN J, 1996, CONCEPT MORAL OBLIGA NR 25 TC 1 BP 307 EP 323 PY 2010 PD JUN VL 39 IS 3 DI 10.1007/s10992-010-9125-7 GA 593CW UT ISI:000277430700004 ER PT J AU HESS, PH TI DOXASTIC OBLIGATIONS AND THE TRADITIONAL DEFINITION OF KNOWLEDGE SO DIALOGUE-CANADIAN PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 DIALOGUE-CAN PHIL REV LA English DT Article RP HESS, PH, UNIV TORONTO,TORONTO M5S 1A1,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR ARMSTRONG CM, BELIEF TRUTH KNOWLED CHISHOLM RM, 1977, THEORY KNOWLEDGE HESS PH, DIALOGUE, V20, P665 MEINONG A, 1973, GESAMTAUSGABE NR 4 TC 0 BP 291 EP 298 PY 1983 VL 22 IS 2 GA RC785 UT ISI:A1983RC78500007 ER PT J AU Maxwell, B Reichenbach, R TI Imitation, imagination and re-appraisal: educating the moral emotions SO JOURNAL OF MORAL EDUCATION J9 J MORAL EDUC LA English DT Article C1 Univ Munster, Inst Allgemeine Erziehungswissensch 1, D-48143 Munster, Germany. RP Maxwell, B, Univ Munster, Inst Allgemeine Erziehungswissensch 1, Georgskommende 26, D-48143 Munster, Germany. EM maxwellb@uni-muenster.de ID RATIONALITY AB No observer of research currents in the human sciences can fail to detect a new appreciation for the contribution of emotions to descriptions of such wide-ranging psychological phenomena as moral judgement, personal and social development and learning. Despite this, we claim that educating the emotions as a dimension of moral education remains something of a taboo subject. As evidence for this, we present three categories of interventions that fit unmistakably into the category of the education of the emotions, but which go generally unrecognized. In the light of the fact that emotional education is held not just to be possible, but is in fact commonplace, we present an error theory to explain its general occlusion. Next, we argue that the taboo surrounding the education of the emotions helps to explain the lack of recognition that relevant kinds of emotional reactions, especially guilt and shame, seem indeed to be a better measure of successful moral education than moral acts. This, we take it, is one of the suppositions of the old classroom management device called the 'shame corner'. In the last section we propose a comparative analysis of the shame corner and its pedagogical descendant, the 'time-out corner', in terms of their assumptions about the structure of moral judgement and the significance of moral emotions. Without recommending the reinstitution of the shame corner, we conclude that, far from constituting progress in moral education, the time-out corner is, from this perspective, apparently wrong-headed and confusing. CR ARISTOTLE, 1955, NICOMACHEAN ETHICS ARNOLD MB, 1960, EMOTION PERSONALITY, V1 AVERILL JR, 1973, PSYCHOL BULL, V80, P286 BAIER K, 1965, MORAL POINT VIEW RAT BANDURA A, 1977, SOCIAL LEARNING THEO BARRETT R, 1994, J MORAL EDUC, V23, P135 BELLAH R, 1985, HABITS HEART INDIVID BENEDICT R, 1947, CRYSANTHEMUM SWORD P BENNER D, 1979, Z PADAGOGIK, V25, P367 BENZEEV A, 2000, SUBTLETY EMOTIONS BLUM L, 1980, EXPLAINING EMOTIONS, P506 CARR D, 1991, ED VIRTUES ESSAY PHI CARR D, 2001, PROFESSIONALISM ETHI CARR D, 2003, MAKING SENSE ED COETZEE JM, 1999, DISGRACE COHEN D, 1999, ED MINDS HEARTS SOCI DESOUSA R, 1987, RATIONALITY EMOTION DESOUSA R, 2001, ETHICAL THEORY MORAL, V4, P109 FREUD S, 1986, ESSENTIALS PSYCHOANA GARBER D, 1992, DESCARTES METAPHYSIC GIBBS JC, 2003, MORAL DEV REALITY TH GOLEMAN D, 1995, EMOTIONAL INTELLIGEN HABERMAS J, 1993, KANT POLITICAL PHILO, P320 HOFFMAN ML, 2000, EMPATHY MORAL DEV IM ICKES W, 1997, EMPATHIC ACCURACY KANT I, 1984, PADAGOGIK KEKES J, 1988, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V13, P282 LAZARUS RS, 1966, PSYCHOL STRESS COPIN LAZARUS RS, 1978, PERSPECTIVES INTERAC, P287 LEMPERT W, 1989, MORAL UNMORALISCHER, P153 LUHMANN N, 1982, ZWISCHEN TECHNOLOGIE, P11 MEINONG A, 1968, GESAMTAUSGABE, V3, P1 MENKE C, 1993, GEMEINSCHAFT GERECHT, P218 MENKE C, 1996, TRAGODIE SITTLICHEN NUCCI LP, 2001, ED MORAL DOMAIN NUNNERWINKLER G, 1998, INT J ED RES, V27, P587 NUSSBAUM M, 1994, THERAPY DESIRE THEOR NUSSBAUM M, 1995, POETIC JUSTICE NUSSBAUM M, 2001, UPHEAVALS THOUGHT IN OAKLEY J, 1992, MORALITY EMOTIONS PETERS RS, 1981, MORAL DEV MORAL ED PETERS RS, 1998, PHILOS ED, V2, P179 PIAGET J, 1981, ANN REV MONOGRAPHS REISENZEIN R, 2003, EINFUHRUNG EMOTIONPS, V3 SPIECKER B, 1988, PHILOS ISSUES MORAL, P42 TAYLOR C, 1989, SOURCES SELF TAYLOR C, 1991, MALAISE MODERNITY TAYLOR G, 1985, PRIDE SHAME GUILT EM TOMBS D, 1995, J PHILOS EDUC, V29, P23 TURIEL E, 1998, HDB CHILD PSYCHOL, V3, P863 VANDAM E, 1996, J MORAL EDUC, V25, P395 WALLACE RJ, 1994, RESPONSIBILITY MORAL WARNOCK M, 1998, PHILOS ED, V2, P211 WEINER B, 1995, JUDGMENTS RESPONSIBI WILLIAMS B, 1993, SHAME NECESSITY NR 55 TC 2 BP 291 EP 307 PY 2005 PD SEP VL 34 IS 3 DI 10.1080/03057240500206139 GA 963OD UT ISI:000231812700004 ER PT J AU Sterzinger, O AF Sterzinger, Othmar TI The pieces consisted of the poetic image in the aspects of his creation SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR ASTHETIK, V2, P471 POETIK, P962 Z ASTH ALLG KUNSTWIS, V12, P69 1878, METAPHER BONN, P24 BAIR H, LECT RHETORIC, V1, P396 BEHAGHEL O, BEWUSSTES UNBEWUSSTE BENUSSI V, Z PSYCHOL, V45, P217 BENUSSI V, 1904, PSYCHOL GESTALTERFAS BETZ W, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V17, P280 BEYER C, 1882, DTSCH POETIK, V1, P152 BLEULERLEHMANN, 1881, ZWANGSMUSSIGE LIEHTE, P55 BROD, 1913, ANSCHANUNG BEGRIFF BUHLER K, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V12 BUHLER K, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V9 BUHLER K, 1913, GESTALTWAHRNEHMUNGEN BUHLER K, 1913, GESTALTWAHRNEHMUNGEN, P215 EHRENFELS C, 1890, GESTALTQUALITATEN VI, P249 ELSTER E, 1897, PRINZIPIEN LITERATUR, V1, P362 ELSTERS E, 1897, PRINZIPIEN LITERATUR, V1, P375 GOTTSCHALL R, 1873, POETIK, V1, P183 GRUNBAUM AA, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V12, P340 HACKER F, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V21, P1 HOFLER A, Z PSYCHOL, V60, P210 HOFLER A, Z PSYCHOL, V60, P213 HOFLER A, 1897, PSYCHOLOGIE HOFLER A, 1897, PSYCHOLOGIE, P47 HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN KOFFKA K, Z PSYCHOL, V67, P353 MEINONG A, Z PSYCH, V2, P245 MESSER A, 1914, PSYCHOLOGIE, P204 MEYER RM, 1906, HDB DTSCH UNTERRICHT, P101 MEYER TA, 1901, STILGESETZ POESIE, P188 QUINTILIAN, I ORATOR, V8, P6 ROETTEKEN H, 1902, POETIK MUNCHEN, P73 RUTHS H, 1898, EXPERIMENTALUNTERSUC, P193 STAHLIN W, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V31, P297 VISCHER FT, 1847, ASTHETIK WISSENSCHAF, V3 VOLKELT J, SYSTEM ASTHETIK, V1, P114 VOLKMANN, 1885, RHETORIK GRIECHEN RO, P418 WACKERNAGEL W, 1873, POETIK RHETORIK STIL, P380 WERTHEIMER M, Z PSYCHOL, V61, P248 WUNDT W, VOLKERPSYCHOLOGIE, P581 NR 42 TC 1 BP 363 EP 401 PY 1918 PD JUN 28 VL 37 IS 4 GA V98HV UT ISI:000206645100002 ER PT J AU Benussi, V AF Benussi, Vittorio TI On "attention-direction" in Space and Time Compared. SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR ARCH GES PSYCH, V13, P115 ARCH GES PSYCH, V13, P71 ARCH GES PSYCH, V13, P81 ARCH GES PSYCH, V9 ARCH GES PSYCH, V9, P366 ARCH GESAM PSYCHOL, V13, P119 ARCH GESAM PSYCHOL, V13, P81 ARCH GESAM PSYCHOL, V9, P366 ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V9, P372 EXPT ANAL ZIETVERGLE, P441 1904, ATT 5 C INT PSIC ROM, P267 AMESEDER A, PSYCH GESTALTERF MEINONG A, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, V9, P525 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERS GEGENSTANDSTH, V5 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GESGE NR 15 TC 1 BP 73 EP 107 PY 1909 VL 51 GA V96JZ UT ISI:000206515500002 ER PT J AU ECKARDT, G TI KOHLER,WOLFGANG, GESTALT PSYCHOLOGY AND NATURAL-PHILOSOPHY OF THE CONFIGURATION - ON THE 100TH-BIRTHDAY OF THE CO-FOUNDER OF THE BERLIN-SCHOOL SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE J9 Z PSYCHOL LA German DT Article C1 FRIEDRICH SCHILLER UNIV,SEKT PSYCHOL,DDR-6900 JENA,GER DEM REP. CR *BERG SIND UNT INT, 1967, VOM VORST AUSSCHL BE, P3 ASH M, 1980, CENTRAL EUROPEAN HIS, V13, P255 ASH MG, 1982, THESIS HARVARD U BERGIUS R, 1967, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V31, R1 BERGIUS R, 1980, NEUE DTSCH BIOGRAPHI, V12, P302 BISCHOF N, 1966, HDB PSYCHOL, V1 BORING EG, 1957, HIST EXPT PSYCHOL BUHLER K, 1922, GEISTIGE ENTWICKLUNG BUYTENDIJK FJJ, 1959, HUSSERL DENKEN NEUZE CORNELIUS H, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P117 ECKARDT G, 1968, WISS Z FSU JENA, V17, P237 ECKARDT G, 1981, WORTERBUCH PSYCHOL HEIDER F, 1970, J HIST BEHAV SCI, V6, P131 HENLE M, 1978, AM PSYCHOL, V33, P939 HIEBSCH H, 1974, PHILOS WORTERBUCH, P500 HORMANN H, 1967, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V31, R15 HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1913, IDEEN EINER REINEN P JAGER S, 1987, NACHRICHTENBLATT DEU, V4, P5 KLIX F, 1973, INFORMATION VERHALTE KLIX F, 1979, GESCH PSYCHOL KOHLER W, 1910, Z PSYCHOL, V54, P241 KOHLER W, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P59 KOHLER W, 1913, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V64, P92 KOHLER W, 1913, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V66, P51 KOHLER W, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V72, P1 KOHLER W, 1921, INTELLIGENZPRUFUNGEN KOHLER W, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P2 KOHLER W, 1924, PHYSISCHEN GESTALTEN, P58 KOHLER W, 1933, PSYCHOL PROBLEME KOHLER W, 1944, FIGURAL AFTER EFFECT KOHLER W, 1947, FIGURAL AFTER EFFECT KOHLER W, 1949, SCIENCE, V109, P442 KOHLER W, 1949, SCIENCE, V110, P414 KOHLER W, 1958, DYNAMISCHE ZUSAMMENH KOHLER W, 1965, MOVEMENT AFTER EFFEC KOHLER W, 1965, UNSOLVED PROBLEMS FI KOHLER W, 1967, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V31, R18 KOHLER W, 1971, AUFGABEN GESTALTPSYC LEONTJEW AN, 1985, AUSGEWAHLTE SCHRIFTE, V1 MEILI R, 1972, PSYCHOL SELBSTDARSTE MEINONG A, 1891, Z PSYCHOL, V2, P245 METZGER W, 1954, PSYCHOL ENTWICKLUNG METZGER W, 1970, SCHWEIZERISCHE Z PSY, V29, P16 METZGER W, 1972, PSYCHOL SELBSTDARSTE NOACK H, 1976, PHILOS WESTEUROPAS PETROWSKI AW, 1967, GESCH SOWJETISCHEN P, P211 PRATT CC, 1971, AUFGABEN GESTALTPSYC, P3 RUBINSTEIN SL, 1984, GRUNDLAGEN ALLGEMEIN SCHEERER E, 1980, PSYCHOL RES, V41, P113 SCHMIDT HD, 1970, ALLGEMEINE ENTWICKLU SPRUNG L, 1986, Z PSYCHOL, V194, P509 SPRUNG L, 1987, GESCH PSYCHOL BERLIN, V2 TEMBROCK G, 1963, GRUNDLAGEN TIERPSYCH TEUBER HL, 1967, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V31, R6 WYGOTSKI LS, 1964, DENKEN SPRECHEN, P85 WYGOTSKI LS, 1985, AUSGEWAHLTE SCHRIFTE, V1, P81 NR 57 TC 0 BP 3 EP 25 PY 1988 VL 196 IS 1 GA P6545 UT ISI:A1988P654500002 ER PT J AU ESCHBACH, A TI MARTINAK,EDUARD - SEMATOLOGIST SO KODIKAS CODE-ARS SEMEIOTICA J9 KODIKAS CODE-ARS SEMEIOTICA LA German DT Article CR BUHLER K, 1907, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V9, P297 BUHLER K, 1908, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V12, P1 BUHLER K, 1934, SPRACHTHEORIE GATSCHENBERGER R, 1901, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL ZE KNOBLOCH C, 1986, KODIKAS CODE, V9, P183 MARTINAK E, 1929, PSYCHOL PADAGOGISCHE MEINONG A, 1919, BEITRAGE PADAGOGIK D SMART BH, 1978, GRUNDLAGEN ZEICHENTH TREMEL F, 1975, OSTERREICHISCHES BIO, V6 NR 9 TC 0 BP 113 EP 123 PY 1993 PD JAN-JUN VL 16 IS 1-2 GA PX300 UT ISI:A1993PX30000008 ER PT J AU FURST, LR TI REALISM AND ITS CODE OF ACCREDITATION SO COMPARATIVE LITERATURE STUDIES J9 COMP LIT STUD LA English DT Article RP FURST, LR, UNIV N CAROLINA,CHAPEL HILL,NC 27514. CR AUSTEN J, 1955, LETT HER SISTER CASS BACHELARD G, 1974, POETIQUE ESPACE BALZAC HD, COMEDIE HUMAINE BARTHES R, 1968, COMMUNICATIONS, V11, P84 BARTHES R, 1970, LANGUAGES CRITICISM, P134 BARTHES R, 1978, PRETEXTE R BARTHES BRINKMANN R, 1957, WIRKLICHKEIT ILLUSIO BUTOR M, 1964, REPERTOIRE, V2, P88 CALVINO I, 1980, PIETRA SOPRA, P310 CHAPMAN RW, 1933, NOVELS J AUSTEN, V2 DICKENS C, OUR MUTUAL FRIEND ELIOT G, ADAM BEDE ELIOT G, MIDDLEMARCH ERMATH E, 1983, REALISM CONSENSUS EN GASKELL E, MARY BARTON GOMBRICH EH, 1960, ART ILLUSION HARSHAV, 1984, POETICS TODAY, V5, P227 ISER W, 1978, ACT READING LEVINE G, 1981, REALISTIC IMAGINATIO LUTWACK L, 1985, ROLE PLACE LIT MANN T, BUDDENBROOKS MANN T, 1960, GESAMMELTE WERKE, P11 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MILLER JH, 1971, DICKENS CENTENNIAL E, P85 MILTON J, 1957, WORKS ONG WJ, 1975, PMLA, V90, P9 SMITH JS, 1977, TEXAS STUDIES LIT LA, V19, P188 STERN JP, 1973, REALISM VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 WALTON K, 1978, J AESTHETICS ART CRI, V37, P11 WALTON KL, 1976, NOUS, V10, P49 WALTON KL, 1983, DISPOSITIO, V5, P1 WARHOL RR, 1986, PMLA, V101, P811 WATT I, 1957, RISE NOVEL WHITE H, 1973, METAHISTORY WILLIAMS DA, 1978, MONSTER MIRROR ZOLA E, ASSOMMOIR ZOLA E, MES HAINES ZOLA E, 1913, ROMAN EXPERIMENTAL, P109 ZORAN G, 1984, POETICS TODAY, V5, P309 NR 40 TC 1 BP 101 EP 126 PY 1988 VL 25 IS 2 GA P1035 UT ISI:A1988P103500001 ER PT J AU Pinna, B AF Pinna, Baingio TI What Comes Before Psychophysics? The Problem of 'What We Perceive' and the Phenomenological Exploration of New Effects SO SEEING AND PERCEIVING J9 SEEING PERCEIVING LA English DT Article C1 Univ Sassari, Dept Architecture Design & Planning, I-07041 Alghero, SS, Italy. RP Pinna, B, Univ Sassari, Dept Architecture Design & Planning, Palazzo Pou Salit,Piazza Duomo 6, I-07041 Alghero, SS, Italy. EM baingio@uniss.it DE Gestalt psychology; psychophysics; phenomenology; visual illusions; perceptual organization ID PERCEPTION AB The psychophysical methods were developed by Fechner to find out the perceptual threshold of a stimulus, that is, the weakest stimulus that could be perceived. In spite of the strong efficiency in measuring thresholds, psychophysics does not help to define the multiplicity and complexity of possible percepts emerging from the same stimulus conditions, and accordingly, of what we perceive. In order to define what we perceive it is also necessary to define what we can perceive within the multiplicity of possible visual outcomes and how they are reciprocally organized. Usually the main experimental task is aimed at focusing on the specific attribute to be measured: what conies before psychophysics, i.e., the phenomenological exploration, is typically not fully investigated either epistemologically or phenomenally, even if it assumes a basic role in the process of scientific discovery. In this work, the importance of the traditional approach is not denied. Our main purpose is to place the two approaches side by side so that they complement each other: the phenomenological exploration complements the quantitative psychophysical measurement of the qualities that emerge through the preliminary exploration. To demonstrate the basic role played by the phenomenological exploration in complementing the psychophysical investigation we introduce three critical visual conditions, called visual gradient of perceptibility, perceptible invisibility and visual levels of perceptibility. Through these conditions several new illusions are studied and some phenomenological rules are suggested. (C) Koninklijke Brill NV, Leiden, 2010 CR BOZZI P, 1989, FENOMENOLOGIA SPERIM BOZZI P, 1990, FISICA INGENUA OSCIL DAPOS O, 1996, VISUAL ILLUSIONS EFF FECHNER G, 1860, ELEMENTS PSYCHOPHYSI, V1 HERMANN L, 1870, PFLUGERS ARCH GESAMT, V3, P13 KANIZSA G, 1980, GRAMMATICA VEDERE KANIZSA G, 1991, VEDERE PENSARE KERSTEN D, 1999, NEW COGNITIVE NEUROS KERSTEN D, 2004, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V55, P271 KNILL DC, 1996, PERCEPTION BAYESIAN KNILL DC, 2004, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V27, P712 KOFFKA K, 1935, PRINCIPLES GESTALT P KRISTOF W, 1961, ACTA PSYCHOL, V18, P17 MACH E, 1914, ANAL SENSATION MAMASSIAN P, 2002, NEU INF PRO, P13 MASIN SC, 1993, FDN PERCEPTUAL THEOR MASSIRONI M, 1998, FENOMENOLOGIA PERCEZ METZGER W, 1941, PSYCHOL ENTWICKLUNG METZGER W, 1975, GESETZE SEHENS OPPEL JJ, 1854, GEOMETRISCH OPTISCHE, P37 PINNA B, INFORM PERC IN PRESS PINNA B, 2008, ART PERCEPTION VIS 2, P1 PINNA B, 2009, SPATIAL VISION, V22, P225 PINNA B, 2010, GESTALT THEORY, V32, P1 RAO RPN, 2002, PROBABILISTIC MODELS SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 SPILLMANN L, 2009, VISION RES, V49, P1507, DOI 10.1016/j.visres.2009.02.022 THINES G, 1977, PHENOMENOLOGY SCI BE VICARIO GB, 2001, PSICOLOGIA GENERALE VICARIO GB, 2005, TEMPO SAGGIO PSICOLO VONHELMHOLTZ H, 1866, HDB PHYSIOLOGISCHE 3 WERTHEIMER M, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P47 WERTHEIMER M, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P301 NR 33 TC 0 BP 463 EP 481 PY 2010 VL 23 IS 5-6 DI 10.1163/187847510X541144 GA 724YR UT ISI:000287612900005 ER PT J AU FINE, K TI THE PROBLEM OF NON-EXISTENTS .1. INTERNALISM SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article RP FINE, K, UNIV MICHIGAN,ANN ARBOR,MI 48109. CR ALSTON WP, 1967, DESCARTES BORGES JL, PIERRE MENARD AUTHOR CASTANEDA HN, AM PHILOS Q, V12, P131 CASTANEDA HN, PHILOSOPHIA, V5, P121 CASTANEDA HN, UNPUB PHILOS METHOD CASTANEDA HN, 1972, CRITICA, V6, P43 CHURCH A, 1951, STRUCTURE METHOD MEA, P3 CLARK RL, 1978, NOUS, V12 CRITTENDEN C, 1973, INQUIRY, V16, P290 FEFERMAN S, 1975, P LONDON ONTARIO C L FINE K, J PHILOS LOGIC, V6, P135 FINE K, NOUS, V15, P177 FINE K, STUDIA LOGICA, V39, P159 FINE K, UNPUBLISHED FINE K, 1976, PHILOS REV, V85, P562 HOWELL R, 1979, POETICS, V8, P129 HUNTER D, 1979, THESIS U CALIFORNIA KAPLAN D, 1969, WORDS OBJECTIONS ESS, P178 KRIPKE S, 1975, J PHILOS, V72, P690 KRIPKE SA, 1972, SEMANTICS NATURAL LA, P178 LEVINSON J, 1980, J PHILOS, V77, P5 LEWIS D, 1978, AM PHILOS Q, V15, P37 MEINONG A, THEORY OBJECTS PARSONS T, 1979, J PHILOS, V76, P649 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PARSONS T, 1982, TOPOI, V1, P81 PLANTINGA AC, 1974, NATURE NECESSITY PRIOR AN, 1971, OBJECTS THOUGHT RABINOWICZ W, 1979, UNIVERSALIZABILITY RAPPAPORT WJ, UNPUB HOW MAKE WORLD RAPPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 RAPPAPORT WJ, 1979, ANALYSIS, V39, P75 ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J STINE GC, 1978, INT LOGIC REV, V9, P134 VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 WALTON K, J AESTHETICS ART CRI, V38, P11 WALTON K, J PHILOS, V75, P5 WALTON K, 1973, PHILOS REV, V82, P283 WITTGENSTEIN L, TRACTATUS LOGICO PHI WOODS J, 1974, LOGIC FICTION ZALTA EN, 1980, THESIS U MASSACHUSET NR 41 TC 15 BP 97 EP 140 PY 1982 VL 1 IS 1-2 GA QG133 UT ISI:A1982QG13300013 ER PT J AU MARGOLIS, J TI REMEMBERING SO MIND J9 MIND LA English DT Article C1 TEMPLE UNIV,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19122. CR ANSCOMBE GEM, 1950, PHILOSOPHICAL ANALYS BRANDT RB, 1955, PHILOS REV, V64, P78 CHISHOLM R, 1957, PERCEIVING CHISHOLM R, 1966, THEORY KNOWLEDGE DENNETT DC, 1969, CONTENT CONSCIOUSNES DRETSKE F, 1969, SEEING KNOWING FURLONG EJ, 1951, STUDY MEMORY, P89 LEHRER K, 1974, KNOWLEDGE, P76 LEYDEN WV, 1961, REMEMBERING, P60 MALCOLM N, 1963, KNOWLEDGE CERTAINTY, P222 MARGOLIS J, TO BE PUBLISHED MARGOLIS J, UNPUBLISHED MARGOLIS J, 1972, THEORY PERCEPTION ME, V3, P244 MARGOLIS J, 1973, CANADIAN J PHILOS, V2, P461 MARGOLIS J, 1973, KNOWLEDGE EXISTENCE, CH1 MARTIN CB, 1966, PHILOS REV, V75, P161 MEINONG A, 1973, EMPIRICAL KNOWLEDGE, P256 MUNSAT S, 1966, CONCEPT MEMORY PENFIELD W, 1954, EPILEPSY FUNCTIONAL RADFORD C, 1966, ANALYSIS, V27, P1 SMITH B, 1966, MEMORY, CH1 TINBERGEN N, 1951, STUDY INSTINCT, CH5 NR 22 TC 1 BP 186 EP 205 PY 1977 VL 86 IS 342 GA DB482 UT ISI:A1977DB48200002 ER PT J AU AREZZO, G TI GESTALT AS STRUCTURE SO BOLLETTINO DI PSICOLOGIA APPLICATA J9 B PSIC APPL LA Italian DT Article CR BASTIDE R, 1965, SENS USAGES MOT STRU BERTALANFFY L, 1926, ROUX ARCH, P108 BERTALANFFY L, 1949, ATLANTIS, P8 BERTALANFFY L, 1949, BIOLOGISCHE WELTBILD BOLELLI T, 1965, STORIA RICERCA LINGU BONOMI A, 1968, STRUTTURALISMO BOZZI P, 1966, PRINCIPI DINAMICI PS BUZZATITRAVERSO A, 1947, FONDAMENTI LOGICI SC CANESTRARI R, 1958, PENSIERO AM CONTEMPO CARNAP R, 1928, LOGISCHE AUFBAU WELT CARNAP R, 1934, LOGISCHE SYNTAX SPRA CHOMSKY N, 1968, PROBLEMI ATTUALI LIN DESAUSSURE F, 1916, COURS LINGUISTIQUE G DOBZHANSKY T, 1956, BIOLOGICAL BASIS HUM DRIESCH H, 1909, PHILOSOPHIE ORGANISC DUNCKER K, 1935, PSYCHOLOGIE PRODUKTI ECO U, 1968, STRUTTURA ASSENTE EHRENFELS CV, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFTEN, V14 GOETHE W, 1810, FARBENLEHRE GOLDSTEIN K, 1934, AUFBAU ORGANISMUS GOTTSCHALDT K, 1926, PSYCHOLOGISCHE FORSC, V8 GOTTSCHALDT K, 1929, PSYCHOLOGISCHE FORSC, V12 GUILLAUME P, 1937, PSYCHOLOGIE FORME GURWITSCH A, 1957, THEORIE CHAMP CONSCI HEITLER W, 1961, MENSCH NATURWISSENSC HEMPEL CG, 1966, PHILOSOPHY NATURAL S HUSSERL E, 1891, PHILOSOPHIE ARITHMET HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN JAKOBSON R, 1929, TRAVAUX CERCLE LINGU, V2 KOFFKA K, 1935, PRINCIPLES GESTALT P KOHLER W, PSYCHOLOGIES 1930 KOHLER W, 1913, Z PSYCHOLOGIE, P66 KOHLER W, 1915, ABHANDLUNGEN PREU PM KOHLER W, 1917, ABHANDLUNGEN PREU PM KOHLER W, 1918, ABHANDLUNGEN PREU PM KOHLER W, 1920, PHYSISCHEN GESTALTEN KOHLER W, 1922, JAHRESBERICHT GESAMT KOHLER W, 1929, GESTALT PSYCHOLOGY KOHLER W, 1930, J PSYCHOLOGIE, V27 KOHLER W, 1935, PSYCHOLOGISCHE FORSC, V21 KOHLER W, 1940, DYNAMICS PSYCHOLOGY KOHLER W, 1966, PRINCIPI DINAMICI PS KULPE O, 1912, BEITRAG GRUNDLEGUNG LEPSCKY GC, 1966, LINGUISTICA STRUTTUR LEVISTRAUSS C, 1949, STRUCTURES ELEMENTAI LEVISTRAUSS C, 1958, ANTHROPOLOGIE STRUCT LEWIN K, 1921, PSYCHOLOGISCHE FORSC, V1 LEWIN K, 1926, PSYCHOLOGISCHE FORSC, V7 LEWIN K, 1929, Z PSYCHOLOGIE, V113 LEWIN K, 1934, PS FORSCH, V19 LEWIN K, 1935, DYNAMIC THEORY PERSO LOTZE H, 1881, GRUNDZUGE PSCHOLOGIE MACH E, 1886, BEITRAGE ANALYSE EMP MALINOWSKY B, 1944, SCIENTIFIC THEORY CU MAXWELL JC, 1873, TREATISE ELECTRICITY MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOLOGIE, V21 MICHOTTE, 1946, PERCEPTION CAUSALITE MORAVIA S, 1969, RAGIONE NASCOSTA MUSATTI C, 1929, RIV FILOSOFIA MUSATTI C, 1964, CONDIZIONI ESPERIENZ NAGEL E, 1961, STRUCTURE SCIENCE NEURATH OV, 1931, SCIENTIA, V50 OMBREDANE A, 1955, S ASSOC PSYCHOLOGIE PIAGET J, 1936, NAISSANCE INTELLIGEN PIAGET J, 1961, MECANISMES PERCEPTIF PIAGET J, 1965, SAGESSE ILLUSIONS PH PIAGET J, 1968, STRUCTURALISME PLANCK M, 1914, KULTUR GEGENWART 3, V1 PLANCK M, 1929, WELTBILD NEUEN PHYSI PLANCK M, 1933, WEGE PHYSIKALISCHER PLANCK M, 1965, SCIENZA FILOSOFIA RE POPPER K, 1935, LOGIK FORSCHUNG RUBIN E, 1921, VISUELLWAHRGENOMMENE THORNDIKE EL, 1898, ANIMAL INTELLIGENCE TRUBECKOJ NS, 1933, J PSYCHOLOGIE, V30 VALERI V, 1968, NATURA CULTURA VIAUD G, 1946, INTELLIGENCE EVOLUTI WERTHEIMER M, 1921, PSYCHOLOGISCHE FORSC, V1 WERTHEIMER M, 1923, PSYCHOLOGISCHE FORSC, V2, P4 WERTHEIMER M, 1924, DEC C SOC KANT BERL WERTHEIMER M, 1945, PRODUCTIVE THINKING WERTHEMER M, 1912, Z PSYCHOLOGIE, V61 YERKES RM, 1916, BEHAVIOUR MONOGRAPHS, V2 NR 83 TC 0 BP 155 EP 202 PY 1970 IS 100- GA J1374 UT ISI:A1970J137400005 ER PT J AU LUTZEIER, PR TI THE NOTION OF LEXICAL FIELD AND ITS APPLICATION TO ENGLISH NOUNS OF FINANCIAL INCOME SO LINGUA J9 LINGUA LA English DT Article RP LUTZEIER, PR, FREE UNIV BERLIN,FACHBEREICH 16 GERMANIST,D-1000 BERLIN 33,FED REP GER. CR BAUMGARTNER K, 1967, SATZ WORT HEUTIGEN D, P165 BEEH V, 1973, ANSATZE WAHRHEITSFUN BETZ W, 1954, Z VERGLEICHENDE SPRA, V71, P189 BREAL H, 1964, SEMANTICS STUDIES SC BREKLE HE, 1972, SEMANTIK COSERIU E, 1970, EINFUHRUNG STRUKTURE, P1 COSERIU E, 1970, EINFUHRUNG STRUKTURE, P105 CRUSE DA, 1975, ARCH LINGUIST, V6, P26 CRYSTAL D, 1969, INVESTIGATING ENGLIS DUTCH RA, 1966, ROGETS THESAURUS ENG GIPPER H, 1976, PROBLEME LEXIKOLOGIE, P26 HARRIS ZS, 1976, AM PHILOS Q, V13, P237 HENNE H, 1972, SEMANTIK LEXIKOGRAPH HORNBY AS, 1974, OXFORD ADV LEARNERS JONES T, 1963, HARRAPS STANDARD GER KANDLER G, 1973, WORTFELDFORSCHUNG, P351 KASTOVSKY D, 1980, UNPUB LEHRER A, 1974, SEMANTIC FIELDS LEXI LIEB HH, 1976, FU16 FACHB LIEB HH, 1979, 5TH LAC FOR, P66 LUTZEIER PR, 1973, MODELLTHEORIE LINGUI LUTZEIER PR, 1980, TIME TENSE QUANTIFIE, P293 LUTZEIER PR, 1981, WORT FELD WORTSEMANT LYONS J, 1963, STRUCTURAL SEMANTICS LYONS J, 1968, INTRO THEORETICAL LI LYONS J, 1977, SEMANTICS, V1 MEINONG A, 1971, ABHANDLUNGEN ERKENNT, P1 MILLER GA, 1976, LANGUAGE PERCEPTION MURRAY JAH, 1933, OXFORD ENGLISH DICT NIDA EA, 1975, COMPONENTIAL ANAL ME SCHWARZ H, 1973, WORTFELDFORSCHUNG GE, P426 SEILER H, 1967, LINGUA, V18, P35 SOUTHWORTH FC, 1967, LANGUAGE, V43, P342 TRIER J, 1973, DTSCH WORTSCHATZ SIN TRIER J, 1975, GEDENKSCHRIFT J TRIE, P1 VINCENZ AD, 1966, ORBIS SCRIPTUS DMITR, P865 WALL R, 1972, INTRO MATH LINGUISTI WEISGERBER L, 1962, GRUNDZUGE INHALTBEZO WEISGERBER L, 1973, WORTFELDFORSCHUNG, P278 NR 39 TC 2 BP 1 EP 42 PY 1982 VL 56 IS 1 GA MZ891 UT ISI:A1982MZ89100001 ER PT J AU STAHL, G TI CONTRADICTORY AND INDIVIDUALIZABLE DESCRIPTIONS SO REVUE PHILOSOPHIQUE DE LA FRANCE ET DE L ETRANGER J9 REV PHIL FRAN ETRANG LA French DT Article CR BURIDANUS J, 1977, SOPHISMATA CARNAP R, 1954, EINFUHRUNG SYMBOLISC HALLER R, 1986, NONEXISTENCE PREDICA MEINONG A, 1913, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN, V2 RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS STAHL G, 1960, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, P97 STAHL G, 1977, ESTRUCTURA CONOCIMIM STAHL G, 1978, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, P145 STAHL G, 1979, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, P273 STAHL G, 1982, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, P487 STAHL G, 1983, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, P311 STAHL G, 1985, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, P289 WHITEHEAD AN, 1925, PRINCIPIA MATHEMATIC NR 13 TC 0 BP 85 EP 91 PY 1989 PD JAN-MAR VL 114 IS 1 GA U0308 UT ISI:A1989U030800007 ER PT J AU Henning, H AF Henning, Hans TI Experimental Studies in the Psychology of Thinking, I, The associative Mixed Effect of the Imagining of Matters never perceived before and its Limits SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8, P130 ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8, P142 ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8, P143 ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8, P39 ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8, P40 ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8, P68 ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8, P75 ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8, P76 VERSUCHE RESIDUEN, P226 Z PSYCHOL, V78, P267 1914, ARCH KRIMINALANTHR K, V59, P75 1914, TRAUM WIESBADEN 1916, Z PHILOS PHIL KRIT, V162, P94 1916, Z PSYCHOL, V74, P203 1917, ABH KGL PREUSS AK PH, P51 1917, SCIENTIA, V22, P354 1917, Z PSYCHOL, V78, P253 CORNELIUS H, 1916, TRANSZENDENTALE SYST, P202 DILTHEY W, 1886, DICHTERISCHE EINBILD, P24 DUGAS J, 1903, IMAGINATION ELSENHAUS T, 1911, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V22, P30 ERDMANN B, 1907, GLEICHLAUTEND DTSCH ERDMANN B, 1913, FUNKTIONEN PHANTASIE, P19 GIAUCHETTI C, 1912, FANTASIA HENNIG R, 1918, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V79, P228 HENNING H, 1916, GERUCH, P123 HENNING H, 1919, ASHER SPIROS ERGEBNI, P572 HENNING H, 1919, Z ASTH, V13 HENSELING A, Z PAD PSYCHOL, V13 KLEINKNECHT, 1906, HARVARD PSYCHOL STUD, V2, P307 KOLLARITS J, 1916, J PSYCHOL NEUROL, V22, P171 LASSWITZ K, 1902, 2 PLANETEN LINKE PF, 1918, GRUNDFRAGEN WAHRNEHM, P163 LUCKA E, 1907, WISS JAHRESBER PHI S, V20, P25 LUCKA E, 1908, PHANTASIE PSYCHOL UN MEINONG A, 1889, Z PHILOS PHIL KRITIK, V95, P238 MESSER, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8, P215 MULLER GE, 1900, Z PSYCHOL S, V1, P159 MULLER GE, 1900, Z PSYCHOL S, V1, P225 MULLER GE, 1911, Z PSYCHOL S, V5 MULLER GE, 1913, Z PSYCHOL S, V3, P325 MULLER GE, 1913, Z PSYCHOL S, V8 MULLER GE, 1917, Z PSYCHOL S, V9 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1909, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V33, P312 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1916, DENKEN PHANTASIE MUNSTERBERG H, 1892, BEITRAGE EXPT PSYCHO, P78 OLZELTNEWIN A, 1889, PHANTASIEVORSTELLUNG, P17 PERKY CW, 1910, AM J PSYCHOL, V21, P422 PHILIPPE J, 1897, REV PHILOS, V43, P481 POPPELEEUTER W, 1912, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V25, P335 RIBOT T, 1902, SCHOPFERKRAFT PHANTA SCHLUTER L, Z FSYCHOL, V68, P103 SCHROTTER K, 1912, JB PHILOS GES WIEN, P19 SCHUMANN F, 1914, 6 K EXP PSYCH GOTT, P63 SCHWIETE, 1910, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V19, P495 WETTICH H, 1917, MASCHINE KARRIKATUR NR 56 TC 5 BP 1 EP 96 PY 1919 VL 81 GA V96LU UT ISI:000206520200001 ER PT J AU Nagel, R AF Nagel, Rudolf TI The Control of the Constancy of a heterochromic comparative brightness, especially at the Hands of the Correspondence Rate of Equivalent Values SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR WUNDTS PSYCHOL STUD, V9, P236 1918, PHYSL OPTIK, P57 BERLINER B, PSYCHOL STUD, V3, P91 BOEHM M, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V42, P155 CORNELIUS H, 1897, PSYCHOL ERFAHRUNGSWI, P44 HERFURTH C, WUNDTS PSYCHOL STUD, V9, P220 HERFURTH, THESIS, P233 HERRMANN F, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V41, P1 HERRMANN F, 1919, THESIS LEIPZIG KOBELT W, 1904, THESIS LEIPZIG, P96 LANGFELD HS, 1909, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V53, P113 LIPS E, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V40, P193 MEINONG A, 1896, Z PSYCH PHYS SINNESO, V11, P225 MULLER GE, 1904, GESICHTSPUNKTE TATSA, P188 WIRTH W, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V24, P141 WIRTH W, PSYCHOPHYSIK, P188 WIRTH W, PSYCHOPHYSIK, P246 WIRTH W, SPEZIELLE PSYCHOPHYS, P272 WIRTH W, 1908, EXPT ANAL BEWUSSTSEI, P24 WIRTH, PSYCHOPHYSIK, P299 WIRTH, SPEZIELLE PSYCHOPHYS, P277 WIRTH, 1901, WUNDTS PHIL STUD, V17, P312 WIRTH, 1902, WUNDTS PHIL STUD, V18, P610 WUNDT, 1911, GRUNDZUGE PHYSL PSYC, V3, P503 ZAHN A, 1911, Z SINNESPHYS, V46, P287 NR 25 TC 1 BP 143 EP 218 PY 1924 PD APR 8 VL 47 IS 1-2 GA V01TU UT ISI:000206878700007 ER PT J AU CASTANEDA, HN TI FICTION AND REALITY - THEIR FUNDAMENTAL CONNECTIONS - ESSAY ON THE ONTOLOGY OF TOTAL EXPERIENCE SO POETICS J9 POETICS LA English DT Article RP CASTANEDA, HN, INDIANA UNIV,BLOOMINGTON,IN 47401. CR CASTANEDA HN, UNPUBLISHED CASTANEDA HN, 1967, AM PHILOS Q, V4, P85 CASTANEDA HN, 1972, CRITICA, V6, P43 CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CASTANEDA HN, 1975, AM PHILOS Q, V12, P131 CASTANEDA HN, 1975, PHILOSOPHIA, P121 CASTANEDA HN, 1977, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V2, P165 CASTANEDA HN, 1977, SYNTHESE, V35, P285 CASTANEDA HN, 1978, NOUS, V12, P189 CHISHOLM RM, CITED INDIRECTLY KRAUT H, THERE IS FUTURE LIPPS T, 1903, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V4 MEINONG A, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN, V1, P599 SOSA E, COMMUNICATION WETTSTEIN H, 1977, MIDWEST STUDIES PHIL, V2, P187 NR 15 TC 23 BP 31 EP 62 PY 1979 VL 8 IS 1-2 GA GU136 UT ISI:A1979GU13600002 ER PT J AU Smith, B TI Fiat objects (Spatial boundaries) SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article C1 State University New York Buffalo, Dept Philosophy, Buffalo, NY USA. RP Smith, B, State University New York Buffalo, Dept Philosophy, Buffalo, NY USA. CR BIRD A, 1969, J HIST IDEAS, V57, P217 BITTNER T, 2000, IN PRESS ANN MATH AR BRENTANO F, 1988, PHILOS INVESTIGATIOS CASATI R, 1994, HOLES OTHER SUPERFIC CASATI R, 1999, PARTS PLACES STRUCTU CHISHOLM RM, 1989, METAPHYSICS COMRIE B, 1976, ASPECT INTRO STUDY V EDGERTON S, 1957, RENAISSANCE REBIRTH FINE K, 1975, SYNTHESE, V30, P265 FREGE G, 1884, GRUNDLAGEN ARITHMETI GARDENFORS P, 2000, CONCEPTUAL SPACES GE GIBSON JJ, 1979, ECOLOGICAL APPROACH HERING E, 1964, OUTLINES THEORY LIGH HOBBS JR, 1985, FORMAL THEORIES COMM HOFSTADTER A, 1939, PHILOS SCI, V6, P446 KENNY A, 1975, WILL FREEDOM POWER LAKOFF G, 1987, WOMEN FIRE DANGEROUS LANGACKER R, 1991, FDN COGNITIVE GRAMMA MCGEE V, 1997, CANADIAN J PHILOS, V23, P141 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 MOSTOWSKI M, 1983, STUDIES LOGIC GRAMMA, V3, P106 MOURELATOS APD, 1981, TENSE ASPECT, P191 OJEDA A, 1993, LINGUISTIC INDIVIDUA QUINE WVO, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI REA M, 1997, MATERIAL CONSTITUTIO SMITH B, 1987, SPEECH ACT SACHVERHA, P189 SMITH B, 1992, LANGUAGE TRUTH ONTOL SMITH B, 1994, PARTS WHOLES CONCEPT, P15 SMITH B, 1995, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V50, P187 SMITH B, 1995, SPATIAL INFORMATION, P475 SMITH B, 1997, CURRENT ISSUES POLIT, P394 SMITH B, 1997, PHILOS R CHISHOLM, P534 SMITH B, 1999, AM J ECON SOCIOL, V58, P245 SMITH B, 1999, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V77, P274 SMITH B, 1999, NOUS, V33, P198 SMITH B, 1999, P COSIT 99, P267 SMITH B, 2000, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V60, P401 SMITH B, 2001, IN PRESS AM J EC SOC, V59 SMITH B, 2001, IN PRESS LOGIQUE ANA STOVE D, 1991, PLATO CULT OTHER PHI TALMY L, 1969, GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUC, P235 TALMY L, 1995, LANGUAGE SPACE VANINWAGEN P, 1981, PACIFIC PHILOS Q, V62, P123 VARZI AC, 2001, PHILOS GEOGRAPHY, V4, P49 NR 44 TC 38 BP 131 EP 148 PY 2001 VL 20 IS 2 GA 480MJ UT ISI:000171464900002 ER PT J AU Benussi, V AF Benussi, Vittorio TI Stroboscopic Pseudo-Movements and geometric-optical Form-Illusions SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR ARCH GES PSYCH, V6, P123 ARCH GES PSYCH, V7, P141 BEITRAGE Z PSYCH, V42, P22 BEITRAGE Z PSYCH, V45, P188 BEITRAGE Z PSYCH, V51, P73 PSYCH GES GESTALTERF, P381 PSYCHOL GESTALTERFAS, P420 PSYCHOL GESTALTERFAS, P445 SCHRIFTEN GESELLSCHA, V2, P9 Z PSYCH, V41, P201 Z PSYCH, V42, P43 Z PSYCH, V45, P207 Z PSYCH, V45, P215 Z PSYCH, V45, P225 Z PSYCH, V45, P512 Z PSYCHOL, V3, P349 Z PSYCHOL, V42, P54 1906, Z PSYCHOL, V42 BENUSSILIEL, UNTERS GEGENSTTH PSY, V6, P452 DURRS E, Z PSYCH, V47, P297 EBBINGHAUS, PSYCH EINZELDARSTELL, V2, P308 EBBINGHAUSDURR, 1908, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V2 EBBINGHAUSDURR, 1911, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V2 HILLEBRAND, Z PSYCH, V7, P97 LEHMANN, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V103, P81 LEWIS EO, 1912, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V5, P36 LIPPS, Z PSYCH, V38, P244 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERS Z GEGENSTANDS PIERCE, PSYCH REV, V5 PIERCE, 1901, STUDIES AUDITORY VIS, V2, P213 WITASEK, PSYCHOLOGIE, P239 WUNDT W, GRUNDZ PHYS PSYCHOL, V2, P623 WUNDT W, PSYCH STUDIEN, V3, P393 NR 33 TC 16 BP 31 EP 62 PY 1912 PD JUL 16 VL 24 IS 1 GA V98GQ UT ISI:000206642000002 ER PT J AU Moog, W AF Moog, Willy TI The criticism of pychologism by modern logic and epistemology SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR KL SCHRIFTEN, V1, P621 LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V1, P120 1887, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V23, P257 1901, PSYCHOL WISSENSCHAIT, P3 1905, STIZUNGSBER BAYR AKA 1906, ATTI 5 C INT PSIC, P323 1906, ATTI 5 C INT PSICOL, P57 1906, ATTI 5 C INT PSICOLO, P322 1908, ABHANDLUNGEN FRIESSC, V2 1909, KANTSTUDIEN, V14, P169 1910, LOGOS, V1, P303 1911, NEUE AUSG, P165 1912, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V2, P1 1913, Z PHILOS PH KR, V149, P86 1913, Z PHILOS PH KR, V149, P96 1914, KANTSTUDIEN, V19, P303 BOLZANO B, 1837, WISSENSOHAFTSLEHRE, V1, P52 ELSENHANS T, 1915, KANTSTUDIEN, V20, P259 ERDMANN B, 1885, REFLEXIONEN KANTS, P130 ERDMANN, 1885, REFLEXIONEN KANTS, P130 GROOS K, 1912, Z PSYCHOL, V62, P273 HEIM K, 1902, PSYCHOLOGISMUS ANTIP, P25 INHALT, 1905, SITZUNGSBER BAYR AK, P629 KINKEL, PHILOS BIBL, V43, P15 LAPP A, 1913, WAHRHEIT, P30 LAPP A, 1913, WAHRHEIT, P31 LOTZE, AUSG G MISCH, P525 LOTZE, MISCH PHILOS BIBL, V141, R110 MEINONG A, 1902, ANNAHMEN, P196 MEINONG A, 1907, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS, P142 MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN, P97 NATORP P, 1912, ALLGEMOINE PSYCHOL, P18 RICKERT H, GEGENSTAND ERKENNTNI, P130 RICKERT H, 1910, BEGRIFF PHILOS, P23 WUNDT W, 1910, KLEINE SCHRIFTEN, V1, P511 WUNDT, 1910, SOHRIFTEN, V1, P622 WUNDT, 1910, SOHRIFTEN, V1, P628 NR 37 TC 0 BP 301 EP 362 PY 1918 PD JUN 28 VL 37 IS 4 GA V98HV UT ISI:000206645100001 ER PT J AU McDaniel, K AF McDaniel, Kris TI Modal realisms SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Article C1 Syracuse Univ, Syracuse, NY USA. RP McDaniel, K, Syracuse Univ, Syracuse, NY USA. ID POSSIBLE WORLDS; STRUCTURAL UNIVERSALS; TEMPORARY INTRINSICS; ACTUALISM; METAPHYSICS; ENDURANCE; THISNESS; TROPES; LEWIS CR ADAMS RM, 1974, NOUS, V8, P211 ADAMS RM, 1979, J PHILOS, V76, P5 ADAMS RM, 1981, SYNTHESE, V49, P3 ARMSTRONG DM, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P85 ARMSTRONG DM, 1989, UNIVERSALS OPINIONAT ARMSTRONG DM, 1997, WORLD STATES AFFAIRS ARMSTRONG DM, 2004, TRUTH TRUTHMAKERS BACON J, 2002, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS BENNETT K, IN PRESS PHILOS REV BENNETT K, IN PRESS PHILOS STUD BENNETT K, 2004, PHILOS STUD, V118, P339 BRICKER P, 1996, PHILOS STUD, V84, P225 BRICKER P, 2001, REALITY HUMEAN SUPER, P27 CAMPBELL K, 1990, ABSTRACT PARTICULARS CAMPELL K, 1981, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, P471 EGAN A, 2004, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V82, P48 EHRING D, 1997, ANALYSIS, V57, P254 EHRING D, 2004, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V82, P436 FORREST P, 1984, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V62, P164 FORREST P, 1984, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P15 FORREST P, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P89 HASLANGER S, 1989, ANALYSIS, V49, P119 HELLER M, 1998, J PHILOS, V95, P293 HINCHLIFF M, 1996, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V10, P119 JOHNSTON M, 1987, ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V61, P107 KAPLAN D, 1975, J PHILOS, V72, P716 LEWIS D, 1970, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V48, P206 LEWIS D, 1970, NOUS, V4, P175 LEWIS D, 1971, J PHILOS, V68, P203 LEWIS D, 1973, COUNTERFACTUALS LEWIS D, 1983, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V61, P343, DOI 10.1080/00048408312341131 LEWIS D, 1983, PHILOS PAPERS, V1 LEWIS D, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P25 LEWIS D, 1986, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V64, P92 LEWIS D, 1986, PHILOS PAPERS, V2 LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS LEWIS D, 1991, PARTS CLASSES LEWIS D, 1999, PAPERS METAPHYSICS E LEWIS D, 2004, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V82, P3 LINSKY B, 1994, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V8, P431 LOUX M, 1979, POSSIBLE ACTUAL MARTIN CB, 1980, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V58, P3 MCDANIEL K, IN PRESS PHILOS STUD MCDANIEL K, UNPUB STRUCTURE MAKI MCDANIEL K, 2004, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V82, P137 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MELLOR DH, 1981, REAL TIME MENZEL C, 2000, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS MERRICKS T, 1994, J PHILOS, V91, P165 MILLER RB, 2001, PHILOSOPHIA, V28, P3 OLEARYHAWTHORNE J, 1998, PHILOS STUD, V91, P205 OLIVER A, 1996, MIND, V105, P1 PARSONS J, IN PRESS OXFORD STUD PLANTINGA A, 1974, NATURE NECESSITY PLANTINGA A, 1976, THEORIA-SPAIN, V42, P139 QUINE WVO, 1951, PHILOS STUD, V2, P11 QUINE WVO, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P1 RODRIGUEZPEREYRA G, 2004, ANALYSIS, V64, P72 SCHAFFER J, 2001, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V79, P247 SIDER T, 1996, PHILOS STUD, V81, P283 SKOW B, IN PRESS PHILOS STUD TOMBERLIN JE, 1996, PHILOS STUD, V84, P263 VANINWAGEN P, 1986, MW STUDIES PHILOS, P185 VANINWAGEN P, 1990, NOUS, V24, P245 WILLIAMS DC, 1953, REV METAPHYS, V7, P3 NR 65 TC 0 BP 303 EP 331 PY 2006 GA 119QH UT ISI:000243027300010 ER PT J AU Valsiner, J TI Process structure of semiotic mediation in human development SO HUMAN DEVELOPMENT J9 HUM DEVELOP LA English DT Article C1 Clark Univ, Frances L Hiatt Sch Psychol, Worcester, MA 01610 USA. RP Valsiner, J, Clark Univ, Frances L Hiatt Sch Psychol, 950 Main St, Worcester, MA 01610 USA. DE prospective development; hierarchization; regulation; semiosis; signs AB Development of semiotic mediation of psychological functions entails construction and use of signs to regulate both interpersonal and intrapersonal psychological processes. The latter can be viewed as regulated through a hierarchy of semiotic mechanisms. It is demonstrated that semiotic mediation leads to the creation of psychological problems as well as to their solutions. Semiotic mediation guarantees both flexibility and inflexibility of the human psychological system, through the processes of abstracting generalization and contextualizing specification, which operate through the layers of the semiotic regulation hierarchy. Context specificity of psychological phenomena is an indication of general mechanisms that generate variability. Much has been written about the role of signs - semiotic mediators - in psychology over recent decades. Usually more or less elaborate claims in favor of the importance of signs - semiotic mediators, words, 'voices', meanings - in human psychological worlds have been made [Cole, 1996; Shweder, 1995; Wertsch, 1991, 1998]. That importance is here taken for granted, and the question addressed moves beyond the discourse about the social nature of the human individual psyche [Valsiner & Van der Veer, 2000]. In which ways could one conceptualize the functioning of signs in the regulation of psychological processes? The present elaboration is based on previous work along similar lines [Valsiner, 1996, 1997a, 1998a, 1999]. By a focus on regulation, a systemic perspective is immediately evoked. The system that is being regulated entails psychological processes of intra- and interpsychological communication. These processes are mutually related in a hierarchical organizational order- some of them (higher psychological functions, based on the operation of signs) controlling others (lower, nonintentional psychological functions, or flow of personal experience). The hierarchy can be viewed as open to changes [including reversals, or formation of intransitive order - see Valsiner, 1997d]. The person is viewed as inclusively separated from its environment [Valsiner, 1997a, 1998c]. The intrapsychological system is cultural through the inclusion of semiotic regulators into the hierarchy of psychological processes [Valsiner, 1998a]. How that system works in its immediate relatedness with the environment is the target of the present theoretical construction. CR BALDWIN JM, 1915, GENETIC THEORY REALI BERGSON H, 1907, CREATIVE EVOLUTION BUDWIG N, 1998, FUTURE CLARK PAPERS, V1, P36 BUHLER K, 1934, THEORY LANGUAGE REPR CASSIRER E, 1926, PHILOS SYMBOLIC FORM, V2 CASSIRER E, 1929, PHILOS SYMBOLIC FORM, V3 COLE M, 1996, CULTURAL PSYCHOL ENGLER R, 1968, FD COURS LINGUISTIQU HEIDER F, 1958, PSYCHOL INTERPERSONA JOSEPHS IE, 1999, ACTION SELF DEV, P257 KATONA G, 1940, ORG MEMORIZING LYRA MC, IN PRESS DIALOGICALI, V6 MEAD GH, 1912, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V9, P401 MEAD GH, 1913, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V10, P374 MEINONG A, 2002, ASSUMPTIONS OBEYESEKERE G, 1990, WORK CULTURE OHNUKITIERNEY E, 1994, HOMME, V34, P59 PEIRCE CS, 1893, MONIST, V3, P176 PEIRCE CS, 1935, COLLECTED PAPERS CS, V6 SHWEDER RA, 1995, CULT PSYCHOL, V1, P115 VALSINER J, 1996, SWISS J PSYCHOL, V55, P119 VALSINER J, 1997, 26 INT AM C PSYCH SA VALSINER J, 1997, CULTURE DEV CHILDREN VALSINER J, 1997, POLISH Q DEV PSYCHOL, V3, P155 VALSINER J, 1998, FUTURE CLARK PAPERS, V1, P15 VALSINER J, 1998, GUIDED MIND VALSINER J, 1998, HDB CHILD PSYCHOL, V1, P189 VALSINER J, 1998, HUM DEV, V41, P350 VALSINER J, 1999, HUM DEV, V42, P26 VALSINER J, 2000, SOCIAL MIND VANDERVEER R, 1991, UNDERSTANDING VYGOTS VONHUMBOLDT W, 1922, W VONHUMBOLDTS GESAM, V4, P420 VYGOTSKY LS, 1934, MYSHLENIE REC PSIKHO VYGOTSKY LS, 1986, THOUGHT LANGUAGE WERNER H, 1956, AM ANTHROPOL, V58, P866 WERTSCH JV, 1991, VOICES MIND WERTSCH JV, 1998, MIND ACTION NR 37 TC 32 BP 84 EP 97 PY 2001 PD MAR-JUN VL 44 IS 2-3 GA 437DB UT ISI:000168974000003 ER PT J AU Graves, PR TI Reference and imperfective paradox SO PHILOSOPHICAL STUDIES J9 PHIL STUD LA English DT Article CR CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P DEVITT M, 1981, DESIGNATION FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V100, P25 GEACH PT, 1952, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS KRIPKE SA, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY LEWIS D, 1973, J PHILOS LOGIC, V2 MEINONG A, 1904, THEORY OBJECTS RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 SEARLE J, 1958, MIND, V57, P166 STALNAKER R, 1968, STUDIES LOGICAL THEO TARSKI A, 1933, PROJECIE PRAWDY JEZY TARSKI A, 1956, LOGIC SEMANTICS META NR 13 TC 0 BP 81 EP 101 PY 1997 PD OCT VL 88 IS 1 GA XW519 UT ISI:A1997XW51900005 ER PT J AU Graewe, H AF Graewe, Herbert TI History about the Psychology of children's Drawing SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Review CR ALBERT W, 1925, KIND GESTALTER ALBIEN G, 1907, Z EXPER PAD, V5, P133 ALBIEN G, 1908, Z EXPER PAD, V6, P1 AMENT W, 1899, ENTWICKLUNG SPRECHEN, P157 AMENT W, 1904, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V2, P69 AMENT W, 1923, SEELE KINDES ANDREE R, 1887, MITTEIL ANTHR GESELL, V17, P98 ANDREE R, 1889, ETHNOGRAPHISCHE PARA APPEL KE, 1931, AM J ORTHOPSYCHIAT, V1, P129 ASMUS K, 1922, PHILOS PSCHOL AYER FC, 1916, THESIS CHICAGO BAILY HT, 1894, BOSTON ED PUBL BAKUSINSKIJ ABAW, 1932, Z ASTH, V26, P46 BALDWIN JM, 1895, MENTAL DEV CHILD RAC BALLARD PB, 1913, J EXP PEDAGOY, V2, P127 BANCHIERI F, 1912, CONTRIBUTI PSICOLOGI, V2 BAPPERT J, 1923, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V21, P259 BARNES E, 1892, PEDAG SEMIN, V2, P451 BARNES E, 1892, STUDY CHILDRENS DRAW, V2, P451 BARNES E, 1896, STUDIES ED, V1 BARNES E, 1902, STUDIES ED, V2 BECHTEREW W, 1911, J PSYCHOL NORM PATH, V8, P385 BELINFANTEAHN, 1920, KINDERTEEKENEN VOLLE BENDER L, 1932, J GENET PSYCHOL, V41, P192 BERGEMANNKONITZ.M, 1930, FORSCH WERKE ERZ WIS BESNARD A, 1902, B SOC ETUDE PSYCH EN BEYRL F, 1926, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V100, P344 BINET A, 1890, REV PHILOS DEC BINET A, 1905, ANN PSYCHOL, V11, P163 BINET A, 1905, ANN PSYCHOL, V11, P191 BINET A, 1908, ANN PSYCHOL, V14, P1 BINET A, 1911, ANN PSYCHOL, V17, P145 BLUMENFELD W, 1923, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V91, P1 BOBERTAG O, 1911, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V5, P105 BOBERTAG O, 1928, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V5, P105 BOGARDUS FS, 1896, T ILLINOIS SOC CHILD BONTE T, 1934, EIDETISCHE ANLAGE IH BOTTCHER R, 1935, DTSCH HOH SCHULE, V2, P446 BOUBIER AM, 1901, ARCH PSYCHOL, V1, P44 BOUMAN KH, 1919, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V14, P129 BOWDITCH HP, 1891, PEDAG SEMINARY, V1, P445 BRADLERSTADTMAN.L, 1933, PSYCHOL BEURTEILUNG, V14, P63 BRANDELL G, 1915, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL S, V10 BREEST F, 1905, MONATSSCHR FORD BEST, V1, P333 BRITSCH G, 1926, THEORIE BILDENDEN KU BRITSCH G, 1930, THEORIE BILDENDEN KU BROERMAN E, 1909, REV I INT ART PUBLIC BROWN EE, 1897, U CALIFORN STUD, V2 BRUYN C, 1915, AESTHETISCHE ZELFONT BUCHNER M, 1914, BEITR KINDERF HEILER BUHLER C, 1926, Z ASTH ALLG KUNSTWIS, V20, P288 BUHLER C, 1931, PSYCHOL MONOGRAPH BUHLER K, 1929, ABRISS GEISTIGEN ENT BUHLER K, 1929, KRISE PSYCHOL BUHLER K, 1930, GEISTIGE ENTWICKLUNG BURK F, 1902, PEDAGOGICAL SEMINARY, V9, P296 BURKHARDT H, THESIS LEIPZIG BURKHARDT H, 1925, ZSCH PAD PSYCHOL, V26, P352 BURKHARDT H, 1934, NEUE PSYCHOL STUDIEN, V7 BUSEMANN A, 1935, Z KINDERFORSCH, V44, P63 BUSSE KH, 1914, K ASTH ALLG KUNSTW, P232 BUSSE KH, 1914, K ASTH ALLG KUNSTW, P79 CHAMBERLAIN AF, 1900, CHILD STUDY EVOLUTIO, CH6 CHILDS HG, 1915, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V6, P391 CHRISTOFFEL H, 1923, Z GES NEUROL PSYCH, V87, P372 CIESIELSKI F, 1931, GESTALTENDE HAND, V2, P43 CLAPAREDE E, 1907, ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE, V6, P276 CLARK AB, 1897, STANFORD U STUD ED, V1, P283 CLAUS A, 1901, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V3, P456 COHEN J, 1920, PED SEM, V27, P137 COOKE E, 1885, J ED LONDON, P465 COOKE E, 1886, J ED LONDON, P12 CORNELIUS H, 1911, ELEMENTARGESETZE BIL CRAMAUSSEL E, 1927, J PSYCHOL, V24, P701 CUSHMAN LS, 1908, NAT ED ASS, P515 DAIBER W, WILLEN DTSCH KUNSTER, V5 DALLINGER H, 1928, ERLEBNIS GESTALTUNG DECROLY O, 1912, J NEUR PSYCHIAT, V17, P421 DECROLY O, 1912, J NEUR PSYCHIAT, V17, P441 DECROLY O, 1930, ANN PSYCHOL, V31, P115 DECROLY O, 1930, ANN PSYCHOL, V31, P97 DESANCTIS S, 1901, CIERCA PSICOLOGICA G DESSOIR M, 1906, ASTHETIK ALLGEMEINE DIX KW, 1912, KORPERLICHE GEISTIGE DREVER JI, 1934, B J PSYCHOL-GEN SE 2, V25, P197 DUCK J, 1912, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V13, P172 EGERLAND J, 1932, THESIS MUNCHEN ELDERTON E, 1909, BIOMETRIKA, P222 ELSEN A, 1929, KINDERZEICHNUNG AUGS ELSSNER K, 1907, KINDERZEICHNEN AUFGA ENG H, 1927, JB ERZ WISS JUGDKD, V3, P201 ENG H, 1927, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V39 ETTEL J, 1928, SCHAUEN SCHAFFEN, V54, P233 FARNUM RB, 1914, B US BUREAU ED, V13 FARWELL L, 1930, GENET PSYCHOL MONOGR, V8, P431 FELD O, 1901, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V3, P132 FINDLEY ME, 1906, DESIGN ART TRAINING FISCHER E, 1907, BER K KINDERF JUGEND, P399 FITZ HG, 1897, POPULAR SCI MONTHLY, V51, P755 FRANCK P, 1928, SCHAFFENDE KIND GALLI PA, 1934, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V132, P304 GAUPP R, 1928, NATUR GEISTESWELT, V1001, P167 GELB A, 1928, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V10, P1 GESELL A, 1931, KORPERSEELISCHE ENTW GEWECKE G, 1933, THESIS HALLE GOODENOUGH FL, 1926, MEASUREMENT INTELLIG GOODENOUGH FL, 1928, PSYCHOL BULL, V25, P272 GOTTSTEIN W, 1933, Z KINDERFORSCH, V41, P1 GRABERG F, 1908, Z EXP PADAG, V7, P68 GRAEWE H, TENDENZHAFTE GRUNDHA GRAEWE H, 1932, UNTERSUCHUNG ENTWICK GRAEWE H, 1934, SPIEL KLEINE KINDER, V7, P68 GRAEWE H, 1935, PADAGOG WARTE, V42, P978 GRAEWE H, 1935, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V36, P251 GRAHMANN B, 1931, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V32, P92 GRAMAUSSEL E, 1924, J PSYCHOL NORM PATH, V21, P161 GRIFFEN VB, 1933, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V45, P63 GROOS K, 1923, SEELENIEBEN KINDES GROSSART F, 1932, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V86, P115 GROSSE E, 1894, ANFANGE KUNST GROSSER H, 1913, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL LEIP GROTH G, 1932, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V33, P199 GUILLET C, 1909, AM J PSYCHOL, V20, P318 GUILLET C, 1909, AM J PSYCHOL, V20, P324 GUILLET C, 1909, AM J PSYCHOL, V20, P332 GUILLET C, 1909, AM J PSYCHOL, V20, P339 GUILLET C, 1909, AM J PSYCHOL, V20, P344 GUTZE C, 1898, KIND KUNSTLER REFORM GUTZE W, 1935, DTSCH HOH SCHULE, V2, P764 HALL GS, 1902, BEITRAGE KINDERPSYCH HANFMANN E, 1933, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V16, P319 HANSEN W, 1933, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V9, P155 HARTLAUB GF, 1922, ZEICHNUNGEN MALVERSU HARTLAUB GF, 1930, ZEICHNUNGEN MALVERSU HARTLIEB K, ERKENNTNISGRUNDLAGEN HAUBOLD M, 1933, NEUE PSYCHOL STUD, V7, P1 HENGEL W, 1927, INDUSTRIELLE PSYCHOT, V4, P245 HERRICK MA, 1895, PED SEM, V3, P338 HERWAGEN K, 1920, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V22 HERWIN R, KUNSTSCHAFFEN SEINEN HETZER H, 1926, WIENER ARB PADAG PSC HETZER H, 1931, QUELLEN STUD JUGENDK HICKS D, 1892, PEDAG SEMIN, V2, P463 HINRICHSEN O, SCHOPFERISCHE LEISTU HOERNES M, 1909, NATUR URGESCHICHTE M HOERNES M, 1914, K ASTH ALLG KUNSTWIS, P213 HOGAN LE, 1898, STUDY CHILD NEW YORK HOLZAPFEL RM, 1928, ERFORSCHUNG SCHAFFEN, V1 HORNIG R, 1910, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V3, P541 HUTH A, 1914, Z PAED PSYCHOL, V15, P566 ILLE A, 1930, EINFLUSSE MAT TECHNI, V56 IVANOFF E, 1909, ARCH PSYCHOL, V8, P97 JAENSCH ER, 1921, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V87, P91 JAENSCH ER, 1934, Z PSYCHOL, V104 JAENSCH ER, 1934, Z PSYCHOL, V105 JAENSCH ER, 1934, Z PSYCHOL, V130 JAENSCH ER, 1934, Z PSYCHOL, V84 JAENSCH ER, 1934, Z PSYCHOL, V87 JAENSCH ER, 1934, Z PSYCHOL, V88 JAENSCH ER, 1934, Z PSYCHOL, V98 JANESCH ER, 1928, AUFBAU WAHRNEHMUNGSW JOESTEN E, 1929, ARCH GES PSYCHO, V771, P493 JOTEYKO J, 1911, REV PSYCHOL, V4, P1 JOTEYKO J, 1911, REV PSYCHOL, V4, P362 JULIAN O, 1928, PSYCHOTECHN Z, V3, P117 JUNGER O, 1907, KINDER IHREM VERGNUG KAINZ F, 1927, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V28, P267 KANNER L, 1930, J NERV MENT DIS, V72, P489 KARRENBERG C, 1910, MENSCH ZEICHENOBJEKT KATZ D, 1906, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V41, P241 KATZ D, 1913, WISSENSCHAFTL BEITR KATZAROFF D, 1910, ARCH PSYCHOL, V9, P125 KERSCHENSTEINER G, 1905, ENTWICKLUNG ZEICHNER KIENZLE R, 1932, BILDHAFTE GESTALTEN KIK C, 1909, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V2, P92 KIK C, 1915, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL LEIP, P1 KIREK, 1926, Z BEHANDL SCHWACHSIN, V46, P121 KLAUSER W, 1916, THESIS ZURICH KOENEN H, 1921, THESIS AMSTERDAM KOHLER, 1908, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V1, P472 KOHS SC, 1920, J EXP PSYCHOL, V3, P357 KORNMANN E, WILLEN DTSCH KUNSTER KORNMANN, 1927, ANFANGE NEUER JUGEND KORNMANNBRITSCH OW, 6 INT K ZEICHN KUNST, V54, P302 KOSTER HL, 1930, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V31, P399 KRAFFT K, 1929, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V30, P404 KRAUSE W, 1932, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V126, P86 KRAUSS R, 1930, EXPT UNTERSUCHUNG ER KRAUTTER O, 1930, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL LE S, V50 KRETSSCHMAR J, 1910, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V3, P459 KRETZSCHMAR J, 1910, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V11, P354 KRETZSCHMAR J, 1912, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V13, P380 KRETZSCHMAR J, 1912, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V13, P417 KRETZSCHMAR, 1913, ARCH PADAG, V1, P39 KRIEGER KL, 1921, KANN ZEICHNEN KRIEGER KL, 1924, ZWEIBRUCKEN KROH O, 1922, SUBJEKTIVE ANSCHAUUN KROH O, 1931, PSYCHOL GRUNDSCHULKI KROTZSCH W, 1916, LEHRERFORTBILDUNG, V1 KROTZSCH W, 1917, RHYTHMUS FORM FREIEN KROTZSCH W, 1928, Z KUNSTLERISCHE ERZI, V54, P185 KROTZSCH W, 1930, KINDERKUNST SONDERHE, V56 KROTZSCH W, 1930, SONDERHEFT SCHAUEN S, V56 KUHN H, 1923, KUNST PRIMITIVEN KUHN H, 1925, IPEK JB PRAHIST ETHN, V1, P3 KUHN H, 1927, IPEK, V3, P13 LAMPRECHT K, 1905, AUFFORDERUNG SAMMELN, V1, P359 LAMPRECHT K, 1905, REV SYNTHESE HIST, V11, P54 LAMPRECHT K, 1906, B CLASSE LETTRES CLA, P457 LAMPRECHT K, 1914, K ASTH ALLGG KUNSTWI, P75 LANG A, ZEICHNER ENTWICKLUNG LANGE B, 1935, DTSCH HOH SCHULE, V2, P573 LANGE K, 1893, KUNSTLERISCHE ENTWIC LANGE K, 1904, KIND KUNST, V1, P1 LAY WA, 1906, EXP PADAG, V3, P31 LEBENSJAHR, 1905, PARALLELEN URGESCHIC LEGRUN A, 1932, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V33, P322 LEMBKE W, 1930, SCHULKINDERN Z PADAG, V31, P459 LEVINSTEIN S, 1904, THESIS LEIPZIG LIESE E, FREIHANDZEICHNEN KIN LINDEMANN E, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V2, P5 LINDNER R, 1912, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V13, P419 LINDNER R, 1914, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V15, P160 LOBSIEN M, 1905, LANGENSALZA LOBSIEN M, 1905, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V6, P393 LOBSIEN M, 1922, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V20, P89 LOCH M, 1931, EIDETIK KINDERZEICHN LOMBROSO P, 1909, LEBEN KINDER PADAG M LOOSCHEN H, 1905, KIND KUNST, V1, P223 LUKENS H, 1897, PADAG U SEM JENA, P153 LUKENS H, 1897, Z KINDERFORSCH, V2, P166 LUKENS H, 1900, P NAT ED ASS, P945 LUKENS HT, 1896, PED SEM, V4, P79 LUQUET G, 1912, ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE, V12, P14 LUQUET G, 1927, J PSYCHOL, V24, P765 LUQUET GH, 1913, DESSINS ENFANT LUQUET GH, 1920, J PSYCHOL, V17, P684 LUQUET GH, 1922, J PSYCHOL, V19, P193 LUQUET GH, 1922, J PSYCHOL, V19, P695 LUQUET GH, 1922, J PSYCHOL, V19, P795 LUQUET GH, 1924, J PSYCHOL, V21, P183 LUQUET GH, 1924, J PSYCHOL, V21, P738 LUQUET GH, 1925, J PSYCHOL, V22, P446 LUQUET GH, 1926, J PSYCHOL, V23, P376 LUQUET GH, 1927, DESSIN ENFANTIN PARI LUQUET GH, 1927, J PSYCHOL, V24, P888 LUQUET GH, 1930, PRIMITIF LUQUET GH, 1933, J PSYCHOL NORM PATH, V30, P514 MAASS A, 1906, Z ETHNOL, V38, P433 MAITLAND L, 1895, INLAND EDUCATOR, P77 MAITLAND LM, 1899, NW MONTHLY JUN, P443 MARTIN H, 1932, VJSCH JUGENDK, V2, P211 MARTIN H, 1932, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V33, P257 MASON WA, 1894, PSYCHOL OBJECT DRAWI MATHIEU J, 1932, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V41, P366 MATZ W, 1915, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V10, P62 MAURER L, 1908, Z EXP PADAG, V6, P65 MEINHOF W, 1930, BILDGESTALTUNG KINDE MEISS G, 1931, SINN WERT KINDERKUST MEISTRING W, 1930, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL LE S, V49 MEISTRING W, 1931, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V80, P516 MEISTRING W, 1931, BEIL PREUSS LEHRERZE, V12 MELOUN J, SCHRIFTEN ZEICHNUNGE, V1, P77 METZ P, 1929, PAD MAG, P1252 MEUMANN E, 1912, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V13, P253 MEUMANN E, 1914, VORLESUNGEN EINFUHRU, V3, P693 MEYER B, 1910, Z KINDERFORSCH, V15, P129 MEYER P, 1913, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V64, P34 MEYER P, 1919, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V82, P1 MEYERSCHONBRUNN F, 1928, WOCHE, V30, P1185 MOHR F, 1906, J PSYCHOL NEUROL, V8, P99 MOHR F, 1909, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V2, P291 MORGENTHALER W, 1931, BER PSYCHOPATH PSYCH, V1, P343 MUCHOW M, 1925, KINDERGARTEN, V66, P136 MUCHOW M, 1925, KINDERGARTEN, V66, P233 MUCHOW M, 1925, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V26, P316 MUCHOW M, 1926, KINDERGARTEN, V67, P234 MUCHOW M, 1926, KINDERGARTEN, V67, P89 MUCHOW M, 1926, PADAG PSYCHOL SCHRIF MUSSLER M, 1933, BAUEN KINDES ZWEIFAR MUTH GF, 1191, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V6, P21 MUTH GF, 1913, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V7, P223 MUTH GF, 1914, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V8, P507 MUTH GF, 1920, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V17, P259 NAGY L, 1905, FEJEZETEK GYERMEKRAJ NEUBAUER V, 1931, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V39, P273 NEUBAUER VE, 1928, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V29, P289 NUSSBAUM A, 1930, WERDENDE ZEITALTER, V9, P322 OAKLEY CA, 1931, B J PSYCHOL-GEN SE 3, V21, P256 ORTMANN AE, 1898, ENTWICKLUNG GEISTES OSHEA MV, 1894, P NATION ED ASS, P1015 OSHEA MV, 1897, ED REV NEW YORK, V14, P263 OSHEA MV, 1904, P NAT ED ASS PAGET GW, 1932, J R ANTHROPOL INST G, V62, P127 PANNENBORG HI, 1917, Z ANGEW PSYCHO, V12, P230 PAPPENHEIM K, 1900, KINDERGARTEN, V41, P180 PAPPERNHEIM K, 1899, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V1, P57 PARNITZKE E, 1932, NEUE DTSCH SCHULE, V6, P455 PARTRIDGE, 1902, STUD ED, V2, P163 PASSY J, 1891, REV PHIL, V32, P614 PAULSSON G, 1923, SCAND SCI REV, V2, P11 PEREZ B, ED INTELLECTUELLE BE, V1, P209 PEREZ B, 1888, ART POESIE CHEZ ENFA PETER R, 1914, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V15, P96 PETKOFF W, 1914, 9 JB HAMBURG WISS S, V31, P89 PFLEIDERER W, 1930, GEBURT BILDES URSPRU POLITT L, PAD MAGAZIN H POTPESCHNIGG L, 1912, SAEMANN SCHRIFTEN ER PRANTL R, 1927, KINDERPSYCHOLOGIE PA PREYER W, 1923, SEELE KINDES PRINZHORN H, 1907, ARCH PSYCHOL, V6, P131 RAUSCHNING D, 1935, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V48, P3 RICCI C, 1887, ARTE BAMBINI BOLOGNA RICHTER J, 1904, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V35, P321 RIEDEL B, 1906, NEUE BAHNEN, V18, P128 RIESE W, 1928, PSYCHOL MED, V3, P64 ROSEN F, 1908, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V1, P93 ROSEN F, 1911, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V4, P556 ROSTOHAR M, 1928, 10 K EXP PSYCHOL, P154 ROSTOHAR M, 1930, ANN PSYCHOL, V31, P130 ROTHE R, 1929, KINDERTUMLICHES ZEIC ROTTEN E, 1926, 3 INT PAD K INT ARB ROTTEN E, 1930, WERDENDE ZEITALTER, V9, P317 ROUMA G, 1913, LANGAGE GRAPHIQUE EN RUSSEL A, 1931, NEUE PSYCHOL STUD, V7 RUTTMAN WJ, 1916, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V17, P336 RUTTMAN WJ, 1934, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V35, P24 RUTTMANN WJ, 1911, ERGEBNISSE BISHERIGE RUTTMANN WJ, 1912, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V13, P434 RUTTMANN WJ, 1914, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V15, P430 SANDER F, 1928, 10 K EXP PSYCH, P23 SANDER J, 1927, PHILOS PSYCHOL SARGENT W, 1912, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V3, P264 SAUDEK R, 1932, HANDSCHRIFTEN ZEICHN, V1, P193 SAUDEK R, 1933, SCHRIFTENREIHE GRAPH SAUEER F, 1935, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V48, P361 SCHAFER H, 1919, AGYPTISCHER KUNST BE SCHAFER K, 1913, WISS BEITR PADAG PSY, P87 SCHARFE R, 1922, PAD PSYCHOL ARBEIT, V12, P56 SCHARRELMANN H, 1913, HDB MODERNEN UNTERR, V3 SCHEER G, 1934, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V92, P1 SCHERESCHEWSKY B, 1929, Z KINDERFORSCH, V35, P455 SCHERINGER E, 1928, PHILOS PSYCHOL SCHIERACK G, 1919, PADAG PSYCHOL, V9, P27 SCHIERACK G, 1920, PADAG PSYCHOL ARB I, V10, P24 SCHINKE W, 1931, DEIN KIND ZEICHNET, P94 SCHLIEBE G, 1934, Z KINDERFORSCH, V43, P49 SCHLOTTE F, PADAG PSYCHOL, V9 SCHORN M, 1929, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V112, P325 SCHOTT A, 1932, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V43, P119 SCHOTT A, 1932, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V43, P128 SCHRENK J, 1914, WISS BEITR PADAG PSY SCHREUDER AJ, 1902, Z KINDERFORSCH, V7, P216 SCHRIPTURE EW, 1892, STUDIES YALE PSYCHOL, V1, P92 SCHROBLER E, 1912, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V13, P428 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 SCHUYTEN MC, 1901, PAEDOLOGISCH JAARBOE, V2, P113 SCHUYTEN MC, 1904, PAED JB, V5, P1 SCHUYTEN MC, 1907, ARCH PSYCHOL, V6, P389 SCHWARZ O, 1931, FREIE ZEICHNEN HILFS, V24, P227 SCUPIN E, 1907, TAGEBUCH GEISTIGE EN SCUPIN E, 1910, TAGEBUCH GEISTIGE EN SHINN MW, 1893, U CALIF PUBL ED, V1, P1 SHINN MW, 1897, U CALIFORN STUD, V2 SIGGBOEDDINGHAU.M, 1929, PSYCHOL RUNDSCH, V1, P222 SPIELREIN S, 1931, IMAGO, V17, P359 SPIELREIN S, 1931, Z PSYCHOANALYT PADAG, V5, P446 STADELMANN H, 1927, PSYCHIAT NEUROL WCHN, V29, P499 STEKHOVEN JH, 1908, TEEKENINGEN SCHRIFT STERN C, 1910, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V3, P1 STERN W, 1900, 3 K EXP PSYCH LEIPZ, P239 STERN W, 1907, BER K KIND JUG LANG, P411 STERN W, 1908, ZSCH ANGEW PSYCHOL, V1, P179 STERN W, 1909, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V2, P412 STERN W, 1909, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V2, P498 STERN W, 1927, PSYCHOL FRUHEN KINDH STREET RF, 1931, TEACH COLL CONTRIB E, V481 STREET RF, 1932, J GENET PSYCHOL, V41, P198 STUCKRATH F, 1930, GEOMETRISCHE ERLEBEN SULLY J, 1895, STUDIES CHILDHOOD LO SURRENSEN I, 1931, VOM WILLEN DTSCH KUN, V8 TEUPSER W, 1930, SONDERHEFT SCHAUEN S, V56 THIEL G, 1927, Z KINDERFORSCH, V33, P138 THORNDIKE EL, 1913, TEACHERS COLL RE NOV THUNE F, 1925, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V26, P169 THURNWALD R, 1912, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL LE S TOMBU ML, 1911, REV PSYCHOL, V4, P211 TRACY F, 1899, PSYCHOL KINDHEIT TRACY F, 1909, PSYCHOL KINDHEIT TRUMPERBODEMANN, 1926, Z BEHANDL SCHWACHSIN, V46, P123 TRUMPERBODEMANN, 1926, Z BEHANDL SCHWACHSIN, V46, P97 TUMLIRZ O, 1920, EINFUHRUNG JUGENDKUN, V1, P256 UTITZ E, 1911, FUNKTIONSFREUDEN AST UTITZ E, 1920, GRUNDLEGUNG ALLGEMEI, V2 VANDERTORREN J, 1908, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V1, P189 VANWAYENBURG G, 1923, KINDERSTUDIE, P169 VERWORN M, 1906, Z ETHNOL, V38, P611 VERWORN M, 1907, NATURWISS WOCHENSCHR, P721 VERWORN M, 1908, SITZUNGSBERICHTE ANT, P6 VERWORN M, 1909, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V2, P180 VERWORN M, 1914, IDEOPLASTISCHE KUNST VERWORN M, 1920, ANFANGE KUNST VIERKANDT A, 1912, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V6, P299 VOLKELT H, 1924, 8 K EXP PSYCH, P204 VOLKELT H, 1926, 9 K EXP PSYCH JEN, P80 VOLKELT H, 1929, 4 K HEILP BERL, P15 VOLKELT H, 1929, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V30, P43 VOLKELT H, 1930, PSYCHOL KINDERK KIND, V56 VOLKELT H, 1932, 15 K DTSCH GES PSYCH, P435 VONDENSTEINEN K, 1897, NATURVOLKERN ZENTRAL VONDERMOLEN FJ, 1916, KINDERTEEKENINGEN KI, V1 VONDERWAL, PERSPECTIEF NAIF TEE VONGENNEP A, 1911, ARCH PSYCHOL, V10, P327 VONRONCALI E, 1906, KINDERKUNST VONSTIMPFL J, 1909, UNTERSUCHUNGEN KINDH WAGNER PA, 1914, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V8, P1 WEISS K, 1928, THEMA KINDERZEICHNUN WERNER H, 1926, EINFUHRUNG ENTWICKLU WERTHEIMER M, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P301 WEULE K, 1926, JB PRAHISTOR ETHNOGR, V2, P87 WISCHER P, 1919, Z PADAGOG PSYCHOL, V20, P219 WITZIG H, 1926, ERLEBNIS ZEICHNERISC WOLFF H, 1929, FORSCH WERKE ERZ WIS, V10 WOMMELSDORFF O, 1929, WERDENDE ZEITALTER, V8, P673 WULF F, 1922, BEITR PSYCHOL GESTAL, V1, P333 WULFF O, 1932, Z ASTH, V26, P46 WUNDT W, 1908, VOLKERPSYCHOLOGIE, V3 WUNDT W, 1912, ELEMENTE VOLKERPSYCH, P94 ZIEHEN T, 1898, SAMML ABH GEB PADAG, V1 ZIEHEN T, 1900, SAMML ABH GEB PADAG, V4 ZIEHEN T, 1911, PSYCHIATRIE ZIEHEN T, 1914, Z PADAG PSYCHOL, V15, P40 ZIEHEN T, 1923, PRINZIPIEN METHODEN ZIEHEN T, 1923, VORLESUNGEN ASTHETIK, V1 ZIEHEN T, 1924, LEITFADEN PHYSIOLOGI ZIEHEN T, 1925, VORLESUNGEN ASTHETIK, V2 ZIEHEN T, 1925, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V97, P127 ZIEHEN T, 1926, GEISTESKRANKHEITEN E ZIEHEN T, 1928, J PSYCHOL NEUROL, V37, P422 ZIEHEN T, 1929, WESEN BEANLAGUNG IHR ZIEHEN T, 1930, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V77, P291 ZIEHEN T, 1931, SEELENLEBEN JUGENDLI ZIEHEN T, 1931, Z PSYCHOL, V121, P1 ZIMMERMANN E, 1905, KIND KUNST, V1, P355 NR 444 TC 7 BP 103 EP N1 PY 1936 PD MAY VL 96 IS 1-2 GA V01UM UT ISI:000206880500005 ER PT J AU Josephs, IE TI A psychological analysis of a psychological phenomenon: the dialogical construction of meaning SO SOCIAL SCIENCE INFORMATION SUR LES SCIENCES SOCIALES J9 SOC SCI INFORM LA English DT Proceedings Paper C1 Clark Univ, Dept Psychol, Worcester, MA 01510 USA. RP Josephs, IE, Clark Univ, Dept Psychol, Worcester, MA 01510 USA. DE development theory; dialogical model; qualitative methods; quantitative methods AB It is the task of psychologists to describe and explain psychological phenomena, though the meaning of both description and explanation varies widely. One way to deal with psychological phenomena is to transform them as soon as possible into data (by which is means quantitative data), which then can be analysed by ready-made methods (by which is meant inferential statistics). An unfortunate result of this politically fortified procedure is that the availability of methods (for data "collection" and analysis) comes to dictate the whole research process, including the construction of the phenomenon and its operationalization. As a consequence, various opponents of this non-scientific procedure have challenged psychology with a new dogma: the need to replace quantitative methods by their qualitative counterparts. Recently appearing 'new turns" in psychology (as the narrative, the hermeneutic, the discursive turn, etc) in particular, define qualitative approaches as the via regia for psychological analyses, I argue that both "schools" are caught in the same trap: ready-made methods and belief in the superiority of one rather than the other dominate all other aspects of methodology and psychological inquiry in general. I suggest that it is the theoretically derived phenomenon that - depending on the specific research question under consideration - requires the construction (rather than the application) of an adequate method for its analysis - be it qualitative or quantitative. I give an extended example for a psychological analysis of a psychological phenomenon - the construction and reconstruction of meaning - with the help of a qualitative experimental approach. CR BRUNER J, 1990, ACTS MEANING BUHLER K, 1951, ORG PATHOLOGY THOUGH, P39 CATAN L, 1986, HUM DEV, V29, P252 DRAGUNS JG, 1984, PSYCHOL PROCESSES CO, P3 HERBST DP, 1995, DEV PERSON CONTEXT R, P67 HERMANS HJM, 1993, DIALOGICAL SELF MEAN JOSEPHS IE, 1997, POLISH Q DEV PSYCHOL, V3 JOSEPHS IE, 1998, SOC PSYCHOL QUART, V61, P68 JOSEPHS IE, 1999, ACTION SELF DEV, P257 LIEPMANN H, 1904, IDEENFLUCHT MARKOVA I, 1990, DYNAMICS DIALOGUE MARKOVA I, 1991, ASYMMETRIES DIALOGUE MARKOVA I, 1992, DIALOGICAL ALTERNATI, P45 MEINONG A, 1983, ASSUMPTIONS OGDEN RM, 1917, STUDIES PSYCHOL CONT, P79 ROMETVEIT R, 1992, DIALOGICAL ALTERNATI, P19 ROMMETVEIT R, 1974, MESSAGE STRUCTURE FR RYCHLAK JF, 1995, THEOR PSYCHOL, V5, P511 SANDER F, 1927, P 8 INT C PSYCH 1926, P183 SCHEERER M, 1959, J INDIV PSYCHOL, V15, P50 SURGAN SE, 1997, UNPUB CONSTRUCTING O VOLKELT H, 1962, GANZHEITSPSYCHOLOGIE, P147 WERNER H, 1940, J PSYCHOL, V10, P149 WERNER H, 1954, J GEN PSYCHOL, V50, P181 WERNER H, 1956, J ABNORMAL SOCIAL PS, V52, P347 WERNER H, 1963, SYMBOL FORMATION WOLD AH, 1992, DIALOGICAL ALTERNATI NR 27 TC 2 BP 115 EP 129 PY 2000 PD MAR VL 39 IS 1 GA 298XP UT ISI:000086165100007 ER PT J AU CHISHOLM, RM TI DEFINING INTRINSIC VALUE SO ANALYSIS J9 ANALYSIS LA English DT Article RP CHISHOLM, RM, BROWN UNIV,PROVIDENCE,RI 02912. CR BRENTANO F, 1969, ORIGIN OUR KNOWLEDGE CHISHOLM RM, 1966, AM PHILOSOPHICAL Q, V3, P244 CHISHOLM RM, 1974, PRACTICAL REASON MEINONG A, 1968, ABHANDLUNGEN WERTTHE QUINN PC, 1978, DIVINE COMMANDS MORA NR 5 TC 5 BP 99 EP 100 PY 1981 VL 41 IS 2 GA LF360 UT ISI:A1981LF36000010 ER PT J AU Gaidenko, PP TI Metaphysics of concrete all-unity, or, absolute realism of S.L. Frank SO VOPROSY FILOSOFII J9 VOP FILOS LA Russian DT Article CR ALEKSEEV SA, 1914, MYSL DEISTVITELNOST ANGELUS SILESIU., CHERUBINISCHER WANDE ARISTOTLE, FIZIKA BERGSON H, ESSAIS DONNEES IMMED BERGSON H, EVOLUTION CREATRICE BERGSON H, MATIERE MEMOIRE BERGSON H, VREMYA SVOBODA VOLI BINSWANGER HP, VOSPOMINANIYA SL FRA DESCARTES R, 1950, IZBRANNYE PROIZVEDEN EVLAMPIEV II, 1995, FRANK PREDMET ZNANIY, P15 FRANK SL, DUKHOVNYE OSNOVY OBS FRANK SL, DUSHA CHELOVEKA FRANK SL, ERES UTOPIZMA KRITIK FRANK SL, NEPOSTIZHIMOE FRANK SL, PREDMET ZNANIYA DUSH FRANK SL, PREDMET ZNANIYA FRANK SL, REALNOST CHELOVEK ME FRANK SL, RUSSKOE MIROVOZZRENI FRANK SL, VVEDENIE FILOSOFIYU FRANK SL, 1908, RUSSKAYA MYSL, V6 FRANK SL, 1913, RUSSKAYA MYSL, V3 FRANK SL, 1914, RUSSKAYA MYSL, V4 FRANK SL, 1928, PUT, V12 GANDILLAC MD, 1943, BIBLIOTHEQUE PHILOS, P179 GLOY K, 1984, PHILOS JB, V91, P290 HEGEL GWF, ENTSIKLOPEDIIA FILOS HEIDEGGER M, SEIN UND ZEIT ILIN VN, 1954, SB PAMYATI SL FRANKA, P85 KANT I, KRITIKA CHISTOGO RAZ LOSSKY N, TEORIYA ZNANIYA SL F LOSSKY N, 1919, OSNOVNYE VOPROSY GEN LOSSKY NO, ISTORIYA RUSSKOI FIL MEINONG A, 1906, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN MELIS G, 1912, LOGOS NICHOLAS CUSA, SOCHINENIYA PLATO, PARMENID PLOTINUS, ENNEADY PROCLUS, PERVOOSNOVY TEOLOGII RILKE RM, STUNDENBUCH RILKE RM, 1965, LIRIKA SCHELER M, 1919, UMSTURZ WERTE, V2 SCHULZ H, 1923, FICHTE VERTRAULICHEN SOLOVEV SM, RUSSIE EGLISE UNIVER SOLOVEV VS, SOBRANIE SOCHINENII, V3 STEPUN F, LOGOS 1911-1912 TYUTCHEV FI, TENI SIZYE SMESILIS TYUTCHEV FI, 1966, LIRIKA, V1 ZENKOVSKII VV, ISTORIYA RUSSKOI FIL NR 48 TC 0 BP 114 EP 150 PY 1999 IS 5 GA 257EK UT ISI:000083769400011 ER PT J AU SMITH, B TI COMPLETE WORKS, VOL 1, PUBLICATIONS ON PSYCHOLOGY, VOL 2, PUBLICATIONS ON THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE AND THEORY OF OBJECTS, VOL 3, PUBLICATIONS ON THEORY OF VALUE, VOL 4, ASSUMPTIONS, VOL 5, PHILOSOPHY AND OTHER WORKS, VOL 6, POSSIBILITY AND PROBABILITY, VOL 7, HITHERTO UNCOLLECTED WRITING SO ANNALS OF SCIENCE J9 ANN SCI LA English DT Book Review RP SMITH, B, UNIV MANCHEST,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,MANCHESTER M13 9PL,ENGLAND. CR MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V3 MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V4 MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V5 MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V6 MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V7 MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1 NR 7 TC 0 BP 636 EP 638 PY 1979 VL 36 IS 6 GA HZ593 UT ISI:A1979HZ59300012 ER PT J AU Thaer, C TI The degree of possibility and the rate of possibility SO NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN J9 NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN LA German DT Article CR 1764, GENERA PLANTARUM, V6 1908, OEUVRES BLAISE PASCA, P388 BRUNS H, 1906, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEITSR, P98 COURNOT A, 1843, EXPOSITION THEORIE C CZUBER BE, 1908, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEITSR, P35 CZUBER E, 1923, PHILOS GRUNDLAGEN WA FECHNER GT, 1897, KOLLEKTIVMASSLEHRE FRIES JF, 1842, VERSUCH KRITIK PRINZ LEXIS W, 1877, GESELLSCHAFT PROGRAM MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE REICHENBACH H, 1916, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V161 SCHNUSE, 1849, BRAUNSCHWEIG STUMPF C, 1892, SITZUNGSBER PHIL AKA VENN J, 1876, LOGIC CHANCE VONHAUSSNER, 1899, OSTWALDS KLASSIKER, V2, P72 VONMISES R, 1919, MATH Z, V5 VONSMOLUCHOWSKI M, 1918, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V6 WINDELBAND W, 1870, THESIS BERLIN, P70 NR 18 TC 0 BP 1094 EP 1099 PY 1924 VL 12 GA V03WZ UT ISI:000200262500246 ER PT J AU Gallagher, S TI Phenomenological contributions to a theory of social cognition SO HUSSERL STUDIES J9 HUSSERL STUD LA English DT Proceedings Paper C1 Univ Cent Florida, Orlando, FL 32816 USA. RP Gallagher, S, Univ Cent Florida, Orlando, FL 32816 USA. EM gallaghr@mail.ucf.edu ID GRASP REPRESENTATIONS; NEURAL SYSTEMS; MIRROR NEURONS; HUMANS; LOCALIZATION; RECOGNITION; SIMULATION; IMITATION; EMOTION; MIND CR ADOLPHS R, 2000, J NEUROSCI, V20, P2683 ADOLPHS R, 2002, CURR OPIN NEUROBIOL, V12, P169 ADOLPHS R, 2003, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V4, P165, DOI 10.1038/nrn1056 BUCCINO G, 2004, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V16, P114 CARR L, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P5497, DOI 10.1073/pnas.0935845100 CLAESGES U, 1964, E HUSSERLS THEORIE R COLE J, 2002, PHENOMENOLOGY COGNIT, V1, P49 FADIGA L, 1995, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V73, P2608 FERRARI PF, 2003, EUR J NEUROSCI, V17, P1703, DOI 10.1046/j.1460-9568.2003.02601.x GALLAGHER S, 1999, J CONSCIOUSNESS STUD, V6, P4 GALLAGHER S, 2001, J CONSCIOUSNESS STUD, V8, P83 GALLAGHER S, 2004, CONTR PHENOMENOL, V52, P25 GALLAGHER S, 2004, J CONSCIOUSNESS STUD, V11, P3 GALLAGHER S, 2005, HOW BODY SHAPES MIND GALLESE V, 1998, TRENDS COGN SCI, V2, P493 GALLESE V, 2002, ATTENTION PERFORM, V19, P247 GALLESE V, 2005, PHENOMENOLOGY COGNIT, V4, P23 GOODALE MA, 1992, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V15, P20 GORDON R, 2003, ENCY COGNITIVE SCI GRAFTON ST, 1996, EXP BRAIN RES, V112, P103 GURWITSCH A, 1931, HUMAN ENCOUNTERS SOC GURWITSCH A, 1966, STUDIES PHENOMENOLOG HEIDEGGER M, 1927, BEING TIME HUSSERL E, 1970, CARTESIAN MEDITATION HUSSERL E, 1973, PHANOMENOLOGIE INTER HUSSERL E, 1989, IDEAS PERTAINING PUR HUSSERL E, 1997, THING SPACE LECT 190 JACOB P, 2003, WAYS SEEING SCOPE LI LIPPS T, 1903, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V1, P185 LIPPS T, 1905, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V4, P465 LIPPS T, 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V1, P694 LIPPS T, 2005, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHU 4, V1 MARCEL AJ, 1993, CIBA F SYMP, V174, P168 MEINONG A, 1902, ANNAHMEN MELTZOFF AN, 1997, EARLY DEV PARENTING, V6, P179 PETIT JL, 1999, NATURALIZING PHENOME, P220 RIZZOLATTI G, 1996, EXP BRAIN RES, V111, P246 SARTRE JP, 1956, BEING NOTHINGNESS SCHELER M, 1954, NATURE SYMPATHY SCHUTZ A, 1973, COLLECTED PAPERS, V1 TREVARTHEN C, 1978, ACTION GESTURE SYMBO, P183 TREVARTHEN CB, 1979, BEFORE SPEECH WICKER B, 2003, NEURON, V40, P655 NR 43 TC 7 BP 95 EP 110 PY 2005 VL 21 IS 2 DI 10.1007/s10743-005-6402-3 GA 987OQ UT ISI:000233527600001 ER PT J AU Titchener, EB TI Functional psychology and the psychology of act II SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 AMER J PSYCHOL LA English DT Review CR ACT BEWUSSTSEINS, P296 ACT INTERESSES, P263 ACT LIEBE, P322 ACT LIEBE, P330 ACT VORSTELLENS, P103 ACT VORSTELLENS, P230 BERICHT, P399 BERICHT, P524 BERICHT, V398 BERICHT, V398, P524 BERICHT, V400 BERICHT, V400, P524 BILDBEWUSSTSEIN PSYC, V138 EINTEILUNG, P26 EINTEILUNG, P32 EINTEILUNG, P6 EMPF DENKEN, P138 EMPF DENKEN, P24 EMPF DENKEN, P25 EMPF DENKEN, P60 EMPF DENKEN, V45, P19 ERSCHEINUNGEN, P16 ERSCHEINUNGEN, P23 ERSCHEINUNGEN, P24 ERSCHEINUNGEN, P26 ERSCHEINUNGEN, P39 ERSCHEINUNGEN, P4 ERSCHEINUNGEN, P5 ERSCHEINUNGEN, P6 ERSCHEINUNGEN, P7 ERSCHEINUNGEN, P8 ERSCHEINUNGEN, V15, P11 ERSCHEINUNGEN, V17 ERSCHEINUNGEN, V23, P16 ERSCHEINUNGEN, V25 ERSCHEINUNGEN, V27, P38 ERSCHEINUNGEN, V7, P38 GEBILDE PSYCH FUNKTI, P28 GEFUHLSACT, P189 IDEEN, V104 IDEEN, V11 IDEEN, V113 IDEEN, V114, P7 IDEEN, V143 IDEEN, V168, P174 IDEEN, V170 IDEEN, V172, P168 IDEEN, V3, P46 IDEEN, V3, P48 IDEEN, V4, P7 IDEEN, V43 IDEEN, V8, P3 IDEEN, V8, P69 IDEEN, V94, P120 IDEEN, V94, P121 IDEEN, V94, P182 IDEEN, V94, P57 LOG UNT, P340 LOG UNT, V2 LOG UNT, V2, P386 LOG UNT, V2, P428 LOG UNT, V2, P447 LOG UNT, V2, P449 LOG UNT, V2, P458 LOG UNT, V323 LOG UNT, V331 LOG UNT, V339 LOG UNT, V342 LOG UNT, V345 LOG UNT, V349 LOG UNT, V357 LOG UNT, V362 LOG UNT, V374, P386 LOG UNT, V388 LOG UNT, V458 LOG UNTERSUCHUNGEN, V2, P18 LOG UNTERSUCHUNGEN, V2, P325 LOG UNTERSUCHUNGEN, V2, P338 LOG UNTERSUCHUNGEN, V350, P354 LOG UNTERSUCHUNGEN, V366, P338 PES, P115 PES, P162 PES, P188 PES, P202 PES, V260, P233 PHILOS, V302, P298 PHILOS, V315, P298 PHILOSOPHIC, P315 PHILOSOPHIE, P314 PHILOSOPHIE, V298, P312 PHILOSOPHIE, V302 PHILOSOPHIE, V303 PHILOSOPHIE, V313 PHILOSOPHIE, V315 PSYCHOL, P202 PSYCHOL, V139 PSYCHOL, V155, P175 PSYCHOL, V191 PSYCHOL, V202 PSYCHOL, V202, P175 PSYCHOL, V202, P180 PSYCHOL, V204, P138 PSYCHOL, V207 PSYCHOL, V207, P212 PSYCHOL, V208, P138 PSYCHOL, V208, P212 PSYCHOL, V209 PSYCHOL, V211, P212 PSYCHOL, V212 PSYCHOL, V214 PSYCHOL, V216 PSYCHOL, V219, P212 PSYCHOL, V220, P212 PSYCHOL, V254, P303 PSYCHOL, V256, P303 PSYCHOL, V27 PSYCHOL, V276, P303 PSYCHOL, V296 PSYCHOL, V303, P303 PSYCHOL, V305, P303 PSYCHOL, V311, P303 PSYCHOL, V346 PSYCHOL, V48, P180 PSYCHOL, V53 PSYCHOL, V65 PSYCHOL, V66 PSYCHOL, V66, P74 THOUGHT PROCESSES, P60 UEBER ANNAHMEN, P285 VORSTELLUNGSACT, P231 VORSTELLUNGSACT, P347 WEISE BEWUSSISEINS, P266 WEISE BEWUSSISEINS, P295 WEISE BEWUSSISEINS, P345 1883, TONPSYCHOL, V1, P68 1890, LOGIK, P7 1890, TONPSYCHOL, V2, P279 1891, PHILOS ARITHMETIK 1894, LEHRBUCH ALLGEMEINEN, P148 1894, LEHRBUCH ALLGEMEINEN, V202, P148 1894, LEHRBUCH ALLGEMEINEN, V48, P148 1894, LEHRBUCH ALLGEMEINEN, V74, P148 1894, MIND, V3, P143 1895, PHILOS MIND, P300 1897, PSYCHOLOGIE, P3 1900, GRUNDZUGE, V1, P72 1903, ARCH SYSTEM PHILOS, V9, P114 1905, ATTI V C INT PSICOLO, V327 1905, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, P1 1905, SITZUNGSBER KGL BAYE, P511 1906, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V40, P40 1906, UEBER ERFAHRUNGSGRUN, P60 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V1, P693 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V11, P26 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V12, P25 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V12, P693 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V13, P25 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V14, P28 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V16, P693 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V20, P693 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V21, P21 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V22, P141 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V22, P144 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V22, P21 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V22, P25 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V22, P693 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V23, P14 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V23, P21 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V23, P261 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V23, P34 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V23, P693 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V25, P25 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V26, P149 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V26, P693 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V263, P21 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V27, P693 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V296, P21 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V30, P26 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V31, P189 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V31, P26 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V31, P32 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V32, P21 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V33, P189 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V33, P21 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V34, P189 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V39, P21 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V39, P28 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V40, P314 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V40, P37 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V42, P21 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V6, P21 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V7, P693 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG, V8, P25 1908, FEELING ATTENTION, P171 1909, LEITFADEN, P141 1909, LEITFADEN, P78 1909, THOUGHT PROCESSES, P224 1910, WORTERBUCH PHILOS BE, V5 1911, KLASSIFIKATION PSYCH, V4 1911, PSYCHOLOGIE 1913, THOUGHT PROCESSES, P125 1914, ARCH GES PSYCH, V32, P54 1914, PSYCHOLOGIE 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P108 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P110 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P112 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P119 ACH N, 1905, UEBER WILLENSTATIGKE, P40 ALEXANDER S, 1910, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V10, P1 ALEXANDER S, 1911, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V4, P243 AMESEDER R, 1904, UNTERSUNHUNGEN GEGEN, P93 ANSCHUTZ G, 1914, ARCH PSYCHOL, V30, P240 ANSCHUTZ G, 1914, ARCH PSYCHOL, V30, P329 ANSCHUTZ G, 1915, ARCH GES PSYCH, V34, P13 BRENTANO, PES, P103 BRENTANO, PES, P190 BRENTANO, PES, P260 BRENTANO, PES, P277 BRENTANO, 1883, TONPSYCHOL, V1, P96 EISLER R, PES, V132, R5 GEYSER J, 1912, LEHRBUCH ALLG PSYCH, P224 GEYSER J, 1912, LEHRBUCH ALLG PSYCH, P306 GEYSER J, 1912, LEHRBUCH ALLG PSYCH, P49 GEYSER, LEHRBUCH, P263 HOFLER A, 1907, PSYCHOLOGIE, P210 HOFMANN H, 1913, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V26, P1 HUSSERL E, 1901, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P344 HUSSERL E, 1901, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P358 HUSSERL E, 1910, PHILOS ALS STRENGE W, V1, P315 HUSSERL E, 1910, PHILOS ALS STRENGE W, V5, P121 HUSSERL E, 1910, PHILOS ALS STRENGE W, V5, P290 HUSSERL E, 1913, JB PHILOS PANOMEN FO, V1, P184 HUSSERL, IDEEN, P172 HUSSERL, IDEEN, P224 HUSSERL, IDEEN, P228 HUSSERL, IDEEN, P239 HUSSERL, IDEEN, P247 HUSSERL, IDEEN, V172 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V11, P369 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V11, P373 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2, P245 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2, P371 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2, P372 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2, P386 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2, P427 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2, P463 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2, P471 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2, P560 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2, P68 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V2, P714 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V375, P386 HUSSERL, LOG UNT, V378, P386 KOFFKA K, 1912, ANAL VORSTELLUNGEN I, P270 KULPE O, 1920, VORLESUNGEN PSYCHOL, V22 KULPE, 1892, PHILOS STUDIEN, V7, P405 KULPE, 1893, GRUNDISS PSYCHOL, P27 LIPPS T, 1903, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL, V139, P353 LIPPS T, 1905, SITZUNGSBER KGL BAYE, P516 LIPPS T, 1905, SITZUNGSBER KGL BAYE, P521 LIPPS T, 1909, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL, V1 LIPPS, ERSCH, P27 LIPPS, ERSCH, P30 LIPPS, 1903, LEITFADEN, P20 LIPPS, 1903, LEITFADEN, V2 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL, P15 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P1 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P142 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P15 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P16 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P161 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P164 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P20 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P241 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P258 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P301 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P336 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P341 LIPPS, 1909, LEITFADEN, P79 M OFFNER, GEDACHTNIS MARBE K, 1901, EXPT PSYCHOL UNTERSU, P92 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P185 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL, V21, P187 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL, V21, P198 MEINONG A, 1903, Z PSYCHOL, V33, P3 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUNHUNGEN GEGEN, P14 MEINONG, 1902, UEBER ANNAHMEN, P145 MEINONG, 1902, UEBER ANNAHMEN, P266 MEINONG, 1902, UEBER ANNAHMEN, P276 MESSER A, PSYCHOLOGIE, P27 MESSER A, PSYCHOLOGIE, P32 MESSER A, PSYCHOLOGIE, V138, P127 MESSER A, PSYCHOLOGIE, V146, P127 MESSER A, PSYCHOLOGIE, V55, P127 MESSER A, PSYCHOLOGIE, V73, P127 MESSER A, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCH, V8, P207 MESSER A, 1908, EMPFINDUNG DENKEN, V43 MESSER, EMPF DENKEN, P53 MESSER, EMPFINDUNG DENKEN, V45 MESSER, EMPFINDUNG DENKEN, V47 MESSER, EMPFINDUNG DENKEN, V74 MESSER, PSYCHOL, P127 MESSER, PSYCHOL, V149, P175 MESSER, PSYCHOL, V203 MESSER, PSYCHOL, V255 MESSER, PSYCHOL, V276 MESSER, PSYCHOL, V48 MESSER, 1908, EMPF DENKEN MESSER, 1912, ARCH GES PSYCH, V24, P250 MESSER, 1912, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V22, P117 MESSER, 1914, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V32, P52 MULLER GE, 1911, ANAL GEDACHTNISTATIG, V1, P147 MULLER GE, 1913, ANAL GEDACHNISTATIGK, V3, P545 MULLER GE, 1913, ANAL GEDACHTNISTATIG, V3, P542 MUNSTERBERG H, 1900, GRUNDZUGE PSYCH, V1, P309 MUNSTERBERG H, 1900, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V1, P19 MUNSTERBERG H, 1914, PSYCHOL SOCIAL SANIT, P291 NATORP P, 1912, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOL, V1, P24 NATORP P, 1912, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOL, V1, P33 PFANDER A, 1904, EINFUHRUNG PSYCHOL, P272 PFANDER A, 1904, EINFUHRUNG PSYCHOL, P354 REYBURN HA, 1919, MIND, V28, P19 RIBOT T, 1910, REV PHIL, V69, P650 ROBINSON A, 1918, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V18, P271 STOKES GG, 1870, 39 M BRIT ASS ADV SC, V105 STOUT GF, 1899, MANUAL PSYCHOL, P56 STOUT GF, 1899, MANUAL PSYCHOL, P68 STOUT, 1899, MANUAL, P247 STOUT, 1899, MANUAL, P581 STOUT, 1907, MANUAL, P257 STOUT, 1907, MANUAL, P599 STOUT, 1913, MANUAL, P210 STOUT, 1913, MANUAL, P367 STOUT, 1913, MANUAL, P704 STUMF C, 1907, ERSCHEINUNGEN PSYCHI, P6 STUMPF C, 1907, EINTEILUNG WISSENSCH, P5 STUMPF C, 1907, Z PSYCHOL, V44, P22 STUMPF C, 1916, Z PSYCHOL, V75, P3 STUMPF C, 1916, Z PSYCHOL, V75, P32 STUMPF, EMPF DENKEN, V23 STUMPF, ERSCH, P16 STUMPF, ERSCH, P22 STUMPF, ERSCH, P26 STUMPF, ERSCH, P30 STUMPF, ERSCH, P33 STUMPF, ERSCH, P4 STUMPF, ERSCH, P7 STUMPF, ERSCH, V11, P17 STUMPF, ERSCH, V4, P23 STUMPF, TONPSYCH STUMPF, 1897, C PSYCHOL, P7 STUMPF, 1907, ERSCHEINUNGEN, P11 STUMPF, 1907, ERSCHEINUNGEN, P25 STUMPF, 1907, ERSCHEINUNGEN, P34 STUMPF, 1909, LEITFADEN, P103 STUMPF, 1909, LEITFADEN, P98 TAIT PG, 1885, LECT RECENT ADV PHYS, P26 THOMSON JA, 1911, INTRO SCI, P105 WATSON JB, 1914, BEHAVIOR INTRO COMP, P8 WATSON, 1914, P AM PHILOS SOC, V53 WITASEK S, 1908, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL, P280 WITASEK S, 1908, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL, P318 WITASEK S, 1908, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL, P73 WITASEK S, 1908, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL, V74, P3 WITASEK, GRUNDLINIEN, P297 WITASEK, 1908, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL, V75 WUNDT, KLEINE SCHRIFTEN, V1, P511 WUNDT, PHYSL PSYCH WUNDT, 1910, KLEINE SCHRIFTEN, V1, P570 NR 369 TC 6 BP 43 EP 83 PY 1922 VL 33 GA V01XT UT ISI:000200129300003 ER PT J AU Schnieder, B AF Schnieder, Benjamin TI BAD EXAMPLES? SO AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 AMER PHIL QUART LA English DT Article ID FICTIONAL REALISM CR AZZOUNI J, 2007, NOUS, V41, P204 EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE EVERETT A, 2005, J PHILOS, V102, P624 HOFFMAN G, 1994, SUBSTANCE OTHER CATE KRIPKE S, 1973, REFERENCE EXISTENCE MEINONG A, ALEXIUS MEINONG GESA, V5, P199 MEINONG A, 1972, ALEXIUS MEINONG GESA, V6 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 SCHIFFER S, 2003, THINGS WE MEAN SCHNIEDER B, 2007, J HIST PHILOS, V45, P525 SCHNIEDER B, 2009, PHILOS QUART, V59, P138, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9213.2008.583.x THOMASSON A, 1999, FICTION METAPHYSICS THOMASSON A, 2009, STANFORD EN IN PRESS URMSON JO, 1976, AM PHILOS Q, V13, P153 VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 VANINWAGEN P, 2003, OXFORD HDB METAPHYSI, P131 WOLTERSTORFF N, 1980, WORKS WORLDS ART NR 18 TC 0 BP 279 EP 286 PY 2010 PD JUL VL 47 IS 3 GA 621KT UT ISI:000279577900006 ER PT J AU AMMONS, CH TI PERCEPTION BIBLIOGRAPHY .15. BALDWINS DICTIONARY, 1893-1904 SO PERCEPTUAL AND MOTOR SKILLS J9 PERCEPT MOT SKILLS LA English DT Review CR ALLBUTT TC, 1894, NATURE, V49, P340 ALTENBURG O, 1899, KUNST PSYCHOL BEOBAC ARREAT L, 1899, REV PHIL, V48, P58 BACHMANN J, 1900, NEUE METAPH RNDSCH, V3, P186 BAILEY EHS, 1893, AM J PSYCHOL, V5, P94 BALDWIN JM, 1896, SCIENCE, V4, P774 BALDWIN JM, 1899, HDB PSYCHOL, V1 BEUCKE K, 1900, UEBER OPTISCHEN TAEU BINET A, 1894, REV PHILOSOPHIQUE, V37, P348 BINET A, 1895, ANN PSYCHOL, V2, P201 BLOCH E, 1893, BINAURALE HOEREN BOLTON TL, 1893, AM J PSYCHOL, V5, P294 BOURDON B, 1893, REV PHILOS, V35, P507 BRANDE M, 1899, THESIS LEMB BRENTANO F, 1893, Z PSYCHOL, V6, P1 BRUNOT, 1893, REV SCI, V52, P210 BRYAN WL, 1899, PSYCHOL REV, V6, P346 COHN J, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P161 COMBARIEU J, 1897, THEORIE RHYTHME COMP CORNELIUS H, 1899, Z PSYCHOL, V22, P101 DELBOEUF J, 1893, REV SCI, V51, P237 DESBANCELS JL, 1899, ANN PSYCHOL, V6, P144 DODGE R, 1904, PSYCHOL REV, V10, P1 DUPRAT L, 1896, REV PHIL, V41, P44 DWELSHAUVERS G, 1893, PSYCHOL LABORATOIRE EATON DC, 1900, POP SCI MO, V56, P685 ETTLINGER M, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V22, P161 ETTLINGER M, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V22, P240 FAVRE L, 1900, MUSIQUE COULEURS FERE C, 1896, REV PHILOS, V41, P39 FERE C, 1902, ANN PSYCHOL, V8, P49 FERRERO G, 1894, REV PHIL, V37, P169 FINZI J, 1900, PSYCHOL ARBEIT, V3, P289 FRANKLIN CL, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P312 FRANKLIN CL, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P516 FRANKLIN CL, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P627 FRANKLIN CL, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P84 FRANKLIN CL, 1896, PSYCHOL REV, V3, P229 FRANKLIN CL, 1896, PSYCHOL REV, V3, P338 FRANKLIN CL, 1896, PSYCHOL REV, V3, P450 FRANKLIN CL, 1896, PSYCHOL REV, V3, P573 FRANKLIN CL, 1896, PSYCHOL REV, V3, P692 FULLERTON GS, 1902, PERCEPTION SMALL DIF FURSAC JD, 1900, REV PHIL, V50, P625 GALABERT E, 1898, REV INT SOCIOL, V6, P1 GIBSON WRB, 1900, MIND, V9, P469 GILBERT JA, 1897, U IOWA STUD PSYCHOL, V1, P62 GLOSSNER M, 1893, JB PHIL SPECUL THEOL, V7, P326 GRIFFING H, 1896, PSYCHOL REV, V3, P513 HANDKE H, 1896, THEORIE SCHOENHEIT R HENRI V, 1896, REV PHILOS, V42, P55 HENRY C, 1895, QUELQUES APERCUS EST HOEFFDING H, 1893, PHIL STUD, V8, P86 HOPPE J, 1894, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V8, P29 JASTROW J, 1893, AM J PSYCHOL, V5, P214 JASTROW J, 1897, FR REV SCI, V7, P465 JASTROW J, 1897, POP SCI MO, V50, P361 KIESOW F, 1903, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V33, P453 KIRSCHMANN A, 1900, U TORONTO STUD P, P1 KODIS J, 1893, ANAL APPERCEPTIONSBE KORN, 1901, UEBER SINNESWAHRENHM KRUEGER F, 1900, PHIL STUD, V16, P317 KRUEGER F, 1900, PHILOS STUD, V16, P568 KUELPE O, 1897, Z PHIL PHIL KR, V110, P7 KUELPE O, 1899, VTLJSCH WISS PHIL, V23, P145 LICHTWARK A, 1900, ERZIEHUNG FARBENSINN LIPPS T, 1897, RAUMAESTHETIK GEOMET MACDOUGAL R, 1898, PSY REV, V5, P463 MACDOUGALL R, 1902, PSYCHOL REV, V9, P460 MACDOUGALL R, 1903, PSYCHOL REV, V10, P15 MARTIN F, 1894, PERCEPTION EXTERIEUR MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 MEUMANN E, 1893, PHILOS STUD, V8, P431 MEUMANN E, 1894, PHILOS STUD, V9, P264 MEUMANN E, 1896, PHILOS STUD, V12, P127 MEYER M, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P241 MUELLER GE, 1896, Z PSYCHOL, V12, P226 MUELLER GE, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V14, P1 MUELLER GE, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V14, P161 MUELLERLYER FC, 1899, BOIS REYMONDS ARCH S, P263 OSTWALD F, 1896, REV SCI, V5, P466 PIERON H, 1903, REV PHIL, V7, P89 RAYMOND GL, 1900, REPRESENTATIVE SIGNI REGNARD A, 1894, ETUDES ESTHETIQUE SC RUEDIN E, 1902, PSYCHOL ARB, V4, P435 SANFORD EC, 1896, AM J PSYCHOL, V7, P412 SHAW MA, 1898, U TORONTO STUD, V1 SLAUGHTER JW, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P303 SMITH MK, 1900, PHIL STUD, V60, P197 SMITH MK, 1900, PHIL STUD, V60, P71 STOLZE F, 1894, STEREOSKOPIE STEREOS UHTHOFF W, 1897, JB SCHLES GESELL VAT, P154 URBANTSCHITSCH V, 1894, ARCH GES PHYSL, V42, P154 VONFRIMMEL T, 1897, VOM SEHEN KUNSTPHYSI VONZEHENDER W, 1898, ABHANDL SACHS GES MP, V24, P53 WASHBURN MF, 1895, UEBER EINFLUSS GESIC WITMER L, 1894, PHILOS STUDIEN, V9, P209 WITMER L, 1894, PHILOS STUDIEN, V9, P96 NR 98 TC 1 BP 400 EP 402 PY 1964 VL 19 IS 2 GA CCX73 UT ISI:A1964CCX7300011 ER PT J AU Nichols, R TI Reid on fictional objects and the way of ideas SO PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 PHIL QUART LA English DT Article C1 Univ Aberdeen, Aberdeen AB9 1FX, Scotland. RP Nichols, R, Univ Aberdeen, Aberdeen AB9 1FX, Scotland. AB I argue that Reid adopts a form of Meinongianism about fictional objects because of, not in spite of, his common sense philosophy. According to 'the way of ideas', thoughts take representational states as their immediate intentional objects. In contrast, Reid endorses a direct theory of conception and a heady thesis of first-person privileged access to the contents of our thoughts. He claims that thoughts about centaurs are thoughts of non-existent objects, not thoughts about mental intermediaries, adverbial states or general concepts. In part this is because of the common sense semantics he adopts for fictional-object terms. I show that it is reasonable for Reid to endorse Meinongianism, given his epistemological priorities, for he took the way of ideas to imply that his view about first-person privileged access to our mental contents was false. CR BONJOUR L, 1991, SYNTHESE, V89, P331 BROOKES D, 1997, WORKS T REID CARTWRIGHT RL, 1960, J PHILOS, V57, P629 CASTAGNETTO S, 1992, J PHILOS RES, V17, P39 CICERO, DE DOMO SUA DAVID M, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P585 DUNCAN E, 1981, T REIDS LECTURES NAT GRAVE SA, 1960, SCOTTISH PHILOS COMM HALDANE J, 1989, PHILOS T REID, P285 HALDANE J, 2000, AM CATH PHILOS QUART, V74, P447 HUME D, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR LEHRER K, 1992, LANGUAGE TRUTH ONTOL, P37 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 NICHOLS R, IN PRESS BRIT J HIST REID T, ESSAYS INTELLECTUAL REID T, INQUIRY HUMAN MIND VANCLEVE J, 1996, PHILOS TOPICS, V24, P231 WILSON C, 1999, NEW ESSAYS RATIONALI, P372 WOLTERSTORFF N, 2001, T REID STORY EPISTEM NR 20 TC 2 BP 582 EP 601 PY 2002 PD OCT VL 52 IS 209 GA 585DQ UT ISI:000177508200010 ER PT J AU [Anon] TI SUMMARY OF THE FACTS SO PSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW-MONOGRAPH SUPPLEMENTS J9 PSYCHOL REV-MONOGR SUPPL LA English DT Review CR AMBROSI L, RIV ITALIANA FILOSOF, V1, P61 AMBROSI L, RIV ITALIANA FILOSOF, V2, P149 AMBROSI L, RIV ITALIANA FILOSOF, V2, P347 AMBROSI L, 1891, RIV ITALIANA FILOSOF, V6 AMBROSI L, 1892, RIV ITALIANA FILOSOF, V7 ANDRWS BR, 1903, AM J PSYCHOL, V14, P121 AQUINAS T, OPERA ARISTOTLE, 1831, OPERA BAIN A, 1868, FORTNIGHTLY REV SEP BAIN A, 1888, EMOTIONS WILL BAIN A, 1892, MIND BODY BAIN A, 1894, MIND, V3, P348 BAIN A, 1894, SENSES INTELLECT BALDWIN JM, 1890, HDB PSYCHOL BALDWIN JM, 1897, MENTAL DEV BALDWIN JM, 1901, DICT PHILOS PSYCHOL BALDWIN JM, 1902, DICT PHILOS PSYCHOL BAWDEN HH, 1902, PHILOS REV, V11, P474 BENEKE, 1861, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL NAT BERGSON H, 1900, MATIERE MEMOIRE BOEHM K, 1877, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V13, P481 BOWNE BP, 1886, INTRO PSYCHOL THEORY BOWNE BP, 1898, METAPHYSICS BRADLEY FH, 1899, MIND, V8, P145 BRADLEY FH, 1900, MIND, V9, P26 BURNHAM WH, 1889, AM J PSYCHOL, V2, P225 BURNHAM WH, 1889, AM J PSYCHOL, V2, P39 BURNHAM WH, 1889, AM J PSYCHOL, V2, P431 BURNHAM WH, 1889, AM J PSYCHOL, V2, P568 CARPENTER WB, 1874, PRINCIPLES MENTAL PH CESCA G, 1885, VIERTEL JAHRSCHRIFT, V9, P288 CHARTIER E, 1899, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V7, P26 CHARTIER E, 1899, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V7, P302 CHARTIER E, 1899, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V7, P563 CLIFFORD WK, 1901, LECT ESSAYS CONDILLAC, 1822, OEUVRES DESCARTES, 1824, OEUVRES DUGALDSTEWART, 1818, ELEMENTS PHILOS HUMA DUGAS L, 1894, REV PHILOS, V38, P449 DUMONT L, 1876, REV PHILOS, V1, P321 EBBINGHAUS H, 1885, UEBER GEDACHTNIS EBBINGHAUS H, 1902, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL EDRIDGEGREEN FW, 1897, MEMORY ITS CULTIVATI EGGER V, 1900, REV COURS C 1206, P155 EGGER V, 1900, REV COURS C 1213, P210 FERRO A, RIV FILOS, V6, P496 FOUILLEE A, 1885, REV DEUX MONDES 0515 FOUILLEE A, 1885, REV DEUX MONDES 0701 FOUILLEE A, 1890, EVOLUTIONNISME IDEES FULLERTON GS, 1904, SYSTEM METAPHYSICS GOBLOT E, 1898, REV PHILOS, V46, P487 GUYAU M, 1880, REV PHILOSOPHIQUE, V9, P319 HAMILTON, 1859, LECT METAPHYSICS HERBART, 1850, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL PSY, V5 HOFFDING H, 1889, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFT W, V13, P420 HOFFDING H, 1890, VIERTELJ WISS PHIL, V14, P167 HOFFDING H, 1890, VIERTELJ WISS PHIL, V14, P27 HOFFDING H, 1890, VIERTELJ WISS PHIL, V14, P293 HOFFDING H, 1891, VIERTELJAHRSCH WISS, V15, P233 HOFFDINGS H, 1901, PSYCHOLOGIE HOFLER A, 1897, PSYCHOLOGIE JAMES W, 1890, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL JANET P, 1893, MAT CONT JODL F, 1896, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL KAY D, 1898, MEMORY LADD GT, 1891, ELEMENTS PHYSL PSYCH LADD GT, 1894, PSYCHOL DESCRIPTIVE LADD GT, 1895, PHILOS MIND LEIBNIZ, 1900, OEUVRES PHILOS LEWES GH, 1877, PROBLEMS LIFE MIND LEWES GH, 1880, MIND FUNCTION ORG LIPPS T, 1883, GRUNDTHATSACHEN SEEL LOCKE, 1894, ESSAY HUMAN UNDERSTA LOTZE RH, 1852, MED PSYCHOL LOTZE RH, 1869, MIKROKOSMUS AUFLAGE LUYS J, 1888, CERVEAU FONCTIONS MALEBRANCHE, 1846, OEUVRES MAUDSLEY H, 1893, PHYSL MIND MEINONG A, 1893, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V6, P340 MEINONG A, 1893, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V6, P417 MONTAGUE WP, 1899, PSYCHOL REV, V6, P457 MONTAGUE WP, 1899, PSYCHOL REV, V6, P606 MUNSTERBERG H, 1900, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL MUNSTERBERG H, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P1 PAULSEN E, 1892, EINLEITUNG PHILOS PLATO, OPERA RABIER E, 1888, PSYCHOLOGIE, V1 RAVAISSON F, 1894, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V2, P1 REHMKE J, 1894, LEHRBUCH ALLGEMEINEN REID, 1846, WORKS RIBOT T, 1893, MALADIES MEMOIRE RICHET C, 1881, REV PHILOS, V2, P540 RICHET C, 1886, REV PHILOS, V21, P561 RICHET C, 1891, ESSAI PSYCHOL GEN SETH J, 1894, PHILOS REV, V3, P278 SOLLIER P, 1900, PROBLEME MEMOIRE SOURY J, 1899, SYSTEME NERVEAUX CEN SPENCE H, 1897, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL STAUGUSTINE, OPERA STOUT GF, 1896, ANAL PSYCHOL STOUT GF, 1899, MANUAL PSYCHOL SULLY J, 1882, ILLUSIONS SULLY J, 1891, OUTLINES PSYCHOL TAINE H, 1892, INTELLIGENCE THILLY F, 1901, PHILOS REV, V10, P124 VERDON R, 1877, MIND, V2, P437 VOLKMANN WF, 1884, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL VONGROT N, 1898, ARCH SYSTEMAT PHILOS, V4, P257 WARD J, 1890, ENCY BRITANNICA, V20 WASHBURN MF, 1897, PHILOS REV, V6, P267 WITASEK S, 1897, ARCH SYSTEMAT PHILOS, V3, P273 WUNDT W, 1889, SYSTEM PHILOS WUNDT W, 1903, GRUNDZUGE PHYSL PSYC NR 113 TC 0 BP 1 EP 170 PY 1905 PD OCT VL 7 IS 2 GA V96YF UT ISI:000206552500001 ER PT J AU MISKIEWICZ, W TI THE HUSSERLIAN CONCEPT OF REPRESENTATION SO ARCHIVES DE PHILOSOPHIE J9 ARCH PHIL LA French DT Article DE PHENOMENOLOGY; NATURALIZATION; REPRESENTATION; REPRESENTATIONAL PARADIGM; INTENTIONALITY; CONTENTS OF CONSCIOUSNESS; SUBSTANCE OF CONSCIOUSNESS CR BANCHETTI MP, 1993, HUSSERL STUDIES, V10 COBBSTEVENS R, HUSSERL ANAL PHILOS DARWIN C, ORIGINE ESPECES DREYFUS H, 1972, LIFE WORLD CONSCIOUS DREYFUS H, 1991, ETUDES PHILOS 1 DREYFUS HL, HUSSERL INTENTIONALI EMBREE LE, 1972, LIFE WORLD CONSCIOUS ENGLISH J, 1993, HUSSERL-TWARDOWSKI O FOLLESDAL D, HUSSERL FREGE GIBSON AB, PHILOS DESCARTES GIBSON JJ, ECOLOGICAL APPROACH HUSSERL E, ARTICLES LOGIQUE 189 HUSSERL E, HUSSERLIANA, V10 HUSSERL E, HUSSERLIANA, V19 HUSSERL E, HUSSERLIANA, V2 HUSSERL E, HUSSERLIANA, V22 HUSSERL E, HUSSERLIANA, V26 HUSSERL E, HUSSERLIANA, V27 HUSSERL E, IDEE PHENOMENOLOGIE HUSSERL E, LECONS PHENOMENOLOGI HUSSERL E, LOGIQUE FORMELLE LOG HUSSERL E, RECHERCHES LOGIQUES, V1 HUSSERL E, RECHERCHES LOGIQUES, V2 HUSSERL E, RECHERCHES LOGIQUES, V3 LEVINAS E, DECOUVRANT EXISTENCE MATURANA HR, TREE KNOWLEDGE MCINTYRE R, 1987, J PHILOS, V84 MCINTYRE R, 1991, ETUDES PHILOS 1 MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MISKIEWICZ W, 1994, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V3, P345 MOHANTY JN, HUSSERL FREGE NATORP P, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOL RABANAQUE LR, 1993, HUSSERL STUDIES, V10 SALANSKIS JM, 1993, INTELLECTICA 2 SOKOLOWSKI R, 1987, J PHILOS, V84 STEWARD J, 1992, INTELLECTICA 16 STUMPF C, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU VARELA F, AUTONOMIE CONNAISSAN WUNDT, F PSYCHOL PHYSIOLOGI NR 39 TC 0 BP 617 EP 630 PY 1995 PD OCT-DEC VL 58 IS 4 GA TN013 UT ISI:A1995TN01300008 ER PT J AU Benussi, V AF Benussi, Vittorio TI Basics of Weight Impression SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR ANN PSYCHOL, V2, P79 ARCH PSYCH, V1, P69 ARCH PSYCH, V1, P84 ARCH PSYCH, V1, P91 BESPRECHUNG CHARAKTE, V5, P4 EXPT ANAL ZEITVERGLE, V1, P439 EXPT ANAL ZEITVERGLE, V2, P119 GESICHTSPUNKTE TATSA, P237 GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL, P324 SCHRIFTEN GESELLSCHA, P18 Z PSYCH 1, V51, P73 Z PSYCH, V36, P344 Z PSYCH, V43, P40 Z PSYCHOL 1, V51, P73 Z PSYCHOL 1, V51, P91 Z PSYCHOL, V25, P1 Z PSYCHOL, V45, P215 Z PSYCHOL, V51, P102 Z PSYCHOL, V51, P73 Z PSYCHOL, V51, P77 1899, ANAL UNTERSCHIEDSEMP, P155 1907, Z PSYCHOL, V45, P217 AMESEDER R, VORSTELLUNGSPRODUKTI AMESEDER R, 1904, PSYCHOL GESTALTERFAS BINET, ANN PSYCHOL, V3, P42 CLAPAREDE E, 1906, Z ERFORSCHUNG BEHAND, V1, P118 CLAPAREDE, 1902, ARCH PSYCHOL, V1, P69 DESARLOS, 1905, RICERCHE PSICOLOGIA, V1 EBBINGHAUS, PSYCHOLOGIE, V1, P19 EBBINGHAUS, Z PSYCHOL, P457 FECHNER, ELEMENTE PSYCHOPHYSI, V1, P96 FECHNER, 1860, BERICHTE SACHS GES W, P76 FLOURNOY, 1894, ANN PSYCHOL, V1, P168 FLOURNOY, 1894, ANN PSYCHOL, V1, P198 HOFLERS, PSYCHOLOGIE, P427 JAENSCH E, Z PSYCH 1, V41, P257 KATZ A, Z PSYCHOL, V42, P302 KATZ, Z PSYCH 1, V42, P302 LEHMANNS A, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V6, P425 LEHMANNS A, KORPERLICHE AUSSERUN, V1, P63 LOOMIS HN, 1907, PSYCHOL REV PSYCH MO, V8 MARTIN CJ, 1899, ANAL UNTERSCHIEDSEMP, P43 MARTIN LJ, 1899, ANAL UNTERSCHIEDSEMP MARTIUS G, BEITRAGEN PSYCH PH 3, P413 MEINONG A, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, V5 MEINONG A, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, V6 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V33, P1 MEINONG A, 1904, PSYCHOL GESTALTERFAS MEINONGS, Z PSYCHOL S, V2, P109 MEINONGS, Z PSYCHOL, V2, P245 MEINONGS, Z PSYCHOL, V21, P181 MENTZ A, PHILOS STUDIEN, V11, P563 MEUMANN E, EINFUHRUNG EXPT PADA, V2, P94 MEUMANN, 1903, PHILOS STUD, V18, P1 MEUMANNS, VORLESUNGEN EINFUHRU, V2, P361 MULLER GE, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V45, P37 MULLER, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V45, P37 MULLER, 1889, ARCH GES PHYSL, V45, P37 SCHUMANN F, 1909, Z PSYCHOL, V52, P1 STEVENS HC, 1905, AM J PSYCHOL, V12, P409 TREVES Z, 1906, ARCH FISIOL, V3, P353 VANBIERVLIET, 1896, ANN PSYCHOL, V2, P79 WITASEK, 1908, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL, P222 WITASEKS, ASTHETIK, P66 NR 64 TC 3 BP 1 EP 185 PY 1910 PD MAR 8 VL 17 IS 1-2 GA V98EX UT ISI:000206637500001 ER PT J AU LUHMANN, N TI FUTURE CANNOT BEGIN - TEMPORAL STRUCTURES IN MODERN SOCIETY SO SOCIAL RESEARCH J9 SOC RES LA English DT Article C1 UNIV BIEFELD,BIEFELD,FED REP GER. CR ACKOFF RL, 1972, PURPOSEFUL SYSTEMS, P30 ARISTOTLE, PHYSICS ASHBY WR, 1952, DESIGN BRAIN BAUDRY L, 1950, QUERELLE FUTURS CONT BECKER CL, 1932, HEAVENLY CITY 18TH C BELL W, 1971, SOCIOLOGY FUTURE, P6 BENSMAN J, 1973, CRAFT CONSCIOUSNESS, P282 BERNOT L, 1953, NOUVILLE VILLAGE FRA, P321 BLUMENBERG H, 1970, SELBSTERHALTUNG BEHA BOGUSLAW R, 1965, NEW UTOPIANS STUDY S BRUNSCHVICG L, 1949, EXPERIENCE HUMAINE C, P355 CONDORCET AD, 1794, ESQUISSE TABLEAU HIS COTTLE TJ, 1974, PRESENT THINGS FUTUR, P108 COUMET E, 1970, ANNALES-ECON SOC, V25, P574 EMERY FE, 1973, TOWARDS SOCIAL ECOLO, P88 ENGELHARDT P, 1966, FESTCHRIFT M MULLER, P352 FOA UG, 1971, BEHAV SCI, V16, P130 GALTUNG J, 1970, 7TH WORLD C SOC VARN GERHARDT CJ, 1961, PHILOSOPHISCHEN SCHF, V6, P329 GREGOIRE H, 1798, MEMOIRES I NATIO SMP, V1, P552 GURVITCH G, 1964, SPECTRUM SOCIAL TIME, P20 HABERMAS J, 1968, TECHNIK WISSENSCHAFT HABERMAS J, 1971, THEORIE GESELLSCHAFT HARTMANN N, 1949, MOGLICHKEIT WIRKLICH, P223 HEIDEGGER M, 1916, Z PHILOSOPHIE PHILOS, V160, P173 HUBER BJ, 1974, SOC INQ, V44, P29 HUSSERL E, ERSTE PHILOSOPHIE, V2 HUSSERL E, PHILOSOPHIA, V1 HUSSERL E, 1948, ERFAHRUNG URTEIL UNT HUSSERL E, 1950, HUSSERLIANA, V3, P48 HUSSERL E, 1954, HUSSERLIANA, V4 HUSSERL E, 1959, HUSSERLIANA, V8, P146 HUSSERL E, 1966, ANALYSEN PASSIVEN SY, V11, P3 KLEMPT A, 1960, SAKULARISIERUNG UNIV, P81 KOSELLECK R, 1967, NATUR GESCH, P196 KOSELLECK R, 1968, FESTGABE C SCHMITT, P551 LASZLO E, 1974, STRATEGY FUTURE SYST LILIENFELD R, 1975, SOC RES, V42, P637 LOVEJOY AO, 1936, GREAT CHAIN BEING ST LUHMANN N, 1973, VERTRAUEN MECHANISMU LUHMANN N, 1974, GEWALTVERHALTNISSE O, P107 LUHMANN N, 1975, AUFKLARUNG, V2, P150 MALTZ D, 1968, CORNELL J SOC RELAT, V3, P85 MARTINS H, 1974, APPROACHES SOCIOLOGY, P246 MAU JA, 1968, SOCIAL CHANGE IMAGES MCTAGGART JME, 1908, MIND, V17, P457 MEAD GH, 1932, PHILOSOPHY PRESENT, P88 MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MERCIER LS, 1772, DEUX MILLE QUATRE CE NISBERT R, 1969, SOCIAL CHANGE HISTOR, P106 OCKHAM W, 1945, TRACTATUS PRAEDESTIN PAPE I, 1966, TRADITION TRANSFORMA, V1, P224 PARSONS T, 1967, SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY, P297 PARSONS T, 1970, THEOR SOCIOL, P27 POLAK FL, 1961, IMAGE FUTURE POULET G, 1956, STUDIES HUMAN TIME, P26 REID H, 1972, HUM CONTEXT, V4, P456 REID HG, 1973, POLITICS SOC, V3, P207 RITTER J, 1957, HEGEL FRANZOSISCHE R SAMBURSKY S, 1971, CONCEPT TIME LATE NE SCHON DA, 1973, BEYOND STABLE STATE SCHUTZ A, 1932, SINNHAFTE AUFBAU SOZ SOROKIN PA, 1937, AM J SOCIOL, V42, P615 SOROKIN PA, 1937, SOCIAL CULTURAL DYNA, V2, P473 SOROKIN PA, 1964, SOCIOCULTURAL CAUSAL, P171 TOCQUEVILLE A, 1866, ANCIEN REGIME REVOLU WILKE J, 1974, ZEITGEDICHT SEINE HE WILSON C, 1956, W HEYTESBURY MEDIEVA, P29 ZUBE MJ, 1972, SOC FORCES, V50, P385 NR 69 TC 36 BP 130 EP 152 PY 1976 VL 43 IS 1 GA BQ137 UT ISI:A1976BQ13700008 ER PT J AU MULLIGAN, K SMITH, B TI A RELATIONAL THEORY OF THE ACT + THE BRENTANO QUESTION SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article C1 UNIV MANCHESTER,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,MANCHESTER M13 9PL,LANCS,ENGLAND. RP MULLIGAN, K, UNIV GENEVA,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,CH-1211 GENEVA 4,SWITZERLAND. CR BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1982, DESKRIPTIVE PSYCHOL CHISHOLM RM, 1976, PERSON OBJECT METAPH CHISHOLM RM, 1981, 1ST PERSON ESSAY REF DEVITT M, 1984, REALISM TRUTH DREYFUS HL, 1982, HUSSERL INTENTIONALI EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE FARIAS V, 1968, THESIS FREIBURG BR FINE K, UNPUB HUSSERL PURE T GEACH PT, 1957, MENTAL ACTS GEACH PT, 1972, LOGIC MATTERS, P318 HACKING I, 1978, PHILOS REV, V87, P321 HUSSERL E, 1894, INTENTIONALE GEGENST HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1913, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME, V1 HUSSERL E, 1948, ERFAHRUNG URTEIL HUSSERL E, 1979, AUFSATZE REZENSIONEN INGARDEN R, 1964, STREIT EXISTENZ WELT JOHANSSON I, UNPUB ONTOLOGICAL IN KIM J, 1974, NOUS, V8, P41 LINKE PF, 1929, GRUNDFRAGEN WAHRNEHU MEINONG A, 1896, Z PSYCHOL PHILOS, V11, P81 MULLIGAN K, 1980, THESIS U MANCHESTER MULLIGAN K, 1984, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V44, P287 MULLIGAN K, 1985, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V45, P627 MULLIGAN K, 1985, TEORIA, V5, P145 MULLIGAN K, 1986, SPEECH ACT SACHVERHA MULLIGAN K, 1986, UNPUB PROMISES OTHER PFANDER A, 1911, MUNCHENER PHILOS ABH PFANDER A, 1911, PHENOMENOLOGY WILLIN, P163 REINACH A, 1913, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V1, P685 REINACH A, 1921, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN ROGGE E, 1935, KAUSALPROBLEM BEI FR RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH SCHUHMANN K, 1982, PFANDER STUDIEN, P155 SEARLE JR, 1982, INTENTIONALITY SIMONS P, 1983, EPISTEMOLOGY PHILOS, P81 SIMONS P, 1983, TOPOI-INT REV PHILOS, V2, P99 SIMONS PM, UNPUB PARTS SMITH B, UNPUB F GESTALT THEO SMITH B, 1981, P AR SOC S, V55, P47 SMITH B, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE SMITH B, 1983, EPISTEMOLOGY PHILOS, P85 SMITH B, 1984, DIALECTICA, V38, P157 SMITH B, 1984, TOPOI, V2, P73 SMITH B, 1986, UNPUB MIND MEANING M SMITH DW, 1982, HUSSERL INTENTIONALI STEPHENS JW, 1978, THESIS PRINCETON STROLL A, 1979, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V4, P277 STUMPF C, 1873, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU TEGTMEIER E, 1981, KOMPARATIVE BEGRIFFE TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE VOM INHALT GEG VONEHRENFELS CF, 1990, VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT, V14, P242 WOODFIELD A, 1982, THOUGHT OBJECT ESSAY NR 54 TC 14 BP 115 EP 130 PY 1986 PD SEP VL 5 IS 2 GA E7744 UT ISI:A1986E774400003 ER PT J AU SHUFORD, HR TI PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS - CERTAINTY AND JUSTIFICATION SO SOUTHWESTERN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 SOUTHWEST J PHIL LA English DT Editorial Material C1 UNIV HOUSTON,HOUSTON,TX. CR CASTANEDA HN, 1965, REV METAPHYSICS, V18, P508 CHISHOLM R, 1966, THEORY KNOWLEDGE, N23 CHISHOLM RM, 1961, ANALYSIS, V22, P1 CHISHOLM RM, 1963, J PHILOSOPHY, V60, P783 CHISHOLM, 1956, PHILOSOPHY PHENOMENO, V16, P447 CHISHOLM, 1957, PERCEIVING PHILOSOPH, P3 DANTO AC, 1967, EPISTEMOLOGY NEW ESS, P32 FIRTH R, TO BE PUBLISHED FIRTH R, 1965, J PHILOSOPHY, V61, P545 FIRTH R, 1967, PHILOS REV, V76, P3 FRANKFURT HG, 1962, PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW, V71, P303 GETTIER E, 1963, ANALYSIS, V23, P121 HINTIKKA J, 1962, KNOWLEDGE BELIEF, P105 HINTIKKA J, 1962, PHILOS REV, V71, P6 LEMMON EJ, 1967, EPISTEMOLOGY NEW ESS, P54 LEWIS CI, 1952, PHILOS REV, V61, P168 MALCOLM N, 1963, KNOWLEDGE CERTAINTY, P58 MEINONG A, 1917, EMOTIONALE PRASENTAT PELTZ RW, 1962, PHILOSOPHICAL STUDIE, V13, P39 QUINTON AM, 1965, PERCEIVING SENSING K, P499 REICHENBACH H, 1952, PHILOSOPHICAL REV, V61, P152 SHUFORD HR, 7TH P INT AM C PHIL, V2, P25 SHUFORD HR, 1966, TEXAS J SCIENCE, V18, P145 NR 23 TC 0 BP 95 EP 110 PY 1970 VL 1 IS 1-2 GA Y3620 UT ISI:A1970Y362000012 ER PT J AU JACQUETTE, D TI INTENTIONAL SEMANTICS AND THE LOGIC OF FICTION SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF AESTHETICS J9 BRIT J AESTHET LA English DT Article RP JACQUETTE, D, PENN STATE UNIV,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,UNIVERSITY PK,PA 16802. CR CHISHOLM RM, 1982, J PHILOS, V79, P537 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE JACQUETTE, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P423 KRIPKE SA, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY MARGOLIS J, 1965, LANGUAGE ART CRITICI MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P575 PARSONS T, 1975, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V1, P83 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PLANTINGA A, 1974, NATURE NECESSITY ROUTLEY R, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P533 SARTRE JP, 1948, PSYCHOL IMAGINATION SMITH B, 1980, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V41, P93 WOODS J, 1974, LOCIG FICTION PHILOS ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTR OBJECTS INTRO NR 17 TC 0 BP 168 EP 176 PY 1989 PD SPR VL 29 IS 2 GA U3038 UT ISI:A1989U303800008 ER PT J AU Betti, A TI Propositions and states of affairs in Twardowski SO DIALOGUE-CANADIAN PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 DIALOGUE-CAN PHIL REV LA French DT Article C1 Univ Libre Amsterdam, Amsterdam, Netherlands. RP Betti, A, Univ Libre Amsterdam, Amsterdam, Netherlands. AB Twardowski's On the Content and Object of Presentations (1894) is one of the most influential works that Austrian philosophy has left to posterity. The manuscript Logik (1894-1895) supplements that work and allows us to reconstruct Twardowski's theory of judgement. These texts raise several issues, in particular whether Twardowski accepts propositions and states of affairs in his theory of judgement and whether his theory is acceptable. This article presents Twardowski's theory, shows that he accepts states of affairs, that he has a notion of proposition, and that his theory is interesting and sophisticated. CR ARMSTRONG DM, 1997, WORLD STATES AFFAIRS BENOIST J, 2001, REPRESENTATIONS OBJE BENOIST J, 2002, ENTRE ACTE SENS THEO BETTI A, 2004, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V67, P1 BETTI A, 2004, IN PRESS LOGICS PHIL BILAT A, 2001, SLOWNIK POJEC FILOZI, P254 BOLZANO B, 1837, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE BRANDL J, 2000, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1974, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ, P3 CASARI E, 1992, BOLZANOS WISSENSCHAF, P55 CHISHOLM R, 1976, PERSON OBJECT METAPH CHISHOLM R, 1977, THEORY KNOWLEDGE CHISHOLM R, 1982, BRENTANO MEINONG STU CHURCH A, 1956, PROBLEM UNIVERSALS, P3 CZEZOWSKI T, 1918, PRZEGLAD FILOZOFICZN, V21 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE HOFLER A, 1890, PHILOS PROPADEUTIK, V1 HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1979, HUSSERLIANA, V22, P303 INGARDEN R, 1960, DZIELE LIT BADANIA P INGARDEN R, 1961, SPOR ISTNIENIE SWIAT, V2 MARKOSIAN N, 2004, OXFORD STUDIES METAP, V1, P47 MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P379 MEINONG A, 1978, GESAMTAUSGABE, V7, P199 MULLIGAN K, 1984, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V44, P287 MULLIGAN K, 1985, TEORIA, V5, P145 MULLIGAN K, 1989, EPISTEMOLOGIA, V12, P207 MULLIGAN K, 1989, TOPOI S, V2, P117 PRIOR AN, 1976, DOCTIRNE PROPOSITION RASPA V, 1995, STUDI URBINATI B, V67, P115 REINACH A, 1911, MUNCHENER PHILOS ABH SIMONS P, 1992, DISCIPLINE FILOSOFIC, V7, P29 SMITH B, 1989, TRADITION ANAL PHILO, P415 TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LOGIKA TWARDOWSKI K, 1895, LOGIKA TWARDOWSKI K, 1991, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V39, P1 TWARDOWSKI K, 1996, FILOZOFIA NAUKI, V4, P155 VALLICELLA WF, 2000, NOUS, V34, P237 WETZEL T, 2003, STANFORD ENCY PH FAL ZEGLEN UM, 1996, AXIOMATHES, P267 NR 42 TC 0 BP 469 EP 492 PY 2005 PD SUM VL 44 IS 3 GA 999TX UT ISI:000234414500003 ER PT J AU Loring, MW TI An investigation of the law of eye movements SO PSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW J9 PSYCHOL REV LA English DT Article CR AUBERT H, 1876, HDB GESAMMTEN AUGENH BARNES B, 1905, AM J PSYCHOL, V16, P199 BUROW A, 1841, BEITRAGE PHYSL AUGES, P8 DONDERS FC, 1848, WISSENSCHAFTEN, P105 DONDERS FC, 1848, WISSENSCHAFTEN, P384 FICK A, 1854, Z RATION MED, V4, P101 FICK A, 1858, MOLESCHOTTS UNTERSUC, V5, P193 HELMHOLTZ H, 1863, ARCH OPHTHALMOLOGIE, P153 HELMHOLTZ H, 1866, HDB PHYSL OPTIK, V2, P613 HERING E, 1868, LEHRE BINOCULAREM SE, P83 HUECK A, 1838, ACHSENDREHUNG AUGES LECONTE J, 1881, SIGHT, P185 MEINONG A, 1898, Z PSYCH PHYSL, V17, P161 MEISSNER G, 1854, BEITRAGE PHYSL SEHOR MEISSNER G, 1855, GRAEFE ARCH OPHTHALM, V1 MEISSNER G, 1860, Z RATION MED, V7, P1 MULLER J, 1826, VERGLEICHENDEN PHYSL, P254 RUETE T, 1846, LEHRBUCH OPHTHALMOLO, P14 RUETE T, 1855, LEHRBUCH OPHTHALMOLO, P37 SANFORD E, 1898, EXPT PSYCHOL VALENTIN G, 1846, LEHRBUCH PHYSL, P32 VOLKANN AW, 1846, WAGNERS HANDWORTERBU, V3, P273 VOLKMANN AW, 1864, PHYSL UNTERS IM GEBI, P199 WICHODZEW A, 1912, Z SINNEPHYSIOLOGIE, V2, P394 WUNDT W, 1862, ARCH OPHTHALMOLOGIE, P16 NR 25 TC 5 BP 354 EP 370 PY 1915 PD SEP VL 22 IS 5 GA V02CW UT ISI:000200142600002 ER PT J AU KUNG, G TI THE INTENTIONAL AND THE REAL OBJECT SO DIALECTICA J9 DIALECTICA LA English DT Article CR BUTCHVAROV P, 1980, MIDW STUDIES PHILOS, V5, P261 CHISHOLM RM, IN PRESS FREGE G, 1884, GRUNDLAGEN ARITHMETI HUSSER E, UNPUBLISHED HUSSERL E, LEHRE VOM INHALT GEG INGARDEN R, 1931, LIT KUNSTWERK INGARDEN R, 1965, STREIT EXISTENZ WELT, V2 KUNG G, 1973, REV METAPHYS, V26, P670 KUNG G, 1975, MONIST, V59, P61 MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 SMITH DW, 1983, SYNTHESE, V54, P95 NR 11 TC 2 BP 143 EP 156 PY 1984 VL 38 IS 2-3 GA TH524 UT ISI:A1984TH52400005 ER PT J AU Reinach, A Launay, MBD TI Theory of negative judgment. Presentation and translation from the German by Marc B. de Launay SO REVUE DE METAPHYSIQUE ET DE MORALE J9 REV METAPHYSIQUE MORALE LA French DT Article CR AMESEDER R, BEITRAGE GRUNDLEGUNG AMESEDER R, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P54 BERGSON H, 1907, EVOLUTION CREATRICE, P312 BRENTANO F, ORIGINE CONNAISSANCE BRENTANO F, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ BRENTANO F, 1944, PSYCHOL POINT VUE EM, P224 BRUNSWIG A, 1910, VERGLEICHEN RELATION CONRAD T, 1911, MUNCHENER PHILOS ABH, P57 ERDMANN B, 1907, LOGIK, V1, P504 HUSSERL E, 1972, RECH LOGIQUES, V2 KANT I, CRITIQUE RAISON PURE LIPPS T, 1906, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL, P113 LOTZE, 1980, LOGIK, P61 MAIER H, 1908, PSYCHOL EMOTIONALEN, P272 MARBE K, 1919, VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT, V34, P5 MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND, P233 MEINONG A, 1977, GESAMTAUSGABE, V4, P98 MIENONG A, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V6, P33 MULLIGAN K, 1987, SPEECH ACT SACHVERHA PFANDER A, 1987, LOGIK REINACH A, APRIORISCHEN GRUNDLA REINACH A, URTEIL SACHVERHALT REINACH A, 1913, APORISCHE GRUNDLAGEN REINACH A, 1989, SAMTLICHE WERKE, V1, P204 SIGWART C, 1904, LOGIK, V1, P156 NR 26 TC 3 BP 383 EP 436 PY 1996 PD JUL-SEP VL 101 IS 3 GA VQ668 UT ISI:A1996VQ66800006 ER PT J AU HEIDER, F TI ON PERCEPTION, EVENT STRUCTURE, AND PSYCHOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT SO PSYCHOLOGICAL ISSUES J9 PSYCHOL ISSUES LA English DT Article CR ALLPORT FH, 1955, THEORIES PERCEPTION ANGYAL A, 1941, F SCI PERSONALITY ATTNEAVE F, 1954, PSYCHOL REV, V61, P183 BECHER E, 1911, GEHIRN SEELE BENTLEY AF, 1935, BEHAVIOR KNOWLEDGE F BLONDEL C, 1932, PSYCHOGRAPHIE M PROU BORING EG, 1929, HIST EXPT PSYCHOL BRUNSWIK E, 1934, WAHRNEHMUNG GEGENSTA BRUNSWIK E, 1936, 25TH P ANN CEL IN GR, P122 BRUNSWIK E, 1937, PHILOS SCI, V4, P227 BRUNSWIK E, 1938, EINHEITSWISSENSCHAFT, V6, P17 BRUNSWIK E, 1943, PSYCHOL REV, V50, P255 BRUNSWIK E, 1955, INT ENCY UNIFIED SCI, V1, P655 BRUNSWIK E, 1957, CONT APPROACHES COGN, P5 BUHLER K, 1929, KRISE PSYCHOL CARTWRIGHT D, 1959, PSYCHOL STUDY SCI, V2, P7 CASSIRER E, 1944, ESSAY MAN CHEIN I, 1954, J SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P115 COURNOT A, 1956, WORLD MATH, P1203 CROZIER WJ, 1934, HDB GEN EXPT PSYCHOL, P3 DANDIEU A, 1930, M PROUST REVELATION DEUTSCH M, 1954, HDB SOCIAL PSYCHOL, P181 DUNCKER K, 1929, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V12, P180 ELLIS H, 1935, ATLANTIC MONTHLY, V156, P421 HILGARD ER, 1936, PSYCHOL REV, V43, P366 HILGARD ER, 1936, PSYCHOL REV, V43, P547 HOBHOUSE LT, 1926, MIND EVOLUTION HOCHBERG J, 1953, J EXP PSYCHOL, V46, P361 HOCHBERG JE, 1957, PSYCHOL REV, V64, P73 HOLT EB, 1915, FREUDIAN WISH HULL CL, 1934, PSYCHOL REV, V41, P134 HULL CL, 1934, PSYCHOL REV, V41, P33 JAMES W, 1890, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL JOHANSSON G, 1950, CONFIGURATIONS EVENT KLUVER H, 1933, BEHAVIOR MECHANISMS KLUVER H, 1936, CHARACT PERSON, V5, P91 KOFFKA K, 1935, PRINCIPLES GESTALT P KOHLER W, 1929, GESTALT PSYCHOL LAPLACE PS, 1956, WORLD MATH, P1325 LEEPER RW, 1943, LEWIN TOPOLOGICAL VE LENZEN VF, 1955, INT ENCY UNIFIED SCI, V1, P279 LEWIN K, 1917, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL, V12, P440 LEWIN K, 1922, BEGRIFF GENESE PHYSI LEWIN K, 1926, SYMPOSIUM, V1, P61 LEWIN K, 1927, SYMPOSION, V1, P375 LEWIN K, 1935, DYNAMIC THEORY PERSO LEWIN K, 1936, PRINCIPLES TOPOLOGIC LEWIN K, 1938, CONTR PSYCHOL THEORY, V1 LONDON ID, 1944, PSYCHOL REV, V51, P266 MACH E, 1897, CONTRIBUTIONS ANAL S MEINONG A, 1906, Z PHYSIKAL CHEM UNTE PIAGET J, 1954, CONSTRUCTION REALITY PROUST M, 1919, BUDDING GROVE 1 2 PROUST M, 1920, GUERMANTES WAYS 1 2 PROUST M, 1921, CITIES PLAIN 1 2 PROUST M, 1924, CAPTIVE PROUST M, 1925, SWEET CHEAT GONE PROUST M, 1927, PAST RECAPTURED PROUST M, 1928, SWANNS WAY RUBIN E, 1927, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V103, P384 RUSSELL B, 1948, HUMAN KNOWLEDGE ITS SKINNER BF, 1935, J GEN PSYCHOL, V12, P40 SPENCE KW, 1944, PSYCHOL REV, V51, P47 TOLMAN EC, 1935, PSYCHOL REV, V42, P43 TOLMAN EC, 1937, PSYCHOL REV, V44, P195 VONKRIES J, 1901, MATERIELLEN GRUNDLAG WEISS AP, 1925, THEORETICAL BASIS HU WERNER H, 1957, COMP PSYCHOL MENTAL NR 68 TC 1 BP R1 EP 123 PY 1959 VL 1 IS 3 GA CGV18 UT ISI:A1959CGV1800001 ER PT J AU HALES, SD TI CERTAINTY AND PHENOMENAL STATES SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 CAN J PHIL LA English DT Article RP HALES, SD, GEORGIA STATE UNIV,ATLANTA,GA 30303. CR ALSTON W, 1989, EPISTEMIC JUSTIFICAT ARNAULD A, PORT ROYAL LOGIC AUGUSTINE, CONTRA ACADEMICOS BERKELEY G, PRINCIPLES HUMAN KNO BRENTANO F, DISTINCTION MENTAL P CHISHOLM R, 1942, MIND, V51, P368 CHISHOLM RM, 1989, THEORY KNOWLEDGE DESCARTES R, MEDITATIONS DUNSSCOTUS J, HUMAN KNOWLEDGE FIRTH R, 1967, PHILOS REV, V76, P3 HARDY GH, 1940, RAMANUJAN HEIDELBERGER H, 1979, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V7, P59 HILL AL, 1974, MENT RETARD, V12, P12 HUME D, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR KLEIN P, 1981, CERTAINTY LEIBNIZ GW, NEW ESSAYS HUMAN UND LURIA AR, 1968, MIND MNEMONIST MALCOLM N, 1963, KNOWLEDGE CERTAINTY MEINONG A, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI MILLER RW, 1978, MIND, V87, P46 MOORE GE, CERTAINTY MOORE GE, DEFENSE COMMON SENSE RUSSELL B, KNOWLEDGE ACQUAINTAN SACKS O, MAN WHO MISTOOK HIS SARTRE JP, BEING AND NOTHINGNES SOSA E, 1991, KNOWLEDGE PERSPECTIV SOSA E, 1992, MENTAL CAUSATION VANCLEVE J, 1979, PHILOS REV, V88, P55 NR 28 TC 0 BP 57 EP 72 PY 1994 PD MAR VL 24 IS 1 GA NK548 UT ISI:A1994NK54800005 ER PT J AU Boring, EG TI The stimulus-error SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 AMER J PSYCHOL LA English DT Review CR 1905, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V1, P71 1912, PSYCHOL B, V9, P245 1913, AM J PSYCHOL, V24, P274 1913, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V30, P113 1913, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V30, P124 1920, AM J PSYCHOL, V31, P27 1920, PSYCHOL REV, V27, P447 1920, PSYCHOL REV, V27, P449 AMENT W, 1900, PHILOS STUD, V16, P173 ANGELL F, 1891, PHILOS STUD, V7, P438 BOAS F, 1882, PFLUGERS ARCH, V28, P568 BORING EG, 1920, AM J PSYCHOL, V31, P77 BORING EG, 1920, PSYCHOL REV, V27, P446 BORING, 1916, Q J EXP PHYSL, V10, P23 BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1, P91 BRUCKNER A, 1901, Z PSYCHOL, P26 BRUCKNER A, 1901, Z PSYCHOL, P54 BRUCKNER A, 1901, Z PSYCHOL, P60 CATTELL, 1893, AM J PSYCHOL, V5, P287 DELASKI E, 1916, AM J PSYCHOL, V27, P569 EBBINGHAUS H, 1890, Z PSYCHOL, V1, P323 EXNER S, 1879, HDB PHYSL, V2, P242 FECHNER GT, 1889, ELEMENTE PSYCHOPHYSI, V1, P1 FECHNER, ELEMENTE, V2, P318 FECHNER, 1882, REVISION HAUPTPUNKTE, P5 FOUCALT M, 1910, ILLUSION PARADOXALE, P122 FRIEDLANDER H, 1920, Z PSYCHOL, V83, P187 FRIEDLINE CL, 1918, AM J PSYCHOL, V29, P415 FROBES J, 1904, Z PSYCHOL, V36, P259 FULLERTON GS, 1892, PERCEPTION SMALL DIF, P20 FULLERTON, 1893, AM J PSYCHOL, V5, P287 GATES EJ, 1915, AM J PSYCHOL, V26, P152 GRIESBACH H, 1895, ARCH HYG, V24, P124 GROTENFELT A, 1888, WEBERSCHE GESETZ PSY, P111 HENRI V, 1898, RAUMWAHRNEHMUNGEN TA, V6 HENRI, RAUMWAHRNEHMUNGEN, P61 HENRI, 1895, PHILOS STUD, V11, P403 HOISINGTON LB, 1920, AM J PSYCHOL, V31, P114 JAMES W, 1890, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL, V1, P546 KULPE O, 1896, OUTLINES PSYCHOL, P45 KULPE O, 1902, PHILOS STUDIEN, V19, P508 KULPE O, 1920, VORLESUNGEN PSYCHOL, P5 MARTIUS G, PHILOS STUD, V5, P605 MCDOUGALL W, 1903, REP CAMBRIDGE ANTHR, V2, P189 MEINONG A, 1896, Z PSYCHOL, V11, P96 MULLER FA, 1882, AXIOM PSYCHOPHYSIK, P46 MULLER GE, 1878, GRUNDLEGUNG PSYCHOPH, P224 MULLER GE, 1904, GESICHTSPUNKTE TATSA, P237 MUNSTERBERG H, 1900, BEITRAGE EXPT PSYCHO, V3, P98 NEIGLICK H, 1888, PHILOS STUD ROBERTSON TB, 1909, MONIST, V19, P372 ROBERTSON TB, 1909, MONIST, V19, P384 TANNERY J, 1883, ELEMENTS PSYCHOPHYSI, P138 TAWNEY G, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P585 TAWNEY, 1897, PHILOS STUD, V13, P170 TAWNEY, 1897, PHILOS STUD, V13, P186 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P198 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P203 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P207 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P219 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P223 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P230 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P262 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P450 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P63 TITCHENER EB, 1905, EXPT PSYCHOL, V2, R26 TITCHENER EB, 1910, TXB PSYCHOL, P202 TITCHENER EB, 1915, AM J PSYCHOL, V26, P258 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V1, R27 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P198 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P203 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P219 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P230 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P262 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, P84 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, R134 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, R48 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, R56 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, R74 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, R78 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, R80 TITCHENER, EXPER PSYCHOL, V2, R82 TITCHENER, TEXTBOOK, P218 TITCHENER, TEXTBOOK, P350 TITCHENER, TEXTBOOK, P398 TITCHENER, TEXTBOOK, P522 TITCHENER, 1916, P AM PHILOS SOC, V55, P206 TITCHENER, 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P108 URBAN, PSYCHOL REV, V17, P243 URBAN, STAT METH, P5 URBAN, STAT METH, P70 URBAN, STAT METH, V5, P17 URBAN, 1908, APPL STAT METHODS PR, P17 URBAN, 1910, PSYCHOL REV, V17, P27 VONKRIES J, 1882, VTJSCHR WISS PHILOS, P275 VONKRIES J, 1882, VTJSCHR WISS PHILOS, P6 WARD J, 1876, MIND, V1, P460 WATSON JB, 1913, J PHILOS, V10, P427 WATSON JB, 1913, PSYCHOL REV, V20, P177 WATSON JB, 1920, PSYCHOLOGY, V7 WATSON, 1919, PSYCHOL STANDPOINT B WELD HP, 1917, TITCHENER STUDIES PS, P181 NR 103 TC 53 BP 449 EP 471 PY 1921 VL 32 GA V01XS UT ISI:000200129200031 ER PT J AU Shafer, G Vovk, V TI The sources of Kolmogorov's Grundbegriffe SO STATISTICAL SCIENCE J9 STAT SCI LA English DT Review C1 Rutgers State Univ, Sch Business, Newark, NJ 07102 USA. Univ London, Royal Holloway, Egham TW20 0EX, Surrey, England. RP Shafer, G, Rutgers State Univ, Sch Business, Newark, NJ 07102 USA. EM gshafer@andromeda.rutgers.edu vovk@cs.rhul.ac.uk DE axioms for probability; Borel; classical probability; Cournot's principle; frequentism; Grundbegriffe der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung; history of probability; Kolmogorov; measure theory ID PROBABILITY-CALCULATIONS; SOVIET-UNION; MATHEMATICS; FOUNDATIONS; HISTORY; SERIES; SIZES; WORK AB Andrei Kolmogorov's Grundbegriffe der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung put probability's modem mathematical formalism in place. It also provided a philosophy of probability-an explanation of how the formalism can be connected to the world of experience. In this article, we examine the sources of these two aspects of the Grundbegriffe-the work of the earlier scholars whose ideas Kolmogorov synthesized. CR ANDERSEN ES, 1948, KONGELIGE DANSKE VID, V25 BACHELIER L, 1900, ANN SCI ECOLE NORM S, V17, P21 BACHELIER L, 1910, ANN SCI ECOLE NORM, V27, P339 BACHELIER L, 1912, CALCUL PROBABILITES BARONE J, 1978, ARCH HIST EXACT SCI, V18, P123 BARTLETT MS, 1949, DIALECTICA, V3, P104 BAYER R, 1951, C INT PHIL SCI PAR 1, V4 BERNOULLI J, 1713, ARS CONJECTANDI BERNSTEIN F, 1912, MATH ANN, V71, P417 BERNSTEIN SN, 1917, COMMUNICATIONS KHARK, V15, P209 BERNSTEIN SN, 1946, THEORY PROBABILITY BERTRAND J, 1907, CALCUL PROBABILITES BLACKWELL D, 1956, P 3 BERK S MATH STAT, V2, P1 BLUM A, 2003, ANARCHIE BUREAUCRATI BOHLMANN G, 1901, ENCY MATH WISSENSCHA, V1, P852 BOREL E, 1895, ANN SCI ECOLE NORM S, V12, P9 BOREL E, 1897, ACTA MATH, V20, P243 BOREL E, 1898, LECONS THEORIE FONCT BOREL E, 1905, B SOC MATH FRANCE, V33, P123 BOREL E, 1906, REV MOIS, V1, P424 BOREL E, 1909, RENDICONTI CIRCOLO M, V27, P247 BOREL E, 1912, NOTICE TRAVAUX SCI BOREL E, 1930, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V190, P537 BOREL E, 1939, VALEUR PRATIQUE PHIL BOREL E, 1965, ELEMENTS THEORY PROB BOREL E, 1972, OEUVRES E BOREL BOURBAKI N, 1994, ELEMENTS HIST MATH BROGGI U, 2007, THESIS U GOTTINGEN BRU B, 2001, STAT CENTURIES, P287 BRU B, 2003, J SOC FRANCAISE STAT, V144, P134 BRUNS H, 1906, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEITSR BUFFON GL, 1777, HIST NATURELLE S, V4, P46 CANTELLI FP, 1916, ATTI REALE ACCADE SF, V11, P329 CANTELLI FP, 1916, RENDICONTI CIRCOLO M, V41, P191 CANTELLI FP, 1917, ATTI REALE ACCADEM 5, V26, P39 CANTELLI FP, 1932, GIORNALE I ITALIANO, V3, P257 CANTELLI FP, 1935, ANN I H POINCARE, V5, P3 CANTELLI FP, 1958, ALCUNE MEMORIE MATEM CARATHEODORY C, 1914, NACHR AKAD WISS G MP, V4, P404 CARATHEODORY C, 1927, VORLESUNGEN REELLE F CASTELNUOVO G, 1948, CALCOLO PROBABILITA CHUPROV AA, 1910, ESSAYS THEORY STAT CHURCH A, 1940, B AM MATH SOC, V46, P130 CIFARELLI DM, 1996, STAT SCI, V11, P253 COPELAND AH, 1932, ANN MATH STAT, V3, P143 COURNOT AA, 1843, EXPOSITION THEORIE C COURNOT AA, 1973, OEUVRES COMPLETES CZUBER E, 1914, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEITSR DALEMBERT J, 1761, OPUSCULES MATH, V2, P1 DALEMBERT J, 1767, MELANGES LIT HIST PH, V5, P275 DANIELL PJ, 1918, ANN MATH, V19, P279 DANIELL PJ, 1919, ANN MATH, V20, P281 DANIELL PJ, 1919, ANN MATH, V21, P30 DANIELL PJ, 1920, ANN MATH, V21, P203 DANIELL PJ, 1921, AM J MATH, V43, P143 DASTON L, 1994, HIST MATH, V21, P330 DASTON LJ, 1979, HIST MATH, V6, P259 DEFINETTI B, 1930, REND REALE I LOMBARD, V63, P1063 DEFINETTI B, 1930, REND REALE I LOMBARD, V63, P901 DEFINETTI B, 1939, ACTUALITES SCI IND, V766 DEMOIVRE A, 1756, DOCTRINE CHANCES MET DIEUDONNE J, 1948, ANN I FOURIER GRENOB, V23, P25 DOOB JL, 1953, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES DOOB JL, 1989, ANN PROBAB, V17, P815 DOOB JL, 1994, AM MATH MONTHLY, V103, P586 DORGE K, 1930, MATH Z, V32, P232 ELLIS RL, 1949, T CAMBRIDGE PHILOS S, V8, P1 FABER G, 1910, MATH ANN, V69, P372 FECHNER GT, 1897, KOLLEKTIVMASSLEHRE FRECHET M, 1915, B SOC MATH FRANCE, V43, P248 FRECHET M, 1915, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V160, P839 FRECHET M, 1924, CALCUL PROBABILITES FRECHET M, 1930, RENDICONTI REALE I L, V63, P1059 FRECHET M, 1930, RENDICONTI REALE I L, V63, P899 FRECHET M, 1937, RECHERCHES THEORIQUE FRECHET M, 1938, ACTUAL SCI IND, V735, P23 FRECHET M, 1950, GEN PROBABILITES VAR FRECHET M, 1952, METHODE FONCTIONS AR, V2 GNEDENKO BV, 1948, 30 YEARS SOVIET MATH, P701 GNEDENKO BV, 1954, LIMIT DISTRIBUTIONS HABERMAN SJ, 1996, ADV STAT, V1 HADAMARD J, 1922, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V39, P289 HADAMARD J, 1968, OEUVRES J HADAMARD, V4, P2161 HAUSDORFF F, 1901, SITZUNGSBER KONIG MP, V53, P152 HAUSDORFF F, 1914, GRUNDZUGE MENGENLEHR HAWKINS T, 1975, LEBESGUES THEORY INT HELM G, 1902, ANN NATURPHILOSOPHIE, V1, P364 HILBERT D, 1902, B AM MATH SOC, V8, P437 HOCHKIRCHEN T, 1999, AXIOMATISIERUNG WAHR HOLGATE P, 1997, BIOMETRIKA, V84, P161 JEFFREYS H, 1973, SCI INFERENCE JESSEN B, 1930, 7 SKAND MAT OSL AUG, P127 JESSEN B, 1935, J MATH PHYS MASS I T, V14, P24 JOHNSON NL, 1997, LEADING PERSONALITIE KAMLAH A, 1983, ERKENNTNIS, V19, P239 KEYNES JM, 1921, TREATISE PROBABILITY KHINCHIN AY, 1925, SB MATH+, V32, P668 KHINCHIN AY, 1929, USP FIZ NAUK, V9, P141 KHINCHIN AY, 1961, QUESTIONS PHILOS, V15, P77 KHINCHIN AY, 1961, QUESTIONS PHILOS, V15, P91 KNOBLOCH E, 2001, PROBABILITY THEORY P, P71 KOLMOGOROFF A, 1928, MATH ANN, V99, P309 KOLMOGOROFF A, 1930, MATH ANN, V102, P484 KOLMOGOROFF A, 1931, MATH ANN, V104, P415 KOLMOGOROV AN, 1929, COLLECTED WORKS MATH, V1, P8 KOLMOGOROV AN, 1939, COMMUNICATION KOLMOGOROV AN, 1948, RUSS MATH SURV, V3, P142 KOLMOGOROV AN, 1965, MATH ITS CONTENT MET, V2, P229 KOLMOGOROV AN, 1986, UZBRANNIE TRUDI TEOR KOLMOGOROV AN, 1992, SELECTED WORKS AN KO, V2 KOLMOGOROV AN, 1998, GRUNDBEGRIFFE WAHRSC KOLMOGOROV AN, 2000, PLEN SESS REV TALKS, V1, P165 LAEMMEL R, 1904, THESIS U ZURICH LEBESGUE H, 1901, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V132, P1025 LEBESGUE H, 1928, LECONS INTEGRATION R LEVY P, 1925, CALCUL PROBABILITES LEVY P, 1954, THEORIE ADDITION VAR LEVY P, 1959, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V248, P181 LEVY P, 1973, OEUVRES P LEVY LOMNICKI A, 1923, FUND MATH, V4, P34 LOMNICKI Z, 1934, FUND MATH, V23, P237 LORENTZ GG, 2002, J APPROX THEORY, V116, P169 LOVELAND J, 2001, ARCH HIST EXACT SCI, V55, P465 MACLANE S, 1995, NOT AM MATH SOC, V42, P1134 MAISTROV LE, 1974, PROBABILITY THEORY H MARKOV AA, 1912, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEITSR MARKOV AA, 1924, CALCULUS PROBABILITY MARTIN T, 1996, PROBABILITES CRITIQU MARTIN T, 1998, ANN LIT U FRANCHE CO MARTIN T, 2003, PROBABILTES SUBJECTI, P119 MASANI PR, 1990, N WIENER 1894 1964 MAZLIAK L, 2003, AN KOLMOGOROV 1903 1 MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MORRISON N, 1956, FDN THEORY PROBABILI NIKODYM O, 1930, FUND MATH, V15, P131 ONDAR KO, 1981, CORRES AA MARKOV AA ONICESCU O, 1967, S INT GEOM ALG ROM 3, R37 PIER JP, 1994, DEV MATH 1900 1950 POINCARE H, 1890, ACTA MATH, V13, P1 POINCARE H, 1896, CALCUL PROBABILTES L POINCARE H, 1912, CALCUL PROBABILITES PORTER T, 1986, RISE STAT THINKING 1 RADEMACHER H, 1922, MATH ANN, V87, P112 RADON J, 1913, AKAD WISS EIEN, V122, P1295 REICHENBACH H, 1916, BEGRIFF WAHRSCHEINLI REICHENBACH H, 1932, MATH Z, V34, P568 ROGERS LCG, 2000, DIFFUSIONS MARKOV PR, V1 SCHNEIDER I, 1988, ENTWICKLUNG WAHRSCHE SEGAL IE, 1992, BIOGRAPHICAL MEMOIRS, V61, P388 SENETA E, 2004, HIST MATH, V31, P337, DOI 10.1016/S0315-0860(03)00046-6 SHAFER G, 2001, PROBABILITY FINANCE SHAFER G, 2005, 4 PROB SHEYNIN O, 1996, AA CHUPROV LIFE WORK SHEYNIN O, 1998, DTSCH HOCHSCHULSCHRI, V2514 SHEYNIN O, 2000, DTSCH HOCHSCHULSCHRI, V2696 SIEGMUNDSCHULTZ.R, 2004, SCI CONTEXT, V17, P391 SIEGMUNDSCHULTZE R, 2004, SCI CONTEXT, V17, P373 SIERPINSKI W, 1918, B INT ACAD SCI CRA A, P173 SLUTSKII E, 1925, METRON, V5, P3 SLUTSKY E, 1922, B STAT, V12, P13 STEINHAUS H, 1923, FUND MATH, V4, P286 STEINHAUS H, 1930, MATH Z, V31, P408 STEINHAUS H, 1930, STUD MATH, V2, P21 STIGLER SM, 1973, J AM STAT ASSOC, V68, P872 TORNIER E, 1933, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V60, P239 ULAM S, 1932, VERH INT MATH K ZUR, V2, P118 VENN J, 1888, LOGIC CHANCE VILLE J, 1939, ETUDE CRITIQUE NOTIO VONBORTKIEWICZ L, 1901, ENCY MATH WISSENSCHA, V1, P821 VONKRIES J, 1927, PRINCIPIEN WAHRSCHEI VONMISES R, 1919, MATH Z, V5, P52 VONMISES R, 1931, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEITSR VONMISES R, 1957, PROBABILITY STAT TRU VONPLATO J, 1994, CREATING MODERN PROB VUCINICH A, 2000, HIST MATH, V27, P54 WALD A, 1938, ACTUAL SCI IND, V735, P79 WAVRE R, 1938, C CONS THEOR PROB WHITTLE P, 2000, PROBABILITY VIA EXPE WIENER N, 1920, ANN MATH, V22, P66 WIENER N, 1921, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V7, P253 WIENER N, 1921, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V7, P294 WIENER N, 1923, J MATH PHYS, V2, P131 WIENER N, 1924, P LOND MATH SOC, V22, P454 WIENER N, 1956, I AM MATH LATER LIFE WIENER N, 1976, COLLECTED WORKS COMM WIMAN A, 1901, BEMERKUNG GYLDEN AUF WIMAN A, 2000, OFVERSIGT KONGLIGA S, V57, P829 NR 187 TC 5 BP 70 EP 98 PY 2006 PD FEB VL 21 IS 1 DI 10.1214/088342305000000467 GA 057HF UT ISI:000238586200009 ER PT J AU Lenart, E AF Lenart, Edith TI Viewing Contents in esthetic Experiences SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR MEINONG A, 1902, ANNAHMEN VONEHRENFELS C, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, P279 NR 2 TC 0 BP 357 EP 374 PY 1926 VL 99 GA V96MW UT ISI:000206523000033 ER PT J AU BROWN, G TI VERA-ENTIA - THE NATURE OF MATHEMATICAL OBJECTS IN DESCARTES SO JOURNAL OF THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY J9 J HIST PHIL LA English DT Article RP BROWN, G, UNIV MARYLAND,COLLEGE PK,MD 20742. CR BELEVAL, 1960, LEIBNIZ CRITIQUE DES BREHIER E, 1967, DESCARTES COLLECTION, P197 COTTINGHAM JG, 1976, DESCARTES CONVERSATI CURLEY EM, 1978, DESCARTES SKEPTICS DESCARTES R, DISCOURSE ON METHOD DESCARTES R, MEDITATIONS DESCARTES R, NOTES PROGRAMME DESCARTES R, RULES DIRECTION MIND DESCARTES R, 1897, OEUVRES, V9 DESCARTES R, 1931, PHILOS WORKS, V1 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GEWIRTH A, 1970, J PHILOS, V67, P677 KENNY A, 1968, DESCARTES KENNY A, 1970, J PHILOS, V67, P692 KENNY AJP, 1970, DESCARTES PHILOS LET LAPORTE J, 1950, RATIONALISME DESCART MEINONG A, 1913, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN, V2, P483 MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE ONEIL BE, 1974, EPISTEMOLOGICAL DIRE PENELHUM T, 1969, FACT EXISTENCE, P46 PLATO, CRATYLUS PLATO, PARMENIDES PLATO, PHAEDO NR 23 TC 4 BP 23 EP 37 PY 1980 VL 18 IS 1 GA LV835 UT ISI:A1980LV83500003 ER PT J AU GROSSMANN, R TI NONEXISTENT OBJECTS VERSUS DEFINITE DESCRIPTIONS SO AUSTRALASIAN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 AUSTRALAS J PHIL LA English DT Article RP GROSSMANN, R, INDIANA UNIV,BLOOMINGTON,IN 47401. CR FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE GROSSMANN R, 1960, ANALYSIS, V21, P1 GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG GROSSMANN R, 1974, NOUS, V8, P67 GROSSMANN R, 1976, STUDIEN FREGE, V2 GROSSMANN R, 1983, CATEGORIAL STRUCTURE HOCHBERG H, 1978, THOUGHT FACT REFEREN MEINONG A, 1907, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS REID T, 1969, ESSAYS INTELLECTUAL ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, PROBLEMS PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE, P227 TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE NR 13 TC 2 BP 363 EP 377 PY 1984 VL 62 IS 4 GA AAM08 UT ISI:A1984AAM0800004 ER PT J AU Grossart, F AF Grossart, Friedrich TI Critique of prevalent Theories on Emotions SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR ACHELIS, Z PSYCH PHYS 2, V56 ADLER A, 1919, NERVOSE CHARAKTER ADLER A, 1928, MENSCHENKENUTNIS BECHER E, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V34 BERGER H, 1904, KORPERLICHE AUSSERUN BRENTANO F, 1907, UNTERSUCHUNGEN SINNE BRENTANO F, 1911, KLASSIFIKATION PSYCH BRENTANO F, 1925, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1 COHN J, ARCH GES PSYCH, V72 CORNELIUS H, 1897, PSYCHOL ERFAHRUNGSWI DILTHEY W, 1894, IDEEN BESCHREIBENDE DILTHEY W, 1924, JETZL GESAMM SCHRIFT, V1 DUMAS G, REV PHILOS, V47 EBBINGHAUS H, 1905, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V1 EBBINGHAUS H, 1919, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V1 FANKHAUSER, 1919, WESEN BEDEUTUNG AFFE FOERSTER O, 1927, LEITUNGSBAHNEN SCHME FOUILLE A, 1908, EVOLUTIONISMUS KRAFT FREUD S, 1917, VORLESUNGEN EINFUHRU FREUD S, 1920, JENSEITS LUSTPRINZIP FREUD S, 1923, DAS ICH UND DAS ES FREUD S, 1924, TECHNIK PSYCHOANALYS GIRGENSOHN K, 1921, SEELISCHE AUFBAU REL HENNING H, 1924, GERUCH HERBART JH, SAMTL WERKE, V6 HOFFDING H, 1914, PSYCHOL UMRISSEN JAMES W, 1884, WHAT IS EMOTION JAMES W, 1891, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL, V2 JANET P, 1923, TENSION PSYCHOL TRAI, V1 JODL F, 1924, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL, V2 KRUEGER F, NEUE PSYCHOL STUDIEN, V1 KRUEGER F, 1918, TIEFENDIMENSION GEGE KRUEGER F, 1928, WESEN GEFUHLE KULPE O, 1913, HANDWORTERBUCH NATUR KULPE O, 1922, VORLESUNGEN PSYCHOL LANGE K, 1903, SINNESGENUSSE KUNSTG LANGE K, 1910, GEMUTSBEWEGUNGEN LEHMANN A, 1899, KORPERLICHEN AUSSERU, V1 LEHMANN A, 1914, HAUPTGESETZE MENSCHL LIPPS T, 1901, SELBSTBEWUSSTSEIN EM LIPPS T, 1906, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL LIPPS T, 1907, FUHLEN WOLLEN DENKEN LIPPS T, 1907, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHU 1 LOTZE H, 1852, MED PSYCHOL LOTZE H, 1896, MIKROKOSMOS, V1 MACDOUGALL W, 1923, INTRO SOCIALPSYCHOLO MACDOUGALL W, 1924, OUTLINE PSYCHOL MACDOUGALL W, 1928, DASS DTSCH GRUNDLAGE MAIER H, 1908, PSYCHOL EMOTIONALEN MEINONG A, 1917, EMOTIONALE PRASENTAT MEINONG A, 1923, GRUNDLEGUNG ALLGEMEI MESSER A, 1920, PSYCHOLOGIE MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1924, GEFUHLS WILLENSLEBEN NADEJDE AC, 1905, THESIS MUNCHENER NADEJDE AC, 1907, THESIS MUNCHENER NADEJDE AC, 1908, BIOL THEORIE LUST UN NAHLOWSKY, 1884, GEFUHLSLEBEN REHMKE J, 1911, LEHRE GEMUT RIBOT T, 1903, PSYCHOL GEFUHLE RIBOT T, 1923, ESSAI PASSIONS RIGNANO E, ARCH GES PSYCH, V20 SHAND A, 1920, FDN CHARACTER SOLLIER P, 1905, MECANISME EMOTIONS STORRING G, 1916, PSYCHOL MENSCHLICHEN STUMPF K, Z PSYCH, V21 STUMPF K, Z PSYCH, V44 STUMPF K, Z PSYCH, V75 STUMPF K, 1928, GEFUHL GEFUHLSEMPFIN STWITASEK, 1908, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL THALBITZER S, 1920, STIMMUNGEN GEFUHLE G TITCHENER EB, 1908, LECT ELEMENTARY PSYC TITCHENER EB, 1910, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOL, V12 VOLKELT J, 1930, VERSUCH FUHTEN WOLLE VONDERPFORDTEN O, Z PSYCH, V62 VONEHRENFELS C, 1897, SYSTEM WERTTHEORIE VONHARTMANN E, 1908, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL VONMAYENDORF N, Z ALLG PHYSL, V14 WATSON JB, 1925, BEHAVIORISM WEBER E, 1910, EINFLUSS PSYCHISCHER WUNDT W, 1902, GRUNDZUGE PHYSL PSYC, V1 WUNDT W, 1909, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL ZIEGLER T, 1912, GEFUHL ZIEHEN T, 1924, LEITFADEN PHYSL PSYC NR 83 TC 0 BP 401 EP 454 PY 1930 PD JAN VL 74 IS 3-4 GA V01WE UT ISI:000206884900003 ER PT J AU ROLLMANN, H TI DEUSSEN, NIETZSCHE, AND VEDANTA SO JOURNAL OF THE HISTORY OF IDEAS J9 J HIST IDEA LA English DT Article RP ROLLMANN, H, MCMASTER UNIV,HAMILTON L8S 4L8,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR ALSDORF L, 1942, DEUTSCH INDISCHE GEI, V7 CARUS P, 1913, OPEN COURT, V27, P616 DEUSSEN P, 1900, WIENER RUNDSCHAU, V4, P353 DEUSSEN P, 1901, ERINNERUNGEN F NIETZ DEUSSEN P, 1901, LEIPZIGER TAGEBLATT DEUSSEN P, 1912, JB SCHOPENHAUER GESE, V1, P13 DEUSSEN P, 1922, MEIN LEBEN DEUSSEN, F NIETZSCH GES, V2 GAST P, F NIETZSCH GES, V5 GLASENAPP HV, 1960, INDIENBILD DEUTSCHER LEIPZIG, F NIETZSCH GES, V1 MEINONG A, 1920, ALMANACH WIENER AKAD, V70, P242 MEYSENBURG M, F NIETZSCH GES, V4 MOCKRAUER F, 1928, JB SCHOPENHAUER GESE, V9, P1 NIETZSCHE F, 1966, BEYOND GOOD EVIL NIETZSCHE F, 1968, WILL POWER NIETZSCHE F, 1969, GENEALOGY MORALS NIETZSCHE F, 1973, WERKE BANDEN OEHLER R, 1916, F NIETZSCHES BRIEFWE ROHDE, F NIETZSCH GES, V3 SCHOLZ H, 1920, KANT STUDIEN, V24, P304 STRAUSS O, 1917, DEUTSCHES BIOGRAPHIS, V2, P360 NR 22 TC 0 BP 125 EP 132 PY 1978 VL 39 IS 1 GA EL465 UT ISI:A1978EL46500008 ER PT J AU WITHERALL, A TI FLIGHTS OF IMAGINATION SO PHILOSOPHICAL FORUM J9 PHIL FOR LA English DT Article CR HUSSERL E, IDEAS KANT I, CRITIQUE PURE REASON MEINONG A, 1910, UBER ANNAHMEN MURDOCH I, 1992, METAPHYSICS GUIDE MO REYNOLDS SL, 1989, NOUS, V23, P616 ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE WHITE AR, 1990, LANGUAGE IMAGINATION NR 8 TC 0 BP 269 EP 286 PY 1996 PD SPR VL 27 IS 3 GA UR896 UT ISI:A1996UR89600004 ER PT J AU Chrudzimski, A TI Three versions of Meinong's logic SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHILOSOPHISCHE FORSCHUNG J9 Z PHIL FORSCH LA German DT Article CR ALSTON W, 1958, PHILOS STUD, V9, P8 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2001, DIALECTICA, V55, P119 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2004, PHENOMENOLOGY ANAL E, P105 DALE J, 1990, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V3, P177 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FREGE G, 1879, BEGRIFFSSCHRIFT EINE GEACH P, 1951, P AR SOC S, V25 GROSSMAN R, 1974, MEINONG KRIPKE S, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY LABERT K, 1986, AUFGABEN PHILOS GEGE, P281 LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN LAMBERT K, 1991, PHILOS APPL FREE LOG LAMBERT K, 1995, PHILOS STUDIEN, V50, P129 LAMBERT K, 1997, FREE LOGICS THEIR FD LEJEWSKI C, 1955, BRIT J PHILOS SCI, V5, P104 LEJEWSKI C, 1970, PHYS LOGIC HIST, P173 LEJEWSKI C, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P209 LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS LINSKY B, 1991, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V69, P438 MEINONG A, 1877, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1, P1 MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P481 MEINONG A, 1972, GESAMTAUSGABE, V6 MEINONG A, 1973, GESAMTAUSGABE, V5, P197 MEINONG A, 1977, GESAMTAUSGABE, V4 MORSCHER E, 2001, NEW ESSAYS FREE LOGI PRIOR AN, 1971, OBJECTS THOUGHT QUINE WV, 1948, REV METAPHYS, V2, P21 QUINE WVO, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW QUINE WVO, 1960, WORD OBJECT ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P530 RUSSELL B, 1907, MIND, V16, P436 RYLE G, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27, P255 SIMONS PM, 1995, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V50, P171 TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST NR 36 TC 1 BP 49 EP 70 PY 2005 PD JAN-MAR VL 59 IS 1 GA 914HQ UT ISI:000228218800003 ER PT J AU ERKE, H TI SIZE CHANGES OF OPTICALLY PERCEIVED FIGURES DURING PERIOD OF INSPECTION SO PSYCHOLOGISCHE FORSCHUNG J9 PSYCHOL FORSCH LA English DT Article C1 UNIV MUNSTER,INST PSYCH,MUNSTER,FED REP GER. CR AARONS L, 1964, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V18, P239 AKISHIGE Y, 1933, EXPERIMENTELLE UNTER AUBERT H, 1965, PHYSIOLOGIE NETZHAUT BACKLUND F, 1959, 6 U UPPS PSYCH LAB S BAUMGARTNER G, 1960, ZBL NEUROL PSYCHIAT, V155, P243 BAUMGARTNER G, 1961, NEUROPHYSIOLOGIE PSY, P296 BAUMGARTNER G, 1965, BERICHTE DTSCH GESEL, V66, P111 BERGMAN R, 1959, AM J PSYCHOL, V72, P364 BETHE A, 1908, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V121, P1 BISCHOF N, 1966, HDB PSYCHOL 12 BDN, V1, P307 BROWN KT, 1953, AM J PSYCHOL, V66, P629 BROWN KT, 1953, J OPT SOC AM, V43, P464 BUHLER K, 1913, GESTALTWAHRNEHMUNG, V1 CHARLES JP, 1959, J EXP PSYCHOL, V57, P164 DITCHBURN RW, 1953, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V119, P1 DUNCAN CP, 1960, J EXPERIMENTAL PSYCH, V60, P130 EBBECKE U, 1947, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V249, P87 ERKE H, 1967, BER K DGP, V25, P324 FAUVILLE A, 1947, MISCELLANEA PSYCHOLO, P323 FECHNER GT, 1960, ELEMENTE PSYCHOPHYSI FOX BH, 1951, J EXP PSYCHOL, V42, P317 FRAISSE P, 1956, ARCH PSYCHOL, V35, P193 FRAISSE P, 1956, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V8, P114 GANZ L, 1964, VISION RES, V4, P465 GANZ L, 1965, AM J PSYCHOL, V78, P345 GANZ L, 1966, PSYCHOL BULL, V66, P151 GANZ L, 1966, PSYCHOL REV, V73, P128 GHONEIM S, 1959, ARCH PSYCHOL GENEVE, V37, P1 GIBSON JJ, 1933, J EXP PSYCHOL, V16, P1 GIBSON JJ, 1937, J EXP PSYCHOL, V20, P453 GIBSON JJ, 1937, J EXP PSYCHOL, V20, P553 GRAEFE O, 1958, BER K DPG, V21, P167 GRAHAM CH, 1965, VISION VISUAL PER ED GRAHAM, 1965, VISION VISUAL PER ED, P321 GRAHAM, 1965, VISION VISUAL PERCEP, P81 GUILFORD JP, 1954, PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS HABER RN, 1966, PSYCHOL REV, V73, P335 HEBB DO, 1949, ORGANIZATION BEHAVIO HEINEMANN EG, 1954, J EXP PSYCHOL, V48, P468 HELSON H, 1930, SCIENCE, V71, P536 HELSON H, 1931, J EXP PSYCHOL, V14, P202 HELSON H, 1960, J EXP PSYCHOL, V59, P113 HILLEBRAND F, 1928, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V59, P174 HOFMAN FB, 1920, LEHRE RAUMSINN AUG 1 HOVLAND CI, 1935, PSYCHOL BULL, V32, P755 HUBEL DH, 1959, J PHYSL, V148, P574 HUBEL DH, 1960, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V150, P91 HUBEL DH, 1961, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V155, P385 IKEDA H, 1953, JAP J PSYCHOL, V24, P179 JUNG R, 1961, NEUROPHYSIOLOGIE ED, P296 KENKEL F, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V67, P358 KLIX F, 1962, ELEMENTARANALYSEN PS KOFFKA K, 1919, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V82, P257 KOGISO I, 1956, JAP J PSYCHOL, V26, P405 KOHLER W, 1920, PHYSISCHEN GESTALTEN KOHLER W, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V3, P97 KOHLER W, 1925, JAHRESBERICHTE GESAM, V3, P512 KOHLER W, 1938, PLACE VALUE WORLD FA KOHLER W, 1940, DYNAMICS PSYCHOLOGY KOHLER W, 1944, P AM PHILOS SOC, V88, P269 KOHLER W, 1958, AM J PSYCHOL, V71, P489 KOHLER W, 1965, PSYCHOL REC, V15, P63 KRAUSKOPF J, 1960, J OPT SOC AM, V50, P572 LIENERT GA, 1962, VERTEILUNGSFREIE MET LINDEMANN E, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V2, P5 MALHORTA MK, 1966, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V30, P1 MALHOTRA MK, 1958, ACTA PSYCHOLOGICA, V14, P161 MARKS MR, 1949, AM J PSYCHOL, V62, P392 MARKS MR, 1949, AM J PSYCHOL, V62, P62 MCEWEN P, 1958, BRIT J PSYCHOL S, V31 METZGER W, 1966, HANDBUCH PSYCHOLO ED, V1, P307 METZGER W, 1966, HANDBUCH PSYCHOLO ED, V1, P776 MICHOTTE A, 1947, MISCELLANEA PSYCH ED, P323 NEWMAN EB, 1934, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V19, P102 NOZAWA S, 1953, JAP J PSYCHOL, V23, P217 NOZAWA S, 1953, JAP J PSYCHOL, V24, P47 NOZAWA S, 1955, JAPANESE PSYCHOL RES, V2, P9 OBONAI T, 1954, JAPANESE PSYCHOLOGIC, V1, P45 OSGOOD CE, 1952, PSYCHOL REV, V59, P98 OSGOOD CE, 1953, PSYCHOL REV, V60, P211 OYAMA T, 1956, JAPANESE PSYCHOLOGIC, V3, P25 PIAGET J, 1943, ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE, V29, P255 PIAGET J, 1954, ARCH PSYCHOL, V34, P243 PIAGET J, 1956, RIV PSYCHOL, V50, P205 PIAGET J, 1958, AM J PSYCHOL, V71, P277 PIAGET J, 1961, ARCH PSYCHOL GENEVE, V38, P1 PIAGET J, 1961, ARCH PSYCHOL, V38, P23 PIAGET J, 1961, MECHANISMES PERCEPTI PRENTICE WCH, 1950, J EXP PSYCHOL, V40, P355 RATLIFF F, 1961, SENSORY COMMUNICATIO, CH2 RATLIFF F, 1965, MACH BANDS QUANTITAT RAUSCH E, 1966, HDB PSYCHOL, V1, P776 RIGGS LA, 1954, J OPT SOC AM, V44, P315 RIGGS LA, 1965, VISION VISION PERCEP, P81 RIGGS LA, 1965, VISION VISUAL PERCEP, P321 RIVERS WHR, 1904, REPORT BRIT ASS ADVE, V74, P749 RIVERS WHR, 1905, BRIT J PSYCHOL 4, V1, P321 ROSENBLITH WA, 1961, SENSORY COMMUNICA ED, CH2 SAGARA M, 1957, PSYCHOL BULL, V54, P327 SCHOLZ W, 1924, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V5, P219 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V23, P1 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 SCHUMANN F, 1902, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V30, P241 SCHUMANN F, 1902, Z PSYCHOL, V30, P321 SCHUMANN F, 1904, Z PSYCHOL, V36, P161 SMITH K, 1952, PSYCHOL REV, V59, P401 SMITH K, 1954, AM J PSYCHOL, V67, P174 SPILLMANN L, 1963, THESIS MUNSTER SPITZ HH, 1958, PSYCHOL B, V55, P1 STADLER M, IN PRESS TAKALA M, 1951, ANN ACAD SCIENT FE B, V72, P2 TAMPIERI G, 1955, RIV PSICOL, V49, P3 TAYLOR MM, 1962, CAN J PSYCHOL, V16, P247 UCHIYAMA M, 1957, JAP J PSYCHOL, V28, P149 UCHIYAMA M, 1957, JAP J PSYCHOL, V28, P185 VONHELMOLTZ H, 1966, HANDBUCH PHYSIOLOGIS VONWITTICH WH, 1863, ARCH OPHTHALMOL-CHIC, V9, P1 WEITZ J, 1948, AM J PSYCHOL, V61, P59 WEITZ J, 1950, AM J PSYCHOL, V63, P78 WERTHEIMER M, 1912, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V61, P161 WERTHEIMER M, 1954, AM J PSYCHOL, V67, P543 WITTE W, 1961, PSYCHOL BEITR, V6, P451 YOKOSE Z, 1953, JAP J PSYCHOL, V23, P235 YOKOSE Z, 1957, JAP J PSYCHOL, V28, P10 YOKOSE Z, 1957, JAP J PSYCHOL, V28, P63 YOSHIDA T, 1955, 19 ANN M JPA NR 126 TC 6 BP 63 EP 63 PY 1967 VL 31 IS 2 GA A3759 UT ISI:A1967A375900001 ER PT J AU GARCIA, JLA TI THE TUNSOLLEN, THE SEINSOLLEN, AND THE SOSEINSOLLEN SO AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 AMER PHIL QUART LA English DT Article RP GARCIA, JLA, UNIV NOTRE DAME,NOTRE DAME,IN 46556. CR ARISTOTLE, METAPHYSICS ARISTOTLE, NICOMACHEAN ETHICS CAVELL S, 1979, CLAIM REASON WITTGEN EWING AC, 1970, READINGS ETHICAL THE, P123 FOLLESDAL D, 1970, DEONTIC LOGIC INTRO, P9 GARCIA JLA, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI GEACH PT, 1980, PHILOS Q, V30, P180 GEACH PT, 1982, PHILOSOPHIA, V11, P6 GREENSPAN P, 1975, J PHILOS, V72, P259 HARMAN G, 1973, PHILOS REV, V82, P235 HARMAN G, 1975, PHILOS REV, V84, P3 HARMAN G, 1978, MIDWEST STUDIES PHIL, V3, P111 HARMAN G, 1983, PHILOS PUBLIC AFFAIR, V12, P317 KANT I, GROUNDWORK METAPHYSI MEINONG A, 1972, EMOTIONAL PRESENTATI PRICHARD HA, 1949, MORAL OBLIGATION, P4 ROSS WD, 1930, RIGHT GOOD SIDGWICK H, 1912, METHODS ETHICS VANFRAASSEN BC, 1972, J PHILOS LOGIC, V1, P417 VONHILDEBRAND D, 1953, ETHICS VONWRIGHT GH, 1951, MIND, V60 VONWRIGHT GH, 1981, NEW STUDIES DEONTIC WILLIAMS B, 1981, MORAL LUCK, P114 NR 23 TC 2 BP 267 EP 276 PY 1986 PD JUL VL 23 IS 3 GA D2827 UT ISI:A1986D282700004 ER PT J AU Bisin, L AF Bisin, Luca TI What does it mean to orientate in seeing? Plurality and visibility of the self in Husserl SO RIVISTA DI STORIA DELLA FILOSOFIA J9 RIV STOR FILOS LA Italian DT Article CR 1961, CRISI SCIENZE EUROPE, P191 1978, HUMANISME AUTRE HOMM 1988, RICERCHE LOGICHE 1998, UMANESIMO ALTRO UOMO 2001, FENOMENOLOGIA COSCIE BEGOUT B, 2001, REV PHILOS LOUVAIN, P564 BENEKE E, 1842, SYSTEM LOGIK ALS KUN, P279 BENOIST J, 1997, HUSSERL MYTHE SIGNIF, P21 BENOIST J, 1999, PRIORI CONCEPTUEL BO, P94 BENOIST J, 2002, IRIDE FILOSOFIA DISC, V37, P641 BENOIST J, 2005, AVEC FREGE BRISER FL, P91 BERG J, 1987, BERNARD BOLZANO GE 1, V11, P30 BESOLI M, 2002, NEOKANTISMO FENOMENO, P121 BESOLI S, 1988, CONTENUTO OGGETTO, P71 CASSIRER E, 2001, GESAMMELTE WERKE HAM, V9, P68 CENTI B, 2004, FENOMENOLOGIA RAGION, P264 COSTA V, 2002, IDEE FENOMENOLOGIA P, V1, P307 DESCOMBES V, 1983, GRAMMAIRE OBJECTS TO, P56 ENGLISH J, 2002, VOCABULAIRE HUSSERL, P13 GRIMM J, 1905, DTSCH WORTERBUCH, V10 HERBART JF, 1825, PSYCHOL ALS WISSENSC, P162 HICKERSON R, 2005, J HIST PHILOS, V43, P461 JANICAUD D, 1998, PHENOMENOLOGIE ECLAT, P36 KUHN R, 1998, HUSSERLS BEGRIFF PAS, P115 LANDGREBE L, 1999, ERFAHRUNG URTEIL UNT, P76 LEVINAS E, 1988, DECOUVRANT EXISTENCE, P126 MEINONG A, 1971, GESAWTAUSGABE, V2, P385 MELANDRI E, 1960, LOGICA ESPERIENZA HU, P53 MOHANTY JN, 1974, HUSSERL FREGE NEW LO, P51 SCHUHMANN K, 2004, SELECTED PAPERS PHEN, P135 SIMONS P, 1992, PHILOS LOGIC CENTRAL, P371 SOSSI F, 1998, SCOPRIRE ESISTENZA C, P142 SPINICCI P, 1987, RIV STOR FILOS, P519 SPINICCI P, 1993, LEZIONI SINTESI PASS STUMPF C, 1873, PSYCHOLOGISCHEN URSP, P109 THURNAU D, 1995, HIST WORTERBUCH PHIL, V9 TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST, P18 VONEHRENFELS C, 1988, PHILOS SCHRIFTEN, V3, P128 WILLARD D, 1980, HUSSERL LOGIC FAILED, P46 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1969, TRACTATUS LOGICO PHI, V1 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1971, PROTOTRACTATUS EARLY, P48 NR 41 TC 0 BP 25 EP 72 PY 2008 VL 63 GA 329AN UT ISI:000257839400003 ER PT J AU Pratt, CC TI Some qualitative aspects of bitonal complexes SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 AMER J PSYCHOL LA English DT Article CR TONPSYCHOLOGIE, F127 1893, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL, V239 1898, KONSONANZ DISSONANZ, V35 1898, KONSONANZ DISSONANZ, V44 1910, PHYSL PSYCHOL, FF124 BORING EG, 1920, PSYCHOL REV, V27, P449 BORING EG, 1920, PSYCHOL REV, V27, FF446 BORING EG, 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, FF449 BORING, PSYCHOL REV, V27, P449 BORING, 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, FF449 BUCH E, 1899, PHILOS STUD, V15, FF1 BUCH E, 1899, PHILOS STUD, V15, FF183 CORNELIUS, 1892, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V16, FF404 DELASKI E, 1916, AM J PSYCHOL, V27, P569 FAIST A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P109 FAIST A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V15, FF102 FERNBERGER SW, 1921, J EXP PSYCHOL, V3, FF63 FRIEDLANDER H, 1920, Z PSYCHOL, V83, FF129 FRIEDLINE CL, 1918, AM J PSYCHOL, V29, P400 GEORGE SS, 1917, AM J PSYCHOL, V28, FF1 KEMP W, 1913, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V29, P139 KRUEGER F, PSYCHOL STUD, V5, FF294 KRUEGER F, 1900, PHILOS STUD, V16, FF307 KRUEGER F, 1907, PSYCHOL STUD, V1, FF305 KRUEGER F, 1909, PSYCHOL STUD, V2, FF205 KRUEGER F, 1910, PSYCHOL STUD, V4, FF201 KULPE O, 1893, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL, FF289 LIPPS T, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V19, FF1 LIPPS T, 1909, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL, FF98 MEINONG A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P191 MEINONG A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P193 NATORP P, 1886, GOTTINGER GEL ANZ, FF145 NATORP P, 1891, GOTTINGER GEL ANZ, FF789 PEAR TH, 1911, BRIT J PSY, V4, FF56 SCHULZE R, 1898, PHILOS STUD, V14, P483 STUMPF C, 1890, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, P128 STUMPF C, 1890, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, F127 STUMPF, 1890, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, P135 TITCHENER EB, 1916, P AM PHILOS SOC, V55, P206 URBAN FM, 1913, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V30, P116 WUNDT, 1910, PHYS PSYCHOL, V121 YOKOYAMA M, 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, FF357 NR 42 TC 12 BP 490 EP 515 PY 1921 VL 32 GA V01XS UT ISI:000200129200033 ER PT J AU HEIDSIECK, A TI KAFKAS NARRATIVE ONTOLOGY SO PHILOSOPHY AND LITERATURE J9 PHIL LIT LA English DT Article RP HEIDSIECK, A, UNIV SO CALIF,LOS ANGELES,CA 90089. CR BERGMANN H, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN ZUM P BINDER H, 1979, KAFKA HDB, V1 BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BROD M, 1969, STREITBARES LEBEN 18 BUSSE L, 1903, GEIST KORPER SEELE L DESCARTES R, MEDITATIONS GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG HEIDSIECK A, 1986, GER REV, V61, P11 KAFKA F, CARES OF FAMILY MAN KAFKA F, CASTLE KAFKA F, COUNTRY DOCTOR KAFKA F, DIARIES 1910-1923 KAFKA F, HUNGER ARTIST KAFKA F, JUDGMENT KAFKA F, LETTER TO HIS FATHER KAFKA F, METAMORPHOSIS KAFKA F, REPORT TO ACADEMY KAFKA F, TRIAL KAFKA F, UNHAPPINESS KAPLAN D, 1969, WORDS OBJECTIONS ESS, P206 KASTIL A, 1909, STUDIEN NEUEREN ERKE, V1 LINDENFELD D, 1980, TRANSFORMATION POSIT LINSKY L, 1977, NAMES DESCRIPTIONS MARTY A, WERT METHODE EINER B MARTY A, 1916, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V2 MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 RAJEC E, 1977, NAMEN IHRE BEDEUTUNG RAYNAUD S, 1982, A MARTY FILOSOFO LIN RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P218 SOKEL W, 1980, F KAFKA THEMEN PROBL, P30 VONEHRENFELS C, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14, P249 NR 31 TC 3 BP 242 EP 257 PY 1987 PD OCT VL 11 IS 2 GA K7104 UT ISI:A1987K710400003 ER PT J AU Frechette, G AF Frechette, Guillaume TI INTENTIONALITY AND QUALITATIVE CHARACTER OF EXPERIENCES SO STUDIA PHAENOMENOLOGICA J9 STUD PHAENOMENOL LA French DT Article C1 Univ Quebec, Dept Philosophie, Montreal, PQ H3C 3P8, Canada. RP Frechette, G, Univ Quebec, Dept Philosophie, CP8888 Succ Ctr Ville, Montreal, PQ H3C 3P8, Canada. EM frechette.guillaume@me.com CR ACKERKNECHT E, 1904, THEORIE LOKALZEICHEN, P4 ANTONELLI M, 2001, SEIENDES BEWUSSTSEIN, P368 AQUILA R, 1977, INTENTIONALITY STUDY BAUMGARTNER W, 1993, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V4, P131 BEYER C, 1996, BOLZANO HUSSERL BRENTANO E, 1929, ZUKUNFT PHILOS BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1926, VIER PHASEN PHILOS BRENTANO F, 1959, GRUNDZUGE ARTHETIK, P80 BRENTANO F, 1979, UNTERSUCHUNGEN SINNE, P69 CASPARI O, 1883, H LOTZE SEINER STELL CHISHOLM R, 1957, PERCEIVING PHILOS ST CHISHOLM R, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P CHISHOLM R, 1967, PHENOMENOLOGY EXISTE, P1 CHISHOLM R, 1982, BRENTANO MEINONG STU DASTUR F, 1994, KAIROS, V5, P31 FALCKENBERG R, 1913, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V150, P37 FELLMANN F, 1989, PHANOMENOLOGIE ALS A, P54 FISETTE D, 2006, C STUMPF RENAISSANCE FISETTE D, 2007, ECOLE BRENTANO WURZB FOSTER FH, 1882, DOCTRINE TRANSCENDEN FRECHETTE G, 2010, GEGENSTANDSLOSE VORS GEYER R, 1885, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V20, P525 HAUSER K, 2003, ARCH GESCH PHILOS, V85, P152 HEIDELBERGER M, 1993, PHILOS NATURALIS, V30, P3 HELMHOLTZ H, 1867, HDB PHYSL OPTIK, P430 HUSSERL E, PHILOS ARITHMETIK, P193 HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V1, P227 HUSSERL E, 1969, PHANOMENOLOGIE INNER HUSSERL E, 1979, AUFSATZE REZENSIONEN HUSSERL E, 1980, PHANTASIE BILDBEWUSS HUSSERL E, 1990, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V3, P142 HUSSERL E, 1994, BRIEFWECHSEL, V2, P36 HUSSERL E, 2004, WAHRNEHMUNG AUFMERKS, P136 LOTZE RH, 1846, HANDWORTERBUCH PHYSL, P134 LOTZE RH, 1852, MED PSYCHOL LOTZE RH, 1853, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V20, P181 LOTZE RH, 1877, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, V4, P346 LOTZE RH, 1879, METAPHYSIK, P548 LOTZE RH, 1881, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL DI, P31 LOTZE RH, 1885, GRUNDZUGE LOGIK, P9 MAXSEIN A, 1933, THESIS GIESSEN MEINONG A, 1886, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V10, P7 ORTH EW, 1997, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V7, P15 PESTER R, 1997, H LOTZE WEGE SEINES PESTER R, 2001, KANT BERLINER AUFKLA, P297 QUINE WVO, 1960, WORD OBJECT, P220 ROLLINGER RD, 2004, POZNAN STUD, V82, P147 SCHUHMANN K, 1977, HUSSERL CHRONIK, P20 SCHUHMANN K, 2004, K SCHUHMANN SELECTED, P112 SEPP HR, 1987, HUSSERL HALLE, P161 SMITH B, AUSTRIAN PHILOS LEGA, P44 SMITH B, 1993, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V4, P43 SMITH B, 1996, SCH F BRENTANO, P328 SMITH DW, 1982, HUSSERL INTENTIONALI, P41 STUMPF C, F BRENTANO KENNTNIS, P87 STUMPF C, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU, P7 STUMPF C, 1873, URSPRUNG RAUMVORSTEL, P315 STUMPF C, 1917, KANT-STUD, V22, P1 STUMPF C, 1924, PHILOS GEGENWART SEL, V5, P1 TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST WOODWARD WR, 1978, ISIS, V69, P573 NR 62 TC 0 BP 91 EP 117 PY 2010 VL 10 GA 733QW UT ISI:000288278800005 ER PT J AU de Courtenay, N AF de Courtenay, Nadine TI The epistemological virtues of assumptions: towards a coming of age of Boltzmann and Meinong's objections to 'the prejudice in favour of the actual'? SO STUDIES IN HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE J9 STUD HIST PHIL SCI LA English DT Article C1 Univ Paris 07, CNRS, Equipe Rehseis Case 7093, Lab Sphere,UMR Conservatoire Natl Arts & Metiers, F-75205 Paris 13, France. RP de Courtenay, N, Univ Paris 07, CNRS, Equipe Rehseis Case 7093, Lab Sphere,UMR Conservatoire Natl Arts & Metiers, 5 Rue Thomas Mann, F-75205 Paris 13, France. EM decourtenay@wanadoo.fr DE Assumption; Hypothesis; Description; Mode of presentation; Ludwig Boltzmann; Alexius Meinong ID PHYSICS AB Two complementary debates of the turn of the nineteenth and twentieth century are examined here: the debate on the legitimacy of hypotheses in the natural sciences and the debate on intentionality and 'representations without object' in philosophy. Both are shown to rest on two core issues: the attitude of the subject and the mode of presentation chosen to display a domain of phenomena. An orientation other than the one which contributed to shape twentieth-century philosophy of science is explored through the analysis of the role given to assumptions in Boltzmann's research strategy, where assumptions are contrasted to hypotheses, axioms, and principles, and in Meinong's criticism of the privileged status attributed to representations in mental activities. Boltzmann's computational style in mathematics and Meinong's criticism of the confusion between representation and judgment give prominence to an indirect mode of presentation, adopted in a state of suspended belief which is characteristic of assumptions and which enables one to grasp objects that cannot be reached through direct representation or even analogies. The discussion shows how assumptions and the movement to fiction can be essential steps in the quest for objectivity. The conclusion restates the issues of the two debates in a contemporary perspective and shows how recent developments in philosophy of science and philosophy of language and mind can be brought together by arguing for a twofold conception of reference. (C) 2009 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. CR BARBEROUSSE A, 2008, BOST STUD PHILOS SCI, V255, P87 BENOIST J, 2001, REPRESENTATIONS SANS BLACKMORE J, 2001, E MACHS VIENNA 1895, P237 BOLTZMANN L, 1909, WISSENSCH ABHANDL, V1, P316 BOLTZMANN L, 1974, THEORETICAL PHYS PHI BOLTZMANN L, 1990, L BOLTZMANN PRINCIPI, P162 CORRY L, 1997, ARCH HIST EXACT SCI, V51, P83 DARRIGOL O, 1988, HIST STUD PHYS BIOL, V19, P17 DECOURTENAY N, 1999, THESIS U PARIS 4 SOR DECOURTENAY N, 2002, HIST PHILOS SCI, P103 DECOURTENAY N, 2007, COMPRENDE 19 SIECLE, P79 DONNELLAN K, 1966, PHILOS REV, V75, P281 DUMMETT MAE, 1993, ORIGINS ANAL CHEM ELIOT TS, 1991, COLLECTED POEMS 1909 ENGEL P, 1999, DIALECTICA, V53, P211 FASOLBOLTZMANN IM, 1990, L BOLTZMAN PRINCIPIE FEYNMAN R, 1977, CHARACTER PHYS LAW FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FREGE G, 1952, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS, P21 FREGE G, 1952, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS, P56 FRENCH S, 1999, INT STUDIES PHILOS S, V13, P103 FRENCH S, 2006, PHILOS SCI, V73, P548 GIERE R, 2001, COMPANION PHILOS SCI, P515 HERTZ H, 1956, PRINCIPLES MECH PRES HEYMANS G, 1902, ANN NATURPHILOSOPHIE, V1, P473 HOFLER A, 1906, ABHANDLUNGEN DIDAKIT, V1, P2 HOFLER A, 1906, GOTTINGISCHEN GELEHR, V3, P209 HUMPHREYS P, 2004, EXTENDING OURSELVES KLEIN F, 1896, B AM MATH SOC, V2, P241 KLEINPETER H, 1901, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFT W, V25, P401 KOCH E, 1905, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V29, P133 LACKI J, 2007, COMPRENDRE 19 SIECLE, P241 LINDENFELD D, 1980, TRANSFORMATION POSIT MACH E, 1976, KNOWLEDGE ERROR SKET MANCOSU P, 2009, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS MCMULLIN E, 1984, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V9, P205 MEINONG A, 1979, ASSUMPTIONS NEALE S, 1990, DESCRIPTIONS OSTWALD W, 1902, VORLESUNGEN NATURPHI PERRIN J, 1909, CEUVRES SCI J PERRIN, P171 RAMSEY JL, 1992, PSA 1992, V1, P154 RAMSEY JL, 1995, PHILOS SCI, V62, P1 REDHEAD MLG, 1980, BRIT J PHILOS SCI, V31, P145 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P336 SANTAMBROGIO M, 1990, NOUS, V24, P647 SANTAMBROGIO M, 1992, LANGUAGE TRUTH ONTOL, P133 SCHAEFFER JM, 1999, POURQUOI FICTION SIMON B, 1995, Z NATURFORSCH C, V50, P173 SMITH B, 1994, AUSTRIAN PHILOS LEGA SUPPE F, 1977, STRUCTURE SCI THEORI SUPPES P, 1967, PHILOS SCI TODAY, P55 THOMSON W, 1867, TREATISE NATURAL PHI UEBEL T, 1999, GERMAN PHILOS KANT, P249 VAIHINGER H, 1924, PHILOS SYSTEM THEORE VERNANT D, 1997, DISCOURS ACTION VOLKMANN P, 1900, EINFUHRUNG STUDIUM T WIMSATT WC, 2007, REENGINEERING PHILOS WOODWARD J, 1989, SYNTHESE, V79, P393 ZALTA EN, 1988, INTENTIONAL LOGIC ME NR 59 TC 0 BP 41 EP 57 PY 2010 PD MAR VL 41 IS 1 DI 10.1016/j.shpsa.2009.12.010 GA 583IQ UT ISI:000276668100005 ER PT J AU RAPAPORT, WJ TI ROUTLEY,RICHARD EXPLORING MEINONG JUNGLE AND BEYOND SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Note RP RAPAPORT, WJ, SUNY COLL FREDONIA,FREDONIA,NY 14063. CR BORGES JL, READER CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 DESCARTES R, MEDITATIONS GODDARD L, 1973, LOGIC SIGNIFICANCE C MEINONG A, 1907, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS RAPAPORT WJ, 1976, THESIS INDIANA U RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 RAPAPORT WJ, 1979, NOUS, V13, P125 RAPAPORT WJ, 1981, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V14, P1 ROUTLEY R, 1979, EXPLORING MEINONGS J ROYCE J, 1899, WORLD INDIVIDUAL NR 12 TC 3 BP 539 EP 552 PY 1984 VL 44 IS 4 GA SS991 UT ISI:A1984SS99100008 ER PT J AU SIMONS, P TI A LESNIEWSKIAN LANGUAGE FOR THE NOMINALISTIC THEORY OF SUBSTANCE AND ACCIDENT SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article RP SIMONS, P, SALZBURG UNIV,A-5020 SALZBURG,AUSTRIA. CR ANGELELLI I, 1967, STUDIES G FREGE TRAD ARISTOTLE, CATEGORIES ARMSTRONG DM, NOMINALISM REALISM BOLZANO B, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE CARTWRIGHT R, 1971, IDENTITY INDIVIDUATI, P119 CHISHOLM RM, 1976, PERSON OBJECT METAPH CHURCH A, 1956, INTRO MATH LOGIC DUNN JM, 1968, NOUS, V2, P177 GEACH P, 1972, LOGIC MATTERS, P302 GOODMAN N, 1972, PROBLEMS PROJECTS HENRY DP, 1972, MEDIEVAL LOGIC METAP HUSSERL E, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO KOTARBINSKI T, 1966, GNOSIOLOGY SCI APPRO KUNG G, 1967, ONTOLOGY LOGISTIC AN KUNG G, 1970, THEORIA-SPAIN, V36, P165 LEIBNIZ GWV, METAPHYSICAL F MATH LEIBNIZ GWV, NEW ESSAYS HUMAN UND LEIBNIZ GWV, PHILOS PAPERS LETT LEIBNIZ GWV, 1956, LEIBNIZ CLARKE CORRE, P71 LEJEWSKI C, PHILOS LOGIC, P1 LEJEWSKI C, 1958, RATIO, V1, P150 LEJEWSKI C, 1974, J PHILOS LOGIC, V3, P265 MEINONG A, HUME STUDIEN, V2 QUINE WVO, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH SIMONS P, 1981, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE SIMONS PM, 1982, HIST PHILOS LOGIC, V3, P165 WIGGINS D, 1980, SAMENESS SUBSTANCE WOLTERSTORFF N, 1970, UNIVERSALS PARTICULA NR 29 TC 3 BP 99 EP 109 PY 1983 VL 2 IS 1 GA RA105 UT ISI:A1983RA10500007 ER PT J AU Buhler, C AF Buehler, Charlotte TI On Thought Genesis SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR 1889, SITZUNGSBER WIENE PH, V118, P21 1891, Z PSYCHOL PHYS SINNE, V2, P245 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYS SINNE, V21, P181 1907, ABH K PR AKAD WISS, P22 1912, Z PSYCHOL, V60, P161 1913, GESAMMELTEN ABHANDLU, V1 1913, GESAMMELTEN ABHANDLU, V2 BUHLER K, 1907, ARCH G PSYCH, V9, P320 BUHLER K, 1913, GESTALTWAHRNEHMUNGEN, P160 ERDMANN, 1907, LOGIK, V1, P335 GELB A, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P1 GRUNBAUM A, 1912, BER 5 K EXP PSYCH, P208 HUSSERL, 1901, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P230 LINDWORSKY, 1916, EXP PSYCH UNTERSUCHU, P132 LINDWORSKY, 1916, EXP PSYCH UNTERSUCHU, P406 LIPPS T, 1902, EINHEITEN RELATIONEN, P35 MALLY E, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEINONG A, 1913, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN, V2 MESSER, 1906, ARCH G PSYCH, V8 SEGAL J, 1916, MUNCHENER STUDIEN PS SEIFERT F, 1917, Z PSYCHOL, V78, P101 SELZ O, 1913, GESETZE GEORDNETEN D, P222 STAHLIN W, 1914, ARCH PSYCHOL, V31, P297 NR 23 TC 0 BP 129 EP 200 PY 1918 VL 80 GA V96LT UT ISI:000206520100013 ER PT J AU HARTMANN, K TI SELF-EVIDENCE SO JOURNAL OF THE BRITISH SOCIETY FOR PHENOMENOLOGY J9 J BRIT SOC PHENOMENOL LA English DT Article C1 UNIV TUBINGEN,D-7400 TUBINGEN 1,FED REP GER. CR CARTESIANISCHE MEDIT, V5, P121 LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V1, P342 LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V2, P552 1933, KATEGORIENLEHRE, P210 1950, CARTESIANISCHE MEDIT, P97 1956, LEHRE RICHTIGEN URTE, P101 1964, PHENOMENOLOGY INTERN ALSTON WP, 1964, IDEA PHENOMENOLOGY BRENTANO, 1874, PSYCHOLOGIE EMPIRISC, V2, P180 BRENTANO, 1924, PSYCHOLOGIE EMPIRISC, V1, P124 CHISHOLM R, ENCYCLOPEDIA PHILOSO CHISHOLM R, 1967, ENCYCLOPEDIA PHILOSO FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE, CH1 FINDLAY JN, 1970, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V1, P40 FINDLAY JN, 1970, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V2, P728 FINDLAY JN, 1970, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V3 FINDLAY JN, 1975, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO, V4 GIBSON WRB, IDEAS GOTTINGEN, 1947, IDEE PHANOMENOLOGIE HARTMANN K, 1971, JBSP, V2, P10 HARTMANN K, 1972, HEGEL COLLECTION CRI, P101 HUSSERL, 1954, KRISIS EUROPAISCHEN HUSSERL, 1959, ERSTE PHILOSOPHIE, V2 HUSSERL, 1962, IDEAS, V1, P177 HUSSERL, 1966, ANALYSEN PASSIVEN SY KANT I, 1929, CRITIQUE PURE REASON, P154 MAYERHILLEBRAND F, 1970, VERSUCH ERKENNTNIS MEINONG A, 1902, UEBER ANNAHMEN PFERD, 1930, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ, P88 RUSSELL, 1971, PHANOMENOLOGIE SPRAC SARTRE, 1936, RECHERCHES PHILOSOPH, P85 SOKOLOWSKI R, 1964, FORMATION HUSSERL CO, P65 SPIEGELBERG H, 1960, PHENOMENOLOGICAL MOV, V1, P107 STEGMULLER W, 1960, HAUPSTROMUNGEN GEGEN, P35 TUGENDAT, 1976, VORLESUNGEN EINFUHRU TUGENDHAT E, 1967, WAHRHEITSBEGRIFF HUS, P32 WAGNER H, 1953, PHILOSOPHISCHE RUNDS, V1, P1 WAGNER H, 1959, PHILOSOPHIE REFLEXIO, P59 NR 38 TC 0 BP 79 EP 93 PY 1977 VL 8 IS 2 GA DL920 UT ISI:A1977DL92000002 ER PT J AU MELANDRI, E TI LITERARY GENRES AND THEIR ORIGIN SO LINGUA E STILE J9 LING STILE LA Italian DT Article CR AUERBACH E, 1946, MIMESIS BENJAMIN W, 1925, URSPRUNG DTSCH TRAUE BERGSON H, 1899, ESSAI DONNEES IMMEDI BULTMANN R, 1954, FRAGE ENTMYTHOLOGISI CANGUILHEM G, 1966, NORMAL PATHOLOGIQUE CASSIRER E, 1923, PHILOS SYMBOLISCHEN CONTINI G, 1951, PARAGONE, V16, P3 CROCE B, 1928, AESTHETICA NUCE CROCE B, 1948, BIBLIO VICHIANA HABERMAS J, 1967, PHILOS RUNDSCHAU HEIDEGGER M, 1929, KANT PROBLEM METAPHY HEIDEGGER M, 1947, PLATONS LEHRE WAHRE HELMHOLTZ HV, 1879, TATSACHEN WAHRNEHMUN HERTZ H, 1894, PRINZIPIEN MECHANIK HOFFMANN E, 1925, SPRACHE ARCHAISCHE L HUMBOLDT WV, 1827, VERSCHIEDENHEITEN ME JASPERS K, 1913, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOPAT KUHN CG, 1927, KUHN HIPPOCRATES OPE, V1 KUHN TS, 1962, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU MEINONG AV, 1899, GEGENSTANDE HOHERER MELANDRI E, 1968, LINEA CIRCOLO STUDIO NATORP P, 1903, PLATOS IDEENLEHRE OGDEN CK, 1923, MEANING MEANING STUD OSTWALD W, 1921, ANN NATURPHILOSOPHIE SCHUTZ A, 1932, SINNHAFTE AUFBAU SOC SNELL B, 1952, AUFBAU SPRACHE STEINTHAL H, 1863, GESCH SPRACHWISSENSC VEGETTI M, 1966, RIV CRITICA STORIA F, V1 VEGETTI M, 1967, RIV CRITICA STORIA F, V2 VEGETTI M, 1968, RIV CRITICA STORIA F, V3 WEBER M, 1913, LOGOS, V4, P427 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1921, LOGISCH PHILOS ABHAN NR 32 TC 1 BP 391 EP 431 PY 1980 VL 15 IS 3 GA LQ864 UT ISI:A1980LQ86400006 ER PT J AU Albertazzi, L AF Albertazzi, Liliana TI RENATA CALABRESI: The Experimental Analysis of the Present SO HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 HIST PSYCHOL LA English DT Article C1 [Albertazzi, Liliana] CIMeC, I-38068 Rovereto, Italy. [Albertazzi, Liliana] Univ Trent, Rovereto, Italy. RP Albertazzi, L, CIMeC, Corso Bettini 31, I-38068 Rovereto, Italy. EM liliana.albertazzi@unitn.it DE subjective present; presentation; time intervals; Calabresi ID REPRESENTATIONAL MOMENTUM; TIME; CONSCIOUSNESS; PERCEPTION; ATTENTION; SEGREGATION; MOTION; MEMORY; NUMBER AB Between the 1920s and 1930s, Renata Calabresi conducted pioneering laboratory researches on the nature, extensity, and quality of the psychic present. Her analyses stemmed from the Central European tradition initiated by Stern, Brentano, Meinong, and Benussi. Her work has remained largely unrecognized, because of both the decline of the underlying theoretical paradigm, namely descriptive psychology, and the historical events of the time that swept aside the lives of those involved. This article presents her researches on the roots of phenomenal consciousness. She proved that in the subjective time there occur perceptual events that are at least partially independent from those of the time of objective sequences. Subjective and objective time, therefore, do not flow in unison, and the continuum of perceptive sequences has modalities of existence that differ from those of the continuum of physical sequences. CR ALBERTAZZI L, 1991, FAMILIE BRENTANOS, P92 ALBERTAZZI L, 1991, KAZIMIERZ AJDUKIEWIC, P17 ALBERTAZZI L, 1992, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V4, P155 ALBERTAZZI L, 1993, AXIOMATHES, V4, P389 ALBERTAZZI L, 1993, BRENTANO ITALIA, P131 ALBERTAZZI L, 1994, AXIOMATHES, V5, P145 ALBERTAZZI L, 1996, ITINERE EUROPEAN CIT, P177 ALBERTAZZI L, 1996, SCH F BRENTANO, P423 ALBERTAZZI L, 1999, AXIOMATHES, V10, P49 ALBERTAZZI L, 1999, F DESARLO LAB FIOREN, P331 ALBERTAZZI L, 1999, UGO SPIRITO FILOSOFO, P46 ALBERTAZZI L, 2001, DAWN COGNITIVE SCI E, P29 ALBERTAZZI L, 2001, SCH A MEINONG, P239 ALBERTAZZI L, 2003, AXIOMATHES, V13, P239 ALBERTAZZI L, 2004, ARISTOTE 19 SIECLE, P249 ALBERTAZZI L, 2006, IMMANENT REALISM INT ALBERTAZZI L, 2007, SPECIAL, V14, P94 ALBERTAZZI L, 2010, PSICOLOGIA ITALIANA, P120 ALBERTAZZI L, 2011, INFERENCE I IN PRESS BARTLETT FC, 1916, BRIT J PSYCHOL 2, V8, P222 BARTLETT FC, 1932, REMEMBERING BENUSSI V, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P3030 BENUSSI V, 1905, ATT CONV INT PSIC, P440 BENUSSI V, 1912, BEITRAGE PSYCHOL GES, V1, P50 BENUSSI V, 1913, PSYCHOL ZEITAUFFASSU BONAVENTURA E, 1913, CULTURA FILOSOFICA, V7, P518 BONAVENTURA E, 1914, CULTURA FILOSOFICA, V11, P514 BONAVENTURA E, 1914, RIV PSICOL, V20, P76 BONAVENTURA E, 1915, PSICHE, V4, P48 BONAVENTURA E, 1916, QUALITA MONDO FISICO BONAVENTURA E, 1922, J PSYCHOL, V19, P481 BONAVENTURA E, 1925, E BONAVENTURA, P161 BONAVENTURA E, 1928, ARCH ITALIAN PSICOLO, V6, P180 BONAVENTURA E, 1928, ARCH ITALIAN PSICOLO, V6, P78 BONAVENTURA E, 1929, PROBLEMA PSICOLOGICO BONAVENTURA E, 1961, PROBLEMA PSICOLOGICO BORING EG, 1965, SOURCE BOOK HIST PSY BOZZI P, 1988, EREDITA PSICOLOGIA G, P33 BREITMEYER BG, 2006, VISUAL MASKING TIME BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST BRENTANO F, 1911, KLASSIFIKATION PSYCH BRENTANO F, 1933, THEORY CATEGORIES BRENTANO F, 1968, SENSORY NOETIC CONSC BRENTANO F, 1968, VIER PHASEN PHILOS I BRENTANO F, 1982, DESCRIPTIVE PSYCHOL BRENTANO F, 1987, CONCEPTUS, P25 BRENTANO F, 1987, CONCEPTUS, P53 BRENTANO F, 1988, PHILOS LECT SPACE TI CALABRESI R, 1923, RIV FILOSOFIA, V14, P253 CALABRESI R, 1930, DETERMINAZIONE PRESE CALABRESI R, 1931, RIV SCI APPL ALLEDUC, V2, P3 CALABRESI R, 1932, ATT 21 RIUN SOC IT P, V3, P222 CALABRESI R, 1933, ARCH ITALIANO PSICOL, V11, P1 CALABRESI R, 1933, RIV PSICOL, V39, P120 CALABRESI R, 1933, RIV PSICOL, V39, P147 CALABRESI R, 1933, SCRITTI PSICOLOGIA O, P75 CALABRESI R, 1934, RIV PSICOL, V30, P141 CALABRESI R, 1936, ATT 8 CONV PSIC IT R CALABRESI R, 1937, B INFORM ORIENTAMENT CALO G, 1908, CULTURA FILOSOFICA, P337 CATTELL J, 1885, PHILOS STUDIEN, V1, P1 CHENG K, 2004, ANIMAL COGNITION, V7, P267 CHISHOLM RM, 1981, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V6, P3 CHURCH RM, 1984, SCIENCE, V423, P566 CLAY ER, 1882, ALTERNATIVE STUDY PS COLTHEART M, 1980, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V27, P183 CONDRY KF, 2008, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V137, P22, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.137.1.22 CROCE B, 1905, LOGICA COME SCI CONC DEBRU C, 2001, SCI CONTEXT, V14, P471 DEHEVIA MD, 2009, COGNITION, V110, P198, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2008.11.003 DERUGGIERO R, 1929, FILOSOFIA CONT DESARLO F, 1903, DATI ESPERIENZA PSIC DESARLO F, 1923, MEMORIE REAL ACCADEM DESARLO F, 1928, INTRO FILOSOFIA DESARLO F, 1935, VITA PSICHE SAGGIO F DURGIN FH, 2002, CONSCIOUS COGN, V11, P284, DOI 10.1006/ccog.2002.0566 EHRENSTEIN WH, 2003, AXIOMATHES, V13, P433 FECHNER T, 1860, ELEMENTE PSYCHOPHYSI FRAISSE P, 1952, ANN PSYCHOL, V52, P39 FRAISSE P, 1964, PSYCHOL TIME FRAISSE P, 1974, PSYCHOL RYTHME FREYD JJ, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V10, P126 FROLICH FW, 1929, EMPFINDUNGSZEIT HOLUBAR J, 1969, SENSE TIME ELECTROPH HUBBARD TL, 1988, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V44, P211 HUSSERL E, 1891, PHILOS ARITHMETIK PS HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1913, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1939, ERFAHRUNG URTEIL UNT HUSSERL E, 1975, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V1 HUSSERL E, 1984, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V1 HUSSERL E, 1984, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2 HUSSERL E, 1985, TEXTE PHANOMENOLOGIE JAMES W, 1890, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL KANIZSA G, 1952, ARCH PSICOLOGIA NEUR, V15, P251 KANIZSA G, 1991, VEDERE PENSARE KANT I, 1871, WERKE, V3, P4 KASTIL A, 1951, PHILOS F BRENTANOS KNUFER C, 1911, GRUNDZUGE GESCH BEGR KOHLER W, 1938, PLACE VALUE WORLD FA KORNER D, 1987, TOPOI, V6, P11 KRAUS O, 1930, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V75, P1 KUBOVY M, 2002, EXPT PSYCHOL, V4, P87 LAZZERONI V, 1990, ENZO BONAVENTURA, P13 LEJEUNE H, 2000, BEHAV PROCESS, V52, P71 LEWYGINSBURG R, 1928, ARCH ITALIANO PSICOL, V6, P103 LI XJ, 1999, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V61, P771 LIBET B, 1982, HUMAN NEUROBIOLOGY, V1, P235 LIBET B, 1983, BRAIN, V106, P623 LUCCIO R, 1990, E BONAVENTURA 1891 1, P25 MAGER A, 1920, MUNCHENER STUDIEN PS MAGER A, 1925, PSYCHOLOGIE, V53, P391 MCCLELLAND JL, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V114, P159 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 MEINONG A, 1902, ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MELANDRI E, 1978, TOPOI, V6, P51 METZGER W, 1941, PSYCHOL ENTWICKLUNG MEUMANN E, 1893, PHILOS STUD, V8, P431 MEUMANN E, 1894, PHILOS STUD, V9, P264 MEZEI BM, 1998, 4 PHASES PHILOS MICHON JA, 1967, TIMING TEMPORAL TRAC MICHON JA, 1985, TIME MIND BEHAV MICHOTTE A, 1912, ANN I SUPERIEUR PHIL, V1, P568 MICHOTTE A, 1962, CAUSALITE PERMANENCE, P347 MODENATO F, 1979, COSCIENZA ESSERE F B MOUTOUSSIS K, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P1407 MUNSTERBERG J, 1889, BEITRAGE EXPT PSYCHO, V2 NIJHAWAN R, 2001, PERCEPTION, V30, P263 OREGAN JK, 2001, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V24, P939 ORNSTEIN RE, 1969, EXPERIENCE TIME PIAZZA M, 2006, BRAIN RES, V1106, P172 POPPEL E, 1994, INT REV NEUROBIOL, V37, P185 RENSINK RA, 2000, VISION RES, V40, P1469 RENSINK RA, 2002, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V53, P245 ROSS J, 2003, PERCEPTION, V32, P867, DOI 10.1068/p5029 ROSS J, 2010, J VISION, V10, ARTN 10 ROSSI G, 1926, GIUDIZIO RAZIOCINIO SCHUHMANN K, 1993, POLISH SCI PHILOS LV, P41 SCHUMANN F, 1890, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V17, P106 SIMONS P, 1990, MIND MEANING METAPHY, P157 SPERLING G, 1970, PSYCHOL MONOGRAPHY, V74, P1 STERN W, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V13, P325 STERN W, 1898, PSYCHOL VERANDERUNGS STROUD JM, 1956, INFORMATION THEORY P, P174 THINES G, 1977, PHENOMENOLOGY SCI BE TREISMAN AM, 1980, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V12, P97 TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE INHALT GEGENST UNDERWOO.G, 1973, PERCEPTION, V2, P101 VANDEGRIND W, 2002, CONSCIOUS COGN, V11, P241, DOI 10.1006/ccog.2002.0560 VERFAILLIE K, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V17, P302 VICARIO GB, 1973, TEMPO PSICOLOGICO EV VICARIO GB, 2005, TEMPO VIERORDT K, 1868, ZEITSINN NACH VERSUC VOLPI F, 1989, TOPOI S, V4, P127 WERNER A, 1930, PSYCHOL ERKENNTNISTH WERTHEIMER M, 1912, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V61, P161 WHITHROW GJ, 1989, TIME HIST WIRTH W, 1934, PSYCHOLOGIE, V91, P507 WIRTH W, 1937, AM J PSYCHOL, V50, P79 WUNDT W, 1873, GRUNDZUGE PHYSL PSYC ZEKI S, 1998, P R SOC B, V265, P1583 NR 162 TC 0 BP 53 EP 79 PY 2011 PD FEB VL 14 IS 1 DI 10.1037/a0021104 GA 728QZ UT ISI:000287890900003 ER PT J AU Benussi, V AF Benussi, Vittorio TI Laws of inadequate Form Conception SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR ARCH GES PSYCH, V2, P333 ARCH GES PSYCH, V7, P168 ARCH GES PSYCH, V7, P171 Z PSYCHOL, V67, P316 1902, Z PSYCH, V29 1905, ATT 5 C INT PSIC ROM 1906, Z PSYCH, V42 1907, Z PSYCH, V45 1909, Z PSYCH, V51 1910, ARCH GES PSYCH, V17, P91 1911, ARCH GES PSYCH, V20 1911, ARCH GES PSYCH, V20, P391 1912, ARCH GES PSYCH, V24 1912, ARCH GES PSYCH, V24, P31 1913, PSYCHOL ZEITAUFFASSU, P59 1913, PSYCHOL ZEITAUFFASSU, P60 AMESEDER R, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN BENUSSI V, Z PSYCH GESTALTERF, P383 GELB A, 1910, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P1 GIERINGS H, ARCH GES PSYCH, V6, P126 KOHLER W, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V66, P5 LIEL W, 1904, UNT GEG PSYCH, V6 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCH, V21 MEINONG A, 1904, UNT GEG PSYCH, V5 MEINONG, Z PSYCH, V21, P81 MULLER GE, EXPT ANAL ZEITVERGLE, V1, P375 WITASEK, 1897, Z PSYCH, V19 WITASEK, 1910, PSYCHOL RAUMWAHRNEHM, P317 NR 28 TC 12 BP 396 EP 419 PY 1914 PD MAY 29 VL 32 IS 3-4 GA V98HI UT ISI:000206643800003 ER PT J AU BARRIOMAESTRE, JM TI REAL DISTINCTION BETWEEN ESSENTIA AND ACTUS-ESSENDI IN AQUINAS SO FOLIA HUMANISTICA J9 FOLIA HUMANIST LA Spanish DT Article RP BARRIOMAESTRE, JM, UNIV COMPLUTENSE MADRID,MADRID 3,SPAIN. CR AQUINAS T, COMP THEOL AQUINAS T, DE ENTE ET ESSENTIA AQUINAS T, DE POTENTIA DEI AQUINAS T, DE SPIR CREAT AQUINAS T, DE VERITATE AQUINAS T, IN IV METAPH AQUINAS T, QUAESTIONES DE QUOLI AQUINAS T, SCRIPT SUP SENT 1 AQUINAS T, SUMMA CONTRA GENTILE DEMARIA, ONTOLOGIA KOCH, BEITRAGE GESCH PHILO, V26, P330 MEINONG AV, 1972, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 MILLANPUELLES A, 1990, TEORIA OBJETO PURO PIUS X, 1914, ACTA APOSTOLICAE SED, V6, P384 PRADO ND, 1411, DE VERITATE FUNDAMEN NR 15 TC 1 BP 321 EP 331 PY 1994 PD JUL-AUG VL 32 IS 339 GA PA558 UT ISI:A1994PA55800004 ER PT J AU HERMAN, D TI 'ULYSSES' AND VACUOUS PLURALISM SO PHILOSOPHY AND LITERATURE J9 PHIL LIT LA English DT Article RP HERMAN, D, UNIV PENN,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19104. CR BARTSCH R, 1987, NORMS LANGUAGE THEOR BRENTANO F, 1930, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ ERK BRENTANO F, 1966, ABKEHR NICHTREALEN BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST CHAMPAGNY R, 1986, SENSE ANTISENSE NONS CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P HAYMAN D, 1982, ULYSSES MECHANICS ME HEATH S, 1984, POSTSTRUCTURALIST JO HERMAN D, 1992, NEOPHILOLOGUS, V76, P321 HERRING P, 1987, JOYCES UNCERTAINTY P HUSSERL E, EXPERIENCE JUDGMENT JOYCE J, ULYSSES MAHAFFEY V, 1988, REAUTHORIZING JOYCE MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 MORRIS CW, 1938, F THEORY SIGNS NEHAMAS A, 1985, NIETZSCHE LIFE LIT PAVEL T, 1986, FICTIONAL WORLDS PLETT H, 1975, TEXTWISSENSCHAFT TEX RYLE G, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHST STRAWSON PF, 1966, BOUNDS OF SENSE NR 20 TC 0 BP 65 EP 76 PY 1993 PD APR VL 17 IS 1 GA KX879 UT ISI:A1993KX87900005 ER PT J AU Simoneit, M AF Simoneit, Max TI Creative Thinking SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Review CR ACH M, 1921, BEGRIFFSBILDUNG ACH N, 1905, WILLENSTATIGKEIT DEN, P210 ACH N, 1921, BEGRIFFSBILDUNG, P2 ACH N, 1921, BEGRIFFSBILDUNG, P329 ACH N, 1921, BEGRIFFSBILDUNG, P6 ACH, 1905, WILLENSTATIGKEIT DEN, P191 ACHENBACH E, 1916, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V35 AVELING F, 1922, CONSCIOUSNESS U INDI AVENARIUS R, 1888, KRITIK REINEN ERFAHR, P71 BERGSON H, 1908, MATERIE GEDACHTNIS, R7 BERKELEY, ALCIPHRON MINUTE PHI BERKELEY, TREATISE PRINCIPLES BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1, P132 BUHLER K, ARCH GES PSYCH, V9, P303 CORNELIUS H, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P117 CORNELIUS, 1897, PSYCHOL ERFAHRUNGSWI, P116 DROBISCH, 1863, NEUE DARSTELLUNG LOG, P19 EBBINGHAUS, 1919, GRUNDZ PSYCHOL, V1, P567 ERDMANN B, 1907, LOGIK, P74 ERDMANN B, 1907, LOGIK, V1, P3 ERDMANN B, 1907, LOGIK, V1, P5 ERDMANN B, 1907, LOGIK, V1, P71 ERDMANN B, 1907, LOGIK, V1, P9 ERDMANN B, 1908, UMRISSE PSYCHOL DENK GERTRUDSALING, Z PSYCHOL, V49 GROOS K, Z PSYCH, V95, P1 GRUNBAUM AA, 1908, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V12, P344 HUME, 1874, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR, P311 HUSSERL E, 1901, LOG UNTERS, P61 HUSSERL E, 1901, LOG UNTERS, V2, P218 HUSSERL, 1901, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P593 JAENSCH E, 1911, Z PSYCH S, P461 JAENSCH ER, Z PSYCHOL S, P386 JAMES W, 1909, PSYCHOLOGIE, P257 JAMES W, 1909, PSYCHOLOGIE, P259 KATZ D, WISS BEITR PAD PS, P27 KOFFKA G, ARCH GES PSYCH, V48, P193 KOFFKA K, 1912, ANAL VORSTELLUNGEN I, P365 KOFFKA K, 1912, ANALYSE VORSTELLUNGE, P188 KULPE O, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL, P183 KULPE O, PHIL STUD, V19, P553 KULPE O, 1904, 1 K EXP PSYCH, P56 LEIBMANN O, 1911, ANAL WIRKLICHKEIT, P234 LIEPMANN H, 1904, IDEENFLUCHT LIEPMANN H, 1904, IDEENFLUCHT, P37 LIPPS T, LEITF PSYCHOL, P145 LOCKE J, ESSAY HUMAN UNDERSTA, CH7 MACH E, 1903, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN MACH E, 1906, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN, P163 MARBE, 1901, EXPT PSYCHOL UNTERSU, P11 MARBETHUMB, 1901, EXP UNTERS PSYCHOL G MEINONG A, Z PSYCH, V24, P34 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P71 MEINONG A, 1877, SITZ BER KAIS AKA PH, V86, P193 MEINONG, Z PSYCHOL, V21, P182 MEINONG, 1910, ANNAHMEN, P10 MESSER A, ARCH GES PSYCH, V8 MESSER A, ARCH GES PSYCH, V8, P175 MESSER A, 1908, EMPFINDUNG DENKEN MESSER A, 1908, EMPFINDUNG DENKEN, P34 MESSER A, 1908, EMPFINDUNG DENKEN, P69 MESSER A, 1922, PSYCHOLOGIE MILL JS, SYSTEM LOGIC, V2, P4 MITTENZWEY K, WUNDTS PSYCH STUD, V2, P358 MOORE Y, 1910, PUBLIC PSYCHOL, V1 MOSKIEWICZ G, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V18, P305 MULLER GE, Z PSYCH S, P528 MULLERFREIENFEL.R, 1916, DENKEN PHANTASIE, P27 MULLERSCHE GE, VORSTELLUNG, P147 ORTH, 1903, GEFUHL BEWUSSTSEINSL, P71 RICKERT H, 1913, GRENZEN NATURWISSENS, P39 RICKERT H, 1913, GRENZEN NATURWISSENS, P45 SCHLICKER HG, 1924, THESIS KONIGSBERG SCHULTZE FEO, GEDANKEN ERSCHEINUNG, P155 SCHULTZE FEO, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCH, V8, P275 SCHULTZE FEO, 1923, ANLEITUNG MENSCHENKE SCHUMANN F, 1904, PSYCHOL STUDIEN SCHUMANN, BEITRAGE ANAL GESICH, P24 SCHUMANN, Z PSYCH, P23 SCHWIETE F, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V19, P475 SELZ O, 1913, GESETZE GEORDNETEN D, P155 SIMONEIT M, 1922, THESIS KONIGSBERG STORRING G, PHIL STUD, V20, P324 STORRING G, 1916, LOGIK, P91 STUMPF C, 1883, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, P3 STUMPF C, 1906, ABH PREUSS AKAD W, P4 USNADZE, PSYCHOL FORSCHUNG, V5, P24 VOLKELT J, 1886, ERFAHRUNG DENKEN, P516 VONHUSSERL T, 1901, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P37 WATT H, ARCH GES PSYCH, V4, P430 WUNDT W, 1906, LOGIK, V1, P13 WUNDT W, 1906, LOGIK, V1, P45 WUNDT W, 1908, LOGIK, V1, P47 WUNDT W, 1911, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL, P326 WUNDT W, 1911, GRUNDZUEGE PHYSL PHY, P307 ZIEHEN T, 1914, LEITFADEN PHYSL PSYC, P242 ZIEHEN T, 1916, MANNS PAD MAG, P28 NR 97 TC 3 BP 137 EP 218 PY 1926 PD JUN 12 VL 55 IS 1-2 GA V01CE UT ISI:000206832900006 ER PT J AU AQUILA, RE TI CAUSES AND CONSTITUENTS OF OCCURRENT EMOTION SO PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 PHIL QUART LA English DT Note C1 UNIV TENNESSEE,KNOXVILLE,TN 37996. CR AQUILA RE, PERCEPTIONS PERCEPTU CLARK R, 1973, NOUS, V7, P45 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE MEINONG A, 1929, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN, V2, P382 SELLARS W, 1963, SCI PERCEPTION REALI SELLARS W, 1964, J PHILOS, V61, P655 STAUDE M, 1974, PHILOS Q, V24, P151 STRONGMAN KT, 1973, PSYCHOL EMOTION THALBERG I, 1973, PHILOS Q, V23, P1 NR 9 TC 1 BP 346 EP 349 PY 1975 VL 25 IS 101 GA LW446 UT ISI:A1975LW44600006 ER PT J AU Rapaport, WJ Shapiro, SC Wiebe, JM TI Quasi-indexicals and knowledge reports SO COGNITIVE SCIENCE J9 COGNITIVE SCI LA English DT Article C1 NEW MEXICO STATE UNIV,LAS CRUCES,NM 88003. RP Rapaport, WJ, SUNY BUFFALO,DEPT COMP SCI,BUFFALO,NY 14260. ID BELIEF; LOGIC AB We present a computational analysis of de re, de dicto, and de se belief and knowledge reports. Our analysis solves a problem first observed by Hector-Neri Castaneda, namely, that the simple rule '(A knows that P) implies P' apparently does not hold if P contains a quasi-indexical. We present a single rule, in the context of a knowledge-representation and reasoning system, that holds for all P, including those containing quasi-indexicals. In so doing, we explore the difference between reasoning in a public communication language and in a knowledge-representation language, we demonstrate the importance of representing proper names explicitly, and we provide support for the necessity of considering sentences in the context of extended discourse (e.g., written narrative) in order to fully capture certain features of their semantics. CR ALMEIDA MJ, 1983, P 5 ANN C COGN SCI S ALMEIDA MJ, 1987, 8710 SUNY BUFF DEP C ALMEIDA MJ, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG, P159 BALLIM A, 1991, ARTIFICIAL BELIEVERS BANFIELD A, 1982, UNSPEAKABLE SENTENCE BARWISE J, 1983, SITUATIONS ATTITUDES BRACHMAN RJ, 1985, READINGS KNOWLEDGE R, P169 BRUDER GA, 1986, 8620 SUNY BUFF DEP C CASTANEDA HN, 1966, RATIO, V8, P130 CASTANEDA HN, 1967, AM PHILOS Q, V4, P85 CASTANEDA HN, 1970, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V2, P165 CASTANEDA HN, 1972, CRITICA, V6, P43 CASTANEDA HN, 1989, THINKING LANGUAGE EX CHALUPSKY H, 1993, J EXP THEOR ARTIF IN, V5, P119 CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 FLUDERNIK M, 1993, FICTIONS LANGUAGE LA FODOR JD, 1970, LINGUISTIC DESCRIPTI FRANCHERE R, 1964, HANNAH HERSELF GALBRAITH M, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG, P19 GETTIER E, 1963, ANALYSIS, V23, P121 GROVE AJ, 1995, ARTIF INTELL, V74, P311 HAAS AR, 1993, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V19, P637 HALPERN JY, 1986, P 1986 C MONT HAMBURGER K, 1973, LOGIC LIT HENDRIX GG, 1979, ASS NETWORKS REPRESE, P51 HINTIKKA J, 1962, KNOWLEDGE BELIEF HOBBS JR, 1985, P 23 ANN M ASS COMP, P61 ISRAEL D, 1989, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V54, P617 KAMP H, 1993, DISCOURSE LOGIC INTR KURODA SY, 1976, PRAGMATICS LANGUAGE, P107 LEHMANN FC, 1992, SEMANTIC NETWORKS AR, P243 LEHNERT WG, 1983, ARTIF INTELL, V20, P15 LESPERANCE Y, 1989, P 11 INT JOINT C ART, V2, P868 LESPERANCE Y, 1990, P 8 NAT C ART INT ME, P1030 LESPERANCE Y, 1995, ARTIF INTELL, V73, P69 LI N, 1991, THESIS SUNY BUFFALO LI N, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG, P287 MAIDA AS, 1982, COGNITIVE SCI, V6, P291 MARTINS JP, 1988, ARTIF INTELL, V35, P25 MEINONG A, 1904, ALEXIUS MEINONG GESA, V2, P481 PLATO, 1961, COLLECTED DIALOGUES, P845 QUINE WV, 1956, WAYS PARADOX OTHER E, P185 RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 RAPAPORT WJ, 1979, NOUS, V13, P125 RAPAPORT WJ, 1981, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V14, P1 RAPAPORT WJ, 1984, 10TH P INT C COMP LI, P65 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, 23RD P ANN M ASS COM, P43 RAPAPORT WJ, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P61 RAPAPORT WJ, 1986, 8615 SUNY BUFF DEP C RAPAPORT WJ, 1986, COGNITIVE SCI, V10, P371 RAPAPORT WJ, 1988, ASPECTS ARTIFICIAL I, P81 RAPAPORT WJ, 1988, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V53, P660 RAPAPORT WJ, 1989, 8901 SUNY BUFF DEP C RAPAPORT WJ, 1989, 8907 SUNY BUFF DEP C RAPAPORT WJ, 1991, HDB METAPHYSICS ONTO, P516 RAPAPORT WJ, 1991, TOPOI-INT REV PHILOS, V10, P79 RAPAPORT WJ, 1992, ENCY ARTIFICIAL INTE, P98 RAPAPORT WJ, 1994, THINKING COMPUTERS V, P225 RAPAPORT WJ, 1995, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V9, P49 REBOUL A, 1992, LINGUA, V87, P169 ROBERTS LD, 1988, 8816 SUNY BUFF DEP C RUSSELL B, 1905, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE ESSA, P39 SEAGER W, 1990, J PHILOS LOGIC, V19, P407 SEGAL EM, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG, P3 SELLS P, 1987, LINGUIST INQ, V18, P445 SHAPIRO C, 1979, P 17 ANN M ASS COMP, P25 SHAPIRO SC, 1975, AM J COMPUTATIONAL L, V33, P45 SHAPIRO SC, 1979, ASS NETWORKS REPRESE, P179 SHAPIRO SC, 1982, AM J COMPUTATIONAL L, V8, P12 SHAPIRO SC, 1987, KNOWLEDGE FRONTIER E, P262 SHAPIRO SC, 1990, FORMAL ASPECTS SEMAN, P136 SHAPIRO SC, 1990, LECTURE NOTES ARTIFI, V437, P1 SHAPIRO SC, 1991, PHILOS AI ESSAYS INT, P215 SHAPIRO SC, 1992, COMPUT MATH APPL, V23, P243 SHAPIRO SC, 1993, J EXP THEOR ARTIF IN, V5, P225 SHAPIRO SC, 1994, SNEPS 2 1 USERS MANU SHAPIRO SC, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG, P79 SYATT R, 1989, 8913 SUNY BUFF DEP C TOMBERLIN JE, 1983, AGENT LANGUAGE STRUC TOMBERLIN JE, 1986, HN CASTANEDA VONECKARDT B, 1993, WHAT IS COGNITIVE SI WIEBE JM, 1986, P IEEE, V74, P1405 WIEBE JM, 1988, P 26 ANN M ASS COMP, P131 WIEBE JM, 1990, 9003 SUNY BUFF DEP C WIEBE JM, 1990, P 13 INT C COMP LING, V2, P401 WIEBE JM, 1991, NOUS, V25, P457 WIEBE JM, 1994, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V20, P233 WIEBE JM, 1995, DEIXIS NARRATIVE COG, P263 WILKS Y, 1989, COMPUT ARTIF INTELL, V8, P493 WYATT R, 1990, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V437, P123 WYATT R, 1993, J EXP THEOR ARTIF IN, V5, P263 NR 91 TC 11 BP 63 EP 107 PY 1997 PD JAN-MAR VL 21 IS 1 GA YD532 UT ISI:A1997YD53200003 ER PT J AU Degani-Raz, I TI Possible worlds and the concept of 'reference' in the semiotics of theater SO SEMIOTICA J9 SEMIOTICA LA English DT Article C1 Tel Aviv Univ, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel. RP Degani-Raz, I, Tel Aviv Univ, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel. EM raznl@bezeqint.net AB This article conducts a retrospective analysis of theoretical developments in the semiotics of the theater, indicating that pre-theoretical intuition regarding the existence of fictional worlds and their inhabitants largely shaped the theoretical developmental course of the field. This meta-theoretical analysis serves to promote the claim that despite their key significance, the fictional worlds themselves have not received sufficient explication in semiotic terms, the consequences of which is a theoretical lacuna in theater studies. The last part of the article examines the explanatory power of the semantics of possible worlds as addressing the lacuna posed. The focus of discussion in the article is the concept of 'reference', due to its assumed significance in understanding the key function of fictional worlds in transmitting information in the theater. The discussion emphasizes the modal status of theatrical fictional discourse (the idea that is is a discourse about possible alternatives to the actual world and as such it goes beyond the ontology required for standard extensional discourse) and the need entailed by this understanding for a model system containing many worlds as referential range. CR ALTER J, 1990, SOCIOSEMIOTIC THEORY ARISTOTLE, POETICS BRUSAK K, 1976, SEMIOTICS ART CARLSON M, 1990, THEATRE SEMIOTICS SI CULLER J, 1976, SAUSSURE DEGANIRAZ I, 1998, THESIS TEL AVIV U DOLEZEL LL, 1989, POSSIBLE WORLDS HUMA, P221 ELAM K, 1980, SEMIOTICS THEATRE DR ELKANA Y, 1981, SCI CULTURES FISCHERLICHTE E, 2000, ASSAPH, V16, P65 HELBO A, 1991, APPROACHING THEATRE HINTIKKA J, 1979, POSSIBLE ACTUAL, P65 HONZL J, 1976, SEMIOTICS ART, P74 HOOKWAY C, 1999, PEIRCE KRIPKE S, 1971, REFERENCE MODALITY, P53 KUNDERA M, 1988, ART NOVEL LOUX MJ, 1979, POSSIBLE ACTUAL READ MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MUKAROVSKY J, 1978, STRUCTURE SIGN FUNCT, P70 NORRIS C, 1982, DECONSTRUCTION THEOR PAVIS P, 1976, PROBLEMES SEMIOLOGIE PAVIS P, 1982, LANGUAGES STAGE ESSA PEIRCE CS, 1967, COLLECTED PAPERS PEIRCE CS, 1977, SEMIOTIC SIGNIFICS QUINN ML, 1995, SEMIOTIC STAGE PRAGU ROZIK E, 1992, LANGUAGE THEATRE ROZIK E, 1994, SATJ, V8, P24 ROZIK E, 1999, THEATRE RES INT, V24, P198 RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS SAUSSURE FD, 1974, COURSE GENERAL LINGU VELTRUSKY J, 1964, PRAGUE SCH READER ES, P83 NR 31 TC 2 BP 307 EP 329 PY 2003 VL 147 IS 1-4 GA 770XL UT ISI:000188756600015 ER PT J AU [Anon] TI METATHEORY OF EDUCATION - GERMAN - DERBOLAV,J SO PADAGOGISCHE RUNDSCHAU J9 PADAGOG RUNDSCH LA German DT Book Review CR BOLLNOW OF, 1971, Z PAD, V17, P683 BREZINKA W, 1955, ERZIEHUNG ALS BERUF BREZINKA W, 1966, ERZIEHER SEINE AUFGA BREZINKA W, 1971, ERZIEHUNG LEBENSHILF BREZINKA, 1966, VEROFFENTLICHUNGEN W BREZINKA, 1974, GRUNDBEGRIFFE ERZIEH BREZINKA, 1976, ERZIEHUNGSZIELE ERZI CHERNISS H, 1944, ARISTOTLES CRITICISM, V1 DERBOLAV J, METATHEORIE ERZIEHUN DERBOLAV J, 1970, PADAGOGISCHE STUDIEN, P93 DERBOLAV J, 1975, GRUNDLAGEN WISSENSCH, V29, P38 DERBOLAV J, 1975, PADAGOGIK POLITIK, P91 DERBOLAV J, 1976, GRUNDLAGEN PROBLEME DERBOLAV J, 1976, KRITIK METAKRITIK PR FEUERBACHS L, 1846, SAMTLICHE WERKE, V2, P18 KANTS, 1962, VGL DAZU EINSCHLAGIG, V16, P171 MARX K, 1953, FRUHSCHRIFTEN, P214 MEINONG A, 1919, BEITRAGE PADAGOGIK D, P36 RITZEL W, 1978, 6 K DTSCH GES ERZ TU ROMBACH H, 1967, Z PADAGOGIK, V13, P37 SCHLEIERMACHER F, 1957, PADAGOGISCHE SCHRIFT, V1 WATZLAWICK B, 1974, MENSCHLICHE KOMMUNIK NR 22 TC 0 BP 331 EP 342 PY 1978 VL 32 IS 4 GA FF263 UT ISI:A1978FF26300007 ER PT J AU MODENATO, F TI MEINONG,ALEXIUS - INTENTION AND EXTERNAL PERCEPTION SO RIVISTA DI STORIA DELLA FILOSOFIA J9 RIV STOR FILOS LA Italian DT Proceedings Paper CR BIEMEL W, 1956, PHILOS PHENOMENOL RE, P295 BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1, P112 BUJAS R, 1910, VERHANDLUNGEN 50 VER, P177 FANO V, 1993, FILOS EVIDENZA, P69 FINDLAY JN, 1972, EINIGE HAUPTPUNKTE M, P21 GRIFFIN N, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, P380 HUSSERL E, ANAL PASSIVEN SYNTHE HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1950, HUSSERLIANA, V3, P79 KUNG G, NOEMA GEGENSTAND LENOCI M, 1972, TEORIA CONOSCENZA A, P244 LINDENFELD DF, 1980, TRANSFORMATION POSIT, P158 MALLY E, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P127 MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDE HOHERER MEINONG A, HUME-STUDIEN MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEINONG A, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1973, GESAMTAUSGABE, V5, P478 MODENATO F, 1993, METAFISICA MODERNITA, P221 MODENATO F, 1994, A MEINONG FENOMENO N, P361 MODENATO, 1991, ETHOS CULTURA, P527 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, P521 SPINICCI P, 1985, PENSIERI ESPERIENZA, P48 NR 24 TC 0 BP 29 EP 57 PY 1996 VL 51 IS 1 GA UZ669 UT ISI:A1996UZ66900002 ER PT J AU BARBER, K TI MEINONGS HUME STUDIES .1. MEINONGS NOMINALISM SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article C1 STATE UNIV NEW YORK,BUFFALO,NY. CR BERGMANN G, 1967, REALISM CRITIQUE BRE BERKELEY, PRINCIPLES HUMAN KNO FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FINDLAY, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE, P28 HELMHOLTZ, HDB PHYSIOLOGISCHEN, V9, P273 HICKS GD, 1922, MIND, P1 MEINONG A, LOGIC, CH2 MEINONG A, 1877, AKADEMIE WISSENSCHAF, V87, P185 MEINONG A, 1882, AKADEMIE WISSENSCHAF, V101, P573 ROBERTSON GC, 1878, MIND, V3, P386 NR 10 TC 2 BP 550 EP 567 PY 1970 VL 30 IS 4 GA Y2997 UT ISI:A1970Y299700004 ER PT J AU Tegtmeier, E TI Meinong's complexes SO MONIST J9 MONIST LA English DT Article C1 Univ Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany. RP Tegtmeier, E, Univ Mannheim, Mannheim, Germany. CR BERGMANN G, 1967, REALISM CRITIQUE BRE GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDE HOHERER MEINONG A, 1913, ABHANDLUNGEN ERKENNT MEINONG A, 1913, PSYCHOL KOMPLEXIONEN TEGTMEIER E, 1992, GRUNDZUGE KATEGORIAL NR 6 TC 0 BP 89 EP 100 PY 2000 PD JAN VL 83 IS 1 GA 547QW UT ISI:000175344100005 ER PT J AU Larson, DL AF Larson, Delia Louise TI AN EXPERIMENTAL CRITIQUE OF THE SEASHORE CONSONANCE TEST SO PSYCHOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS J9 PSYCHOL MONOGRAPHS LA English DT Article CR BUCH E, 1900, PHILOS STUD, V15, P268 FAIST A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V15, P102 GARRETT HE, 1926, STAT PSYCHOL ED GAW EA, 1918, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V25, P134 GAW EA, 1922, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V31, P128 GAW EA, 1925, INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENC HEINLEIN CP, 1925, J EXP PSYCHOL, V8, P408 HELMHOLTZ HLF, 1912, SENSATIONS TONE KRUEGER F, 1910, PSYCHOL STUD, V5, P294 KULPE O, 1895, OUTLINES PSYCHOL LIPPS T, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V19, P1 MALMBERG CF, 1918, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V25, P93 MEINONG A, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V15, P189 MEYER M, 1898, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V17, P401 MEYER M, 1903, AM J PSYCHOL, V14, P207 MOORE HT, 1911, PSYCH MON, V73, P68 MUNSTERBERG H, 1914, PSYCHOL GEN APPL MYERS CS, 1905, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V1, P315 MYERS CS, 1911, TXB EXPT PSYCHOL MYERS CS, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V7, P68 OGDEN RM, 1909, PSYCHOL BULL, V6, P297 OGDEN RM, 1924, HEARING, P120 PEAR TH, 1911, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V4, P56 PETERSON J, 1925, PSYCHOL REV, V32, P17 PETERSON J, 1926, ANN M DIV ANTHR PSYC PREYER W, 1879, AKUSTISCHE UNTERSUCH, P44 RUGG HO, 1917, STAT METHODS APPL ED, P219 SEASHORE CE, 1910, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V13, P41 SEASHORE CE, 1919, MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS SEASHORE CE, 1919, PSYCHOL MUSICAL TALE STANTON HM, 1925, PSYCHOL TESTS MUSICA STUMPF C, 1883, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V1, P427 STUMPF C, 1890, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V2, P582 STUMPF C, 1898, BEITRAGE MUSIKVISS, V1, P91 STUMPF C, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P321 TITCHENER EB, 1901, EXPT PSYCHOL VALENTINE CW, 1914, BRIT J PSYCHOL 1, V7, P118 WATTS HJ, 1917, PSYCHOL SOUND, P53 WEAVER AT, 1924, J APPL PSYCHOL, V8, P170 WUNDT W, 1910, GRUNDZUGE PHYSL PSYC, V2 NR 40 TC 11 BP 49 EP 81 PY 1928 VL 38 IS 4 GA V00HU UT ISI:000206780200003 ER PT J AU Monnoyer, JM TI Dispositions: should we attribute or reduce them? SO REVUE DE METAPHYSIQUE ET DE MORALE J9 REV METAPHYSIQUE MORALE LA French DT Article AB Dispositions can be of many kinds (physical, artefactual, psychological). In order to analyse those entities, we have to used conditional predicates and expressions. The metaphysical problem stems out of the impossibility of counterfactual conditionals to capture this kind of properties. We have to distinguish between the basis of a disposition and its manifestations but this difference produces new problems. In contemporary terms, this distinction could be denied by a categorial monism and would be modified into the separation between the functional attribute and the strict causal role but then, metaphysical inquiry would be subordinated to a conceptual analysis. It remains then necessary to separate conceptual terms from those types or properties. CR ARMSTRONG DM, 1969, ANALYSIS, V30, P23 ARMSTRONG DM, 1983, WHAT IS LAW NATURE ARMSTRONG DM, 1996, DISPOSITIONS DEBATE ARMSTRONG DM, 1997, WORLD STATE AFFAIRS ARMSTRONG DM, 2002, IN PRESS STRUCTURE M BACON J, 1993, ONTOLOGY CAUSALITY M BARWISE J, 1989, SITUATION IN LOGIC, CH5 BRADDONMITCHELL D, 1996, PHILOS MIND COGNITIO CARNAP R, 1997, SIGNIFICATION NECESS FINE K, 1994, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V8 GOODMAN N, 1984, FAITS FICTIONS PREDI JACKSON F, 1990, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V50, P195 JOHANSSON I, 1989, ONTOLOGICAL INVESTIG KIM J, 1999, METAPHYS ANTHOL LEWIS D, 1973, COUNTERFACTUALS LEWIS D, 1999, PAPERS METAPHYS ONTO LOWE EJ, 1998, POSSIBILITY METAPHYS LOWE EJ, 2001, METAPHYSICA, V2, P5 MACKIE JL, 1988, SYNTHESE, V34, P351 MARTIN CB, 1993, ONTOLOGY CAUSALITY M, P175 MEINONG AV, 1919, ALLGEMEINES LEHRE DI, V6, P289 MELLOR H, 1974, PHILOS REV, V83, P157 MELLOR H, 2002, IN PRESS STRUCTURE M MUMFORD S, 1998, DISPOSITIONS NEF F, 2001, PHILOS AUTRICHIENNE OSHAUGHNESSEY B, 1970, ANALYSIS, V31, P1 POPPER K, 1973, LOGIK FORSCHUNG POPPER K, 1990, WORLD PROPENSITIES PRIOR E, 1985, DISPOSITIONS QUINE WV, 1960, WORD OBJECT QUINE WV, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI QUINE WV, 1974, ROOTS REFERENCE QUINE WV, 1990, PURSUIT TRUTH RYLE G, 1949, CONCEPT OF MIND SAINSBURY M, 1991, LOGICAL FORMS SHOEMAKER S, 1982, IDENTITY CAUSE MIND WRIGHT C, 1992, TRUTH OBJECTIVITY NR 37 TC 0 BP 473 EP 490 PY 2002 PD OCT-DEC IS 4 GA 639GA UT ISI:000180618200003 ER PT J AU GUIDETTI, L TI EMPIRICISM AND NOMINALISM - ITALIAN - MEINONG,A SO LINGUA E STILE J9 LING STILE LA Italian DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1991, EMPIRISMO NOMINALISM NR 1 TC 0 BP 550 EP 553 PY 1992 PD DEC VL 27 IS 4 GA KN330 UT ISI:A1992KN33000007 ER PT J AU Centi, B TI Kant and Johann Friedrich Herbart, mathematics and psychology in the works of Ernst Mach SO GIORNALE CRITICO DELLA FILOSOFIA ITALIANA J9 G CRIT FILOS ITAL LA Italian DT Article CR BENEKE FE, 1842, SYSTEM LOGIK KUNSTLE, V2, P141 BLACKMORE J, 1992, E MACH DEEPER LOOK D, P111 BLACKMORE JT, 1988, E MACH WIRK WIRKUNG, P465 BONAMEYER J, 1870, KANT PSYCHOL DARGEST BRENTANO F, 1988, UBER E MACH ERKENNTN, P40 CANTOR G, 1883, GRUNDLAGEN ALLGEMEIN CASSIRER E, 1958, STOR FILOS MODERNA, V4, P65 DELIA A, 1968, E MACH MECCANICA SUO FEYERABEND PK, 1988, E MACH WIRK WIRKUNG, P446 FRIES JF, 1819, SYSTEM LOGIK FRIES JF, 1979, SCHRIFTEN ANGEWANDTE, P11 HALLER R, 1988, E MACH WERK WIRKUNG, P74 HOFFMANN D, 1991, E MACH STUDIEN DOKUM KANT I, KRITIK REINEN VERNUN KANT I, 1967, CRITICA RAGION PURA, P84 LEINFELLNER W, 1988, E MACH WIRK WIRKUNG, P127 MACH E, 1883, MECHANIK IHRE ENTWIC MACH E, 1896, POPULARWISSENSCHAFTL, P117 MACH E, 1906, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN VE, P7 MACH E, 1906, ERKENNTNIS IRRTUM, P12 MACH E, 1975, ANAL SENSAZIONI RAPP, P42 MACH E, 1990, LETTURE SCI POPOLARI, P92 MEINONG A, 1877, SITZUNGSBER KAISERLI, V87, P184 PETTOELLO R, 1992, POVERO DIAVOLO EMPIR, P178 POGGI S, 1977, SISTEMI ESPERIENZA, P409 POGGI S, 1992, PROBLEMI PSICOLOGIA, V38, P659 RICKERT H, 1902, GRENZEN NATURWISSENS, R4 RIEHL A, PHILOS KRITIZISMUS S STADLER F, 1988, E MACH WERK WIRKUNG, P12 SWOBODA WW, 1988, E MACH WIRK WIRKUNG, P385 WAGNER R, HANDWORTERBUCH PHYSI WEBER EH, 1852, RAUMSINN EMPFINDUNGS WOLTERS G, 1990, INTERSEZIONI, V10, P325 NR 33 TC 0 BP 446 EP 460 PY 1997 PD SEP-DEC VL 17 IS 3 GA ZB534 UT ISI:000072482200006 ER PT J AU Ter Hark, M AF Ter Hark, Michel TI Wittgenstein, pretend play and the transferred use of language SO JOURNAL FOR THE THEORY OF SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR J9 J THEOR SOC BEHAV LA English DT Article C1 Univ Groningen, Fac Philsophy, NL-9712 GL Groningen, Netherlands. RP Ter Hark, M, Univ Groningen, Fac Philsophy, Oude Boteringestr 52, NL-9712 GL Groningen, Netherlands. EM M.R.M.ter.Hark@rug.nl ID MIND AB This essay sketches the potential implications of Wittgensteinian thought for conceptualizations of socalled fictive mental states, e.g. mental calculating, imagination, pretend play, as they are currently discussed in developmental psychology and philosophy of mind. In developmental psychology the young child's pretend play and make-belief are seen as a manifestation of the command of an underlying individualistic "theory of mind". When saying "This banana is a telephone" the child's mind entertains simultaneously two mental representations, a primary or veridical representation about the real properties of banana's and a pretend representation. It is the task of psychology to explain how this "double knowledge" does not result in conceptual chaos. Various sorts of internal mechanisms are postulated. In this essay it is argued that the threat of chaos is misconceived, and that the solutions are irrelevant. Following Wittgenstein's sparse remarks about the secondary sense of words, I argue that pretend language does not refer to underlying individual mental representations but to the child's creative transference of words used in one, primary, domain of application to another, secondary domain. The command and use of the secondary domain logically presupposes the command and use of the primary domain. Since the latter domain is necessarily public and social, fictive mental states cannot be dealt with purely individualistically as current mentalism assumes. CR ARMSTRONG D, 1968, MAT THEORY MIND AUSTIN JL, 1964, ESSAYS PHILOS PSYCHO BARONCOHEN S, 1991, PSYCHIAT CLIN N AM, V14, P33 BUDD M, 1988, WITTGENSTEINS PHILOS BUHLER K, 1930, MENTAL DEV CHILD CARPENDALE JIM, 2004, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V27, P79 CHAPMAN M, 1987, MEANING GROWTH UNDER CHURCHLAND P, 1984, MATTER CONSCIOUSNESS CYTOWIC RR, 1989, SYNESTHESIA UNION SE DIAMOND C, 1991, WITTGENSTEIN REALIST FODOR JA, 1965, AM PHILOS Q, V2, P281 GEACH P, 1957, MENTAL ACTS GERMAN TP, 2000, REASONING MIND GERMAN TP, 2001, BRIT J DEV PSYCHOL 1, V19, P59 HANFLING O, 1991, WITTGENSTEIN CENTENA HANFLING O, 2002, WITTGENSTEIN HUMAN F HARRIS PL, 1991, NATURAL THEORIES MIN HARRIS PL, 1995, MENTAL SIMULATION HINTIKKA J, 1986, INVESTIGATING WITTGE LESLIE AM, 1987, PSYCHOL REV, V94, P412 LESLIE AM, 1988, DEV THEORIES MIND LEUDAR I, 2004, THEOR PSYCHOL, V14, P601, DOI 10.1177/0959354304046175 LILLARD A, 1994, CHILDRENS EARLY UNDE LILLARD AS, 1993, CHILD DEV, V64, P348 LILLARD AS, 1993, CHILD DEV, V64, P372 LILLARD AS, 1998, CHILD DEV, V69, P981 MCCUNENICOLICH L, 1981, CHILD DEV, V52, P785 MEINONG A, 2001, ANNAHMEN MONTGOMERY DE, 2002, J COGN DEV, V3, P357, DOI 10.1207/S15327647JCD3,4-01 RACINE T, 2004, SOCIAL INTERACTION D RICH AN, 2005, COGNITION, V98, P53, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2004.11.003 RICHAND AN, 2002, NATURE REV NEUROSCIE, V3, P42 SHARROCK W, 2004, THEOR PSYCHOL, V14, P579, DOI 10.1177/0959354304046174 SKINNER BF, 1957, VERBAL BEHAV TERHARK MRM, 1990, BEYOND INNER OUTER TREFFERT DA, 2004, SCI AM, V14, P14 WELLMAN HM, 1990, CHILDS THEORY MIND WITTGENSTEIN L, 1953, PHILOS INVESTIGATION WITTGENSTEIN L, 1967, ZETTEL WITTGENSTEIN L, 1982, LAST WRITINGS PHILOS, V1 WOOLLEY JD, 1995, DEV REV, V15, P172 NR 41 TC 1 BP 299 EP + PY 2006 PD SEP VL 36 IS 3 GA 077MB UT ISI:000240032400005 ER PT J AU Hala, V TI On Meinong's conception of ethics SO FILOSOFICKY CASOPIS J9 FILOS CASOPIS LA Czech DT Article C1 Acad Sci Czech Republ, Filozoficky Ustav, Prague, Czech Republic. RP Hala, V, Acad Sci Czech Republ, Filozoficky Ustav, Prague, Czech Republic. AB The author focuses on the interpretation of the basic questions in A. Meinong's conception of ethics. He sets out from Meinong's theory of objects, in which he sees the foundation of the conception, especially in so far as is concerned the application of its basic categories - objects, objectives, dignitatives and desideratives - to the axiologicat and ethical fields. The author emphasises that it is the general theory of values that is of defining significance for Meinong's conception of ethics. Among the various distributions within the field of values the key one is considered to be Meinong's distinction between personal and impersonal values. The author considers the defining position of values towards "Sollen" to be another of Meinong's fundamental thoughts. The author also examines Meinong's attempt to observe apriori laws within the sphere of dignitatives and desideratives. Emphasised in the overall assessment is that a serious handicap in Meinong's interpretation of philosophical ideas is the complexity and at times even the obscurity of his expression. At the same time the author points to the renewed interest in the subjects of Meinong's philosophy, especially in the English-speaking world and in Austria. CR 1955, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1, P33 ALBERTAZZI L, MEINONG HIS OUT TIME, P22 ALBERTAZZI L, SCH ALEXIUS MEINONG, P13 ALBERTAZZI L, 2001, SCH ALEXIUS MEINONG BELOHRAD R, 2003, FILOS CAS, V51, P57 BRENTANO F, 1921, URSPRUNG SITTLICHER, P15 CESKY, 1993, PUVODU MRAVNIHO POZN, P27 DAPPIANO L, 1996, SCH F BRENTANO, P378 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE, P75 HALA V, 2000, MOZNOSTI HODNOTOVE E JACQUETTE D, AUSSERSEIN PURE OBJE, P383 JACQUETTE D, SCH ALEXIUS MEINONG, P384 JACQUETTE D, SCH F BRENTANO, P147 KALSI MLS, 1996, ELEMENTS ETHICS, P3 MEINONG A, EMOTIONALE PRASENTAT, P161 MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE S, P70 MEINONG A, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT, P224 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT, P85 MEINONG A, 1965, PHILOSOPHENBRIEFE, P205 MEINONG A, 1968, GESAMTAUSGABE, V3, P111 MEINONG A, 1988, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE S NR 21 TC 1 BP 371 EP 391 PY 2004 VL 52 IS 3 GA 870DR UT ISI:000225034700003 ER PT J AU Leeser, O AF Leeser, Otto TI The Lines and Surfaces Comparison. SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR AUBERT, 1865, PHYSL NETZHAUT, P262 BALDWIN, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P236 BEST, 1910, ARCH GES PHYSL, V136, P248 BEST, 1910, ARCH OPHTHALMOL-CHIC, V74, P400 BINET, 1890, REV PHILOS, V30, P68 BINET, 1894, REV PHILOS, V37, P348 BOLTON, 1898, AM J PSYCHOL, V9, P178 BUHLER, 1912, 5 K EXP PSYCH BERL, P183 BUHLER, 1913, GESTALTWAHRNEHMUNGEN, V1, P153 CHODIN, 1876, ARCH OPHTHALMOL-CHIC, V23, P92 COLARDEAU, 1898, REV SCI, V10 COLEGROVE, 1899, AM J PSYCHOL, V10, P292 FECHNER, 1860, ELEMENTE PSYCHOPHYSI, P211 FEILCHENFELD, 1902, ARCH OPHTHALMOL-CHIC, V53, P401 FISCHER R, 1891, ARCH OPHTHALMOL 1, V37, P97 FISCHER R, 1891, ARCH OPHTHALMOL-CHIC, V37, P55 GIERING, 1904, Z PSYCHOL, V39, P42 GROSSMANN, 1906, ASTRON NACHR, V4066, P149 GUILLERY, 1896, Z PSYCHOL, V10, P83 HEGELMAIER, 1852, ARCH PHYSL HEILKUNDE, V11, P844 HIGIER, 1890, THESIS DORPAT HIGIER, 1892, PHILOS STUDIEN, V7, P232 HOEFER, 1906, ARCH GES PHYSL, V115, P483 KUNDT, 1863, POGGENDORFFS ANN, V120, P118 LAUB, 1908, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V12, P312 LEWY, 1895, Z PSYCHOL, V8, P231 LIEPMANN, 1900, BERL KL W, P838 MACH, 1861, SITZUNGSBERICHTE WIE, V43, P215 MCCREA, 1897, AM J PSYCHOL, V8, P494 MESSER, THESIS WURZBURG MESSER, 1876, POGGENDORFFS ANN, V157, P172 MUNSTERBERG, 1889, BEITRAGE EXPT PSYCHO, P125 QUANTZ, 1895, AM J PSYCHOL, V7, P26 RADOSLAWOWHADJI., 1900, PHILOS STUDIEN, V15, P318 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P16 SCHUMANN F, 1902, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V30, P241 SWIFT, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P527 VOLKMANN, 1853, PHYSL UNTERSUCHUNGEN, V1, P114 VONKRIES, 1891, BEITRAGE LEHRE AUGEN, P175 WARREN, 1895, PSYCHOL REV, V2, P239 WEBER EH, 1834, ANNOTATIONES ANATOM, P142 WEBER EH, 1846, WAGNERS HANDWORTERBU, P559 WOLFE, 1898, AM J PSYCHOL, V9, P137 WOODWORTH, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V3, P344 NR 45 TC 1 BP 1 EP 127 PY 1916 VL 74 GA V96LN UT ISI:000206519500001 ER PT J AU Goodman, J TI Where is Sherlock-Holmes? (Spatiotemporal locations of fictional characters) SO SOUTHERN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 SOUTHERN J PHIL LA English DT Article C1 James Madison Univ, Harrisonburg, VA 22807 USA. RP Goodman, J, James Madison Univ, Harrisonburg, VA 22807 USA. CR BURGESS J, 1997, SUBJECT NO OBJECT ST CHISHOLM R, 1972, A MEINONG GESAMTAUSG DOYLE AC, ADVENTURES OF SHERLO, IMP KRIPKE S, UNPUB REFERENCE EXIS KRIPKE S, 1972, NAMING NECESSITY LEWIS D, 1978, AM PHILOS Q, V15, P37 MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PLANTINGA A, 1974, NATURE NECESSITY QUINE WVO, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW RUSSELL B, 1990, PHILOS LANGUAGE SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 THOMASSON A, 1999, FICTION METAPHSYICS THOMASSON AL, 1996, PHILOS STUD, V84, P295 VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS NR 16 TC 5 BP 183 EP 197 PY 2003 PD SUM VL 41 IS 2 GA 693ZT UT ISI:000183748800003 ER PT J AU LINSKY, B ZALTA, EN TI IS LEWIS A MEINONGIAN SO AUSTRALASIAN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 AUSTRALAS J PHIL LA English DT Article C1 STANFORD UNIV,STANFORD,CA 94305. RP LINSKY, B, UNIV ALBERTA,EDMONTON T6G 2E1,ALBERTA,CANADA. CR CASTANEDA HN, 1974, PHILOSOPHIA, V4, P3 CHISOLM RM, 1973, PHILOS STUD, V24, P245 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN LEWIS D, 1968, J PHILOS, V65, P113 LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS LEWIS D, 1990, MIND, V99, P23 LINSKY B, IN PRESS PHILOSOPHIA LOUX MJ, 1979, POSSIBLE ACTUAL LYCAN W, 1979, POSS ACT, V9, P274 LYCAN W, 1988, J PHILOS, V85, P42 MALLY E, 1912, GEGENSTANDSTHEORETIS MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS RAPAPORT WJ, 1978, NOUS, V12, P153 ROUTLEY R, 1979, DEPT MONOGRAPH AUSTR, V3 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RUSSELL B, 1907, MIND, V16, P436 RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS STALNAKER R, 1976, NOUS, V10, P65 VANINWAGEN P, 1986, MIDWEST STUDIES PHIL, V11 ZALTA E, 1983, ABSTRACT OBJECTS INT ZALTA E, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 24 TC 6 BP 438 EP 453 PY 1991 PD DEC VL 69 IS 4 GA GR925 UT ISI:A1991GR92500004 ER PT J AU ANAND, P TI THE NATURE OF RATIONAL CHOICE AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF STATISTICS SO OXFORD ECONOMIC PAPERS-NEW SERIES J9 OXFORD ECON PAP-NEW SER LA English DT Review C1 UNIV OXFORD,SUBFAC ECON,OXFORD,ENGLAND. RP ANAND, P, UNIV OXFORD,TEMPLETON COLL,OXFORD,ENGLAND. ID EXPECTED UTILITY; DECISION-MAKING; UNCERTAINTY; PROBABILITY; CONSISTENCY; PREFERENCE CR ACHINSTEIN P, 1983, NATURE EXPLANATION AKERLOF GA, 1970, Q J ECON, V84, P488, DOI 10.2307/1879431 AKERLOF GA, 1982, AM ECON REV, V82, P307 ALDERFER CP, 1969, ORGAN BEHAV HUM PREF, V4, P142 ALLAIS M, 1953, ECONOMETRICA, V21, P503 ANAND P, 1982, OXFORD AGRARIAN STUD, V158, P172 ANAND P, 1987, THEOR DECIS, V23, P189 ANAND P, 1990, ANN OPER RES, V23, P91 ANTHONY L, 1987, PHILOS STUD, P311 ARROW KJ, 1951, ECONOMETRICA, V19, P404 ARROW KJ, 1982, ECON INQ, V20, P1 AUMANN RJ, 1962, ECONOMETRICA, V30, P445 BACHARACH MOL, IN PRESS J PHILOS BACHARACH MOL, 1986, UNPUB RATIONAL PREFE BARHILLEL M, 1988, THEOR DECIS, V24, P119 BARNARD GA, 1961, J ROYAL STATISTICAL, V23, P25 BAUSOR R, 1985, SOCIAL CONCEPT, V2, P66 BAUSOR R, 1988, PSYCHOL EC BELL D, 1982, OPER RES, V20, P961 BEWLEY TE, 1986, 807 COWL F DISC PAP BINMORE K, 1987, ECON PHILOS, V3, P179 BINMORE K, 1988, ECON PHILOS, V4, P9 BOLAND L, 1982, FUTILITY CRITICIZING, V71, P1031 BORCH KH, 1968, EC UNCERTAINTY COATS AW, 1988, PSYCHOL EC, P211 COHEN LJ, 1985, BRIT J PHILOS SCI, V37, P263 COHEN M, 1985, J MATH PSYCHOL, V29, P428 CROSS JG, 1983, THEORY ADAPTIVE EC B DAVIDSON D, 1963, J PHILOS, V60, P655 DEATON A, 1980, EC CONSUMER BEHAVIOR DEBREU G, 1959, THEORY VALUE EARL P, 1983, EC IMAGINATION EINHORN HJ, 1986, J BUSINESS 2, V59, P225 ELLSBERG D, 1961, Q J ECON, V75, P643, DOI 10.2307/1884324 FISHBURN PC, 1981, THEOR DECIS, V13, P139 FISHBURN PC, 1982, J MATH PSYCHOL, V26, P31 FISHBURN PC, 1983, ANN STAT, V11, P1047 FISHBURN PC, 1983, MATH SOC SCI, V5, P129 FODOR JA, 1968, PSYCHOL EXPLANATION FRIEDMAN M, 1953, ESSAYS POSITIVE EC GARDENFORS P, 1982, SYNTHESE, V53, P361 GILBOA I, 1987, J MATH ECON, V16, P65 GILBOA I, 1989, J MATH ECON, V18, P141 HANSSON B, 1975, ERKENNTNIS, V9, P175 HAUSMAN DM, 1981, PHILOS EC, P17 HAUSMAN DM, 1988, BOUNDARIES EC, P88 HEINER RA, 1983, AM ECON REV, V73, P560 HELM D, 1984, OXFORD ECON PAP, V36, P118 HEY JD, 1983, ECON J, P130 HEY JD, 1988, ECON J, V98, P547 JEFFREY RC, 1965, LOGIC DECISION JOHNSONLAIRD PN, 1983, MENTAL MODELS KANE R, 1986, ERKENNTNIS, V24, P115 KELSEY D, 1986, 93 CAMBR U EC THEOR KEYNES JM, 1921, TREATISE PROBABILITY KEYNES JM, 1967, GENERAL THEORY EMPLO KIM T, 1986, J ECON THEORY, V38, P324 KNIGHT FH, 1921, RISK UNCERTAINTY PRO KOLMOGOROV AM, 1956, F THEORY PROBABILITY LAVALLE IH, 1989, DECISION ORG, P63 LAWSON T, 1985, ECON J, V95, P909 LEROY SF, 1987, J POLITICAL EC, V95, P909 LEVI I, 1966, RATIO, V8, P107 LEVI I, 1984, DECISIONS REVISIONS LEWIS AA, 1988, BALANCED GAMES CORES MACHINA M, 1982, ECONOMETRICA, V50, P277 MACHINA MJ, 1983, EC THEORY INDIVIDUAL MACHINA MJ, 1989, J ECON LIT, V27, P1622 MAHER P, 1986, ERKENNTNIS, V24, P363 MALINVAUD E, 1952, ECONOMETRICA, V20, P679 MASCOLELL A, 1974, J MATH ECON, V1, P237 MASKIN E, 1979, THEOR DECIS, V11, P319 MASLOW AH, 1943, PSYCHOL REV, V50, P370 MCCLENNEN EF, 1982, F UTILITY RISK THEOR MCCLENNEN EF, 1986, DYNAMIC CHOICE RATIO MCGINN C, 1979, PHILOS PROBLEMS PSYC MEINONG A, 1990, GOTTISCHE GELEHERTE, V12, P56 NITSCHE A, 1892, VIERTELJAHRSCHRIFT W, V16, P20 POPPER KR, 1950, BRIT J PHILOSOPHY SC, V1, P117 QUINE WV, 1981, THEORIES THINGS RAMSEY FP, 1926, F MATHEMATICS LOGICA ROSENBERG A, 1988, PHILOS SOCIAL SCI ROTH AE, 1987, LABORATORY EXPERIMEN RUBENSTEIN A, 1989, AM ECON REV, V79, P385 RUNDE J, 1990, ECON PHILOS, V6, P275 SAMUELSON PA, 1938, ECONOMICA-NEW SER, V5, P61 SAVAGE LJ, 1954, F STATISTICS SCHICK F, 1987, EC PHILOS, V3, P167 SCHMEIDLER D, 1989, ECONOMETRICA, V57, P571 SEN A, 1973, ECONOMICA, V40, P241 SEN A, 1985, THEOR DECIS, V18, P109 SEN AK, 1970, COLLECTIVE CHOICE SO SHACKLE GLS, 1952, EXPECTATION EC SHACKLE GLS, 1961, DECISION ORDER TIME SHAFER WJ, 1975, J MATH ECON, V3, P135 SHORTLIFFE EH, 1976, COMPUTER BASED MED C SUGDEN R, 1985, ECONOMICA, V52, P167 TVERSKY A, 1975, ERKENNTNIS, V9, P163 VILKS AA, IN PRESS EC PHILOS VONNEUMANN J, 1944, THEORY GAMES EC BEHA WONG S, 1978, F P SAMUELSONS REVEA NR 101 TC 12 BP 199 EP 216 PY 1991 PD APR VL 43 IS 2 GA GD493 UT ISI:A1991GD49300004 ER PT J AU Rovira, R TI Paradoxical quiddities: On the contribution of Antonio Millan-Puelles to the classical doctrine of entities of reason SO PENSAMIENTO J9 PENSAMIENTO LA Spanish DT Article C1 Univ Complutense Madrid, Fac Filosofia, E-28040 Madrid, Spain. RP Rovira, R, Univ Complutense Madrid, Fac Filosofia, E-28040 Madrid, Spain. CR AQUINAS T, SUMMA THEOLOGIAE ARAUJO FD, COMMENTARIORUM UNIVE ARISTOTLE, ANALYTICA POSTERIORA BRENTANO F, ABKEHR NICHTREALEN GREDT J, ELEMENTA PHILOSOPHIA HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE MILLANPUELLES A, TEORIA OBJETO PURO PALACIOS LE, FILOS SABER SUAREZ F, DISPUTACIONES METAPH WOLFF C, PHILOSOPHIA PRIMA SI NR 11 TC 0 BP 265 EP 284 PY 2000 PD MAY-AUG VL 56 IS 215 GA 316RH UT ISI:000087181500004 ER PT J AU HEIDSIECK, A TI LOGIC AND ONTOLOGY IN KAFKA FICTION SO GERMANIC REVIEW J9 GER REV LA English DT Article RP HEIDSIECK, A, UNIV SO CALIF,LOS ANGELES,CA 90089. CR AQUILA R, 1977, INTENTIONALITY BARTH JA, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN BERGMANN H, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN ZUM P BERGMANN H, 1909, PHILOS WERK B BOLZAN BINDER H, 1979, KAFKA HDB, V1 BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1 BRENTANO F, 1956, LEHRE RICHTIGEN URTE BRENTANO F, 1982, DESKRIPTIVE PSYCHOL, P21 BROD M, 1913, ANSCHAUUNG BEGRIFF CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P CHISHOLM RM, 1970, INTRO PHILOS MIND, P139 EHRENFELS CV, 1897, SYSTEM WERTTHEORIE, V1, R15 EHRENFELS CV, 1898, SYSTEM WERTTHEORIE, V2, P262 FINDLAY J, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE FODOR J, 1978, MONIST, V61, P507 FREGE G, SENSE REFERENCE KAFKA F, BACHELORS ILL LUCK KAFKA F, DESCRIPTION OF STRUG KAFKA F, GREAT WALL OF CHINA KAFKA F, HUNTER GRACCHUS FRAG KAFKA F, JUDGMENT KAFKA F, TRIAL KAFKA F, UNHAPPINESS LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN LINDENFELD D, 1980, TRANSFORMATION POSIT MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND MARTY A, 1916, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V2 MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V4 MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V7 MEINONG A, 1902, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE, V3 NEESEN P, 1972, VOM LOUVREZIRKEL ZUM PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS QUINE WVO, 1961, LOGICAL POINT VIEW QUINE WVO, 1966, WAYS PARADOX RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 SMITH B, 1981, STRUCTURE GESTALT, P113 NR 38 TC 2 BP 11 EP 17 PY 1986 PD WIN VL 61 IS 1 GA A8200 UT ISI:A1986A820000002 ER PT J AU Cantens, BJ TI The relationship between God and essences and the notion of eternal truths according to Francisco Suarez SO MODERN SCHOOLMAN J9 MOD SCHOOLMAN LA English DT Article C1 St John Vianney Coll Seminary, Miami, FL USA. RP Cantens, BJ, St John Vianney Coll Seminary, Miami, FL USA. CR CANTENS B, 1999, SUAREZ MEINONG ON BE CRONIN, 1966, OBJECTIVE BEING DESC DESCARTES R, 1991, PHILOS WRITINGS DESC, V3, P24 DOIG JC, 1977, NEW SCHOLASTICISM, V51, P350 DOIG JC, 1979, NEW SCHOLASTICISM, V52, P515 DOYLE JP, 1967, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V45, P29 DOYLE JP, 1967, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V46, P323 DOYLE JP, 1969, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V46, P219 DOYLE JP, 1987, VIVARIUM, V25, P47 DOYLE JP, 1987, VIVARIUM, V25, P47 DOYLE JP, 1987, VIVARIUM, V25, P60 DOYLE JP, 1995, SUAREZ ON BEING OF R GRACIA J, 1992, TOPOI, V11, P113 GRACIA JJE, 1992, TOPOI-INT REV PHILOS, V11, P121 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 PLANTINGA A, 1994, NATURE NECESSITY RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 SUAREZ F, DE ENTIBUS RATIONIS SUAREZ F, DISPUTATIONES METAPH UTRILLA JFY, 1948, PENSAMIENTO, V4, P271 WELLS NJ, 1967, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V45, P59 WELLS NJ, 1981, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V58, P159 WELLS NJ, 1981, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V58, P73 WELLS NJ, 1983, SUAREZ ON ESSENCE OF WELLS NJ, 1993, AM CATH PHILOS QUART, V67, P513 NR 25 TC 0 BP 127 EP 143 PY 2000 PD JAN VL 77 IS 2 GA 330MZ UT ISI:000087967000002 ER PT J AU CARLETON, LR TI ON ASSUMPTIONS - MEINONG,A SO MODERN SCHOOLMAN J9 MOD SCHOOLMAN LA English DT Book Review RP CARLETON, LR, UNIV SAN DIEGO,SAN DIEGO,CA 92110. CR MEINONG A, 1983, ASSUMPTIONS NR 1 TC 0 BP 136 EP 138 PY 1987 PD JAN VL 64 IS 2 GA G6376 UT ISI:A1987G637600013 ER PT J AU MENGES, G TI SUBJECTIVE PROBABILITY AND RELATED PROBLEMS SO THEORY AND DECISION J9 THEOR DECIS LA English DT Article CR BAYES T, 1763, PHILOS T ROY SOC LON, V53, P376 BAYES T, 1763, PHILOSOPHICAL T, V53, P401 BECKER GM, 1967, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V18, P239 BERNOULLI D, 1730, COMMENTARII ACADEMIA, V5, P175 BERNOULLI J, 1713, ARS CONJECTANDI BASE BERNOULLI J, 1899, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEITSR BERNOULLI N, THESIS BASEL BORTKIEWICZ LV, 1923, NORDISK STATISTISK T, V2, P1 CARNAP R, 1950, LOGICAL FOUNDATIONS COURNOT A, 1843, EXPOSITION THEORIE C ELLIS RL, 1842, FOUNDATIONS THEORY P FINETTI BD, 1937, ANN I H POINCARE, V7 FINETTI BD, 1964, STUDIES SUBJECTIVE P, P93 FRIEDMAN M, 1948, J POLIT ECON, V56, P279 HALPHEN E, 1955, ESSAI FONDEMENTS CAL HARTWIG H, 1939, THESIS FRANKFURT MAI HARTWIG H, 1956, Z GESAMTE STAATSWISS, V112, P252 KEYNES JM, 1921, TREATISE PROBABILITY KOLMOGOROFF AN, 1933, GRUNDBEGRIFFE WAHRSC KOOPMAN BO, 1940, ANN MATH, V41, P269 KRIES JV, 1886, PRINCIPIEN WAHRSCHEI KRIES JV, 1888, VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT, V12 KRIES JV, 1916, LOGIK LAPLACE PSD, 1812, THEORIE ANALYTIQUE P LAPLACE PSD, 1814, ESSAI PHILOSOPHIQUE LEIBNIZ GW, 1855, GESAMMELTE WERKE, V3 LUCE RD, 1965, HDB MATHEMATICAL PSY, V3 MEINONG AV, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MENGES G, 1967, GESCHICHTE ZUKUNFT, P485 MENGES G, 1969, GRUNDMODELLE WIRTSCH MISES RV, 1931, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEITSR MONTMORT PRD, 1708, ESSAI ANALYSE JEUX H MORLAT G, 1960, ECONOMIE APPLIQUEE, V13 MOSTELLER F, 1951, J POLIT ECON, V59, P371 NEUMANN JV, 1947, THEORY GAMES ECONOMI PFANZAGL J, 1959, AXIOMATISCHEN GRUNDL PRESTON MG, 1948, AM J PSYCHOL, V61, P183 QUETELET LAJ, 1869, PHYSIQUE SOCIALE RAMSEY FP, 1931, FOUNDATIONS MATHEMAT REICHENBACH H, 1935, WAHRSCHEINLICHKEITSL ROBBINS H, 1964, ANN MATH STAT, V35, P1 SAVAGE LJ, 1954, FOUNDATIONS STATISTI SAVAGE LJ, 1962, FDN STAT INFERENCE D, P9 SAVAGE LJ, 1964, STUDIES SUBJECTIVE P, P175 STUMPF C, 1893, SITZUNGSBERICHTE PHI VENN J, 1866, LOGIC CHANCE WALD A, 1950, STATISTICAL DECISION NR 47 TC 5 BP 40 EP 60 PY 1970 VL 1 IS 1 GA Y1686 UT ISI:A1970Y168600003 ER PT J AU KREMER, M TI THE ARGUMENT OF ON 'DENOTING' SO PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 PHIL REV LA English DT Article RP KREMER, M, UNIV NOTRE DAME,NOTRE DAME,IN 46556. ID FREGE; SENSE CR BELL D, 1990, MIND, V99, P267 BLACKBURN S, 1978, ANALYSIS, V8, P65 CURRY HB, 1942, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V7, P115 CURRY HB, 1958, COMBINATORY LOGIC CURRY HB, 1963, F MATH LOGIC DAU P, 1986, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V27, P133 DUMMETT M, 1981, FREGE PHILOS LANGUAG DUMMETT M, 1981, INTERPRETATION FREGE EVANS G, 1981, MEANING UNDERSTANDIN FREGE G, 1979, POSTHUMOUS WRITINGS FREGE G, 1980, PHILOS MATH CORRES FREGE G, 1984, COLLECTED PAPERS MAT GEACH P, 1959, ANALYSIS, V19, P69 HYLTON P, 1990, RUSSELL IDEALISM EME JONES EEC, 1911, MIND, V20, P41 KINDINGER R, 1965, PHILOSOPHENBRIEFE WI KREMER M, 1992, NOUS, V26, P409 MCCARTY DC, 1991, SYNTHESE, V87, P51 MCDOWELL J, 1977, MIND, V86, P159 MCDOWELL J, 1986, FREGE TRADITION INFL MEINONG A, ESSAYS ANAL MOORE GE, 1922, PHILOS STUDIES PARSONS T, 1988, PHILOS ANAL PEARS D, 1990, DIALECTICA, V44, P165 RUSSELL B, DENOTING RUSSELL B, EXISTENTIAL IMPORT P RUSSELL B, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE RUSSELL B, MYSTICISM LOGIC RUSSELL B, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, PROBLEMS PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1992, LOGICAL PHILOS PAPER SCHONFINKEL M, 1967, FREGE GODEL SEARLE J, 1958, ANALYSIS, V18, P143 SELDIN JP, 1980, HB CURRY ESSAYS COMB TURNAU P, 1991, RUSSELL, V11, P52 NR 35 TC 11 BP 249 EP 297 PY 1994 PD APR VL 103 IS 2 GA PB625 UT ISI:A1994PB62500002 ER PT J AU BERNET, R TI THE PRESENCE OF THE PAST IN THE HUSSERLIAN ANALYSIS OF CONSCIOUSNESS OF TIME SO REVUE DE METAPHYSIQUE ET DE MORALE J9 REV METAPHYSIQUE MORALE LA French DT Article CR BERNET R, 1982, RES PHENOMENOLOGY, V12 BRENTANO F, GRUNDZUGE AESTHETIK BRENTANO F, PHILOS UNTERSUCHUNGE BROUGH J, 1972, MAN WORLD, V5, P74 DUVAL R, 1981, REV SCI PHILOS THEOL, V65, P521 HUSSERL E, HUSSERLIANA, V10 HUSSERL E, LECONS PHENOMENOLOGI HUSSERL E, PHANTASIE BILDBEWUSS HUSSERL E, 1900, RECHERCHES LOGIQUES HUSSERL E, 1913, IDEES, V1 MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1 MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 STERN LW, PSYCHISCHE PRASENZZE VALERY P, 1941, TEL QUEL, V1, P15 NR 14 TC 0 BP 178 EP 198 PY 1983 VL 88 IS 2 GA RN063 UT ISI:A1983RN06300003 ER PT J AU HALLER, R TI OBJECTS, ACTS, AND ATTITUDES SO DIALECTICA J9 DIALECTICA LA English DT Article RP HALLER, R, GRAZ UNIV,A-8010 GRAZ,AUSTRIA. CR BRAND M, UNPUB INTENDING BELI CASTANEDA HN, 1975, THINKING DOING PHILO CHISHOLM RM, 1971, IDENTITY INDIVIDUATI, P24 CHISHOLM RM, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P30 GEACH PT, 1976, MONIST, V59, P306 HALLER R, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS, P223 MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2 PRIOR AN, 1971, OBJECTS THOUGHT QUINE WVO, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI SCRUTON R, 1971, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, P197 SMITH B, 1978, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V6, P47 TWARDOWSKI K, 1977, CONTENT OBJECT PRESE NR 13 TC 0 BP 179 EP 190 PY 1984 VL 38 IS 2-3 GA TH524 UT ISI:A1984TH52400007 ER PT J AU KAUDER, E TI MENGER UNPUBLISHED PAPERS SO WELTWIRTSCHAFTLICHES ARCHIV-REVIEW OF WORLD ECONOMICS J9 WELTWIRTSCHAFTL ARCH LA German DT Article CR 1867, TITELBLATT MENGERS B, P1 1882, UNPUB NAME HALBWOCHE, P58 1909, HDB STAATSWISSENSCHA, V4, P555 1921, NATIONALEKONOMISKA S, P87 1955, KATALOG C MENGER BIB, V2 ANTONELLI E, 1953, ECON APPL, V6, P269 AUSPITZ R, 1887, THEORIE PREISES BUKHARIN N, 1927, EC THEORY LEISURE CL, P23 CAIRNES JE, 1873, ESSAYS POLITICAL EC, P253 CASSIRER E, 1922, KANT AUSGABE, V3, P6 COURNOT A, 1838, RECHERCHES PRINCIPES DERSELBE, TITELBLATT FRAGMENTS DERSELBE, 1863, PRINCIPES THEORIE RI DERSELBE, 1877, REV SOMMAIRE DOCTRIN DERSELBE, 1898, ETUDES EC APPLIQUEE, P460 DERSELBE, 1911, THEORY POLITICAL EC, P23 DERSELBE, 1935, WIRTSCHAFTLICHKEIT DERSELBE, 1948, SCHWEIZERISCHE Z VOL, V84, P166 DOBRETSBERGER J, 1949, Z NATIONALOKONOMIE, V12, P78 EHRENFELS C, 1893, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT FEILBOGEN, 1911, J EC PARIS, V31, P56 FETTER FA, 1927, GESAMTBILD FORSCHUNG, V1, P31 GOLLWITZER H, 1957, BEITRAG DTSCH SOZIAL, P188 GOSSEN, STELLE GOSSEN BEHAUP, P85 HOWLEY RS, 1960, RISE MARGINAL UTILIT HUTCHISON TW, 1953, REV EC DOCTRINES 187 KAUDER E, 1957, Z NATIONALOKONOMIE, V17, P411 KAUDER E, 1959, ECON REV, V10, P58 KNIES K, 1853, POLITISCHE OEKONOMIE, P11 KUDLER J, 1846, GRUNDLEHREN VOLKSWIR MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOLOGISCH ETHISC MENGER C, 1883, UNTERSUCHUNGEN METHO, P260 MENGER C, 1884, IRRTHUMER HIST DTSCH, P82 MENGER C, 1888, JB NATIONALOKONOMIE, V17, P28 MENGER C, 1915, E VONBOEHMBAWERK ALM MUHLHERR R, 1948, ONTOLOGIE MONADOLOGI PANTALEONI M, 1889, PRINCIPII EC PURA, P121 SCHMID C, 1957, GROSSEN DTSCH DTSCH, V5, P322 SPANN O, 1931, HAUPTTHEORIEN VOLKSW, P165 SPANN O, 1949, HAUPTTHEORIEN VOLKSW, P185 STARK W, 1945, HIST EC ITS RELATION, P3 STEIN L, 1856, SYSTEM STAATSWISSENS, V2, P327 STIGLER GJ, 1937, J POLITICAL EC CHICA, V45, P250 STJEVONS W, 1886, LETT J W STJEVONS, P65 SUGIMURA K, 1926, INQUIRY MENGERS METH UEBERWEG F, 1872, GRUNDRISS GESCHICHTE, V3 VALJAVEC F, 1945, JOSEPHINISMUS GEISTI, P8 VONBOHMBAWERK E, 1921, KAPITAL KAPITALZIN 2, V1, P339 VONHAYEK FA, 1934, COLLECTED WORKS C ME, V1, R11 VONMITIS OF, 1928, LEBEN KRONPRINZEN RU, P37 VONWIESER FF, 1929, GESAMMELTE ABH, P117 WALRAS L, 1896, ETUDES EC SOCIALE TH, R6 WEINBERGER O, 1938, ATTI REALE ACCADEMIA, V59, P92 WIESER F, 1926, GESETZ MACHT, P187 YAMADA Y, 1955, FORMATION MODERN EC NR 55 TC 4 BP 1 EP 28 PY 1962 VL 89 IS 1 GA CAV92 UT ISI:A1962CAV9200001 ER PT J AU HOLE, G TI PHENOMENON OF CONVICTION IN FAITH AND IN DELUSION .2. SO CONFINIA PSYCHIATRICA J9 CONFIN PSYCHIAT LA German DT Article CR ALEXANDER H, CITED INDIRECTY ANSCHUETZ G, 1953, PSYCHOLOGIE ARIETI S, 1967, INTRAPSYCHIC SELF, P77 AUSUSTIN A, CITED INDIRECTY BARTH K, 1947, KIRCHLICHE DOGMATIK, V1, P488 BATTEGAY R, 1969, MENSCH GRUPPE, V2, P121 BERKA M, 1949, KLEINES PSYCHOLOGISC BINSWANGER L, 1961, AUSGEWAHLTE VORTRAGE, V1, P211 BLEULER E, 1966, LEHRBUCH PSYCHIATRIE BOLLNOW O, 1956, WESEN STIMMUNGEN, P121 BRENTANO F, 1934, URSPRUNG SITTLICHER, P20 BUMKE E, 1919, DIAGNOSE GEISTESKRAN, P173 BUMKE E, 1949, SAMUEL KELLER, P21 CONRAD K, 1958, PSYCHIATR NEUROL EIN, P21 DENZINGERBANNWART, 1932, ENCHIRIDION SYMBOLOR, P802 DENZINGERBANNWART, 1932, ENCHIRIDION SYMBOLOR, P823 DENZINGERBANNWART, 1932, ENCHIRIDION SYMBOLOR, P824 DORSCH R, 1963, PSYCHOLOGISCHES WORT EBELING G, 1958, Z THEOL KIRCHE, V55, P104 EDMUNDS H, 1951, THESIS KOLN EMUNDS H, 1951, WESEN GEWISSHEITSERL ERIKSON EH, 1953, PSYCHE 1, V7, P1 FRANKL VE, 1959, NEUROSENLEHRE PSYCHO, V2, P287 FREUD S, 1928, GES SCHRIFTEN, V11, P433 FREUD S, 1941, GES WERKE, V7, P108 FREUS S, 1968, GES WERKE, V18 GEYER K, 1961, ICH BIN GEWISS, V83 GIRGENSOHN K, 1930, SEELISCHE AUFBAU REL GRUEHN W, 1960, FROMMIGKEIT GEGENWAR GRUHLE HW, 1932, BUMKE HDB GEISTESK 5, V9 GRUHLE HW, 1948, VERSTEHENDE PSYCHOLO HAEFNER H, 1961, HDB NEUROSENLEHRE PS, V5, P605 HARENBERG W, 1967, WAS GLAUBEN DEUTSCHE, P38 HARNACK A, 1910, LEHRBUCH DOGMEMGISCH, P434 HEHLMANN W, 1959, WORTEBUCH PSYCHOLOGI HEIM K, 1911, GEWISSHEITSPROBLEM S HEIM K, 1916, GLAUBENSGEWISSHEIT HEIM K, 1923, GLAUBENSGEWISSHEIT, P38 HEIMANN H, 1956, MONATSSCHRIFT PSYCHI, V131, P16 HEIMANN H, 1961, PSYCHIATRIE GEGENWAR, V3, P475 HELLPACH W, 1961, GRUNDRISS RELIGIONSP, P153 HEUKELBACH W, MUSST BESTIMMT WISSE, P3 HOFSTAETTER PR, 1957, PSYCHOLOGIE HOLL K, 1921, GES AUFS KIRCHENGESC, V1, P91 HOPPE A, 1919, Z GESAMTE NEUROL PSY, V51, P124 HUBER G, 1964, FORTSCHR NEUROL PSYC, V32, P429 HUBER G, 1964, FORTSCHR NEUROL PSYC, V32, P435 HUSSERL E, 1922, JAHRBUCH PHIL PHAN F, V1, P214 HUSSERL E, 1929, JAHRBUCH PHIL PHAN F, V10, P140 IDELER KW, 1947, RELIGIOSE WAHNSINN, P8 JASPERS I, 1959, ALLGEMEINE PSYCHOPAT JASPERS I, 1962, PHILOSOPHISCHE GLAUB, P145 JODL F, 1896, LEHRBUCH PSYCHOLOGIE, P649 JUNG CG, 1962, PSYCHOLOGIE RELIGION, P19 JUNG CG, 1962, PSYCHOLOGIE RELIGION, P54 KAEHLER M, 1912, BIBLISCHEZ STREI, P341 KANT I, 1887, KRITIK REINEN VERNIN KANT I, 1960, LOGIK 9 KATZ D, 1960, HDB PSYCHOLOGIE KEHRER B, 1967, RELIGIOSE BEWUSSTSEI KESSLER M, 1963, PROBLEM HEILSGEWISSH, V10 KIERKEGAARD S, 1951, EINUBUNG CHRISTENTUM, P135 KOCH M, 1964, HDB PSYCHOLOGIE, V1 KRAEPELIN E, 1909, PSYCHIATRIE KRETSCHMER E, 1950, SENSITIVE BEZIEHUNGS, P13 LANGE J, 1930, HDB MEDIZINISCHEN PS, P654 LINDWORSKY J, 1931, EXPERIMENTELLE PSYCH, P189 LIPPS T, 1904, ARCH PSYCHOL, V4, P486 LJUNGGREN G, 1920, THESIS UPPSALA LUTHER M, 1925, SERVI ARBUTRUI LUTHER M, 1931, GALATER KOMMENTAR MAIER HW, 1912, Z GESAMTE NEUROL PSY, V13, P555 MALGO W, 1963, SIEBEN KENNZEICHEN I, P7 MATUSSEK P, 1963, PSYCHIATRIE GEGENWAR, V1, P64 MEINONG A, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V6, P22 MUELLERSUUR H, 1950, FORTSCHR NEUROL OSYC, V18, P44 NESTLE E, 1948, NOVUM TESTAMENTUM GR, P408 OESTERREICH K, 1910, GRUNDPROBLEMEN, V1, P171 PAULEIKHOFF B, 1953, NERVENARZT, V24, P199 POELL W, 1965, RELIGIONSPSYCHOLOGIE, P65 POULAIN A, 1925, HDB MYSTIK, P267 ROHRACHER H, 1965, EINFUHRUNG PSYCHOLOG ROTHERT HJ, 1963, GEWISSHEIT VERGEWISS RUEMKE HC, 1924, MONOGR GES GEB NEURO, V39, P54 SARGANT W, 1969, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V115, P505 SCAEDER E, 1908, SCHRIFTGLAUBE HEILSG SCHLEIERMACHER F, 1930, CHRISTLICHE GLAUGE, V1 SCHNEIDER K, 1928, EINFUHRUNG RELIGIONS SCHNEIDER K, 1952, PSYCHIATRIE HEUTE, P10 SCHNEIDER K, 1953, MON PSYCHIATR NEUROL, V125, P666 SCHNEIDER K, 1967, KLINISCHE PSYCHOPATH, P2 SIGWART C, 1904, LOGIK, V1, P15 SPECHT G, 1901, THESIS U ERLANGEN STAKEMEIER A, 1947, KONZIL TRIENT UBER H STRANSKY E, 1913, Z GES NEUR PSYCHIAT, V18, P387 STRANSKY E, 1914, NEURAKRANKHAFTE IDEE, P37 SURY K, 1967, WORTERBUCH PSYCHOLOG TELLENBACH H, 1966, JB PSYCHOL PSYCHOTHE, V14, P278 TILLICH P, 1961, WESEN WANDEL GLAUBEN, P119 TUMLIRZ O, 1955, ANTHROPOLOGISCHE PSY VOLKELT J, 1918, GEWISSHEIT WAHRHEIT VOLKELT J, 1922, GEFUHLSGEWISSHEIT, P71 WEISCHENK C, 1965, SCHWEIZ ARCH NEUROL, V95, P91 WEITBRECHT HJ, 1964, CONFINIA PSYCHIAT, V7, P160 WEITBRICHT HJ, 1948, BEITRAGE RELIGIONSPS WEITBRICHT HJ, 1968, BIBL PSYCHIAT NEUROL, P131 WIECK HH, 1967, LEHRBUCH PSYCHIATRIE, P219 ZIEHEN T, 1920, LEHRBUCH LOGIK, P314 ZUTT J, 1953, NERVENARZT, V24, P177 NR 109 TC 1 BP 145 EP & PY 1971 VL 14 IS 3-4 GA L8519 UT ISI:A1971L851900001 ER PT J AU Helson, H TI The psychology of Gestalt SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 AMER J PSYCHOL LA English DT Review CR ACKERKNECHT H, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V67, P289 ACKERMANN A, 1924, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V5, P44 ALLERS H, 1922, Z GES NEUROL PSYCH, V76, P18 ALLERS H, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V66, P92 ALLPORT G, 1923, AM J PSYCHOL, V34, P612 ALLPORT G, 1924, PSYCHE, V4, P354 AMESEDER R, 1924, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN BAADE W, 1914, BER 6 K EXP PSYCH, P27 BAADE W, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V71, P356 BARDORFF W, 1924, Z PSYCHOL, V95, P181 BECHER E, 1911, GEHIRN SEELE BECHER E, 1921, Z PSYCHOL, V87, P1 BENARY W, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V2, P209 BENARY W, 1924, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V5, P131 BENTLEY M, 1902, AM J PSYCHOL, V13, P268 BENUSSI V, 1902, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V29, P264 BENUSSI V, 1902, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V29, P385 BENUSSI V, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN BENUSSI V, 1906, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V42, P22 BENUSSI V, 1906, Z PSYCHOL, V45, P188 BENUSSI V, 1907, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V9, P366 BENUSSI V, 1909, Z PSYCHOL, V51, P73 BENUSSI V, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V20, P363 BENUSSI V, 1913, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V29, P385 BENUSSI V, 1913, PSYCHOL ZEITAUFFASSU BENUSSI V, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P31 BENUSSI V, 1914, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V32, P396 BENUSSI V, 1914, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V32, P50 BENUSSI V, 1914, K EXP PSYCH BENUSSI V, 1914, K EXP PSYCH, P71 BENUSSI V, 1914, Z PSYCHOL, V69, P256 BENUSSI V, 1917, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V36, P59 BENUSSI V, 1918, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V37, P233 BINGHAM HC, 1913, J AM BEHAV, V3, P109 BINGHAM HC, 1914, J ANIMAL BEHAV, V4, P136 BLUMENFELD W, 1923, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V91, P1 BLUMENFELD W, 1923, Z PSYCHOL, V91, P236 BREED FS, 1912, J ANIMAL BEHAV, V2, P280 BUHLER K, 1913, GESTALTWAHRNEHMUNGEN BUHLER K, 1919, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V82, P97 BUHLER K, 1922, GEISTIGE ENTWICKLUNG BUMKE O, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V3, P272 CASTEEL DB, 1911, J ANIMAL BEHAV, V1, P1 CERMAK P, 1921, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P66 CHILD CM, 1924, PHYSL FDN BEHAV CORNELIUS H, 1899, Z PSYCHOL, V22, P101 CORNELIUS H, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P117 CORNELIUS H, 1903, EINLEITUNG PHILOS DEXLER H, 1921, LOTOS, V69, P143 DEXLER H, 1921, LOTOS, V69, P83 DILTHEY W, 1894, AKAD WISS BERLIN, P11 DIMMICK FL, 1920, AM J PSYCHOL, V31, P317 DIMMICK FL, 1925, AM J PSYCHOL, V36, P412 EBERHARDT M, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V2, P336 EBERHARDT M, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V2, P346 EBERHARDT M, 1924, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V5, P143 EBERHARDT M, 1924, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V5, P85 EHRENSTEIN W, 1924, Z PSYCHOL, V96, P305 ELSENHANS T, 1915, KANTSTUDIEN, V20, P224 ERDMANN B, 1898, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG FEINBERG N, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V7, P16 FISCHER A, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V72, P338 FOX C, 1925, B J PSYCHOL-GEN SE 1, V16, P56 FRANK H, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P33 FRANK H, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V7, P137 FROBES J, 1923, LEHRBUCH EXPT PSYCHO FUCHS W, 1920, Z PSYCHOL, V84, P67 FUCHS W, 1920, Z PSYCHOL, V86, P1 FUCHS W, 1921, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P157 FUCHS W, 1922, Z PSYCHOL, V91, P146 FUCHS W, 1923, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V92, P249 GEHRCKE E, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V3, P1 GELB A, 1910, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P1 GELB A, 1920, PSYCHOL ANAL HIRNPAT GELB A, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P42 GELB A, 1923, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V93, P83 GELB A, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V6, P121 GELB A, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V6, P187 GELLHORN E, 1922, PFLUG ARCH GES PHYS, V194, P535 GELLHORN E, 1922, PFLUG ARCH GES PHYS, V196, P311 GIESE F, 1915, Z PAD PSYCH, V16, P127 GNEISSE K, 1921, ARCH GES PSYCH, V41, P295 GOLDSTEIN K, 1923, MON PSYCHIATR NEUROL, V54, P141 GUILLAUME P, 1923, J PSYCH, V20, P966 GUILLAUME P, 1925, J PSYCH, V22, P768 HARTMANN L, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V3, P319 HAZAY O, 1913, Z PSYCHOL, V67, P214 HECHT H, 1924, Z PSYCHOL, V94, P153 HENNING H, 1919, Z PSYCHOL, V82, P219 HENNING H, 1923, Z PSYCHOL, V92, P161 HERRICK CJ, 1922, INTRO NEUROLOGY HIGGINSON GD, 1926, AM J PSYCHOL, V37, P63 HILDEBRANDT H, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V6, P113 HILDEBRANDT H, 1925, Z SINNESPHYSL, V56, P154 HILLEBRAND F, 1922, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V89, P209 HILLEBRAND F, 1922, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V90, P1 HOFLER A, 1908, GRUNDLEHREN PSYCHOL HOFLER A, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V60, P191 HOFMANN FB, 1920, LEHRE RAUMSINN AUGES HOFMANN FB, 1925, LEHRE RAUMSINN AUGES HOLT EF, 1912, NEW REALISM HUMPHREY G, 1924, AM J PSYCHOL, V35, P353 HUNTER WS, 1913, J ANIMAL BEHAV, V3, P329 HUSSERL E, 1891, PHILOS ARITHMETIK HUSSERL E, 1910, LOGOS, V1, P309 HUSSERL E, 1913, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V1, P1 HUSSERL E, 1913, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN IPSEN G, 1922, BER 8 K PSYCH JAENSCH ER, 1920, EINIGE ALLGEMEINE FR JOHNSON HM, 1914, J ANIM BEHAV, V4, P319 JOHNSON HM, 1916, J ANIM BEHAV, V6, P169 KAFKA G, 1922, HDB VERGLEICHENDE PS KATZ D, 1909, Z PSYCHOL, V50, P93 KATZ D, 1911, Z PSYCH, V7 KEHR T, 1915, ARCH GES PSYCH, V34, P106 KENKEL F, 1919, BEITRAGE PSYCHOL GES KOFFKA K, 1913, GEISTESWISSENSCHA 29, P712 KOFFKA K, 1913, GEISTESWISSENSCHAFTE, P796 KOFFKA K, 1919, BEITRAGE PSYCHOL GES KOFFKA K, 1922, ANN PHILOS, V3, P375 KOFFKA K, 1922, PSYCHOL BULL, V19, P531 KOFFKA K, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P176 KOFFKA K, 1924, B J PSYCHOL-GEN SE 2, V15, P149 KOFFKA K, 1924, B J PSYCHOL-GEN SE 3, V14, P269 KOFFKA K, 1924, PSYCHE, V5, P80 KOFFKA K, 1925, PED SEM, V32, P659 KOFFKA K, 1925, PSYCHOL LEHRBUCH PHI KOHLER W, 1913, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V66, P51 KOHLER W, 1920, PHYS GESTALTEN RUHE KOHLER W, 1922, JAHRESB GES PHYSL KOHLER W, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P115 KOHLER W, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P397 KOHLER W, 1924, B J PSYCHOL-GEN SE 3, V14, P262 KOHLER W, 1924, DEUT MED WOCHENSCHR, V50, P1269 KOHLER W, 1925, MENTALITY APES KOHLER W, 1925, PED SEM, V32, P674 KOHLER W, 1925, PED SEM, V32, P691 KOHLER W, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V6, P358 KORTE A, 1919, BEITRAGE PSYCHOL GES KORTE W, 1923, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V93, P17 KRUEGER F, 1923, BER 8 K EXP PSYCH KURODA G, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V6, P282 LASHLEY KS, 1912, J AN BEHAV, V2, P329 LAU E, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V2, P1 LAU E, 1922, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V53, P1 LAU E, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V6, P121 LEONNARD KE, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P204 LEWIN K, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P191 LEWIN K, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V2, P65 LEWIN K, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P210 LEWIN K, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V6, P298 LINDEMANN E, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V2, P5 LINDWORSKY J, 1922, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V89, P313 LINKE P, 1907, PSYCHOL STUD, V3, P393 LINKE P, 1915, ARCH GES PSYCH, V33, P261 LINKE P, 1916, JB PHIL PHANOMENOLOG, V2, P1 LINKE P, 1919, GRUNDFRAGEN WAHRNEHM LIPMANN O, 1923, ARCH GES PSYCH, V44, P371 LIPMANN O, 1923, NAIVE PHYS LIPPS T, 1899, Z PSYCHOL, V22, P383 LIPPS T, 1906, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL MACH E, 1910, ANAL SENSATIONS MARZYNSKI G, 1921, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P319 MCDOUGALL W, 1923, OUTLINE PSYCHOL MEINONG A, 1891, Z PSYCHOL, V2, P245 MEINONG A, 1895, Z PSYCHOL, V6, P340 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 MEINONG A, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P34 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MESSE A, 1914, ARCH GES PSYCH, V32, P52 MESSER A, 1911, ARCH GES PSYCH, V22, P117 MESSER A, 1912, ARCH GES PSYCH, V24, P245 MULLER GE, 1923, KOMPLEXTHEORIE GESTA OGDEN RM, 1922, AM J PSYCHOL, V33, P247 OGDEN RM, 1923, SCHOOL SOC, V18, P343 OGDEN RM, 1925, GROWTH MIND PETZOLDT W, 1923, ALLGEMEINSTE ENTWICK PICK A, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P303 PIKLER J, 1917, SINNESPHYSIOLOGISCHE POPPELREUTER W, 1914, PSYCHISCHEN SCHADIGU POPPELREUTER W, 1917, STORUNGEN NIEDEREN H POPPELREUTER W, 1923, Z GESAMTE NEUROL PSY, V83, P26 RAHN C, 1914, PSYCH MONOG, V67 ROSENTHALVEIT O, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V3, P78 ROTHSCHILD H, 1922, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V90, P137 ROTHSCHILD H, 1923, ARCH OPHTHALMOL-CHIC, V112, P1 RUBIN E, 1921, VISUELL WAHRGENOMM 1 RUPP H, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P263 SCHEIDEMANN NV, 1926, PSYCHOL REV, V33, P64 SCHJELDERUPEBBE T, 1924, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V5, P343 SCHOLZ W, 1924, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V5, P219 SCHRIEVER W, 1925, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V96, P113 SCHULTE H, 1924, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V5, P1 SCHUR E, 1926, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V7, P44 SEIFERT F, 1917, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V78, P55 SELZ O, 1913, ARCH GES PSYCH, V27, P366 SELZ O, 1913, UEBER GESETZE GEORDN, V2, P1922 SELZ O, 1920, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V83, P211 SKUBICH G, 1925, Z PSYCHOL, V96, P353 SPEARMAN C, 1925, B J PSYCHOL-GEN SE 3, V15, P211 STEINMANN HG, 1917, ARCH GES PSYCH, V36, P391 STERN A, 1926, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V7, P1 STOUT GF, 1896, ANAL PSYCHOL STRATTON GM, 1897, PSYCHOL REV, V4, P341 STRATTON GM, 1897, PSYCHOL REV, V4, P463 STUMPF C, 1883, TONPSYCHOLOGIE TERNUS J, 1926, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V7, P81 TITCHENER EB, 1909, EXPT PSYCHOL THOUGHT TITCHENER EB, 1913, AM J PSYCHOL, V26, P258 TITCHENER EB, 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P519 TITCHENER EB, 1922, AM J PSYCHOL, V33, P43 TUMARKIN A, 1921, KANTSTUDIEN, V26, P390 TUMARKIN A, 1923, PROLEGOMENA WISSENSC TURNER CH, 1911, BIOL B, V21 VONALLESCH GJ, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V6, P1 VONALLESCH GJ, 1925, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V6, P215 VONEHRENFELS C, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14, P249 VONEHRENFELS C, 1891, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V15, P285 VONFREY M, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V3, P209 VONHORNBOSTEL EM, 1921, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P130 VONHORNBOSTEL EM, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P64 WAGNER F, 1923, Z PAD PSYCH, V24, P193 WATT HJ, 1913, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V6, P24 WEINHANDL F, 1923, METHODE GESTALTANALY WERNER H, 1919, ARCH GES PSYCH, V38, P115 WERNER H, 1919, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V82, P198 WERNER H, 1924, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V94, P248 WERNER H, 1924, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V94, P265 WERNER H, 1924, Z PSYCHOL, V95, P316 WERTHEIMER M, 1905, UEBER GESTALTTHEORIE WERTHEIMER M, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V60, P321 WERTHEIMER M, 1912, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V61, P161 WERTHEIMER M, 1920, UEBER SCHLUSSPROZESS WERTHEIMER M, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P47 WERTHEIMER M, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V3, P106 WERTHEIMER M, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P301 WERTHEIMER M, 1926, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V7, P81 WESTPHAL E, 1911, ARCH GES PSYCH, V21, P221 WHITEHEAD AN, 1925, SCI MODERN WORLD WIEGAND CF, 1908, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V48, P161 WINGENDER P, 1919, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V82, P21 WITASEK S, 1897, Z PSYCHOL, V14, P401 WITASEK S, 1908, GRUNDLINEN PSYCHOL WITASEK S, 1910, PSYCHOL RAUMWAHRNEHM WITASEK S, 1917, Z PSYCHOL, V79, P161 WULF F, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V1, P333 WUNDT W, 1908, GRUNDZUGE PHYSL PSYC YERKES RM, 1904, J COMP NEUROL PSYCHO, P14 YERKES RM, 1916, BEHAV MONOG, P3 YOUNG PT, 1924, PSYCHOL REV, V31, P288 NR 250 TC 24 BP 189 EP 223 PY 1926 VL 37 GA V01XX UT ISI:000200129700015 ER PT J AU SMITH, B MULLIGAN, K TI FRAMEWORK FOR FORMAL ONTOLOGY + PROPOSITIONAL PICTURES AND A 2-DIMENSIONAL FORMAL LANGUAGE FOR RELATIONS AMONG OBJECTS, PIECES, AND MOMENTS SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article CR ARMSTRONG DM, 1978, UNIVERSALS SCI REALI BRENTANO F, 1930, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ COCCHIARELLA NB, 1974, B RUSSELLS PHILOS DODGSON CL, 1977, SYMBOLIC LOGIC DUMMETT M, 1959, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V24, P203 DUMMETT M, 1973, FREGE PHILOS LANGUAG GENTZEN G, 1935, MATH Z, V39, P176 GOODMAN N, 1966, STRUCTURE APPEARANCE GROSSMANN R, 1974, MEINONG ARGUMENTS PH HACKING I, 1978, CANADIAN J PHILOS, V8, P613 HACKING I, 1979, J PHILOS, V76, P285 HARRISON B, 1973, FORM CONTENT HUSSERL E, 1891, PHILOS ARITHMETIK HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN HUSSERL E, 1901, GEBIET AXIOMENSYSTEM HUSSERL E, 1929, FORMALE TRANSZENDENT INGARDEN R, 1964, STREIT EXISTENZ WELT KENNY A, 1980, AQUINAS KOHLER W, 1920, PHYSISCHEN GESTALTEN KOTARBINSKI T, 1966, GNOSIOLOGY SCI APPRO KUNNE W, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE, P401 LOWENHEIM L, 1940, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V5, P1 MEINONG A, 1906, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN MULLIGAN K, 1980, THESIS U MANCHESTER RAUSCH E, 1937, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V21, P209 REINACH A, 1911, MUNCHENER PHILOS ABH, P56 REINACH A, 1913, JB PHILOS PHANOMENOL, V1, P685 RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P204 RYLE G, 1960, PHILOS REV, V69 SCHRODER E, VORLESUNGEN ALGEBRA SIMONS P, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS, P113 SMILEY TJ, 1978, MULTIPLE CONCLUSION SMITH B, 1978, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V6, P39 SMITH B, 1981, ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V55, P47 SMITH B, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE STOUT GF, 1918, ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V55, P127 STRAWSON PF, 1959, INDIVIDUALS ESSAY DE STUMPF C, 1873, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU TUGENDHAT E, 1976, VORLESUNGEN EINFUHRU WILLIAMS DC, 1953, REV METAPH 7, V6, P3 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1961, TRACTATUS LOGICO PHI NR 41 TC 9 BP 73 EP 85 PY 1983 VL 2 IS 1 GA RA105 UT ISI:A1983RA10500005 ER PT J AU Kroon, F TI On pretending that things do not exist: Evans, existence, and existentials SO DIALOGUE-CANADIAN PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 DIALOGUE-CAN PHIL REV LA English DT Article C1 Univ Auckland, Auckland 1, New Zealand. RP Kroon, F, Univ Auckland, Auckland 1, New Zealand. ID NEGATIVE EXISTENTIALS CR CARTWRIGHT RL, 1960, J PHILOS, V57, P629 CASTANEDA HN, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P3 CHAKRABARTI A, 1997, DENYING EXISTENCE CRIMMINS M, 1998, PHILOS REV, V107, P1 DEVITT M, 1981, DESIGNATION DONNELLAN K, 1974, PHILOS REV, V83, P3 EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE FREGE G, 1979, POSTHUMOUS WRITINGS KRIPKE SA, 1973, UNPUB REFERENCE EXIS KROON F, 1996, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V51, P163 KROON F, 2000, EMPTY NAMES FICTION, P95 MACKIE J, 1976, ARISTOTELIAN SOC P, V50, P247 MEINONG A, 1904, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P NAKHNIKIAN G, 1957, PHILOS REV, V66, P535 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS ROUTLEY R, 1980, EXPLORING MEINONGS J SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 SCHIFFER S, 1988, J PHILOS, V85, P33 VANINWAGEN P, 1977, AM PHILOS Q, V14, P299 WALTON KL, 1990, MIMESIS MAKE-BELIEVE ZALTA E, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 22 TC 0 BP 235 EP 255 PY 2003 PD SPR VL 42 IS 2 GA 691BW UT ISI:000183585800002 ER PT J AU [Anon] TI Studies on the Theory of the Object and Psychology SO ARCHIVES DE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCH PSYCHOLOGIE LA French DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN NR 1 TC 0 BP 279 EP 282 PY 1906 PD JUN VL 5 IS 19 GA V93KY UT ISI:000206315200004 ER PT J AU SUTER, R TI RUSSELLS REFUTATION OF MEINONG IN ON DENOTING SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article C1 MICHIGAN STATE UNIV,E LANSING,MI 48823. CR MEINONG A, 1907, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS, P16 QUINE, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P3 NR 2 TC 0 BP 512 EP 516 PY 1967 VL 27 IS 4 GA ZH972 UT ISI:A1967ZH97200003 ER PT J AU Benussi, V AF Benussi, Vittorio TI Cinemato-Haptic Phenomena SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR 1907, Z PSYCH, V45, P188 EBBINGHAUS, 1913, PSYCHOL EINZELDARSTE, V6, P45 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERS GEGENST TH PS NR 3 TC 15 BP 385 EP 388 PY 1913 PD NOV 11 VL 29 IS 3-4 GA V98HC UT ISI:000206643200004 ER PT J AU HALLER, R TI CONCERNING SO-CALLED MUNCHHAUSEN TRILEMMA SO RATIO-NEW SERIES J9 RATIO LA English DT Article CR ALBERT H, 1968, TRAKTAT KRITISCHE VE ALBERT H, 1971, NEUE ASPEKTE WISSENS, P113 ARISTOTLE, ANAL POST, P25 ARMSTRONG DM, 1969, PAS, V70 BLACK C, 1971, ANALYSIS, V31, P152 CHISHOLM RM, 1966, THEORY KNOWLEDGE COHEN LJ, 1966, ANALYSIS, V27, P1 FEYERABEND PK, 1962, KNOWLEDGE WITHOUT FO FEYERABEND PK, 1972, NEUE HEFTE PHILOSOPH FIRTH R, 1967, PHILOS REV, V76, P3 HALLER R, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS HARTNACK J, 1970, LANGUAGE BELIEF META, P112 HEIDELBERGER H, 1963, INQUIRY, V6, P242 JUHOS BV, 1950, ERKENNTNIS IHRE LEIS, P10 KRAFT V, 1951, WIENER KREIS KRAFT V, 1960, ERKENNTNISLEHRE, P202 LEHRER K, 1965, ANALYSIS, V25 LENK H, 1973, METAPHYSIK SPRACHANA, P57 MEINONG A, 1906, UBER ERFAHRUNGSGRUND MEINONG A, 1910, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1971, GES ABHANDLUNGEN, V2, P174 NEURATH O, ERKENNTNIS, V3, P209 NEURATH O, 1934, ERKENNTNIS, V4 NEURATH O, 1935, ERKENNTNIS, V5 NEURATH O, 1935, GRUNDLAGEN SOZIALWIS PAP A, 1955, ANALYTISCHE ERKENNTN POPPER K, 1959, LOGIC SCIENTIFIC DIS POPPER KR, 1973, OBJECTIVE KNOWLEDGE, P106 RADFORD C, 1966, ANALYSIS, V27 RUTTE H, 1970, THESIS GRAZ SCHEFFLER I, 1967, SCIENCE SUBJECTIVITY SCHLICK M, 1925, ALLGEMEINE ERKENNTNI SCHLICK M, 1934, ERKENNTNIS SCHLICK M, 1938, GES AUFSATZE, P290 SCHLICK M, 1938, GESAMMELTE AUFSATZE UNGER P, 1971, PHILOSOPHICAL REV, V80, P213 WITTGENSTEIN L, CERTAINTY, P204 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1968, PHILOSOPHICAL INVEST, P206 WOOZLEY AD, 1952, PAS, V53 WRIGHT GHV, 1972, PROBLEMS THEORY KNOW NR 40 TC 1 BP 125 EP 140 PY 1974 VL 16 IS 2 GA V5852 UT ISI:A1974V585200001 ER PT J AU Reisenzein, R AF Reisenzein, Rainer TI Arnold's theory of emotion in historical perspective SO COGNITION & EMOTION J9 COGNITION EMOTION LA English DT Article C1 Univ Greifswald, Inst Psychol, D-17487 Greifswald, Germany. RP Reisenzein, R, Univ Greifswald, Inst Psychol, Franz Mehring Str 47, D-17487 Greifswald, Germany. EM rainer.reisenzein@uni-greifswald.de ID BASIC EMOTIONS; APPRAISAL; DETERMINANTS AB Magda B. Arnold's theory of emotion is examined from three historical viewpoints. First, I look backward from Arnold to precursors of her theory of emotion in 19th century introspectionist psychology and in classical evolutionary psychology. I try to show that Arnold can be regarded as belonging intellectually to the cognitive tradition of emotion theorising that originated in Brentano and his students, and that she was also significantly influenced by McDougall's evolutionary view of emotion. Second, I look forward from Arnold to the influence she had on Richard S. Lazarus, the theorist who deserves the most credit for popularising the appraisal approach to emotion. Here, I try to document that Lazarus' theory of the stress emotions preserved most assumptions of Arnold's theory. Finally, I look back at Arnold from today's perspective and address points of success of the appraisal paradigm in emotion psychology, as well as some remaining problems. CR ACKERMAN BP, 1998, WHAT DEV EMOTIONAL D, P85 ARNOLD MB, 1954, HUMAN PERSON APPROAC, P331 ARNOLD MB, 1954, HUMAN PERSON, P294 ARNOLD MB, 1960, EMOTION PERSONALITY, V1 ARNOLD MB, 1960, EMOTION PERSONALITY, V2 AROLD MB, 1970, FEELINGS EMOTIONS, P169 BARSALOU LW, 1992, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL OV BERKOWITZ L, 2004, EMOTION, V4, P107, DOI 10.1037/1528-3542.4.2.107 BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BUYTENDIJK FJJ, 1950, FEELINGS EMOTIONS COSMIDES L, 1994, COGNITION, V50, P41 DOLLING E, 1999, WAHRHEIT SUCHEN WAHR EKMAN P, 1992, COGNITION EMOTION, V6, P169 FODOR JA, 1987, PSYCHOSEMANTICS PROB FRIJDA NH, 1989, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V57, P212 FRIJDA NH, 2001, APPRAISAL PROCESSES, P141 GREEN OH, 1992, EMOTIONS PHILOS THEO HEIDER F, 1958, PSYCHOL INTERPERSONA HEIDER F, 1983, LIFE PSYCHOL HOFLER A, 1897, PSCHOLOGIE KUNNE W, 1983, ABSTRAKTE GEGENSTAND LANG PJ, 1995, AM PSYCHOL, V50, P372 LAZARUS RS, 1966, PSYCHOL STRESS COPIN LAZARUS RS, 1968, NEBRASKA S MOTIVATIO, V16, P175 LAZARUS RS, 1970, FEELINGS EMOTIONS, P207 LAZARUS RS, 1978, PERSPECTIVES INTERAC, P287 LAZARUS RS, 1980, EMOTION THEORY RES E, V1, P189 LAZARUS RS, 1991, EMOTION ADAPTATION LYONS W, 1980, EMOTION MCDOUGALL W, 1928, OUTLINE PSYCHOL MCDOUGALL W, 1960, INTRO SOCIAL PSYCHOL MEINONG A, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V6, P22 MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1917, SITZUNGSBERICHTE PH, V182, P2 MEINONG A, 1994, A MEINONG GESAMTAUSG, V3, P3 MEYER WU, 1999, EINFUHRUNG EMOTIONPS, V2 ORTONY A, 1988, COGNITIVE STRUCTURE ORTONY A, 1990, PSYCHOL REV, V97, P315 REISENZEIN R, 1992, AM PSYCHOL, V47, P34 REISENZEIN R, 1996, PROCESSES MOLAR REGU, P151 REISENZEIN R, 1998, P 19 C INT SOC RES E, P186 REISENZEIN R, 1999, UNPUB THEORY EMOTION REISENZEIN R, 2000, KOGNITIVE ASPEKTE MO, P205 REISENZEIN R, 2001, APPRAISAL PROCESSES, P3 REISENZEIN R, 2003, EINFUHRUNG EMOTIONPS, V3 ROSEMAN IJ, 1990, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V59, P899 ROSEMAN IJ, 1996, COGNITION EMOTION, V10, P241 ROSEMAN IJ, 2001, APPRAISAL PROCESSES, P3 ROSENMAN IJ, 1979, M AM PSYCH ASS NEW Y SARTRE JP, 1948, EMOTIONS OUTLINE THE SCHELER M, 1923, WESEN FORMEN SYMPATH SCHELER M, 1957, SCHRIFTEN NACHLASS SCHERER KR, 1984, APPROACHES EMOTION, P293 SCHERER KR, 2001, APPRAISAL PROCESSES SEARLE J, 1983, INTENTIONALITY ESSAY SHAND AF, 1914, FDN CHARACTER SHIELDS SA, 2003, AM PSYCHOL, V58, P403, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.58.5.403 SHIELDS SA, 2006, PORTRAITS PIONEERS P, V6 SIMONS P, 1986, GRUNDPROBLEME GROSSE, V4, P91 SMITH B, 1994, AUSTRIAN PHILOS LEGA SMITH CA, 1985, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V48, P813 STRASSER S, 1956, GEMUT STUMPF C, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P47 STUMPF C, 1907, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V44, P1 URBAN WM, 1907, PSYCHOL BULL, V4, P65 WITASEK S, 1907, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL NR 66 TC 3 BP 920 EP 951 PY 2006 PD NOV VL 20 IS 7 DI 10.1080/02699930600616445 GA 115EU UT ISI:000242718400003 ER PT J AU CHISHOLM, RM TI THE ETHICS OF REQUIREMENT SO AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 AMER PHIL QUART LA English DT Article CR 1962, PHILOS STUDIES, V13, P1 1963, PHILOSOPHY, V38, P160 ANDERSON A, 1956, FORMAL ANAL NORMATIV, P59 BOLZANO B, 1930, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE, V3, P267 CHISHOLM RM, 1963, ANALYSIS, V24, P33 CHISHOLM RM, 1963, RATIO, V5, P1 CLARKE S, 1706, DISCOURSE NATURAL RE COOPER N, 1959, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V33, P159 FEINBERG J, 1961, ETHICS, V71, P276 HART HLA, 1955, PHILOS REV, V64, P186 HARTMANN N, 1932, ETHICS, V1, P259 HENRY D, 1960, PHILOSOPHICAL Q, V10, P115 JAMES W, 1906, TALKS TEACHERS PSYCH, P186 KOHLER W, 1938, PLACE VALUE WORLD FA, CH3 LADD J, 1957, STRUCTURE MORAL CODE, P125 LADD J, 1958, J PHILOS, V55, P811 MALLY E, 1926, GRUNDGESETZE SOLLENS MANDELBAUM M, 1955, PHENOMENOLOGY MORAL, P95 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOLOGISCHETHISCH, P88 PEIRCE CS, 1931, COLLECTED PAPERS, V1, P79 PRIOR AN, 1955, FORMAL LOGIC RESCHER N, 1958, PHILOS STUD, V9, P24 ROSS WD, 1930, RIGHT GOOD, P18 ROSS WD, 1939, F ETHICS, P84 SARTRE J, 1943, ETRE NEANT 1, CH2 URMSON JO, 1958, ESSAYS MORAL PHILOS VONWRIGHT GH, 1951, ESSAY MODAL LOGIC, P39 VONWRIGHT GH, 1951, MIND, V60 VONWRIGHT GH, 1956, MIND, V65 WERTHEIMER M, 1935, SOC RES, V2, P353 NR 30 TC 19 BP 147 EP 153 PY 1964 VL 1 IS 2 GA CKG35 UT ISI:A1964CKG3500008 ER PT J AU Coffman, EJ AF Coffman, E. J. TI MISLEADING DISPOSITIONS AND THE VALUE OF KNOWLEDGE SO JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH J9 J PHILOS RES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37996 USA. RP Coffman, EJ, Univ Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37996 USA. ID EPISTEMIC LUCK AB Gettiered beliefs are those whose agents are subject to the kind of epistemologically significant luck illustrated by Gettier Cases. Provided that knowledge requires ungettiered belief, we can learn something about knowledge by figuring out how luck blocks it in Gettier Cases. After criticizing the most promising of the going approaches to gettiered belief-the Risk of False Belief Approach-, I explain and defend a new approach: the Risk of Misleading Dispositions Approach. Roughly, this view says that a belief is gettiered just in case its unfortunate subject has at best just luckily avoided being disposed by his belief's actual grounds to believe a wide class of falsehoods about his environment. I then show how this approach undercuts an influential recent argument that knowledge has no more value than certain subsets of its components. CR ALSTON W, 1989, EPISTEMIC JUSTIFICAT AUDI R, 1993, STRUCTURE JUSTIFICAT AUDI R, 1994, NOUS, V28, P419 BECKER K, 2008, PHILOS STUD, V139, P353, DOI 10.1007/s11098-007-9122-z COFFMAN EJ, 2007, SYNTHESE, V158, P385, DOI 10.1007/s11229-006-9046-8 EGAN A, 2005, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V19, P77 ENGEL M, 1992, SO J PHILOS, V30, P59 GENDLER TS, 2005, PHILOS STUD, V124, P331 GETTIER E, 1963, ANALYSIS, V23, P121 GOLDMAN A, 1976, J PHILOS, V73, P771 GRECO J, 2003, INTELLECTUAL VIRTUE, P111 HARMAN G, 1973, THOUGHT HAWTHORNE J, 2004, KNOWLEDGE LOTTERIES HILLER A, 2007, SYNTHESE, V158, P303, DOI 10.1007/s11229-006-9041-0 HOWARDSNYDER D, 2003, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V63, P304 KVANVIG J, 2003, VALUE KNOWLEDGE PURS LACKEY J, 2006, PHILOS QUART, V56, P284 LACKEY J, 2007, SYNTHESE, V158, P345, DOI 10.1007/s11229-006-9044-x LACKEY J, 2008, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V86, P255, DOI 10.1080/00048400801886207 LACKEY J, 2009, PHILOS STUD, V142, P27, DOI 10.1007/s11098-008-9304-3 MEINONG A, 1973, GESAMTAUSGABE PLANTINGA A, 1993, WARRANT PROPER FUNCT PRITCHARD D, 2005, EPISTEMIC LUCK PRITCHARD D, 2007, SYNTHESE, V158, P273, DOI 10.1007/s11229-006-9038-8 PRITCHARD DH, 2004, J PHILOS RES, V29, P193 RIGGS W, 2007, SYNTHESE, V158, P329, DOI 10.1007/s11229-006-9043-y RIGGS W, 2009, EPISTEMIC VALUE RUSSELL B, 1948, HUMAN KNOWLEDGE ITS SHOPE R, 1983, ANAL KNOWING DECADE SOSA E, 2007, VIRTUE EPISTEMOLOGY SUTTON J, 2005, NOUS, V39, P359 SUTTON J, 2007, JUSTIFICATION WILLIAMSON T, 2000, KNOWLEDGE ITS LIMITS ZAGZEBSKI L, 1999, BLACKWELL GUIDE EPIS, P92 NR 34 TC 0 BP 241 EP 258 PY 2010 VL 35 GA 636IL UT ISI:000280725200013 ER PT J AU Wirth, W AF Wirth, Wilhelm TI Psychological Analysis of musical Hearing and irs Types SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR 1883, GRUNDTATSACHEN SEELE, P261 1890, Z PSYCHOL, V1, P419 1897, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V1, P278 1902, PHIL STUD, V20, P494 1902, PHIL STUD, V20, P521 1902, Z PSYCHOL, V27, P163 1904, GESICHTSP PSYCHOPHYS, P237 1904, GESICHTSP TATS PSYCH, P13 1907, UNTERSUCHUNGEN SINNE, P101 1908, ANAL BEWUSSTSEINSPHA, P19 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V58, P321 1932, Z PSYCHOL ERG, V22, P1 1934, Z MUSIKWISS, V16, P481 1938, NOVA ACTA LEOPOLDINA, V6, P54 ABRAHAM O, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P1 ABRAHAM, 1901, SAMMELBANDE INT MUSI, V3, P1 ANSCHUTZ G, 1925, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V51, P155 BERLAGE F, 1910, WUNDTS PSYCHOL STUDI, V6, P39 CLAUDIUS M, AUSGEWAHLTE WERKE, P10 EHLER H, 1941, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V108, P260 GILBERT J, 1916, EXPER PSYCHOL, V1, P13 GILBERT J, 1919, AM J PSYCHOL, V30, P121 HAUSMANN G, 1935, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V93, P289 HELD H, 1927, PFLUG ARCH GES PHYS, V216, P1 HERING E, 1905, OSTWALDS KLASS, P118 HERMANN F, 1920, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V40, P1 JAENSCH ER, 1913, Z SINNESPHYSIOL, V47, P219 JAMCLE J, 1930, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V78, P103 KEITER F, RASSE KULTUR, V3, P269 KOHLER W, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V72, P188 KOHLER W, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V72, P65 KRUEGERS F, 1934, N PSYCHOL, V12, P113 LOTZE, MIKROKOSMUS, V1, P243 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 MEYER M, 1898, BEITR AKUST MUSIKW, P66 MOEDE W, 1913, PSYCHOL STUD, V8, P327 NADEL S, 1928, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V64, P37 QUENSEL, ZSCH NERVENHEILK, V77 QUENSEL, 1923, Z GES NEUR PSYCHIAT, V81, P311 REVESZ G, 1912, Z INTERNATIONALEN MU, V14, P137 REVESZ G, 1913, GRUNDLEGUNG TONPSYCH, P36 RIEMANN H, 1911, Z INT MUSIKGESELLSCH, V13, P269 SANDER F, 1932, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V85 SCRIPTURE, 1897, STUD YALE LAB, V4, P69 STUMPF C, 1898, BEITR AKUST MUSIKW, P84 STUMPF C, 1911, ANFANGE MUSIK, P57 STUMPF, 1911, ANFANGE MUSIK, P97 VONEHRENFELS, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V14, P249 VONHORNBOSTEL, BETHES HDB NORM PATH, V11, P701 WEBER, 1846, WAGNERS HANDWB, P561 WEINERT L, 1929, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V73, P1 WELLEK A, 1927, MONATSBLATTER ANBRUC, P421 WELLEK A, 1938, ABSOLUTE GEHOR TYPEN, P191 WELLEK A, 1939, TYPOLOGIE MUSIKBEGAB, P107 WELLEK, 1934, Z MUSIKWISSENSCH, V16, P481 WELLEK, 1939, NEUE PSYCHOL STUD, V14, P1 WERNER H, 1926, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V98, P74 WUNDT, 1891, PHILOS STUD, V6, P26 WUNDT, 1891, PHILOS STUD, V6, P90 ZAUMSEIL E, 1939, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V105, P124 ZINDLER K, 1898, Z PSYCHOL, V20, P225 NR 61 TC 0 BP 129 EP 296 PY 1941 PD JUL VL 109 IS 2-3 GA V02RN UT ISI:000206940400001 ER PT J AU Jacquette, D AF Jacquette, Dale TI Object theory logic and mathematics: Two essays by Ernst Mally SO HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF LOGIC J9 HIST PHILOS LOGIC LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Bern, Inst Philosophie, CH-3000 Bern 9, Switzerland. RP Jacquette, D, Univ Bern, Inst Philosophie, Langgassstr 49A, CH-3000 Bern 9, Switzerland. AB Presented here are translations of two essays of the Austrian logician, philosopher and experimental psychologist Ernst Mally, originally delivered at the Third International Congress of Philosophy in Heidelberg, Germany. Both essays conclude with discussion between Mally and Kurt Grelling. Mally was a student of Alexius Meinong and a contributor to logical investigations in the field of object theory (Gegenstandstheorie). In these essays, Mally introduces a vital distinction between formal and extra-formal 'determinations' (Bestimmungen), and he argues that formal determinations are not part of the identity conditions for intended objects, but provide the basis for a theory Of pure logical and mathematical relations. M ally then proceeds to develop a formal logic of formal and extra-formal determinations, whose interrelations of ontic and modal predications provide an analysis of fundamental object theory concepts. CR BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN FINDLAY JN, 1995, MEINONG THEORY OBJEC JACQUETTE D, 1982, GRAZER PHILOSOPHISCH, V15, P1 JACQUETTE D, 1986, GRAZER PHILOSOPHISCH, V25, P423 JACQUETTE D, 1989, MAN WORLD, V22, P215 JACQUETTE D, 1990, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V3, P277 JACQUETTE D, 1996, MEINONGIAN LOGIC SEM JACQUETTE D, 2001, SCH ALEXIUS MEINONG, P373 JACQUETTE D, 2004, CAMBRIDGE COMPANION, P98 JACQUETTE D, 2006, ACTIONS PRODUCTS THI, P9 LOKHORST GJC, 1999, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V40, P273 LOKHORST GJC, 2004, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V67, P37 MALLY E, 1902, Z PADIGOGISCHE PSYCH, V5, P381 MALLY E, 1908, 3 INT C PHIL HEID 1, P881 MALLY E, 1912, Z PHILOS PHILOSOPHIS, V148 MALLY E, 1914, Z PHILOS PHILOSOPHIS, V160, P37 MALLY E, 1926, GRUNDGESETZE SOLLENS MALLY E, 1971, E MALLY LOGISCHE SCH MALLY E, 2008, 3 INT C PHIL HEID 1, P862 MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE, V6 MEINONG A, 2004, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MORSCHER E, 1998, PROPHIL PROJEKTE PHI, V2, P81 ROUTLEY R, 1981, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, P14 WEINBERGER O, 2001, STUDIEN OESTERREICHI, V32, P289 WOLENSKI J, 1998, PROPHIL PROJEKTE PHI, V2, P73 NR 26 TC 0 BP 167 EP 182 PY 2008 PD MAY VL 29 IS 2 DI 10.1080/01445340802011164 GA 317LL UT ISI:000257021600004 ER PT J AU Voltolini, A AF Voltolini, Alberto TI How Ficta Follow Fiction: Replies to Commentators SO DIALECTICA J9 DIALECTICA LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Turin, Dept Philosophy, I-10124 Turin, Italy. RP Voltolini, A, Univ Turin, Dept Philosophy, Via S Ottavio 20, I-10124 Turin, Italy. EM alberto.voltolini@unito.it CR ADAMS RM, 1981, SYNTHESE, V49, P3 CAPLAN B, 2004, AM PHILOS QUART, V41, P331 CASTANEDA HN, 1989, THINKING LANGUAGE EX EVERETT A, 2007, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V74, P56 FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V100, P25 GOODMAN N, 1960, REV METAPHYS, V14, P48 KAPLAN D, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN, P481 KRIPKE S, 1973, J LOCKE LECT 1 UNPUB KRIPKE S, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY MEINONG A, 1891, Z PSYCHOL, V2, P245 ORILIA F, 2002, ULISSE QUADRATO ROTO PREDELLI S, 2002, DIALECTICA, V56, P261 RECANATI F, 2000, ORATIO OBLIQUA ORATI RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 THOMASSON AL, 1999, FICTION METAPHYSICS VOLTOLINI A, 2006, SYNTHESE, V153, P23, DOI 10.1007/s11229-006-0001-5 WALTON KL, 1990, MIMESIS MAKE BELIEVE WILLIAMS DC, 1953, REV METAPHYS, V7, P171 WILLIAMS DC, 1953, REV METAPHYS, V7, P3 WILLIAMSON T, 2002, LOGIC THOUGHT LANGUA, P233 YABLO S, 2001, MIDWEST STUD PHILOS, V25, P72 NR 21 TC 0 BP 75 EP 84 PY 2009 PD MAR VL 63 IS 1 DI 10.1111/j.1746-8361.2009.01177.x GA 421QG UT ISI:000264372800007 ER PT J AU BUTCHVAROV, P TI THAT SIMPLE, INDEFINABLE, NON-NATURAL PROPERTY GOOD + EMOTIVE THEORY ETHICS SO REVIEW OF METAPHYSICS J9 REV METAPHYSICS LA English DT Article RP BUTCHVAROV, P, UNIV IOWA,IOWA CITY,IA 52242. CR AQUINAS T, DE ENTE ET ESSENTIA AQUINAS T, SUMMA THEOLOGICA ARISTOTLE, DE ANIMA ARMSTRONG DM, 1978, UNIVERSALS SCI REALI, V2 BROAD CD, 1968, PHILOS GE MOORE, V2, P59 BUTCHVAROV P, 1966, RESEMBLANCE IDENTITY BUTCHVAROV P, 1970, CONCEPT KNOWLEDGE BUTCHVAROV P, 1979, BEING QUA BEING THEO EWING AC, 1947, DEFINITION GOOD FALES E, 1982, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V60, P29 HOCHBERG H, 1962, REV METAPHYS, V15, P365 HOCHBERG H, 1978, THOUGHT FACT REFEREN HUME D, TREATISE HUMAN NATUR HUSSERL E, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO JOHNSON WE, 1921, LOGIC JOHNSON WE, 1968, PHILOS GE MOORE, V2, P583 KIM J, 1979, MIDWEST STUDIES PHIL, V4, P41 LEVY P, 1979, MOORE GE MOORE CAMBR MEINONG A, 1972, EMOTIONAL REPRESENTA MOORE GE, CONCEPTION INTRINSIC MOORE GE, ETHICS MOORE GE, PRINCIPIA ETHICA MOORE GE, REFUTATION IDEALISM MOORE GE, SOME MAIN PROBLEMS P MOORE GE, 1899, MIND, V8, P183 MOORE GE, 1900, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V6, P123 MOORE GE, 1910, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V10, P51 MOORE GE, 1962, COMMONPLACE BOOK 191 PRICE HH, 1932, PERCEPTION PRICHARD HA, 1968, MORAL OBLIGATION DUT RASHDALL H, 1924, THEORY GOOD EVIL, V1 ROSS WD, 1930, RIGHT GOOD ROSS WD, 1939, F ETHICS SARTRE JP, BEING AND NOTHINGNES SARTRE JP, PSYCHOL OF IMAGINATI SARTRE JP, TRANSCENDENCE EGO ES SCHILPP PA, 1968, PHILOS GE MOORE, V2 STEVENSON CL, 1937, MIND, V46, P31 NR 38 TC 3 BP 51 EP 75 PY 1982 VL 36 IS 1 GA PF981 UT ISI:A1982PF98100003 ER PT J AU KANITSCHEIDER, B TI THE IMAGE OF MAN AND THE PERSPECTIVES OF SCIENTIFIC PROGRESS FOR THE FUTURE SO FOLIA HUMANISTICA J9 FOLIA HUMANIST LA Spanish DT Article RP KANITSCHEIDER, B, UNIV GIESSEN,W-6300 GIESSEN,GERMANY. CR CARRASCOSA JL, 1992, QUIMERAS CONOCIMIENT DESCARTES R, ABHANDLUNG METHODE DEUTSCH D, 1991, PHYS REV D, V44, P3197 DYSON F, 1991, INFINITO TODAS DIREC GRUSSER OJ, 1983, HOMINID EVOLUTION PA, P457 GRUSSER OJ, 1990, MED FORSCHUNG, V5, P85 HAKEN H, 1981, ERFOLGSGEHEIMNISSE N KANITSCHEIDER B, 1994, FOLIA HUMANISTICA, V32, P89 LASKAR J, 1989, NATURE, V338, P237 MACCORMAC E, 1995, NEUE REALITATEN HERA, P210 MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE NAISBITT J, 1990, MEGATENDENCIAS NICHOLLS P, 1987, CIENCIA CIENCIA FICC POPPER KR, 1965, ELEND HISTORIZISMUS QUERALTO R, 1993, MUNDO TECNOLOGIA RAZ QUERALTO R, 1994, ANUARIO FILOSOFICO, V27, P683 VILACOROBARRACH.MD, 1993, DERECHO ANTE PROYECT, V1 WOLFHEIDEGGER G, 1967, ANATOMISCHE SEKTION NR 18 TC 0 BP 405 EP 426 PY 1995 PD NOV-DEC VL 33 IS 347 GA TL864 UT ISI:A1995TL86400002 ER PT J AU Hamburger, K Hansen, T AF Hamburger, Kai Hansen, Thorsten TI Analysis of individual variations in the classical horizontal-vertical illusion SO ATTENTION PERCEPTION & PSYCHOPHYSICS J9 ATTEN PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS LA English DT Article C1 [Hamburger, Kai] Univ Giessen, Fachbereich 06, Abt Allgemeine Psychol & Kognit Forsch, D-35394 Giessen, Germany. RP Hamburger, K, Univ Giessen, Fachbereich 06, Abt Allgemeine Psychol & Kognit Forsch, Otto Behaghel Str 10F, D-35394 Giessen, Germany. EM kai.hamburger@psychol.uni-giessen.de ID OPTICAL ILLUSIONS; KNOWLEDGE; PERCEPTION; BISECTION; SPACE; EYE AB In the horizontal-vertical illusion (HVI), the length of the vertical line is overestimated, whereas in the bisection illusion (BI), the horizontal bisecting line is expected to be overestimated. Here, only half of our 22 observers showed the expected BI, whereas the other half underestimated the bisecting line. Observers also differed in their judgments of the strength of the HVI: The HVI was stronger for observers showing the classical bisection effect, and weaker or absent for those underestimating the bisecting line. To account for these results, we used a linear model to individually estimate the strength of two putative factors underlying both illusions. Whereas the strength of the HVI and BI were highly correlated, the estimated factors were uncorrelated. Therefore, in two control experiments, we then measured the pure horizontal-vertical (pHVI) and bisection (pBI) illusions. A significant correlation between the estimated factors and the measured illusion variants was found. Results were robust against variations of contrast, repetitive presentations, and choice of adjusted line. Thus, the classical HVI as an additive combination of two independent factors was confirmed, but we found considerable interindividual variations in the strength of the illusions. The results stress the importance of analyzing individual data rather than taking sample means for understanding these illusions. CR ARMSTRONG L, 1997, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V59, P1200 AVERY GC, 1969, J EXP PSYCHOL, V81, P376 BRAINARD DH, 1997, SPATIAL VISION, V10, P433 BROSVIC GM, 1988, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V67, P463 CHAPANIS A, 1967, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V2, P249 DAY RH, 1970, J EXP PSYCHOL, V83, P172 DEREGOWSKI J, 1972, J EXP PSYCHOL, V95, P14 EBBINGHAUS H, 1913, GRUNDZUGE PHYSL, V1 FELLEMAN DJ, 1991, CEREB CORTEX, V1, P1 FICK A, 1851, ERRONE QUODAM OPTIC FICK A, 1852, Z RATION MED, V2, P83 FINGER FW, 1947, J EXP PSYCHOL, V37, P243 GARDNER RW, 1960, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V10, P107 GARDNER RW, 1960, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V10, P47 GENTAZ E, 2004, PSYCHON B REV, V11, P31 GREGORY RL, 1968, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V171, P279 GREGORY RL, 1997, PHILOS T R SOC B, V352, P1121 GREGORY RL, 1997, TRENDS COGN SCI, V1, P190 GREGORY RL, 2001, NATURE, V410, P21 HAMBURGER K, 2006, BEITRAGE, V9, P135 HAMBURGER K, 2007, VISION RES, V47, P3276, DOI 10.1016/j.visres.2007.09.004 HELLER MA, 1993, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V53, P422 HELLER MA, 1997, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V59, P1297 KOFFKA K, 1999, PRINCIPLES GESTALT P KUNNAPAS TM, 1955, J EXP PSYCHOL, V49, P134 KUNNAPAS TM, 1957, ACTA PSYCHOL, V13, P35 KUNNAPAS TM, 1958, ACTA PSYCHOL, V14, P131 KUNNAPAS TM, 1959, J PSYCHOL, V47, P41 MCBRIDE SA, 1987, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V64, P943 MILLAR S, 2000, PERCEPTION, V29, P481 OPPEL JJ, 1855, JAHRESBERICHT FRANKF, P37 PAN S, 1934, N C J PSYCHOL NAT CE, V1, P125 PELLI DG, 1997, SPATIAL VISION, V10, P437 PIAGET J, 1961, ARCH PSYCHOL, V38, P23 PRINZMETAL W, 1993, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V53, P81 RAUDSEPP J, 2005, PERCEPTION, V34, P421, DOI 10.1068/p5073 ROCKLAND KS, 1979, BRAIN RES, V179, P3 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 SILLITO A, 1995, ARTFUL EYE, P294 VANESSEN DC, 1985, CEREB CORTEX, V3, P259 WESTHEIMER G, 2008, VISION RES, V48, P2128, DOI 10.1016/j.visres.2008.05.016 NR 41 TC 1 BP 1045 EP 1052 PY 2010 PD MAY VL 72 IS 4 DI 10.3758/APP.72.4.1045 GA 653DJ UT ISI:000282067100016 ER PT J AU Calkins, MW TI The abandonment of sensationalism in psychology SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY J9 AMER J PSYCHOL LA English DT Article CR ANAL PSYCHOL, V1, P65 ANAL PSYCHOL, V1, P78 ANAL PSYCHOL, V2, P42 ARCHIV, V12, P103 ARCHIV, V12, P107 ARCHIV, V12, P94 OUTLINES PSYCHOL, P180 PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL, V1, P247 PSYCHOL ERFAHRUNGSWI, P164 PSYCHOL ERFAHRUNGSWI, P70 STUDIES PHILOS PSYCH, P351 ZEITSCHRIFT, V32, P177 1855, PRINCIPLES PSYCHOL, P285 1890, VIERTELJAHRSCHR WISS, V14, P249 1893, PHYSL PSYCHOL, V1, P555 1896, GRUNDRISS 1897, PHILOS REV, P646 1899, ZEITSCHRIFT, V22, P101 1901, EXPT PSYCHOL UNTERSU 1901, INTRO PSYCHOL, CH10 1902, PHYSL PSYCHOL, V2, P284 1903, ETUDE EXPT INTELLIGE 1903, GEFUHL BEWUSST 1904, GRUNDRISS, P104 1904, PSYCHOLOGY, P213 1904, PSYCHOLOGY, P267 1905, ARCH GESAMMTE PSYCHO, V4, P288 1905, DOPPELTE STANDPUNKT, P25 1905, INTRO PSYCHOL, CH9 1905, WILLENSTATIGKEIT DEN 1906, AM J PSY, V17, P358 1906, ARCHIV, V8, P1 1906, J PHILOS PSYCHOL SCI, V3, P701 1906, Z PHYS PSYCH, V44, P1 1907, ARCHIV, V9, P297 1907, J PHILOS, V4, P164 1907, K EXPT PSYCHOL, P209 1907, KONIGL AKAD WISSENSC, P29 1907, KONIGL AKAD WISSENSC, P7 1907, PSYCHOL GEN INTRO, P286 1907, PSYCHOL GEN INTRO, P72 1907, PSYCHOL STUDIEN, V3, P156 1907, PSYCHOL STUDIEN, V3, P300 1908, ARCHIV, V12, P9 1908, LECT FEELING ATTENTI, P82 1908, PSYCHOL B, V5, P65 1908, PSYCHOL REV, V15, P205 EBBINGHAUS, GRUNDZUGE, P1 EBBINGHAUS, GRUNDZUGE, P410 HOFLER A, PSYCHOLOGIE HOFLER A, 1907, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL KELCHNER M, ARCHIV, V5, P107 MEINONG A, 1891, ZEITSCHRIFT, V2, P247 MEINONG A, 1891, ZEITSCHRIFT, V21, P182 MEINONG A, 1902, ANNAHMEN MUNSTERBERG, GRUNDZUGE, V1, P290 ORTH, 1903, GEFUHL BEWUSSTSEINSA ROYCE J, 1903, OUTLINES PSYCHOL, P176 VOGT O, 1899, Z HYPNOTISMUS, V8, P212 WUNDTS, 1908, ARCHIV, V11 NR 60 TC 3 BP 269 EP 277 PY 1909 VL 20 GA V01UM UT ISI:000200120800012 ER PT J AU Urban, WM AF Urban, Wilbur M. TI VALUES SO PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN J9 PSYCHOL BULL LA English DT Article CR ANDERSON BM, 1911, SOCIAL VALUE STUDY E BALDWIN JM, 1911, THOUGHT THINGS, V3 BOSANQUET B, 1911, PRINCIPLE INDIVIDUAL DURKHEIM E, 1911, REV METAPHYS MORALE, V19, P437 GILLETT MS, REV SCI PHIL THEOL, V6, P5 KALLEN HM, 1912, J PHIL PSYCHOL, V9, P253 KING I, 1911, DEV RELIG, CH3 LUDEMANN H, 1910, ERKENNEN WERTURTEILE MAUGE F, 1910, REV PHIL, V69, P387 MEINONG A, LOGOS, V3 PERRY RB, 1912, PRESENT PHILOS TENDE QUICK OC, 1910, MIND, V19, P218 QUICK OC, 1910, MIND, V20, P256 RICKERT H, LOGOS, V1 RUBINSTEIN M, 1910, KANTSTUD, V15, P263 RUSSELL JE, 1910, MIND, V19, P547 RUSSELL JE, 1911, MIND, V20, P538 VONDERPFORDTEN O, 1910, KONFORMISMUS PHILOS NR 18 TC 0 BP 260 EP 264 PY 1912 PD JUL 15 VL 9 IS 7 GA V86ZY UT ISI:000205881000005 ER PT J AU SPINICCI, P TI ABSTRACTION AND REFLECTION IN HUSSERL,EDMUND 'FILOSOFIA DELL ARITMETICA' SO RIVISTA DI STORIA DELLA FILOSOFIA J9 RIV STOR FILOS LA Italian DT Article CR BERKELEY G, TREATISE PRINCIPLES BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1970, WAHRHEIT EVIDENZ BRENTANO F, 1982, DESKRIPTIVE PSYCHOL DEBOER T, 1978, DEV HUSSERLS THOUGHT DENTONI F, 1977, FORMAZIONE PROBLEMAT DENTONI F, 1978, ALLE ORIGINI FENOMEN FREGE G, 1977, LOGICA ARITMETICA HOLENSTEIN E, 1975, HUSSERLIANA, V18, R18 HUSSERL E, ERFAHRUNG URTEIL HUSSERL E, 1887, UEBER BEGRIFF ZAHL HUSSERL E, 1891, PHILOS ARITHMETIK HUSSERL E, 1965, IDEE UNA FENOMENOLOG, V1 HUSSERL E, 1968, RICERCHE LOGICHE, V2 HUSSERL E, 1970, HUSSERLIANA, V12 HUSSERL E, 1983, HUSSERLIANA, V21 HUSSERL E, 1984, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN MARTY A, 1950, UEBER WERT METHODE E MEINONG A, 1877, GESCH KRITIK MODERNE MEINONG A, 1882, HUME STUDIEN, V2 MILL JS, EXAMINATION W HAMILT MILLER JP, 1982, NUMBERS PRESENCE ABS MOHANTHY JN, 1982, HUSSERL FREGE PIANA G, 1979, ELEMENTI UNA DOTTRIN SIGWART C, 1924, LOGIK 1873 78 WILLARD D, 1984, OBJECTIVITY KNOWLEDG NR 26 TC 0 BP 519 EP 537 PY 1987 VL 42 IS 3 GA K1935 UT ISI:A1987K193500006 ER PT J AU AMMONS, RB AMMONS, CH TI PERCEPTION BIBLIOGRAPHY .10. PSYCHOLOGICAL INDEX, NO. 7, 1900 SO PERCEPTUAL AND MOTOR SKILLS J9 PERCEPT MOT SKILLS LA English DT Review CR 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V23, P321 ABNEY WD, 1900, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V67, P118 ACH N, 1900, KRAEPELINS PSYCHOL A, V3, P203 ALT F, 1900, WEINER KLIN RUNDSCHA, V14, P225 AMENT W, 1900, PHILOS STUD WUNDT, V16, P135 BAGLEY WC, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V12, P80 BALTALOFF TP, 1900, VOPROSI PHIL, V11, P2 BALTALOFF TP, 1900, VOPROSI PHIL, V11, P3 BAWDEN HH, 1900, PSYCHOL REV MONOGR S, V14, P122 BERGER E, 1900, REV GEN OPHTAL, V19, P97 BERGER E, 1900, VERH PHYSIK GES BERL, V2, P160 BIELSCHOWSKY A, 1900, VONGRAEFES ARCH OPHT, V50, P406 BINET A, 1900, ANN PSYCHOL, V6, P405 BOURDON B, 1900, REV PHIL FRANCE ETRA, V49, P74 BOURDON B, 1900, REV PHIL, V50, P1 BURCH GJ, 1900, J PHYSL, V25, P427 CALKINS MW, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P580 CHARTIER E, 1900, REV MET MOR, V8, P745 CLAPAREDE E, 1900, BIBL U ARCH SCI PHYS, V9, P583 CLAVIERE J, 1900, REV SCI, V11, P975 DISSARD MA, 1899, REV SCI, V12, P257 DISSARD MA, 1899, REV SCI, V12, P296 DODGE R, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P454 DUERR E, 1900, PHIL STUD, V15, P501 DUNLAP K, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P435 EDRIDGEGREEN FW, 1900, J MENT SCI, V46, P756 ERDMANN B, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V22, P241 GOEDSEELS, 1900, REV QUEST SCI 2E S, V17, P144 GRADENIGO G, 1900, PAROLE, V10, P129 GRAY AA, 1900, J ANAT PHYSL, V34, P324 HALM, 1900, PSYCHISCHE STUD, V27, P213 HEINE L, 1900, VONGRAEFES ARCH OPHT, V51, P146 HELLER T, 1900, Z PAED PSYCHOL, V2, P190 HELLPACH W, 1900, PHILOS STUDIEN, V15, P524 HERMAN RA, 1900, TREATISE GEOMETRICAL HOFMANN FB, 1900, PFLUG ARCH GES PHYS, V80, P1 HOLDEN WA, 1900, ARCH OPHTHALMOL-CHIC, V29, P261 HUEY EB, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P283 JASTROW J, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P47 JUDD CH, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P606 KOENIG, 1900, REC OPHTALM 3E S, V22, P397 LAGRANGE, 1900, J MED BORDEAUX, V30, P380 LEY, 1900, J NEUROL, V5, P309 LIPPS T, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V22, P383 LOBSIEN M, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL, V24, P285 MACH E, 1900, ANAL EMPFINDUNGEN VE MALLY E, 1900, ARCH SYST PHIL, V6, P291 MARKOVA C, 1900, CONTRIBUTION ETUDE P MEYER M, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P530 MORGAN CL, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P217 MUELLER GE, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P142 PARINAUD H, 1900, ANN OCUL, V124, P17 PARINAUD H, 1900, ANN OCUL, V124, P177 PIERCE AH, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P356 PIERCE AH, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P490 POLACK A, 1900, ROLE ETAT REFRACTION RIEU M, 1900, HALLUCINATIONS PSYCH SCHAEFER KL, 1900, PFLUEG ARCH GES PHYS, V78, P505 SCHENCK F, 1898, SITZ BER PHYSIK MED, P18 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V23, P1 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 SEASHORE CE, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P592 SECOR WB, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P225 SHARGHA IK, 1900, CRITICAL ESSAY BERKE SOLOMONS LM, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P234 STERN P, 1900, Z PHIL PH KR, V115, P193 STEWART CC, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P240 STRATTON GM, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P429 SUTER WN, 1900, ARCH OPHTHAL, V29, P417 SWIFT EJ, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P527 THORNER W, 1900, DTSCH MED ZTG, V21, P169 THORNER W, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V23, P187 TOULOUSE E, 1900, C R ACAD SCI, V130, P199 TOULOUSE E, 1900, C R ACAD SCI, V130, P529 TOULOUSE E, 1900, C R ACAD SCI, V130, P669 TOULOUSE E, 1900, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V130, P803 TOULOUSE E, 1900, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V131, P128 TOULOUSE E, 1900, REV PSYCHIAT, V3, P359 TRIPLETT N, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P439 URIBETRONSCO, 1900, ANN OCUL, V123, P161 VERHOEFF FH, 1900, ARCH OPHTHALMOL-CHIC, V29, P565 VERHOEFF FH, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P610 VONBECHTEREW W, 1900, DTSCH Z NERVENHK, V16, P209 VONSTEIN S, 1900, ARCH INT LARYNGOL OT, V13, P323 VONSTEIN S, 1900, CENTRALBL PHYSL, V14, P222 VONZEHENDER W, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V24, P218 WASHBURN MF, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P39 WHIPPLE GM, 1900, AM J PSYCHOL, V11, P377 WIRTH W, 1900, PHIL STUD, V16, P465 WOODWORTH RS, 1900, PSYCHOL REV, V7, P344 WUNDT W, 1900, PHILOS STUD, V16, P61 WURDEMANN HV, 1900, J AMER MED ASSOC, V34, P1111 ZEITLER J, 1900, PHILOS STUDIEN, V16, P380 NR 93 TC 0 BP 727 EP 730 PY 1963 VL 17 IS 3 GA CCX70 UT ISI:A1963CCX7000021 ER PT J AU Spearman, C AF Spearman, C. TI THE NEW PSYCHOLOGY OF 'SHAPE' SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY-GENERAL SECTION J9 BR J PSYCHOL-GEN SECT LA English DT Article CR ACH N, 1921, BEGRIFFSBILDUNG AMESEDER R, 1904, UNERS GEGENSTANDSTHE BECHER G, 1911, GEHIRN SEELE BECHER G, 1921, Z PSYCHOL, V87 BENUSSI V, 1914, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V32 BUHLER K, 1913, GESTALTWAHRNEHMUNGEN CORNELIUS H, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V22 EBBINGHAUS H, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, P432 EHRENFELS, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V14 FUCHS W, 1921, Z PSYCHOL, V86 FUCHS W, 1923, Z PSYCHOL, V92 GELB A, 1910, Z PSYCHOL, V58 GNEISSE K, 1922, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V42 GOLDSTEIN, 1918, Z GES NEUROLOGIE PS HOFLER A, 1897, PSYCHOLOGIE, P152 HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN IPSEN G, 1923, BER 8 K PSYCH JAENSCH E, 1909, Z PSYCHOL, V4 JAENSCH E, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V6 KATZ D, 1911, Z PSYCHOL, V7 KATZ D, 1924, Z PSYCHOL, V45 KIRSCHMANN A, 1921, HDB BIOL ARBEITSMETH KLEMM O, 1921, HDB BIOL ARBEITSMETH KOFFKA K, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V73 KOFFKA K, 1922, PSYCH B, V19 KOFFKA K, 1923, 7 INT C PSYCH KOHLER W, 1915, ANTHROPOIDENSTATION, R2 KOHLER W, 1920, PHYS GESTALTEN RUHE KOHLER W, 1923, 7 INT C PSYCH KORTE W, 1923, Z PSYCHOL, V43 KREIBIG J, 1909, INTELLEKTUELLEN FUNK KRUEGER F, 1904, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V2 KRUEGER F, 1905, WUNDTS PSYCHOL STUDI, V1 KRUEGER F, 1906, WUNDTS PSYCHOL STUDI, V2 KRUEGER F, 1909, WUNDTS PSYCHOLS TUDI, V4 KRUEGER F, 1910, WUNDTS PSYCHOL STUDI, V5 KRUEGER F, 1914, ARBEITEN ENTWICKELUN KRUEGER F, 1923, BER 8 K PSYCH LINDEMANN E, 1922, PSYCHOL FORSCHUNG, V2 LINKE P, 1918, GRUNDFRAGEN WAHRNEHM LIPPMANN O, 1923, ARCH PSYCH, V44 LIPPS T, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V22 LIPPS T, 1902, EINHEITEN RELATIONEN LOHNERT K, 1913, WUNDTS PSYCHOL STUDI, V9 MALLY E, ARCH SYST PHILOS, V6 MARTY A, 1908, UNTERS GR ALLG GRAMM MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V2 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V21 MULLER GE, 1923, KOMPLEXTHEORIE GESTA POPPELREUTER W, 1914, PSYCHISCHEN SCHADIGU RANULF S, 1914, GYLDENDALSKE BOGHEND RUBIN E, 1921, VISUELL WAHRGENOMMEN SANDER F, 1923, BER 8 K PSYCH SANDER F, 1924, ARBEITSBEWEGUNGEN SCHULTZE F, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V8, P357 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL, V24 SEIFERT F, 1917, Z PSYCHOL, V78 SELZ O, 1913, GESETZE GEORDNETEN SPEARMAN C, 1923, NATURE INTELLIGENCE STUMPF C, 1906, ABHAND KGL PREUSS AK VOLKELT H, 1912, VORSTELLUNGEN TIERE VOLKELT H, 1922, VOLKERPSYCHOLOGIE WU VOLKELT H, 1924, PRIMITIVEN KOMPLEXQU VONKRIES J, 1898, MAT GRUNDLAGEN BEWUS WERNER H, 1919, ARBEITEN ENTWICKLUNG WERTHEIMER W, 1912, Z PSYCHOL, V61 WERTHEIMER W, 1921, PSYCHOL FORSCHUNG, V1 WERTHEIMER W, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCHUNG, V4 WESTPHAL E, 1911, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V21 WIRTH W, 1902, PHILOS STUDIEN, V2, P502 WITASEK S, Z PSYCHOL, V14 WITASEK S, 1908, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL WUNDT W, 1911, PHYSL PSYCHOL NR 73 TC 11 BP 211 EP 225 PY 1925 PD JAN VL 15 GA V67DB UT ISI:000204537100001 ER PT J AU Messer, A AF Messer, August TI Experimental-Psychological Research on Thought SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR BEWUSSTSEIN GEGENSTA, P166 BEWUSSTSEIN GEGENSTA, P196 EXPT BEITRAGE THEORI, P59 GRUNDZUGE PHYSL PSYC, P575 GRUNDZUGE, P576 HIERZU IST AUSFUHRUN, P18 PHYSL PSYCHOL, P476 WEITERE BEISPIELE BE, P201 1874, PSYCHOLOGIE, V1, P262 1893, LOGIK, P156 1896, LEITFADEN PHYSL PSYC, P168 1900, IDEENASSOZIATION KIN, P15 1900, VOLKERPSYCHOLOGIE, V1, P236 1901, EXPER PSYCHOL UNTERS, P11 1901, Z PSYCHOL, V25, P161 1903, GRUNDZUGE PHYSL PSYC, V3, P547 1904, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V4, P291 1905, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL, P278 1905, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL, P326 ACH N, 1905, WILLENSTATIGKEIT DEN, P191 ACH N, 1905, WILLENSTATIGKEIT DEN, P218 ASCHAFFENBURG G, 1896, PSYCHOL ARBEITEN, V1, P227 ASCHAFFENBURG G, 1896, PSYCHOL ARBEITEN, V1, P288 ASCHAFFENBURG G, 1896, PSYCHOL ARBEITEN, V1, P291 BINET A, 1903, ETUDE EXPT INTELLIGE, P23 BINET A, 1903, ETUDE EXPT INTELLIGE, P84 CORDES G, PHILOS STUDIEN, V17, P63 ERDMANN B, 1892, LOGIK, V1, P189 ERDMANN B, 1900, PHILOS ABHANDLUNGEN, P24 FISCHER K, 1904, BEGINN 20 JAHRH, V1, P173 GROOS K, 1901, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V26, P145 GROOS K, 1904, SEELENLEBEN KINDES GROOS K, 1904, SEELENLEBEN KINDES, P180 HUSSERL E, 1902, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P23 HUSSERL, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P23 JERUSALEM W, 1895, URTEILSFUNKTION JERUSALEM W, 1897, VJSCHR WISS PHILOS, V21, P157 KRAEPELIN E, 1896, PSYCHOL ARBEITEN, V1, P295 KULPE O, 1893, GRUNDRISS PSYCHOL, P191 KULPE O, 1903, EINL PHILOS, P228 LIEBMANN O, 1900, ANAL WIRKLICHKEIT, P478 LIPPS T, 1903, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL, P19 LIPPS T, 1905, BEWUSSTSEIN GEGENSTA, P2 LIPPS, BEWUSSTSEIN GEGENSTA, P113 LIPPS, BEWUSSTSEIN GEGENSTA, P123 MEINONG A, 1902, Z PSYCHOL S, V2, P152 MEUMANN E, 1903, SPRACHE KINDES MUNSTERBERG H, 1889, BEITRAGE EXPT PSYCHO, P177 MUNSTERBERG H, 1900, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, V1, P382 MUNSTERBERG, 1892, BEITRAGE EXPT PSYCHO, P32 ORTH J, 1903, GEFUHL BEWUSSTSEINSL, P69 SCHRADERS E, 1905, ELEMENTE PSYCHOL URT SCHUMANN F, 1904, BERICHT ERSTEN K EXP, P56 SCRIPTURE EW, 1892, PHILOS STUD, V7, P31 SIGWART, LOGIK, V1, P59 SIGWART, 1873, LOGIK, V1, P123 TAYLOR O, 1905, Z PSYCHOL, V40, P225 TAYLOR, 1905, Z PSYCHOL, V40, P225 VOLKELT J, 1905, ASTHETIK, P132 VONKRIES J, 1895, Z PSYCHOL, V8, P1 VONKRIES J, 1899, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V23, P35 WATT, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V7, P40 WATTS, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCH, V7, P153 WUNDT, GRUNDZUGE, P550 WUNDT, GRUNDZUGE, P601 WUNDT, VOLKERPSYCHOL, V1, P229 ZIEHEN T, 1898, SAMMLUNG ABHANDLUNGE, V1 ZIEHEN T, 1900, SAMMLUNG ABHANDLUNGE, V3 NR 68 TC 20 BP 1 EP 224 PY 1906 PD SEP 4 VL 8 IS 1-2 GA V98CH UT ISI:000206630700001 ER PT J AU CHISHOLM, RM TI THOUGHT AND ITS REFERENCE SO AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 AMER PHIL QUART LA English DT Article C1 BROWN UNIV,PROVIDENCE,RI 02912. CR 1958, MINNESOTA STUDIES PH, V2, P521 1969, 14 INT K PHIL, V3, P260 AYER AJ, 1956, MINNESOTA STUDIES PH, V1, P253 CASTANEDA HN, 1966, RATIO, V8, P130 CHISHOLM RM, 1976, PERSON OBJECT METAPH CHISHOLM RM, 1976, THEORY KNOWLEDGE, CH1 GEACH PT, 1957, MENTAL ACTS HINTIKKA J, 1962, KNOWLEDGE BELIEF, CH6 KAPLAN D, 1969, WORDS OBJECTIONS ESS, P206 MCTAGGART JEM, 1927, NATURE EXISTENCE, V2, P107 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 PASTIN M, 1974, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V34, P569 PRICE HH, 1969, BELIEF, P192 SOSA E, 1970, J PHILOS, V67, P883 VENDLER Z, 1976, NOUS, V10, P35 NR 15 TC 5 BP 167 EP 172 PY 1977 VL 14 IS 2 GA CW018 UT ISI:A1977CW01800010 ER PT J AU MARGOLIS, J TI AXIOM OF EXISTENCE - REDUCTIO-AD-ABSURDUM SO SOUTHERN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY J9 SOUTHERN J PHIL LA English DT Article C1 TEMPLE UNIV,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19122. CR ALSTON W, 1958, PHILOS STUD, V9, P8 CARNAP R, 1937, LOGICAL SYNTAX LANGU DONNELLAN K, 1966, PHILOS REV, V75, P281 LESNIEWSKI S, 1929, FUND MATH, V14, P1 LINSKY L, 1967, REFERRING, CH6 MARGOLIS J, 1969, MONIST, V53, P231 MARGOLIS J, 1973, KNOWLEDGE EXISTENCE, CH3 MARGOLIS J, 1973, PHILOSOPHIA, V3, P413 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P PEARS DF, 1967, B RUSSELL BRIT TRADI QUINE WV, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW, P12 QUINE WV, 1960, WORD OBJECT, P27 QUINE WV, 1969, ONTOLOGICAL RELATIVI, P106 QUINE WVO, 1974, ROOTS REFERENCE RUSSELL B, KNOWLEDGE ACQUAINTAN RUSSELL B, PHILOSOPHY LOGICAL A SEARLE JR, 1969, SPEECH ACTS ESSAY PH, P77 SELLARS W, 1963, SCI PERCEPTION REALI, P91 STRAWSON PF, 1950, MIND, V59, P320 WOODS J, 1974, LOGIC FICTION, P32 NR 20 TC 5 BP 91 EP 99 PY 1977 VL 15 IS 1 GA EY286 UT ISI:A1977EY28600008 ER PT J AU Zouhar, M TI The relationship between epistemology and logic in Russell's philosophy SO FILOZOFIA J9 FILOZOFIA LA Slovak DT Article C1 Comenius Univ, Fac Philosophy, Chair Logic & Sci Methodol, SK-81801 Bratislava, Slovakia. RP Zouhar, M, Comenius Univ, Fac Philosophy, Chair Logic & Sci Methodol, Safarikovo nam 6, SK-81801 Bratislava, Slovakia. AB The paper examines the logical and semantical relevancy of epistemological views of Bertrand Russell. For Russell epistemological considerations were apparently on of the most important sources which provided him with a criterion for distinguishing complete and incomplete symbols. A complete symbol is defined as on having meaning in itself, while the meaning of an incomplete symbol is given by the context of a sentence. The meaning of an expression is, according to Russell, identical with its referent. Therefore, complete symbols, contrary to incomplete ones, are referential expressions. It is the task of epistemology to determine, which objects are referents of a given expression, because, according to Russell, the referent of a complete symbol is a sense-datum-an object of acquaintance for a speaker. It is argued, however, that sense-data are not suitable candidates for meanings. CR FREGE G, 1992, FILOZOFIA, V47, P349 MEINONG A, 1996, ORGANON F, V3, P125 MEINONG A, 1996, ORGANON F, V3, P22 RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE RUSSELL B, 1963, PRINCIPIA MATHEMATIC RUSSELL B, 1980, PROBLEMS PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1995, ORGANON F, V2, P137 RUSSELL B, 1995, ORGANON F, V2, P152 RUSSELL B, 1997, ORGANON F, V4, P264 NR 9 TC 1 BP 731 EP 741 PY 1999 VL 54 IS 10 GA 270YE UT ISI:000084564100003 ER PT J AU WEINGARTNER, P TI CONDITIONS OF RATIONALITY FOR THE CONCEPTS BELIEF, KNOWLEDGE, AND ASSUMPTION SO DIALECTICA J9 DIALECTICA LA English DT Article RP WEINGARTNER, P, SALZBURG UNIV,INST PHILOSOPHY,A-5020 SALZBURG,AUSTRIA. CR AQUINAS T, SUMMA THEOLOGICA CHISHOLM R, 1963, J PHILOS, V60, P773 CHISHOLM RM, 1966, THEORY KNOWLEDGE EBERLE RA, 1974, SYNTHESE, V26, P356 HILPINEN R, 1970, SYNTHESE, V21, P109 HINTIKKA J, 1962, KNOWLEDGE BELIEF HINTIKKA J, 1970, AJATUS, V32, P32 LEHRER K, 1974, KNOWLEDGE LEJEWSKI C, 1981, ESSAYS SCI PHILOS LEMMON E, 1957, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V22, P176 LENZEN W, 1978, ACTA PHILOS FENNICA, V30 LENZEN W, 1979, ERKENNTNIS, V14, P33 LENZEN W, 1980, GLAUBEN WISSEN WAHRS MEINONG A, 1910, UBER ANNAHMEN MORSCHER E, 1981, ESSAYS SCI PHILOS WEINGARTNER P, 1980, 3RD P INT C HIST PHI NR 16 TC 1 BP 243 EP 263 PY 1982 VL 36 IS 2-3 GA PS995 UT ISI:A1982PS99500008 ER PT J AU Sendlak, M AF Sendlak, Maciej TI Dispute over the Nonactual Possibilities SO FILOZOFIA NAUKI J9 FILOZ NAUK LA Polish DT Article C1 Uniwersytetu Szczecinskiego, Inst Filozofii, PL-71017 Szczecin, Poland. RP Sendlak, M, Uniwersytetu Szczecinskiego, Inst Filozofii, Ul Krakowska 61-69, PL-71017 Szczecin, Poland. DE nonactual possibilities; principle of independence; neo-meinongianism; noneism; Alexius Meinong; Willard van Orman Quine AB In 1947 Quine wrote one of the most important and influential articles in the twentieth century philosophy - On What There Is". One of the aims of this article was a critique of Meinong's Theory of Object. The critique was especially focused upon nonactual possibilities, which (according to Meinong) are some kinds of nonexistent objects. In my paper I want to present Neo-Meinongian refutations of Quine's critique. In order to do this I discuss: (i) the main thesis of On What There Is",(ii) premises of Meinongian Theory, (iii) views of proponents and opponents of the idea of nonexistent objects, (iv) Quine's critique aimed at nonactual possibilities, (v) Terence Parsons' theory, based on the distinction between nuclear and extranucler properties, and (vi) noneism, defended by Richard Routley. I also try to give a reply to the most popular critiques aimed at both Neo-Meinongian theories. The main conclusion is that Quine's critique and his arguments against nonactual possibilities aren't dangerous for theories endorsing Meinong's Theory of Object. Contrary to what Gilbert Ryle once claimed (If Meinongianism isn't dead, nothing is), Meinongian theories are still alive and doing well. CR CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2008, PRZEGLAD FILOZOFICZN, V17, P149 CONTESSA G, 2009, WHO IS AFRAID IMAGIN, P248 GRIFFIN N, 2009, RUSSELL VS MEINONG L LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN LEWIS D, 1990, MIND, V99, P23 LEWIS D, 1991, PRAWDA FIKCJI, P169 MEINONG A, 1994, PRINCIPIA, V8, P171 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PARSONS T, 1991, MEINONGOWSKA ANALIZA, P137 PASNICZEK J, 1991, ONTOLOGIA FIKCJI PRIEST G, 2007, NONBEING LOGIC METAP QUINE WV, 2000, PUNKTU WIDZENIE LOGI QUINE WV, 2000, TYM CO ISTNIEJE, P29 RESCHER N, 1980, LOGIC INCOINSISTENCY ROUTLEY R, 1982, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V43, P151 SAINSBURY RM, 2010, FICTION FICTIONALISM VANINWAGEN P, 2003, METAONTOLOGY, P13 VANINWAGEN P, 2003, ONTOLOGY IDENTITY MO ZEGLEN UM, 1990, MODALNOSC LOGICE FIL NR 19 TC 0 BP 17 EP + PY 2010 PD MAR VL 18 IS 1 GA 720JF UT ISI:000287276200002 ER PT J AU Sadegh-Zadeh, K TI Fuzzy health, illness, and disease SO JOURNAL OF MEDICINE AND PHILOSOPHY J9 J MED PHIL LA English DT Article C1 Univ Munster, Med Inst, Inst Theory & Hist Med, D-48149 Munster, Germany. RP Sadegh-Zadeh, K, Univ Munster, Med Inst, Inst Theory & Hist Med, Waldeyer St 27, D-48149 Munster, Germany. DE prototype resemblance theory of disease; deontic constructs; disease; fuzzy disease; fuzzy health; fuzzy illness; health; illness; logic of medicine; Meinongian objects; nosology; patienthood ID CLINICAL METHODOLOGY; FUNDAMENTALS AB The notions of health, illness, and disease are fuzzy-theoretically analyzed. They present themselves as non-Aristotelian concepts violating basic principles of classical logic. A recursive scheme for defining the controversial notion of disease is proposed that also supports a concept of fuzzy disease. A sketch is given of the prototype resemblance theory of disease. CR ARRUDA AI, 1977, NONCLASSICAL LOGIC M, P3 BELLMAN RE, 1970, MANAGE SCI, V17, P141 BOORSE C, 1975, PHILOS PUBLIC AFF, V5, P49 BOORSE C, 1977, PHILOS SCI, V44, P542 BOORSE C, 1997, WHAT IS DIS, P3 CAPLAN AL, 1981, CONCEPTS HLTH DIS IN CASSELL EJ, 1991, NATURE SUFFERING GOU DACOSTA NCA, 1963, SISTEMAS FORMAIS INC DACOSTA NCA, 1974, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V15, P497 DAMICO R, 1995, J MED PHILOS, V20, P551 DUBOIS D, 1980, FUZZY SETS SYSTEMS ENGELHARDT HT, 1975, EVALUATION EXPLANATI, P125 ENGELHARDT HT, 1976, J MED PHILOS, V1, P256 ENGELHARDT HT, 1985, LOGIC DISCOVERY DIAG, P56 FEINSTEIN AR, 1976, CLIN JUDGMENT GRANA N, 1983, LOGICA PARACONSISTEN GRANA N, 1990, LOGICA DEONTICA PARA GROSSMAN R, 1974, MEINONG HESSLOW G, 1993, THEOR MED, V14, P1 JASKOWSKI S, 1969, STUDIA LOGICA, V24, P143 KAUFMANN A, 1991, INTRO FUZZY ARITHMET KENDELL R, 1976, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V128, P508 KHUSHF G, 1995, J MED PHILOS, V20, P461 KLIR GJ, 1995, FUZZY SETS FUZZY LOG KLIR GJ, 1996, FUZZY SETS FUZZY LOG KOCH R, 1920, ARZTLICHE DIAGNOSE KOSKO B, 1997, FUZZY ENG LAKOFF G, 1973, J PHILOS LOGIC, V2, P458 LENNOX JG, 1995, J MED PHILOS, V20, P499 MARGOLIS J, 1969, PHILOS FORUM, V8, P55 MARGOLIS J, 1976, J MED PHILOS, V1, P238 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 MORDACCI R, 1995, J MED PHILOS, V20, P475 NORDENFELT L, 1987, NATURE HLTH ACTION T PELLEGRINO ED, 1981, PHILOS BASIS MED PRA PRIEST G, 1989, PARACONSISTENT LOGIC REZNEK L, 1987, NATURE DIS ROTHSCHUH KE, 1972, HIPPOKRATES, V43, P3 SADE RM, 1995, J MED PHILOS, V20, P513 SADEGHZADEH K, IN PRESS INTRO FUZZY SADEGHZADEH K, IN PRESS THEORETICAL SADEGHZADEH K, IN PRESS THEORY MED SADEGHZADEH K, 1977, METAMED, V1, P4 SADEGHZADEH K, 1982, C MED PHIL HUMB U BE SADEGHZADEH K, 1983, MED ETHICS CONSTRUCT SADEGHZADEH K, 1994, ARTIF INTELL MED, V6, P83 SADEGHZADEH K, 1997, FUZZY LOGIC DIS HLTH SADEGHZADEH K, 1998, THEORY LINGUISTIC VA SADEGHZADEH K, 1999, ARTIF INTELL MED, V15, P309 SADEGHZADEH K, 1999, ARTIF INTELL MED, V17, P87 SADEGHZADEH K, 2000, ARTIF INTELL, P20 SADEGHZADEH K, 2000, TRACTATUS LOGICO ONT SADEGHZADEH K, 2001, IN PRESS ARTIFICIAL, P22 SZASZ T, 1970, MANUFACTURE MADNESS SZASZ TS, 1960, AM PSYCHOL, V15, P113 TOOMBS SK, 1992, MEANING ILLNESS PHEN YAGER RR, 1987, FUZZY SETS APPL SELE ZADEH LA, 1965, INFORM CONTR, V8, P338, DOI 10.1016/S0019-9958(65)90241-X ZADEH LA, 1965, SYSTEMS THEORY, P29 ZADEH LA, 1972, J CYBERNETICS, V2, P4 ZADEH LA, 1975, INFORMAT SCI, V9, P43, DOI 10.1016/0020-0255(75)90017-1 ZADEH LA, 1975, INFORMATION SCI, V8, P199 ZADEH LA, 1975, INFORMATION SCI, V8, P301, DOI 10.1016/0020-0255(75)90046-8 NR 63 TC 20 BP 605 EP 638 PY 2000 PD OCT VL 25 IS 5 GA 397DQ UT ISI:000166678400005 ER PT J AU KERNER, GC TI EMOTIONS ARE JUDGMENTS OF VALUE SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article RP KERNER, GC, MICHIGAN STATE UNIV,E LANSING,MI 48824. CR BRENTANO F, URSPRUNG SITTLICHER KERNER GC, 1970, PHILOS PHENOMENO DEC MEINONG A, EMOTIONALE PRAESENTA NR 3 TC 0 BP 52 EP 56 PY 1982 VL 1 IS 1-2 GA QG133 UT ISI:A1982QG13300004 ER PT J AU CHISHOLM, RM TI SOCRATIC METHOD AND THE THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE SO RATIO-NEW SERIES J9 RATIO LA English DT Article RP CHISHOLM, RM, BROWN UNIV,PROVIDENCE,RI 02912. CR BRENTANO F, 1955, PSYCHOLOGIE EMPIRISC CHISHOLM RM, 1977, THEORY KNOWLEDGE EMPIRICUS S, OUTLINES PYRRHONISM FRIES JF, 1828, NEUE ODER ANTHR KRIT KANT I, CRITIQUE PURE REASON KASTIL A, 1912, JF FRIES LEHRE UNMIT MEINONG A, 1968, EMOTIONELLE PRASENTA, V3, P287 NELSON L, 1912, ABHANDLUNGEN F SCHUL, V3 NELSON L, 1929, ABHANDLUNGEN F SCHUL, V5 NELSON L, 1930, SOGENANNTE ERKENNTNI NELSON L, 1949, SOCRATIC METHOD CRIT NELSON L, 1973, GESCHICHTE KRITIK ER PRITCHARD HA, 1912, MIND, V21 NR 13 TC 3 BP 97 EP 108 PY 1979 VL 21 IS 2 GA JR074 UT ISI:A1979JR07400002 ER PT J AU Montague, M AF Montague, Michelle TI The logic, intentionality, and phenomenology of emotion SO PHILOSOPHICAL STUDIES J9 PHIL STUD LA English DT Article C1 Univ Oxford St Johns Coll, Oxford OX1 3JP, England. RP Montague, M, Univ Oxford St Johns Coll, Oxford OX1 3JP, England. EM michellemontague@mac.com DE Emotion; Intentionality; Phenomenology; Consciousness; Logic; Frege puzzles; Content AB My concern in this paper is with the intentionality of emotions. Desires and cognitions are the traditional paradigm cases of intentional attitudes, and one very direct approach to the question of the intentionality of emotions is to treat it as sui generis-as on a par with the intentionality of desires and cognitions but in no way reducible to it. A more common approach seeks to reduce the intentionality of emotions to the intentionality of familiar intentional attitudes like desires and cognitions. In this paper, I argue for the sui generis approach. CR ARMSTRONG D, 1997, WORLD STATES AFFAIRS BEALER G, 1982, QUALITY CONCEPT BEALER G, 1993, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V7, P17 CHARLAND LC, 2002, BRIT J PHILOS SCI, V53, P511 DARMS J, 2000, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V61, P65 DAVIDSON D, 1968, SAYING HIS INQUIRIES DAVIES M, 1992, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V92, P21 DESOUSA R, 1987, RATIONALITY EMOTION DESOUSA R, 2007, STANFORD ENCY PHILOS FREGE G, 1892, PHILOS LANGUAGE, P186 GOLDIE P, 2000, EMOTIONS PHILOS EXPL GOLDIE P, 2006, MIND, V115, P453, DOI 10.1093/mind/fzl453 GREENSPAN P, 1988, EMOTIONS REASONS GRIFFITHS P, 1997, WHAT EMOTIONS REALLY HARMAN G, 1990, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V4, P31 HORGAN T, 2002, PHILOS MIND CLASSICA HORGAN T, 2006, SELF REPRESENTATIONA KRIEGEL U, 2006, SELF REPRESENTATIONA LARSON R, 1993, READINGS PHILOS LANG, P993 LARSON R, 1995, KNOWLEDGE MEANING LARSON R, 2002, LOGICAL LANGUAGE LUDLOW P, 2000, PRAGMATICS PROPOSITI LYCAN W, 1990, MIND COGNITION LYONS W, 1980, EMOTION MARAK JCM, 2003, PERSON INTERDISCIPLI, P163 MCGINN C, 1997, CHARACTER MIND MEINONG A, 1968, ALEXIUS MEINONG GEST, V4, R15 MONTAGUE M, RUSSELLS PR IN PRESS MONTAGUE M, 2007, NOUS, V41, P503 MONTAGUE M, 2007, OXFORD HDB IN PRESS NUSSBAUM M, 1990, LOVES KNOWLEDGE NUSSBAUM M, 1994, THERAPY DESIRE OAKLEY J, 1992, MORALITY EMOTIONS PITT D, 2004, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V69, P1 PRINZ J, 2004, GUT REACTIONS PERCEP ROBERTS R, 2003, EMOTIONS SMITH D, 1989, CIRCLE ACQUAINTANCE SOAMES S, 1987, PHILOS TOPICS, V15, P47 SOLOMON R, 1977, NOUS, V11, P41 SOLOMON RC, 1976, PASSIONS STRAWSON G, 1994, MENTAL REALITY STRAWSON G, 2004, PHENOMENOLOGY COGNIT, V3, P287 TAPPOLET C, 2000, EMOTIONS VALEURS TICHY P, 1988, FDN FREGES LOGIC TYE M, 1995, 10 PROBLEMS CONSCIOU TYE M, 2000, CONSCIOUSNESS COLOR TYE M, 2002, PHILOS MIND CONT CLA WILLIFORD K, 2006, SELF REPRESENTATIONA WOLLHEIM R, 1999, EMOTIONS ZAHAVI D, 2006, SUBJECTIVITY SELFHOO NR 50 TC 0 BP 171 EP 192 PY 2009 PD AUG VL 145 IS 2 DI 10.1007/s11098-008-9218-0 GA 476MC UT ISI:000268445200001 ER PT J AU Mayr, E TI Fictional terms (model-theoretical semantics) SO PHILOSOPHISCHES JAHRBUCH J9 PHIL JAHRB LA German DT Article ID OBJECTS; TRUTH AB How can sentences containing fictional terms be true? There are two standard, diverging answers to this question: the one assumes that there are fictive objects, while the other holds that all apparent reference to nonexistents in these sentences - if they are true - can be paraphrased away. In this paper I propose a new method to paraphrase sentences containing fictional terms, using model-theoretical semantics. Especially, this method enables us to analyse sentences that are apparently about the real properties of fictive objects (like being famous) with the help of sets of criteria that are determined by what is said about the fictive objects in their respective story of origin. CR BERTOLET R, 1984, SYNTHESE, V60, P413 CARNAP R, MEANING NECESSITY FREGE G, FUNKTION BEGRIFF BED GABRIEL G, 1991, LOGIK LIT INWAGEN PV, 2001, ONTOLOGY IDENTITY MO KUNNE W, 1982, ABSTRAKTE GEGENSTAND KUNNE W, 1995, METAPHYS NEUE ZUGANG, P141 LEWIS D, 1978, AM PHILOS Q, V15, P37 MEINONG A, 1972, GESAMTAUSGABE PARSONS T, 1979, THEOR DECIS, V11, P95 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PARSONS T, 1982, TOPOI, V1, P81 PHILLIPS JF, 1999, PHILOS STUD, V94, P273 QUINE WVO, LOGICAL POINT VIEW WILLIAMS CJF, WHAT IS EXISTENCE NR 15 TC 0 BP 287 EP 310 PY 2003 VL 110 IS 2 GA 744AT UT ISI:000186606300007 ER PT J AU MISHALANI, JK TI THOUGHT AND OBJECT SO PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 PHIL REV LA English DT Article CR CHISHOLM RM, 1958, MINNESOTA STUDIES PH, V2, P511 FINDLAY JM, 1933, MEINONG THEORY OBJEC, CH2 MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 RUSSELL B, 1920, INTRO MATH PHILOS, P169 NR 4 TC 1 BP 185 EP 201 PY 1962 VL 71 IS 2 GA CGX06 UT ISI:A1962CGX0600003 ER PT J AU Sheldon, WH AF Sheldon, W. H. TI Objective Theory in a System of Science, vol 8 SO PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN J9 PSYCHOL BULL LA English DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1907, STELL GEGENSTAND, V8 NR 1 TC 0 BP 379 EP 382 PY 1909 PD NOV 15 VL 6 IS 11 GA V86VY UT ISI:000205870600002 ER PT J AU Amacker, R TI The development of Saussure's ideas in the works of Charles Bally (1865-1947) and Albert Sechehaye (1870-1946) SO HISTORIOGRAPHIA LINGUISTICA J9 HIST LING LA French DT Article C1 Univ Geneva, CH-1211 Geneva, Switzerland. RP Amacker, R, Univ Geneva, CH-1211 Geneva, Switzerland. AB The article argues that Charles Bally (18651947) and Albert Sechehaye (18701946) were already accomplished linguists by the time Saussure died, and that they did not really use the Cours in order to establish their own theories, which they defined more accurately rather than modified in any essential way. However, it is possible to see, in their pre-1913 publications, at least some traces of a private influence that can explain certain similarities between their ideas and Saussures with regard to terminology and conceptualization (in particular concerning the linguistic sign, the idea of system, and the langue - parole distinction). After the publication of the Cours, Bally used Saussurian ideas rather superficially, whereas Sechehaye ended up interpreting them in a manner very close to our present understanding of the Cours. CR AMACKER R, IN PRESS HIST LINGUI, V2 AMACKER R, 1988, PARTE RICEVENTE PERC, P61 AMACKER R, 1992, CAHIERS FD SAUSSURE, V46, P57 BALLY C, FD SAUSSURE ETAT ACT BALLY C, LANGAGE VIE BALLY C, LINGUISTIQUE GENERAL BALLY C, PRECIS STYLISTIQUE BALLY C, TRAITE STYLISTIQUE F BALLY C, 1921, J PSYCHOL NORMALE PA, V17, P625 BALLY C, 1922, B SOC LINGUISTIQUE P, V23, P117 BALLY C, 1937, VOX ROMANICA, V2, P345 BALLY C, 1939, J PSYCHOL NORMALE PA, V36, P161 BALLY C, 1941, CAHIERS FD SAUSSURE, V1, P33 BLOOMFIELD L, 1926, LANGUAGE, V2, P153 BREAL M, 1879, ESSAI SEMANTIQUE SCI BUHLER K, 1933, KANT-STUD, V38, P19 CHEVALIER JC, 1990, SPRACHTHEORIE THEORI, P95 CHEVALIER JC, 1999, CAHIERS FD SAUSSURE, V52, P69 DEMAURO T, 1967, FD SAUSSURE COURS LI DUCROT O, 1986, CAHIERS FD SAUSSURE, V40, P13 DURRER S, 1998, INTRO LINGUISTIQUE C EHRENFELS CV, 1897, SYSTEM WERTTHEORIE ENGLER R, 1950, Z PHONETIK, V4, P161 ENGLER R, 1952, J PSYCHOL NORMALE PA, V45, P137 ENGLER R, 1983, Z PHONETIK SPRACHWIS, V36, P533 ENGLER R, 1986, STUDI ITALIANI LINGU, V15, P3 ENGLER R, 1987, GESCH SPRACHTHEORIE, V1, P141 FIRBAS J, 1992, FUNCTIONAL SENTENCE FREI H, 1929, GRAMMAIRE FAUTES FRYBAREBER AM, 1994, A SECHEHAYE SYNTAXE GIRARD G, 1821, GRAMMAIRE CAMPAGNES GIRARD G, 1844, ENSEIGNEMENT REGULIE GIRARD G, 1845, COURS ED LANGUE MATE GODEL R, 1953, CAHIERS FD SAUSSURE, V11, P30 GODEL R, 1957, SOURCES MANUSCRITES GODEL R, 1967, CAHIERS FD SAUSSURE, V22, P53 HJELMSLEV L, PRINCIPES GRAMMAIRE HJELMSLEV L, PROLEGOMENA THEORY L HUMBOLDT WV, VERSCHIEDENHEIT MENS KOENER EFK, 1973, FD SAUSSURE ORIGIN D KOENER EFK, 1980, RECHERCHES LINGUISTI, P100 KREIBIG JC, 1902, PSYCHOL GRUNDLEGUNG LITTRE E, 1875, DICT LANGUE FRANCAIS, V2 MALMBERG B, 1991, HIST LINGUISTIQUE SU MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT PAUL H, PRINZIPIEN SPRACHGES SAUSSURE FD, COURS LINGUISTIQUE G SAUSSURE FD, MEMOIRE SYSTEME PRIM SECHEHAYE A, 1905, ROMAN FORSCH, V19, P321 SECHEHAYE A, 1908, MELANGES LINGUISTIQU, P155 SECHEHAYE A, 1908, PROGRAMME METHODES L SECHEHAYE A, 1914, GERMANISCH ROMANISCH, V5, P288 SECHEHAYE A, 1916, REV LANGUES ROMANES, V59, P44 SECHEHAYE A, 1917, REV PHILOS FRANCE ET, V42, P1 SECHEHAYE A, 1926, ABREGE GRAMMAIRE FRA SECHEHAYE A, 1926, ESSAI STRUCTURE LOGI SECHEHAYE A, 1927, INDOGERMANISCHE FORS, V44, P217 SECHEHAYE A, 1930, J PSYCHOL NORMALE PA, V27, P337 SECHEHAYE A, 1933, J PSYCHOL, V30, P57 SECHEHAYE A, 1939, MELANGES LINGUISTIQU, P19 SECHEHAYE A, 1940, VOX ROMANICA, V5, P1 SECHEHAYE A, 1942, CAHIERS FD SAUSSURE, V2, P45 WARTBURG WV, 1931, BERICHTE VERHANDLUNG, V83, P1 WUNDERLI P, 1976, MEMORIAM F DIEZ AKTE, P416 NR 64 TC 1 BP 205 EP 264 PY 2000 VL 27 IS 2-3 GA 370GA UT ISI:000165114100003 ER PT J AU Saxinger, R AF Saxinger, Robert TI Contribution to the Doctrine on Emotional Fantasy SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR DISPOSITIONSPSYCHOLO, P418 UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P596 UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P597 Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V30, P416 Z PSYCHOL, V27, P24 ELSENHANS, Z PSYCHOL, V24, P3 HOFLER S, 1890, LOGIK, P32 HOFLER, PSYCHOLOGIE, P413 LEHMANN, HAUPTGESETZE MENSCHL, P266 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P579 MEINONG, ANNAHMEN, P238 MEINONG, 1902, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V2 RIBOT, 1897, ANN PSYCHOL, V3, P1 VONEHRENFELS, SYSTEM WERTTHEORIE, V1, P121 NR 14 TC 1 BP 145 EP 159 PY 1906 VL 40 GA V96JO UT ISI:000206514400008 ER PT J AU VELARDEMAYOL, V TI THE THEORY OF OBJECTS ACCORDING TO MEINONG,ALEXIUS SO PENSAMIENTO J9 PENSAMIENTO LA Spanish DT Article C1 DANIEL URRABIETA 16,E-28002 MADRID,SPAIN. RP VELARDEMAYOL, V, UNIV COMPLUTENSE MADRID,MADRID 3,SPAIN. CR ASTRADA C, 1963, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE M BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V2 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE HALLER R, 1966, J HIST PHILOS, V4, P313 KANT I, CRITICA RAZON PURA LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN MEINONG A, EMOTIONALE PRASENTAT MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDE HOHERER MEINONG A, GEGENSTANDSTHEORIE MEINONG A, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE MEINONG A, SELBSTDARSTELLUNG MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN RUSSELL B, 1904, MIND, V13, P204 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 UBERWEG F, 1951, GRUNDRISS GESCH PHIL, V4 NR 15 TC 0 BP 461 EP 475 PY 1989 PD OCT-DEC VL 45 IS 180 GA CZ995 UT ISI:A1989CZ99500004 ER PT J AU Neale, S TI A century later SO MIND J9 MIND LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Rutgers State Univ, Dept Philosophy, New Brunswick, NJ 08901 USA. RP Neale, S, Rutgers State Univ, Dept Philosophy, New Brunswick, NJ 08901 USA. ID INDEFINITE DESCRIPTIONS; DEFINITE DESCRIPTIONS; QUANTIFIERS; UNIQUENESS; RUSSELL; CONTEXT; FORM CR ABBOTT B, 2003, PHILOS STUD, V113, P223 ABNEY S, 1987, THESIS MIT ALMOG J, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN BALDWIN TR, 2004, STUDIES PHILOS LOGIC BARHILLEL Y, 1954, MIND, V63, P359 BARKER C, 1995, POSSESSIVE DESCRIPTI BARWISE J, 1981, LINGUIST PHILOS, V4, P159, DOI 10.1007/BF00350139 BARWISE J, 1983, SITUATIONS ATTITUDES BAUERLE R, 1983, MEANING USE INTERPRE BEZUIDENHOUT A, 2004, DESCRIPTIONS BEYOND BUCHANAN R, 2005, MIND, V114, P889, DOI 10.1093/mind.fzi889 BUTLER RJ, 1965, ANAL PHILOS CARNAP R, 1947, MEANING NECESSITY CARTWRIGHT R, 1987, PHILOS ESSAYS, P229 CARTWRIGHT RL, 2005, MIND, V114, P915, DOI 10.1093/mind/fzi915 CATON C, 1963, PHILOS ORDINARY LANG CHOMSKY N, 1975, LINGUISTIC ANAL, V1, P75 COHEN RS, 1965, BOSTON STUDIES PHILO COLE P, 1978, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V9 COLE P, 1981, LECT GOVT BINDING COOPER R, 1979, INTERPRETATIION PRON, P61 DAVIES M, 1981, MEANING QUANTIFICATI DEVITT M, 2004, BEZUIDENHOUT REIMER, P280 DONNELLAN K, 1966, PHILOS REV, V75, P281 EGLI U, 2000, REFERENCE ANAPHORIC ELBOURNE P, 2001, NAT LANG SEMANT, V9, P241 ELBOURNE P, 2005, SITUATIONS INDIVIDUA EVANS G, 1977, COLLECTED PAPERS EVANS G, 1982, VARIETIES REFERENCE EVANS G, 1985, COLLECTED PAPERS FOLLESDALE D, 1965, COHEN WARTOFSKY, P263 FREGE G, 1892, Z PHILOS PHILOS KRIT, V100, P25 FRENCH PA, CONT PERSPECTIVES PH GEACH P, 1952, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS GEACH PT, 1952, TRANSLATIONS WRITING GEACH PT, 1961, ANALYSIS, V22 GOBLE L, BLACKWELL GUIDE PHIL GRAFF D, 2001, PHILOS STUD, V102, P1 GRAFF D, 2003, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V17, P141 GRANDY R, 1972, J PHILOS LOGIC, V1, P137 GRICE HP, 1989, STUDIES WAY WORDS GROENENDIJK J, 1986, STUDIES DISCOURSE RE HEIM I, 1988, SEMANTICS DEFINITE I HEIM I, 1990, LINGUIST PHILOS, V13, P137 HENY F, 1979, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V10 HIGGINBOTHAM J, 1981, LINGUISTIC REV, V1, P41 HILBERT D, 1934, GRUNDLAGEN MATH, V1 IERODIAKANOU K, 2002, BYZANTINE PHILOS ITS ISEMENGER G, 1968, LOGIC PHILOS JONSSON OP, 2005, MIND, V114, P929, DOI 10.1093/mind/fzi929 KAPLAN D, 2005, MIND, V114, P933, DOI 10.1093/mind/fzi933 KEMPSON R, 1985, P NELS, V15, P234 KOTATKO P, 2000, KNOWLEDGE LANGUAGE L KRIPKE S, 1980, NAMING NECESSITY LADUSAW W, 1981, J LINGUISTIC RES, V1, P1 LAMBERT K, 1991, PHILOS APPL FREE LOG, P17 LINSKY L, 1941, REFERENCE MODALITY LUDLOW P, 1991, LINGUIST PHILOS, V14, P171 MACFARLANE J, 2005, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V105, P321 MAKIN G, 2000, MEYAPHYSICIANS MEANI MARSH RC, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE MATES B, 1973, FDN LANGUAGE, V10, P409 MAY R, 1985, LOGICAL FORM ITS STR MCCAWLEY J, 1981, LINGUISTS ALWAYS WAN MEINONG A, 1994, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MONTAGUE R, 1974, FORMAL PHILOS SELECT MOORE GE, 1944, EVANSTON CHICAGO, P177 MUNITZ MK, 1971, IDENTITY INDIVIDUATI NAGL L, 1986, WO STEHT ANAL PHILOS NEALE SRA, 1990, DESCRIPTIONS NEALE SRA, 2001, FACING FACTS NEALE SRA, 2005, IN PRESS OLIVER A, 2005, MIND, V114, P1039, DOI 10.1093/mind/fzi1039 OROURKE M, 2005, SITUATING SEMANTICS OSTERTAG G, 1998, DEFINITE DESCRIPTION OSTERTAG G, 1998, INTRO DEFINITE DESCR, P1 PATTON TE, 1997, MIND, V106, P245 PEARS DF, 1972, B NRUSSELL COLLECTIO PLATTS M, 1980, REFERENCE TRUTH REAL PREYER G, 2002, LOGICAL FORM LANGUAG PRIOR A, 1968, P ARTISTOTELIAN SOC, V42, P91 PRIOR AN, 1963, ACTA PHILOSOPHICAL F, V16, P189 QUINE WV, 1943, J PHILOS, V40, P113 QUINE WV, 1947, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V12, P43 QUINE WV, 1966, J PHILOS, V63, P657 QUINE WVO, 1940, MATH LOGIC QUINE WVO, 1953, LOGICAL POINT VIEW QUINE WVO, 1960, WORD OBJECT RAMSEY F, 1927, FDN MATH OTHER LOGIC REIBEL DA, 1969, MODERN STUDIES ENGLI ROTHSCHILD D, IN PRESS RUSSELLIAN RUSSELL B, PROBLEMS PHILOS, P12 RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1904, PHILOS MATH CORRESPO, P166 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RUSSELL B, 1910, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V11, P108 RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS RUSSELL B, 1948, INQUIRY MEANING TRUT RUSSELL B, 1957, MIND, V66, P385 RUSSELL B, 1959, MY PHILOS DEV SAINSBURY RM, 1979, RUSSELL SALMON N, 2005, MIND, V114, P1069, DOI 10.1093/mind/fzi1069 SCHIFFER S, 1995, MIND, V104, P107 SCHIFFER S, 2005, MIND, V114, P1135, DOI 10.1093/mind/fzi1135 SEARLE J, 1979, MONIST, V62, P140 SELLARS W, 1954, PHILOS REV, V63, P197 SHILPP PA, 2004, PHILOS B RUSSELL SMULLYAN A, 1948, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V13, P31 SOAMES S, 1986, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V27, P349 STANLEY J, 1995, ANALYSIS, V55, P291 STANLEY J, 2000, LINGUIST PHILOS, V23, P391 STANLEY J, 2000, MIND LANG, V15, P219 STRAWSON PF, 1950, MIND, V59, P320 STRAWSON PF, 1952, INTRO LOGIC THEORY STRAWSON PF, 1954, PHILOS REV, V63, P216 STRAWSON PF, 1964, THEORIA-SPAIN, V30, P96 STRAWSON PF, 1974, SUBJECT PREDICATE LO STRAWSON PF, 1997, ENTITY IDENTITY OTHE SZABO Z, 2005, SEMANTICS PRAGMATICS SZABO ZG, 2000, PHILOS STUD, V101, P29 SZABO ZG, 2005, MIND, V114, P1185, DOI 10.1093/mind/fzi1185 URQUHART A, 1994, COLLECTED PAPERS B R, V4 VANBENTHEM J, 1985, QUANTIFIERS NATURAL VONFINTEL K, 2004, BEZUIDENHOUT REIMER, P315 WETTSTEIN H, 1981, PHILOS STUD, V40, P241 WHITEHEAD AN, 1927, PRINCIPIA MATH, V1 WILSON G, 1978, PHILOS REV, V87, P48 WILSON G, 1990, J PHILOS, V88, P359 NR 128 TC 3 BP 809 EP 871 PY 2005 PD OCT VL 114 IS 456 DI 10.1093/mind/fzi809 GA 023FL UT ISI:000236111100001 ER PT J AU KNOBLOCH, C TI MARTINAK,EDUARD AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SEMANTICS SO KODIKAS CODE-ARS SEMEIOTICA J9 KODIKAS CODE-ARS SEMEIOTICA LA German DT Article RP KNOBLOCH, C, UNIV GESAMTHSCH SIEGEN,FACHBEREICH 3 SPRACH & LITERATURWISSENSCH GERMANIST,W-5900 SIEGEN 21,GERMANY. CR BUHLER K, 1909, 3 K EXP PSYCH 22 25, P94 BUHLER K, 1934, SPRACHTHEORIE DITTRICH O, 1913, PROBLEME SPRACHPSYCH ERDMANN KO, 1900, BEDEUTUNG WORTES AUF FUNKE O, 1924, INNERE SPRACHFORM EI GARDINER A, 1951, THEORY SPEECH LANGUA GOMPERZ H, 1908, WELTANSCHAUUNGSLEHRE, V2 GORDON WT, 1982, HIST SEMANTICS KNOBLOCH C, 1984, HIST LING, V11, P413 KOERNER EFK, 1975, CURRENT TRENDS LINGU, V13 KRUG J, 1929, SPRACHTHEORIE BEITRA MARTINAK E, 1894, LOGIK J LOCKES MARTINAK E, 1898, Z OSTERREICHSCHEN GY, V49, P1 MARTINAK E, 1901, PSYCHOL UNTERSUCHUNG MARTINAK E, 1906, 5 ATT C INT PSIC ROM, P333 MARTY A, 1875, URSPRUNG SPRACHE MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND, V1 MARTY A, 1916, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN MEINONG A, 1902, UBER ANNAHMEN MEYER TA, 1901, STILGESETZ POESIE OERTEL H, 1902, LECTURES STUDY LANGU PAUL H, 1909, PRINZIPIEN SPRACHGES SAUSSURE FD, 1967, GRUNDFRAGEN ALLGEMEI SCHERER TM, 1980, F DESAUSSURE SCHUCHARDT H, 1902, LITERATURBLATT GERMA STERN G, 1931, MEANING CHANGE MEANI TREMEL F, 1975, OSTERR AKAD WISS, V6 TWARDOWSKI K, 1894, LEHRE VOM INHALT GEG WEGENER P, 1885, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND WUNDT W, 1900, SPRACHE NR 30 TC 1 BP 183 EP 196 PY 1986 PD JAN-JUN VL 9 IS 1-2 GA F6158 UT ISI:A1986F615800008 ER PT J AU De Waal, C AF De Waal, Cornelis TI The history of philosophy conceived as a struggle between nominalism and realism SO SEMIOTICA J9 SEMIOTICA LA English DT Article EM cdwaal@iupui.edu DE Aquinas; Deely; nominalism; Peirce; postmodernism; realism ID PEIRCE AB In this article I trace some of the main tenets of the struggle between nominalism and realism as identified by John Deely in his Four ages of understanding. The aim is to assess Deely's claim that the Age of Modernity was nominalist and that the coming age, the Age of Postmodernism - which he portrays as a renaissance of the late middle ages and as starting with Peirce - is realist. After a general overview of how Peirce interpreted the nominalist-realist controversy, Deely gives special attention to Thomas Aquinas's On being and essence and the realism it entails. A subsequent discussion of the Modern Period shows that the issue of nominalism and realism is very much tied up with different conceptions of the intellect. Deely credits the theory of evolution with bringing us a conception of the intellect that is closer to that of the Middle Ages and that opens the way for a truly realistic "fourth age" of the understanding. CR AQUINAS T, 1937, BEING ESSENCE AQUINAS T, 1953, INTRO METAPHYSICS ST AQUINAS T, 1965, AQUINAS BEING ESSENC AQUINAS T, 1980, S THOMAE AQUINATIS O, V2, P184 ARISTOTLE, 1941, BASIC WORKS ARISTOTL DEELY JN, 1969, THOMIST, V33, P251 DEELY JN, 1969, THOMIST, V33, P77 DEELY JN, 2001, 4 AGES UNDERSTANDING DEWAAL C, 1996, T CS PEIRCE SOC, V32, P425 DEWAAL C, 1997, LOCKE NEWSLETTER, V28, P1 DEWAAL C, 1998, T C S PEIRCE SOC, V34, P183 DEWAAL C, 2006, J HIST IDEAS, V67, P291 KLIMA G, 1993, SYNTHESE, V96, P25 KLIMA G, 2007, MEDIEVAL PHILOS MEINONG A, 1968, LOGIC PHILOS SELECTE, P116 PEIRCE CS, 1931, COLLECTED PAPERS CS PEIRCE CS, 1967, ANNOTATED CATALOGUE PEIRCE CS, 1982, WRITINGS CS PEIRCE C QUINE WVO, 1968, LOGIC PHILOS SELECTE, P146 ROYCE J, 1901, DICT PHILOS PSYCHOL, V1, P628 SCOTUS JD, 1950, OPERA OMNIA SPADE PV, 1999, CAMBRIDGE COMPANION, P100 WEIDEMANN H, 2002, T AQUINAS CONT PHILO, P77 NR 23 TC 0 BP 295 EP 313 PY 2010 PD APR VL 179 IS 1-4 DI 10.1515/semi.2010.025 GA 612NA UT ISI:000278904700011 ER PT J AU DELUCIA, PR LONGMIRE, SP KENNISH, J TI DIAMOND-WINGED VARIANTS OF THE MULLER-LYER FIGURE - A TEST OF VIRSU (1971) CENTROID THEORY SO PERCEPTION & PSYCHOPHYSICS J9 PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS LA English DT Article RP DELUCIA, PR, TEXAS TECH UNIV,DEPT PSYCHOL,LUBBOCK,TX 79409. ID LATERAL INTRAPARIETAL AREA; SACCADE-RELATED ACTIVITY; ILLUSION MAGNITUDE; LENGTH; EXTENT; MUELLER AB Diamond-winged variants of the Muller-Lyer figure were used to test predictions of Virsu's (1971) theory of the Muller-Lyer illusion based on efferent readiness for eye movements toward the figure's center of gravity. A Muller-Lyer figure with diamond-shaped wings resulted in a greater center-of-gravity distance than the corresponding, conventional Muller-Lyer figure, but fin length and the rest of the figure remained constant; in Virsu's study, fin length and center-of-gravity distance covaried. Results were consistent with Virsu's data when we used the stimulus conditions that he reported. Results from a wider range of stimuli challenge Virsu's theory, and thus are consistent with the conclusions of Brigell, Uhlarik, and Goldhorn (1977). CR ABRAMS RA, 1992, EYE MOVEMENTS VISUAL, P66 BARASH S, 1991, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V66, P1095 BARASH S, 1991, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V66, P1109 BRIGELL M, 1977, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V3, P105 BRIGELL M, 1979, PERCEPTION, V8, P187 COREN S, 1972, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V34, P499 COREN S, 1978, SEEING IS DECEIVING COREN S, 1983, PERCEPTION, V12, P49 COREN S, 1986, PSYCHOL REV, V93, P391 DAY RH, 1981, PERCEPTION, V10, P126 DAY RH, 1988, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V44, P205 DELUCIA P, 1985, P E PSYCH ASS, V56, P38 DELUCIA PR, 1991, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V50, P547 DELUCIA PR, 1993, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V53, P498 EVANS CR, 1966, BRIT J PHYSL OPTICS, V23, P242 FESTINGER L, 1967, J EXPT PSYCHOL MONOG, V74 FESTINGER L, 1968, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V3, P376 FINDLAY JM, 1981, EYE MOVEMENTS COGNIT, P171 FINDLAY JM, 1992, EYE MOVEMENTS VISUAL, P8 FISCHER B, 1992, EYE MOVEMENTS VISUAL, P31 GNADT JW, 1988, EXP BRAIN RES, V70, P216 HOCHBERG J, 1968, CONT THEORY RES VISU, P309 JORDAN K, 1987, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V41, P435 KAUFMAN L, 1969, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V5, P85 KLEIN RM, 1992, EYE MOVEMENTS VISUAL, P46 LEWIS EO, 1908, BRIT J PSYCHOL 3, V2, P294 MCCLELLAN PG, 1984, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V36, P234 OVER R, 1966, AM J PSYCHOL, V79, P590 PORTER A, 1969, CYBERNETICS SIMPLIFI PROFFITT DR, 1980, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V28, P484 PROFFITT DR, 1983, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V33, P63 RICHARDS W, 1969, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V5, P81 ROBINSON JO, 1972, PSYCHOL VISUAL ILLUS SCHIANO DJ, 1986, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V63, P1151 SCHIANO DJ, 1990, PERCEPTION, V19, P307 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 TOATES FM, 1980, ANIMAL BEHAVIOR SYST VIRSU V, 1971, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V9, P65 VONMETZGER W, 1970, PSYCHOL BEITR, V3, P329 WILSON AE, 1988, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V66, P195 WINER BJ, 1991, STATISTICAL PRINCIPL WORRALL N, 1974, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL, V26, P342 NR 42 TC 11 BP 287 EP 295 PY 1994 PD MAR VL 55 IS 3 GA NP842 UT ISI:A1994NP84200005 ER PT J AU Benussi, V AF Benussi, Vittorio TI For the experimental analysis of the time comparison SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR Z PSYCH, V30, P241 Z PSYCH, V41 Z PSYCH, V42, P449 Z PSYCHOL, V17, P253 1907, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS, P28 AUSSERDEM, Z PSYCH, V42, P302 AUSSERDEM, Z PSYCH, V42, P414 KATZ, Z PSYCH, V42, P325 MEINONG A, Z PSYCH, V42, P22 MEINONG A, Z PSYCH, V45, P188 MEINONG A, Z PSYCH, V45, P215 MEUMANN, PHILOS STUD, V12, P128 MEUMANN, PHILOS STUD, V8, P456 MEUMANN, PHILOS STUD, V9, P266 MULLER GE, GESICHTSPUNKTE TATSA, P113 SCHUMANN, Z PSYCH, V23, P1 NR 16 TC 6 BP 366 EP 449 PY 1907 PD JUL 30 VL 9 IS 4 GA V98CQ UT ISI:000206631600002 ER PT J AU STACK, GJ TI NIETZSCHE AND THE QUESTION OF VALUE SO FOLIA HUMANISTICA J9 FOLIA HUMANIST LA Spanish DT Article RP STACK, GJ, SUNY COLL BROCKPORT,DEPT FILOSOFIA,BROCKPORT,NY 14420. CR GESAMMELTE WERKE, V16, P245 WERKE, V2, P323 1926, WERKE, V12, P95 KAUFFMANN W, 1968, VOLUNTAD PODER, P380 LEVY O, 1964, OBRAS COMPLETAS NIET, V14, P113 LEVY O, 1964, OBRAS COMPLETAS NIET, V15 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOLOGISCH ETICHE, P15 WILLIAMS WD, 1952, NIETZSCHE FRENCH, P104 NR 8 TC 0 BP 701 EP 713 PY 1979 VL 17 IS 204 GA JD922 UT ISI:A1979JD92200005 ER PT J AU Gelb, A AF Gelb, Adhemar TI Theory on the "Quality of Conformation" SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PSYCHOLOGIE UND PHYSIOLOGIE DER SINNESORGANE J9 Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SINNESORG LA German DT Article CR AMESEDER, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN BENTLEY, AM J PSYCHOL, V13 CORNELIUS H, EINFUHRUNG PHILOS, P239 CORNELIUS H, PSYCHOL ERFAHRUNGSWI, P70 CORNELIUS H, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V16 CORNELIUS H, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V17 CORNELIUS H, Z PSYCHOL, V22 CORNELIUS H, Z PSYCHOL, V24 EBBINGHAUS, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL, P432 HOFLER, PSYCHOL, P152 HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2, P269 HUSSERL E, PHILOS ARITHMETIK KREIBIG, WERTTHEORIE, P62 KREIBIG, 1909, INTELLEKTUELLEN FUNK, P111 KRUGER, WUNDTS PSYCHOL STUDI, V1, P379 KRUGER, WUNDTS PSYCHOL STUDI, V2, P214 LIPPS T, LEITFADEN PSYCHOL, P167 LIPPS T, Z PSYCHOL, V22 LIPPS T, 1899, SITZUNGSBERICHT BAYR LIPPS T, 1902, EINHEITEN RELATIONEN LIPPS T, 1907, PSYCHOL STUDIEN, P658 LIPPS T, 1907, PSYCHOL STUDIEN, P670 MALLY, ARCH SYST PHILOS, V6 MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND, P109 MEINONG A, FICHTE Z, V95 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL S, V1 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V2 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V21 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V24 MEINONG A, Z PSYCHOL, V6 SCHULTZE FEO, ARCH GESAMTE PSYCHOL, V8, P357 SCHUMANN F, Z PSYCHOL, V17 SCHUMANN F, Z PSYCHOL, V23 STOUT, ANAL PSYCHOL, V1, P66 STUMPF C, 1907, BERLINER AKADEMIEABH, P28 STWITASEK, ARCH SYSTEM PHILOS, V3, P273 STWITASEK, GRUNDLINIEN PSYCHOL STWITASEK, Z PSYCHOL, V11 STWITASEK, Z PSYCHOL, V14, P401 STWITASEK, Z PSYCHOL, V19, P189 STWITASEK, 1904, GRUNDZUGE ALLGEMEINE VONEHRENFELS C, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V14 VONEHRENFELS C, VIERTELJAHRSSCHR WIS, V15 WIEGAND, Z PSYCHOL, V48 NR 44 TC 3 BP 1 EP 58 PY 1911 VL 58 GA V96KG UT ISI:000206516200001 ER PT J AU Krueger, F AF Krueger, Felix TI Difference Tones and Consonance SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Review CR BUCH E, 1899, WUNDT PHILOS STUDIEN, V15 CORNELIUS H, 1899, Z PSYCH, V22 EWALD K, 1899, PFLUGER ARCH GES PHY, V76 FAIST A, 1897, Z PSYCH, V15 FILLMORE JC, 1901, BEITR AKUSTIK MUSIKW HELMHOLTZ H, 1896, LEHRE TONEMPFINDUNGE HENSON V, 1880, HERMANNS HDB PHYSL, V3, P2 HENSON V, 1902, ERGEBNISSE PHYSL, V1 HOHENEMSER R, 1901, Z PSYCH, V26 KRUEGER F, 1900, WUNDT PHILOS STUDIEN, V16 KRUEGER F, 1901, 4 C INT PSYCH PAR 19 KRUEGER F, 1901, SITZBER PHYSL VEREIN KRUEGER F, 1901, WUNDT PHILOS STUDIEN, V17 KRUEGER F, 1901, Z PSYCH, V27 KULPE O, 1893, Z PSYCH, V5 LINDIG F, 1902, THESIS LIPPS T, TONPSYCHOLOGIER, V2 LIPPS T, 1883, GRUNDTATSACHEN SEELE LIPPS T, 1885, PSYCHOL STUDIEN LIPPS T, 1892, PHILOS MONATSHEFTE, V28 LIPPS T, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SIAN, V19 LIPPS T, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SIAN, V22 LIPPS T, 1901, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SIAN, V27 MACH E, 1892, GESCH AKUSTIK MACH E, 1897, POPUL WISSENSCH VORL MEINONG A, 1897, Z PSYCH, V15 MEYER M, 1897, Z PSYCH, V13 MEYER M, 1899, PFLUGER ARCH GES PHY, V78 MEYER M, 1901, CONTRIB PSYCHOL, V1, P1 NATORP R, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V2 NATORP R, 1891, GOTTINGGEL ANZ, V2 POLAK AJ, 1900, ZEITEINHEIT BEZUG KO PREYER W, 1878, SITZBER JENATSCH GES PREYER W, 1879, SAMML PHYSL ABHANDL, V2, P4 SCHAEFER KL, 1901, PFLUGER ARCH GES PHY, V85 SCHAEFER KL, 1901, PFLUGER ARCH GES PHY, V88 STUMPF C, 1883, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V1 STUMPF C, 1886, VIERTELJAHRSCHR MUSI, V2 STUMPF C, 1890, TONPSYCHOLOGIE, V2 STUMPF C, 1892, VIERTELJAHRSCHR MUSI, V8 STUMPF C, 1898, BEITR AKASTIK MUSIKW STUMPF C, 1898, Z PSYCH, V17 STUMPF C, 1901, BEITR AKUSTIK MUSIKW STUMPF C, 1901, Z PSYCH, V27 STUMPF C, 1902, THESIS WUNDT W, 1893, GRUNDZITGE PHYSL PSY WUNDT W, 1902, GRANDZUGE, V2 NR 47 TC 7 BP 205 EP 275 PY 1903 PD MAY 15 VL 1 IS 2-3 GA V97ZU UT ISI:000206624200002 ER PT J AU Reisenzein, R Rudolph, U AF Reisenzein, Rainer Rudolph, Udo TI The discovery of common-sense psychology SO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY J9 SOC PSYCHOL LA English DT Article C1 [Reisenzein, Rainer] Ernst Moritz Arndt Univ Greifswald, Inst Psychol, D-17489 Greifswald, Germany. Tech Univ Chemnitz, Zwickau, Germany. RP Reisenzein, R, Ernst Moritz Arndt Univ Greifswald, Inst Psychol, Franz Mehring Str 47, D-17489 Greifswald, Germany. EM rainer.reisenzein@uni-greifswald.de DE attribution; common-sense psychology; Heider; history of psychology; social psychology ID SOCIAL-PERCEPTION; SELF-EFFICACY; CAUSALITY; BEHAVIOR AB This special issue of Social Psychology commemorates the 50th anniversary of Fritz Heider's 1958 book The Psychology of Interpersonal Relations. The contributions to the special issue address the history and Current state of attribution research. Or illustrate contemporary research in the field. The historical articles document that Heider's analysis of causal attribution and of common-sense psychology was significantly influenced by his academic teachers Alexius Meinong and Ernst Cassirer. We distinguish between the mainstream reception of Heider's book, which has given rise to all extensive empirical research program, and a minority reception by authors who emphasized aspects of Heider's thinking not well represented in mainstream Psychology. Currently, there are indications' of a "back to Heider" movement in social psychology. This new phase of attribution research is inspired by a fresh Leading of Heider's book. and is marked by an interdisciplinary orientation. The articles illustrating current attribution research address both classic and novel topics: the causality implicit in language. the role of causal attribution in hindsight bias, the justification of actions. and the attribution of mistakes in organizational contexts. CR AJZEN I, 1991, ORGAN BEHAV HUM DEC, V50, P179 ATKINSON JW, 1957, PSYCHOL REV, V64, P359, DOI 10.1037/H0043445 AUGOUSTINOS M, 1995, SOCIAL COGNITION INT BAECKER D, 2005, DING MEDIUM BANDURA A, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P191 BANDURA A, 1997, SELF EFFICACY EXERCI BIERHOFF HW, 1989, PERSON PERCEPTION AT BRANDTSTADTER J, 1982, Z SOZIALPSYCHOL, V13, P267 BRANDTSTADTER J, 1987, MEANING GROWTH UNDER, P69 BRENTANO F, 1955, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1 BRUNSWIK E, 1952, CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK CAROLL JS, 1976, COGNITION SOCIAL BEH CHURCHLAND P, 1970, PHILOS REV, V79, P214 DENNETT DC, 1971, J PHILOS, V68, P87 FABIAN R, 1986, AUSTRIAN EC HIST PHI, P37 FEATHER NT, 1982, EXPECTATIONS ACTIONS FESTINGER L, 1957, THEORY COGNITIVE DIS FISHBEIN M, 1975, BELIEF ATTITUDE INTE FORSTERLING F, 1988, ATTRIBUTION THEORY C FORSTERLING F, 1994, ATTRIBUTIONS THEORIE FORSTERLING F, 2001, ATTRIBUTION INTRO TH FRIEZE IH, 1979, NEW APPROACHES SOCIA GOLLAN T, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P189, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.189 HARVEY JH, 1976, NEW DIRECTIONS ATTRI, V1 HARVEY JH, 1978, NEW DIRECTIONS ATTRI, V2 HARVEY JH, 1980, NEW DIRECTIONS ATTRI, V3 HARVEY JH, 1990, INTERPERSONAL ACCOUN HARVEY JH, 1998, ATTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT HEIDER F, 1926, SYMPOSION, V1, P109 HEIDER F, 1930, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V114, P371 HEIDER F, 1944, PSYCHOL REV, V51, P358 HEIDER F, 1946, J PSYCHOL, V21, P107 HEIDER F, 1958, PSYCHOL INTERPERSONA HEIDER F, 1978, BILEFELDER S ATTRIBV, P13 HEIDER F, 1983, LIFE PSYCHOL AUTOBIO HEIDER F, 1988, NOTEBOOKS, V5 HELMHOLTZ HL, 1867, HDB PHYSL OPTIK HOMMEL B, 2001, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V24, P849 JACQUETTE D, 2001, HIST EUR IDEA, V27, P307 JOHN OP, 1999, HDB PERSONALITY THEO, P102 JONES EE, 1965, ADV EXPT SOCIAL PSYC, V2, P219 JONES EE, 1972, ATTRIBUTION PERCEIVI KEIL FC, 2000, EXPLANATION COGNITIO KELLEY HH, 1960, CONTEMP PSYCHOL, V5, P1 KELLEY HH, 1967, NEBRASKA S MOTIVATIO, V15, P192 KELLEY HH, 1980, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V31, P457 KERSTEN D, 2004, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V55, P271 KORDING KP, 2007, PLOS ONE, V2, ARTN e943 LAKATOS, 1978, METHODOLOGY SCI RES, V1 LAUCKEN U, 1974, NAIVE VERHALTENSTHEO LAUCKEN U, 1995, THEOR PSYCHOL, V5, P401 LAZARUS RS, 2001, APPRAISAL PROCESSES, P37 LOCKE D, 1982, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V42, P212 MACHADO A, 2007, AM PSYCHOL, V62, P671, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.62.7.671 MALLE BF, 2004, MIND EXPLAINS BEHAV MALLE BF, 2005, OTHER MINDS HUMANS B MALLE BF, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P163, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.163 MANUSOV V, 2001, ATTRIBUTION COMMUNIC MARKUS H, 1985, HDB SOCIAL PSYCHOL, V1, P137 MEES U, 1991, STRUKTUR EMOTIONEN MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT MEINONG A, 1906, ERFAHRUNGSGRUNDLAGEN NADELHOFFER T, 2007, PHILOS EXPLORATIONS, V10, P123 NESTLER S, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P182, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.182 NISBETT R, 1980, HUMAN INFERENCE STRA ORTONY A, 1988, COGNITIVE STRUCTURE REISENZEIN R, 2006, COGNITION EMOTION, V20, P920, DOI 10.1080/02699930600616445 REISENZEIN R, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P125, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.125 REISENZEIN R, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P141, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.141 ROTTER JB, 1954, SOCIAL LEARNING CLIN RUDOLPH U, 1997, PSYCHOL BULL, V121, P192 RUDOLPH U, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P174, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.174 SCHONPFLUG W, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P134, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.134 SCHYNS B, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P197, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.197 SHWEDER RA, 1991, THINKING CULTURES SMEDSLUND J, 1978, SCAND J PSYCHOL, V19, P1 SMEDSLUND J, 1988, PSYCHOLOGIC SMEDSLUND J, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P157, DOI 10.1027/1864-9135.39.3.157 WEARY G, 1980, PERSONALITY SOCIAL P, V6, P37 WEINER B, 1986, ATTRIBUTIONAL THEORY WEINER B, 1995, JUDGMENTS RESPONSIBI WEINER B, 2006, SOCIAL MOTIVATION JU WEINER B, 2008, SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P151, DOI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.151 WESTMEYER H, 1992, STRUCTURALIST PROGRA, P1 WOLF B, 2004, F HEIDER E BRUNSWIK ZELEN SL, 1998, NEW MODELS NEW EXTEN NR 86 TC 3 BP 125 EP 133 PY 2008 VL 39 IS 3 DI 10.1027/1864-9335.39.3.125 GA 337QG UT ISI:000258450000002 ER PT J AU EHRENSTEIN, WH HAMADA, J TI STRUCTURAL FACTORS OF SIZE CONTRAST IN THE EBBINGHAUS ILLUSION SO JAPANESE PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 JPN PSYCHOL RES LA English DT Article C1 UNIV TOKUSHIMA,FAC INTEGRATED ARTS & SCI,TOKUSHIMA,JAPAN. RP EHRENSTEIN, WH, INST ARBEITSPHYSIOL,ARDEYSTR 67,D-44139 DORTMUND,GERMANY. DE SIZE CONTRAST; VISUAL INDUCTION; STRUCTURAL FACTORS; EBBINGHAUS ILLUSION AB Size contrast was studied in the Ebbinghaus illusion with inducing circles (ICs) that were either larger or smaller than the central test circle (TC). Four ICs formed either squares or diamonds; or in a mixed-size condition four large ICs alternated with four small ICs. Figures were presented on printed cards and studied as a function of IC-TC distance, or displayed on a computer screen at various angles of orientation. A separate circle, presented left or right of an Ebbinghaus figure and varying in size, served for simultaneous comparision. A general overestimation was found for figures presented right from the comparison circle. Size contrast diminished with increasing IC-TC distance for small ICs, but increased for large ICs. Square arrays had stronger inducing effects than diamonds with small ICs, but weaker with large ICs; the mixed-size condition resulted in a small underestimation. Furthermore, size contrast depended systematically on the angle of IC-array orientation. The Ebbinghaus illusion thus obeys structural factors in a rather peculiar way, suggesting the necessity of a compound model of size contrast. CR APPELLE S, 1972, PSYCHOL BULL, V78, P266 BRADSHAW JL, 1983, HUMAN CEREBRAL ASYMM BREDENKAMP J, 1984, Z PSYCHOL, V192, P47 CLEM RK, 1975, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V17, P450 COREN S, 1978, SEEING IS DECEIVING EBBINGHAUS H, 1908, GRUNDZUGE PSYCHOL 1, V2 EDGAR GK, 1990, PERCEPTION, V19, P759 EHRENSTEIN WH, 1977, PERCEPTION, V6, P657 FISHER GH, 1969, ERGONOMICS, V12, P11 GAZZANIGA MS, 1965, BRAIN, V88, P221 GIRGUS JS, 1972, J EXP PSYCHOL, V95, P453 GOTO T, 1987, J FACULTY LETT NAGOY, V33, P53 GOTO T, 1989, J FACULTY LETT NAGOY, V35, P37 GUILFORD JP, 1954, PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS HAMADA J, 1991, TRENDS BIOL CYBERNET, V2, P93 HEINEMANN E, 1972, HDB SENSORY PHYSL, V4, P146 KANIZSA G, 1979, ORG VISION ESSAYS GE KITTERLE F, 1989, CEREBRAL LATERALITY KUNDT A, 1863, POGGENDORFFS ANN PHY, V120, P118 KURODA K, 1984, 48TH P ANN CONV JAP, P168 MACH E, 1959, ANAL SENSATIONS MACH E, 1961, SITZUNGSBERICHTE MAT, V43, P215 MASSARO DW, 1971, J EXP PSYCHOL, V89, P147 MORINAGA S, 1959, 15TH P INT C PSYCH A, P273 MORINAGA S, 1966, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V29, P161 OBONAI T, 1930, JAPANESE J PSYCHOL, V5, P11 OBONAI T, 1954, J EXP PSYCHOL, V47, P57 OBONAI T, 1977, PERCEPTION LEARNING ONO H, 1967, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V2, P201 OYAMA T, 1960, PSYCHOLOGIA, V3, P7 SARRIS V, 1986, HUMAN MEMORY COGNITI, P139 SCHILLER P, 1962, PERCEPTIUAL MOTOR SK, V15, P39 SCHUMANN F, 1900, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V24, P1 SMITH R, 1738, COMPLEAT SYSTEM OPTI STEVENS HC, 1908, PSYCHOL REV, V15, P69 TAYA R, 1992, PERCEPTION, V21, P611 THURSTONE LL, 1944, FACTORIAL STUDY PERC TITCHENER EB, 1901, EXPT PSYCHOL MANUAL WADE N, 1982, ART SCI VISUAL ILLUS WUNDT W, 1898, GEOMETRISCH OPTISCHE ZIGLER E, 1960, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V11, P47 NR 41 TC 6 BP 158 EP 169 PY 1995 VL 37 IS 3 GA TF942 UT ISI:A1995TF94200008 ER PT J AU SMITH, Q TI TIME AND PROPOSITIONS SO PHILOSOPHIA J9 PHILOSOPHIA LA English DT Article CR CARRUTHERS P, 1984, PHILOS QUART, V34, P186 FREGE G, F ARITHMETIC FREGE G, THOUGHT GALE RM, 1958, LANGUAGE TIME GRICE HP, 1985, PHILOS LANGUAGE, P159 HUSSERL E, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO KLEMKE ED, 1968, ESSAYS FREGE KNEALE W, 1960, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, P98 LEWIS D, 1984, INT J PHILOS RELIG, V15, P73 MEINONG A, OBJECTS HIGHER ORDER MOORE GE, SOME MAIN PROBLEMS P OAKLANDER LN, 1984, TEMPORAL RELATIONS T OAKLANDER LN, 1990, PHILOS STUD, V58, P287 PLATO, TIMAEUS RUSSELL B, PROBLEMS PHILOS SHOEMAKER S, 1969, J PHILOS, V66, P363 SMART JJC, 1963, PHILOS SCI REALISM SMITH O, 1922, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V23, P31 SMITH O, 1986, FELT MEANING WORLD M SMITH Q, 1987, PHILOS Q, V37, P37 SMITH Q, 1987, PHILOS STUD, V52, P371 SMITH Q, 1989, NOUS, V23, P307 SMITH Q, 1989, SYNTHESE, V78, P167 SMITH Q, 1990, ERKENNTNIS, V32, P5 SPINOZA B, ETHICS WOLTERSTORFF N, 1975, GOD GOOD ESSAYS H ST, P181 NR 26 TC 2 BP 279 EP 294 PY 1990 PD DEC VL 20 IS 3 GA FC675 UT ISI:A1990FC67500004 ER PT J AU Modenato, F TI The incomplete objectives and the principle of the excluded third according to Alexius Meinong SO RIVISTA DI STORIA DELLA FILOSOFIA J9 RIV STOR FILOS LA Italian DT Article CR BERKLEY G, 1949, TREATISE PRINCIPLES, V2, P45 BUJAS R, 1910, SPRACHWISSENSCHAFT G, P177 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONG THEORY OBJEC, P153 HOFLER A, 1890, LOGIK, P102 HUSSERL E, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN JAQUETTE D, 1995, MEINONG CONCEPT IMPL, P239 LENOCI M, 1995, GRAZER PHILOSPHISCHE, P211 LOCKE J, ESSAY HUMAN UNDERSTA MALLY E, 1912, GEGENSTANDSTHEORETIS, P76 MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1, P1 MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P394 MEINONG A, 1972, GESAMTAUSGABE, P58 MEINONG A, 1972, GESAMTAUSGABE, V6, P168 MEINONG A, 1973, GESAMTAUSGABE, V5, P393 MEINONG A, 1973, GESAMTAUSGABE, V5, P63 MEINONG A, 1973, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS, V5, P326 MEINONG F, 1994, A MEINONG FENOMENO N, P384 MODENATO F, 1991, A MEINONG ASTRATTO U, P541 MODENATO F, 1995, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V6, P248 MODENATO F, 1995, MEINONG THEORY OBJEC, P100 MODENATO F, 1996, RIV STOR FILOS, P40 MODENATO F, 1997, MEINONG HUSSERL OBJE, P144 MODENATO F, 1999, RIV STOR FILOS, P437 NR 24 TC 0 BP 64 EP 90 PY 2001 VL 56 IS 1 GA 434PY UT ISI:000168826100003 ER PT J AU Reisenzein, R AF Reisenzein, Rainer TI Emotions as metarepresentational states of mind: Naturalizing the belief-desire theory of emotion SO COGNITIVE SYSTEMS RESEARCH J9 COGN SYST RES LA English DT Review C1 Ernst Moritz Arndt Univ Greifswald, Inst Psychol, D-17487 Greifswald, Germany. RP Reisenzein, R, Ernst Moritz Arndt Univ Greifswald, Inst Psychol, Franz Mehring Str 47, D-17487 Greifswald, Germany. EM rainer.reisenzein@uni-greifswald.de DE Emotion; Belief-desire theory; Metacognition; Affective computing; BDI ID META-COGNITION; PLEASURE; CONSCIOUSNESS; PSYCHOLOGY; PREDICTION; SYSTEMS; MODEL AB Describes the outlines of a computational explication of the belief-desire theory of emotion, a variant of cognitive emotion theory. According to the proposed explication, a core subset of emotions including surprise are nonconceptual products of hardwired mechanisms whose primary function is to subserve the monitoring and updating of the central representational system of humans, the belief-desire system. The posited emotion-producing mechanisms are analogous to sensory transducers; however, instead of sensing the world, they sense the state of the belief-desire system and signal important changes in this system, in particular the fulfillment and frustration of desires and the confirmation and disconfirmation of beliefs. Because emotions represent this information about the state of the representational system in a nonconceptual format, emotions are nonconceptual metarepresentations. It is argued that this theory of emotions provides for a deepened understanding of the role of emotions in cognitive systems and solves several problems of psychological emotion theory. (C) 2008 Elsevier B. V. All rights reserved. CR ABLER B, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V31, P790, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.01.001 ANDERSON JR, 1998, ATOMIC COMPONENTS TH ARNOLD MB, 1960, EMOTION PERSONALITY, V1 ARNOLD MB, 1960, EMOTION PERSONALITY, V2 AYDEDE M, 2004, LANGUAGE THOUGHT HYP BAARS B, 1988, COGNITIVE THEORY CON BARRETT LF, 2006, PERS SOC PSYCHOL REV, V10, P20 BARSALOU LW, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P577 BAUMEISTER RF, 2007, PERS SOC PSYCHOL REV, V11, P167, DOI 10.1177/1088868307301033 BECHER E, 1916, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V74, P128 BECKER C, 2006, P 1 INT WORKSH EM CO, V31 BRATMAN ME, 1987, INTENTIONS PLANS PRA BRATMAN ME, 1988, COMPUT INTELL, V4, P349 BRENTANO F, 1874, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN, V1 CARRUTHERS P, 2007, MIND LANG, V23, P58 CARVER CS, 2003, COGNITION EMOTION, V17, P241, DOI 10.1080/02699930244000291 CHALMERS D, 1995, J CONSCIOUSNESS STUD, V2, P200 CLORE GL, 1994, NATURE EMOTION FUNDA, P103 COSTALL A, 1991, MICHOTTES EXPT PHENO, P51 CRANE T, 1998, CURRENT ISSUES PHILO, P229 DAVIDSON D, 1982, DIALECTICA, V36, P317 DAVIS W, 1981, PHILOS STUD, V39, P305 DAY JP, 1970, MIND, V79, P369 DENNETT DC, 1987, INTENTIONAL STANCE DRETSKE F, 1995, NATURALIZING MIND ELLIOTT C, 1992, THESIS NW U EVANSTON ELLSWORTH PC, 2003, HDB AFFECTIVE SCI, P572 FLAVELL JH, 1979, AM PSYCHOL, V34, P906 FLAVELL JH, 2004, MERRILL PALMER QUART, V50, P274 FODOR JA, 1987, PSYCHOSEMANTICS PROB FREDRICKSON BL, 2001, AM PSYCHOL, V56, P218 FRIJDA NH, 1986, EMOTIONS FRIJDA NH, 1994, NATURE EMOTION FUNDA, P112 GOLDIE P, 2007, PHILOS COMPASS, V2, P928 GRATCH J, 2004, COGNITIVE SYSTEMS RE, V5, P269 GREEN OH, 1992, EMOTIONS PHILOS THEO JACOB P, 1997, WHAT MINDS CAN INTEN KAPPAS A, 2006, COGNITION EMOTION, V20, P952, DOI 10.1080/02699930600616080 KELLEY TD, 2003, THEOR PSYCHOL, V13, P847 KENNY A, 1963, ACTION EMOTION WILL KINTSCH W, 1988, PSYCHOL REV, V95, P163 KORIAT A, 2000, CONSCIOUS COGN 1, V9, P149 LAZARUS RS, 1982, AM PSYCHOL, V37, P1019 LAZARUS RS, 1991, EMOTION ADAPTATION LEWIS M, 2000, HDB EMOTIONS, P265 LOGAN GD, 1992, AM J PSYCHOL, V105, P317 LYONS W, 1980, EMOTION MACEDO L, 2004, P 26 ANN C COGN SCI MANDLER G, 1984, MIND BODY MARINIER R, 2006, CYBERNETICS SYSTEMS, V2 MARKS J, 1982, PHILOS STUD, V42, P227 MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETHISCHE UNT MEINONG A, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V6, P22 MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN MELE AR, 1992, SPRINGS ACTION UNDER MELLERS BA, 1997, PSYCHOL SCI, V8, P423 MELLERS BA, 2000, PSYCHOL BULL, V126, P910 METCALFE J, 1994, METACOGNITION KNOWIN, P137 MEYER WU, 1997, MOTIV EMOTION, V21, P251 MICELI M, 1997, THEOR PSYCHOL, V7, P769 MICELI M, 2007, COGNITION EMOTION, V21, P449, DOI 10.1080/02699930600814735 MILSUM JH, 1966, BIOL CONTROL SYSTEMS NELSON TO, 1996, AM PSYCHOL, V51, P102 NICHOLS S, 2000, COGNITION, V74, P115 NUSSBAUM MC, 2001, UPHEAVALS THOUGHT IN OATLEY K, 1987, COGNITION EMOTION, V1, P29 ORTONY A, 1987, P 10 INT JOINT C ART, P106 ORTONY A, 1988, COGNITIVE STRUCTURE PAGLIERI F, 2004, P STAIRS 2004, P179 PARKINSON B, 1997, PERSONALITY SOCIAL P, V1, P62 PICARD RW, 1997, AFFECTIVE COMPUTING PROUST J, 2006, RATIONAL ANIMALS, P247 RANK S, 2005, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V3661, P495 REILLY WSN, 1996, THESIS CARNEGIE MELL REISENZEIN R, 1994, ATTRIBUTIONSTHEORIE, P123 REISENZEIN R, 1996, PROCESSES MOLAR REGU, P151 REISENZEIN R, 1998, ISRE 98, P181 REISENZEIN R, 1999, THEORY EMOTION UNPUB REISENZEIN R, 2000, MESSAGE ROLE SUBJECT, P262 REISENZEIN R, 2001, APPRAISAL PROCESSES, P187 REISENZEIN R, 2003, INTRO PSYCHOL EMOTIO, V3 REISENZEIN R, 2006, 45 C GERM PSYCH ASS REISENZEIN R, 2006, COGNITION EMOTION, V20, P920, DOI 10.1080/02699930600616445 REISENZEIN R, 2006, CYBERNET SYST, P649 REISENZEIN R, 2007, SOC SCI INFORM, V46, P424 REISENZEIN R, 2008, EMOTION REV IN PRESS RICHERSON PJ, 1998, INDOCTRINABILITY IDE, P71 ROSEMAN IJ, 1979, 87 ANN CONV APA NEW ROSEMAN IJ, 1996, COGNITION EMOTION, V10, P241 ROSENBLUETH A, 1943, PHILOS SCI, V10, P18, DOI 10.1086/286788 ROSKIES AL, 1999, NEURON, V24, P7 SCHERER KR, 2001, APPRAISAL PROCESSES SCHERER KR, 2001, APPRAISAL PROCESSES, P92 SCHIFFER S, 1994, PHILOS STUD, V76, P263 SCHWARZ N, 1996, SOCIAL PSYCHOL HDB B, P433 SEARLE J, 1983, INTENTIONALITY SOLOMON RC, 1976, PASSIONS STALLER A, 2001, J ARTIFICIAL SOC SOC, V4 STERELNY K, 1991, REPRESENTATIONAL THE SUN R, 2006, COGN SYST RES, V7, P327, DOI 10.1016/j.cogsys.2005.09.001 TYE M, 1995, 10 PROBLEMS CONSCIOU WELLMAN HM, 2002, BLACKWELL HDB CHILDH, P167 YACUBIAN J, 2006, J NEUROSCI, V26, P9530, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2915-06.2006 ZAJONC RB, 1980, AM PSYCHOL, V35, P151 ZEELENBERG M, 2000, COGNITION EMOTION, V14, P521 NR 105 TC 3 BP 6 EP 20 PY 2009 PD MAR VL 10 IS 1 DI 10.1016/j.cogsys.2008.03.001 GA 377LF UT ISI:000261252000002 ER PT J AU Pauza, M TI Christian von Ehrenfels's concept of ''qualities of forms'' SO FILOSOFICKY CASOPIS J9 FILOS CASOPIS LA Czech DT Article RP Pauza, M, ACAD SCI CZECH REPUBL,FIOOSOFICKY USTAV,PRAGUE,CZECH REPUBLIC. AB The conception of ''form'' (Gestalt) and the ''quality of form'' (Gestaltqualitaten) are perhaps the most inspirational theoretical ideas of the unconventional Brentanian Christian von Ehrenfelse who taught at the Philosophical faculty of Prague's german university from 1896 to 1932. The article analyzes this conception in terms of both content and methodology and sets it in its historical and philosophical context. ''Retrospectively'' it is linked to Kant, Mach, Brentano, Meinong, Husserl and others. ''Perspectively'' it is related to the ''integrated'' psychology and structural functionalism of the first half of the 20th century. The article also refers to its possible ontological, cosmological, ethical, aesthetic and axiological consequences. CR GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P399 PHILOS SCHRIFTEN, V3 PHILOS SCHRIFTEN, V4 1890, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P130 1910, PHYS Z, V11, P6 1922, BEMERKUNGEN, P168 1922, PRIMZAHLGESETZ, P31 1922, WEITERFUHRENDE BEMER 1932, CESKA MYSL, V28, P376 1932, GESTALQUALITATEN 1932, GESTALQUALITATEN, P169 1932, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P156 1932, PRIMZAHLGESETZ, P19 1984, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN, V2 1988, PHILIS SCHRIFTEN, V3 ANSCHUTZ G, 1909, GESTALTQUALITATEN ARISTOTLE, METAFYZIKA BALMBER EH, 1976, PSYCHOL 20 JAHR, V1, P583 DILTHEY W, 1894, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V5, P140 DILTHEY W, 1894, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V8, P232 EHRENFELS C, 1890, GESTALTQUALITATEN EHRENFELS C, 1890, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P128 EHRENFELS C, 1890, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P128 EHRENFELS C, 1890, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P134 EHRENFELS C, 1890, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P143 EHRENFELS C, 1890, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P144 EHRENFELS C, 1890, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P148 EHRENFELS C, 1890, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P155 EHRENFELS C, 1913, PHILOS SCHRIFTEN, V4, P390 EHRENFELS C, 1922, PRIMZAHLGESETZ, P117 EHRENFELS C, 1932, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P157 EHRENFELS C, 1932, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P162 EHRENFELS C, 1932, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P168 EHRENFELS C, 1932, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P170 EHRENFELS C, 1988, PHILOS SCHRIFTEN, V4, P84 EHRENFELS C, 1990, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P130 EHRENFELS C, 1990, GESTALTQUALITATEN, P147 EISNER F, 1992, CHRAM TVRZ, P181 HERMANN T, GESTALTHHEORIE CHRIS, P70 HERMANN T, 1986, EHRENFELS CH LEBEN W, P70 HUSSERI E, 1968, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME, V1 HUSSERL E, IDEEN REINEN PHANOME, V1, P131 HUSSERL E, 1928, IDEEN REINIEN PHANOM, V1, P26 HUSSERL E, 1991, PHILOS ARITMETIK JOHNSON WH, OSTERREICHISCHE KULT, P329 JOHNSON WH, 1974, OSTERREICHISCHE KULT KOHLER W, 1920, PSYCHISCHEN GESTALTE, P13 KOHLER W, 1923, GESTALTPROBLEME ANFA LINDERN GA, 1875, LATENTE VORSTELLUNGE, P239 LIPPS T, 1909, LEUFADEN PSYCHOL MACH E, BEITRAGE ANAL EMPFIN, P11 MACH E, 1886, BEITRAGE ANAL EMPFIN MACH E, 1896, PRINZIPIEN WARMERLEH, P453 MACH E, 1923, POPULARWISSENSCHAFLI MEINONG A, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1, P279 MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE, V1, P279 MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P399 PAUZA M, 1992, MASARYK BRENTANO SCH, P160 TAMTEZ, 1917, ERKENNTNIS IRRTUM, P136 TRETERA I, 1989, JF HERBART JHEO STOU, P77 WELSTSCH F, 1932, CESKA MYSL, V28, P270 WELTSCH F, 1922, URSPURNG SITTLICHER WERTHEIMER H, 1912, SEHEN VONBEWEGUNGEN NR 63 TC 2 BP 935 EP 958 PY 1995 VL 43 IS 6 GA TZ260 UT ISI:A1995TZ26000003 ER PT J AU Smith, B Varzi, AC TI Fiat and bona fide boundaries SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Article C1 State University New York Buffalo, Buffalo, NY USA. Columbia Univ, New York, NY 10027 USA. RP Smith, B, State University New York Buffalo, Buffalo, NY USA. ID PARTS; MEREOTOPOLOGY AB There is a basic distinction, in the realm of spatial boundaries, between bona fide boundaries on the one hand, and fiat boundaries on the other. The former are just the physical boundaries of old. the latter are exemplified especially by boundaries induced through human demarcation, for example, in the geographic domain. The classical metaphysical problems connected with the notions of adjacency, contact, separation, and division can be resolved in an intuitive way by recognizing this two-sorted ontology of boundaries. Bona fide boundaries yield a notion of contact that is effectively modelled by classical topology; the analogue of contact involving fiat boundaries calls, however, for a different account, based on the intuition that fiat boundaries do not support the open/closed distinction on which classical topology is based. In the presence of this two-sorted ontology it then transpires that mereotopology-typology erected on a mereological basis-is more than a trivial formal variant of classical point-st topology. CR ASHER N, 1995, P 14 INT JOINT C ART, P846 BOLZANO B, 1851, PARADOXIEN UNENDLICH BRENTANO F, 1924, PSYCHOL EMPIRISCHEN BRENTANO F, 1933, KATEGORIENLEHRE BRENTANO F, 1976, PHILOS UNTERSUCHUNGE CASATI R, 1994, HOLES OTHER SUPERFIC CASATI R, 1996, PHILOS STUD, V82, P205 CASATI R, 1999, PARTS PLACES STRUCTU CHISHOLM RM, 1984, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V10, P87 CHISHOLM RM, 1992, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V4, P11 COHN AG, 1998, P 13TH EUROPEAN C AR, P150 FREGE G, 1884, GRUNDLAGEN ARITHMETI GOTTS NM, 1996, MONIST, V79, P51 HOBBS JR, 1985, FORMAL THEORIES COMM JACKENDOFF R, 1991, COGNITION, V41, P9 MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 PINESI F, 1996, MONIST, V78, P89 QUINE WV, 1985, ACTIONS EVENTS PERSP, P162 SIMONS PM, 1987, PARTS STUDY ONTOLOGY SMITH B, 1992, LANGUAGE TRUTH ONTOL, P50 SMITH B, 1993, P INT WORKSH FORM ON, P51 SMITH B, 1995, ACTA PHILOS FENN, V58, P290 SMITH B, 1995, SPATIAL INFORMATION, P475 SMITH B, 1996, DATA KNOWL ENG, V20, P287 SMITH B, 1997, PHILOS R CHISHOLM, P534 SMITH B, 1999, NOUS, V33, P214 STROLL A, 1988, SURFACES TYE M, 1990, MIND, V99, P535 VARZI AC, 1994, PHILOS COGNITIVE SCI, P423 VARZI AC, 1996, DATA KNOWL ENG, V20, P259 VARZI AC, 1996, LOGIC LOGICAL PHILOS, V4, P3 VARZI AC, 1997, NOUS, V31, P26 WHITEHEAD AN, 1929, PROCESS REALITY ESSA NR 33 TC 51 BP 401 EP 420 PY 2000 PD MAR VL 60 IS 2 GA 292WF UT ISI:000085817700007 ER PT J AU SCHMIT, R TI IDEA OF LOGICAL GRAMMAR ACCORDING TO HUSSERL - HISTORICAL EXAMINATION SO HUSSERL STUDIES J9 HUSSERL STUD LA German DT Article RP SCHMIT, R, CTR UNIV LUXEMBOURG,LUXEMBOURG,LUXEMBOURG. CR BACON F, 1857, WORKS, V1, P653 BARHILLEL Y, 1950, THEORIA, V16, P105 BARHILLEL Y, 1957, PHILOS PHENOMENOLOGI, V17, P362 BARHILLEL, 1934, LOGISCHE SYNTAX SPRA BODNAR J, 1980, BOLZANO HUSSERL LOGI, P58 BOLZANO B, 1978, GRUNDLEGUNG LOGIK AU, V1 BOLZANO B, 1978, GRUNDLEGUNG LOGIK AU, V2 BOLZANO B, 1985, WISSENSCHAFTSLEHRE BRENTANO F, 1956, LEHRE VOM RICHTIGEN, V5, P35 BRENTANO F, 1956, LEHRE VOM RICHTIGEN, V5, P46 CAMPANELLA T, 1638, PHILOS RATIONALIS PA, V5, P3 FREGE G, 1976, WISSENSCHAFTLICHER B, P102 GEDANKEN B, 1909, PHILOS WERK B BOLZAN, P76 HADDOCK GER, 1973, E HUSSERLS PHILOS LO, P68 LEIBNIZ GW, 1931, PHILOS SCHRIFTEN, V7, P28 LESNIEWSKI N, 1935, STUD PHILOS, V1, P2 LESNIEWSKI S, 1929, FUND MATH, V14, P13 LUSCHEI EC, 1962, LOGICAL SYSTEMS LESN, P9 MARTY A, 1875, URSPRUNG SPRACHE, P107 MARTY A, 1893, SYMBOLAE PRAGENSES, P99 MARTY A, 1908, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GRUND, P205 MEINONG A, 1891, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V2, P253 MILL JS, 1843, SYSTEM LOGIC RATIOCI MOHANTY J, 1969, E HUSSERLS THEORY ME, P86 MULLIGAN K, 1990, MIND MEANING METAPHY, P226 QUINE WVO, 1970, PHILOS LOGIC, P18 ROOS H, 1974, HIST WORTERBUCH PHIL, V3, P846 SCHMIT R, 1990, HIST PHILOS LOGIC, V11, P14 SCHOLZ H, 1959, ABRISS GESCH LOGIK, P38 SMITH B, 1982, PARTS MOMENTS STUDIE, P15 SMITH B, 1986, HUSSERL STUD, V3, P115 STUMPF C, 1873, PSYCHOL URSPRUNG RAU, P108 TARSKI A, 1935, STUDIA PHILOS, V1, P261 TUGENDHAT E, 1976, VORLESUNGEN EINFUHRU, P167 TWARDOWSKI UK, 1894, LEHRE VOM INHALT GEG VONEHRENFELS C, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14, P249 WERLE JM, 1989, F BRENTANO ZUKUNFT P WILKINS J, 1668, ESSAY REAL CHARACTER, V3, P297 WOLENSKI J, 1989, LOGIC PHILOS LVOV WA, P146 WOLENSKI J, 1990, MIND MEANING METAPHY, P215 NR 40 TC 0 BP 31 EP 49 PY 1992 VL 9 IS 1 GA JM825 UT ISI:A1992JM82500002 ER PT J AU Marvin, WT AF Marvin, W. T. TI Analysis of Perception as an act of Knowing, vol 3 SO PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN J9 PSYCHOL BULL LA English DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1906, ERFAHRUNGSGRUND WISS, V3 NR 1 TC 0 BP 261 EP 264 PY 1907 PD AUG 15 VL 4 IS 8 GA V86UL UT ISI:000205866700004 ER PT J AU Chrudzimski, A AF Chrudzimski, Arkadiusz TI Meinong's version of the description theory (Alexius Meinong) SO RUSSELL-THE JOURNAL OF THE BERTRAND RUSSELL STUDIES J9 RUSSELL-J B RUSSELL STUD LA English DT Proceedings Paper C1 Salzburg Univ, Univ Szczecin, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria. RP Chrudzimski, A, Salzburg Univ, Univ Szczecin, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria. EM ARKADIUSZ.CHRUDZIMSKI@SBG.AC.AT AB About 1904 Meinong formulated his most famous idea: there are no empty (non-referential) terms. Russell also did not accept non-referential singular terms, but in "On Denoting" he claimed that all singular terms that are apparently empty could be explained away as apparent singular terms. However, if we take a more careful look at both theories, the picture becomes more complex. It is well known that Russell's concept of a genuine proper name is very technical; but this is also true of Meinong. Also, according to Meinong we can refer "directly" only to a very special category of ontologically simple objects. However, a very important difference is that, in the domain of Meinongian objects, a plurality of objects always corresponds to each description. Thus, if Meinong were right, there could be no definite descriptions. If we narrow the domain of reference to existent objects, we can secure the uniqueness of the reference object by specifying a collection of predicates that is contingently satisfied by only one (existing) object. But if we operate in the domain of all possible objects, we have to specify all properties that are had by the object in question. It turns out that such a "Leibnizian" specification amounts to the complete description of a possible world. CR CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2001, DIALECTICA, V55, P119 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2003, METAPHYSICA, V4, P39 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2005, MEINONG STUDIES, V1, P7 CHRUDZIMSKI A, 2005, Z PHILOS FORSCH, V59, P49 MEINONG A, 1902, ANNAHMEN MEINONG A, 1904, GESAMTAUSGABE, V2, P481 MEINONG A, 1910, GESAMTAUSGABE, V4 MEINONG A, 1915, GESAMTAUSGABE, V6 MEINONG A, 1969, GESAMTAUSGABE RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1905, PAPERS, V4, P415 RUSSELL B, 1910, PAPERS, V6, P354 NR 12 TC 0 BP 73 EP 85 PY 2007 PD SUM VL 27 IS 1 GA 176CD UT ISI:000247059500005 ER PT J AU Voltolini, A TI Are all alleged possible objects there? (Moderate possibilism) SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article C1 Univ E Piedmont, Vercelli, Italy. RP Voltolini, A, Univ E Piedmont, Vercelli, Italy. ID ACTUALISM; THISNESS CR ADAMS RM, 1974, NOUS, V8, P211 ADAMS RM, 1979, J PHILOS, V76, P5 ADAMS RM, 1981, SYNTHESE, V49, P3 ALMOG J, 1991, NOUS, V25, P591 ALMOG J, 1996, NOUS, V30, P413 ARMSTRONG D, 1989, COMBINATORIAL THEORY BARCANMARCUS R, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P108 BEDFORDNAYLOR M, 1986, ANALYSIS, V46, P28 BRADLEY R, 1989, CANADIAN J PHILOS, V19, P15 CASTANEDA HN, 1989, THINKING LANGUAGE EX, P235 CASTANEDA HN, 1990, THINKING STRUCTURE W, P459 CHISHOLM RM, 1976, PERSON OBJECT CHISHOLM RM, 1982, J PHILOS, V79, P537 COBURN RC, 1986, MIDW STUDIES PHILOS, V11, P165 FORBES G, 1980, PHILOS STUD, V37, P353 FREGE G, 1967, KLEINE SCHRIFTEN FREGE G, 1986, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN GEACH PT, 1996, GOD SOUL KAPLAN D, 1973, APPROACHES NATURAL L, P490 KAPLAN D, 1989, THEMES KAPLAN KING PJ, 1993, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V93, P193 LEWIS D, 1968, J PHILOS, V65, P113 LEWIS D, 1973, COUNTERFACTUALS LEWIS D, 1986, PLURALITY WORLDS LINSKY B, 1994, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V8, P432 LINSKY B, 1996, PHILOS STUD, V84, P283 LOFFLER W, 1998, ERKENNTNIS, V48, P264 LYCAN W, 1993, ONTOLOGY CAUSALITY M, P3 LYCAN WG, 1990, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V91, P215 MCMICHAEL A, 1983, PHILOS REV, V92, P49 MEINONG A, 1971, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN NAPOLI E, 1992, INTRO FILOS ANAL LIN, P385 NOONAN H, 1983, MIND, V92, P1 NUTE D, 1998, THOUGHT LANGUAGE ONT, P153 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PLANTINGA A, 1974, NATURE NECESSITY PLANTINGA A, 1979, POSSIBLE ACTUAL, P253 PRICE MS, 1982, CANADIAN J PHILOS, V12, P33 QUINE WVO, 1961, LOGICAL POINT VIEW ROSENKRANTZ G, 1984, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V22, P127 ROSENKRANTZ G, 1985, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V25, P197 RUSSELL B, 1937, PRINCIPLES MATH SALMON N, 1987, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V1, P49 SALMON N, 1998, NOUS, V32, P277 SALMON NU, 1982, REFERENCE ESSENCE SIMONS P, 1990, PHILOS LOGIC CENTRAL, P159 TOMBERLIN JE, 1994, PHILOS PERSPECTIVES, V8, P459 TONBERLIN JE, 1996, PHILOS STUD, V48, P263 VOLTOLINI A, 1991, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V41, P1 VOLTOLINI A, 1994, ACTA ANAL, V13, P65 WILLIAMSON T, 1990, WITTGENSTEIN RE-EVAL, P168 WILLIAMSON T, 1998, ERKENNTNIS, V48, P257 YAGISAWA T, 1988, PHILOS STUD, V53, P175 ZALTA EN, 1988, INTENSIONAL LOGIC ME NR 54 TC 0 BP 209 EP 219 PY 2000 PD SEP VL 19 IS 2 GA 348ZB UT ISI:000089015400011 ER PT J AU Dilworth, J TI Internal versus external representation SO JOURNAL OF AESTHETICS AND ART CRITICISM J9 J AESTHET ART CRIT LA English DT Article C1 Western Michigan Univ, Dept Philosophy, Kalamazoo, MI 49008 USA. RP Dilworth, J, Western Michigan Univ, Dept Philosophy, Kalamazoo, MI 49008 USA. EM Dilworth@wmich.edu ID THEATER CR BORGES JL, 1985, LABYRINTHS DILWORTH J, 1980, PHILOS FORUM, V12, P139 DILWORTH J, 2001, BRIT J AESTHET, V41, P353 DILWORTH J, 2002, AM PHILOS QUART, V39, P197 DILWORTH J, 2002, J AESTHET ART CRITIC, V60, P263 DONNELLAN K, 1966, PHILOS REV, V75, P281 GOODMAN N, 1968, LANGUAGES ART LOPES D, 1996, UNDERSTANDING PICTUR MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS PHILLIPS A, 1987, PHILOS VISUAL ARTS, P317 WALTON K, 1984, CRIT INQUIRY, V11, P246 WALTON KL, 1990, MIMESIS MAKE-BELIEVE WARBURTON N, 1988, RATIO, V1, P64 WOLLHEIM R, 1987, PAINTING AS ART NR 15 TC 1 BP 23 EP 36 PY 2004 PD WIN VL 62 IS 1 GA 776LC UT ISI:000189116600003 ER PT J AU SIMONS, P TI DETERMINACY OF ABSTRACT OBJECTS - THE PLATONISTS DILEMMA SO TOPOI-AN INTERNATIONAL REVIEW OF PHILOSOPHY J9 TOPOI-INT REV PHIL LA English DT Article RP SIMONS, P, SALZBURG UNIV,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,A-5020 SALZBURG,AUSTRIA. CR ANGELELLI I, 1985, PHILOS NATURALIS, V21, P453 BENACERRAF P, 1965, PHILOS REV, V74, P47 BURGE T, 1984, PHILOS REV, V93, P3 DEVITT M, 1984, REALISM TRUTH DUMMETT M, 1959, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC, V59, P141 DUMMETT M, 1978, TRUTH OTHER ENIGMAS FIELD H, 1980, SCI WITHOUT NUMBERS FREGE G, PHILOS MATH CORRESD FREGE G, 1884, GRUNDLAGEN ARITHMETI FREGE G, 1893, GRUNDGESETZE ARITHME FREGE G, 1969, NACHGELASSENE SCHRIF FREGE G, 1976, WISSENSCHAFTLICHER B FREGE G, 1979, POSTHUMOUS WRITINGS HUSSERL E, 1970, LOGICAL INVESTIGATIO HUSSERL E, 1984, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN LAMBERT K, 1989, ESSAYS MEINONG LORENZEN P, 1962, RATIO, V4, P85 MEINONG A, 1915, MOGLICHKEIT WAHRSCHE PARSONS T, 1987, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V28, P161 PEANO G, 1915, B MATHESIS, V7, P106 QUINE WV, 1969, SET THEORY ITS LOGIC RESNIK M, 1981, NOUS, V15, P529 SCHROEDERHEISTE.P, 1987, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V28, P69 SIMONS P, 1987, HIST PHILOS, V8, P25 SIMONS PM, 1981, PHILOS WISSENSCHAFT, P355 SIMONS PM, 1987, PARTS VERAART A, 1976, STUDIEN FREGE, V1, P49 WEYL H, 1949, PHILOS MATH NATURAL NR 28 TC 0 BP 35 EP 42 PY 1989 PD MAR VL 8 IS 1 GA AA032 UT ISI:A1989AA03200004 ER PT J AU Magid, S AF Magid, Shaul TI Lurianic Kabbalah and Its Literary Form: Myth, Fiction, History SO PROOFTEXTS-A JOURNAL OF JEWISH LITERARY HISTORY J9 PROOFTEXTS-J JEWISH LIT HIST LA English DT Article C1 Indiana Univ, Dept Religious Studies, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. RP Magid, S, Indiana Univ, Dept Religious Studies, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. AB The academic study of Kabbalah has largely been limited to myth and symbol as the two viable forms of kabbalistic discourse. In this essay, I resist those limitations and explore two other possible literary forms: history and fiction. I do not mean history in any positivistic sense but closer to Steven Greenblatt's description of new historicism as cultural poetics. This suggests that literature not only reflects a historical setting but also creates that setting, constructing reality in its own image and directing it toward its desired ends. In looking at Lurianic Kabbalah as fiction, I raise the issue of the "real" and the "true" as it relates to fictive narratives more generally. This essay does not claim that the kabbalists in question did or did not intend to write cultural poetics or fiction. Rather, I use cultural poetics and fiction as possible lenses through which a nontraditional interested reader (i.e., one not invested in the literature as authoritative) can read these texts in a way that can speak to the contemporary world in which we live and think. CR 1997, AJS REV, V22, P37 ABRAMS D, 2009, KABBALAH, V20, P7 ALTER R, 1981, THEART BIBLICAL NARR, P23 ANIDJAR G, 2002, OUR PLACE ANDALUS KA, P171 FISHBANE M, 1998, EXEGETICAL IMAGINATI, P88 GARB J, 2007, J STUDY RELIG IDEOL, V6, P20 GILIER P, 2001, READING ZOHAR, P37 GREENBLATT S, 1989, NEW HISTORICISM, P1 HELLNERESHED M, 2009, RIVER FLOWS EDEN LAN HUSS B, 2007, PEAMIN, P9 HUSS B, 2007, ZEEK MAGAZINE DEC IDEL M, 1995, HASIDISM ECSTASY MAG, P33 KAVKA M, 2006, CROSS CURRENTS SUM, P190 KELLNER M, 2006, MAIMONIDES CONFRONTA LACAPRA D, 1985, HIST CRITICISM, P19 LICHTENSTEIN A, 1963, JUDAISM, V12, P260 LIEBES Y, 1993, STUDIES JEWISH MYTH, P4 LIEBES Y, 1995, ESSENTIAL PAPERS KAB, P223 LIEBES Y, 1997, DIMUI, V14, P6 LIEBESS Y, 2008, ALILUT ELOHIM MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P NETANYAHU B, 1995, ORIGINS INQUISITION, P848 NOVAK D, 2005, TALKING CHRISTIANS M, P218 PAVEL T, 1986, FICTIONAL WORLDS RADFORD C, 1975, P ARISTOTELIAN SOC S, V49, P67 RICOEUR P, 1967, SYMBOLISM OEVIL, P3 RICOEUR P, 1974, CONFLICT INTERPRETAT, P287 SCHOLEM G, 1965, KABBALAH ITS SYMBOLI, P96 SCHOLEM, 1997, POSSIBILITY OFFEWISH, P48 SEGAL E, 1993, AJS REV, V17, P31 STERN SM, 1955, J JEWISH STUD, V6, P73 SUITS DB, 2006, PACIFIC PHILOS Q, V87, P379 WALTON K, 1980, DISPOSITO, V6, P13 WALTON K, 1984, AESTHETICS, P179 WASSERSTROM S, 1999, RELIG AFTER RELIG, P112 WAUGH P, 1984, THEORY PRACTICE SELF WHITE H, 1989, NEW HIST, P294 WINEMAN A, 1988, MYSTICAL TALES ZOBAR WOLFSONS ER, 2007, LANGUAGE EROS BEING, P25 WOLSKI N, 2008, PROOFTEXTS, V28, P101 YERUSHALMI YH, 1989, ZAKHOR JEWISH HIST J NR 41 TC 0 BP 362 EP 397 PY 2009 PD FAL VL 29 IS 3 GA 620SV UT ISI:000279521100003 ER PT J AU JACQUETTE, D TI TARSKI QUANTIFICATIONAL SEMANTICS AND MEINONGIAN OBJECT THEORY DOMAINS SO PACIFIC PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 PAC PHIL QUART LA English DT Article RP JACQUETTE, D, PENN STATE UNIV,UNIVERSITY PK,PA 16802. ID RUSSELL CR ETCHEMENDY J, 1988, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V53, P51 ETCHEMENDY J, 1990, CONCEPT LOGICAL CONS FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE JACQUETTE D, 1989, OGIQUE ANAL, V125, P113 JACQUETTE D, 1994, IN PRESS MONIST JACQUETTE D, 1995, IN PRESS ACTA ANAL LAMBERT K, 1983, MEINONG PRINCIPLE IN MCCARTHY T, 1981, J PHILOS, V78, P499 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P481 PARSONS T, 1980, NONEXISTENT OBJECTS QUIGLEY FD, 1970, MANUAL AXIOMATIC SET ROUTLEY R, 1981, EXPLORING MEINONGS J RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479 RUSSELL B, 1927, PRINCIPIA MATHEMATIC RUSSELL B, 1938, PRINCIPLES MATH SHER G, 1991, BOUNDS LOGIC GENERAL SMITH JF, 1985, PHILOS PHENOMEN RES, V45, P305 SMITH JF, 1988, RUSSELL, V8, P179 STOLL RR, 1963, SET THEORY LOGIC TARSKI A, 1936, LOGIC SEMANTICS META TARSKI A, 1986, HIST PHILOS LOGIC, V7, P143 WITTGENSTEIN L, 1922, TRACTATUS LOGICO-PHI NR 22 TC 0 BP 88 EP 107 PY 1994 PD JUN VL 75 IS 2 GA QJ981 UT ISI:A1994QJ98100002 ER PT J AU Cantens, BJ TI Suarez on beings of reason: What kind of beings (entia) are beings of reason, and what kind of being (esse) do they have? (Regarding the metaphysical nature and ontological status of essential existence) SO AMERICAN CATHOLIC PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 AMER CATH PHIL QUART LA English DT Article C1 Barry Univ, Miami, FL 33161 USA. RP Cantens, BJ, Barry Univ, Miami, FL 33161 USA. ID ETERNAL TRUTHS; DESCARTES CR AUGUSTINE, TEACHER CANTENS BJ, 2000, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V72, P127 CANTENS BJ, 2000, SAPIENTIA, V55, P25 CRONIN TJ, 1966, OBJECTIVE BEING DESC DOIG JC, 1977, NEW SCHOLASTICISM, V51, P350 DOYLE JP, 1967, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V46, P323 DOYLE JP, 1969, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V46, P219 DOYLE JP, 1969, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V46, P323 DOYLE JP, 1987, VIVARIUM, V25, P47 DOYLE JP, 1987, VIVARIUM, V26, P51 GRACIA J, 1991, AMER CATH PHILOS Q, V67, P287 GRACIA JE, 1993, AM CATH PHILOS QUART, V67, P349 KING P, 1995, AUGUSTINE TEACHER MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P, P76 RABADE S, 1960, SUAREZ DISPUT METAFI, V1 RUSSELL B, ON DENOTING RUSSELL B, 1990, PHILOS LANGUAGE, P203 SUAREZ F, DISPUTATIONES METAPH SUAREZ F, ON BEINGS OF REASON WELLS NJ, 1967, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V45, P49 WELLS NJ, 1979, NEW SCHOLASTICISM, V52, P515 WELLS NJ, 1981, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V58, P159 WELLS NJ, 1981, MODERN SCHOOLMAN, V58, P73 WELLS NJ, 1983, SUAREZ ESSENCE FINIT WELLS NJ, 1993, AM CATH PHILOS QUART, V67, P339 WELLS NJ, 1993, AM CATH PHILOS QUART, V67, P513 YELA JF, 1948, PENSAMIENTO, V4, P271 NR 27 TC 0 BP 171 EP 187 PY 2003 PD SPR VL 77 IS 2 GA 719DL UT ISI:000185188300002 ER PT J AU Weiland, W AF Weiland, Werner TI Personality Types and Assessment - A psychological Study of Adolescents between 17 and 19 Years SO ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PSYCHOLOGIE J9 ARCG GESAMTE PSYCHOL LA German DT Article CR 1932, Z PSYCHOL S, V19 DILTHEY W, ZELLER FESTSCHRIFT, P365 FECHNER GT, 1897, VORSCHULE ASTHETIK, V1, P24 GOLDSCHEID R, 1902, ETHIK GESAMTWILLENS, V1, P99 GOLDSCHEID R, 1908, ENTWICKLUNGSWERTTHEO, P23 GRUEHN W, 1924, RELIGIONSPSYCHOLOGIS GRUEHN W, 1924, RELIGIONSPSYCHOLOGIS, P5 HAERING L, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V24 HAERING L, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V27 HAERING L, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V27, P345 HIPPIUS R, 1933, NEUE JB WISSENSCHAFT, V10, P85 HOFLER W, PSYCHOL, P402 JAENSCH E, GRUNDFORMEN MENSCHLI, P18 JAENSCH E, SONDERDRUCK JB PHILO, V3, P160 JAENSCH E, 1927, AUFBAU WAHRNEHMUNGSW, P559 JAENSCH E, 1929, WIRKLICHKEIT WERT PH, P114 JAENSCH E, 1933, LAGE AUFGABE PSYCHOL, P28 JAENSCH E, 1933, LAGE AUFGABEN PSYCHO, P43 JAENSCH E, 1937, GEGENTYPUS JAENSCH, 1929, GRUNDFORMEN MENSCHLI KRELLENBERG P, Z PSYCHOL PHYS, V88, P56 KRUEGER F, 1898, BEGRIFF ABSOLUT WERT, P61 LEGOWSKY, 1908, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V12 LOTZ F, Z ANGEW PSYCHOL S, V73, P203 MARBE K, 1901, EXPT PSYCHOL UNTERSU MEINONG A, 1894, PSYCHOL ETH UNTERSUC, P252 MESSER A, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V34, P115 MESSER A, 1905, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V4 STORRING G, 1906, ARCH GES PSYCHOL, V6 NR 29 TC 1 BP 457 EP 516 PY 1939 PD FEB VL 102 IS 3-4 GA V02GT UT ISI:000206912400004 ER PT J AU ROUTLEY, R ROUTLEY, V TI (LOGICAL) IMPORTANCE OF NOT EXISTING SO DIALOGUE-CANADIAN PHILOSOPHICAL REVIEW J9 DIALOGUE-CAN PHIL REV LA English DT Article C1 AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV,CANBERRA 2600,ACT,AUSTRALIA. RP ROUTLEY, R, AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV,CANBERRA 2600,ACT,AUSTRALIA. CR ARMSTRONG DM, 1961, PERCEPTION PHYSICAL BRADY R, 1973, AUSTR J PHILOSOPHY, V51, P211 CHISHOLM RM, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P CHISHOLM RM, 1972, JENSEITS SEIN NICHTS CHISOLM RM, 1973, PHILOS STUD, V24, P245 HAMILTON W, 1845, WORKS T REID HUXLEY A, 1959, DOORS PERCEPTION KAPLAN B, 1964, INNER WORLD MENTAL I LINSKY L, 1967, REFERRING MEINONG A, 1910, ANNAHMEN MOORE GE, 1959, PHILOSOPHICAL PAPERS PARSONS T, 1974, J PHILOS, V71, P561 PARSONS T, 1975, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V1, P73 QUINE WV, MATH LOGIC QUINE WV, SET THEORY ITS LOGIC QUINE WV, 1964, LOGICAL POINT VIEW ROUTLEY R, UNPUBLISHED ROUTLEY R, 1969, NOTRE DAME J FORM L, V10, P113 ROUTLEY R, 1973, REV INT PHILOS, V27, P224 ROUTLEY R, 1975, P 15TH WORL C PHIL, V5, P581 ROUTLEY R, 1978, RELEVANT LOGICS THEI SMART JJC, 1963, PHILOSOPHY SCI REALI SMART JJC, 1977, AUSTR ASS LOG C MELB THOMASON R, 1977, MONIST, V60, P340 NR 24 TC 1 BP 129 EP 165 PY 1979 VL 18 IS 2 GA HC400 UT ISI:A1979HC40000001 ER PT J AU Schubert, G TI Studies on the Listingsch law of motion of the eye. IV. Announcement. On the position of the guide brush in the general kinematic system according to Listing. SO PFLUGERS ARCHIV FUR DIE GESAMTE PHYSIOLOGIE DES MENSCHEN UND DER TIERE J9 PFL ARCH GESAM PHYS MEN TIERE LA German DT Article CR 1924, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V205, P637 1927, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V215, P553 1927, PFLUGERS ARCH GES PH, V216, P580 BRAUNE W, 1887, ABHANDL KGL SACHS MN, V14 BURMESTER L, 1918, SITZUNGSBER KONIG MN, P171 FISCHER O, 1887, ARCH ANAT PHYSL S, P242 FISCHER O, 1909, ABH KGL SACHS GES MN, V32, P6 FISCHER O, 1909, KONIGL SACHS GES MN, V31, P1 MEINONG A, 1898, Z PSYCH PHYSL, V17, P161 TSCHERMAK A, 1927, MONATSSCHR PSYCHIAT, V65, P397 TSCHERMAK A, 1927, VERHANDL DTSCH OPHTH, V46, P5 NR 11 TC 3 BP 300 EP 316 PY 1928 VL 220 GA V17VA UT ISI:000201203800027 ER PT J AU SMITH, B TI ON OBJECTS OF HIGHER-ORDER AND HUSSERL PHENOMENOLOGY - MEINONG,A SO PHILOSOPHICAL QUARTERLY J9 PHIL QUART LA English DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1979, OBJECTS HIGHER ORDER NR 1 TC 0 BP 252 EP 254 PY 1980 VL 30 IS 120 GA KF596 UT ISI:A1980KF59600011 ER PT J AU SMITH, Q TI MEINONG,ALEXIUS - ON OBJECTS OF HIGHER-ORDER AND HUSSERL PHENOMENOLOGY - MEINONG,A, SCHUBERTKALSI,ML, EDITOR SO PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH J9 PHIL PHENOMENOL RES LA English DT Book Review CR MEINONG A, 1978, OBJECTS HIGHER ORDER SCHUBERTKALSI ML, 1978, MEINONG OBJECTS HIGH NR 2 TC 0 BP 451 EP 452 PY 1982 VL 42 IS 3 GA NM710 UT ISI:A1982NM71000016 ER PT J AU BERGMANN, M TI A NEW ARGUMENT FROM ACTUALISM TO SERIOUS-ACTUALISM SO NOUS J9 NOUS LA English DT Article RP BERGMANN, M, UNIV NOTRE DAME,NOTRE DAME,IN 46556. CR FINE K, 1985, A PLANTINGA, P145 HINCHLIFF M, 1989, ANALYSIS, V49, P182 ISEMINGER G, 1968, LOGIC PHILOS MEINONG A, 1968, LOGIC PHILOS SELECTE, P116 PLANTINGA A, 1979, GRAZER PHILOS STUDIE, V7, P101 PLANTINGA A, 1983, PHILOS STUD, V44, P1 PLANTINGA A, 1985, A PLANTINGA, P313 POLLOCK J, 1985, A PLANTINGA, P121 TOMBERLIN JE, 1985, A PLANTINGA NR 9 TC 3 BP 356 EP 359 PY 1996 PD SEP VL 30 IS 3 GA VJ655 UT ISI:A1996VJ65500004 ER PT J AU PERLER, D TI INTENTIONAL VERSUS REAL EXISTENCE - A LATE MEDIEVAL CONTROVERSY SO PHILOSOPHISCHES JAHRBUCH J9 PHIL JAHRB LA German DT Article CR ADAMS MM, 1977, PHILOS REV, V86, P144 ADAMS MM, 1987, W OCKHAM ALFERI P, 1989, G OCKHAM SINGULIER ARISTOTLE, DE ANIMA BOEHNER P, 1958, COLLECTED ARTICLES O BRITO R, 1975, VIVARIUM, V13, P119 COURTENAY W, 1987, SCH SCHOLARS 14TH CE DERIJK LM, 1990, IDEA 6 C INT ROMA 5, P89 GAMBERTINI R, 1992, INSEGNAMENTO LOGICA, P277 HERVAEUS, TRACTATUS DE SECUNDI KAPPELI T, 1975, SCRIPTORES ORDINIS P, V2 KELLEY FE, 1978, FRANCISCAN STUDIES, V38, P260 KNUDSEN C, 1982, CAMBRIDGE HIST LATER, P479 KOBUSCH T, 1984, HIST WORTERBUCH PHIL, V6, P1027 LAMBERTINI R, 1989, CAHIERS I MOYEN AGE, V59, P3 MAIERU A, 1987, DIFFUSIONE SCI ISLAM, P243 MARENBON J, 1987, LATER MEDIEVAL PHILO MAURER A, 1950, MEDIAEVAL STUD, V12, P216 MEINONG A, UBER GEGENSTANDSTHEO NUCHELMANS G, 1973, THEORIES PROPOSITION OCKHAM W, IN I SENTENTIARUM OCKHAM W, IN III SENTENTIARUM OCKHAM W, IN PERIHERM OCKHAM W, QUODLIBETA OCKHAM W, SUMMA LOGICAE PANACCIO C, 1991, MOTS CONCEPTS CHOSES PERLER D, 1994, ARCH HIST DOCTRINALE, V61, P227 PERLER D, 1994, MONIST, V77, P149 PERLER D, 1994, VIVARIUM, V32, P72 PETER AUREOLI, SCRIPTUM SUPER PRIMU PINBORG J, 1974, CAHIERS I MOYEN AGE, V13, P45 QUANTIN PM, 1970, ETUDES VOCABULAIRE P, P113 RICHTER V, 1975, PHILOS JB, V82, P177 SCHULTHESS P, 1992, SEIN SIGNIFIKATION E SMITH AM, 1981, ISIS, V72, P568 SORABJI R, 1991, OXFORD STUDIES ANCIE, V9, P227 TACHAU KH, 1988, VISION CERTITUDE AGE VANNIROVIGHI S, 1978, STUDI FILOSOFIA MEDI, V2, P283 WEIDEMANN H, 1991, VIVARIUM, V29, P129 WODEHAM A, LECTURA SECUNDA IN L NR 40 TC 1 BP 261 EP 278 PY 1995 VL 102 IS 2 GA TD574 UT ISI:A1995TD57400003 ER PT J AU GRIFFIN, N TI RUSSELL HORRIBLE TRAVESTY OF MEINONG SO RUSSELL-THE JOURNAL OF THE BERTRAND RUSSELL ARCHIVES J9 RUSSELL-J B RUSSELL ARCH LA English DT Article C1 MCMASTER UNIV,DEPT PHILOSOPHY,HAMILTON L8S 4L8,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR 1973, RUSSELL SPR BOCHENSKI IM, 1961, HISTORY FORMAL LOGIC, P371 CAMPBELL R, 1972, PHILOSOPHICAL PAPERS, V1, P89 FINDLAY JN, 1963, MEINONGS THEORY OBJE, R11 FINDLAY JN, 1977, MIND, V86, P141 GROSSMANN, 1974, MEINONG, P69 LINSKY L, 1967, REFERRING, P16 MEINONG A, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEINONG A, 1899, Z PSYCHOL PHYSL SINN, V21, P182 MEINONG A, 1902, UBER ANNAHMEN, P154 MEINONG A, 1914, GESAMMELTE ABHANDLUN MOORE GE, 1899, MIND, V8, P176 RAMSDEN E, 1971, RUSSELL WIN, P3 RUSSELL B, MEINONGS THEORY COMP RUSSELL B, PHILOSOPHY B RUSSELL, P13 RUSSELL B, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS RUSSELL B, 1903, PRINCIPLES MATH, P43 RUSSELL B, 1905, MIND, V14, P530 RUSSELL B, 1907, MIND, V16, P436 RUSSELL B, 1919, INTRO MATH PHILOS, P169 RUSSELL B, 1921, ANAL MIND, P16 RUSSELL B, 1956, LOGIC KNOWLEDGE, P48 RUSSELL B, 1959, MY PHILOSOPHICAL DEV, P84 RUSSELL B, 1963, SCEPTICAL ESSAYS, P50 RUSSELL B, 1974, PROBLEMS PHILOSOPHY, CH10 RYLE G, 1971, COLLECTED PAPERS, V2, P353 SUTER R, 1966, PHILOSOPHY PHENOMENO, V27, P512 WEITZ M, 1944, PHILOSOPHY B RUSSELL, P93 NR 28 TC 2 BP 39 EP 51 PY 1977 IS 25-2 GA FK450 UT ISI:A1977FK45000003 ER PT J AU Gepshtein, S AF Gepshtein, Sergei TI Two psychologies of perception and the prospect of their synthesis SO PHILOSOPHICAL PSYCHOLOGY J9 PHILOS PSYCHOL LA English DT Article C1 [Gepshtein, Sergei] Salk Inst Biol Studies, Vis Ctr Lab, San Diego, CA 92138 USA. RP Gepshtein, S, 10010 N Torrey Pines Rd, La Jolla, CA 92037 USA. EM sergei@salk.edu DE Brentano; Economics; Fechner; Gabor; Gestalt; Mechanism; Normativity; Phenomenology; Psychophysics; Uncertainty Principle ID RECEPTIVE-FIELDS; GESTALT PSYCHOLOGY; VISUAL-CORTEX; FUNCTIONAL ARCHITECTURE; SPATIAL-FREQUENCY; CUE COMBINATION; STRIATE CORTEX; DOT LATTICES; OPTIC-NERVE; PROXIMITY AB Two traditions have had a great impact on the theoretical and experimental research of perception. One tradition is statistical, stretching from Fechner's enunciation of psychophysics in 1860 to the modern view of perception as statistical decision making. The other tradition is phenomenological, from Brentano's "empirical standpoint'' of 1874 to the Gestalt movement and the modern work on perceptual organization. Each tradition has at its core a distinctive assumption about the indivisible constituents of perception: the just-noticeable differences of sensation in the tradition of Fechner vs. the phenomenological Gestalts in the tradition of Brentano. But some key results from the two traditions can be explained and connected using an approach that is neither statistical nor phenomenological. This approach rests on a basic property of any information exchange: a principle of measurement formulated in 1946 by Gabor as a part of his quantal theory of information. Here the indivisible components are units ( quanta) of information that remain invariant under changes of precision of measurement. This approach helped to understand how sensory measurements are implemented by single neural cells. But recent analyses suggest that this approach has the power to explain larger-scale characteristics of sensory systems. CR ADRIAN ED, 1927, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V63, P378 ALBRIGHT TD, 1994, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V17, P175 ALBRIGHT TD, 2002, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V25, P339, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.25.112701.142900 ALEXANDER DM, 2009, MAPPING CONTEXTUAL M, DOI 10.1007/S11571-009-9098-9 ALLMAN J, 1985, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V8, P407 ASH MG, 1998, GESTALT PSYCHOL GERM BANKS MS, 2004, J NEUROSCI, V24, P2077, DOI 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3852-02.2004 BARLOW HB, 1953, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V119, P69 BARLOW HB, 1972, PERCEPTION, V1, P371 BASAR E, 1980, EEG BRAIN DYNAMICS R BECK J, 1982, ORG REPRESENTATION P BLAKEMORE C, 1990, VISION CODING EFFICI BORING EG, 1929, HIST EXPT PSYCHOL BOUDEWIJNSE GJA, 1999, GESTALT THEORY, V21, P140 BRENTANO F, 1902, ORIGIN KNOWLEDGE RIG BRENTANO F, 1973, PSYCHOL EMPIRICAL ST BRENTANO F, 1995, DESCRIPTIVE PSYCHOL BRITTEN KH, 1992, J NEUROSCI, V12, P4745 BRUNSWIK E, 1953, AM J PSYCHOL, V66, P20 BURGE J, 2005, J VISION, V5, P534, DOI 10.1167/5.6.5 BURT P, 1981, PSYCHOL REV, V88, P171 CAMPBELL FW, 1968, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V197, P551 CHERRY C, 1959, HUMAN COMMUNICATION CLARK JJ, 1990, DATA FUSION SENSORY COBB PW, 1934, J OPT SOC AM, V24, P107 COBB PW, 1934, J OPT SOC AM, V24, P91 COCHRAN WG, 1937, J ROY STATIST SOC S, V4, P102 DAUGMAN JG, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P1160 DELANGE H, 1952, PHYSICA, V18, P935 DESCARTES R, 1984, PHILOS WRITINGS DESC, V2, P1 DESIMONE R, 1995, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V18, P193 DOMINI F, 2009, J VISION, V9, ARTN 25 DZHAFAROV EN, 1999, PSYCHON B REV, V6, P239 ELDER JH, 2002, J VISION, V2, P324, DOI 10.1167/2.4.5 ELLIS W, 1938, SOURCE BOOK GESTALT EPSTEIN W, 1988, PSYCHOL RES, V50, P2 EPSTEIN W, 1994, PHILOS PSYCHOL, V7, P163 ERNST MO, 2002, NATURE, V415, P429 ERNST MO, 2004, TRENDS COGN SCI, V8, P162, DOI 10.1016/j.tics.2004.02.002 FALMAGNE JC, 1971, J MATH PSYCHOL, V8, P22 FALMAGNE JC, 1985, ELEMENTS PSYCHOPHYSI FECHNER GT, 1966, ELEMENTS PSYCHOPHYSI, V1 FREEMAN WJ, 1975, MASS ACTION NERVOUS FREEMAN WJ, 1991, SCI AM, V264, P78 FREEMAN WJ, 1995, SPRINGER SERIES SYNE, V64, P421 GABOR D, 1946, IEE LONDON, V93, P429 GABOR D, 1949, P ROYAL SOC LOND B 3, V93, P446 GABOR D, 1952, TECHNICAL REPORT, V238, P1 GEISLER WS, 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P267 GEISLER WS, 2001, VISION RES, V41, P711 GEISLER WS, 2008, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V59, P167, DOI 10.1146/annurev.psych.58.110405.085632 GEPSHTEIN S, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P8186 GEPSHTEIN S, 2003, CURR BIOL, V13, P483, DOI 10.1016/S0960-9822(03)00133-7 GEPSHTEIN S, 2007, FECHNER DAY 2007, P57 GEPSHTEIN S, 2007, J VISION, V7, P1, DOI 10.1167/7.8.9 GEPSHTEIN S, 2008, J VISION, V8, ARTN i GEPSHTEIN S, 2009, FRONT SYST NEUR, DOI 10.3389/CONF.NEURO.06.2009.03.336 GIBSON JJ, 1979, ECOLOGICAL APPROACH GIGERENZER G, 1987, COGNITION INTUITIVE GILBERT CD, 1991, ADV UNDERSTANDING VI, P239 GREEN DM, 1966, SIGNAL DETECTION THE HARTLEY RVL, 1928, BELL SYST TECH J, V7, P535 HARTLINE HK, 1940, AM J PHYSIOL, V130, P690 HECHT S, 1942, J GEN PHYSIOL, V25, P819 HEFT H, 2001, ECOLOGICAL PSYCHOL C HEIDELBERGER M, 2004, NATURE GT FECHNER HI HEIDER F, 1926, SYMPOSION, V1, P109 HEIDER F, 1958, PSYCHOL INTERPERSONA HEIDER F, 1959, PERCEPTION EVENT STR HUBEL DH, 1962, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V160, P106 HUBEL DH, 1968, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V195, P215 HUSSERL E, 1891, PHILOS ARITHMETIK HUSSERL E, 1900, LOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUN IVES HE, 1922, J OPT SOC AM, V6, P253 JASTROW J, 1899, POPULAR SCI MONTHLY, V54, P299 JONES JP, 1987, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V58, P1233 JURICA P, 2007, P 3 INT C INT SENS S, P179 KANADE T, 1994, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V16, P920 KANIZSA G, 1979, ORG VISION ESSAYS GE KELLY DH, 1969, J OPT SOC AM, V59, P1361 KELLY DH, 1972, VISION RES, V12, P89 KELLY DH, 1979, J OPT SOC AM, V69, P1340 KELLY DH, 1994, VISUAL SCI ENG MODEL KELLY DH, 1994, VISUAL SCI ENG MODEL, P93 KIMCHI R, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V11, P673 KNILL DC, 1996, PERCEPTION BAYESIAN KOFFKA K, 1938, SOURCEBOOK GESTALT P, P371 KOFFKA K, 1963, HARBINGER BOOK KOHLER W, 1940, DYNAMICS PSYCHOL KOHLER W, 1947, GESTALT PSYCHOL INTR KOHLER W, 1969, TASK GESTALT PSYCHOL KORTE A, 1915, Z PSYCHOL, V72, P194 KRUEGER LE, 1989, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V12, P251 KUBOVY M, 1981, PERCEPTUAL ORG KUBOVY M, 1994, PSYCHON B REV, V1, P182 KUBOVY M, 1995, PSYCHOL SCI, V6, P225 KUBOVY M, 1998, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V35, P71 KUBOVY M, 2003, PERCEPTUAL ORG VISIO, P45 KUBOVY M, 2008, PSYCHOL REV, V115, P131, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.115.1.131 KUFFLER SW, 1953, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V16, P37 KULIKOWSKI JJ, 1982, BIOL CYBERN, V43, P187 LANDY MS, 1995, VISION RES, V35, P389 LETTVIN JY, 1959, P IRE, V47, P1940 LINK SW, 1992, WAVE THEORY DIFFEREN LUCE RD, 1963, HDB MATH PSYCHOL, V1, P191 MACH E, 1959, ANAL SENSATIONS MACKAY DM, 1981, NATURE, V289, P117 MACKENZIE KJ, 2008, J VISION, V8, P1, DOI 10.1167/8.8.5 MACNAMARA J, 1999, REARVIEW MIRROR HIST MAKEIG S, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P690 MALONEY LT, 2002, PERCEPTION PHYS WORL, P145 MARCELJA S, 1980, J OPT SOC AM, V70, P1297 MARR D, 1982, VISION COMPUTATIONAL MCDONNELL C, 2006, YB IRISH PHILOS SOC, P124 MEINONG A, 1904, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN, P181 METELLI F, 1974, SCI AM, V230, P91 MURPHY G, 1949, HIST INTRO MODERN PS MUSATTI CL, 1975, STUDIES PERCEPTION F, P166 NECKER LA, 1832, LONDON EDINBURGH PHI, V1, P329 NIKOLAEV AR, 2010, CEREB CORTEX, V20, P365, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhp107 ORUC I, 2003, VISION RES, V43, P2451, DOI 10.1016/S0042-6989(03)00435-8 OYAMA T, 1961, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V13, P305 PALMER S, 1994, PSYCHON B REV, V1, P29 PALMER SE, 1999, VISION SCI PHOTONS P PARKER AJ, 1998, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V21, P227 PEIRCE CS, 1884, MEMOIRS NATIONAL ACA, V3, P73 PERRONE JA, 2001, NAT NEUROSCI, V4, P526 REGAN D, 1985, SYSTEMS APPROACH VIS REICHARDT W, 1961, SENS COMMUN, P303 RESNIKOFF HL, 1989, ILLUSION REALITY ROBSON JG, 1966, J OPT SOC AM, V56, P1141 RUBIN E, 1915, SYNSOPLEVEDE FIGURE SAVAGE LJ, 1954, FDN STAT SCHADE OH, 1956, J OPT SOC AM, V46, P721 SHERRINGTON CS, 1906, INTEGRATIVE ACTION N SIMONS P, 2004, CAMBRIDGE COMPANION, P45 SMITH B, 1988, BRENTANO STUDIEN, V1, P75 SMITH B, 1995, AUSTRIAN PHILOS LEGA SPERLING G, 1964, DOC OPHTHALMOL, V18, P3 SPERLING G, 1986, HDB PERCEPTION HUMAN, V1, P2 SPILLMANN L, 1997, PERCEPTION, V26, P1341 SPRUNG H, 2000, PORTRAITS PIONEERS P, V4, P51 STEINMAN RM, 2000, VISION RES, V40, P2257 STEVENS SS, 1961, SENS COMMUN, P1 STIGLER SM, 1986, HIST STAT MEASUREMEN STROTHER L, 2006, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V32, P226, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.32.2.226 STUMPF C, 1930, HIST PSYCHOL AUTOBIO, V1, P389 SWETS JA, 1961, PSYCHOL REV, V68, P301 SWINDALE NV, 2004, NETWORK-COMP NEURAL, V15, P217 TITCHENER EB, 1921, AM J PSYCHOL, V32, P108 ULLMAN S, 1980, BEHAVIORAL BRAIN SCI, V3, P373 VANLEEUWEN C, 1997, J MATH PSYCHOL, V41, P319 VANLEEUWEN C, 2007, J CONSCIOUSNESS STUD, V14, P115 VERSTEGEN I, 2000, J HIST BEHAV SCI, V36, P31 VONBEKESY G, 1960, EXPT HEARING VONEHRENFELS C, 1890, VIERTELJAHRSSCHRIFT, V14, P249 WERTHEIMER M, 1912, Z PSYCHOL PHYSIOL SI, V61, P161 WERTHEIMER M, 1923, PSYCHOL FORSCH, V4, P301 WHITEHEAD AN, 1997, SCI MODERN WORLD WOODWORTH RS, 1931, CONT SCH PSYCHOL WUNDT WM, 1904, PRINCIPLES PHYSL PSY ZHOU H, 2000, J NEUROSCI, V20, P6594 NR 162 TC 0 BP 217 EP 281 PY 2010 VL 23 IS 2 DI 10.1080/09515081003727483 GA 587II UT ISI:000276983800007 ER PT J AU Hermann, I AF Hermann, Imre TI The Itself and the Think SO IMAGO J9 IMAGO LA German DT Article CR IMAGO, V15, P106 INT Z PSYCHOANALYSE, V9 1925, 11 INT PSYCH K BAD H 1926, IMAGO, V12 1929, INT Z PSYCHOANALYSE, V15 BERNFELD S, IMAGO, V16 BURKAMP, 1927, BEGRIFF BEZIEHUNG, P88 CASSIRER E, 1925, PHILOS SYMBOLISCHEN, V2, P61 CHADWICK M, 1929, INT Z PSYCHOANALYSE, V15, P278 DELGADO HF, IMAGO, V7 DEUTSCH H, 1921, IMAGO, V7 DUPREL K, 1901, SEXUELLE OSPHRESIOLO, P78 EHRENWALD H, 1928, Z NEUROL, P115 ELIASBERG W, 1925, PSYCHOL PATHOLOGIE A, P115 ENRIQUES, 1927, GESCH LOGIK, P157 ETTLINGER M, 1925, BEITRAGE LEHRE TIERS, P42 FECHNER GT, PSYCHOANALYSE LOGIK, P99 FENICHEL O, 1926, Z PSYCHOANALYSE, V12 FERENCZI S, 1924, VERSUCH GENITALTHEOR, P95 FREUD, GES SCHRIFTEN, V6, P368 FREUD, GES SCHRIFTEN, V8, P350 FREUD, GES SCHRIFTEN, V8, P71 FREUD, INT Z PSYCHOANALYSE, V8 GRUHLE HW, 1918, PSYCHIAT ARZTE, P25 HECKMANNS J, 1916, RENAISSANCE PHILOS, V13, P126 HENNING H, 1924, GERUCH, P70 HENNING, 1926, PSYCHOL STUDIEN GERU, P784 JONES E, JB PSYCHOANALYTISCHE, V4 JUNG CG, 1926, UNBEWUSSTE NORMALEN, P99 KATZ D, 1925, AUFBAU TASTWELT, P165 KIRCHHOFF, 1922, GESICHTSAUSDRUCK SEI, P149 KOWALEWSKY A, 1904, STUDIEN PSYCHOL PESS KRAEPELIN E, PSYCHIATRIE, V1, P414 KRAUSE, 1880, E DARWIN, P151 LANGE C, 1910, UBERSETZT KURELLA, P15 LEISEGANG H, 1928, DENKFORMEN, P196 MEINONG A, 1882, HUME STUDIEN, V2, P137 MEYER K, 1913, ENTWICKLUNG TEMPERAT PAGENSTECHER, 1928, PSYCHOMETRIE ODER HE, P59 PLESSNER H, 1923, EINHEIT SINNE RANK O, 1924, TRAUMA GEBURT, P105 REVESZ G, 1928, TAKTILE AGNOSIE, P14 SCHNEIDER E, 1926, IMAGO, V12 SCHUBERT GH, 1840, SYMBOLIK TRAUMES, P124 SKRAMLIK, 1924, Z SINNESPHYSIOLOGIE SOMMER R, 1925, TIERPSYCHOLOGIE, P62 STEINITZER M, 1889, MENSCHLICHEN TIERISC, P144 STOLL O, 1908, GESCHLECHTSLEBEN VOL, P824 STORCH A, 1922, ARCHAISCH PRIMITIVE, P41 STRUNZ F, 1928, ASTROLOGIE ALCHEMIE, P287 UBERWEG, 1868, SYSTEM LOGIK, P90 VONBUDDENBROCK W, 1924, GRUNDRISS VERGLEICHE, V1, P149 VONKRIES J, 1923, ALLGEMEINE SINNESPHY, P183 VONSKRAMLIK E, 1926, HDB PHYSL NIEDEREN S, V1, P336 WERNER H, 1926, EINFUHRUNG ENTWICKLU, P257 ZIEHEN T, 1920, LEHRBUCH LOGIK, P445 NR 56 TC 3 BP 325 EP 348 PY 1929 VL 15 IS 3-4 GA V77VH UT ISI:000205260500004 ER PT J AU Shchedrovitsky, PG AF Shchedrovitsky, P. G. TI Changes in thinking on a boundary of XXI century: social and cultural calls SO VOPROSY FILOSOFII J9 VOP FILOS LA Russian DT Article CR BRODEL F, 1988, MAT TSIVILIZATSIYA E, V2 BURDE P, 1994, NACHALA GALTUNG J, 1993, EUROTOPIA ZUKUNFT EI GENISARETSKII OI, 1987, SOTSIALNOKULTURNYE P GENISARETSKII OI, 1988, THESIS GENISARETSKII OI, 1994, DEYATELNOST PROEKTIR GENISARETSKII OI, 1996, KENTAVR KANT I, 1966, SOCH, V5 KHABERMAS Y, 1992, DEMOKRATIYA RAZUM N KHABERMAS Y, 2001, PRAKTICHESKII SMYSL KULPE O, 1923, REALISIERUNG BEITRAG, V1 MEINONG A, 2004, UNTERSUCHUNGEN GEGEN MEINONG A, 2007, STELLUNG GEGENSTANDS SHCHEDROVITSKII GP, 1991, VOPROSY METODOLOGII SHCHEDROVITSKII GP, 1992, VOPROSY METODOLOGII SHCHEDROVITSKII GP, 1995, IZBRANNYE T SHCHEDROVITSKII GP, 2000, KENTAVR SHCHEDROVITSKII GP, 2006, EKSPERIMENTALNAYA ZH SHCHEDROVITSKII GP, 2006, METODE ISSLEDOVANIYA SHCHEDROVITSKII GP, 2006, PROBLEMY SEMANTIKI SHCHEDROVITSKII GP, 2006, ZNAK DEYATELNOST SHCHEDROVITSKII PG, 1993, AVGUR SHCHEDROVITSKII PG, 2006, SOOBSHCHENIE SHOPENGAUER A, 1880, MIR VOLYA PREDSTAVLE TEILOR EB, 1989, PERVOBYTNAYA KULTURA VALLERSTAIN I, 2003, KONETS ZNAKOMOGO MIR VYGOTSKII LS, 1982, SOCH NR 27 TC 0 BP 36 EP 54 PY 2007 IS 7 GA 199MO UT ISI:000248700100004 ER PT J AU KREJDLIN, GE TI LOGICAL ANALYSIS OF NATURAL-LANGUAGE - PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE 2ND SOVIET-FINNISH COLLOQUIM ON LOGIC SO NAUCHNO-TEKHNICHESKAYA INFORMATSIYA SERIYA 2-INFORMATSIONNYE PROTSESSY I SISTEMY J9 NAUCHN-TEKHN INFORM SER 2 LA Russian DT Article CR 1976, SEMIOTIKA INFORMATIK, P181 1979, 2OM SOV FINSK K LOG MEINONG A, 1960, REALISM BACKGROUND P NR 3 TC 0 BP 25 EP 31 PY 1981 IS 3 GA LR654 UT ISI:A1981LR65400005 ER PT J AU Russell, B TI Knowledge by acquaintance and knowledge by description SO FILOSOFICKY CASOPIS J9 FILOS CASOPIS LA Czech DT Article CR 1905, MIND OCT 1910, MIND JUL, P380 JONESOVA EEC, 1911, MIND JAN MEINONG A, 1910, UEBER ANNAHMEN RUSSELL B, 1917, PHILOS ESSAYS RUSSELL B, 1932, MYSTICISM LOGIC NR 6 TC 1 BP 754 EP 770 PY 2001 VL 49 IS 5 GA 541XM UT ISI:000175011900004 ER PT J AU Gaskin, R TI The unity of the declarative sentence SO PHILOSOPHY J9 PHILOSOPHY LA English DT Article C1 Univ Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RH, E Sussex, England. RP Gaskin, R, Univ Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RH, E Sussex, England. ID PROPOSITION CR ARISTOTLE, CATEGORIES ARISTOTLE, DE INTERPRETATIONE BRADLEY FH, APPEARANCE REALITY CANDLISH S, 1996, B RUSSELL ORIGINS AN, P103 DAVIDSON D, INQUIRIES TRUTH INTE DENYER N, LANGUAGE THOUGHT FAL DUMMETT M, FREGE PHILOS LANGUAG FREGE G, NACHGELASSENE SCHRIF FREGE G, TRANSLATIONS PHILOS GASKIN R, 1995, PHILOS QUART, V45, P161 GEACH PT, 1950, MIND, V59, P461 GEACH PT, 1975, MIND LANG, P139 GUTTENPLAN S, 1975, MIND LANGUAGE LINSKY L, 1992, J HIST PHILOS, V30, P243 MCDOWELL J, 1977, MIND, V86, P159 MEINONG A, UBER ANNAHMEN MONK R, 1996, B RUSSELL ORIGINS AN PLATO, SOPHIST PRIEST G, BEYOND LIMITS THOUGH RAMSEY FP, F MATH RUSSELL B, ESSAYS ANAL RUSSELL B, PRINCIPLES MATH RUSSELL B, 1913, THEORY KNOWLEDGE WIGGINS D, 1984, FREGE TRADITION INFL, P126 WITTGENSTEIN L, GEHEIME TAGEBUCHER WITTGENSTEIN L, NOTEBOOKS WITTGENSTEIN L, TRACTATUS LOGICO-PHI WRIGHT C, 1984, FREGE TRADITION INFL NR 28 TC 4 BP 21 EP 45 PY 1998 PD JAN VL 73 IS 283 GA ZA844 UT ISI:000072407700003 ER